Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 09:56:10am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Date / Time 
 
 
Session Overview
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
9:00am - 9:30am99 ERC SES 01 A: ERC Opening Ceremony
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Saneeya Qureshi
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Conference Opening
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

ERC Opening Ceremony

Saneeya Qureshi1, Joe O'Hara2

1The University of Liverpool, United Kingdom; 2EERA President, Ireland

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya; O'Hara, Joe

ERC Opening Ceremony

 
9:30am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 02 A: ERC Interactive Session: The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Interactive Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Interactive Session

ERC Interactive Session: The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research

Ines Alves, Bonnie Slade, Margret Sutherland

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Alves, Ines; Slade, Bonnie; Sutherland, Margret

This Emerging Researchers' Conference (ERC) interactive session will encourage participants to reflect on their diversity, positionality, and on their role as learners, educators and/ or researchers. In line with the ECER 2023 conference theme, this session will bring together three researchers with diverse areas of interest and expertise.

Prof. Bonnie Slade’s input will reflect her interdisciplinary research which draws on adult education, migration studies, women’s studies and arts-informed research traditions. Dr. George Head will focus on ethical considerations and dilemmas that may arise during the research process, particularly when researching ‘difficult’ subjects. Dr. Ines Alves will engage with the concepts of equity, diversity, and inclusion and how these can be challenging when diversity poses challenges to our educational and research systems, and when homogeneity can often still be considered the ‘desirable norm’.

In this interactive session we aim to create a friendly environment that values diversity and which invites participants to share their thoughts and questions with the speakers and other researchers.


References
.
Chair
Satu
 
10:00am - 5:30pmWERA 01: WERA IRN Working meeting (1/2)
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jana Groß Ophoff
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 A: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

This space is not built for people like us: An Institutional Ethnography of Disability Inclusion Policies in a Nigerian university

Abass Isiaka

University of East Anglia, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Isiaka, Abass

Introduction

Participative equity in higher education has largely been framed as equality regimes to address some of the consequences of massification (Trow, 1973), high participation (Marginson, 2016) and the neoliberalisation (Rizvi and Lingard, 2011) of higher education (HE). It has become even more critical in pluralistic and postcolonial states like Nigeria, where the need to forge an inclusive community through higher education remains a cardinal function of the universities (Lebeau, 2008). This changing nature of the ‘missions’ of the university has challenged how higher education institutions respond to diversity initiatives and their investment in maintaining or altering institutional cultures (Aguirre, 2020, Ahmed, 2012). With little focus on students' agency, institutional perspectives on why institutions change (Powell and DiMaggio, 1991, Thornton et al., 2012) and become what academics or leaders make of them (Chaffee and Tierney, 1988, Tierney and Lanford, 2018) abound in the literature on the sociology of HEIs. However, students’ demand for the dissociation of the university from its colonial (Bhambra et al., 2018) and capitalist relics (Santos, 2018) to an inclusive and liberating pedagogical space has called for the need to understand students’ agency or roles in institutional transformation. This explains why the post-Salamanca education debates on the meanings of inclusion, who is to be included, into what and how inclusion should be done (e.g. Ainscow et al., 2006, Ainscow et al., 2019) have shown why policies on inclusion and equity in HE must be approached as a holistic policy process; that addresses asymmetrical power relations of access, participation and outcome of underrepresented and underserved communities such as students with disabilities (SWDs), women, forced migrants, persons of colour and young people from low-income families. Inclusive education policy and corpus of work on how education systems can become inclusive, have been critiqued as a ‘neo-colonial project’ (Walton, 2018 p.34 ) developed in the rich countries of the Global North. This has thus given rise to a “second generation of inclusive education countries in the global South” (Artiles et al., 2011) uncritically adopting the theoretical and empirical understanding of disability and inclusive practices developed from the centre.

To interrogate knowledge on the experience of students with disabilities in higher education and practices of inclusive education more broadly, this study explored how the practices of inclusion and participation of students with disabilities in universities are organised. This study’s novel approach situates the analysis of textual and structural relations or the “untidy policy moments” (Svarícek and Pol, 2011) of disability inclusion practice in the HE system of Nigeria within the “colonial matrix of power” (Quijano, 2007) shaping global education agenda. It seeks to explain the everyday experience of students with disabilities by taking a critical perspective on how complex intersections of poverty, gender, religious and cultural beliefs at the local continue to shape the meanings of disability and the practices of inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

Methodology

This study employed institutional ethnography (IE) as a materialist method concerned with the explication of institutional processes that organise a problematic everyday world (Smith, 2005). Thus, the ethnography in IE does not connote traditional ethnographies of institutions but rather a commitment to people and actuality: a “commitment to discovering ‘how things are actually put together’ and how they work (Smith, 2006 p. 1). While researchers can know how things work through their everyday observations, experiences, discussions with people, and reading, using IE helps in focusing on “textually organised ruling relations” central to understanding how things work (Murray, 2020). Therefore, this study sets out to describe the interface between individual experience and their textual relations with an institution. An ‘institution’ is conceptualised in IE as a ‘metaphorical bundle of social relations that cluster around and coordinate specific societal functions’ such as higher education, locally and extra-locally (Ng et al., 2013). This study was conducted with two levels of informants (Smith, 2005) by starting from the position of ‘entry-level informants’ (SWDs in the case of this study) and relating their experience to the ‘level two informants’. These level two informants typically consist of the Lispkian street-level bureaucrats like disability unit (DU) staff, lecturers, counselling support services, volunteers, principal officers and other actors engaging in a ‘work process’ with the entry-level participants. The problematic(s) ─ which may be regarded as the point of ‘disjuncture’ between actualities and the “authorial intentions of policies” (Codd, 1988) ─ is the complexities in ‘including’ and accommodating SWDs in a higher institution.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of data from 6-month fieldwork in three Nigerian universities took cognisance of the work relations taken for granted in texts and protocols. One of these is how the ‘policy work’ that students with disabilities do to negotiate their inclusion and participation remains almost unacknowledged in research and institutional practices. I have done this using the Listening Guide developed by Carol Gilligan and colleagues (Gilligan, 2015).
Findings from this study show how the organisation of equity, diversity and inclusion practices in the Nigerian HE is coordinated by texts and discourses embedded within ongoing local and extra-local relations. Institutional mapping of the work that goes into inclusion practices shows that most units and individuals are unaware of the intentions of the institutional policies and texts. Though, university actors identify that the diversity of students and staff on campus is necessary for the university's transformation and the development of an inclusive society, policies and strategies put in place to support disability inclusion are still being negotiated by students with disabilities themselves. Thus, institutional strategies are oriented towards the economic role of producing ‘able-bodied’ graduates for the labour market. This orientation draws on the colonial and capitalist economic development rationales that predicated the expansion of higher education systems in most African countries (Lebeau and Oanda, 2020). As universities founded and funded by the states, these colonial and market logics continue to shape the inclusion policies and the day-to-day experience of students with disabilities in higher education.

References
Aguirre, A. 2020. Diversity and Leadership in Higher Education. In: TEIXEIRA, P. N. & SHIN, J. C. (eds.) The International Encyclopedia of Higher Education Systems and Institutions. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands,978-94-017-8905-9,308-316.
Ahmed, S. 2012. On being included : racism and diversity in institutional life, Duke University Press
Ainscow, M., Booth, T. & Dyson, A. 2006. Improving schools, developing inclusion, Routledge
Ainscow, M., Slee, R. & Best, M. 2019. Editorial: the Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23, 671-676.10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800
Artiles, A. J., Kozleski, E. B. & Waitoller, F. R. 2011. Inclusive Education: Examining Equity on Five Continents, ERIC
Bhambra, G. K., Gebrial, D. & Nişancıoğlu, K. 2018. Decolonising the university, Pluto Press
Chaffee, E. E. & Tierney, W. G. 1988. Collegiate culture and leadership strategies, ERIC
Codd, J. A. 1988. The construction and deconstruction of educational policy documents. Journal of Education Policy, 3, 235-247.10.1080/0268093880030303
Gilligan, C. 2015. The Listening Guide method of psychological inquiry.
Lebeau, Y. & Oanda, I. O. 2020. Higher Education Expansion and Social Inequalities in Sub-Saharan Africa.
Marginson, S. 2016. The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher Education, 72, 413-434.10.1007/s10734-016-0016-x
Murray, Ó. M. 2020. Text, process, discourse: doing feminist text analysis in institutional ethnography. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 1-13.10.1080/13645579.2020.1839162
Ng, S., Stooke, R., Regan, S., Hibbert, K., Schryer, C., Phelan, S. & Lingard, L. 2013. An institutional ethnography inquiry of health care work in special education: a research protocol. International journal of integrated care, 13, e033-e033.10.5334/ijic.1052
Powell, W. W. & Dimaggio, P. 1991. The New institutionalism in organizational analysis, University of Chicago Press
Quijano, A. 2007. COLONIALITY AND MODERNITY/RATIONALITY. Cultural Studies, 21, 168-178.10.1080/09502380601164353
Rizvi, F. & Lingard, B. 2011. Social equity and the assemblage of values in Australian higher education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 41, 5-22.10.1080/0305764X.2010.549459
Santos, B. D. S. 2018. Decolonising the university: The challenge of deep cognitive justice, Cambridge Scholars Publishing
Smith, D. E. 2005. Institutional ethnography: A sociology for people, Rowman Altamira
Smith, D. E. 2006. Institutional Ethnography as Practice. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield
Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W. & Lounsbury, M. 2012. The institutional logics perspective: A new approach to culture, structure and process, OUP Oxford
Trow, M. 1973. Problems in the transition from elite to mass higher education.
Walton, E. 2018. Decolonising (Through) inclusive education? Educational research for social change, 7, 31-45


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Stories of Teacher Development: Experiences that Influence Inclusive Practice Beliefs

Jessica Delorey, Jacqueline Specht

Western University, Canada

Presenting Author: Delorey, Jessica

Inclusive education refers to a system where students with disabilities are valued and active participants in regular classrooms in their neighbourhood schools (Porter & Towell, 2017). In 1994, the Salamanca Statement reaffirmed a global and united commitment to making education more inclusive for students with disabilities (UNESCO, 1994). In the decades that followed the Salamanca Statement, much cross country research has been done in the field of inclusive education, creating opportunities for countries to learn from one another. There is overwhelming evidence that including students with disabilities in the regular classrooms has social and academic advantages for students with and without disabilities (Hehir et al., 2016), yet teachers continue to report significant barriers to effectively implementing inclusive education (Sokal & Katz, 2015). For example, teachers commonly perceive a lack of resources and report feeling like their training did not provide them with the skills needed for inclusion (McCrimmon, 2015; Sharma et al., 2007; Sokal & Katz, 2015). Ensuring that teachers are prepared to work effectively in inclusive classrooms and schools is thus an essential focus of research today.

Sharma (2018) proposed the 3H framework as a way to support the development of inclusive teachers. His framework posits that development must target three key areas: (1) knowledge of inclusive practices, (2) beliefs that support inclusion, and (3) skills and confidence to implement inclusive practices. This paper focuses on the development of beliefs that support inclusion. Beliefs are known to influence the way people perceive their world and subsequently guide behaviours and action (Fives & Buehl, 2012; Funkhouserk, 2017). Not surprisingly, research has found that teachers’ beliefs influence their instruction in inclusive classrooms (Jordan, 2018a; Jordan, 2018b). Specific beliefs about the teacher’s role in the classroom, the goal of teaching and learning, and the nature of ability influence the quality of inclusive practices. These beliefs are captured in a 20-item self-report measure called the Beliefs about Learning and Teaching Questionnaire (Glenn, 2018).

Teachers with inclusive scores on the Beliefs about Learning and Teaching Questionnaire tend to use more cognitively engaging instruction (e.g., back-and-forth question and answer periods) and scaffolding with individual students and small groups. They are also more likely to take responsibility for meeting the learning needs of students with disabilities. Teachers with low inclusive scores tends to spend less time engaging their students in academic talk and more time managing behaviours and clarifying routines and instructions. These teachers are more likely to place the responsibility of educating students with disabilities with special education teachers (Glenn, 2018; Jordan, 2018a; Jordan, 2018b).

A recent analysis of Beliefs about Learning and Teaching Questionnaire data from 396 Canadian beginning teachers revealed three distinct trajectories for the development of beliefs from the time pre-service teachers were in their education program through to the early years of their careers. Most notably, one fifth of the sample became less inclusive in their beliefs after graduating from their education program (Specht, Delorey & Puka, 2022). Past research has identified broad experiences that contribute to the development of beliefs; however, there is a gap in our understanding of how these experiences influence beliefs at different stages of teacher development. The present study aims to contribute novel information to further the field’s understanding of how various experiences influence the development of beliefs from initial teacher education through the first two years of teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study uses cross-sectional interview data that was collected as part of a larger national project called the Beginning Teachers Study. It follows from Specht et al. (2022) in that the interviews were completed by a subset of the those who completed the Beliefs about Learning and Teaching Questionnaire. Participants were asked about the experiences that have influenced their beliefs about how students learn in diverse classrooms. It was explained that for the purposes of this study, “diverse classrooms” refers to regular classrooms that include students with disabilities.

The semi-structured interviews took place over the phone. The first interview was conducted when participants were nearing the end of their initial teacher education program. Two follow-up interviews were completed on a yearly basis, resulting with interview data from three different stages of teacher development. Participants were entered into a draw each year for a chance to win 1 of 15, $100 gift cards. Sixty-four participants completed a total of 106 interviews (48 interviews at time 1, 37 interviews at time 2, and 21 interviews at time 3).  

Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021) is utilized in this study because of its ability to facilitate a rich and nuanced understanding of the data. This process is guided by six phases that include: (1) data familiarisation, (2) systematic coding, (3) generating initial themes, (4) developing and reviewing themes, (5) refining and defining themes, and (6) writing results. For this study, the analysis employs a predominately deductive approach and uses the constructs of the Beliefs about Learning and Teaching Questionnaire (Glenn, 2018) as a framework to code the data. As such, interviews are being coded to gain an understanding of the specific beliefs that are influenced by various experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis for the present study is ongoing and currently in phase 3, as outlined above. Preliminary analysis is highlighting some key differences in terms of the experiences and the beliefs that they influence at different stages of teacher development. For example, participants who are still enrolled in their initial teacher education program speak about the influence that coursework and practicum have on their beliefs about the teacher’s role in the classroom. Participants in their first year of teaching predominantly speak about how classroom experiences have influenced their beliefs about ability and how students learn. These early results suggest that developing a complete set of beliefs that support inclusive education may be a cumulative process.

Considering the results reported by Specht et al. (2022), it is also expected that this paper will contribute information about experiences that are associated with beliefs becoming less inclusive after participants graduate from their teacher education program. This information could enable teacher educators to disrupt the development of less inclusive beliefs, with the hope of changing the trajectory toward more inclusive beliefs.

Overall, the findings from this study will have implications for various stakeholders, including teachers, teacher educators, and school administrators. Gaining a better understanding of how inclusive practice beliefs develop at different stages of teacher development will greatly enhance the field’s ability to provide beginning teachers with targeted experiences to promote beliefs that support inclusive practices, which will ultimately improve outcomes for students.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238

Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2012). Spring cleaning for the “messy” construct of teachers’ beliefs: What are they? Which have been examined? What can they tell us? In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, & T. Urdan (Eds.), APA Educational Psychology Handbook: Vol. 2. Individual Differences and Cultural and Contextual Factors (pp. 471-499). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13274-019

Funkhouser, E. (2017). Beliefs as signals: A new function for beliefs. Philosophical Psychology, 30(6), 809-831, https://doi.org/10.1080/09515089.2017.1291929

Glenn, C. V. (2018). The measurement of teacher’s beliefs about ability: Development of the beliefs about learning and teaching questionnaire. Exceptionality Education International, 28(3), 51-66, https://doi.org/10.5206/eei.v28i3.7771

Hehir, T., Grindal, T., Freeman, B., Lamoreau, R., Borquave, Y., & Burke, S. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED596134.pdf

Jordan, A. (2018a). The supporting effective teaching project: 1. Factors influencing student success in inclusive elementary classrooms. Exceptionality Education International, 28(3), 10-27, https://doi.org/10.5206/eei.v28i3.7769

Jordan, A. (2018b). The supporting effective teaching project: 2. The measures. Exceptionality Education International, 28(3), 28-50, https://doi.org/10.5206/eei.v28i3.7770

McCrimmon, A. W. (2015). Inclusive education in Canada: Issues in teacher preparation. Interventions in School and Clinic, 50(4), 234-237, https://doi.org/10.1177/1053451214546402  

Porter, G.L., & Towell, D. (2017). Advancing inclusive education: Keys to transformational change in public education systems. https://inclusiveeducation.ca/2017/04/21/advancing-inclusive-education.

Sharma, U. (2018). Preparing to teach in inclusive classrooms. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. 1-22, https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.113

Sharma, U., Forlin, C., & Loreman, T. (2007). What concerns pre-service teachers about inclusive education: An international viewpoint? KEDI Journal of Educational Psychology,4(2), 95-114. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/236029233  

Sokal, L., & Katz, J. (2015). Oh, Canada: Bridges and barriers to inclusion in Canadian schools Support for Learning, 30(1), 42-55, https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12078

Specht, J., Delorey, J., & Puka, K. (2022). The trajectory of inclusive beliefs in beginning teachers. The role of evidence in developing effective educational inclusion (Special issue). Frontiers in Education. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.928505

UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000098427/PDF/098427engo.pdf.multi


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Constructing School Principals’ Leadership Autonomy regarding Inclusion Policies: Comparison of School Leaders’ Professional Journals in Germany and Norway

Carolina Dahle

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Dahle, Carolina

Legislative texts and recommendations are representing both legally fixed rights and duties and an overview of the changes in mindset and the terminology of concepts (Bowen, 2009; Prøitz, 2015). School leaders are obliged to follow the law and justify their decisions based on the Education Act (Møller & Skedsmo, 2013). These documents serve furthermore “as reference points for government discourse and are viewed as important sources for analyzing dominant trends and shifts in discursive patterns” (Stenersen & Prøitz, 2022, p. 198). One of these shifts is the powerful movement towards an inclusive school for all. However, the “fuzzy concept of inclusion” has to be included and transferred into practice in different historically developed education systems. Stakeholders of these systems have to interpret the regulations which led to many variations not just internationally, but also in a national frame (Badstieber & Moldenhauer, 2016). Findings have shown that especially school principals play a significant role in the implementation of reforms in general (Abrahamsen & Aas, 2019; Moos et al., 2016) but it is just assumed that they are important actors in the context of inclusive schooling (Badstieber, 2021). This is in conformity with a foregone study, where preliminary results are indicating clearly formulated task allocations for school authorities, while school leaders’ tasks are formulated more accurate just after the year 2001 (Dahle, 2023). Their tasks are furthermore influenced by accountability (Brauckmann & Schwarz, 2012; Moos et al., 2016). However, how these policies are admitted by school principals over time is still a blind spot. On that account, the study asks: How is the discourse of school principals’ leadership autonomy discussed in school leaders’ professional journals in Germany and Norway, regarding the implementation of inclusion policies since 1994?

Leadership autonomy is thereby understood as decision-making, control, and associated responsibilities (Wermke et al., 2022). A study has furthermore shown that a certain amount of autonomy in education is needed to quickly react to different educational needs: “Professionals in public education need a certain scope of action to formulate their decisions in interactions on the reactions of students in their educational day-to-day life” (Wermke et al., 2022, p. 5). Combining these aspects of leadership autonomy with the results of a foregone study about school leaders’ task allocations mentioned in policy documents (Dahle, 2023) will present the groundwork for the discourse analyzed in this study.

The fact of inclusion and its implementation is especially significant for this analysis. Inclusion shall improve the well-being of all people, which is associated with many risks and potential errors on the part of school principals. Taking risks, making mistakes and dealing with the results are topics crucial for the analysis of leadership autonomy (Wermke & Forsberg, 2017).

Since 92 countries agreed on a school for all children during an UNESCO-conference in Salamanca, the year 1994 is chosen as a starting point for the analysis. The conference led to extensive changes not just in schools in general but also in leadership autonomy.

Germany and Norway are interesting to compare due to many similarities in later education reforms with significant impact on educational leadership. However, these reforms are embedded in different educational traditions. Both countries differ in their education system, a bureaucratized tracked in Germany and a comprehensive approach in Norway but resemble each other in their method of system regulation (Wermke & Prøitz, 2021). Comparing these two countries with their different educational traditions, similarities in later education reforms, and an almost contrary approach to inclusive education will lead to a more nuanced picture about leadership autonomy from a comparative perspective.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Professional journals offer an informative background for the analysis of the discourse of principals’ autonomy and changes over the years can be considered (Taddicken, 2019). Partially written from school leaders for school leaders, the journals show furthermore how political implementations arrive in the professional daily work life and how policies are understood and interpreted by school leaders and their associations (Prøitz, 2015). The chosen material presents the interface between intentions (task allocations manifested in laws) and practice (daily school life).
Both the German and the Norwegian journal are professional journals for principals and have been published regularly for more than 30 years. For the German part, the journal “Pädagogische Führung” will be examined. It is a journal for school leaders, published in collaboration with school leader unions from several federal states. It is publicized every second month, starting in 1990. “Skolelederen – fagblad for skoleledelse” is the research object for the investigation in Norway. It is published by the school leaders’ association, being released ten times a year. Both journals will be examined from 1994 until today. The analysis will be conducted with content document analysis (Bowen, 2009; Prøitz, 2015) in addition with Bohnsack’s documentary method (Bohnsack et al., 2010). Word counts at the beginning (school leader and inclusion in the respective language) will help to filter out the articles writing most about the topic and therefore present the material. These articles will finally be analyzed with the documentary method approach. It will be investigated, how the magazines are stating the role of principals in the implementation of inclusion policies. In doing so, important tasks from policy documents, not discussed in the journals can be filtered out. Beyond that, Bohnsack’s documentary method reveals with its three steps of interpretation not just what kind of discourse or knowledge is imparted but also how it is communicated (Bohnsack, 2009). This will help revealing altered specifications of school principals’ autonomy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Since this study is still in its early stages of development, no results can be presented here. However, by the time of the conference, a more detailed conclusion and results will be available.
Anyway, on account of the analysis, the study presents how different Education Acts and regulations are received from school leaders over time and place. The results show what policies in various times and contexts implies for school principals in the implementation of schools for all children. Since the analysis is furthermore not just conducted over time but also during an acute crisis like the COVID-19-pandemic, it will reveal challenges principals are facing in their leadership autonomy on long- and short-term issues between autonomy and accountability. The study can finally present an important source for the education of principals and collaboration between school authorities and school leaders and will therefore lead to further research.

References
Abrahamsen, H. N. & Aas, M. (2019). Mellomleder i skolen. Fagbokforlaget.

Badstieber, B. (2021). Inklusion als Transformation?! Eine empirische Analyse der Rekontextualisierungsstrategien von Schulleitenden im Kontext schulischer Inklusion. Julius Klinkhardt.

Badstieber, B. & Moldenhauer, A. (2016). Schulleitungshandeln in inklusionsorientierten Schulentwicklungsprozessen. In U. Böing & A. Köpfer (Eds.), Be-Hinderung der Teilhabe. Soziale, politische und institutionelle Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildungsräume (pp. 209 - 219). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.

Bohnsack, R. (2009). Dokumentarische Methode. In R. Buber & H. H. Holzmüller (Eds.), Qualitative Marktforschung. Konzepte – Methoden – Analysen (pp. 319-330). Springer.

Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (2010). Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. B. Budrich.

Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), pp. 27-40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027

Brauckmann, S. & Schwarz, A. (2012). No time to manage? The trade-off between relevant tasks and actual priorities of school leaders in Germany. International journal of educational management. 29(6), pp. 749-765. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-10-2014-0138

Dahle, C. (2023). Leadership Autonomy in Inclusion Policies – Principals’ Task Allocations in Policy Documents in Germany and Norway [Manuscript in preperation].

Moos, L., Nihlfors, E. & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic Superintendents: Agents in a Broken Chain. Springer International Publishing.

Møller, J. & Skedsmo, G. (2013). Modernising Education: New Public Management reform in the Norwegian education system. Journal of educational administration and history, 45(4), pp. 336-353. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.822353

Prøitz, T. S. (2015). Learning Outcomes as a Key Concept in Policy Documents throughout Policy Changes. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 59(3), pp. 275-296. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.904418

Stenersen, C. & Prøitz, T. S. (2022). Just a Buzzword? The use of Concepts and Ideas in Educational Governance. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 66(2), pp. 193-207. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788153

Taddicken, M. (2019). Analyse von Zeitungsartikeln und Online-Nachrichten. In N. Baur & J. Blasisus (Eds.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 1547-1553). Springer.

Wermke, W. & Forsberg, E. (2017). The changing nature of autonomy: Transformations of the late Swedish teaching profession. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 61(2), pp. 155-168. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2015.1119727

Wermke, W., Jarl, M., Prøitz, T. S. & Nordholm, D. (2022). Comparing principal autonomy in time and space: modelling school leaders' decision making and control. Journal of curriculum studies, pp. 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2127124

Wermke, W. & Prøitz, T. S. (2021). Integration, fragmentation and complexity - governing of the teaching profession and the Nordic model. In J. E. Larsen, B. Schulte & F. W. Thue (Eds.), Schoolteachers and the Nordic Model: Comparative and Historical Perspectives. Routledge.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 B: Sociologies of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Disorder As a Power Relation in Schooling and Education

Veera Tervo

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Tervo, Veera

Order and disorder have both been essential concepts of schooling throughout history (e.g. Biesta, 2021; Lanas & Brunila, 2019, Price, 2011). Order remains an underlying objective in both formal and informal schooling practices: students are arranged and expected to behave orderly, schooldays and facilities of school create particular order, the aim of schooling is to create some order in the society. Order is visible through acts, national and transnational documents, rooted practices (such as waiting for a turn, queuing and following a class schedule) and architectural solutions of physical school building.

In this paper, I focus on my PhD study’s first research question, how order and disorder are understood in school institutions. I approach order and disorder as counterparts that together exist in the everyday practices of schooling and education. I understand practices to be built on institutional, political, physical but also cultural and social conventions rooted in schooling (e.g. Biesta, 2021; Petersen & Millei, 2016). Everyday life of a school composes of informal and formal school culture where different power relations and ways of knowing are constructed. In formal school, knowledge is percieved to be teacher-led, based on guidelines (national curriculum, law, international guidelines) and often more restrained than the intense and fast-paced nature of informal schools (Lanas & Brunila, 2019; McLaren, 1993). The formal side of school culture and pedagogical thinking have been studied extensively in the educational sciences, yet there is a gap in the international and Finnish research literature on the informal side of school and its social orders in educational context (e.g. Kiilakoski & Lanas, 2022; Juva, 2019; Paju, 2011). To address this gap, I will focus on both the formal and informal side of primary school in analysing the existing ethnographic data.

In educational practices and implementations, there is a significant interest on developing models, interventions and programs (e.g. Blueprints for Healthy Youth Development register) on how to dismantle the so-called problem behaviour of students. To continue, these interventions are used to create and maintain a particular type of order in classrooms as well as in individual students (see for example Mertanen, Vainio, Brunila, 2021; Petersen & Millei, 2016). Yet, analyses on disorder have remained ambiguous. Hence, since the dominant discourse and gaze on disorder are mainly focused on how to diminish disorder instead of conceptualising what it comprehends, it is relevant to view the counterarguments and ask for a wider perspective on order and disorder (see for example Lanas & Brunila, 2019; MacLure, Jones, Holmes & McRae, 2011). As students, teachers and other everyday actors of school do not exist in a vacuum but are surrounded by school institutions and society that also create the idea of order and disorder (Dewey, 1957).

By looking at disorder in school institutions and society, we can see hierarchical power relations that stem from the idea of ideal order of schooling and education (Foucault, 1984). This is important because only after acknowledging schooling practices to be entangled in and stemming from surrounding society, it becomes possible to challenge the individual-oriented idea of order and rethink it as something wider (see for example Mertanen et al. 2021; Wright & McLeod, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is the first part of my PhD study and is based on my master’s thesis. In this paper, I combine theoretical, philosophical and empirical work to provide a wider understanding on disorder and order in school institutions. The existing research data consists of 188 pages of ethnographic field notes and open conversations produced in 8/2020-10/2020 in a primary school in the Helsinki area, Finland. The informants were primary school students aged 7-10 years, classroom teachers and school assistants. Additionally, I will produce another setting of ethnographic data during the spring 2023.
Theoretically this paper stems from Foucauldian (1984) theories on power, Biesta’s (2021) understanding of the self-value of education and school and Lanas’ et al (2020; 2019) theorising of the discursive structures of so-called problem behaviour and the critical gaze towards the problem-centered view on childhood and adolescence. The methodological background of the study lies in discursive approach and Smith’s (2005; 1990) institutional ethnography. Smith’s institutional ethnography (IE) expands from everyday and local to wider temporal and spatial phenomena. I will utilize Smith’s ideas on knowledge and knowing as a political event.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on my preliminary findings and previous research on order, I expect to demonstrate that order and disorder are a power relation related to differences, such as power to act as a primary subject, to demonstrate and designate order, and classify into different hierarchical categories (gender, body orders, social class, origin). In the analysis of my data, I expect to overcome the practices and implementations that target and focus mainly on the individual. Furthermore, I will examine the questions of what the value of order is, what is the purpose of maintaining order, and what is beyond order. Additionally, I propose that dominant power relations in primary school renew the position of order that maintains the hierarchical idea of formal school’s order as primary and informal school’s order as secondary.  
These expected results have a notable novelty value to international scientific discussion in the field of education by increasing the theoretical understanding between power relations and disorder in primary school. Also, the aim is to raise interest and critical discussion on how the self-evident position of order could be viewed in education.  

References
Biesta, G. (2021). Reclaiming a future that has not yet been: The Faure report, UNESCO’s humanism and the need for the emancipation of education. International Review of Education.

Foucault, M. (1991). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. London: Penguin Books.

Foucault, M. & Rabinow, P. (1984). The Foucault Reader. New York: Pantheon Books.

Lanas, M. & Brunila, K. (2019). Bad behaviour in school: a discursive approach. British Journal of Sociology of Education.

Lanas, M., Petersen, E. & Brunila, K. (2020). The discursive production of misbehaviour in professional literature. Critical Studies in Education.

MacLure, M., Jones, L., Holmes, R. & MacRae, C. (2011). 'Becoming a problem: behaviour and reputation in the early years classroom'. British Educational Research Journal.

Mertanen, K., Mäkelä, K. P., & Brunila, K. (2020). What’s the problem (represented to be) in Finnish youth policies and youth support systems? International Studies in Sociology of Education.

Mertanen, K., Vainio, S. E., & Brunila, K. (2021). Educating for the Future? Mapping the Emerging Lines of Precision Education Governance. Policy Futures in Education.

Paju, P. (2011). Koulua on käytävä. Etnografinen tutkimus koululuokasta sosiaalisena tilana. Nuorisotutkimusseura. Helsinki: Nuorisotutkimusverkosto.

Petersen, E. B., & Millei, Z. (Eds.) (2016). Interrupting the Psy-Disciplines in Education. (1 ed.) Palgrave Macmillan.

Price, M. (2011). Mad at school: Rhetorics of mental disability and academic life. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Rankin, J. (2017). Conducting Analysis in Institutional Ethnography: Analytical Work Prior to Commencing Data Collection. International Journal of Qualitative Methods.

Skeggs, B. (2001). Feminist Ethnography. Teoksessa P. Atkinson, A. Coffey, S. Delamont, J. Lofland & L. Lofland (toim.), Handbook of Ethnography (s. 426–442). London: Sage.

Smith, D. E. (1990). The Conceptual Practices of Power: A Feminist Sociology of Knowledge. Boston: Northeastern University Press.

Smith, D. E. (2005). Institutional ethnography: A sociology for people. Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira Press.

Wright, K. & McLeod, J. (Eds.) (2015). Rethinking Youth Wellbeing: Critical Perspectives. Singapore: Springer.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Working-class Students` Right to Education and Social Justice: Educational and Social Challenges

Júlia Rodrigues, Fátima Antunes

Research center on education, University of Minho, Portugal

Presenting Author: Rodrigues, Júlia

In Portugal, as in other European countries, the universalisation of the right to education through equal opportunities of access to public school did not guarantee, however, effective equality of opportunities for success and school became, for a large part of the students, mainly from disadvantaged groups, a challenge to their right to education.

In the ‘60s, Bourdieu and Passeron (1970), draw attention to the importance of social class in education. The cultural (capital) differences between the students from the dominant classes and the ones from the working classes are the main drivers for the school’s failure of the latter and, in this sense, for cultural and social reproduction. Even nowadays, social class is a factor of social and educational inequalities both in Portugal and at a European level (Abrantes, 2022; Costa & Mauritti, 2018; Melo & Lopes, 2021; Ball, 2019; Reay, 2021).

The debate on students´ social and cultural diversities and how the school should relate to them has been a central concern in the pursuit of the democratisation of the education system and to assure student´s right to education. The school has been trying to accommodate these social and cultural diversities through the diversification in policies and practices: different educational routes, autonomy and curricular flexibility, tutorial support, and many others.

One important topic in several national and European policy documents is the broadening of higher education to other publics, namely VET graduates that are mostly from the working classes. Since 2020, there are special calls for their admission to higher education[1].

In Portugal, the number of graduates from scientific-humanistic courses (“regular school”) going to higher education is around 85%. However, although in 2021 vocational courses represented the largest educational and training offer in secondary education[2], only around 38% of graduates from vocational courses go to higher education[3], and this proportion is even more reduced when we refer to the graduates from apprenticeship courses. Hence, the VET students that go to higher education are sociological and statistical exceptions.

Attuned to this, our study is about working-class students, specifically graduates from vocational courses (VC) and apprenticeship courses (AC), who perform academic success pathways. Our main research question is: which dimensions and factors contribute to an academic success pathway of VET graduates who are attending or have attended higher education? However, to achieve academic success, these young people had to overcome numerous inequalities and barriers.

Considering studies and policy documents on the theme and the analysis of 8 in-depth interviews with VET graduates, in this presentation, we find it relevant to reflect on how these subjects live and narrate their school pathways in relation to two specific diversities:

i) social class, i.e., their experience as working-class students: e.g. which meanings do they assign to school? Which institutional, situational, and dispositional barriers do they face and must overcome? (Ekstrom, 1979)

ii) attending vocational education and training, an alternative educational route in upper secondary education, less prestigious academically and socially

Underpinned on Bourdieu´s concepts of class, "habitus" and "cultural capital" (1964, 1970, 1999, 2003), Ekstrom “barriers to education” (1979) and Fraser´s concept of “social justice” (2002, 2006), we aim to comprehend if and how these two specific diversities have influenced students´ right to education and social justice.


[1] . See Decree Law nº 11/2020 (https://dre.pt/dre/en/detail/decree-law/11-2020-131016733) and https://www.poch.portugal2020.pt/pt-pt/Noticias/Paginas/noticia.aspx?nid=1152&ano=2017&pag=2&nr=9

[2] . See https://www.cnedu.pt/pt/noticias/cne/1874-estado-da-educacao-2021

[3] . See https://www.dgeec.mec.pt/np4/47/%7B$clientServletPath%7D/?newsId=256&fileName=DGEEC_Estudantes_a_saida_do_secundario_2.pdf


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We chose a fundamentally qualitative approach since we privilege the young people´s perspectives and intend to understand the meanings that the subjects assign to their discourses and practices. In addition, the study also has a participatory research approach (Gaventa & Cornwall, 2001) to promote the development of the participants' reflection about the object of study.
The chosen method is the multiple case study (Amado, 2014) that allows us to study young people from vocational courses and apprenticeship courses who attend (or have attended) higher education and present unlikely school pathways.
To understand the young people´s perspectives, we are analysing their biographical pathways through in-depth semi-structured interviews with 10 graduates from vocational courses and 10 graduates from apprenticeship courses, and, subsequently, we will draw “sociological portraits” (Lahire, 2004).
“Sociological portraits” are an innovative methodology or tool designed by Bernard Lahire to “capture the complexity of the plural actor”. According to the author, it´s the core tool of a “sociology at the individual scale” since it makes it possible to apprehend the multiple, heterogeneous, and even contradictory dispositions that characterise individuals.
From our point of view, “sociological portraits” are the one that best responds to the object of study since they: allow us to capture the complexity of individual singularity, based on heterogeneity and dispositional and contextual plurality; for the heuristic value of the concept of “plural actor”; for the role assigned to the interconnection between structure and agency in the interpretation of the social.
Until now, we have carried out 8 in-depth semi-structured interviews with graduates from apprenticeship courses and 4 with graduates from vocational courses. In this presentation, as said before, we will present and discuss the results of the analysis of the interviews with 8 vocational education graduates.
The content analysis of the in-depth interviews and field notes is based on authors such as Bardin (1995) and Vala (2005). The analysis is organized around the simultaneous consideration of theoretical issues and empirical data. In a first analysis, we have performed successive readings of the transcription of the interviews. Then, we have analysed the interviews using a priori categories to streamline the analysis process, as well as emerging categories. Finally, it was important to re-analyse the data as a whole.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the interviews´ analysis, we can argue that, as working-class students, they had to face and overcome numerous barriers to assure their right to education: i) institutional barriers (e.g. high tuition fees in higher education; the university not offering the course in an after-labour regime); ii) situational barriers (e.g. low socioeconomic situation; being of a family with “ low cultural capital”) and iii) dispositional barriers (low academic aspirations and expectations; not having an ”academic habitus”; low self-esteem as a student) (Ekstrom, 1979).
Attending VET - and although  these courses are mostly aimed at the transition to the labour market - paradoxically, turned out to be an “institutional detour” (Charlot, 2009) for these young people i) to complete secondary education and ii) was in many cases central for them to continue to higher education through their "re-mobilisation for school and study" (Charlot, 2009; Almeida & Rocha, 2010). Nevertheless, this comes with numerous constraints and inequalities that might challenge students´ right to education and social justice: through the analysis of the interviews, there is some evidence that these courses may put at risk, to some extent, their right to what Young (2010) calls “powerful knowledge”. For instance, most of them have difficulty in the national exams to enter higher education, and, for that reason, they have to apply through a specific call for VET students. However, not all higher education institutions open this call, so VET graduates are constrained in their choices and, most of them, do not attend the most academic and socially privileged institutions and courses. Hence, if VET may assure their access to higher education and in some cases their educational success, it also contributes, in a certain manner, to social reproduction and, for that reason, we question wether it guarantees social justice.

References
Abrantes, P. (2022). Educação e classes sociais em Portugal: continuidades e mutações no século XXI. Sociologia, problemas e práticas, 99, 9-27. DOI: 10.7458/SPP20229924309

Almeida, S. & Rocha. (2010). O sistema de aprendizagem e as transições de jovens da escola ao mundo do trabalho: a relação com o saber: formas e temporalidades identitárias. Educação, Sociedade & Culturas, 31, 83-103

Ball, S. (2019). Meritocracy, social mobility and a new form of class domination.
British Journal of Sociology of Education. September, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2019.1665496

Bardin, L. (1995). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70

Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. P. (2009 [1964]). Los herederos: los estudiantes y la cultura. (2ª ed.). Buenos Aires: Siglo XXI Editores Argentina

Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. P. (s.d. [1970]). A reprodução: elementos para uma teoria do sistema de ensino. Lisboa: Editorial Vega

Bourdieu, P. (1992). Reprodução cultural e reprodução social. In S. Grácio, S. Stoer & Miranda, S. (Orgs.) Sociologia da Educação: antologia. (pp. 327-368). Lisboa: Livros Horizonte

Bourdieu (2003). A escola conservadora: as desigualdades frente à escola e à cultura. Escritos de educação. Petrópolis: Editora Vozes

Charlot, B. (2009 [1999]). A Relação com o saber nos meios populares. Porto: CIIE/Livpsic

Costa A. F. & R. Mauritti (2018). Classes sociais e interseções de desigualdades: Portugal e a Europa. Desigualdades Sociais. Portugal e a Europa. Porto: Mundos sociais

Ekstrom, R. B. (1972). Barriers to Women's Participation in Post-Secondary Education. A Review of the Literature, https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED072368

Fraser, N. (2002). A justiça social na globalização: redistribuição, reconhecimento e participação. Revista Crítica de Ciências Sociais [Online], 63
http://journals.openedition.org/rccs/1250

Fraser, N. (2006). Da redistribuição ao reconhecimento? Dilemas da justiça numa era pós-socialista. Cadernos de campo, São Paulo, 14/15, 1-382

Melo, B. P. & Lopes, J. T. (2021). Metamorfoses de A Reprodução: um olhar atualizado a partir da realidade portuguesa. Sociologia, problemas e práticas, 97, 87-105. DOI: 10.7458/SPP20219724911

Lahire, B. (2004). Retratos sociológicos: disposições e variações individuais. Porto Alegre: Artmed

Reay, D. (2021). The working classes and higher education: Meritocratic fallacies of upward mobility in the United Kingdom. European Journal of Education 56(5)

Vala, J. (2005). A análise de conteúdo. In A. S. Silva e J. M. Pinto. Metodologia das ciências sociais. (pp. 101-128). Porto: Edições Afrontamento

Young, M. (2010). Conhecimento e Currículo: do socioconstrutivismo ao realismo social na sociologia da educação. Porto: Porto editora
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 C: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Mapping Pathways to Success: Unraveling the Influence of Family Backgrounds on Graduate Career Trajectories

Yujing Liu

Durham university, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Liu, Yujing

While higher education has expanded, concerns have been raised regarding grade inflation, suggesting that higher education qualifications have been devalued in the labor market (Xing et al., 2021). Even if disadvantaged students manage to obtain these credentials, it may not necessarily contribute to their social mobility in the labor market (Wu et al., 2020), potentially exacerbating inequalities (Mok & Wu, 2016). Similar concerns have been raised in the UK, where graduates from selective institutions tend to experience significantly higher educational returns (Britton et al., 2016). Widening participation in education can create an "opportunity trap," leading to an oversupply of graduates and consequently decreased salaries for all except the elite (Budd, 2017). Consequently, social mobility may depend less on academic qualifications and more on elite social skills and family resources, highlighting the need for additional support for disadvantaged students when competing in the labor market.

This study will utilize Bourdieu's theory, including the concepts of capital, habitus, and field, to shed light on this phenomenon of social reproduction. Within the realm of research on the graduate labor market, these concepts allow for a comprehensive understanding of the enduring impact of social backgrounds in a changing graduate labor market. Different social groups acquire distinct manners and consumption habits based on their economic and socio-educational environments (Ingram, 2014). Disadvantaged students often lack the linguistic habits and skills that are considered "desirable" or "normal" for their more advantaged peers (Wilkin & Burke, 2013). By examining capital, it becomes evident that individuals from disadvantaged family backgrounds often struggle to accumulate the same levels of economic, cultural, and social capital as their privileged counterparts, even if they experience upward social mobility (Friedman, 2016). The literature consistently highlights the importance of resources, such as financial support and informal assistance from family, in helping graduates succeed in their careers. Those lacking these resources may encounter greater obstacles in their career paths. Habitus, in turn, aids in understanding the underlying reasons for this phenomenon. The differing outcomes in the labor market among students from diverse social backgrounds can be attributed to their class-based habitus and the levels and types of capital possessed by both the students and their families, resulting in distinct modal pathways for each social class.

Empirical studies conducted in both the UK and China highlight inequalities in graduate employment and career trajectories. UK economists have found differences in graduates' earnings based on family backgrounds (Britton et al., 2019; Dearden et al., 2021), while sociologists indicate that individuals from more advantaged backgrounds have higher chances of entering professional positions and experiencing greater earnings growth as they age, owing to their enriched capital and resources (Friedman et al., 2015). In the Chinese context, differences in graduates' career plans in the labor market have been linked to their rural/urban household registration (Niu et al., 2020), parental occupation (Li et al., 2012), and parental involvement (Liu, 2021).

While existing research examines the influence of family backgrounds on graduates' career trajectories and employment, it is evident that parental influence and involvement play a significant role in students' education and employment. However, there is a lack of understanding and perspectives from parents on how they transmit their resources to their children to alleviate uncertainties and insecurities in their career paths and help them achieve their goals. This study aims to address this research gap by focusing on the qualitative socio-economic causes and effects of family backgrounds. It explores how graduates from different social groups and their families plan their career trajectories to achieve upward social mobility or maintain their social status.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will utilize a qualitative research method, specifically conducting interviews. A total of 20 semi-structured interviews will be carried out with urban students and their parents who have recently graduated from China's C9 universities and the UK's G5 universities. The interviews will include both male and female participants and aim to provide an in-depth understanding of how middle-class and working-class families plan their career trajectories differently. Additionally, the study aims to explore the impact of different forms of capital and habitus on the plans and strategies of various social groups. To recruit participants, I will reach out to the university Alumni Office to approach recent graduates. The data collected from the interviews will be analyzed using thematic analysis. The coded materials will be categorized into different themes, specifically highlighting the differences between advantaged and disadvantaged students identified in the interviews. These themes will be used to draw comparisons between the two countries. It is important to acknowledge my own positionality and its potential impact on the research (Holmes, 2020). As an international student from a middle-class family, I am aware of the significant disparities between regions in both countries.  I am particularly interested in understanding the differences in career trajectory plan between different social groups.

Furthermore, this study will employ a contrast of context to compare the policies of China and the UK. By developing a critical understanding of the broader context in each country, a more nuanced view can be achieved, surpassing what can be provided through quantitative data alone (Skocpol & Somers, 1980). China's modern higher education system, which emerged after 1977, has borrowed many policies from the West and top universities, resulting in rapid transformation from an elite to a mass system and significant advancements in rankings. Considering these factors, the UK serves as an appropriate choice for representing Western countries when comparing policies between China and the West.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of this study is to identify the distinct strategies employed by graduates and their families in shaping their career trajectories with the aim of achieving either upward social mobility or social reproduction. By examining and comparing the strategies and perspectives of middle-class and working-class families, this study has the potential to contribute towards creating a more equitable and inclusive environment for working-class graduates, enabling them to compete on a level playing field and maximize their potential in the labor market.
References
Bourdieu, P. (1986). ‘Form of Capital’. in Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. New York: Greenwood Press.
Budd, R. (2017). ‘Disadvantaged by degrees? How widening participation students are not only hindered in accessing HE’,. perspectives: policy and practice in higher education, 21 (2–3), pp. 111–116.
Boliver, V. (2011). ‘Expansion, differentiation, and the persistence of social class inequalities in British higher education’. Higher Education, 61 (3), pp. 229–242. doi: 10.1007/s10734-010-9374-y.
Boliver, V. (2013). ‘How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities?: How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities?’ The British Journal of Sociology, 64 (2), pp. 344–364. doi: 10.1111/1468-4446.12021.
Friedman, S., Laurison, D. and Miles, A. (2015). ‘Breaking the “Class” Ceiling? Social Mobility into Britain’s Elite Occupations’. The Sociological Review. SAGE Publications Ltd, 63 (2), pp. 259–289. doi: 10.1111/1467-954X.12283.
Ingram, N. (2014). ‘Working-class boys, educational success and the misrecognition of working-class culture’. in Theorizing Social Class and Education. Routledge.
Li, H., Meng, L., Shi, X. and Wu, B. (2012). ‘Does having a cadre parent pay? Evidence from the first job offers of Chinese college graduates’. Journal of Development Economics, 99 (2), pp. 513–520. doi: 10.1016/j.jdeveco.2012.06.005.
Luo, Y., Guo, F. and Shi, J. (2018). ‘Expansion and inequality of higher education in China: how likely would Chinese poor students get to success?’ Higher Education Research & Development. Routledge. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/07294360.2018.1474856 (Accessed: 21 September 2021).
Niu, S. X., Zheng, Y. and Yang, F. (2020). ‘Students’ social origins, educational process and post-college outcomes: The case of an elite Chinese university’. Chinese Journal of Sociology, 6 (1), pp. 35–66. doi: 10.1177/2057150X19876875.
Wakeling, P. and Savage, M. (2015). ‘Entry to elite positions and the stratification of higher education in Britain’. The Sociological Review, 63 (2), pp. 290–320. doi: 10.1111/1467-954X.12284.
Wu, L., Yan, K. and Zhang, Y. (2020). ‘Higher education expansion and inequality in educational opportunities in China’. Higher Education, 80 (3), pp. 549–570. doi: 10.1007/s10734-020-00498-2.
Yu, J., Lin, Y. and Jiang, C. (2019). ‘Are cadre offspring in the fast lane? Evidence from the labour market for college graduates in China’. Applied Economics, 51 (36), pp. 3920–3946. doi: 10.1080/00036846.2019.1584375.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Microinteractional Adaptation Practices of Teachers in Linguistically Diverse Mathematics Classes

Simay Birce Cirit

Universität Kassel, Germany

Presenting Author: Cirit, Simay Birce

Language is both a medium to reach subject-specific learning goals and it is also a learning goal within the subject itself. Learners need to use language to participate in school communication, to understand relevant content or to work on given tasks. Thus, they are required to learn school- and subject-specific language to participate in institutionalized learning environments. The dual role that language plays in subject learning might pose challenges for all learners. However, emerging multilingual learners (EML), whose skills in everyday and academic language are yet to develop, are likely to encounter even greater difficulties (Warren & Miller, 2015). Regarding these impediments in linguistically diverse settings, teachers face the need to respond to learners´ challenges or learning needs.

Although there is a growing body of research on language-inclusive approaches in multilingual mathematics lessons, most of these studies focus on the design-level of teaching (Götze & Baiker, 2021; Prediger, 2019; Wilkinson, 2018). This means that during lesson planning teachers identify language elements, which might impede learners´ understanding of the subject, and seek for ways to make them comprehensible for learners. However, little is known about how teachers adapt language requirements during classroom interaction, when learners cannot comply with linguistic expectations or when teachers realize a language learning opportunity and use it. Erath et al. (2021) differentiate between design level and teaching practices level for instruction that creates language learning opportunities in mathematics in multilingual contexts. What we know about language adaptations on the teaching practices level mainly comes from two areas: 1- studies conducted by Heller and Morek (Morek & Heller, 2020; Quasthoff et al., 2022), which mainly focus on fostering discursive skills such as arguing and explaining 2- scaffolding approaches (Gibbons, 2015).

This study investigates micro-interactional adaptations on the teaching practices level with a specific focus on so-called divergences in interaction. Throughout this paper, the term microinteractional adaptations will refer to teachers´ spontaneous adjustments in the learning environment in order to help learners meet linguistic demands in content or to challenge them by increasing the demands. The definition of a divergence is twofold in this study: first, divergences are defined as discrepancies between learners´ actions and teacher´s expectations. Second, they are defined as teachers´ actions which deviate from their initial aim and evolve into a new learning goal. In this regard, divergences can be initiated by learners as well as teachers. The reason why the study focuses on divergences is that teachers´ practices to resolve divergences enable researchers “to decipher certain implicit norms that unfold in the teacher’s and the students’ joint actions” (Ligozat et al., 2018). Although the main research interest is on teachers´ language-related adaptations in classroom interaction, the study takes a holistic approach and investigate learner´s actions and the evolvement of the content as well. Gruson and Sensevy (2013) state that in order to understand teachers´ actions, learners´ actions and “knowledge structure and function” need to be taken into account. Another reason for adopting a holistic approach is the assumption that language adaptations in subject teaching might not necessarily appear in the form of explicit language feedbacks but instead in actions through little changes with respect to the arrangement of tasks or classroom interaction (e.g giving the right to speak to another student). The following research questions will guide the study:

1)What kinds of divergences can be observed in classroom communication in the moments of new knowledge construction by learners and teacher?

2a) Which micro-interactional adaptations do teachers make to navigate learners towards the learning goal in the case of divergences?

2b) To what extent do these practices foster language-inclusiveness?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilizes an exploratory qualitative design. In order to answer the research questions, classroom observations will be conducted with voice recordings and observation protocols.

 Sampling Procedure

This PhD project is conducted within the larger study INTERFACH (https://interfach.de/en/), which is conducted in primary school contexts and financed by DFG. Since pre-observations conducted by the researcher in 1st and 2nd grade multilingual classes showed that language demands are often reduced to a large extent and discursive activities such as explaining or arguing take place rarely in these levels, it was decided to collect data in 3rd and 4th grade classes. Eligibility criteria required for classrooms to be included in the study is that they are attended by EMLs. In order to understand this, classroom teachers are contacted and asked about the linguistic profile of the classroom. Additionally, a language background questionnaire is conducted prior to data collection. The questionnaire consists of one question that asks students which language(s) they use at home.
 
Data Collection and Analysis

It is currently planned to visit six primary schools and 10 classrooms in Hessen, Germany. Each classroom is observed for a week and observations take place during the introduction of a new learning theme. Data collection is conducted in four steps: 1-conducting the language background teaching plans prior to the new learning theme, 3-asking teachers about their main lesson goals before each lesson to be observed, 4-classroom observations by voice recording and creating observation protocols.
    Voice records are transcribed and the following time frames are chosen for the data analysis: the moments when classroom discussions take place during new knowledge construction or when learners and the teacher work collectively on a task. Data analysis is accomplished with turn-by-turn conversation analysis (Krummheuer & Fetzer, 2005) and by using the analytical tools of the joint action theory in didactics (JATD) framework. JATD enables to identify the divergences and to analyse how the teacher and learners try to adjust their actions to be able to reach the learning goal with regard to changes in the task, adjustment in positions (e.g a teacher´s adopting a higher position than the learners during instruction), or “evolution of the content” over time (Ligozat et al., 2018). Turn-by-turn analysis helps to identify communicative and linguistic aspects in adaptation practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Results

The most common types of divergences occur when learners deviate from the main subject in their contributions during discussions or when learners make several attempts to give the expected answer by the teacher. When divergences occur, teachers generally adopt a higher position than
learners in classroom discussions and consequently less space is left for learners to engage with “oral academic discourse practices” (Heller & Morek, 2015). Adaptation practices during divergences will be classified according to their focus on subject-specificty or language in the final results and will be shown in a four-field array adapted from Prediger et al. (2022).
   Microinteractonal adaptations of teachers appeared in the following forms:
1- Reducing language demands. Interestingly, teachers tend to reduce demands even before learners show any struggles (e.g “How can we calculate this problem? Name the numbers to me.”)
subject focus: strong language focus: ambigious
2-Shifting registers. Students´ contributions in classroom discussions are reformulated by the teacher with switching from everday language to subject-specific language.
subject focus: weak language focus: strong
3-As-if treatment. (adapted from Quasthoff 1997) Students´ incomplete or wrongly-formulated utterances are treated “as-if” they fulfilled the linguistic demands in a task. Wrong or incomplete utterances are generally not addressed.
subject focus: strong language focus: weak
4-Reformulating. Teachers tend to formulate their questions in different ways to make their demands more comprehensible for learners. In this way, several forms of the same question are directed in a row.
subject focus: ambigious language focus: strong
5-Using multiple modalities. Teachers use different forms while explaining a mathematical concept. A common practice in the primary school context is to use three different forms sequentially: to draw or write on the board, to show with real objects, to explain orally.
subject focus: strong language focus: strong

References
Erath, K., Ingram, J., Moschkovich, J., & Prediger, S. (2021). Designing and enacting instruction that enhances language for mathematics learning: a review of the state of development and research. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 53, 245–262. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01213-2

Gibbons, P. (2015). Scaffolding Language Scaffolding Learning: Teaching English Language Learners in the Mainstream Classroom (2nd). Heinemann.
 
Götze, D., & Baiker, A. (2021). Language-responsive support for multiplicative thinking as unitizing: results of an intervention study in the second grade. ZDM, 53, 263–275. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01206-1

Gruson, B., & Sensevy, G. (Eds.) (2013). The Joint Action Theory in Didactics: A case study in videoconferencing at primary school. CSCL Proceedings: 1: Full Papers & Symposia.

Heller, V., & Morek, M. (2015). Academic discourse as situated practice: An introduction. Linguistics and Education, 31, 174–186.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2014.01.008

Krummheuer, G., & Fetzer, M. (2005). Der Alltag im Mathematikunterricht: Beobachten - Verstehen - Gestalten. Spektrum Akademischer Verlag.

Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147–169.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923

Morek, M., & Heller, V. (2020). Individualisierter Zuschnitt diskursiver Anforderung und Unterstützung: Finetuning diskurserwerbsförderlichen Lehrerhandelns in der Unterrichtsinteraktion. In U. Quasthoff, V. Heller, & M. Morek (Eds.), Reihe germanistische linguistik: Vol. 324. Diskurserwerb in familie, peergroup und unterricht: Passungen und teilhabechancen (1st ed.,
pp. 381–424). De Gruyter.

Prediger, S. (2019). Mathematische und sprachliche Lernschwierigkeiten: Empirische Befunde und Förderansätze am Beispiel des Multiplikationskonzepts. Lernen Und Lernstörungen, 8(4), 247–260.
https://doi.org/10.1024/2235-0977/a000268

Prediger, S., Quabeck, K., & Erath, K. (2022). Conceptualizing micro-adaptive teaching practices in content-specific ways: Case study on fractions. Journal on Mathematics Education, 13(1), 1–30.
https://doi.org/10.22342/jme.v13i1.pp1-30

Quasthoff, U. (1997). An Interactive Approach to Narrative Development. In M. Bamberg (Ed.), Narrative Development (pp. 51–83). Routledge.

Quasthoff, U., Heller, V., Prediger, S., & Erath, K. (2022). Learning in and through classroom interaction: On the convergence of language and content learning opportunities in subject-matter learning. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 10(1), 57–85. https://doi.org/10.1515/eujal-2020-0015

Warren, E., & Miller, J. (2015). Supporting English second-language learners in disadvantaged contexts: learning approaches that promote success in mathematics. International Journal of Early Years Education, 23(2), 192–208.
https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2014.969200

Wilkinson, L. C. (2018). Learning language and mathematics: A perspective from Linguistics and Education. Linguistics and Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2018.03.005


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

School's project. From the 2030 Agenda to the Italian School Policies

Anna Chiara Angela Mastropasqua, Emilia Restiglian

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Mastropasqua, Anna Chiara Angela

The concept of quality burst into the school world in the 1990s with the continuously interlinked ideas of innovation and educational and didactic improvement. From then on, schools have increasingly felt invested by an urgent and pervasive demand for quality: an articulated demand, coming in different tones from the various components of the school system. We could call it a cultural challenge involving not only those who are directly part of the school world but the entire community. This is especially so if we understand knowledge and learning as indispensable prerequisites for living in post-modern society. This process culminated in the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015) and its Goal 4 which requires us to look at the future of schools from the perspective of ensuring quality, inclusive and equitable education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. This objective encourages us to look at the future of the school in a transformative and concrete perspective.

Therefore, in asking ourselves how we can achieve a school that is both of quality and constantly growing and improving, we consider it essential to take a step back and start from the data that shows what today's school is like. The picture is as clear as it is dramatic. Among the many, the most critical data: according to data provided by the UNESCO Institute of Statistics (2021), in the world, there are still more than 63 million children under the age of 11 who do not attend school. According to the UNICEF report (2021), this number has risen to 168 million during the year in which the pandemic peaked.

Aware of this, we must turn our gaze to the construction of a vision of tomorrow's school that can consider the fundamental elements on which today's school rests, including its cracks, even the ones from the post-pandemic era that has overturned not only its ways of doing things but also its very objectives.

The main objective of this research is to identify perspectives and guidelines for action to reform Italian school policies.

The research has involved a three-stage design currently underway.

In the first phase, four participant case studies were carried out involving children, teachers, school leaders, and families from four primary schools around the world. The four schools are based in Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana, and Sierra Leone. These countries were chosen considering the socio-economic level (according to data provided by the World Bank, 2021) and the percentage of investment of public expenditure - concerning GDP - in primary education.

On the basis of the dimensions that will emerge from the analysis of the data collected in the first phase, steps two and three of the research will be carried out.

Phase two of the research will consist of administering a questionnaire aiming at investigating the opinions on school quality of Italian primary school teachers and school managers.

Finally, during phase three, we will compare the results obtained in the previous step of the research with Sustainable Development Goal 4 of Agenda 2030. We consider it possible to expand the meanings emerging from the objective and sub-objectives of Goal 4, which have been summarized in an outline drawn up by the authors. The data is currently being analyzed with Atlas.ti and will lead to constructing reasoning on the possible theories that the school of tomorrow is called upon to follow to improve in quality, in line with Goal 4 of Agenda 2030.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A three-phase research design was implemented and is being completed.
The first phase involved multiple case studies from an ethnographic perspective (Benvenuto, 2015). Therefore, four primary schools were selected around the world on the basis of their socio-economic level and the public spending investment in primary education. According to the World Bank (2021), countries worldwide can be divided into four socio-economic levels: high, upper-middle, lower-middle, and low-income. Therefore, we selected a reference country for each of these groups of countries, and consequently a primary school where to conduct the case study. The countries involved are, respectively in the order presented above: Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana, and Sierra Leone. From an economic point of view, in the sample countries, the investment of public expenditure in primary education is very different and not proportional to the total. According to data provided by the World Bank in 2020, Italy invests 8.8% of total government expenditure in primary education, Russia 14.3%, Ghana 18.6%, and Sierra Leone 34.3%. The protagonists of the research are pupils, teachers, school leaders, and families in the last two years of primary school classes. The sample reached is of 6 school heads, 15 teachers, about 240 pupils, and 240 families. Regarding data collection methods, a variety of observation tools, including logbooks and checklists, and different research instruments were used. These can be summarized as follows: a semi-structured interview with school leaders; a focus group with teachers; a questionnaire to families; a focus group, and drawing and writing activities with pupils.  
Starting from the dimensions that will emerge from the analysis of the data collected in the first phase, steps two and three of the research will be carried out.
They will consist of the construction of a large-scale questionnaire aiming at investigating the opinions on school quality of Italian primary school teachers and school managers. The sampling will be in this case a simple random sampling, proposing the questionnaire to all Italian public primary schools. Subsequently, a comparison will be made with Sustainable Development Goal 4, and its sub-goals, of Agenda 2030, of which we believe it is possible to broaden the meanings by considering the international perspective that emerged through the case studies and then brought down to the national level with the large-scale survey. Agenda 2030 is a document underlying all research that was chosen also since all four countries involved in the research are signatories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A strength of the research is the depth with which the researcher was able to enter school contexts that are not always familiar trying to grasp nuances that are not immediately apparent. In this process, an attempt was made to give voice to those who are an integral part of the school and to bring to light the points of view of those who live the school every day. Fieldwork is one of the foundations of ethnographic research, a form of investigation in which the researcher is personally immersed in the ongoing activities of a group in order to achieve an understanding of the context (Wolcott, 1995). However, this is also a limiting aspect of ethnographic research: it is accused of subjectivity, as its results are seen as particular interpretations of a specific social action by the researchers involved (Pole & Morrison, 2003).
As regards the individual case studies, they represent a small number and cases of unique and specific school contexts, not comparable to other schools in the world or in the same country. Therefore, only a careful analysis of the collected data, together with the intersection of different perspectives, will make it possible to approach the concepts of usefulness, generalizability, and authenticity (Pole & Morrison, 2003).
In conclusion, it has been seen that the main objective of the research is to redesign the prospects of tomorrow's schools, towards a concept of quality. Inspired by the words of Georg Christoph Lichtenberg (1742-1799), let us state from the outset that none of us can say whether the school will be better when it is changed, but certainly to become better it must change. Through this research, we therefore wish to contribute to the construction of guidelines that will enable us to continue the long and tortuous process of educational change.

References
Benvenuto, G. (2015). Stili e metodi della ricerca educativa. Carocci.

Bocca, G., Castoldi, M., & Decimo, D. (n.d.). Lessico per la qualità. Centro Studi Scuola cattolica. https://www.scuolacattolica.it/wp-content/uploads/sites/45/Lessico_Qualita-_Dic_04.pdf (accessed on 20th September 2022)

Burner, T. (2018). “Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?”. Forskning og Forandring, 1(1), 22–134.

Cambi, F. (2005). Le pedagogie del Novecento. Laterza.

Castoldi, M. (2005). La qualità̀ a scuola: Percorsi E Strumenti Di Autovalutazione. Carocci.

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage.

Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. 8th ed. Routledge.

Common Worlds Research Collective (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374032.locale=en (accessed on 20th September 2022)
Cavalli, L. & Farnia L. (2018). Per un’Italia sostenibile: l’SDSN Italia SDGs City Index 2018. Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei.
Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Handbook of qualitative research (Second). Sage.

Mincu, M. (2020). Sistemi scolastici nel mondo globale. Educazione comparata e pratiche educative. Mondadori.

OECD (2021). Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing.

Ogbu, J. U., Sato, N. E., & Kim, E. Y. (1996). L’etnografia dell’educazione. In: F. Gobbo (Eds.), Antropologia dell’educazione. Scuola, cultura, educazione nella società multiculturale (pp. 65-83). Unicopli.
ONU (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld/publication (accessed on 9th January 2023)
Orlando Cian, D. (1997). Metodologia della ricerca pedagogica. La Scuola.


Pastore, S., & Salamida, D. (2013). Oltre il “mito educativo”? Formative assessment e pratica didattica. Franco Angeli.

Pole, C., & Morrison, M. (2003). Ethnography for Education. Bell & Bain.

Smith, J., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. Sage.

UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, 21 October 2015, A/RES/70/1. https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html (accessed on 31st January 2023)

UNESCO (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://gem-report-2020.unesco.org/ (accessed on 20th September 2022)

UNICEF (2021). Protecting child rights in a time of crises. UNICEF Annual Report 2021. https://www.unicef.org/media/121251/file/UNICEF%20Annual%20Report%202021.pdf (accessed on 20th September 2022)

Wolcott, H. (1995). The Art of Fieldwork. Alta Mira Press.

Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th Ed.). Sage.

Zhao, Y. (2011). Students as change partners: A proposal for educational change in the age of globalization. Journal of Educational Change, 12, 267-279.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Ed-Tech Consultants as New Intermediaries between Policies, Pedagogies and Technologies

Lucas Joecks

Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Joecks, Lucas

With the growing importance of digital technologies in learning and teaching environments, various new actors have emerged in the governance of education. While the involvement of big tech corporations and affiliated philanthropies has been raising issues for critical examination for many years now (Selwyn 2014, Cuban 2003), there is a growing field of research that is concerned with the role of “intermediaries” and “boundary brokers” that operate in-between different professional, disciplinary or sectoral systems (Williamson & Hogan 2020). These actors range from policy innovation labs (Williamson 2015) to data mediators (Hartong 2016). They engage in the formulation, dissemination and enactment of (digital) education policies and are consequently considered to be crucial nodes in increasingly networked governance landscapes (Caves & Oswald-Egg 2021).

However, many of the actors that mediate in and between ed-tech networks and discourses are still to be researched in-depth. In particular, little is known about the intermediary role of IT-service and consulting providers and their work as ed-tech consultants for schools and administrations – despite their growing presence in ed-tech procurement and implementation processes (Förschler 2021). Consultants in education systems have been examined as political advisors (Gunter 2017), participants in school improvement processes (Goecke 2018) or well-connected drivers of reform discourses (Player-Koro and Beach 2017), and accordingly, have mostly been analyzed as linking elements between politics and pedagogy. While these studies highlight that consultants are to be understood as “knowledge actors”, who “variously generate, identify, carry and deploy saleable beliefs, ideas, debates and solutions that can be packaged and repackaged” (Gunter 2017: 338), the specific context of IT-related consultancy and technological expertise, however, has only played a minor role.

In order to get a deeper and more nuanced understanding of how technologies are mediated to schools via consultancy, this research project aims to approach IT-service and consulting businesses in the context of their coordinative work between political, pedagogical and technological spheres. Drawing on Bernstein’s notion of “recontextualization” (Bernstein 2000), the work of ed-tech consultants is examined as a relational process of moving and selecting knowledge from one context to another, or more specifically, as a practice of translating policies and technological rationales into something that practitioners can “enact” (Singh et al. 2013). Ed-tech consulting businesses, in this view, are not merely neutral linking elements that lubricate ed-tech related processes, but active agents in the construction of new pedagogical practices and values. Hence, the intermediary position of ed-tech consultants is to be considered as a critical junction that enables them to “structure the potential field of the actions of others” (Foucault 2007: 97), and thus, potentially exert power.

The local focus of this study, namely the German education system, provides a vivid example in which IT-service and consulting companies – driven by recent “school digitalization” reforms in Germany – are increasingly offering schools highly demanded amalgamations of interdisciplinary expertise (Petry et al. 2021). The companies offer comprehensive ed-tech implementation packages that reach from the (pre-)selection of products, integration of hard- and software to pedagogical frameworks (“media concepts”) and professional development (Rednet 2023). These “ed-tech implementation knowledges”, their production and transmission as well as the norms and values attached to it, are to be disentangled in the context of this investigation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study entails two phases of data collection. Given the fact that information about the work of IT-service und consulting companies is rather scarce, first exploratory insights into the field are gained by theory-building expert interviews (Meuser and Nagel 2002) with actors connected ed-tech consulting processes from private and public institutions. This first step of the research project aims to analyze the structural position of service and consulting companies in Germany’s educational system (funding, partnerships, dependencies, etc.) and the procedures that ed-tech consulting work encompasses (targeted issues, degrees of involvement, etc.). The second phase of research pursues in-depth insights into the knowledge work of IT-service und consulting providers through cases studies of several companies. Close attention is paid to the dominant “knowledges, knowings and knowledgeabilities” (Gunter 2017: 338) and their normative implications for pedagogical practices. Data is collected through in-field observations, websites, interviews and commercial documents by using ethnographic research methods. The variety of these data sources, drawn from, for instance, accompanying meetings, examining organizational departments and different professionalities, are expected to offer a comprehensive view that goes beyond their publicly promoted “corporate image” (Jaworska 2020) in order to explore the “hidden” practices of intermediaries (Hartong 2016).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Insights on edtech service and consulting companies, on their embeddedness in ed-tech integration processes, their modes of action and their ideals and values will offer new ways to grasp “the already fuzzy divide between the public and the private sector” (Ball 2010: 134). The rise of IT-service and consulting businesses in the education system shows that actors and modes of transmission are in demand and are likely to be needed to support ed-tech related school development projects. Yet, it is pivotal to critically examine the very actors that engage in these tasks and reconstruct the ways in which they coordinate and value various ideas and interests.
Preliminary findings suggest that IT-service and consulting companies in Germany portray themselves as rational experts and only seldomly as educational visionaries or reformers. They seem to focus on the practicality of their services and promise an unbiased, “frictionless” integration of ed-tech. Most outstandingly, ed-tech consultants commonly assert that their services are bound to a “primacy of pedagogy” (over technology) – a phrase that originated from political debates in Germany as a counter-narrative to hardware-centered ed-tech policies. Thus, despite their affiliation with the IT-sector, they interestingly imply to value pedagogical knowledge over technical rationales. While this narrative serves their claimed status as objective advisors by seeking to reject the notion of being too closely tied to ed-tech producers, the understanding of “pedagogy” – a concept that became a rather vague buzzword in this context – is yet to be examined in more detail.

References
Ball, S. J. (2010). New Voices, New Knowledges and the New Politics of Education Research: The Gathering of a Perfect Storm? EERJ, 9(2), 124–137. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2010.9.2.124
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity. Critical Perspectives Series. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Caves, K. M., & Oswald-Egg, M. E. (2021). The Networked Role of Intermediaries in Education Governance and Public-Private Partnership (CES Working Papers). ETH Zurich. https://doi.org/10.3929/ethz-b-000508820
Cuban, L. (2003). Oversold and underused: Computers in the classroom (1st). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
Förschler, A. (2021). Der wachsende politische Einfluss privater (EdTech-)Akteure im Kontext digitaler Bildungsbeobachtung und -steuerung. ZfP, 67(3), 323-337.
Foucault, M. (2017). Ästhetik der Existenz. Schriften zur Lebenskunst. (suhrkamp taschenbuch wissenschaft, Vol. 1814). Frankfurt: Suhrkamp.
Goecke, M. (2018). Schulentwicklung durch Beratung: Eine Studie an nordrheinwestfälischen Schulen. Dissertation. Research. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Gunter, H. M. (2017). Consultants and policy formulation. In M. Howlett & I. Mukherjee (Eds.), Handbook of Policy Formulation (pp. 337–352). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Hartong, S. (2016). Between assessments, digital technologies and big data: The growing influence of ‘hidden’ data mediators in education. EERJ, 15(5), 523–536. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116648966
Jaworska, S. (2020). Corporate discourse. In A. Georgakopoulou & A. de Fina (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of discourse studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Meuser, M., & Nagel, U. (2013). Experteninterviews. Wissenssoziologische Voraussetzungen und methodische Durchführung. In B. Friebertshäuser, A. Langer, & A. Prengel (Eds.), Handbuch qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (4th ed., pp. 457–472). Weinheim, München, Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Petry, L., Lins, S., Thiebes, S., & Sunyaev, A. (2021). Technologieauswahl im DigitalPakt: Wie werden Entscheidungen im Bildungssektor getroffen? HMD Praxis Der Wirtschaftsinformatik. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1365/s40702-021-00751-x
Player-Koro, C., & Beach, D. (2017). The Influence of Private Actors on the Education of Teachers in Sweden. A Networked Ethnography Study of Education Policy Mobility. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 39(39), 83. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.2017.39.11476
REDNET AG (2023). Digitale Schule - Digitalpakt. Retrieved from https://schule.rednet.ag/digitalpakt.html. Accessed on 30.01.2023.
Selwyn, N. (2014). Distrusting educational technology: Critical questions for changing times. New York: Routledge.
Singh, P., Thomas, S., & Harris, J. (2013). Recontextualising policy discourses: a Bernsteinian perspective on policy interpretation, translation, enactment. JEP, 28(4), 465–480. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.770554
Williamson, B. (2015). Governing methods: policy innovation labs, design and data science in the digital governance of education. JEAH, 47(3), 251–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2015.1038693
Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. Education International Research. Brussels: Education International.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Teaching Creativity? A Generative View for Complex Thinking Through PhilosophArt

Sofia Marina Antoniello

Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Antoniello, Sofia Marina

The development of creative skills (UNESCO, 2006) appears to be one of the most urgent challenges in today's complex (Morin, 2017) and 'fluid' (Bauman, 2007) society, characterized by uncertainty and instability.

The concept of creativity has multiple definitions: it is a performative skill, a transformative process (Edwards, Grandini & Forman, 2017; Munari, 2017; Rodari, 2010), an improvisational attitude (Zorzi, 2020), a generative capacity (Tiozzo Brasiola, 2020), a political condition and a dimension of complex thinking (Lipman, 2005). Moreover, creativity is a higher psychic function present in all human beings since childhood (Vygotsky, 2010) and a process historically and culturally mediated. Creativity is a necessary educational condition to imagine otherness, to think in terms of differences, and to welcome the thought of the other (Santi, 2006a) to nurture open and democratic societies. Hence, schools are in charge of cultivating it, so that it becomes a different opportunity to relate with others and with the world.

There are many documents and researches that emphasize the importance of creative education at school and in educational contexts (e.g., NACCCE, 1999; WHO, 1997; European Parliament, 2006, 2018). These documents consider creativity as one of the ten life skills, underlying all the key citizenship competencies. Moreover, it is to be understood as a democratic capacity that can be realized in all fields of human activity and all people.

Hence, the importance of the role of teachers and the learning environment in fostering and supporting each child's creative potential is critical (RIF, 2015). In the Italian context, the documents in which we misrepresent these principles are the Elementary School Programmes (1985), the National Curriculum guidelines (2012, 2018), and, more recently, Legislative Decree No. 60/2017.

From these principles, multiple pedagogical perspectives have emerged. Among them, this research aims to embrace an artistic and philosophical horizon.

One of these is the philosophical research community. It is considered by Lipman (1988, 2005) to be the cradle of the development of creative thinking, understood as one of the three components of complex thinking. According to the author, creativity is the transformation of what is given into something radically different, thus emphasizing the generative value of creativity itself. The development of complex thinking in children finds expression in Philosophy for Children (P4C), an educational practice characterized by the dialogic-argumentative method and the didactic model of the research community (Santi, 2005). In the literature, there are many researches aimed at investigating creative thinking through P4C (De Puig, 2003; Sátiro, 2006, 2019; Santi, 2007), but no studies highlighting the possible link between generativity and creative thinking in the perspective of complex thinking. Therefore, mobilizing generativity as an interpretative model to read an empirical investigation of creativity promoted through P4C can open a new pedagogical and didactic view of what has already been explored. The research aspires to give a generative reading of creativity, as an object of teaching, by investigating the horizon of generative didactics of creativity through PhilosophArt.

PhilosophArt is an educational-didactic practice that aims to generate creativity through art and dialogue in the community, taking into account the complexity of thought. It combines the dialogical-discursive method and the research community of P4C with the realization of community works of art through graphic signs (Kandinsky, 1968, 2005). P4C develops creative, critical, and free minds in community members so that they can live in a complex and democratic society open to difference. At the same time, artistic semiotics (Peirce, 1980) refers to the trivalence of the sign and to the possibility that the same sign can contain different meanings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions are:
1. How can the complex thinking approach be re-read through the generative approach in order to reconceptualize the concept of creativity at school?
2. Can PhilosophyArt be an educational-didactic practice to promote generative creative thinking?
The research involved the entire school community of a primary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. More specifically, 120 students and 13 teachers. This school was chosen because it is a small public school, located on the outskirts of the city and with a school timetable suitable for hosting a medium-term research project. Furthermore, the teachers decided to join the research by highlighting the urgency of promoting creativity education in their school.  
In line with the participants and the topic of the research, the methodological choices fell on Community-based participatory research and Art-based research.
The first one (AHRQ; 2004; Blumenthal, 2011, Hacher, 2013) is a collaborative approach oriented towards social change and improvement that takes place in the community, which is always involved in all stages of the investigation process. On the other hand, Art-based research (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Knowles & Cole, 2008; McNiff, 2009) uses artistic processes at every stage of the research as fundamental to understanding and examining experience.
The research design involves three phases.
The first phase (October 2022) was an exploration of the structural, organizational, and methodological-didactic aspects of the school context. This has been done through a focus group with all teachers in the school. The macro-topics of the focus group refer to an INDIRE questionnaire on creative practices and they concern 1) the concept of creativity, 2) didactics and creativity, and 3) creativity space.
The second step (October 2022-February 2023) of the research was an experimental phase: PhilosofArt sessions were proposed in each classroom of the school.
In the concluding phase (March 2023), the initial focus group will be re-proposed to the teachers. The aim of the focus group will be to identify a hypothetical change concerning the macro-topics and to search together for a data analysis and interpretation model. This model should emerge from the relationship between the literature and the empirical data. The data interpretation and analysis model will be created artistically starting from a Kandinsky piece of art. The same procedure has been used to conduct focus groups and PhilosofArt sessions.
Finally, we will return the results of the research through a community art event.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is part of a national and international overview that strongly believes in creativity as the key to 21st-century education (UNESCO, 2006). There are many meanings that psychology and pedagogy have been attributing to creativity for years, but few of them are their educational nuances. On this gap in the literature, the research intends to fit. The educational and pedagogical value of research on creative and generative thinking in the historical, social, and cultural context of today's schools values each and everyone differently. Indeed everyone has creative capacities as a natural effect of being human (Robinson, 2015). Pedagogical interest in didactics that differentially promotes the development of creative thinking could find a possible horizon in PhilosophyArt. In this educational practice, the conceptual diversity of creativity is reflected in all its meanings, but also in its different ways of thinking about the metaphors of life. In PhilosophyArt, the cultural diversity of creativity emerges as artistic-philosophical dialogue promotes inter-subjective exchange, growth of knowledge, and openness to different perspectives also through different communication languages. Finally, this educational practice fosters the contextual diversity of creativity, as artistic and dialogical signs do not have value in themselves but in relation to others and the world.
The complexity that invests humanity requires an educational paradigm that is welcoming and loving towards an uncertain future that rests on the ephemeral present. The meaning of education can be found in the possibility of everyone acting in relation to their own aspirations for the common good, which is their own and the one of the next generations. A school that creates the conditions for creativity to reproduce itself becomes a school that generates different opportunities for all in relation to others, the world, and culture.  

References
AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Community-based Participatory Research: Assessing the Evidence, 2004. From://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK37280/
Barone, T., Eisner, E. (2012). Arte Based Research. SAGE
Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid times: Living in an age of uncertainty. Polity Press.
Blumenthal, D.S. (2011). Is Community-Based Participatory Research Possible?, American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 40(3), pp. 386-389.
De Puig, I. (2003). Pensar. Percebre, sentir i pensar. Universitat de Girona
Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman G. (2017). I cento linguaggi dei bambini. L’approccio di Reggio Emilia all’educazione dell’infanzia. Edizioni junior
Kandinsky, V. (1968). Punto linea superficie. Contributo all'analisi degli elementi pittorici. Milano: Adelphi
Kandinsky, V. (2005). Lo spirituale nell'arte. SE
Knowles J. G., Cole A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives, Methodologies, Examples, ans Issues. SAGE
Hacher, K. (2013). Community based participatory research. London: Sage
Lipman, M. (1988). Philosophy goes to school. Temple Univ Pe
Lipman, M. (2005). Educare al pensiero. Vita e Pensiero
McNiff, S. (2009). Art-Based Research. Jessica Kingsley
Morin, E. (2017). La sfida della complessità. Le Lettere.
Munari, B. (2017). Fantasia. Editori Laterza.
National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education (1999). All our futures: Creativity, culture & education. Sudbury, Suffolk: Department for Education and Employment.
Peirce, C. (1980). Semiotica. Einaudi
Robinson, K. (2015). Fuori di testa. Perché la scuola uccide la creatività. Erickson
Rodari, G. (2010). La grammatica della fantasia. Einaudi Ragazzi
Santi, M. (cur.). (2005). Philosophy for Children: un curricolo per insegnare a pensare. Liguori Editore
Santi, M. (2006a). Costruire comunità di integrazione in classe. Pensa MultiMedia
Santi, M. (2007). How students understand art: a change in children through Philosophy. Childhood & Philosophy, 3, n.5, 19-33
Sátiro, A. (2006). Pensar creativamente. III Seminario Iberoamericano
Sátiro, A. (2019). Personas creativas ciudadanos creativos. Corporación Universitaria Minuto de Dios – UNIMINUTO
Tiozzo Brasiola, O. (2020). Didattica generativa della solidarietà: generare creatività e creare generatività. Formazione & Insegnamento, XVIII, 1, 737-746
UNESCO (2006). World conference on arts education, building creative capacities for the 21st century. Lisbon, Portugal, 6–9 March 2006. Working document. Lisbon: UNESCO
Vygotskij, L. (2010). Immaginazione e creatività nell’età infantile. Editori Riuniti university press
Zorzi, E., Antoniello, S.M. (2020). Promuovere creatività nelle intelligenze multiple: filoso-fare a scuola negli atelier. Encyclopaideia, XXIV, 58, 59-73


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Queer-Friendly Schools? The Relationship between Perceived School Climate, Mental Health and Student Well-Being of LGBTIQ+ Students in Switzerland

Adrien Ott1,3, Monika Hofmann1, Christa Kappler2, Janine Lüthi1, Tina Hascher1

1University of Bern, Switzerland; 2Zurich University of Teacher Education; 3Bern University of Teacher Education

Presenting Author: Ott, Adrien

The concept of heteronormativity describes patterns of perception, thoughts and actions based on the assumption of a binary gender system (Degele, 2005). In this context, the two biologically and socially compatible sexes (male and female) relate their sexuality and attraction to each other (Pöge et al., 2020). This assumption of heterosexual gender dichotomy permeates and creates hierarchical relationships in many social and cultural spheres and determines the everyday life of individuals: those who do not conform to heteronormativity are marginalized and discriminated against (Hartmann et al., 2017). Thus, many LGBTIQ+ individuals still experience that their non-heteronormative ways of life are positioned in the socially deviant (Oldemeier, 2017). The acronym LGBTIQ+ stands for lesbian, gay, bisexual, trans, intersex, queer, and other self-designations beyond the heterosexual and two-gendered norm. According to research, approximately 5-15% of the population is LGBTIQ+ (Dalia Reseach, 2016).

For LGBTIQ+ youth, in addition to age-typical challenges, deviation from heteronormativity poses further challenges (Gaupp & Krell, 2020). This includes becoming aware of their own sexual orientation and/or gender identity, coming out, and dealing with homo-, bi- and transnegativity in school (Gaupp & Krell, 2020; Krell & Oldemeier, 2015). LGBTIQ+ youth at school report experiences of victimization, a lack of supportive school staff and LGBTIQ+ inclusive teaching as well as LGBTIQ+ exclusive infrastructure (Krell & Oldemeier, 2015).

These research findings can be located within the multidimensional construct of school climate under the dimensions of (1) perceived safety, (2) teaching and learning, (3) social relationships, and (4) the institutional environment (Thapa et al., 2013). These four dimensions encompass the characteristics of the school environment that influence students behavioral, cognitive, and psychological development (Thapa et al., 2013).

Negative school experiences, in relation to the National School Climate Council's concept of school climate (National School Climate Council, 2007), can inhibit the psychological well-being of LGBTIQ+ students. For example, qualitative research indicates that LGBTIQ+ students attribute their psychological distress to perceived discrimination and exclusion at school (Watzlawik et al., 2017). Further research from Anglo-Saxon countries indicates a higher prevalence of suicidality, depression, and anxiety disorders compared to non-LGBTIQ+ youth (Russell & Fish, 2016).

In addition, it could be suggested that LGBTIQ+ students have lower levels of student well-being than non-LGBTIQ+ students (Krell & Oldemeier, 2015). Student well-being is defined by Hascher (2004) as the prevalence of positive emotions and cognitions toward school, school members, and the school environment. Experiences of victimization and exclusion on the part of classmates and teachers, as well as structural discrimination based on LGBTIQ+ identity, could thus reinforce negative emotions and cognitions toward school.

To date, the authors are not aware of any study linking school climate to psychological distress and student well-being. A theoretical foundation for this relationship can be provided by an adapted version of Meyer's (2003) minority stress model. The model conceptualizes the influence of external and internal minority stress factors such as LGBTIQ+ specific harassment or internalized stigma on the well-being of LGBTIQ+ individuals with resilience factors moderating and mediating this relationship.

Accordingly, this study aims to answer the following questions:

  • How do LGBTIQ+ students in Switzerland perceive their student well-being and psychological distress?
  • How do LGBTIQ+ students in Switzerland perceive their school climate?
  • After accounting for control variables, how are LGBTIQ+ specific school climate factors related to participants' student well-being and psychological distress?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study included participants between 14 and 19 years old who identified themselves as part of the LGBTIQ+ community and lived in the German-speaking part of Switzerland.

Ethics approval was obtained through the university of Bern before recruiting participants. First, 2 participatory workshops with 6 LGBTIQ+ adolescents were conducted. The goal of the first session was to collect topics important to LGBTIQ+ youth in the school setting. During the second workshop, the participants were able to provide feedback on the draft version of the online survey.  

374 participants from 18 of the 20 German-speaking cantons completed the online survey and met the inclusion criteria (average age 17.6 years (SD=1.5)). 264 participants identified as a sexual minority, 110 as members of a gender minority.

The anonymous online survey was disseminated from September to October 2022 and was advertised through emails sent to organizations working with LGBTIQ+ youth, social media posts and flyers at LGBTIQ+ events. Participants were self-selected and were not compensated.

The perceived LGBTIQ+ specific school climate was assessed through a questionnaire of the LGBTQ+ National School Climate Survey (Kosciw et al., 2020). The questionnaire was adapted to the Swiss context and consisted of 25 questions with subscales for (1) safety at school, (2) biased language, (3) reporting harassment, (4) teaching, (5) policies and practices, (6) academic experiences and (7) resources. The student well-being questionnaire (Hascher, 2004) with the subscales (1) positive attitudes, (2) joy at school, (3) worries about school, (4) physical discomfort, (5) social problems at school and (6) student self-esteem was used to measure student wellbeing. In addition, the survey included validated measures of anxiety (BSI-18) depression (BSI-18) and suicidality (SBQ-R). The internal minority stress factors were assessed through inventories measuring internalized stigma (sexual minorities: Herek et al., 2015; gender minorities: Testa et al., 2015). Finally, 2 questions assessed the grade of coming out to school staff and classmates.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of the study was to better understand the perceived school climate of LGBTIQ+ students at school and the correlation with student well-being as well as mental health. Preliminary findings seem to confirm the results of studies conducted in the European Union and the Anglo-Saxon countries that LGBTIQ+ students are significantly exposed to harassment and discrimination because of their sexual orientation and/or gender identity (e.g., Kosciw et al., 2020) . 44.5% of the LGBTIQ+ students heard “gay” used in a negative way often or frequently (National School Climate Survey (Kosciw et al., 2020): 75.6%) and reported that only 9.7% of the teachers overhearing these remarks intervened most of the time or always (Kosciw et al., 2020: 13.7%). 45.3% reported experiencing verbal harassment at least sometimes in the last school year because of their sexual orientation or their gender identity (Kosciw et al., 2020: 80.8%). Further results of the school climate questionnaire will be discussed and compared with findings from European and Anglo-Saxon countries, particularly regarding the experiences of trans and non-binary students. Answers to open text questions indicate support for the minority stress model as a theoretical framework to better understand the relationship between school climate, student well-being and mental health. It is expected that negative school climate correlates positively with psychological distress and negatively with student well-being.
The preliminary results of this study provide first indications that schools in the German-speaking part of Switzerland are often unsafe spaces for LGBTIQ+ students to learn and thrive. The findings will be discussed in terms of their implications for prevention and intervention programs that address hostile school climate factors for this vulnerable population.

References
Dalia Reseach. (2016). Counting the LGBT population. https://daliaresearch.com/counting-the-lgbt-population-6-of-europeans-identify-as-lgbt/
Degele, N. (2005). Heteronormativität entselbstverständlichen: Zum verunsichernden Potenzial von Queer Studies. Freiburger FrauenStudien(17), 15–39.
Gaupp, N. & Krell, C. (2020). Lebenssituationen von lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen, trans* und queeren Jugendlichen. Unsere Jugend, 72(7+8), 290–298.
Hartmann, J., Messerschmidt, A. & Thon, C. (Hrsg.). (2017). Jahrbuch Frauen- und Geschlechterforschung in der Erziehungswissenschaft: Folge 13/2017. Queertheoretische Perspektiven auf Bildung: Pädagogische Kritik der Heteronormativität. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Hascher, T. (2004). Wohlbefinden in der Schule (1. Aufl.). Pädagogische Psychologie und Entwicklungspsychologie: Bd. 40. Waxmann.
Herek, G. M., Gillis, J. R. & Cogan, J. C. (2015). Internalized stigma among sexual minority adults: Insights from a social psychological perspective. Stigma and Health, 1(S), 18–34.
Kosciw, J. G., Clark, C. M., Truong, N. L. & Zongrone, A. D. (2020). The 2019 National School Climate Survey: The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Youth in Our Nation’s Schools.
Krell, C. & Oldemeier, K. (2015). Coming-out - und dann …?! Ein DJI-Forschungsprojekt zur Lebenssituation von lesbischen schwulen, bisexuellen und trans* Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen. DJI Deutsches Jugendinstitut.
Meyer, I. H. (2003). Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations: conceptual issues and research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 674–697.
National School Climate Council. (2007). The School Climate Challenge: Narrowing the Gap Between School Climate Research and School Climate Policy, Practice Guidelines and Teacher Education Policy.
Oldemeier, K. (2017). Heteronormativität: Erfahrungen von jungen lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen, trans* und queeren Menschen. Forum Gemeindepsychologie, 22(1), 1–14.
Pöge, K., Dennert, G., Koppe, U., Güldenring, A., Matthigack, E. B. & Rommel, A. (2020). Die gesundheitliche Lage von lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen sowie trans- und intergeschlechtlichen Menschen. Robert Koch-Institut.
Russell, S. T. & Fish, J. N. (2016). Mental Health in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Youth. Annual review of clinical psychology, 12, 465–487.
Testa, R. J., Habarth, J., Peta, J., Balsam, K. & Bockting, W. O. (2015). Development of the Gender Minority Stress and Resilience Measure. Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity, 2(1), 65–77.
Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S. & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A Review of School Climate Research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385.
Watzlawik, M., Salden, S. & Hertlein, J. (2017). Was, wenn nicht immer alles so eindeutig ist, wie wir denken? Erfahrungen LSBT*-Jugendlicher in der Schule und das Konzept der Ambiguitätstoleranz. Diskurs Kindheits- und Jugendforschung, 12(2), 161–175.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Semantic Clarification of Life Skills in the Field of Health Promotion at School : a Scoping Review

Adeline Darlington Bernard, Corélie Salque, Emily Darlington, Florence Carrouel

Laboratoire P2S (Health, Systemic, Process EA 4129 Research Unit), Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1, France

Presenting Author: Darlington Bernard, Adeline; Salque, Corélie

For over 4 decades, Life Skills have been explored as a means of preventing health-compromising behaviour, especially with adolescents (Botvin, 1985). In 1993, WHO proposed its own definition of Life Skills as “the abilities for adaptive and positive behaviours that enable individuals to effectively deal with demands and challenges of everyday life” (WHO, 1994).

In the literature, Life Skills are described as a set of “personal and cognitive skills” which derives from “cognitive-behavioural techniques” to develop self-esteem and social skills, resist persuasion, and cope with anxiety (Botvin, 1985). The development of Life Skills in schools is also identified as a lever for promoting pupils’ health and well-being as a health-protection factor (Simar et al., 2020), as a means of preventing risk behaviour (Botvin, 2000; Botvin & Griffin, 2004, 2007), mental health problems (Department of mental health social change and mental health cluster, 1999), as well as violent and risky sexual behaviour (Mangrulkar et al., 2001). Furthermore, the development of Life Skills fosters sociability, positive social interactions, cognitive development, as well as academic and professional achievements (Lamboy et al., 2021). Finally, Life Skills programmes and interventions are more efficient when founded on research, conducted by adults with strong life skills and through regular exposure (Lamboy et al., 2021).

In France, they were developed from the end of the 1990s (Darlington & Masson, 2020) when the notion of competence was integrated into the French education curriculum. Initially known as “compétences émotionnelles et relationnelles” (i.e. emotional and relational skills) (Lamboy et al., 2021), the term “compétences psychosociales” (i.e. “life skills” in French) was truly adopted in 2016 with the introduction of the Parcours Éducatif de Santé (an educational pathway for pupils, focused on the development of various skills towards individual and collective health) (Ministère de l’Éducation Nationale, 2017; Lamboy et al., 2021). Recently the “Vademecum de l'École Promotrice de Santé” (Ministère de l’Éducation Nationale, 2020) has set out an important framework for the integration of Health Promotion in schools, with a particular focus on the development of pupils’ Life Skills to reinforce positive health behaviours and develop skills useful to the future adults whom pupils will become.

Thus, Life Skills appear to be fundamental. However, in both French and English, different terms are used as synonyms to refer to Life Skills: a semantic clarification is therefore necessary. Moreover, in French, the term adopted in translation of the expression "Life skills" proposed by the WHO in 1993 seems to operate a semantic shift by becoming "compétences psychosociales” (which can be translated as "psychosocial competences"). This illustrates the fact that the notion of “Life Skills” remains rather vague; a global perspective on the terms used and their definitions seems to be required (Simar et al., 2020), in both languages. Thus, the purpose of this study is to analyze the terms and definitions used in French and English to discuss Life Skills, to reach a consensual definition.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To do this, we have decided to conduct a scoping review and to follow the PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) and its checklist (Tricco et al., 2018). This methodology is used as a means of mapping out literature on a given topic or in a specific field, and identify research gaps (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010; Peters et al., 2021). More specifically, it may be used to explore key concepts and clarify definitions regardless of study design (Munn et al., 2018), which is our intent. The scoping review is currently underway. To better understand Life Skills in France and at an international level, this review aims to answer the following questions: (1) What are the terms used to refer to Life Skills? (2) What is their definition? (3) Is there a consensual definition?
The databases used are Google Scholar, ERIC, PubMed and HAL SHS. The inclusion criteria are: (i) peer-reviewed articles (ii) systematic and scoping reviews (iii) articles published in French and in English, (iv) articles which focus on health promotion in school, (v) articles which focus on a population of school pupils, (vi) articles which focus on teacher training. The exclusion criteria are: (i) conference papers, (ii) book extracts, (iii) institutional reports, (iv) articles which focus on after-school activities, (v) articles which focus on a population of students in further and higher education, (vi) articles which focus on adult education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The determination and the comparison of the French and English terms used to refer to Life Skills and their definitions should demonstrate that no conceptual definition has been formalized yet. This absence of consensus could be due to the fact that Life Skills are at the crossroads between different fields (psychology, sociology, education, anthropology). Thus, our study will try to elaborate a consensual definition regarding Life Skills.

References
Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework.
Botvin, G. J. (1985). The Life Skills Training Program as a Health Promotion Strategy: Theoretical Issues and Empirical Findings.
Botvin, G. J. (2000). Preventing adolescent drug abuse through life skills training: Theory, methods, and effectiveness.
Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2004). Life skills training: Empirical findings and future directions.
Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2007). School-based programmes to prevent alcohol, tobacco and other drug use.
Darlington, E., & Masson, J. (2020). Promotion de la santé et réussite scolaire.
Department of mental health social change and mental health cluster. (1999). Partners in Life Skills Education : conclusions from a United Nations Inter-Agency Meeting.
Lamboy, B., Shankland, R., & Williamson, M.-O. (2021). Les compétences psychosociales - manuel de développement.
Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology.
Mangrulkar, L., Whitman, C. V., & Posner, M. (2001). Life Skills Approach to Child and Adolescent Healthy Human Development.
Ministère de l’Education Nationale. (2017). Mise en œuvre du parcours éducatif de santé (PES).
Ministère de l’Education Nationale. (2020). L’École promotrice de santé - Vademecum.
Munn, Z., Peters, M. D. J., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A., & Aromataris, A. (2018). Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach.
Nasheeda, A., Abdullah, H. B., Krauss, S. E., & Ahmed, N. B. (2019). A narrative systematic review of life skills education: effectiveness, research gaps and priorities.
Peters, M. D. J., Marnie, C., Colquhoun, H., Garritty, C. M., Hempel, S., Horsley, T., Langlois, E. V., Lillie, E., O’Brien, K. K., Tunçalp,  Ӧzge, Wilson, M. G., Zarin, W., & Tricco, A. C. (2021). Scoping reviews: reinforcing and advancing the methodology and application.
Simar, C., Pironom, J., Tessier, D., Nsambu, C., & Masson, J. (2020). Validation transculturelle d’une échelle de mesure des compétences sociales chez les élèves des 8 à 12 ans.
Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation.
WHO. (1994). Programme on Mental Health: Life Skills in Schools. In WHO World Health Organization.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 D: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Burcu Toptas
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Queer Teachers in a Heteronormative Working Environment

Mario Mallwitz

University of Osnabrück, Germany

Presenting Author: Mallwitz, Mario

‘’Like gender, sexuality is a political category. It is integrated into systems of power that encourage and reward some individuals and activities while oppressing and punishing others“ (Rubin, 2003, p. 73 translated by author).

Sexual and gender diversity receive more and more attention in western societies. While homosexuality was long frowned upon and prohibited (Rubin, 2003), the European Union has been speaking out against discrimination on the grounds of gender or sexual orientation since the early 2000s in Article 21 of its Charter of Fundamental Rights (EU, 2000). But it should not go unmentioned that violence against queer people is still a reality and is practiced in many countries (ILGA-Europe, 2020). Moreover, queer issues have also gained prominence in state educational institutions. In 2010, the Council of Europe called on its member states to take measures in working against sexual discrimination in schools. Also, objective information on gender identity and sexual orientation should be implemented in curricula and teaching materials (Committee of Ministers of the Council of Europe, 2010).

Considering the school habitat more precisely, it becomes clear that there is a broad consensus on schools being institutions which are shaped by heteronormativity (Ferfolja & Hopkins, 2013; Hartmann, 2012; Klenk, 2023; Llewellyn & Reynolds, 2021) and that sexual minorities experience discrimination (Schmidt, 2014). Furthermore, queer-hostile insults are an everyday occurrence in schools (Abreu et al., 2021). Consequently, Ferfolja and Hopkins (2013) conclude that sexual and gender diversity is marginalized and silenced in schools.

While academic publications on queer adolescents and young adults have been published in the recent years and more literature on teaching implications can be found on this matter (e. g. Hartmann & Busche, 2018) , the perspective of queer teachers remains largely unconsidered (Llewellyn & Reynolds, 2021).

Internationally, few studies which focus on queer teachers can be found (e.g. Bower-Phipps, 2020; Llewellyn & Reynolds, 2021). With regard to Germany, the study „LGBTIQ* teachers in Germany“ by the Anti-Discrimination Agency (2017) offers information on the topic and focuses primarily on queer teachers' experiences with discrimination and the handling of their sexual orientation and gender identity from a predominantly quantitative perspective. The results are ambivalent, since some teachers are open about their queer identity, others however, are closed out of fear of discrimination.

There is also the possibility of linking queerness to school culture (for example to the school culture theory of Helsper (2008)). From a queer perspective, one could ask how the school cultural order of meaning reacts to queer lifestyles or orientations and whether queer persons with their habitus are able to connect to the individual school culture or remain marginalized.

Following on from this desideratum, the aim of the dissertation is to take a deeper perspective by the use of qualitative analysis. The overarching question of the project is:

What experiences do queer teachers have in a heteronormative work environment in light of their (professional) biography?

Following subquestions are:

Q1. Where and how does sexual orientation or queer gender identity become relevant in the school context?

Q2. From the respondents' point of view, how does the school deal with sexual and gender diversity?

Q3. What is the influence of the individual school culture?

Q4. To what extent are (professional) biographical experiences perceived as a resource or an obstacle?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To adequately investigate the object of research, iterative procedures of qualitative social research are meaningful to this project. An explorative analysis or reconstruction of a social reality and action orientations in the school context is to take place within the framework of this research.
To realize this, data is collected in the form of biographical narrative interviews. Dausien (2015) states that biographical research considers the life stories of people who can be assigned to socially marginalized groups, which in the case of this study, are queer people.
The relation of social changes within social practice contexts, is of further interest (Dausien, 2015). This case is about the relationship between an apparent liberalization and acceptance of non-heteronormative lifestyles in society, and the social practice in schools which is considered heteronormative. Thus, the basic assumption of the work at hand is that queer people have specific experiences in dealing with and reacting to their sexual orientation or gender identity over the course of their lives. This may have an influence on how they currently deal with it in schools, as the teachers' own biographical experiences "shape their understanding of their profession [...] their relationship to the school and to the students." (Heinritz, 2017, p. 114, translated by author). In this respect, Dausien  (2015) points out  ”biographical research enlightened by Bourdieu's critique and by approaches based on power and discourse theory, e.g. following Foucault, is interested in differences and power relations that have an effect on biographical constructions and pass through them“ (p. 172, translated by author).
The documentary method, which is also used in gender research, offers an opportunity for evaluation. It allows access to reflexive and habituated knowledge or knowledge that guides action  (Bohnsack et al., 2013). The intended procedure will be guided by Nohl's (2017) instructions to analyze interviews documentarily and should ideally result in a type formation. In doing so, different research groups of the University of Osnabrück will offer the possibility to analyze the material together in order to achieve a higher intersubjectivity and multi-perspectivity.
In accordance with the research interest, the planned sample should include teachers who do not define themselves as cisgender and/or non-heterosexual. These persons should not stand for themselves as individual cases, instead they should represent something: in this case, non-heteronormative actors in the heteronormative institution school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Discrimination based on heteronormative essentialist ideas is still a serious problem in society as a whole and thus also in schools. This was confirmed by various studies. Further studies show a partly queer-hostile school climate and a reticence by numerous queer teachers who are not open about their sexual orientation or gender diversity (Antidiskriminierungsstelle des Bundes, 2017).
While some qualitative studies can be found internationally, studies that focus on queer teachers in Germany from this research perspective are lacking, and therefore constitute a research desideratum. Based on this, common experiences of queer teachers will be reconstructed by means of biographical interviews, to gain a deeper understanding of a social phenomenon. With the help of reconstructive analyzes, it will be determined how the professionalism of a queer teacher is shaped in a heteronormative institution. In doing so, it is important to consider to what extent specific challenges exist, what the influences on an open or closed approach to queer identity are, and if the individual life history is influential. Another question is to what extent one's own habitus is congruent with the respective school cultural demands. The experienced influence of the respective school culture thus represents a further matter of investigation. The theoretical assumptions of queer theoretical aspects set the framework of the intended analyses. In this sense, normalization processes are emphasized and critically questioned. Looking at the expected results, it can be stated that queer teachers are affected by discrimination to varying degrees and that this may also be related to the individual school culture.The overall aim of the study is to provide actionable implications for schools so that they become discrimination-free spaces for queer people, where they can feel safe and comfortable.

References
Antidiskriminierungsstelle des Bundes. (2017). LSBTIQ*-Lehrkräfte in Deutschland: Diskriminierungserfahrungen und Umgang mit der eigenen sexuellen und geschlechtlichen Identität im Schulalltag. Antidiskriminierungsstelle des Bundes.
Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Nohl, A.‑M. (Eds.). (2013). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung (3., aktualisierte Aufl.). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-19895-8
Bower-Phipps, L. (2020). Responding to Heteronormativity: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Asexual Preservice Teachers’ Dreams and Fears. Current Issues in Education, 21(1).
Committee of Ministers of the Council of Europe. (2010). Recommendation CM/Rec(2010)5 of the Committee of Ministers to member states on measures to combat discrimination on grounds of sexual orientation or gender identity.
Dausien, B. (2015). „Biographieforschung“ – Reflexionen zu Anspruch und Wirkung eines sozialwissenschaftlichen Paradigmas. BIOS – Zeitschrift Für Biographieforschung, Oral History Und Lebensverlaufsanalysen, 26(2), 163–176. https://doi.org/10.3224/bios.v26i2.19674
Europäische Union. (2000). Charta der Grundrechte der Europäischen Union.
Ferfolja, T., & Hopkins, L. (2013). The complexities of workplace experience for lesbian and gay teachers. Critical Studies in Education, 54(3), 311–324. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2013.794743
Hartmann, J. (2012). Institutionen, die unsere Existenzbestimmen: Heteronormativität und Schule. Aus Politik Und Zeitgeschehen: Sozialisation, 62(49-50), 34–41.
Hartmann, J., & Busche, M. (2018). Mehr als Sichtbarmachung und Antidiskriminierung. Sozial Extra, 42(5), 21–25. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12054-018-0073-8
Heinritz, C. (2017). Biographische Aspekte der Lehrerpersönlichkeit. In P. Loebell & P. Martzog (Eds.), Wege zur Lehrerpersönlichkeit: Kompetenzerwerb, Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und aktuelle Herausforderungen in der Lehrerbildung (pp. 114–127). Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Helsper, W. (2008). Schulkulturen als symbolische Sinnordnung und ihre Bedeutung für die pädagogische Professionalität. In W. Helsper, S. Busse, M. Hummrich, & R.-T. Kramer (Eds.), Springer eBook Collection Humanities, Social Science. Pädagogische Professionalität in Organisationen: Neue Verhältnisbestimmungen am Beispiel der Schule (pp. 115–148). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Trans and Intersex Association Europe. (2020). EU LGBTI STRATEGY 2020-2024 Key EU legislative and policy initiatives for LGBTI rights in Europe and beyond.
Klenk, F. C. (2023). Post-Heteronormativität und Schule: Soziale Deutungsmuster von Lehrkräften über vielfältige geschlechtliche und sexuelle Lebensweisen. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Llewellyn, A., & Reynolds, K. (2021). Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools. Sex Education, 21(1), 13–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2020.1749040
Nohl, A.‑M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis (5. Auflage). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16080-7
Rubin, G. (2003). Sex denken: Anmerkungen zu einer radikalen Theorie der sexuellen Politik. In A. Kraß (Ed.), Edition Suhrkamp: Vol. 2248. Queer denken: Gegen die Ordnung der Sexualität (Queer Studies) (1st ed., pp. 31–79). Suhrkamp.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Exploring Education as a Complex System in the Digital Age: the Case of Translator Education

Karolina Levanaitė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Levanaitė, Karolina

The major aspiration of this study is to explore the epistemological implications for educational change in the digital era. This theoretical positioning paper focuses on the case of translator education and the onset of machine translation (MT) which has a major impact on translator competence acquisition. Various studies have been carried out exploring different MT-related aspects, such as the assesment of automated translation quality, the development of translators‘ post-editing competence and technological skills. In addition, the European Masters in Translation (EMT) – a partnership network of the European Commission and higher education institutions – launched the Translator Competence Framework in 2022. This framework is considered to be fully in line with the EU priorities for higher education and has become one of the leading reference standards for educating translators throughout the EU and beyond (EMT Translator Competence Framework (2022)). Hence, attempts to redefine translator competencies in the digital age are obvious and well-supported.

On the other hand, little has been said about the position that MT has undertaken within translator educators‘ views towards knowledge and knowledge acquisition. Are translator educators epistemologically and theoretically equipped to keep up with the new reality of uncertainty that this technological advancement is bringing along? The major aim of this study, therefore, is to outline novel epistemological and theoretical approaches that could possibly enable translator educators to address this paradigmal shift and foster educational change.

The breakthrough of AI-based technologies and task automation has fostered a paradigmal shift in a variety of fields ranging from as far as medical sciences and economics to cognitive sciences and humanities. Among the latter, translation studies have become a preeminent example of task automation as MT, particularly neural MT which has been dominating the industry for the last five years, is significantly altering the nature of translation processes and translators’ tasks. Not only does it raise concerns regarding the future of translation as a profession, but it also plays a pivotal role in the entire concept of translator competence (Pym (2011), TAUS (2017), Munoz (2017), Risku (2020)). Two decades ago, Pym (2003) pointed out that the main tasks of translation had included communication between people and not machines; however, today this divide is no longer so clear. Translation as a form of human-computer interaction (O’Brien (2012)) urges translator educators to fundamentally reconsider their study programmes (Orlando (2016), Kenny (2020), Gonzáles-Davies (2017)). Nonetheless, translation theorists and practitioners are not always open to the epistemological aspect of translator education and often stick to the linear-transmissionist ways of teaching. Given the context of the MT dominance and the paradigmal shift it has fostered, translator education should open up to novel epistemological and theoretical approaches that embrace this new reality.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The design of this study relies on qualitative research methodology implemented in two steps: 1) thematic analysis and 2) concept mapping.

There are several underlying theoretical and methodological assumptions provided by researchers of translator education: translation as human-computer interaction (O‘Brien (2012), O‘Hagan (2019)), situated cognition (Risku (2020)), emergent translator competence development (Kiraly (2015)), co-emergent learning (Massey (2019)), emergent curriculum (Doll (1993)), etc. The notion of emergence is rooted in the complex systems theories which have only scarcely been applied in educational research. Educational sciences are well positioned to make a significant contribution in adopting complexity approach because for decades complex systems' research has been evolving around notions that are central to educational research too, such as "conceptual change, knowledge transfer, representational forms, technological scaffolding and support for enhanced learning, sociocultural dimensions of learning environments, and so on" (Jacobson and Willensky 2006, 13).

Therefore, firstly, this study employs thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke (2021)) to explore scientific literature referring to the epistemologies – currently adopted or yet to be – among translator educators as well as the approach of complex systems theories and its application in educational research.

Secondly, this research endeavours to provide a concept map (Novak (1995)) of the underlying notions deducted from the thematic analysis of the relevant literature. The concept map will provide an extensive overview of the epistemological aspects of translator education as well as how they do or do not connect to each other and support the educational practices deducted from thematic analysis. Eventually, this concept map is expected to provide substantial grounds for further empirical research into the educational futures of translator competence development as intended by the author of this study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Due to the MT dominance and the technological paradigmal shift translator educators are encouraged to fundamentally reconsider their study programmes and translator competencies to be developed.  However, it is not clear how this should be done as translator educators are not always open to the epistemological aspect of translator education and often stick to the linear-transmissionist ways of teaching.

This study draws its conclusions by shedding light on the complex systems approach and its adoption in translator education suggesting a new perspective for the long-standing social constructivist paradigm. Epistemology of complexity thinking expands translator educators‘ views of knowledge acquisition and encourages them to break free from linearity, reductionism (ex., within study programmes) and expectations of predictability and lean on to openness, self-organisation and emergence (Lewin (1993), Holland (1998), Cilliers (2002)). Kiraly‘s (2015) model of translator competence as an emergent phenomenon illustrates that extensively and is an explicit example of how the epistemology of complex systems – emergentist epistemology for that matter – could be adopted in translator education.

The long-standing paradigm of social constructivism, which has been vastly applied in the field of translator education has been focusing on social situatedness and knowledge construction through interaction. With technologies – MT in the case of translation – coming into play and from a post-modern perspective, this interaction and knowledge construction has been questioned by alternative conceptual pathways that embrace authentic experiential learning, situated cognition, connected learning, translator competence emergence, etc.

The concept map of this research is expected to outline how these epistemological and theoretical concepts relate to each other and how they are related to the respective translator competencies as provided by the EMT, thus, highlighting the chances of educational change in the area of translation.

References
Braun, V., Clarke, V. 2021. Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: Sage Publications.
Cilliers, P. 2002. Complexity and Postmodernism: Understanding Complex Systems. London: Routledge.
Doll, Jr. W E. 1993. A Post-Modern Perspective on Curriculum. New York: Teachers College Press.
EMT Translator Competence Framework. 2022. Directorate-General for Translation, Brussels, 21 October 2022. Retrieved from: https://commission.europa.eu/news/updated-version-emt-competence-framework-now-available-2022-10-21_en
Gonzales-Davies, M. 2017. A Collaborative Pedagogy for Translation. L.Venuti (ed.) Teaching Translation. Programs, Courses, Pedagogies. Routledge, London and New York.
Holland, J. H. 1998. Emergence: From Chaos to Order. Reading, MA: Helix Books.
Jacobson, M.J., Willensky, U. 2006. Complex systems in education: scientific and educational importance and implications for the learning sciences. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(1), 11-34.
Kenny, D. 2020. Technology in Translator Training. In: Minako O'Hagan (ed.) The Routledge Handbook of Translation Technology. London and New York: Routledge, 498-515.
Kiraly, D. 2015. Occasioning Translator Competence: Moving Beyond Social Constructivism Toward a Postmodern Alternative to Instructionism, Translation and Interpreting Studies, 10(1): 8-32.
Lewin, R. 1999. Complexity: Life at the Edge of Chaos. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Massey, G. 2019. Learning to learn, teach and develop co-emergent perspectives on translator and language-mediator education. InTRAlinea (2019). Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/342477074_Learning_to_Learn_Teach_and_Develop_Co-emergent_Perspectives_on_Translator_and_Language-mediator_EducationDoll (1999)
Munoz, M. 2017. Looking toward the future of cognitive translation studies. Schwieter, J.W., Ferreira, A. (eds), The Handbook of translation and cognition, 555-572, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.
Novak, J. D. 1995. Concept mapping: A strategy for organizing knowledge. In S. M. Glynn & R. e. a. Duit (Eds.), Learning science in the schools: Research reforming practice, 229-245. New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
O‘Hagan, M. 2019. Introduction: Translation and technology: Disruptive entanglement of human and machine. O'Hagan, M. (ed) The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Technology, Routledge.
O’Brien, S. 2012. Translation as human–computer interaction, Translation Spaces, 1:101–122.
Orlando, M. 2016. Training 21st Century Translators and Interpreters: At the Crossroads of Practice, Research and Pedagogy. Berlin: Frank & Timme GmbH.
Pym, A. 2003. Redefining Translation Competence in an Electronic Age. In Defence of a Minimalist Approach, Meta 48(4):481.
Pym, A. 2011. What technology does to translating. Translation and Interpreting 3(1): 1-9.
Risku, H. 2020. Cognitive Approaches to Translation. Sociocognitive Translation Studies: Processes and Networks.
TAUS. 2017. The Translation Industry in 2022. A report from the TAUS Industry Summit, Amsterdam, March 22-24.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Accessible Pathways to Higher Education in the Netherlands: Students’ Perceptions of the Opportunities to Reach Higher Education

Benthe van Wanrooij, Louise Elffers, Monique Volman

University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: van Wanrooij, Benthe

In most other European countries, educational expansion has taken place over the past decades. Yet, inequalities in pathways to higher education remain (Marginson, 2016). This is the case in the Netherlands as well – students’ social background still influences the travelled pathways to higher education. Students whose parents did not go to higher education, disabled students or students with a bicultural background are less likely to enter higher education right after secondary education (Van den Broek et al., 2022). Rather, they more often follow a so-called "indirect" route to higher education, using alternative pathways to reach their aspirations.

In the Dutch stratified educational system, students’ educational track placement in secondary education is crucial. The pre-academic tracks give direct access to higher education, whereas vocational secondary education tracks prepare students for post-secondary vocational education. Students from less privileged backgrounds are more frequently selected into these vocational secondary education tracks in their transition from primary to secondary education, independent of students’ performance (Kloosterman et al., 2009). Therefore, they more frequently have to “stack” diplomas before gaining access to higher education (Visser et al., 2022), by gaining multiple diplomas in secondary education or moving from post-secondary vocational to post-secondary academic education. These pathways are longer, and students in these pathways more often drop-out or face obstacles - having to traverse multiple transitions. Even when these students are part of the pre-academic tracks in secondary education, they are more likely to self-select on their path to higher education (Vietze et al., 2022). This means they decide not to go for the highest level of higher education, even though they are qualified to do so. The differences in travelled pathways to higher education are not the result from differences in educational performance, and are considered unjust from a meritocratic point of view. .

The Dutch educational system does not put up additional barriers for students from various social backgrounds, and is supposed to provide equal pathways to higher education. The educational system and the barriers that are part of it – for example, the entry requirements to post-secondary education – are similar for all students. To find out why students who face the same formal conditions in reality differ in their pathways to higher education, this study aims to uncover students’ perceptions of the path to higher education. Students from various social backgrounds might differ in their perceptions of the opportunities and obstacles on the path to higher education (Merton, 1995). Students from less privileged backgrounds could anticipate or experience different obstacles (Voigt, 2007), or see different opportunities as (un)available to them (Schoon & Lyons-Amos, 2016). Identifying students’ perceptions, and possible differences in them, could help us improve our knowledge as to why some students within the same opportunity structure nonetheless differ in their pathways to higher education (Whitty et al., 2015). The aim of this study therefore is to find out what students’ perceptions of the opportunities and obstacles on the path to higher education are, and whether these perceptions differ between students from various social backgrounds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses a cross-sectional, quantitative research design. Students at various ages in the educational pathway before entering higher education are surveyed. These are students in year 7, which in the Netherlands is the last year of primary school, as well as in year 9 and year 11. Given the tracked nature of the Dutch educational system, students at various ages have or have not been placed in a specific track. Looking at students’ perceptions at various ages in the educational pathway helps us to see whether differences between these ages exist, and whether track placement might play a role in development of these perceptions.

A new questionnaire has been developed to test students’ perceptions based on previous literature and insights from a previous qualitative study the authors did. The questionnaire has been piloted in several rounds in focus groups with students. Their feedback was used to improve the questionnaire. In the questionnaire, students are asked about their educational aspirations and expectations and the educational path they expect to follow and how feasible this trajectory they perceive this trajectory. Further, we touch upon obstacles such as financial barriers or perceived parental support.

In each age-category, between five hundred and a thousand students are included, in all tracks of secondary education as well as throughout all provinces of the Netherlands. Questionnaires are administered in school classes across the Netherlands in Spring 2023. The data will be analysed using multi-level structural equation modelling, to account for the nested nature of the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect to find differences among students from various social backgrounds in the perceptions of the path to higher education. The perceived options available to them are likely to differ, even though the formal options are similar. These differences in perceptions of the obstacles and opportunities might relate to students’ educational aspirations and expectations: the more opportunities students perceive on their path to higher education, the more feasible reaching a higher education level will be. We are curious to find whether these differences are visible from students from various social backgrounds – first-generation students, disabled students as well as students with a bicultural background – and if so, at which points. These outcomes can be of great information into why students from various social backgrounds differ in their pathways to higher education. During the ECER Emerging Research Conference, we will be able to portray our first results and are happy to discuss the first interpretations of these analyses.
References
Kloosterman, R., Ruiter, S., De Graaf, P. M., & Kraaykamp, G. (2009). Parental education, children’s performance and the transition to higher secondary education: Trends in primary and secondary effects over five Dutch school cohorts (1965-99). British Journal of Sociology, 60(2), 377–398. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-4446.2009.01235.x

Marginson, S. (2016). The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: Dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher Education, 72(4), 413–434. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0016-x

Merton, R. K. (1995). Opportunity Structure: The Emergence, Diffusion and Differentiation of a Sociological Concept, 1930s-1950s. In F. Adler & W. S. Laufer (Eds.), The Legacy of Anomie Theory (pp. 3–78).

Schoon, I., & Lyons-Amos, M. (2016). Diverse pathways in becoming an adult: The role of structure, agency and context. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 46, 11–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2016.02.008

Van den Broek, A., Termorshuizen, T., & Cuppen, J. (2022). Monitor beleidsmaatregelen hoger onderwijs 2021-2022. Research Ned.

Vietze, J., van Herpen, S. G. A., Dias-Broens, A., Severiens, S. E., & Meeuwisse, M. (2022). Self-selection from higher education: A meta-review of resources for academic decision-making of mainstream and underrepresented students. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 27(3), 454–477. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2022.2076057

Visser, D., Lemmens, A., Magnée, C., & Dillingh, R. (2022). Stapelen in het voortgezet onderwijs. Centraal Planbureau.

Voigt, K. (2007). Individual choice and unequal participation in higher education. Theory and Research in Education, 5(1), 87–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878507073617

Whitty, G., Hayton, A., & Tang, S. (2015). Who you know, what you know and knowing the ropes: A review of evidence about access to higher education institutions in England. Review of Education, 3(1), 27–67. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3038


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Women’s Knowledge and Attitudes about Sexual Violence and Possibilities for Prevention, Education, and Support Interventions in this Area

Marlena Mitka

Doctoral School of the University of Silesia in Katowice, Poland

Presenting Author: Mitka, Marlena

Sexual violence and harassment are widely recognised as globally significant and widespread human rights problems. According to estimates by the World Health Organization, 35% of women worldwide report having experienced either physical or sexual violence by a partner or sexual violence by a friend, family member, acquaintance, or stranger. Studies around the world estimate that between 14 and 25% of adult women have been raped during their lifetime (Levinson, 1989; Koss, Heise, Russo, 1994; McCloskey, Williams, Larsen, 2005). Sexual violence is an umbrella term covering a range of unwanted and unwelcome sexual behaviours that violate a person’s basic safety and dignity, values, and autonomy. The consequences of sexual violence range from individual and interpersonal to societal factors. Sexual violence is a problem deeply rooted in social, cultural, and religious norms. It should also be regarded as a public health problem, it means that it is the responsibility of the community of educational institutions to prevent it. In addition, furthermore, sources of knowledge concerning such a vast topic as sexuality should be reliable and correct because a person’s sexual identity is built on these foundations.

This Ph.D. project will examinate women's knowledge and attitudes toward the broader issue of sexual violence. The study will assess the relationship between knowledge and attitudes and socio-demographic characteristics (age, place of residence, marital status, level of education, and professed faith). In the designed research, I would like to explore women’s beliefs, attitudes and behaviours related to the acceptance of modern myths about sexual aggression, norms and beliefs about the use of violence. Introduced into the scientific discourse, the concept of the ‘rape myths’, was intended to identify, clarify, and explore false beliefs about rape and the victim’s reactions to rape. These beliefs were intended to emphasise sexual aggression and sexual violence committed against women. Rape myths – which contain elements of blaming the victim, absolving the perpetrator, and minimizing or rationalising sexual violence - perpetrate sexual violence against women (Payne et al. 1994).

In addition, with the help of expert interviews, the study will also explore the possibilities of effective preventive, educational, and support interventions in the area in question. Investigating the knowledge and attitudes of the women's community and the possibilities for preventive, educational, and support interventions in the area of sexual violence is of the utmost importance for the implementation of appropriate measures to prevent sexual violence, which is helpful in many undertakings ( e.g., development of specialist training, preparation of training programs on sexual and anti-violence education addressed to a wide and diverse group of recipients, promotion of educational, prophylactic and assistance actions, establishing rules of conduct towards victims-survivors of sexual violence, creation of appropriate intervention classes for perpetrators of sexual crimes).

In the conceptualization of the research project, three main research problems were identified.

The quantitative research posed two main problems:

  1. What is the level of women's knowledge and their attitude concerning sexual violence?
  2. What are the possible preventive, educational, and assistance interventions related to sexual violence?

Substituted one main question for the qualitative research:

  1. What are women's views on sexual violence and the possibilities of preventive, educational, and supportive interventions?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will be divided into two stages. The first stage will use a diagnostic survey method, one of the most frequently used research methods in the social sciences. Within the discussed method, the leading way of data collection will be the questionnaire technique and measurement with the scaling (estimation) technique. I will focus only on adult women because women experience greater fear of sexual violence than men and engage in more ‘safety management’ behaviours. Moreover, research shows that girls and women are more likely to experience sexual violence. Young women aged 16-24 are widely recognized as the group at greatest risk of experiencing sexual assault. That is why I want to examine the level of knowledge (among others: preventive, educational, and support interventions aspects) and attitude (among others: belief in rape culture and rape myths) of Polish women on sexual violence.
In the following part of the research, a technique will be applied, thanks to which correct preventive educational and assistance activities addressed to a diverse group of recipients will be identified and characterized. The possibilities that should implement in Poland will be examined and will present alternative activities related to the discussed subject. To obtain detailed information in this area, in my research, I will use expert interviews with specialists (among others: therapists, psychotherapists, psychologists, sexologists, researchers, educators, social workers, and activists).
In the second stage, I will conduct focus surveys. It is a method of collecting qualitative data to dig deeper into a topic, to get to the unaware and unobvious. In focus group research, in a group discussion, the internalized influences of cultural factors and the value system of the social groups to which participants belong and based on which they modify their behaviour are strongly reinforced and easily manifested. By identifying a community of traits, beliefs, and motivations, the qualitative approach gives access to the thought processes and emotions of the subjects. Supporting quantitative research with the material obtained in focus makes the overall area comprehensible. In my study, the diagnostic survey method will be the main method, but the focus research will be a parallel method - one that helps interpret the results of the survey.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The scientific literature shows that women’s educational level exerts a protective effect concerning sexual violence (Jewkes, Levin, Penn-Kekana, 2002; Karamagi, Tumwine, Tylleskar, Heggenhougen, 2006). However, some studies show little association between educational level and exposure to violence (Michael, Tom, Feng, Fred, et al., 2003). Age, level of education, income, and religion may be significant predictors of attitude toward victims (Nagel, Matsuo, McIntyre, Morrison, 2005). Furthermore, some research suggested that individuals with more fundamentalist religious convictions hold a more negative attitude toward victims of sexual violence (Sheldon, Parent, 2002). Poland is an appropriate selection of a country for the analysis, as it has a unique set of religious, socio-cultural, and demographic characteristics, which make the problem of sexual violence more complex and possibly harder to combat compared to other countries.
Furthermore, various meanings of sexual violence are represented and reproduced in public spaces. As such, there is a particular kind of ‘public knowledge’ about sexual violence, which often conveys false information that trivializes the sexual violence experience, excuses the perpetrators, and besmirches the survivors. This ‘public knowledge' can influence women’s attitudes toward sexual violence and harassment (Powell, Henry, 2017).  In terms of possibilities for prevention, education, and support about sexual violence, studies show that effective sex education is of great importance for avoiding gender-based violence (Michielsen, Ivanova, 2022). Other activities concern issues of social and family policy.

References
Ayala, E. E., Kotary, B., & Hetz, M. (2015). Blame Attributions of Victims and Perpetrators: Effects of Victim Gender, Perpetrator Gender, and Relationship. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 33(1), 94-116.
Bittner, M., & Wittfeld, M. (2017). Pedagogical relationships in times of sexual violence: constituting intimacy and corporality at the limits. Ethnography and Education, 13(2), 254–268.
Bongiorno, R., Langbroek, C., Bain, P. G., Ting, M., & Ryan, M. K. (2020). Why women are blamed for being sexually harassed: The effects of empathy for female victims and male perpetrators. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 44(1), 11–27.
Brownmiller, S. (1993). Against our will: Men, Women, and Rape. New York: Fawcett Columbine.
Dodge, A. (2015). Digitizing rape culture: Online sexual violence and the power of the digital photograph. Crime, Media, Culture: An International Journal, 12(1), 65–82.
Eaton, A. A., & McGlynn, C. (2020). The Psychology of Nonconsensual Porn: Understanding and Addressing a Growing Form of Sexual Violence. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 7(2), 190–197.
Henry, N., & Powell, A. (2016). Technology-Facilitated Sexual Violence: A Literature Review of Empirical Research. Trauma, Violence, & Abuse, 19(2), 195–208.
Henry, N., Powell, A. (2017). Sexual violence in a digital age. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Jeglic, E. L., & Calkins, C. (Eds.). (2016). Sexual Violence. Cham: Springer.
Jewkes, R., Levin, J., & Penn-Kekana, L. (2002). Risk factors for domestic violence: findings from a South African cross-sectional study. Social Science & Medicine, 55(9), 1603–1617.
Koss, M. P., Heise, L., & Russo, N. F. (1994). The Global Health Burden Of Rape. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18(4), 509–537.
Michielsen, K., Ivanova, O. (2022). Comprehensive sexuality education: why is it important? Brussels: European Parliament.
Nagel, B., Matsuo, H., McIntyre, K. P., & Morrison, N. (2005). Attitudes Toward Victims of Rape. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(6), 725–737.
Payne, A. C., Whitehurst, G. J., & Angell, A. L. (1994). The role of home literacy environment in the development of language ability in preschool children from low-income families. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 9(3-4), 427–440.
Sheldon, J. P., & Parent, S. L. (2002). Clergy’s Attitudes and Attributions of Blame Toward Female Rape Victims. Violence Against Women, 8(2), 233–256.
Stanko, E. (1990). Everyday violence: How women and men experience sexual and physical danger. Glasgow and London: Pandora.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

The impact of Community-based Education Initiatives on the Educational Trajectories of Ethnic Minority Youth

Blansefloer Coudenys1, Noel Clycq1, Orhan Agirdag2

1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Ku Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Coudenys, Blansefloer

Across Europe many education systems struggle with continuous and strong performance inequalities between students with and without a migration background (Hadjar and Gross, 2016). Despite many often well-meant (top-down) policy actions to tackle these inequalities the latter seem quite persistent. What remains particularly puzzling in this regard is that ethnic minority students are generally highly motivated to perform well in education, yet their educational outcomes remain, on average, low. This is also known as the achievement-motivation paradox (Hadjar & Scharf, 2019; Mickelson, 1990; Salikutluk, 2016). Much time and effort have been spent researching this paradox and the causes of these inequalities, focusing on theories around the reproduction of inequality, capital theory and deficit thinking theory (Agirdag, 2020; Dewitt & Van Petegem, 2001; Triventi et al., 2022). Yet, this research has mostly focused on mainstream education institutions, examining, among other things, the role of the curriculum (Civitillo et al., 2017; Clycq, 2017; Van Praag et al., 2016), teacher-student relations (Charki et al., 2022; Nouwen & Clycq, 2019) and teaching practices (Agirdag et al., 2014; Pulinx et al., 2017). The role and the agency of the ethnic-cultural minoritized communities to overcome themselves the inequalities they are most affected by has been mostly overlooked. In addition, research in education initiatives beyond the boundaries of the mainstream institutions which produce or reproduce these existing inequalities has been limited until now, and the resources present in these alternative forms of education which exist next to the mainstream schools are thus missed. My PhD project shifts this focus and aims to study in what ways bottom-up initiatives, taken by ethnic minority communities themselves, can reverse educational inequalities. These community based educational spaces (CBES) are educational initiatives set up by ethnic minorities, often to supplement mainstream education. It touches upon the idea that learning through public education is insufficient to ‘succeed’ and become adequately qualified in the knowledge society and that there are resources present in ethnic minority communities that mainstream education is not aware of or is unable to tap into. By establishing CBES these resources can become ‘unlocked’ and applicable to support the achievement of educational goals. However, even though CBES have been around for years the current state of the art does not reveal if these CBES indeed support minority youth in increasing their educational success in (mainstream) education.

This research aims to move beyond gaps in the current state of the art by linking theories on community-based educational spaces (CBES) with impact and evaluation research through the concepts of capital and resources. This will enrich and strengthen our understanding of the reasons why CBES are established, which types can be discerned and what their impact is on the performances, well-being and identity construction of youngsters. This leads to the following objective this project aims to examine: to understand the mechanisms underlying the impact of CBES by studying the ways resources become unlocked and applied by stakeholders in their interactions in CBES and mainstream public schools. Hence, the research question for this part of my doctoral thesis is: how do stakeholders experience their role in CBES, what interactions take place, and how do pupils use the resources made available in CBES?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To formulate an answer to the research question we are making use of previously collected survey data from approximately 2500 pupils across 60 primary schools across the whole of Flanders (collected in 2021). In this survey pupils and teachers were asked about their experiences with CBES (including attendance and type of classes they followed/know) and in the survey of the pupils math achievement and school belonging were also measured. This allows me, in partnership with a postdoc researcher specialised in quantitative research, to analyse this data in depth to understand the impact of CBES attendance on educational outcomes.
We are also currently use a further stakeholders’ evaluation of the impact of CBES: A theory driven stakeholder evaluation design is applied in this part of the research to execute a process evaluation of CBES and assess their impact on various educational outcomes. This methodology offers a  deeper  understanding  of  the  mechanisms  leading  to  the  success  or  failure  of  CBES.  The  TDSE primarily  aims  to  grasp  why  certain  initiatives seem  effective,  by  acknowledging  the  perspectives, experiences  and  behaviours  of  the  stakeholders  involved  (Chen,  2015). The  assumption  is  that  when stakeholders’ experiences overlap, the effectiveness of the initiative is higher as they all work towards similar goals applying similar resources and strategies. Rather than a pre-post comparison of input and output measures, the processual nature of the initiative is the focal point. The stakeholders that will be  interviewed/ will be part of focus groups are  the  organisers  (e.g.  community  representatives and  management  of  CBES),  the implementers (e.g. teachers or tutors) and the target groups (pupils).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We already have preliminary results based on the first quantitative analysis: We now know that community-based education initiatives are widely attended by ethnic minority youth and that these pupils perceive CBES as helpful for their future in general. Pupils also indicated that they attend these community initiatives to learn about their culture, heritage language and religion. This result mirrors the literature and subscribes to the role CBEI play in enabling minoritized communities to explore and strengthen their knowledge and feelings of belonging to their ethnic-cultural heritage. However, the results of this first analysis also showcase that teachers within the mainstream schools are rarely informed or even aware of the existence of these initiatives or the important role these play in their pupils’ lives. Additionally, what teachers think CBES do or provide (such as practicing Dutch or socio-emotional learning) is very different than what students actually attending these CBEI indicate they do or learn within these education initiatives.  These results already have several implications for social policy regarding tackling the ethnic achievement gap in education as they showcase that a first and important step to take towards creating an expanded educational space which includes CBEI, is to create greater awareness of the existence of these community initiatives.
I am currently conducting the qualitative analysis with different CBES to create an understanding of the resources present in these spaces.  Expected outcomes of this study are in line with what was found in the first quantitative study: That there are several streams of impactful resources present in community-based education initiatives which could be highly useful to influence the ethnic achievement gap in education. Yet, that more research and a greater cooperation between CBES and mainstream education institutions is imperative to reap the benefits of these resources and tackle the ethnic achievement gap.

References
Agirdag, O., Jordens, K., & Van Houtte, M. (2014). Speaking Turkish in Belgian Primary Schools: Teacher Beliefs versus Effective Consequences. Bilig - Turk DunyasI Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, 70, 7-28.

Bodvin, K., Verschueren, K. & Struyf, E. (2018), School counsellors’ beliefs regarding collaboration with parents of students with special educational needs in Flanders: Parents as partners or opposites? British Educational Research Journal, 44(3), 419-439.

Calarco, J. M. (2011). “I Need Help!” Social Class and Children’s Help-Seeking in Elementary School. American Sociological Review, 76(6), 862–882.

Chen, H.Y. (2015). Practical Program Evaluation. Theory-Driven Evaluation and the Integrated Evaluation Perspective. 2nd Edition. London: Sage.

Civitillo, S., Schachner, M., Juang, L., Van de Vijver, F., Handrick, A., & Noack, P. (2017). Towards a better understanding of cultural diversity approaches at school: A multi-informant and mixed-methods study. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 12.

D’Angelo, A., Paniagua, A. & Ozdemir, A. (2011). BME Children in London: Educational Needs and the Role of Community Organisations. Middlesex University: London.

Downey, D. B., & Condron, D. J. (2016). Fifty Years since the Coleman Report: Rethinking the Relationship between Schools and Inequality. Sociology of Education, 89(3), 207–220.

González, N., Moll, L. C., & Amanti, C. (2006). Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and classrooms. New York: Routledge.

Hadjar, A., & Gross, C. (2016). Education systems and inequalities: International comparisons. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Hadjar, A., & Scharf, J. (2019). The value of education among immigrants and non-immigrants and how this translates into educational aspirations: a comparison of four European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(5), 711-734.

Lee, J. & Zhou, M. (2017) Why class matters less for Asian-American academic achievement, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 43:14, 2316-2330.

Merry, M. S. (2016). Equality, Citizenship, and Segregation: A Defense of Separation. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Mickelson, R. A. (1990). The Attitude-Achievement Paradox Among Black Adolescents. Sociology of Education, 63(1), 44-61.

Nouwen, W., & Clycq, N. (2019). The Role of Teacher–Pupil Relations in Stereotype Threat Effects in Flemish Secondary Education. Urban Education, 54(10), 1551-1580.

Van Praag, L., Stevens, P. A. J., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). ‘No more Turkish music!’ The acculturation strategies of teachers and ethnic minority students in Flemish schools. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 42(8), 1353-1370.

Valenzuela, A. (1999). Subtractive schooling: US-Mexican youth and the politics of caring. Albany: State University of New York Press.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 E: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Mhairi Beaton
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Teachers' Attitudes on Talent Management in High School Education

Elena Ichim

Alexandru Ioan Cuza University of Iași, Romania

Presenting Author: Ichim, Elena

Talented students succeed if they are given the training they need, and this is only possible when efficient talent management is developed in the school environment. We need to be able to build "fast lanes for fast vehicles" in schools just as we have "slower routes" for some students. This study explored the relationship between the attitudes of a group of teachers (n = 92) towards specific forms of talent promotion and the teaching practices they use in the classroom.The purpose of the research was to identify the attitudes of a group of teachers/principals towards gifted and able students and the specific forms of talent promotion at the school institution level. We examined a link established between attitudes toward the programs for talented students and the use of differentiated practices in classrooms. Teachers' attitudes toward talented students vary greatly; some refuse to identify them, while others overestimate a student who excels in a particular domain of knowledge for his general abilities. Attitudes are decisive in the development of differentiated educational practices. We consider it necessary to know the factors that influence the attitudes of teaching staff to be able to act in this sense. Some teachers' attitudes are formed more through interactions with gifted students, others through training in the field of psychopedagogy of excellence. Regardless of how teachers have developed certain attitudes towards giftedness, they must show a better understanding of the characteristics and needs of gifted and able students so that they can facilitate the identification and provision of specific forms of promotion and development of talents in schools. Teachers must feel competent in implementing these differentiated practices for gifted students, trained in giftedness issues, and supported in terms of the management of the school institution.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The correlation method and linear regression analysis were used in this study. The process of translation and adaptation was carried out for three instruments from the specialized literature through which we measured the attitudes of a group of teachers and principals toward gifted students and talent management in high school educational institutions: Scale for evaluating attitudes toward able students and their educational needs (Gagné, 2018); Attitudes Rating Scale toward Differentiated Instructional Practices (Caldwell, 2012; Heacox, 2002); Educational Talent Management Rating Scale (Ghavidel, Ayati, & Asgari, 2019).
The questionnaires were sent to the principals and teachers from the high school education institutions in the Romanian education system to participate in this research. We proposed that the school principals send the link with the research tool to the teachers in the institution they coordinate. Each questionnaire was divided into sections to allow participants to read other questions or go back to previous ones. There were no questions that would lead to the identification of respondents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main findings indicate that teachers who manifest a positive attitude towards the design of special programs for talented students have also obtained high scores regarding the use of differentiated practices in the training process. Teachers' attitudes varied, but without a significant association with sociodemographic data. Therefore, taking into account attitudes toward talented students leads to a deeper understanding of the needs of teachers when it comes to addressing ways to promote talent in school. Teachers can also display negative attitudes due to a lack of knowledge about talented students and their needs. In terms of prediction, the results indicate that positive attitudes toward gifted students predict institutional management less favorable to the development of specific forms of talent promotion. It is not enough for teachers to have only positive attitudes toward gifted students, they must create opportunities for students to work on different topics, tasks, and content levels. Teachers are receptive to improving differentiated school provision but lack the time, training, and resources to do so. Teachers' attitudes toward gifted and able students could be taken into account when developing specific educational programs for gifted students.
References
Bégin, J., & Gagné, F. (1994). Predictors of attitudes toward gifted education. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 17(2), 161-179.
Berman, K. M., Schultz, R. A., & Weber, C. L. (2012). A lack of awareness and emphasis in preservice teacher training: Preconceived beliefs about the gifted and talented. Gifted Child Today, 35(1), 18-26.
Caldwell, D. W. (2012). Educating gifted students in the regular classroom: Efficacy, attitudes, and differentiation of instruction.
Colangelo, N., & Wood, S. M. (2015). Counseling the gifted: Past, present, and future directions. Journal of Counseling & Development, 93(2), 133-142.
Cross, T. L., Cross, J. R., & O’Reilly, C. (2018). Attitudes about gifted education among Irish educators. High Ability Studies, 29(2), 169-189
Gagné, F. (1991). Brief presentation of Gagné and Nadeau‘s attitude scale: Opinions about the gifted and their education. Montreal: University of Québec.
Gagné, F. (2018). Attitudes toward gifted education: Retrospective and prospective update. Psychological Test and Assessment Modeling, 60(4), 403.
Ghavidel Bajgiran, M., Nasirpour, K., & Asgari, A. (2019). Identifying and explaining the dimensions of teacher talent management using the Grounded theory. International Journal of Schooling, 1(2), 23-36.
Heacox, D. (2002). Differentiating instruction in the regular classroom: How to reach and teach all learners, grades 3-12. Minneapolis, MN: Free Spirit. McHugh, MW (2007). Differentiating Instruction in the Regular Classroom: How to Reach and Teach- Journal for the Education of the Gifted.
Johnsen, S. K. & Kaul, C. R. (2016). The Report on G/T Teacher Beliefs Survey. Texax  Association for the Gifted and Talent. Baylor University
Lassig, C. J. (2009). Teachers' attitudes towards the gifted: The importance of professional development and school culture. Australasian Journal of Gifted Education, 18(2), 32-42.
McCoach, D. B., & Siegle, D. (2007). What predicts teachers' attitudes toward the gifted? Gifted child quarterly, 51(3), 246-254.
Navehebrahim, A.R., & Keshvari, H. (2012). Teachers’ talent management: Innovation in human resources.
Olszewski-Kubilius, P., Calvert, E. (2016). Implications of the talent development framework for curriculum design. In Kettler, T. (Ed.), Modern curriculum for gifted and advanced academic students (pp. 37-53). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Tourón, J., & Freeman, J. (2018). Gifted education in Europe: Implications for policymakers and educators.
Troxclair, D. A. (2013). Preservice teacher attitudes toward giftedness. Roeper Review, 35(1), 58-64.
VanTassel-Baska, J., Wood, S. (2010). The Integrated Curriculum Model (ICM). Learning and Individual Differences


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Differentiation of Learning Tasks as a Path to Educate All Pupils in the First Stage of Primary School

Monika Semradova

Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Semradova, Monika

In the context of equalizing educational opportunities for all pupils, the concept of common or inclusive education has emerged more clearly in recent years (Kasíková & Straková et al., 2011). Schools accept all children, regardless of physical, intellectual, linguistic, economic and other conditions and prerequisites. The Ministry of Education in its Strategy of the Education Policy of the Czech Republic until 2030 + emphasizes the solution of this situation by using didactic procedures of internal differentiation in the teaching process. Therefore, the main aim of the poster is to present didactic variations of differentiation of teaching tasks with regard to their operational structure in relation to the individual needs and interests of pupils.

Czech research characterizes internal differentiation as dividing pupils in a heterogeneous classroom into smaller homogeneous groups, e.g. according to the level of reading skills (Tieso, 2003, p. 31; Najvarová 2008, p.7-21). The English equivalent is within-class (ability) grouping (Hornby & Witte, 2014, pp. 90-91). Some research studies document that students from different groups do not receive the same learning opportunities. Pupils from a stronger group learn more than pupils from a weaker group (Gamoran, 1995; Hornby, 2014; Oakes, 1986), which may be due to teachers providing different instructional stimuli to pupils (Kasíková & Straková et al, 2011). This is because pupils with better learning outcomes enrich each other, whereas pupils from weaker groups are deprived of this benefit (Dar & Resh, 1986). In international research, the assignment of differentiated tasks in lessons has been shown to serve the purpose of harnessing the potential of each pupil and improving the quality of the educational process of large heterogeneous collectives (Cox, 2008; Doubet & Hocket, 2017; Tomlinson, 2005).

Teachers can differentiate instruction in terms of content, time, methods, and organization (Kratochvílová & Havel, 2011). (Cedrychová, et al., 1992) further add that effective differentiation requires different variations of learning tasks. They should appropriately match the learner's specifics or particular groups of learners (Cedrychová, et al., 1992, p. 46). Holoušová (2002) characterizes learning tasks as a wide range of all learning creative tasks during a teaching unit.

In the Czech research field, there is an absence of research devoted to the differentiation of assignments. Therefore, the poster describes the use of pedagogical means of differentiation of the content of the curriculum, differentiation of the difficulty of the curriculum, differentiation of the scope of the curriculum and differentiation of the temporal aspect of the assigned curriculum through a learning task. The poster further analyses the differentiation of the operational, motivational and evaluative aspects of the learning task in relation to the individual needs of the learners. It analyzes the composition of the assignment differentiating the difficulty of the learning task using Bloom's Taxonomy of Learning Needs (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001).

The optics of the poster's focus is the differentiation of the learning task respecting the ividual peculiarities of the pupils, in the profiling subjects, Czech language and mathematics. It analyses the learning task as an important means of differentiating the pace of learning for pupils with specific learning disabilities. Pedagogical means of differentiating the content of the curriculum for pupils of foreign origin and differentiation in terms of difficulty for pupils with mild intellectual disabilities, but also for gifted pupils. The poster highlights the advantages of natural differentiation (Roubíček, Hošpesová, et al.; 2010). The innovative natural differentiation is that all children in a heterogeneous group receive the same tasks, but the tasks have an interesting potential – they hide different levels of difficulty. This creates a stimulating environment that promotes pupils' interest and motivation in solving the learning task.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I chose a multiple-case study as the research design because it allows for interpretation and description of the situation based on the expressed impressions, feelings, and experiences of teachers and students (Miles & Huberman, 1994; Švaříček, 2014). The respondents were five first grade teachers of varying ages and years of experience from five classes of urban and rural elementary schools in three regions of the country. Teachers were recommended by school administrators and based on interviews conducted with teachers.
 
The research question asked How do teachers use differentiation of learning tasks in relation to students' individual abilities and knowledge?

The data was collected through semi-structured interviews. The poster addresses the issue of intrinsic differentiation in teaching. The object of investigation is the operational structure of the learning task, which is represented by differentiation of content, differentiation of scope, differentiation of difficulty and differentiation of the time aspect of the tasks assigned. The focus of the composition and sequence of the learning task assignment was also investigated with a focus on the use of Bloom's taxonomy of learning objectives.

The research investigation focused on the possibility of varied work with text and the use of graded tasks in teaching when a stimulating environment exists. We deliberately selected schools in which a school psychologist is present and complements the pedagogical diagnosis of the pupil and collaborates with teachers.

After a detailed study of the analyses of the semi-structured interviews, I included participant observation carried out in the form of long-term, systematic and reflective observation of the ways and practices of implementation focusing on the differentiation of motivational, operational, evaluative aspects of learning tasks with respect to Bloom's taxonomy of learning needs.

Interview data were first coded through open coding (MAXQDA2022), then reduced to a set of codes as units of analysis at the lowest level of abstraction. The inductively generated codes were then clustered according to meaning under overarching concepts, followed by the creation of subcategories. Within the created categories, data were compared across cases. This created scales that characterized different forms of learning task use to differentiate the content, scope, difficulty, and time of the tasks assigned.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The poster presents the first stage of research, conducted in 2021,2022, in primary schools in 3 regions of the Czech Republic. The research of stage 1 focused on the use of phenomenal differentiated tasks in teaching in grades 1 to 5 of primary school. The poster will be part of the GAUK 2023/2024 project entitled Improving the quality of teaching by involving 10 Prague schools in the implementation of differentiated pedagogical resources in teaching.

Differentiated learning tasks in mathematics were given in the third grade of Pardubice Primary School according to the difficulty of the content, using Bloom's taxonomy of learning objectives and employing lower and higher order thinking. In the fourth grade of the Hradec Králové Primary School, differentiated worksheets were used based on the scope of the text in the Czech language. In the extension version of the worksheets, extension questions are given to the students. For example, pupils have to find ungrammatical words or answer comprehension questions. The short version of the differentiated worksheet is simpler and contains easier questions. Using natural differentiation, there was a stimulating motivational environment in the classrooms. The added value in solving the graded problems was the fact that students chose the problems themselves, according to their confidence. Differentiated tasks were absent in grades 2 and 5 in rural schools. The research investigation shows that differentiated learning tasks are used in urban schools, while in rural schools the means of differentiated learning are absent. Interviews with female teachers confirmed that the reason for this is the lack of training devoted to differentiated instruction and support from school management.

The research at the theoretical-pedagogical level provided a structured concept for the inclusion of differentiated tasks in the educational process. At the practical-didactic level, it introduces the types of phenomenal differentiated tasks in teaching.

References
Anderson, L. W., & Krathwohl, D. R. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: A revision of Bloom's taxonomy of educational objectives. Longman.

Cedrychová, V., Raudenský, J., & Krestová, J. (1992). Možnosti diferenciace žáků na základní škole. H & H.

Cox, S. G. (2008). Differentiated instruction in the elementary classroom. The Education Digest, 73(9), 52.

Dar, Y., & Resh, N. (1986). Classroom intellectual composition and academic achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 23, 351–314.

Doubet, K. J., & Hockett, J. A. (2017). Differentiation in the elementary grades: Strategies to engage and equip all learners. Ascd.

Fryč, J., Matušková, Z., Katzová, P., Kovář, K., Beran, J., Valachová, I., Seifert, L., Běťátková, M. Hrdlička, F. (2020). Strategie vzdělávací politiky České republiky do roku 2030+. Ministerstvo školství, mládeže a tělovýchovy.

Gamoran, A., Nystrand, M., Berends, M., & LePore, P. C. (1995). An organizational analysis of the effects of ability grouping. American Educational Research Journal, 32(4), 687-715.

Grecmanová, H., Holoušová, D., & Urbanovská, E. (2002 dotisk). Obecná pedagogika I. Hanex.

Hornby, G., & Witte, C. (2014). Ability grouping in New Zealand high schools: are practices evidence-based? Preventing school failure: Alternative education for children and youth, 58(2), 90-95.

Kasíková, H., Straková, J., Dvořáková M., Habart T., Chvál M., Janebová E., Krejčová L., Matulčíková M., Rýdl K., Tvrzánová I., Valenta J., Valenta P., Váňová R., Vítečková M. (2011). Diverzita a diferenciace v základním vzdělávání. Karolinum.

Kratochvílová, J., Havel, J., & Filová, H. (2011). Analýza školních vzdělávacích programů jako prostředek kvalitativního rozvoje inkluze na 1. stupni ZŠ. Masarykova univerzita.

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. sage.

Najvarová, V. (2008). Čtenářská gramotnost žáků 1. stupně základní školy. Pedagogická orientace, 18(1), 7-21.

Oakes, J. (1986). Tracking, inequality, and the rhetoric of reform: Why schools don't change. Journal of education, 168(1), 60-80.

Roubíček, F. & Hošpesová, A. (2010) Náměty pro přirozenou diferenciaci v matematice na 1. stupni základního vzdělávání: Podnětná prostředí v geometrii.

Šeďová, K., Švaříček, R., Sedláček, M., & Šalamounová, Z. (2014). On the way to dialogic teaching: Action research as a means to change classroom discourse.

Tieso, C. L. (2003). Ability grouping is not just tracking anymore. Roeper Review, 26(1), 29-36.

Tomlinson, C. A., & Strickland, C. A. (2005). Differentiation in practice: A resource guide for differentiating curriculum, grades 9-12. ASCD.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Investigating Saudi Secondary School Teachers’ Use of Social Media for Continuing Professional Development

Mansour Alshetaiwi

The university of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Alshetaiwi, Mansour

Investigating Saudi Secondary School teachers’ use of social media for continuing professional development

Research Questions:

1. To what extent and in what ways do the participants use social media to assist their CPD?

2. What differences do the participants report between the use of social media for CPD and traditional CPD?

3. What aspects of CPD do the participants find benefit most from the use of social media?

4. What do the participants identify as the advantages and disadvantages associated with the use of social media for CPD?

Introduction

In Saudi Arabia, teachers' professional development is an area that has received a lot of attention from the government because the government has invested heavily in strategies for achieving a high level of quality in the education sector (Qablan, et al., 2015; Almazroa, 2013). The new curriculum adopted in Saudi Arabia focuses on a learner-centred approach with an emphasis on the constructive learning and teaching trends that promote inquiry among the learners. However, as indicated in Almazroa and Al-Shamrani (2015), a significant proportion of Saudi teachers still base their pedagogical approaches on the traditional models that do not align to the objectives of constructive teaching and learning pedagogies (Aljaber, 2018). This issue is critical and has played a major role in reducing the applicability of educational reforms. Professional teacher development is essential in Saudi Arabia as a strategy for supporting the new curriculum and the key elements of the education system in the country.

Theoretical Framework

Social media is widely used in different fields of life, including the field of education. Therefore, the literature review intended to start in a broader context and then narrows down to find out how social media is utilized for educational purposes, especially by Saudi Secondary School teachers for CPD.

Research such as Mallia (2014) indicates that integrating social media into the course of studies can enhance their potential as learning tools (Mansour et al., 2014). The views on the educational potential and benefits of social media are not uniform. For example, in Roblyer et al., (2010) focusing on social media use in a higher education context, it was found that students were more likely to appreciate the potential of social media in learning than their teachers. In the study, they concluded that for the highest benefits to be achieved for all stakeholders, the teachers and students needed to align their attitudes towards technology use in teaching and learning. These considerations are necessary in designing and supporting teaching interventions that are effective in meeting the needs of the students (Osborne & Connelly, 2015).

The challenges to professional development are highlighted in the literature review to indicate why there is a need to identify alternative strategies such as social media that can be used to enhance professional development.

Personal and Professional learning networks
A personal learning network is a resource using social media and technology, anywhere you want to gather, connect, work together, and build contacts with peers. Worldwide, participating educators can send requests and exchange resources. It can be looked at gathering of resources (such as training materials, notes of training and experience, etc) by adults and the effective ways of using and implications (Neubauer et al., 2013).

The key aspect of the approach is that it empowers the teachers to feel in charge of their professional development. Social network sites such as ‘Facebook’ and ‘Twitter’ have the benefit of enabling users to set up PLNs by playing a major role in enabling teachers to develop new networks that are cyber-enabled (Joosten, 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed method of quantitative and qualitative methods will be used to investigate the research objectives:
Quantitative: The survey uses a semi-structured questionnaire such that the majority of the questions will be closed-ended, with few open-ended questions so that participants can elaborate on their responses.
In Buraydah, the population is varied and vast. The rationale for using this city in particular is due to the higher possibility of gathering data from professionals, owing to personal networks. It will be easier to conduct a survey, which can be circulated among the participants using online media. It is less time-consuming and more convenient. The maximum sample size for the survey will be 100.
Samples drawn from the population will be selected when they meet all the following criteria:
Respondent is currently teaching the students of secondary school in Burydah.
Respondent possesses a work experience of at least one year in the current role. (It is presumed that the teacher with some experience will be able to provide better insights about the CPD as compared to freshers in teaching).

Timing: a total of 3 to 4 months will be needed to circulate the questionnaires and receive the responses of the respondents. Regular reminders will be dropped to the respondents. The average time to fill a questionnaire is expected to be around 8 to 12 minutes.

Qualitative: 20 one-to-one interviews will be conducted with teachers who completed the questionnaire, by the following criteria:
*The respondent is currently teaching the students of secondary school in Buraydah.
*Respondent possesses work experience of at least one year in the current role.
*Respondent uses social media platforms.

The rationale for this research method is to gauge in-depth information from the respondents who completed the questionnaire. In Burydah, there are a few secondary schools which are around 50 schools. Therefore, I will interview teachers equally male and female.
Timing:  It is expected that each interview will last for about 30 to 40 minutes. I will need a total of 1-2 months to conduct them.
Locations: I will visit the teachers at the schools after taking permission. I will use my university email address to send the survey link.
Both methods will be conducted in the Arabic language. Thus, the results will be translated into English after analysis.
The qualitative data will be analysed thematically with the assistance of NVivo.
The survey data will be analysed using SPSS.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The issue of continuous professional development for teachers is an area that has received a lot of attention from policymakers around the globe. Governments have made efforts to develop training programs for their teachers to ensure that they can effectively deliver the required content to their students. The aspect of traditional PD programs has been criticized for its different weaknesses such as the time limitations and the need to be in the same physical location (Qablan et al., 2015). New technological tools such as social media provide opportunities to address these weaknesses by allowing teachers to act as creators and consumers of content (Gamrat et al. 2014).

 The perceptions about social media as a tool for CPD among teachers highlight the challenges of separating professional and personal usage. Additionally, some people are skeptical or cynical about social media and do not take the platforms seriously or as a professional development opportunity (Mansour et al., 2014).

Recently, Saudi teachers' annual bonus was linked to obtaining a professional license. Teachers must obtain this license and it is valid for five years. In order to obtain this professional license, teachers must pass the Professional Licensing Test, which is divided into two parts, a specialized test, and the other a general educational test (Evaluation, E. T., Commission,2020).

 The uptake of social media for the professional development of teachers in Saudi Arabia has not been well researched.These outcomes include the need for teachers to better facilitate student learning, ultimately allowing teachers to act as creators and consumers of content effectively interact with their peers to identify the best strategies for delivering content to the students (Gamrat et al., 2014).

References
Qablan, A. M., Mansour, N., Alshamrani, S., Sabbah, S., & Aldahmash, A. (2015). Ensuring effective impact of continuing professional development: Saudi science teachers’ perspective. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 11(3), 619-631.
Almazroa, H. (2013). Professional development: A vision for Saudi science teachers. A paper presented in the annual conference of European Science Education Research Association (ESERA), Nicosia, Cyprus.
Almazroa, H., & Al-Shamrani, S. (2015). Saudi science teacher professional development. In N. Mansour, & S. Al-Shamrani (Eds.) Science education in the Arab Gulf States. Cultural and historical perspectives on science education (pp. 3-21). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Aljaber, A., 2018. E-learning policy in Saudi Arabia: Challenges and successes. Research in Comparative and International Education, 13(1), pp. 176-194.
Xerri, D. (2014). Teachers’ Use of Social Networking Sites for Continuing Professional Development. In Ġ. Mallia, The Social Classroom: Integrating Social Network Use. Hershey PA: IGI Global.
Mansour, N., El. Deghaday, H. Alshamrani, S., and Aldahmash, A. (2014) Rethinking the theory and practice of continuing professional development: Science teachers’ perspectives. Research in Science Education, 44(6), 949-973.
Osborne, N., & Connelly, L. (2015). Managing your digital footprint: Possible implications for teaching and learning. In A. Mesquita and P. Peres (Eds.). Proceedings of the 2nd European Conference on Social Media ECSM 2015 (pp. 354-361). Porto, Portugal.
Neubauer, B. J., Hug, R. W., Hamon, K. W., & Stewart, S. K. (2013). Using personal learning networks to leverage communities of practice in public affairs education. Journal of Public Affairs Education, 17(1), 9–25.
Joosten, T. (2012). Social media for educators: Strategies and best practices. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Gamrat, C., Zimmerman, H. T., Dudek, J. & Peck, K., 2014. Personalized workplace learning: An exploratory study on digital badging within a teacher professional development program. British Journal of Educational Technology, 45(6), 1136-1148.
Evaluation, E. T., Commission (2021, February 28). Professional Licensing Test for Teachers. Education and Training Evaluation Commission. https://www.etec.gov.sa/en/productsandservices/Qiyas/Profession/TeachersLicensure/Pages/default.aspx


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Nurturing Academic Hospitalities as Neurodivergent Welcome: a Shepherd’s Hut as ECR-led, Participatory ‘Conference Fringe’

Christian H Hanser

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hanser, Christian H

Attendance at large-scale events is considered a crucial element on the way to an academic career. However, many studies point out how conferences can also be experienced as exclusive or even exclusionary events, lacking diversity because of financial, physical, social as well as health-related barriers and accessibility issues. The challenges for early career researchers to perform the ideal of visibility and extraversion are increasingly pointed out in the field of Critical Event Studies (Henderson, 2015; Walters, 2018) and in recent literature on ableism in academia (Brown, 2021) which provide in-depth and embodied insights into the stress related to cognitive and sensory overload (Farahar & Foster, 2021).

This poster contribution offers an opportunity to establish dialogue around a diversity issue which some ECRs may only encounter silently: how can large-scale conferences be reimagined as opportunities to embrace rather than mask neurodiversity? Affective academic hospitalities can be nurtured to increase the presence of safe spaces. Events are then witnessed as enabling rather than overwhelming. Initiatives such as temporary conference silent rooms have gained in importance in recent years.

My suggestion is to open a shepherd's hut as a 'conference fringe', an additional space during the first two conference days (ERC) in order to reflect collectively and visibly about the needs of neurodivergent researchers and highlight the deeply relational possibilities of embracing neurodiversity in academia. This proposal comes out of my own PhD research, during which I was given the chance to find my own conferencing language as a multisensory form of public engagement. From 2019 until 2022, I was encouraged to install a mobile shepherd’s hut at Scottish conferences to invite into informal daydreaming sessions around the wood fire stove, reconnecting to Gàidhlig traditions of storytelling. This ‘conference fringe’ allowed to reduce the sensory overwhelm experienced at academic meetings, a conference fatigue that exponentially increases with the scale of the event. It allowed to concretely see the potential of outdoor hospitality hubs as a way of connecting through introvert conviviality. There is a possibility to balance the 'visibility lottery' of academia with the need to rest and to digest. More and more people expressed support for a long-term outdoor conference hide-out, an unexpected outcome of a largely improvised tour (Hanser, 2021).

I would like to propose the use of the shepherd’s hut as an opportunity for the co-creating of hospitalities, informed by the distinct relationality of neurodiversity. This means that I would release an open invitation to ECRs across Scotland to become involved, to discuss the possible location of the shepherd’s hut hospitality hub during the conference and to develop a temporal system for participatory co-hosting (e.g. ‘hut hospitality attendances’ during coffee breaks or after keynotes).This proposal can build new connections between ECRs based on the valorisation of neurodiversity and could lead to further ECR-led experimentations with other networks across Europe. Many ideas have emerged since the start of the conference fringe tour (an example in continental Europe: www.tinycampusontour.eu). Hospitality hubs can enrich potentially anonymous conference experiences by expanding the range of designs and proposed sites for networking differently between the many delegates of a large-scale gathering.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The conference fringe in a mobile shepherd's hut is an immersive, arts-based methodological approach which introduces an outdoor conference venue. This pop-up storytelling space is installed near the conference venue but also provides a calm environment to rest and sit near the wood fire stove, share stories or just read the conference programme in a different temporality.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It can be expected that new connections and encounters will be facilitated by opening the conference fringe.
ERC/ECER provides a rare opportunity to invite other ECRs to co-host the conference fringe which had been logistically organised as an individual project during my PhD.
It is possible to produce a report after this experimentation to provide observations for the ECER and/or SERA ECR networks.
The conference fringe is a novel methodological approach which allows to connect mobilities and narrative approaches in order to sketch out research about participatory, co-constructed academic safe spaces.

References
Brown, N. (2021). Introduction: Being ‘different’ in academia. In N. Brown (Ed.), Lived Experiences of Ableism in Academia: Strategies for Inclusion in Higher Education (pp. 1-14). Bristol: Policy Press.
Carruthers Thomas, K. (2020). An alternative dynamics of research dissemination? The case of the g word tour. Qualitative Research, 22(2), 300–312.
Conradson, D. (2013). The orchestration of feeling: stillness, spirituality and places of retreat. In D. Bissell & G. Fuller (Eds.), Stillness in a mobile world (pp. 71-86). London: Routledge.
Dokumacı, A. (2023). Activist affordances: how disabled people improvise more habitable worlds. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Farahar, C., & Foster, A. (2021). # AutisticsInAcademia. In N. Brown (Ed.), Lived Experiences of Ableism in Academia: Strategies for Inclusion in Higher Education (pp. 197-216). Bristol: Policy Press.
Hanser, C. H. (2021b). Touring academic events with a tiny house “conference fringe”: Artistic welcome in a mobile storytelling shed as relational research into invisibility and (non-) belonging. In A. S. Jepson & T. Walters (Eds.) Events and Well-being (pp. 215–237). London: Routledge.
Henderson, E.F. (2015). Academic conferences: Representative and resistant sites for higher education research. Higher Education Research and Development, 34(5), 914–925.
Phipps, A., & Barnett, R. (2007). Academic hospitality. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 6(3), 237-254.
Pirrie, A., Fang, N., O’Brien, E. (2021). ‘Bothy Culture’: Towards a New Ethics for the University. In Á. Mahon (Ed.) The Promise of the University. Debating Higher Education: Philosophical Perspectives, vol 10 (pp. 183-193). Singapore: Springer.
Ruitenberg, C. W. (2018). Hospitality and Embodied Encounters in Educational Spaces. Studies in the Philosophy of Education, 37, 257–263.
Taylor, Y., & Lahad, K. (Eds.) (2018). Feeling Academic in the Neoliberal University: Feminist Flights, Fights and Failures. London: Palgrave.
Walters, T. (2018). A tripartite approach to accessibility, diversity, and inclusion in academic conferences. In R. Finkel, B. Sharp & M. Sweeney (Eds.), Accessibility, inclusion, and diversity in critical event studies (pp. 230-241). London: Routledge.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 F: Ignite Talks
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Doing the Right Thing? An Exploration of the Construction of, and Response to, ‘Disadvantage’ by Teachers in English Secondary Schools.

Una Lodge

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lodge, Una

Inspired by the Foucault’s observation that ‘People know what they do, they frequently know why they do what they do, but what they don’t know is what what they do does’ (Foucault, cited in Dreyfus and Rabinow 1983, p. 187), I am seeking to understand better what is happening in English schools in respect of a group classified as ‘disadvantaged’, with a focus specifically on teachers’ responses to these individuals.

The research questions for my PhD study are: How is ‘disadvantage’ understood by teachers in secondary schools? How is this understanding reflected in their response to ‘disadvantaged’ students? And what are the effects of this understanding on the teachers and the way in which the school operates?

The word ‘disadvantaged’ is used in English schools to describe those students eligible for free school meals (and thus the payment of additional money in the form of ‘Pupil Premium’ to their schools) because of low family income (2015). However, in common usage, the word also carries with it a range of associations and judgements linked particularly to issues of social class, ethnicity, and conceptualisations of good parenting. Whilst the government investment into the Pupil Premium has established this group of students as a priority focus for schools’ external accountability, the gap in attainment between these students and their peers has persisted (Education Policy Institute, 2020).

Much of the existing research in the area has focused on identifying deficits that the students categorised as disadvantaged present in the school setting, and on assessing the effectiveness of a range of interventions to address these issues. My study, however, informed initially by Bourdieu’s ideas of ‘reproduction’ (1990), turns the focus back on the practices of schooling, and seeks to discover, through empirical enquiry, how teachers understand the ‘disadvantage’ of their students within their school setting, and how this construction of ‘disadvantage’ shapes their response to their students. Foucault’s conceptualisation of power relations and subjectivity (Ball, 2013) are used to inform my understanding of the way in which things come to be the way that they are within the institutions of schooling. I am also using the insights of other poststructural theorists to explore the ethical struggles of teachers who find themselves trying to ‘do the right thing’ in response to the perceived needs of their students, often caught in seemingly impossible places of tension and dilemma, subject to conflicting forces. The ethical responses of teachers are being considered using Derrida’s concept of the aporia, ‘the contradictory double imperatives’ (Allan, 2008), that can be identified as embedded in school practices, alongside Levinas’s concern to ‘see the face of the other’ (Edgoose, 2001) as a framework of ethical responsibility.

Whilst the data were gathered in English schools, the problematisation of the term ‘disadvantaged’ in the study encompasses a broad range of intersecting issues of diversity relevant across international contexts, including social class, ethnicity, cultural capital, and the ways in which the process of schooling positions students, teachers and parents as subjects.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is underpinned by a social constructionist approach, which steps back from the idea of being able to get inside social reality, and instead tries to understand how that reality might be brought into being (Holstein and Gubrium, 2008).  This has been done by conducting interviews with schoolteachers directly involved in addressing disadvantage, as they perceive it, within the everyday world of their school.  I have also gathered policy documentation in the form of strategy documents to address the ‘disadvantage gap’ in attainment, which are required by government to be produced and made publicly available by every state school.
Following ethical clearance from my university ethics committee, the field work was carried out using semi-structured interviews with 22 teachers in all, across five different state secondary schools in the Midlands area of the U.K.  The teachers ranged in teaching experience from 3-33 years and taught in a range of subject areas.  Some had a specific responsibility for ‘disadvantaged’ students in their schools.  All interviews were conducted online using Zoom, and lasted between 20 and 45 minutes.  The decision to interview online was determined by the fact that school visits were not allowed during the Covid-19 pandemic.  The interviews were transcribed and shared with the participants for checking.  
The interviews were structured around a set of question prompts which encouraged the teachers to explain which students in their classes they identified as disadvantaged and why they regarded them as such.  The teachers were asked whether they thought there were aspects of their subject that they thought might affect disadvantaged students differently from others.  They were also asked how they responded to the needs of disadvantaged students in their lessons and were encouraged to describe a specific lesson or activity to illustrate this.  
Analysis of the interview data is ongoing, using the idea of teacher ‘work’ (i.e. the work they ascribe to themselves in their encounters with disadvantaged students) as a frame for analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The recurring theme is of teachers trying to ‘do the right thing’ as they struggle with contradictory imperatives, subject to, and part of creating and perpetuating, a range of discourses related to disadvantage.  Four types of self-attributed teacher work have been identified within the data analysis: seeing, sorting, saving and transforming work.  
‘Sorting’ work revolves around the paradoxical perception of this ‘disadvantaged’ group as both the same and different to their peers.  The effects of policy directives in creating subjects are apparent in the ways in which this group of heterogenous students acquires a collective identity within schools.  Whilst the identification of the group as disadvantaged is seen as for the students’ benefit, it nevertheless can invoke an essentialism which ‘others’ some students.
‘Seeing’ work has emerged as integral to the way in which the discourse of disadvantage becomes embedded into the school system.  Effects of a performative assessment-driven system (Ball, 2003), in which the attainment of disadvantaged students is monitored by inspection bodies, is reflected in teacher’s everyday practices which ensure the constant visibility of this group, e.g. colour-coding on registers and prescriptive seating plans.  Whilst claiming to respond to students as individuals, teachers nevertheless are deeply enmeshed in practices which, in seeking not to ‘overlook’ students, result in a constant ‘looking’ that reinforces categorisation.
‘Saving’ work runs through the responses that invoke deficit discourses of poor parenting, a lack of ‘cultural capital’, and perceived lack of value for education. Accounts include examples of the emotional labour expended in the attempt to rescue students from lives marked by deficit.
‘Transforming’ work can be identified in the discourse of aspiration constantly cited in the responses of the teachers.  Teachers wrestle with the need to change their students to make them ‘acceptable bodies’ (Youdell, 2006) within the schooling system.

References
Allan, J. (2008). Rethinking Inclusive Education: the Philosophers of Difference in Practice. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
Ball, S.J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18, 215-228.
Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. (1990) Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. 2nd edition. London: Sage.
Department for Education (2015) Supporting the attainment of disadvantaged pupils: articulating success and good practice. London: DfE [online]. Available from: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/supporting-the-attainment-of-disadvantaged-pupils Accessed 27.01.23.
Dreyfus H., Rabinow P. (1983). Beyond structuralism and hermeneutics: Michel Foucault. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Edgoose, J. (2001) Just Decide! Derrida and the ethical aporias of education, in: G. Biesta & D. Egéa-Kuehne (eds), Derrida & Education. London, Routledge.
Education Policy Institute (2020). Education in England Annual Report 2020. E.P.I. [online]. Available from: https://epi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/EPI_2020_Annual_Report_.pdf   Accessed 27.01.23.
Holstein, J. and Gubrium, J. (2008) ‘Constructionist impulses in ethnographic fieldwork’. In Holstein, J. and Gubrium, J. (eds), Handbook of Constructionist Research. New York: Guilford.
Youdell, D. (2006) Impossible Bodies, Impossible Selves. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Entrepreneurial Universities and Regional Developmental Pathways in German and British Higher Education

Bahar Cemre Karaagacli

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Karaagacli, Bahar Cemre

Higher education has acquired a priority in the national policy agendas with its integration into the innovation system by showing certain capacity and capability and claims for impacts on economy and society (Hazelkorn & Gibson, 2019). Accordingly, it is claimed that entrepreneurial university has become a pathway that most of the universities have entered in the discourse of knowledge economy and society (Aarrevaara et al., 2021) and universities are expected to bring a transparent mission and vision forward over this pathway (Secundo et al., 2016). The main rationale of this study refers to the need of understanding the empirical and political implications of the evolving entrepreneurial university model on the economic and social bases. This argument also touches upon the shift towards the engaged university model by keeping the public good as a wider discourse defining the role and responsibilities attached to higher education.

This doctoral thesis, which is designed to be a comparative multiple case study, aims to reveal how regionally engaged universities formulate their missions and revise their actual strategies within the entrepreneurial paradigm. As the British and German higher education systems are regarded to be receptive to innovation and entrepreneurial paradigm on the European level (Etzkowitz et al., 2000), the design is based on the comparison of strategies of two entrepreneurial university contexts from these systems with the lens of neo-institutionalism.

This study perceives entrepreneurial university as a key actor to accomplish national and regional development policy agendas (Pugh et al, 2018). In this agenda, the third mission refers to the innovation-related activities pursued for regional development. Accordingly, third mission policy on the national and regional levels has the direct power to steer university engagement practices. For example, on the European policy level, regional development is incentivized through the funding programmes of the EU Europe 2020 agenda and smart specialization strategies (Trippl et al., 2015). Despite the policy emphasis, universities’ approaches to engage in local/regional development vary in terms of social and economic engagement modes. Keeping these variations in mind, the diversity among engagement practices and the different configurations of entrepreneurial university context in the European context are linked to the differences in policy paradigms, higher education traditions and institutional contexts (Kalar and Antoncic, 2015; Trippl et al., 2015).

Constructed with multi-level qualitative research design across cross-nationally selected universities, this study adopts the lens of neo-institutional theory to advance knowledge regarding the institutional reproduction or transformation in entrepreneurial university concept. Neo-institutional theory will be used as a framework for the analysis of not only differences but also similarities in a cross-national design and denote sociological viewpoint to comparison by displaying isomorphic and culturally shaped transformations across institutions (Wiseman, 2014; 2021). As observed in the literature, the institutional theory has been adopted in relation to the entrepreneurial university for the understanding of the interaction between the micro (individual level) and the meso (institutional level) (Abreu et al., 2016). For this study, the same levels are essential as organisational culture and norms shape everyone involved within the organisation. In line with these core ideas, the research questions below are aimed to be answered.

1. How have the third mission strategies been addressed in the German and UK higher education contexts through national and regional policy levels?

1.1. How are the institutional strategies regarding entrepreneurialism and engagement contextualised within regionally engaged universities?

2. How are institutional strategies enacted by the internal stakeholders in regionally engaged universities?

2.1. What roles do the university actors take for the social and economic development of their regions?

2.2. Which modes of engagement are pursued in both university contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this particular PhD study, the multiple case study design is adopted for in-depth examination of the argument involved. Specifically, the comparative design is built on two cases embedded in regional and national dimensions vertically (Schweisfurth, 2019). Accordingly, this multiple case study entails the comparison of two cases on the meso level strengthened with the analysis of macro- and micro- levels. At the current stage of my doctoral research, I have obtained ethical approval and strive to build contacts with universities. Therefore, the planned design and anticipated findings will be explained.

Firstly, even if it is not selected to be the primary level of analysis, the macro level encompasses two geographically different macro-social units, the German and British higher education systems which possess certain unique characteristics that originated from different historical traditions (Humboldtian and Newmanian) and current dynamics. For this study, these two systems will be explanatory units with all the mutual reliance among the global, the national and the local levels (Kosmützky, 2015). The nested policy levels of national and regional will be analysed through thematic analysis of relevant policy documents to see the trends in regional engagement since regionalisation of the policy agenda has shifted the university engagement patterns (Arbo & Benneworth, 2007).

On the meso-level, two regionally oriented universities that have been awarded as entrepreneurial universities in both higher education systems are to be observational units where empirical study will be conducted. The university types are specified to be university of applied sciences and former polytechnics. Because universities of applied sciences, fachhochschule in Germany (Charles et al., 2021) and former polytechnics in the UK (Sanchez-Barrioluengo et al., 2019) have demonstrated more regional and local engagement in terms of the third mission and entrepreneurial endeavours. The institutional strategies of these two universities will be analysed through document analysis. Besides, to understand the organizational norms, values and traditions in a diverse manner, semi-structured interviews are aimed to be conducted with the academic personnel who have established and pursued regional engagement practices at the university, management-based staff, officers who are responsible for engagement or take responsibilities in technology transfer offices and students who are interested in entrepreneurship.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The entrepreneurial universities participating in this study are expected to embrace the missions of teaching, research and entrepreneurial activities. As Urbano and Guerrero (2013) indicated, these missions encompass the support structures (technology transfer, start-ups), resources (human, physical and monetary), capabilities (networks and status) and lead to the outcomes of talented human capital, created and transferred knowledge, development of academic entrepreneurs and entrepreneurial university culture. Analysing the strategies on the institutional level to reach these outcomes will also show how policy diffusion is observable, especially for the third mission related policies (Ozolins et al., 2018).

It is also anticipated that the findings will contribute to the debate between two schools of thought regarding entrepreneurialism in higher education. As Young and Pinheiro (2022) depicted, entrepreneurialism resides in the sociological and economic schools of thought highlighting respectively the adaptation and transformations over public good and universities as quasi-firms where prestige and bibliometric counts are pursued as power mechanisms other than money. Entrepreneurial university is evaluated to be moving towards the dominant side of the economic/innovation perspective by leaving the sociological origins aside. However, as the engaged university model advocates, the strategies of internal stakeholders can show how the third mission can be less aligned with the economic development perspective, but more inclined to civic service in the shape of community engagement for the regional society and its members through regional development purposes (Moussa et al., 2019; Watson et al., 2011).

References
Aarrevaara, T., Finkelstein, M. J., Jones, G. A., & Jung, J. (2021). Universities in the knowledge society: the Nexus of National Systems of Innovation and higher education (Vol. 22). Springer.

Arbo, P., & Benneworth, P. (2007). Understanding the Regional Contribution of Higher Education Institutions. OECD Publishing.

Charles, D., Ahoba-Sam, R., & Manrique, S. (2021). Chapter 1: Introduction. In D. Charles, R. Ahoba-Sam, & S. Manrique (Eds.), Entrepreneurial Universities in Regional Innovation (pp. 5-25). UK Book Publishing.

Etzkowitz, H., Webster, A., Gebhardt, C., & Terra, B. R. C. (2000). The future of the university and the university of the future: evolution of ivory tower to entrepreneurial paradigm. Research Policy, 29(2), 313-330.

Moussa, A., Kesting, T., & Clauss, T. (2019). Embedding Entrepreneurial and Engaged Universities—A Holistic View. In T. Kliewe, T. Kesting, C. Plewa, & T. Baaken (Eds.), Developing Engaged and Entrepreneurial Universities: Theories, Concepts and Empirical Findings (pp. 19-42). Springer.

Ozoliņš, M., Stensaker, B., Gaile-Sarkane, E., Ivanova, L., Lapiņa, I., Ozoliņa-Ozola, I., & Straujuma, A. (2018). Institutional attention to European policy agendas: exploring the relevance of instrumental and neo-institutional explanations. Tertiary Education and Management, 24(4), 338-350.

Pugh, R., Lamine, W., Jack, S., & Hamilton, E. (2018). The entrepreneurial university and the region: what role for entrepreneurship departments? European Planning Studies, 26(9), 1835-1855.

Sánchez-Barrioluengo, M., Uyarra, E., & Kitagawa, F. (2019). Understanding the evolution of the entrepreneurial university. The case of English Higher Education institutions. Higher Education Quarterly, 73(4), 469-495.

Schweisfurth, M. (2019). The SAGE Handbook of Comparative Studies in Education. SAGE.  

Trippl, M., Sinozic, T., & Lawton Smith, H. (2015). The Role of Universities in Regional Development: Conceptual Models and Policy Institutions in the UK, Sweden and Austria. European Planning Studies, 23(9), 1722-1740.

Urbano, D., & Guerrero, M. (2013). Entrepreneurial Universities: Socioeconomic Impacts of Academic Entrepreneurship in a European Region. Economic Development Quarterly, 27(1), 40-55.

Watson, D., Hollister, R., Stroud, S. E., & Babcock, E. (2011). The engaged university: International perspectives on civic engagement. Routledge.

Wiseman, A. W., Astiz, M. F., & Baker, D. P. (2014). Comparative education research framed by neo-institutional theory: a review of diverse approaches and conflicting assumptions. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 44(5), 688-709.

Young, M., & Pinheiro, R. (2022). The Post-entrepreneurial University: The Case for Resilience in Higher Education. In R. Pinheiro, M. L. Frigotto, & M. Young (Eds.), Towards Resilient Organizations and Societies: A Cross-Sectoral and Multi-Disciplinary Perspective (pp. 173-193). Springer.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Perceptions of Democracy and Diversity Among Student Teachers Preparing to Teach in International Contexts

Karianne Helland

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Helland, Karianne

The link between democracy and education runs through most historical and philosophical accounts of democracy (Sant, 2019, p. 657). Yet, the democratic role of education is often contested (Ávalos & Razquin, 2017; Edling & Simmie, 2020). International schools traditionally build on an 'international ethos' of valuing diversity, international mindedness, critical thinking, and educating global citizens, but these values are often in tension with neoliberal discourses and a predominantly western viewpoint (Cambridge and Thompson 2004; Dvir, Shields, and Yemini 2018, Gardner-McTaggart 2021). However, in order to participate effectively in democratic life in the 21st century, intercultural sensitivities and being able to identify with a global community are essential (Matthews and Sidhu 2005).

The study is based on in-depth interviews with ten student teachers in three different universities in Europe. The participants in this study have chosen to prepare for a teaching career in international schools or other international contexts, and attend teacher education programmes to that aim. 'International' teacher education programmes are rooted in the idea that teaching in international contexts requires a different perspective and other competences than that provided by national teacher education (Levy & Fox, 2016; van Werven, 2016). Through interviews with student teachers preparing to teach in international schools, this study addresses the following research question: what are student teachers in international programmes' perceptions, understandings and practices when it comes to democracy and diversity in education?

Democratic education is a large and long-standing field of educational scholarship, going back to Dewey (1916). Democracy itself is a highly contested concept, leading to different versions of democratic education with differing aims and practices (Sant, 2019). The concepts of international mindedness, global citizenship education, and intercultural education are also contested, may be overlapping, and have a plurality of meanings (Barratt Hacking et al., 2016; Bourn, 2015; Pashby et al., 2020). Studies have investigated the various ways teachers can develop global competences (Parkhouse et al., 2016; Savva, 2017), as well as student teachers’ and teacher educators’ perspectives on democratic and culturally responsive education in national contexts (Kasa, n.d; Pareja de Vicente, n.d.; Stacy, n.d.; Simms, n.d.; Kirkwood, 2001; Gaudelli, 2010; Burner & Biseth, 2016). However, teacher education tends to get less scholarly attention than other educational stages, and international education is also underresearched (Bunnell, 2016).

This paper takes as a starting point a critical pedagogy lens and a ‘thick’ concept of democracy (Gandin & Apple, 2002). This entails a broad view of what may constitute democratic education, which includes e.g. ideas of global as well as local active citizenship, intercultural communication and approaches to diversity in international classrooms. A critical lens allows for investigating structures that reproduce inequality and injustice, and how they might be transformed. Through a critical lens, education can be seen as maintaining inequality and dominant ideologies, but also as a path to breaking free from patterns of oppression (Freire, 2014; Kincheloe, 2012; Apple, 2004; Carr, 2008).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical data consists of semi-structured interviews with 10 students in teacher education programmes which aim at educating teachers for international contexts. The participants are enrolled in three different European universities. Nine of them are studying for bachelors' degrees in international teacher education for primary schools, while one is studying for a postgraduate certificate in international education. The universities are located in Norway, The Netherlands and the UK. The students have a range of nationalities, and some have more than one citizenship. Europeans account for around half, while the others are East Asian and North American. Some of the participants have international school experiences from their own childhood, and some already have international teaching experience. They are at different stages of their teacher education programme. The majority are in their early to mid 20’s, and nine of the ten are women.
The participants were contacted through their universities. A call for participation was sent to all students from contact persons at the universities, and the participating students actively contacted the researcher in response to this call. All participants received an information letter about participation in the project, which explained how interviews would be conducted, how data would be handled, and underlined that participating was voluntary, that data would be anonymized, and that the choice to take part or not would have no impact on their studies or their relationship with the university. The interviews were done online (via Zoom or Teams) and each lasted between 45 minutes and one hour. Questions were open, allowing students to reflect freely on terms like democracy, citizenship and diversity in an international education context, and on their own understandings, opinions, learning, experiences and plans for the future.
I have used a reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). This is aligned with my position fully in a qualitative paradigm, where my subjectivity and reflexivity are resources to achieve depth and nuance in the analysis. After an initial familiarisation and note taking, the data is transcribed and coded, before themes are developed based on these codes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis is currently ongoing. Conclusions will be available at the time of the conference. Preliminary analysis suggests that the participating student teachers show a strong engagement with the concepts of democracy and diversity in a pedagogical context, and a particular concern with intercultural education and ensuring the inclusion of all students. They reflect on their own identities as global citizens and as teachers, and grapple with what it means to teach in diverse, complex and changing environments.
References
Apple, M. W. (2004). Ideology and curriculum (3rd ed.). RoutledgeFalmer
Barratt Hacking, E., Blackmore, C., Bullock, K., Bunnell, T., Donnelly, M., & Martin, S. (2016). The International Mindedness Journey: School Practices for Developing and Assessing International Mindedness Across the IB Curriculum
Bittencourt, T., & Willetts, A. (2018). Negotiating the tensions: A critical study of international schools’ mission statements. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 16(4), 515-525. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2018.1512047  
Cambridge, J., & Thompson, J. (2004). Internationalism and globalization as contexts for international education. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 34(2), 161-175. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305792042000213994
Freire, Ramos, M. B., & Macedo, D. (2014). Pedagogy of the oppressed (Thirtieth anniversary edition.). Bloomsbury.
Gandin, L. A., & Apple, M. W. (2002). Thin versus thick democracy in education: Porto Alegre and the creation of alternatives to neo-liberalism. International studies in sociology of education, 12(2), 99-116. https://doi.org/10.1080/09620210200200085  
Gardner-McTaggart, A. (2016). International elite, or global citizens? Equity, distinction and power: the International Baccalaureate and the rise of the South. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 14(1), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2014.959475  
Levy, J., & Fox, R. (2016). Pre-service Teacher Preparation for International Settings. In M. Hayden, J. Levy, & J. Thompson (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Research in International Education (pp. 275-297). SAGE.
Little, A. W. (2010). International and comparative education: what’s in a name? Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 40(6), 845-852. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2010.523264
Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 144-164. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352  
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of educational research, 89(5), 655-696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

How do I fit in? A Caribbean Perspective on Social and Personal-Emotional Adjustment to University life.

Stacia Ali

University of the West Indies, Trinidad and Tobago

Presenting Author: Ali, Stacia

Topic: An in-depth investigation into first year undergraduate students’ social and personal-emotional adjustment to the University of the West Indies, St. Augustine.

Introduction:

The transition to university expose students to a range of changes whereby students have varying experiences adjusting to university life (Crede & Niehorster 2012). Collie, Holliman, & Martin (2017) noted that understanding adjustment to university required a comprehensive range of factors to understand the phenomenon. Baker and Siryk (1989), as cited in Lenz (2014) identified four distinct dimensions of adjustment: academic adjustment, social adjustment, personal–emotional adjustment, and institutional attachment. The current study is focused on exploring the dimensions of students social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life, since: they are underexplored dimensions, particularly the Caribbean region; to provide an understanding of how these dimensions impact students adjustment to university, and as a corollary their achievement, could help universities provide more inclusive approaches, strategies, support and practices that cater to diversity in education. From an international stance, there is scant research attention focusing on specific dimensions of adjustment. Additionally, much consideration is given to international student’s adjustment to university so there is a gap related to national students’ adjustment. Therefore, this study can be adapted for the international context.

The purpose of the study is to understand first year undergraduate students experience with social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life at the University of the West Indies, St. Augustine (UWISTA). Further, to assess the effects of the support UWISTA offer to assist students social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life. Therefore, attention can be drawn to the gaps at UWISTA which may hinder students’ ability to adjust to university and impede students from being successful. Using this evidence to inform policy, UWISTA can promote equity and social justice in education by taking into consideration students’ social and psychological needs to provide the necessary support and mediate some of the challenges students encounter.

Research Questions:

  1. What are the issues first year undergraduate students experience with social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life at UWISTA?
  2. In what ways do social and personal-emotional issues of first year undergraduate students affect their ability to adjust to university life at UWISTA?
  3. What type of social and personal-emotional support is provided by the UWISTA to help first year undergraduate students adjust to university life at UWISTA?
  4. To what extent does the support UWISTA offer assist first year undergraduate students social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life?

Theoretical Framework

The model for analysing human adaptation to transition (Schlossberg, 1981) provides the theoretical understanding of individuals’ capacity to cope with changes. It outlined the key factors affecting individuals’ adjustment stemming from the transition to a new context. These factors refer to the characteristics of the transition, pre and post-transition environment and characteristics of the individual experiencing the transition. Further, the transition process relies on a range of coping skills to assist in adjustment including four sets of factors: situation, self, support and strategies (Anderson, Goodman and Schlossberg, 2012). Developing on this idea, the characteristic of the transition provides the basis for understanding undergraduate students’ perception of the transition to the university environment (situation). Moreover, pre and post-transition environment relates to social factors affecting the transition such as support from family, peers and the institution. Finally, the characteristic of the individual aligns with the psychological factors affecting adjustment to university (self). This theory examines the factors for understanding individuals’ adjustment to new situations and accounts for both psychological and social influences. In essence, Schlossberg’s theory of transition has provided the necessary theoretical framework to explain the association between psychosocial factors and social and personal-emotional adjustment to university.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
The study is guided by a qualitative approach for a detailed understanding of the student’s experience with adjustment to university. More specifically, it will utilize an instrumental single case method whereby a small group of first year undergraduate students will be selected to investigate students social and personal-emotional adjustment at UWISTA. According to Stake (1995), an instrumental case study provides the opportunity to investigate a phenomenon through patterns of behaviour. An associated strength with instrumental case study is that it allows for the generation of data patterns which improves generalization of the findings to an extent (Ridder, 2017). The experience of each student from the sample will be used to build a more in-depth and comprehensive understanding of the case social and personal-emotional adjustment at UWISTA. It is grounded in the social constructivist paradigm as the research focuses on how students construct and describe their experience with social and personal-emotional adjustment to UWISTA. The instrumental case study considers multiple realities, the co-construction of knowledge between the students and the researcher and places value on the subjective knowledge of the students.

Sample
The selection of the sample will be from the University of the West Indies, St. Augustine campus using stratified purposeful sampling technique (Teddlie & Yu, 2007). In this manner, the sampling frame will be further divided into specific groups and participants will be deliberately selected from each stratum (Patton, 2015). The first-year undergraduate students will be divided according to faculty and the purposefully selected based on their nationality as it allows for capturing variations across groups. Altogether, two students (national and regional) will be selected from the eight faculty which gives a total of 16 participants. This sample size is adequate to reduce data saturation and information redundancy is found mainly around 9 to 17 participants in interview based qualitative research (Hennink & Kaiser, 2022).  


Instrument
Semi-structured interview protocol will be employed to understand first year undergraduate students experience with social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life and to assess the effects of the support UWISTA offer to assist students social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life. The use of semi-structured interview provides the opportunity to delve deeper into understanding adjustment to university. It allows flexibility to the researcher by allowing the use of prompts and probes to guide the interview process to explore the responses in greater depth understanding of students’ experiences with adjustment to university life.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of the research is to identify the issues first year undergraduate students experience with social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life and to understand the ways in which these social and personal-emotional issues affect their ability to adjust to university life at UWISTA. Additionally, an assessment of the type and effects of the social and personal-emotional support provided by UWISTA to assist first year undergraduate students social and personal-emotional adjustment to university life. This increases awareness of the determinants of mental health and wellbeing in education.
Altogether, this study aims to provide an original contribution of research evidence in the Caribbean context. The information gathered from this investigation can be used to develop identification strategies or mechanisms for students facing social and personal-emotional adjustment difficulty. Further, it can assist in informing programmes to facilitate positive social and personal-emotional adjustment to university for undergraduate students. Additionally, it can inform policy development guiding students’ support services at the University of the West Indies to promote the provision of equitable support to students by taking into account the diversity in students’ psychological and social. Further, this study will benefit individual students by seeking to understand challenges associated their experience of social and personal-emotional adjustment to university. The organization of the university seek to benefit too as this would study will provide information that can assist in developing or adjusting the necessary programmes and policies. Finally, contributions will be made to the Caribbean region as an indigenous perspective will be formed as Roopnarine and Chadee (2016) highlighted the need. The Caribbean region’s historical and cultural development influences individuals’ socialization, interpersonal relationships and identity formation. Therefore, it is imperative to gain a context specific understanding.

References
Anderson, M.L., Goodman, J. & Schlossberg, N.K. (2012). Counseling adults in transition: Linking Schlossberg’s theory with practice in a diverse world, 4th Ed. New York: Springer Publishing Company, LLC.
Collie, R. J., Holliman, A. J., & Martin, A. J. (2017). Adaptability, engagement and academic achievement at university. Educational Psychology, 37(5), 632-647.
Credé, M., & Niehorster, S. (2012). Adjustment to college as measured by the student adaptation to college questionnaire: A quantitative review of its structure and relationships with correlates and consequences. Educational Psychology Review, 24, 133-165.
Hennink, M., & Kaiser, B. N. (2022). Sample sizes for saturation in qualitative research: A systematic review of empirical tests. Social Science & Medicine, 292, 114523.
LaBrie, J. W., Ehret, P. J., Hummer, J. F., & Prenovost, K. (2012). Poor adjustment to college life mediates the relationship between drinking motives and alcohol consequences: A look at college adjustment, drinking motives, and drinking outcomes. Addictive behaviors, 37(4), 379-386.
Lenz, A. S. (2014). Mediating effects of relationships with mentors on college adjustment. Journal of College Counseling, 17(3), 195-207.
Patton, M. Q. (2014). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice. Sage publications.
Ridder, H.G. (2017). The theory contribution of case study research designs. Bus Res 10, 281–305 https://doi.org/10.1007/s40685-017-0045-z
Roopnarine, J. L., & Chadee, D. (2016). Introduction: Caribbean psychology—More than a regional discipline. In J. L. Roopnarine & D. Chadee (Eds.), Caribbean psychology: Indigenous contributions to a global discipline (pp. 3–11). American Psychological Association.
Schlossberg, N. K. (1981). A model for analyzing human adaptation to transition. The counseling psychologist, 9(2), 2-18.
Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. London: Sage.
Teddlie, C., & Yu, F. (2007). Mixed methods sampling: A typology with examples. Journal of mixed methods research, 1(1), 77-100.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Multicultural Heritage Education: Exploring World-View-Oriented Heritage Education Model of Antonine Wall for New Scots

Hsiao-Chiang Wang, Yen-Ting Lin

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wang, Hsiao-Chiang

World Heritage Site (WHS) is a meaningful place with outstanding universal values that all humans share (Jokilehto, 2008; Labadi, 2013). It is created by and contributes to individuals’ world views. Therefore, it should provide equal opportunity for everyone to learn from and contribute. However, there remains a gap in heritage education to cater for the need of multicultural individuals, especially since the nature of heritage education is to engage participants in the process of heritage-making (Harrison, 2012; Waterton and Watson, 2013; Smith, 2015).

On the one hand, influence from authorised heritage discourse makes the education content focus on materiality, static past, and an expert perspective but overlooks the intangible meanings, dynamic interaction, and personal feelings (Harrison, 2012; Labadi, 2013). Second, WHS reinforces nationalism in most counties under the political system (Winter, 2015; Ray, 2020). Lastly, the rise of tourism directs heritage education to please the mainstreaming market (Smith, 2015). To sum up, the influence of monumentalism, nationalism, and commercialism limit the development of multicultural education in WHS.

On the other hand, Even though the right to participate in cultural life is one of the fundamental human rights (UNESCO, 2019), and the engagement of the community has gradually gained notice in the last two decades (UNESCO, 2007), there remains to be a gap regarding refugee integration in heritage education. Refugees is one of the most vulnerable multicultural groups (UNHCR, 2007). Compared with others, including immigrants, sojourners, ethnic minorities, and indigenous people, their traumatic experiences, involuntary and unsettled conditions and cultural capital loss make them multiple challenges to participate in and enjoy the cultural events.

Therefore, to achieve the goal to engage refugees in heritage-making process, this research examines the underlying mechanism of heritage education while developing curriculums that cater to refugees’ needs through the lens of world view theory (Kearney, 1984), the dynamic World View Model demonstrates the process of shaping and shifting world view and the interrelationship between individuals and the environment, providing a holistic explanation of the interrelationship between visitors and the sites, which could be the backbone of developing the multicultural education model. Understanding and interpreting world heritage comes from individuals’ sensations and imaginative projection. World view plays a substantial role in engaging cultural events. Individual interpretations yield the meanings of heritages and meaning interpretation results from the dynamic shifting process of world views. Only by fulfilling the needs of meaning-making can heritage education integrate multicultural individuals.

The research employs action research as the approach. It recruits “New Scots (The Scottish Government, 2017)”, who are refugees and asylum seekers living in Scotland, as participants and initiates co- creation workshops as the intervention in The Hunterian, one of the preservation institutions. This study explores a world-view-oriented education model developed via action research at Antonine Wall. It identifies the challenges of WHS education from theoretical and practical perspectives; and designs an alternative education plan as an intervention. Then the workshop takes place in the Hunterian through the participation of New Scots (refugees and asylum seekers in Scotland). The action is evaluated by the degree that participants make meanings of the WHS. It expects to enhance the inclusion of WHS, ensuring the cultural rights of refugees, and pave the way for the future research on multicultural education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
Action research is adopted as the approach because is suitable for a collective, self-reflection, democratising, and solution-oriented research design (McNiff and Whitehead, 2011; McAteer, 2013). There are four phases in this research:
1.Identifying dilemma: This study investigates Antonine Wall’s interpretation, critically reviews its engagement strategy and policy, and observes the audience interactions to identify the problems of its on-site heritage education.
2.Designing intervention: Based on world view theory, this study proposes a multicultural heritage education model, encouraging participants to interpret the meanings of Antonine Wall. The approach is individual-oriented, emotionally engaging, story-based, and interactive.
3.Implementing action: Collaborating with The Hunterian, the action is carried out in the permanent display of Antonin Wall, replacing the traditional interpretation of WHS with co-creation approach.
4.Evaluation and reflection: The data is collected through observation field notes and an after-event group interview. Then it employs Qualitative Data Analysis Software NVivo as an useful tool to do thematic analysis and framing theory. The evaluation criteria are set to assess the degree of new information interacting with individuals’ world views and how much they can contribute to the WHS value creation.
Sites and stakeholders
The research is conducted in the Scotland context. The target participants are New Scots, and the WHS is Antonine Wall.
New Scots is the term used in the refugee integration strategy of the Scottish government, referring to individuals who have been awarded refugee status or under other humanitarian protections, those seeking asylum, and those whose asylum claim has been denied but who remain in Scotland (The Scottish Government, 2017; Phipps, Aldegheri and Fisher, 2022).
The Antonine Wall was the most northern frontier of the Roman Empire, which was built around 142AD, and inscribed by UNESCO as part of the Frontier of the Roman Empire World Heritage Site in 2008. The physical challenge of the Antonine Wall is that the fragmentary remains and broad area might not be easily accessible and engageable for the general public (Historic Scotland, 2015). The interpretation emphasises the archaeological value and praises the Roman Empire’s power, resulting in intellectual and emotional hindrances for New Scots. However, Antonine Wall is one of the WHSs that across modern states geographically and the cultural  conceptually. Most importantly, the potential to engage audience from the approach of storytelling and emotional engagement is discovered by previous research (Economou, Young and Sosnowska, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Outcomes
This study set out to pose the problems in heritage education and propose a pedagogical solution, improving the inclusiveness of WHS and increasing the participation of refugees. Practice-wise, it yields an education plan for engaging New Scots learning Antoine Wall. Theory-wise, it applies world-view theory in heritage education and proposes a world-view-oriented heritage education model, paving the way for future research on multicultural heritage.
The multiple perspective challenges of multicultural heritage education will be identified by conducting action research with four phases cycle. The evaluation of the action will give an account of applying a world-view-oriented heritage education model for multicultural individuals.
    
Limitation
The intervention of a multicultural approach in heritage begins on a small scale because of time and finical limitations. With a small sample size and single site, caution must be applied, as the findings might not be transferable under other contexts. This paper is a pilot scheme in my ongoing doctoral research. To ensure the external reliability of the world-view-oriented heritage education model and exploratory pedagogical approach needs to be evaluated multiple times with different groups of participants and keep reflecting and optimising the content. Furthermore, the differences in gender, age, and physical and mental abilities within the New Scots group are waiting for further discussion.

References
Economou, M., Young, H. and Sosnowska, E. (2018) ‘Evaluating emotional engagement in digital stories for interpreting the past. The case of the Hunterian Museum’s Antonine Wall EMOTIVE experiences’, in. 2018 3rd Digital Heritage International Congress (DigitalHERITAGE), pp. 1–8. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1109/DigitalHeritage.2018.8810043.
Harrison, R. (2012) Heritage: Critical Approaches. London: Routledge. Available at: https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203108857.
Historic Scotland (2015) ‘Antonine Wall Visitor Research’. Available at: https://www.antoninewall.org/system/files/documents/9710%20Antonine%20Wall%20Final%20Report%20October%202015%20FINAL_0.pdf (Accessed: 11 December 2022).
Jokilehto, J. (2008) The World Heritage List. What is OUV? Defining the Outstanding Universal Value of Cultural World Heritage Properties. Berlin: hendrik Bäßler verlag. Available at: http://www.international.icomos.org/publications/monuments_and_sites/16/pdf/Monuments_and_Sites_16_What_is_OUV.pdf (Accessed: 7 November 2022).
Kearney, M. (1984) World view. Novato, Calif: Chandler & Sharp (Chandler & Sharp publications in anthropology and related fields).
Labadi, S. (2013) UNESCO, Cultural Heritage, and Outstanding Universal Value: Value-based Analyses of the World Heritage and Intangible Cultural Heritage Conventions. Rowman & Littlefield.
McAteer, M. (2013) ‘Action Research in Education’, Action Research in Education, pp. 1–192. Available at: https://www.torrossa.com/en/resources/an/5019603 (Accessed: 22 January 2023).
McNiff, J. and Whitehead, J. (2011) All you need to know about action research, 2nd edition. SAGE Publications. Available at: http://uk.sagepub.com/sites/default/files/upm-binaries/39884_9780857025838.pdf (Accessed: 22 January 2023).
Phipps, A., Aldegheri, E. and Fisher, D. (2022) The New Scots Refugee Integration Strategy: a report on the local and international dimensions of integrating refugees in Scotland. Research Reports or Papers. University of Glasgow. Available at: https://eprints.gla.ac.uk/286354/ (Accessed: 25 December 2022).
Ray, H.P. (2020) ‘Cultural heritage: From nationalism to internationalism’, in Culture as Power. Routledge India.
Smith, L. (2015) ‘Theorizing Museum and Heritage Visiting’, in The International Handbooks of Museum Studies. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, pp. 459–484. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118829059.wbihms122.
The Scottish Government (2017) New Scots Refugee Integration Strategy 2018 - 2022.
UNESCO (2007) ‘Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage’. UNESCO. Available at: https://whc.unesco.org/archive/2007/whc07-31com-24e.pdf (Accessed: 10 May 2022).
UNESCO (2019) Right to participate in cultural life, UNESCO. Available at: https://en.unesco.org/human-rights/cultural-life (Accessed: 3 December 2022).
UNHCR (2007) Note on the Integration of Refugees in the European Union.
Waterton, E. and Watson, S. (2013) ‘Introduction: Heritage and community engagement’, in Heritage and Community Engagement: Collaboration or Contestation? London: Routledge, pp. 12–33. Available at: https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315875064.
Winter, T. (2015) ‘Heritage and Nationalism: An Unbreachable Couple?’, in E. Waterton and S. Watson (eds) The Palgrave Handbook of Contemporary Heritage Research. London: Palgrave Macmillan UK, pp. 331–345. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137293565_21.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 G: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Policy for Practice: A Document Analysis of National Guidelines and Principles for Mentoring Newly Qualified Teachers

Remi Skytterstad Pedersen

Arctic University of Norway, UiT, Norway

Presenting Author: Skytterstad Pedersen, Remi

Introduction, research question, and theoretical framework

To meet the future needs for educated teachers it is essential that newly qualified teachers (NQTs) start and remain in their profession. Since 2017 teacher education in Norway for primary and secondary school has been reformed to a master’s degree, and NQTs graduate with both a specialization in three to four subjects, and a research and development competence (R&D). This change has created both an opportunity and a need to analyze how to support, apply and develop NQTs competence as they transition from students to working life. All the Nordic countries—including Estonia and except for Denmark—offer a five-year master’s level teacher education, consequently, the ambitions and results of this paper reach beyond the borders of Norway.

Regarding support of NQTs, a lack of mentoring is highlighted as a reason why teachers leave their profession (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011), and Thomas et al. (2019) argue that “high quality” collegial support is necessary for both job satisfaction and motivation to teach. In turn, three key factors have been described as necessary to support NQTs: skilled and educated mentors, a variety of learning activities, and contextual factors like professional development, collaboration, and teacher education (Helleve & Ulvik, 2019; Schaefer et al., 2012; Wang et al., 2008). Mentoring is however a contested concept, and Kemmis et al. (2014) outline three main archetypes of mentoring: as supervision, as support, and as collaborative self-development. However, empirical research indicates that induction practices are unpredictable concerning what kind of support and collaboration NQTs can expect (Antonsen et al., 2022), which adds to the findings that there is no clear patterns in the organization and implementation of mentoring in Norway (Rambøll, 2021). These ambiguities indicate a need for clearer principles and guidelines for mentoring, similar to how Finland has embraced collaborative self-development through their practice of “Peer-Group Mentoring” (Pennanen et al., 2020; Tynjälä et al., 2021).

Considering the necessity of mentoring practices that supports, apply, and develops NQTs competence, this paper analyzes key documents regarding Norwegian national guidelines and principles for mentoring NQTs. These key documents provide insight into the political intentions for what kind of profession and practice a new teacher is envisioned to be inducted into, and what the mentoring process entails.

Therefore, this paper’s research question is: How do the documents that comprise the overarching national guidelines and principles for mentoring articulate that schools should support NQTs with a master’s degree?

To analyze the issues outlined above, I will apply the theory of practice architecture as an analytical lens (Mahon et al., 2017), which allows me to assess and understand social realities that are subject to a professional practice.

The theory of practice architecture describes that practices are social, situated and that they are shaped by arrangements (Mahon et al., 2017). There are three mutually influencing arrangements that exist simultaneously in a professional practice (Mahon et al., 2017, s. 9-10): Cultural-discursive arrangements, which describes the space for expressions in a practice (the prevalent language and discourses), which either constrain or enable what’s relevant or fitting to say (sayings). Material-economic arrangements that deal with the resources that shape practice by determining what, when, how, or by whom something is constrained or allowed to be done (doings). Finally, social-political arrangements, which shape how individuals within the practice relate to each other (familial and professional relationships, hierarchies, etc.) and non-human objects (rules, norms, etc.), which shape relationships in a practice.

Summarized, NQTs will encounter practice architectures which will define through their three arrangements which sayings, doings and relatings enable or constrain mentoring that support, apply and develop their subject-specialization and R&D-competence.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper’s methodologic approach is a qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018), and the scientific theoretical framework is hermeneutic (Gadamer, 2013), which means that the reading, data creation and the interpretation process is both reflexive, iterative, and explorative. This entails several close readings of the documents, where I read them in the context of my three main categories: sayings, doings, and relatings. Through this process different themes and patterns will emerge, which I will code into sub-categories. The data that’s been created and coded into these categories will be the object of my analysis, and I will give it meaning using the theory of practice architecture (Mahon et al., 2017), and previous research.

The documents that will be analyzed are: “National framework for mentoring of newly qualified teachers in kindergarten and school” (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2018), "Mentoring of newly qualified teachers—how can it be done?" (UDIR, 2018), and the Norwegian Official Report 2022: 13 "With further significance—A holistic system for competence and career development in kindergarten and school" (NOU 2022: 13) (my translations). As per the hermeneutic process however, it is possible that more documents will reveal themselves as relevant when the analysis is undergoing.

In addition, it is necessary to point out that these documents exist on different levels and are of different genres. Where one document might articulate a "should", another document might articulate a "must". This is a necessary aspect to be aware of in the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Primarily I’m expecting that the documents won’t commit to a philosophy of mentoring. This is due to the many understandings of what mentoring is, which Kemmis et al. (2014, p. 154) claim is because of a “plurality of theories”. If the documents do not commit to one, there’s reason to expect vague descriptions of guidelines and principles that lack clarity and a conflict between the three archetypes of mentoring, most likely as a product of political compromise (Afdal, 2013). As Kemmis et al. (2014, p. 163) writes: “Their choice [about which approach of mentoring ought to be used] is not just a choice of a mode of induction, it is a choice about the kind of world and the kind of profession a new teacher is inducted into.” Therefore, the documents’ philosophy of mentoring—or multiplicity of one—will be leading in the school’s practice architecture for understanding and motivation to support, apply and develop NQTs competency.

However, if the documents reproduce the Norwegian tendency to view mentoring as an individualistic practice, there’s reason to expect a practice of mentoring as supervision and support, not collaborative self-development—or practice architectures which enable an “individual learning belief” in contrast to a “”social learning perspective” (Blossing & Ertesvåg, 2011). If this is the case, I will argue that it indicates a teacher education which has developed at a faster pace than the policy documents for mentoring, and as a result, how the schools organize their practice for mentoring. The implications of this are competing discourses of sustaining NQTs.

Finally, it is expected that the documents will either not have, or not agree on, definitions of key concepts. It is reasonable to expect that a lack of standard definitions will result in less collaboration and comparative research.

References
Afdal, H. W. (2013). Policy making processes with respect to teacher education in Finland and Norway. Higher Education, 167-180.

Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., Aspfors, J., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2022). Solo, collaborative or collective? Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of being stirred into induction practices. [Under Review].

Blossing, U., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2011). An individual learning belief and its impact on schools’ improvement work–An Individual versus a Social Learning Perspective. Education Inquiry, 153-171.

Gadamer, H.-G. (2013). Truth and method. A&C Black.

Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2019). Tutors seen through the eyes of mentors assumptions for participation in third space in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 228-242.

Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers: A critical review of the research. Review of educational research, 201-233.

Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and Teacher education, 154-164.

Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications.

Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2018). Veiledning av nyutdannede nytilsatte lærere i barnehage og skole.

Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2017). Exploring education and professional practice. Through the lens of practice architectures, 1.

NOU 2022: 13. (2022). Med videre betydning - Et helhetlig system for kompetanse- og karriereutvikling i barnehage og skole.

Pennanen, M., Heikkinen, H. L., & Tynjälä, P. (2020). Virtues of mentors and mentees in the Finnish model of teachers’ peer-group mentoring. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 355-371.

Rambøll. (2021). Evaluering av veiledning av nyutdannede nytilsatte lærere - Sluttrapport 2021 [Evaluation].

Schaefer, L., Long, J. S., & Clandinin, D. J. (2012). Questioning the research on early career teacher attrition and retention. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 106-121.

Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Moolenaar, N., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Teachers’ first year in the profession: The power of high-quality support. Teachers and Teaching, 160-188.

Tynjälä, P., Pennanen, M., Markkanen, I., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2021). Finnish model of peer‐group mentoring: review of research. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 208-223.

Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2018, 10.09.2019). Veiledning av nyutdannede – hvordan kan det gjennomføres?

Wang, J., Odell, S. J., & Schwille, S. A. (2008). Effects of teacher induction on beginning teachers' teaching: A critical review of the literature. Journal of teacher education, 132-152.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Impact of Geographical School Location on Teacher Retention and Attrition: The Case of Early Career TESOL Teachers in Vietnam

Thu Dao, Geert Kelchtermans

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Dao, Thu

Educational quality largely depends on the availability of qualified teachers; consequently, teacher turnover is an important concern internationally (Hanushek et al., 2016). The induction phase – the transition from teacher education into the job – is particularly challenging and vulnerable for teacher attrition (Feiman-Nemser, 2001; Kelchtermans, 2017). The case of Vietnam is no exception. In fact, certain distinctive features of the education system may further intensify this, such as existing rigid policies and malpractices in teacher recruitment (Tran & Huynh, 2019), as well as the fact that the Ministry of Education and Training has the ultimate control on “macro-level planning” (Le, 2015). However, empirical research on the issues of teacher induction and retention in Vietnam remains scarce (Tran, 2021). This project seeks to address the research gap by analyzing the experiences of Vietnamese early career teachers (ECTs), with a focus on Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) teachers, as the outcome of the meaningful interactions between individual ECTs and the dynamic organizational contexts of the schools.

The project builds upon Kelchtermans’ research on teacher induction and ECTs’ needs for support, which calls for moving beyond the “deficit thinking” that depicts ECTs as “lacking essential professional competencies” and “formally qualified, but not yet fully capable” (Kelchtermans, 2019). In addition to the theoretical stance providing an alternative perspective on ECTs’ capabilities and potentials, this research explicitly includes the school’s geographical location as a relevant dimension in the working conditions of ECTs, thus further joining the growing volume of research on the impacts of schools’ physical locations on teacher education and professional development (see e.g. Roberts & Fuqua, 2021; White & Downey, 2021). The professional challenges for ECTs are not only related to the “what” and “how” questions, but are also influenced by the “where”. We will specifically study the impacts of starting one’s career in the remote, mountainous areas of Vietnam, where ongoing inequities in education, a serious shortage of qualified teachers, and a high rate of teacher attrition have been observed (Giacchino-Baker, 2007; World Bank, 2019). Similar to the situation in Australia (White & Kline, 2012) and European countries (Fargas-Marlet & Bagley, 2022), it is challenging to attract, recruit, and retain qualified teachers in understaffed rural, remote regions of Vietnam. Furthermore, it is noteworthy that once assigned to such areas teachers are seldomly permitted to transfer or relocate (Hamano, 2008).

This research, therefore, aims to explore and share the voices of ECTs in these demanding teaching conditions as compared to their counterparts in urban areas. Apart from the geographical perspective, the study’s theoretical framework builds on the concept of teachers’ personal interpretative framework (Kelchtermans, 2009), including their self-understanding and subjective educational theory underlying their professional judgement and agency, and the micro-political perspective (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002). As such our study strives towards offering a holistic depiction of the fundamental factors within ECTs’ induction period, the interrelation of these factors, and the context of the school as an organization, with an emphasis on geographical diversity of the schools’ locations (and tentatively cultural and multi-lingual diversities from local ethnic minorities). These objectives lead to the following research questions in the context of Vietnam:

  1. How do the experiences of early career TESOL teachers affect their professional self-understanding and subjective educational theory?
  2. How do the micropolitics in the school as an organization affect early career TESOL teachers’ experiences?
  3. In what way does the geographical location of the school affect early career TESOL teachers’ experiences?
  4. What are the critical elements in early career TESOL teachers’ experiences of their induction phase that are to be acknowledged and included in the design for effective support programs?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the study aims at mapping and unravelling Vietnamese early career TESOL teachers’ induction phase drawing on the theoretical framework, the interpretative analysis focuses on reconstructing and understanding ECTs’ sensemaking of their experiences in the first phase of their career. The methodological set-up is that of a multiple case-study design (Yin, 2018; Silverman, 2014), in which narrative data through semi-structured interviews constitutes the main method (Goodson, 2013; Kelchtermans, 1994). This methodology offers “practical, specific insights” into personal experiences in real life settings (Creswell, 2012), enables ECTs to comprehend their lived experiences better (Clandinin, 2013; Goodson, 2013), and consequently helps researchers discover more about teachers’ self-perceptions (Creswell & Poth, 2018).
The data collection procedure consists of a questionnaire, two biographical interviews with each ECT, interviews with the ECTs’ direct supervisors, interviews with TESOL teacher educators, and examination of official regulation documents. Firstly, a questionnaire will be sent to the ECTs to initially determine the fundamental factors of the induction stage, regarding various aspects of their professional selves, their teaching knowledge and beliefs, and their professional interests. The responses serve as a foundation to prepare the following biographical interviews’ questions. The first interview is to elicit and elaborate their narratives based on their answers to the questionnaire. The outcome of the interpretative analysis of the first interview is fed back to the teachers for member check and as the starting point for the second interview, which will focus on the respondents’ feedback on the accuracy of the re-storied versions of their narratives, as well as create an opportunity to address particular issues in more detail. Their supervisors will also be interviewed regarding ECTs’ job requirements, performances in the initial years working at the high schools, collaboration with colleagues, etc. Next, teacher educators from TESOL teacher training programs will be interviewed for their remarks on the current teacher training curriculum and their experiences of preparing pre-service TESOL teachers for different teaching contexts. The data from ECTs’ supervisors and the teacher educators serve as additional information to provide a triangulation of data sources for a better comprehension of the ECTs’ stories and the context from which they evolve. The official regulation documents that outline early career TESOL teachers’ job requirements and responsibilities, including their contracts and the Vietnamese national labor laws in education and training field, will also be examined to ensure a full comprehension of their teaching contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This doctoral research hopes to contribute the voices from Vietnam, a developing country in Southeast Asia, to the international research-based knowledge on the issue of teacher induction and teacher retention/ attrition. The findings from emerging themes will reveal the most influential factors in ECTs’ induction phase, and subsequently serve as indicators to determine the most important elements in a support program to retain qualified early career TESOL teachers in Vietnam. This support program will not only be feasible and effective but also potential to remedy the “deficit thinking” (Kelchtermans, 2019) in previous efforts to support ECTs. By specifically focusing on schools’ geographical locations, this proposed program also strives to equip ECTs with the contextual knowledge that is currently missing from the current curriculum of their pre-service training programs, such as knowledge of the school organizations, administration, school cultures (Pham, 2001; Nguyen, 2013), and especially knowledge of learners’ ethnic diversity (Nguyen & Huynh, 2021). Furthermore, the geographical lens will also contribute to the growing body of place-conscious research on (early career) teachers.
References
Clandinin, J. (2013). Engaging in narrative inquiry. Walnut Creek, CA: Left Coast Press.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). California: SAGE Publications.
Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2022). Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 822-844.
Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013-1055.
Hamano, T. (2008). Educational reform and teacher education in Vietnam. Journal of Education for Teaching, 34(4), 397-410.
Hanushek, E. A., Rivkin, S. G., & Schiman, J. C. (2016). Dynamic effects of teacher turnover on the quality of instruction. Economics of Education Review, 55, 132-148.
Kelchtermans, G. & Ballet, K. (2002). The micropolitics of teacher induction: A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialization. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18, 105-120.
Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15, 257-272.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: Unpacking teacher attrition/ retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23(8), 961-977.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A. Sullivan, B. Johnson, & M. Simons (Eds.), Attracting and keeping the best teachers. Singapore: Springer.
Le, V. C. (2015). English language education innovation for the Vietnamese secondary school: The project 2020. In B. Spolsky & K. Sung (Eds.), Secondary school English education in Asia. London: Routledge.
Nguyen, M. H. (2013). The curriculum for English language teacher education in Australian and Vietnamese universities. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(11), 33-53.      
Tran, H. N. L, & Huynh, N. T. (2019). Pre-service teachers’ experiences with internship-related challenges in regional schools and their career intention: Implications for teacher education programs. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 40(2), 159-176.
Tran, T. N. (2021). Navigating “Praxis Shock”: Disentangling an early career teacher’s emotions and actions in organizational socialization through a micropolitical lens. VNU Journal of Foreign Studies, 37(3), 103-117.
White, S., & Downey, J. (2021). International trends and patterns in innovation in rural education. In S. White & J. Downey (Eds.), Rural education across the world. Singapore: Springer.
White, S., & Kline, J. (2012). Developing a rural teacher education curriculum package. The Rural Educator, 33(2), 36-42.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Cross-national Study of the Practice Component of English Language Teacher Education Programmes: Algeria in the International Context

Oum Kaltoum Charrak

university of Limerick, Ireland

Presenting Author: Charrak, Oum Kaltoum

This presentation reports on an ongoing cross-national PhD research project. The research used an exploratory mixed methods survey design to explore the opportunities for practice available to student teachers in English language pre-service teacher education programmes in Algeria, Finland, Ireland and Scotland. To this end, the study draws on Grossman et al.’s (2009) framework of pedagogies of practice. More specifically, it focuses on Grossman et al.’s ‘approximations of practice’. It also aims to explore how the teaching practice component of pre-service teacher education programmes is organised in the four countries and to identify student teachers’ and teacher educators’ attitudes towards the practice compoent. The present research was guided by three research questions:

  • What are students teachers' and teacher educators’ attitudes towards different approximations of practice, and authentic practice, to facilitate student teacher’s professional development?’
  • In what ways are teacher education programmes in Ireland, Finland, Scotland and Algeria framing the practice component of language teacher education?
  • What possible learnings/adaptations can be made from Irish, Finish and Scottish’s English language teacher education to the Algerian teaching practice design?

The study explores eight approximations of practice: examining English language learners’ work; examining state, national or local curriculum; examining videos of classroom teaching; micro-teaching; roleplays; coached rehearsals; one-to-one simulations of practice and virtual simulations of practice. Based on an extended review of the literature on approximations of practice, these were the most commonly cited approximations of practice used across different contexts.

Research findings suggest that teacher quality is considered one of the main salient determiners of student success (Rivkin et al., 2005, p.449; Darling-Hammond, 2000, p.33) and the success of any educational system (Barber and Mourshed 2007, p.15). As a result, the content and curriculum of pre-service teacher education programmes in many countries are constantly being scrutinised to deliver competent graduates who are well capable of facing the realities of the twenty-first century classrooms.

The importance of practice has been widely acknowledged in teacher education literature. Research highlights that it is seen as hugely significant by student teachers, teacher educators and teachers as well as by policy makers (Tabachnick, and Zeichner 1984; Hall et al, 2018). This growing recognition of the importance of teaching practice has inspired many teacher education providers to revise their teacher preparation policies through extending teaching practice opportunities and strengthening theory-practice links (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017, p. 22). However, despite the wide agreement on the teaching practice effectiveness in developing classroom ready teachers (Batten et al. 1991), the teaching practice is not standardised, and the quality of student teachers’ experience during teaching practice can be effected by many factors (i.e. the length of the teaching practice, feedback, supervision …etc) (Ball & Cohen, 1999; Darling-Hammond et al. 2005). Some researchers also argue that not all student teachers’ experiences during school-based teaching practice are productive or positive (Feiman-Nemser and Buchmann 1985; and Turney et al. 1982).

The implementation of approximations of practice in teacher education programmes, or what Grossman et al. (2009) have defined as ‘opportunities for novices to engage in practices that are more or less proximal to the practice of a profession’ (p. 2058), has the potential of contributing to the development of student teachers (Grossman et al, 2009) hence advocating their incorporation in the teacher education curricula (Ghousseini & Herbst, 2016). However, there appears to be very scant literature on their implementation and benefits in English language teacher education and more specifically on student teachers’ and teacher educators’ attitudes towards them. This paper seeks to address this gap by reporting on the results of a cross-national research as part of an ongoing PhD project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was designed as an exploratory survey research that mixes both qualitative and quantitative data findings from questionnaires and semi-structured interviews. The research draws on data from student teachers, novice teachers and teacher educators in teacher education programmes in Algeria, Finland, Ireland and Scotland in order to obtain a more complete picture of prospective teachers' experience during English language teacher education programmes. Based on an extensive review of literature on the different ways practice is enacted in pre-service teacher education, the researcher designed two online questionnaires, one for student and novice teachers and another for teacher educators. The questionnaires used open-ended questions, close-ended questions and especially designed attitudinal scales to best address the research questions. Participants were recruited following a non-probability sampling method due to its suitability for the research. Questionnaire participants who agreed to participate in the second phase of the research were interviewed following a semi-structured interview design. The interviews were conducted on Microsoft Teams and lasted from 30-60 minute. The sample consists of 80 student teachers and teacher educators from the four countries. The study data was collected through questionnaires and 8 interviews. To address the research questions, the questionnaires included 3 main sections: background data, approximations of practice and teaching practice. The approximations of practice section was further divided into 8 sub-sections. In each sub-section, participants answered  questions about how an approximation was used in their programme, when it was used and the frequency of its use. In addition, participants also responded to a 5-point Likert scale about their attitudes towards each of the approximations of practice. In the last section, different aspects of the teaching practice experience were explored to understand how the teaching practice aspect is framed in the four countries including the existence of teaching practice, the duration of the teaching practice, students’ preparedness before the teaching practice and feedback. Each of these were further explored in the interviews.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the data gathered from questionnaires and interviews allow for an exploration of the research participants’ experiences of the practice component of their English language teacher education programmes including the approximations of practice and the attitudes that both student teachers and teacher educators hold towards these. The preliminary analysis of the research findings highlight that the participants hold positive attitudes towards the different ways practice is enacted that are explored in this study, which coincides with prior research on the approximations of practice. It also highlights that the teaching practice is framed differently in the different pre-service teacher education programmes in the four countries. After presenting the results of the analysis of the questionnaires and the interviews, I will discuss the differences and common elements in the four countries. The analysis focuses on the emergent themes in the research data including value, identity, teaching skills, feedback and affective factors. Although the researchers’ sample is small, the study contributes to a better understanding of the opportunities for practice available for prospective teachers in the four countries. Doing so, the research expects to draw from the research data from the three European countries (Finland, Scotland, and Ireland) to recommend the policies that could be adopted to the Algerian practice component of the curriculum design. As this PhD research’s  analysis is underway, I cannot describe in detail what the results will be in terms of possible learnings/adaptations from the European context to the Algerian English language teacher education system.
References
Ball, D., & Cohen, D. (1999). Developing practice, developing practitioners: Toward a practice-based theory of professional education. In L. Darling-Hammond & G. Sykes (Eds.), Teaching as the learning profession (pp. 3-32). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Barber, M., & Mourshed, M. (2007). How the world's best performing systems come out on top.  McKinsey. Batten, M., Griffin, M., & Ainley, J. (1991) Recently recruited teachers: Their views and experiences of preservice education. Professional development and teaching. Canberra, AGPS. Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. Education policy analysis archives. 8, 1-1.  Darling-Hammond, L., Burns, D., Campbell, C., Goodwin, L., Hammerness, K., Low, E. L. & Zeichner, K. M. (2017). Empowered Educators: How high performing systems shape teaching quality around the world. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass  Darling-Hammond, L., Hammerness, K., Groossman, P., Rust, F., & Shulman, L. (2005) ‘The Design of Teacher Education Programmes’, in Darling-Hammond, L., and Bransford, J. (2005) Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do, Jossey-Bass.
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute.  Feiman-Nemser, S. & Buchman, M. (1985) ‘Pitfalls of Experience in Teacher Preparation’ Teachers College Record, 87(1), 53-65.
Ghousseini, H., & Herbst, P. (2016). Pedagogies of practice and opportunities to learn about classroom mathematics discussions. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 19, 79-103. Grossman, P., Compton, C., Igra, D., Ronfeldt, M., Shahan, E., & Williamson, P. W. (2009). Teaching practice: A cross-professional perspective. Teachers college record, 111(9), 2055-2100
Hall, K., Murphy, R., Rutherford, V., & Ní Áingléis, B. (2018). School placement in initial teacher education. University College Cork. Rivkin, S. G., Hanushek, E. A., & Kain, J. F. (2005). Teachers, schools, and academic achievement. Econometrica, 73(2), 417-458. Tabachnick, B., & Zeichner, K. (1984). The impact of the student teaching experience on the development of teacher perspectives. Journal of Teacher Education, 35(6), 28-36.
Turney, C., Cairns, L., Eltis, K.., Hatton, N., Thew, D., Towler, J.,  & Wright, R. (1982). ‘The practicum in teacher education: Research practice and supervision’. In Eltis, K. (Eds.), Australian teacher education in review: Inaugural yearbook of the South Pacific Association for Teacher Education, Sydney, Sydney University Press.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 H: Identity and Agency in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dayana Balgabekova
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Shaping Change in Teacher Identities: Diffractive Auto/ethnography through Cartomancy

Angela Hostetler1,2

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Hostetler, Angela

“Teacher identity” is a popular topic for discussion and reflection in teacher education programs. We ask pre-service teachers to consider pervasive cultural and personal images of teachers (as expert, caregiver, authoritarian, and so on) in order to accept or resist these images as they contribute to the construction of their own teacher identity. Discussed in theory and aspirational language, teacher identity appears to behave in a reasonably orderly fashion; however, once the novice teacher is introduced to the dynamic world of teaching, teacher identity can become an absolute mess to untangle. As an approach to research, posthumanism offers us a chance to see this mess as beautiful in its lively, evolving, and relational condition. This posthumanist project takes to heart that in order to understand concepts such as identity differently, we must also look differently. After Taylor (2018), who describes posthumanist research as “allowing oneself to be lured by curiosity, surprise, and wonder” (p. 377), I conduct a diffractive auto/ethnographic study to find out what happens if I take seriously the value of play in research, wondering what can be gained, in terms of understandings of teacher identities, through cartomancy (i.e., tarot readings) as a potential source of knowledge. This unconventional approach to research allows me to give generous attention to these teachers’ identities by acknowledging their connections to other selves, other humans, non-humans, and more-than-humans. Through this project, I find an expanded sense of self-perception and an increased recognition of a teacher’s multiple, connected, changing, and changeable identities.

Tarot cards, drawn from the deck and arranged on a table into spreads, are indeterminate, endlessly rearrangeable narratives (Tatham, 1986). When cards are shuffled and drawn during a tarot reading, a new story is formed—“And no reading can be final: the spread leads [the reader] to make one story today; tomorrow, [they] may return to it and craft a quite different story, the change a function of circumstances” (Tatham, 1986, p. 582). Tarot readers and querents (i.e., the person getting the reading) layer the archetypal images of the tarot cards upon their own identities and situations, focusing but not limiting the scope of self exploration. Tarot can provide a space that is both/neither inner or outer because of its semiotic significance: the cards are physical, material things outside of ourselves, yet they represent events, feelings and identities within us. As we conduct a reading, we are making and remaking the meaning of what was before, what no longer is, and what will be. Like Ellsworth (2005), I see the transitional spaces of research-creation events such as tarot readings as opportunities for “interactive openness” wherein “change itself can then be seen as something other than opposition” (p. 34). Research-creation events are opportunities to shape change.

In this manner, a deck of tarot cards operates as a narrative device (although not always a linear narrative) to make visible, even tangible, diffractive discourses surrounding a person’s identity and the intermingling of entities that makes our identities shift and grow. It might even fulfill—in an unexpected way—Zembylas’s (2005) call for “An approach that recognizes that discourses and performances are not absolutely determining” and that might “begin to provide teachers with spaces for reconstituting themselves and their relations with others” (p. 40). No tarot text is authoritative. This project hopes to give teachers the opportunity to participate in an intentional (re)design of their identities, more fully aware of the embodied and collaborative process that is always already occurring.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research-creation is a creative, interdisciplinary approach to academic research that challenges hegemonic ideologies of research methods and products (Loveless, 2019). The Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC) of Canada defines research-creation as “an approach to research that combines creative and academic research practices, and supports the development of knowledge and innovation through artistic expression, scholarly investigation, and experimentation” (2021). My background in performance art and literary theory opened my thinking up to the
possibility that something like cartomancy—interpreting tarot cards—could be seen as an artistic practice. That is, cartomancy can be an act of storytelling shared between the reader, the querent, and the cards. Loveless (2019), referring to the ideas of Thomas King (2003) and Donna Haraway (2003), asserts that “the telling of stories is a political performative. A world-making, knowledge-making practice” (p. 21). Stories are “material-semiotic events” (p. 21) that change not only the way we see the world (episteme), but the world itself (onto), because it changes how we live in the world (ethico). By participating in tarot readings, teachers were able to shape the stories they believed about themselves.
Utilizing a diffractive auto/ethnography (Taylor, 2018), I conducted tarot readings for friends who self-identify as teachers; this practice produced the interviews and readings, and written responses. The interview/tarot readings I do during this project are research-creation events (Truman, 2017). The word event takes the focus off of the researcher, the participant, or the materials, and instead draws the focus to the moment that these entities come together. Thinking, reading, writing, and researching diffractively enable us to take a constructive, positive, and generous approach to our work because diffraction places us in an epistemological state of abundance. Approaching auto/ethnography diffractively means paying vigilant attention to the ways that subjects are entangled in a vast web of beings. For Taylor (2018), diffractive auto/ethnography “offers a possibility to attend to a more-than-human world, to tune into a more flattened ontology of non-individualized, co-constitutive being, and to question a whole array of humanist binaries” (p. 376). Labels such as researcher and participant get messy when we acknowledge that we are constantly reading ourselves through each other.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By taking up tarot reading as a method to tinker and mess with teacher identity, I do not aim to suggest it as a tool to be taken up ubiquitously or programmatically. Rather, I present it, after Ellsworth (2005), as an illustration of an anomalous, speculative, experimental approach to the pedagogy of teacher education. I share my method(olog[ies]) as an imagining of the (im)possibilities that feminist poststructuralist, posthumanist play brings to education research. My project does not “fix” what has come before. Carol Taylor (2018) says of the work that goes on in posthumanist higher education, it is neither a wholesale reversal of what has gone on previously nor an installation of
some indubitably ‘new’. It is, instead, a mixed and patchy phenomenon in which
new-old (theories, narratives, practices) jostle in entangled matterings which may, just may, be generative of more response-able ways of knowing about ‘our’ place in (relation-with) the world.” (p. 372) You might imaginatively engage with this project in a subjunctive mood: let us conduct tarot readings as if we could learn from it. Embarking on this exploration, I hope, alongside Ellsworth (2005), “to contribute to efforts to reconfigure educators’ conversations and actions about pedagogy as the force through which we come to have the surprising, incomplete knowings, ideas, and sensations that undo us and set us in motion toward an open future” (pp. 17-18). Approaching teacher identity in a playful manner through tarot reading is not just meant to be a respite from the mundanity of traditional research methods, nor is it a call to revolution. It is an intimately radical effort toward making the identity of the teacher a liveable one.

References
Ellsworth, E. (2005). Places of learning: Media, architecture, pedagogy. New York: Routledge.
Farley, H. (2009). A cultural history of tarot: From entertainment to esotericism. I. B. Tauris Co & Ltd.
Haraway, D. J. (2003). The companion species manifesto: Dogs, people, and significant otherness. University of Chicago Press.
King, T. (2003). The truth about stories: A native narrative. House of Anansi Press.
Loveless, N. (2019). How to make art at the end of the world: A research-creation manifesto. Duke University Press.
SSHRC. (2021). Definitions. Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council. https://www.sshrc-crsh.gc.ca/funding-financement/programs-programmes/definitions-eng.aspx
Tatham, C. (1986). Tarot and “Gravity’s Rainbow.” Modern Fiction Studies, 32(4), 581-590.
Taylor, C. A. (2018). Edu-crafting posthumanist adventures in/for higher education: A speculative musing. Parallax, 24(3), 371-381.
Truman, S. E. (2017). Speculative methodologies & emergent literacies: Walking & writing as research-creation. [doctoral dissertation, University of Toronto, Canada] TSpace Repository. https://hdl.handle.net/1807/98770
Semetsky, I. R. (2011). Re-symbolization of the self: Human development and tarot hermeneutic. Sense Publishers.
St. Pierre, E. A., & Pillow, W. S. (2000). “Introduction: Inquiry among the ruins.” In E. A. St. Pierre & W. S. Pillow (Eds.) Working the ruins: Feminist poststructural theory and methods in education (pp. 1-24). Routledge.
Weber, S. J., & Mitchell, C. A. (1995). That’s funny, you don’t look like a teacher. Routledge.
Zembylas, M. (2005). Teaching with emotion: A postmodern enactment. Information Age Publishing.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Mapping the Landscapes of Dialogic Teacher Identity: a Multidisciplinary Approach

Laurel Smith

Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Smith, Laurel

There has been a significant increase in interest around teacher identity within educational research and teacher education due, in part, to recognition of the fundamental role of the teacher in students’ learning and achievement and questions of how teacher identity links to performance and retention (Hong et al., 2016; Hsieh, 2015). Teachers’ professional identity is seen as shaped by their past experiences and as a key motivating and orienting factor in their actions and beliefs about practice (Hong et al., 2016). However, there is a continuing lack of clarity around what we mean by teacher identity (Solari and Ortega, 2022) and a lack of knowledge about the dynamics of identity construction within teacher education (Henry, 2019). Whilst prior research has focused on the connections between personal and professional identities and the context in which these identities are constructed, there has been little research exploring this diverse and dynamic interplay (Hsieh, 2015). This emerging doctoral study proposes a multidisciplinary theoretical framework and diverse conceptual approach to considering the dynamics and interplay of beliefs, identity, discourse, and experiences within teachers’ identity construction. Recognising that the landscapes of teachers’ professional identities are rich sites of negotiation in the complex process of “becoming someone who teaches” (Henry, 2019, p.269), this study seeks to apply a multidisciplinary dialogic lens to considering the challenges and tensions inherent in developing dialogic approaches to teaching practice.

In the context of dialogic education, attitudes and beliefs are seen as highly influential in the development of dialogic approaches yet understanding how personal and professional dialogic experiences relate to teachers’ professional identities, learning, and practice is a significantly under-researched area (Groschner et al., 2020). Prior research has predominantly focused on an interactional and pedagogical consideration of classroom dialogue; however, studies which have moved beyond this suggest that teachers’ dialogic stance, identity, sociocultural and socio-historical expectations of professional identity may offer insight for understanding why monologic patterns overwhelmingly persist within classrooms (Sherry et al., 2019). Recognising that the challenges for teachers of realising the benefits of a dialogic approach may be bound up in questions of identity, this study seeks to understand professional development related to dialogic practice as a sociocultural process (Hofmann, 2020) and how teachers’ own identities may act as enabling or restrictive forces in relation to dialogic classroom interactions (Sherry et al., 2019).

The proposed theoretical and conceptual framework reflects the multidisciplinary discourse that has shaped understandings of dialogue as pedagogy: the psychological principle of the intimate relationship between language and thought and the sociolinguistic focus on the “the kinds of language and language environments which classrooms actually provide” (Alexander, 2008, p.18). It draws on key theoretical influences, such as Bakhtin’s (1981) dialogism and discourse theory, that have been significant in the development of dialogic teaching practices and which centralise a socio-constructivist understanding of knowledge and learning (Alexander, 2008; Grimmett, 2016). This perspective suggests that classroom dialogic interactions are fundamentally linked with pupils’ and teachers’ identities; where dialogue mediates both the construction of self and wider culture of society (Alexander, 2008), and identity is socially co-constructed through classroom discourse which both shapes and is shaped by teachers’ personal and professional conceptions of self (Sherry et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Solari and Ortega’s (2022) proposed conceptual framework for understanding teachers’ professional identity construction has been particularly significant in developing the diverse conceptual model on which this study is based. They highlight the multidisciplinary nature of understanding teacher identity construction through a sociocultural lens and develop an approach which sees teacher identity as personal and professional, declared and enacted, and shaped by micro and macro level discourse. However, whilst they assert that a dialogic conceptualisation of identity is one aspect of this sociocultural approach, this study’s conceptual map considers all aspects of teachers’ professional identity construction to be essentially dialogic in nature and that the dialogic spaces within teachers’ identity landscapes are both internally and externally constructed.

Centred on a conceptualisation of teacher identity as dialogic, the emerging visual conceptual map draws on three key theoretical frameworks. Bakhtin’s (1981) theory of dialogism conceptualises identity as polyphonic, shaped by multiple discourses and through dialogue in relation to the internal and external dialogic ‘other’. Here, the struggle between the powerful, privileged language of authoritative discourse and the internalised persuasive discourse of our own stories, speaks to the potential conflicts and tensions in teachers’ professional identity construction. Hermans’ (2003) Dialogical Self Theory builds on Bakhtin’s theory to understand identity as dynamic, multifaceted, and complex, undergoing continual change through internal reconstruction of the self and situated within social interactions and relationships (Henry, 2019). It challenges traditional western perspectives of identity construction as an internal process and dialogue as an external process, bringing these concepts together to create an inclusive understanding of self and society (Grimmett, 2016). Whilst its application to educational research is relatively new, it is an approach that is increasingly utilised to explore a number of educational issues (Grimmett, 2016). Finally, in Holland et al.’s (1998) figured worlds theory, identity intersects past experiences, social relationships and cultural contexts. Through this framework, teachers’ identity construction is positioned as a constantly shifting continuum of ongoing ‘events’ within an intersectional space (Sherry et al., 2019) and highlights the interplay of experiences, social relationships and positions, and cultural contexts at work within the classroom.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The multidisciplinary nature of considering identity through a dialogic lens draws on theoretical frameworks from a range of discourse theory - literary, psychoanalytical, and anthropological. Whilst this presents challenges and potential tensions, it offers a perspective which draws on rich and diverse research traditions to consider the ways in which language and dialogue within the context of teachers’ professional identity development has the power to construct social contexts and situations, but may also be limited by them (Bakhtin, 1981). It also reflects the fundamentally dialogic approach to the study, where exploring the internal and external dialogue within identity discourse is seen as a potentially rich and illuminating approach.

The visual conceptual map at the heart of this emerging doctoral study, seeks to establish a creative, diverse and multidisciplinary dialogue through which we might develop a deeper understanding of the complex relationship between teacher identity and dialogic approaches to teaching. Inspired by Swaaij and Klare’s The Atlas of Experience, mapping teachers’ dialogic identities offers a new way to visualise and explore the potential tensions, conflicts and congruences which may arise through the ongoing journey of identity construction situated within this landscape.

Research which explores ways in which teacher identity construction connects with dialogic practices and teacher education is of significant importance if we are to move beyond the limits of our “inherited educational culture” (Alexander, 2008, p.18). The theoretical and conceptual frameworks explored in this study further highlight the importance of examining the identity positioning at work in the potentially dialogic and socially situated spaces of teaching. In this way we might begin to understand the challenges of a dialogic approach in a more nuanced way - as either enabled or constrained by the multiplicity of discourses and voices integral to the complex business of becoming a teacher.

References
Alexander, R. (2008). Towards Dialogic Teaching: Rethinking classroom talk (4th ed.). UK: Dialogos UK Ltd.
Bakhtin, M.M., (1981). The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays. University of Texas Press: USA
Grimmett, H. (2016). The Problem of "Just Tell Us": Insights from Playing with Poetic Inquiry and Dialogical Self Theory. Studying Teacher Education, 12(1), 37.
Groschner, A., Jahne, M.F., and Klas, S. (2020). Attitudes Towards Dialogic Teaching and the Choice to Teach: The role of preservice teachers’ perceptions on their own school experience, in Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., and Major, L. (eds) The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education.
Henry, A. (2019). A Drama of Selves: Investigating Teacher Identity Development from Dialogical and Complexity Perspectives. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 9(2), 263-285.
Hermans, H.J.M. (2003). The Construction and Reconstruction of a Dialogical Self. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 16:2, 89-130.
Hofmann, R. (2020). Attitudes Towards Dialogic Teaching and the Choice to Teach: The role of preservice teachers’ perceptions on their own school experience, in Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., and Major, L. (eds) The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education.
Holland, D., Lachicotte, W., Skinner, D., & Cain, C. (1998). Agency and identity in cultural worlds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard.
Hong, J., Greene, B., & Lowery, J. (2017). Multiple dimensions of teacher identity development from pre-service to early years of teaching: a longitudinal study: JET. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(1), 84-98.
Hsieh, B. (2015). The importance of orientation: implications of professional identity on classroom practice and for professional learning. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(2), 178.
Sherry, M. B., Dodson, G., & Sweeney, S. (2019). Improvising identities: Comparing cultural roles and dialogic discourse in two lessons from a US elementary classroom. Linguistics and Education, 50, 36.
Solari, M., & Ortega, E.M. (2022). Teachers’ Professional Identity Construction: A Sociocultural Approach to Its Definition and Research. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 35(2), 626-655.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers Agency in the Time of Postcolonial Education Reform

Thao Du

Maynooth university, Ireland

Presenting Author: Du, Thao

After years of economic destruction caused by the Vietnam War, the Vietnamese government issued the Open Door policy in 1986, making education reform the national top priority. Literature suggests that teachers are central to education reform as their response to the reform shapes its implementation and consequences (Vongalis-Macrow, 2007; Robinson, 2012; Schmidt and Datnow, 2005; Swanepoel, 2008). Meanwhile, in the context of globalisation, Western education ideologies have once again made their way back to the education system (Trinh, 2018). The Vietnamese government has set goals of education reform as ‘Internationalisation’ and ‘Global standards’ (Moet.gov.vn), allowing and encouraging the establishment of foreign-invested schools or so-called international schools. Through these reform policies where globalisation acts as a driving force, education in Vietnam is formed through the Neocolonial process privileging rich families who can afford them. This has shifted the landscape of education in the country with a division between public (public schools) and private sectors (international schools). Nevertheless, little is known about how this division in the education system affects the teaching profession: their working conditions, the expectations various stakeholders have of them, and the nature of their work in these parallel systems. My study begins to address this gap in research by exploring teachers' perceptions of their agency in these parallel public and private education systems.

In order to do so, my thesis focuses on the following research questions:

  • How do teachers in public schools and international schools enact their agency at all levels (classroom, school, community, and education system)?

  • How do education reform policies as well as teachers’ personal and professional backgrounds and aspirations shape the agency enactment of teachers in public schools and international schools?

  • How does the teachers’ agency enactment in both public schools and international schools influence the implementation of Education Reform?

This paper is inspired by the first chapter of my thesis which draws on the postcolonial theory (i.e, David, 2008; Crossley and Tikly, 2004; Rizvi, 2007) to provide the readers with the context of Vietnam education. This paper consists of two main parts: the context of education in Vietnam through a postcolonial lens and the context of public school teachers and international school teachers. By using thematic analysis of relevant studies as well as recent education reform policies, the paper argues that western influences are prevalent in the recent education reforms and as result in the education system. As such, Vietnam's education system has adopted Western education ideologies. Hence, this paper also argues that through the enactment of education reform policies where globalisation acts as a driving force, education in Vietnam is formed through the Neocolonial process privileging the postcolonial elites (defined here as the emerging middle class and upper-middle class). Consequently, literature tells us it has led to a distinction between public schools for the poor and international schools for those who can afford them (e.g, Wright, 2020; Bunnell, 2020; Kennedy and Power, 2010). Such division impacts the education system as a whole as well as everyone involved in it. Therefore, the second part of this paper provides the readers with the context of public school teachers and international school teachers in terms of policies, responsibilities, standards, workload, and payment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

As stated in the abstract, this paper consists of two main parts: the context of Vietnam education through a postcolonial lens and the context of teachers in public schools and international schools. The first part - the context of education in Vietnam through a postcolonial lens - is analysed through thematic analysis. Literature is selected based on its relevance to the research focus. Some examples of keywords used when searching for literature are ‘postcolonial theory’, ‘postcolonial education’, ‘Vietnam education reform’, ‘Neocolonialism’, and ‘Vietnamese teachers’. The rationale for thematic analysis of relevant literature is that thematic analysis is flexible for complex data sets (Saunders et al., 2015) and allows the researchers to identify the key ideas which are closely related to the research objectives (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Therefore, the main themes are identified based on the main key themes of postcolonial theories. These themes are (1) colonial education and its legacies; (2) Education reform as a praxis of postcolonialism; (3) Neocolonial education as driven by globalisation; and (4) the formation of elitism through neocolonial education. Moreover, as there is a close relationship between postcolonialism, neocolonialism, and elitism tackled by former studies (i.e, Uzoigwe, 2019; Lahiri-Roy and Belford, 2021; Hill, 2006;  Bunnell 2010), the third and the fourth themes emerged as key themes of the analysis.
The second part - context of public school teachers and international school teachers - is analysed through analysis of education reform policies of Vietnam and thematic analysis of relevant studies. When it comes to selection, chosen policies must meet the following categories: (1) must be the most recent; (2) must be about education reform; and (3) must be about teaching profession after the issuing of education reform policies. Hence, education reform policies selected for analysis are: Circular 20/2018/TT-BGDĐT - Professional Standards for Teachers (Gov, 2018); Circular 01, 02, 03, 04/2021/TT-BGDĐT - payment of government officials (Gov, 2021); and Decree 86/2018/NĐ-CP- Regulations for international cooperation and investment in the Education sector (Gov, 2018). When analysing the policies, there are four main themes emerged: responsibilities, standards, workload, and payment. Relevant studies about Vietnamese teachers are also analysed based on these themes. Analysis of Decree 86 is also used to support the findings of the first part.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Early analysis of data revealed that French and American colonial education has shaped the Vietnam education system nowadays in terms of its structure and administration. Moreover, the results indicated that education reform is an evitable process of postcolonialism since the country has attempted to regain its national identity. Another finding that emerged from the findings is that by the establishment of foreign-invested schools or so-called international schools due to the notion of globalisation, education reform of the country is adopting Western education ideologies. Such a process is referred to as Neocolonialism which is the influence of developed countries on developing countries, namely in the fields of education through indirect political and economic control (Altbach, 1971). Moreover, it is anticipated that Neocolonial education has privileged the rich families (the emerging middle-class and upper-middle-class elites) who can afford international schools. This situation has created a division between the public and private sectors: public schools for common people and international schools for the elites.
 
Early analysis of policies concerning teachers showed that the responsibilities, standards, workload, and payment of international school teachers are different from those of public school teachers. Particularly, teachers in public schools are strictly tied into policies with a long list of responsibilities, standards, and heavy workload while international school teachers are shown to have more freedom with a much higher payment. Hence, in the same country, there is a division between local teachers of the developing world and elite teachers in the Neoliberal world. Those differences may result in a gap in agency between teachers in public schools and those in international schools. Since this paper is developed from the first chapter of my PhD thesis, this paper not only provides readers with the landscape of Vietnam's postcolonial education reform but also states the significance of my whole thesis.  

References
Altbach, P.G., 1971. Education and neocolonialism. Teachers College Record, 72(4), pp.1-10.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V., 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp.77-101.
Bunnell, T., 2022. The crypto-growth of “International Schooling”: Emergent issues and implications. Educational Review, 74(1), pp.39-56.
Communist  Party of  Vietnam, 2018. Quy định về hợp tác, đầu tư của nước ngoài trong lĩnh vực giáo dục. Hanoi: Central Office of the Communist  Party. Available at: https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Dau-tu/Nghi-dinh-86-2018-ND-CP-quy-dinh-ve-hop-tac-dau-tu-cua-nuoc-ngoai-trong-linh-vuc-giao-duc-337783.aspx [Accessed 11 November 2022]
Crossley*, M. and Tikly, L., 2004. Postcolonial perspectives and comparative and international research in education: A critical introduction. Comparative education, 40(2), pp.147-156.
David, K.K., 2008. Revisiting post-colonial education development: Reflections on some critical issues. Comparative Education Bulletin, 11(2008), p.21.
Kennedy, M. and Power, M.J., 2010. The smokescreen of meritocracy: elite education in Ireland and the reproduction of class privilege.
Lahiri-Roy, R. and Belford, N., 2021. ‘A Neo-colonial Education’: Querying its Role in Immigrant Identity, Inclusion and Empowerment. Journal of Intercultural Studies, 42(2), pp.235-252.
Rizvi, F., 2007. Postcolonialism and globalization in education. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 7(3), pp.256-263.
Robinson, S., 2012. Constructing teacher agency in response to the constraints of education policy: Adoption and adaptation. Curriculum Journal, 23(2), pp.231-245.
Schmidt, M. and Datnow, A., 2005. Teachers’ sense-making about comprehensive school reform: The influence of emotions. Teaching and teacher education, 21(8), pp.949-965.
Swanepoel, C., 2008. The perceptions of teachers and school principals of each other's disposition towards teacher involvement in school reform. South African journal of education, 28(1), pp.39-52.
The Ministry of Education, 2018. Chuẩn nghề nghiệp giáo viên cơ sở giáo dục phổ thông.  Hanoi: Central Office of the Communist  Party. Available at: https://luatvietnam.vn/giao-duc/thong-tu-20-2018-tt-bgddt-chuan-nghe-nghiep-giao-vien-co-so-giao-duc-pho-thong-166608-d1.html [Accessed 11 November 2022]
The Ministry of Education, 2021. Tiêu chuẩn, xếp lương giáo viên THPT công lập. Hanoi: Central Office of the Communist  Party. Available at: https://luatvietnam.vn/co-cau-to-chuc/thong-tu-04-2021-tieu-chuan-xep-luong-giao-vien-thpt-cong-lap-198083-d1.html [Accessed 11 November 2022]
Trinh, A.N., 2018. Local Insights from the Vietnamese Education System: the impacts of imperialism, colonialism, and the neo-liberalism of globalization. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, 17(3), pp.67-79.
Uzoigwe, G.N., 2019. Neocolonialism is dead: long live neocolonialism. Journal of Global South Studies, 36(1), pp.59-87.
Vongalis-Macrow, A., 2007. I, Teacher: Re-territorialization of teachers’ multi-faceted agency in globalized education. British journal of sociology of education, 28(4), pp.425-439.
Wright, S., 2020. Language education and foreign relations in Vietnam. Language in Use, pp. 211-226. Routledge.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 I: Research in Higher Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rosemary Deem
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Place of Well-being in Doctoral Researcher Development: Examining Support Services

Neslihan Gök Ayyıldız, Gökçe Gökalp

Middle East Technical University, Türkiye

Presenting Author: Gök Ayyıldız, Neslihan; Gökalp, Gökçe

A Ph.D. often requires several years to complete; throughout this time, students face both intellectual and emotional challenges. As many of the students experience enthusiasm in the process, others have negative feelings (Stubb et al., 2011). The extraordinarily competitive academic environment, stressful conditions (Mattijssen et al., 2021), lack of permanent contacts and research funding, and increasingly difficult working conditions (Olsthoorn et al., 2020) have negative effect on academic well-being and mental health. Thus doctoral students were seen as high-risk group for problems with their mental health and well-being that may affect the quality and quantity of the researcher’s output (Levecque et al., 2017).

Researcher Mental Health Observatory (ReMO) COST Action network (234 members representing 34 EU countries) is one of the first coordinated and evidence-based European initiatives addressing mental health and well-being issues in academia. In the public declaration called ReMO Manifesto, ReMO aims to develop strategies for researcher well-being and mental health which are prioritized by World Health Organisation (WHO), International Labour Organisation (ILO), and European Commission (EC) in the past decade. ReMO aims to promote and improve mental health and well-being of researchers through developing strategies for how Europa and national level organizations proposed frameworks for improving career development for doctoral and early career researchers in academia and beyond.

Thus, it is crucial to examine how and in what ways doctoral organizations such as Eurodoc and Vitae have been known to provide support for doctoral candidates and address well-being and mental health needs. Eurodoc, European Council of Doctoral Candidates and Junior Researchers is an international federation of 26 national associations of early career researchers (ECRs) from Europe. Eurodoc was established as a non-profit, global volunteer organization in 2005 based in Brussels after first being launched in 2002. Eurodoc interacts with all significant European stakeholders and plays important role to inform policy at the European level. Eurodoc (2018) proposed a transferable skills and competency framework that consist of nine competence categories for early career researchers to be used in doctoral training as follows: career development, cognitive, communication, digital, enterprise, interpersonal, mobility, research, teaching, and supervision. Besides, it conducts projects, and training activities for researchers, and creates a learning community among researchers.

Another important organization supporting the professional development of researchers is Vitae with over 50 years of experience. Vitae aims to empower doctoral researchers, provide professional and career development support for researchers, and inform policy related to researcher development. To achieve this, Researcher Development Framework (RDF), developed by Vitae with the help of the United Kingdom Higher Education sector and other stakeholders, provides a highly comprehensive approach to researcher development (2010). The RDF is a professional development framework for planning, promoting, and supporting the personal, professional, and career development of researchers in higher education. The RDF has four domains as follows: knowledge and intellectual abilities, personal effectiveness, research governance, organization, engagement, influence, and impact. Similar to Eurodoc, Vitae organizes events for researchers such as project meetings, conferences, training, and creating a learning community. Both of these organizations originally were focusing on developing academic skills and competencies, and only more recently they have expanded their focus to include the mental health and well-being of doctoral students.

In this context, the aim of this study is to compare and contrast the steps these two prominent organizations, which play a crucial role in doctoral researcher development, are taking related to the well-being and mental health of doctoral students that have a crucial role in doctoral researcher development. More specifically, the research question for this exploration is:

- How are doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative document analysis was used in order to reveal how doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs are being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae identifying the similarities and differences between the two organizations in terms of addressing issues of well being and mental health. Document analysis is known as the systematic review and evaluation of documents, including printed and electronic (computer-based and Internet-transmitted) materials. Document analysis has generally been used in complementary with other research methods, although it can be employed on its own. The research process follows finding, selecting, appraising (making sense of), and synthesizing data in the documents (Bowen, 2009). Similar to other analytical-qualitative research methods, data needs to be investigated and interpreted to elicit meaning and provide empirical knowledge (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) by identifying conceptual boundaries (Charmaz, 2003).
Data were collected through a compare and contrast rubric developed by the researchers to review existing documents O’Leary (2014) classifies the documents in three categories as public records, personal documents, and physical evidence. The ongoing records of Eurodoc and Vitae can be considered public documents since they are open-access documents. While planning the document analysis procedure, the 8-step guideline of O’leary (2014) was followed which is gathering relevant information, developing a management plan, making copies of originals, assessing the authenticity of documents, exploring documents and background information, asking questions to document (who, why, when produced document?), and exploring the content.
Thematic data analysis was used for the qualitative data analysis which is a method of identifying, organizing, analyzing, and reporting patterns (themes) within data. The thematic analysis enables the researcher to see and make sense of common or shared meanings and experiences by focusing on meaning across a data set (Braun & Clarke, 2012). Six phases of the thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used while analyzing documentary data that can be identified as familiarizing with data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing potential themes, defining and naming themes, and reporting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Especially in recent years, it has been revealed that doctoral students are a group at risk in terms of well-being and mental health, it is seen that this has increased to an even more crucial dimension with the Covid 19 pandemic. Research also shows that decreased well-being may have dire consequences for doctoral researchers, such as developing serious health problems and leaving the doctoral program.
Given the importance of doctoral researchers' well-being, with the current exploration, we expect to uncover to what extent and how doctoral researchers’ well-being and mental health needs are being addressed by Eurodoc and Vitae. The analysis will reveal the similarities and differences between the two organizations in terms of addressing issues of well-being and mental health. Our first impressions from the Vitae and Eurodoc webpages are that their main focus is to provide more academic skills  support, while support resources and services related to doctoral students' well-being are at the initial level. In conclusion, through the current examination, we hope to identify effective support practices for addressing the well-being and mental health issues of doctoral students from these two organizations with extensive know-how in supporting doctoral researcher development which could serve as a guide for higher education institutions to develop well-being support for their doctoral students.  

References
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association.
Charmaz, K. (2003). Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Strategies for qualitative inquiry (2nd ed.), Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 249291.
Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for devel oping grounded theory (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Eurodoc (2018) Identifying Transferable Skills and Competences to Enhance Early Career Researchers Employability and Competitiveness. http://www.eurodoc.net/news/2018/press-release-eurodoc-report-on-transferable-skills-and-competences Last accessed 31 January 2023.
ILO Mental Health in the workplace (2010) https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_emp/---ifp_skills/documents/publication/wcms_108221.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.
Levecque, K., Anseel, F., De Beuckelaer, A., Van Der Heyden, J., & Gisle, L. (2017). Work organization and mental health problems in PhD students. Research Policy, 46(4), 868-879.
Mattijssen, L. M., Bergmans, J. E., van der Weijden, I. C., & Teelken, J. C. (2021). In the eye of the storm: the mental health situation of PhD candidates. Perspectives on Medical Education, 10, 71-72.
O’Leary, Z. (2014). The essential guide to doing your research project (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.
Olsthoorn, L. H. M., Heckmann, L. A., Filippi, A., Vieira, R. M., Varanasi, R. S., Lasser, J., Bäuerle, F., Zeis, P., & Schulte-Sasse, R. (2020). Max Planck PhDnet Survey 2019 Report. Max Planck PhDNet. https://www.phdnet.mpg.de/145345/PhDnet_Survey_Report_2019.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.
Stubb, J., Pyhältö, K., & Lonka, K. (2011). Balancing between inspiration and exhaustion: PhD students' experienced socio-psychological well-being. Studies in Continuing Education, 33(1), 33-50.
Vitae Researcher Development Framework (RDF) (2011) https://www.vitae.ac.uk/vitae-publications/rdf-related/researcher-development-framework-rdf-vitae.pdf/view Lst accessed 31 January 2023.
WHO Healthy Workplace Framework and Model (2010)
https://www.who.int/occupational_health/healthy_workplace_framework.pdf, Last accessed: 31 January 2023.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Using Research-Engaged Evaluation to Develop Sense of Belonging and Educational Community for Students in Higher Education

Charlotte Boulton, Emily Halsall, Alison Shaw

Newcastle University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Boulton, Charlotte

The international higher education sector has developed growing interest in the concept of ‘sense of belonging’ for students over recent years. Understanding sense of belonging is about understanding how students come to feel connected with their peers, their place of study and their university community. This paper engages with the conversations happening across the United Kingdom, United States and Europe, about what sense of belonging is, how it can be fostered to improve students’ academic outcomes and experiences within their educational communities, and the key role of evaluation in making change for students.

Through insights from a literature review of international research and from primary research conducted in an English higher education institution, the paper aims to connect the worlds of research and evaluation to further knowledge of both sense of belonging research and a Theory of Change evaluation framework. The use of a case study will demonstrate how research-engaged evaluation methodologies can be used to assess the real-world application of research findings and their potential impact on students. Alongside the UK context of the case study, research and real-world findings from other contexts will be integrated e.g., student-led bonding and belonging activities in universities based in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.

The research questions driving this work, and framing the structure of this proposed presentation, are:

  • What is ‘sense of belonging’ in the higher education context and why does it matter?

  • How can researchers and evaluators contribute to developing a sense of belonging and community for diverse student groups in universities across different geographical contexts?

  • How can researchers and evaluators work together to improve outcomes for students in real-world applications of research?

These research questions align with the key purpose of this presentation: to articulate how research and evaluation can collaborate to establish, and ideally to improve, the impact on outcomes when planning and delivering interventions intended to facilitate a greater sense of belonging and community for students. The paper also investigates how university colleagues (including researchers, evaluators, and practitioners) can use existing research findings to inform how they facilitate diverse and inclusive communities and spaces for students. This objective will be met by sharing insights from key research on sense of belonging, including defining how ‘fit’ is influential for students’ belonging academically, socially and in the spaces which combine the academic and social.

These concepts of ‘fit’ come from the conceptual and theoretical frameworks underpinning the paper, which have been developed and challenged by the growing pool of literature on these topics. The conceptual frameworks for ‘sense of belonging’ span psychosocial, sociological, and educational theories; as my understandings have been influenced by multiple authors and ways of thinking, there is opportunity to share multiple theoretical perspectives within the paper. Crucially, I draw on the work of Lewis and Hodges (2014) who consider the two dimensions of “social fit” and “ability or academic fit” as the foundations of sense of belonging; this distinction acts as stimulus for the case study of encouraging greater student engagement in academic school-related societies.

Alongside the conceptual frameworks relating to sense of belonging and community, this paper is also informed by, and engaged with, the evaluative framework of Theory of Change. This approach is often used to evaluate community-based change interventions, aiming to make visible the complex interactions between actions and their outcomes. The paper will share insights on how a Theory of Change works and how it can be practically used in response to, and alongside, research and evidence in real-life application - in this case, in interventions aimed to facilitate university students’ sense of belonging to their academic school (/academic department).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is informed by multiple methodologies from the worlds of research and evaluation. Firstly, the insights from sense of belonging research have been collected through a literature review undertaken to establish a comprehensive account of existing research related to the topic. The literature review used a methodical search strategy, primarily drawing on electronic databases accessible via my institution. The search strategy excluded texts which did not have a clear research focus on sense of belonging, and snowball sampling was used after the initial search to strengthen the breadth of the search. The literature review focused on a sample of 14 relevant texts, as the review had been commissioned to function as a starting point for developing an institutional understanding of sense of belonging in the higher education context.  

Key sources cited in the literature review include Thomas’ What works? report (2012), belonging intervention research from Walton and Cohen (2011) and the more recent work of Weiss (2021). Through the literature review, synthesis of differing perspectives on the concept of sense of belonging was possible, allowing me to analyse and suggest definitions and terminology which incorporated multiple sources. Opportunities for me to conduct further research in this area are under discussion, with goals to expand the literature review in future and consolidate learning from grey literature and more recent article releases.  

Secondly, the paper aims to socialise with delegates the methodology of a Theory of Change (ToC) evaluation framework, through a case study research-evaluation process using this methodology. The paper discusses the process of using the literature review research insights to inform the delivery and evaluation of an academic societies funding and events scheme. This evaluation used Connell and Kubisch’s four-stage Theory of Change evaluation framework (1998), which will be elaborated on within the paper using the real-world example of the academic societies funding scheme evaluation. This framework includes the development of a programme-specific ToC, using this to focus the evaluation research questions and data collection methods, evidence-gathering to understand context, inputs, activities, outputs, outcomes and impact, and analysis of the findings to establish whether the intended outcomes outlined in the ToC have been met. The application of this framework will be demonstrated through discussion of the ToC created and iteratively developed during the case study evaluation process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are significant findings I wish to share in this paper, as well as some expected outcomes which are still in progress, as the evaluation case study is scheduled to complete in February. Findings from the literature review include the key distinctions made by Lewis and Hodges about social fit and academic fit, which I have further synthesised with other findings to create working definitions of what encompasses each ‘fit.’ These definitions are used to inform the conclusion that social fit and academic fit should become used more commonly in education research across various contexts when we discuss sense of belonging in higher education. Other findings from the literature review include correlations between sense of belonging and improved academic outcomes, which will frame the significance of the topic.

The ongoing evaluation case study will offer a range of findings specific to the English higher education context, exploring key themes of the impact of the academic societies funding scheme on students’ sense of belonging to their academic school, engagement with their academic school, and students’ own definitions of what sense of belonging means to them. As the evaluation results are complemented by international research, it is hoped that the outcomes of this evaluation can be useful for colleagues across different regions and the ToC approach can be personalised to each individual context and initiative. Early findings from the evaluation do suggest that there has been an increase in students’ sense of belonging associated with the academic schools funding scheme.  

The paper will end with reflections on the research-evaluation process overall, sharing conclusions to answer the research questions and establish how this model of evaluating research-engaged practice could be drawn on in other contexts and geographies to foster students’ sense of belonging across the globe.

References
Lewis, K. and Hodges, S. (2014) ‘Expanding the concept of belonging in academic domains: Development and validation of the Ability Uncertainty Scale’, Learning and Individual Differences, 37, pp. 197-202. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2014.12.002 

Thomas, L. (2012) Building student engagement and belonging in Higher Education at a time of change: final report from the What Works? Student Retention & Success programme. Available at: https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/building-student-engagement-and-belonging-higher-education-time-change-final-report  

Weiss, S. (2021) ‘Fostering sense of belonging at universities’, European Journal of Education, 56(1), pp. 93 – 97. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12439 (Accessed: 24th August 2021).   

Walton, G. and Cohen, G. (2011) ‘A Brief Social-Belonging Intervention Improves Academic and Health Outcomes of Minority Students’, Science, 331(6023), pp. 1447-1451. DOI: 10.1126/science.1198364 (Accessed: 24th August 2021).   

Widdicks, K. et al. (2021) ‘Women’s Sense of Belonging in Computer Science Education: The Need for a Collective Response’, UKICER '21: United Kingdom and Ireland Computing Education Research conference. Glasgow, 2nd-3rd September. Available at: https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3481282.3481288.

Brooman, S. and Darwent, S. (2013) ‘Measuring the beginning: a quantitative study of the transition to higher education’, Studies in Higher Education, 39(9), pp. 1523-1541. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/03075079.2013.801428.

Barkat, S. (20219) ‘Evaluating the impact of the Academic Enrichment Programme on widening access to selective universities: Application of the Theory of Change framework’, British Educational Research Journal, 45(6), pp. 1160 – 1185. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3556. 

Connell, J. and Kubisch, A. (1998) ‘Applying a theory of change approach’, in: Anderson, K., Kubisch, A. and Connell, J. (Eds.) New approaches to evaluating community initiatives, Vol. 2. Theory, measurement, and analysis. Washington, D.C.: Aspen Institute. 

Dent, S., Mountford-Zimdars, A. and Burke, C. (2022) Theory of Change: Debates and Applications to Access and Participation in Higher Education. Bingley: Emerald Publishing. 

Matta, C. et al. (2023) ‘The Mechanistic Rewards of Data and Theory Integration for Theory-Based Evaluation’, American Journal of Evaluation, pp. 1- 23. DOI: 10.1177/10982140221122764.  

Kelly, S. and Kelly, C. (2019) BILT Learning Community Team 1: Evaluating large-scale educational initiatives. Available at: https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/education/documents/bristol-working-papers-in-education/kelly_2019_working_paper.pdf.  


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Interdisciplinarity – A Preliminary Review of the Literature

Bernard Concannon, Dr Anne Graham Cagney

South East Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Concannon, Bernard

The evolution of Irish Institutes of Technology (IoT) to Technology University (TU) status is near completion. These changes have resulted in a heightened need for the new TUs to continue to build on previous success in competing for research funding and attracting higher numbers of PhD students. Success of this nature depends, in part, on individuals identifying new sources of social, economic, and technological innovation. Building a research culture of interdisciplinarity (ID) will be a key aspect of achieving these milestones. At the centre of this move toward ID are the Principal Investigators (PIs), actors who find themselves responsible for delivering research projects; something which requires them to think and talk across disciplinary boundaries.

Until relatively recently, the use of the term ID has been inconsistent with respect to how and in what way it is defined. Therefore, conducting a review of the extant literature is helpful to explore different approaches and conceptualisations of ID and their historical emergence. Furthermore, conducting this review will identify the underlying theoretical positions as a first step towards the completion of a successful research study aimed at augmenting current knowledge on how to manage interdisciplinary research and development environments. Ultimately, better enabling PIs and their research teams to think and talk beyond their core discipline; to overcome the troublesome knowledge of disciplinary barriers; and to communicate across professional disciplinary boundaries.

The aim of this paper is to explore the historical emergence of interdisciplinarity and its main conceptualisations.

The following questions guide the literature review:

  1. How is interdisciplinarity defined?
  2. How has the concept of interdisciplinarity developed over time?
  3. What are the key conceptualisations of interdisciplinarity within the literature?

Theoretical Framework:

The concept of ID has, over the last few decades, rapidly gained popularity within the research arena – including Higher Education Institutes (HEIs). It has impacted all areas of research, including practice, teaching, and policy. Proponents of ID posit arguments for why it is not only beneficial but necessary for tackling the large-scale challenges facing society. Examples of such support can be seen across the research landscape, from funding agencies introducing requirements for interdisciplinary collaboration in competitive calls (European Commission, 2018), to HEIs reducing the number of research centres so that researchers are coalesced into more interdisciplinary settings (EUA, 2021). Substantial innovation relies on the ability of research leaders to facilitate diversity and integration across disciplinary boundaries within their teams. (Gray, 2008).

Interdisciplinarity, although sometimes presented as being in a dichotomy with disciplinarity, fundamentally relies on an integration of different disciplines. Ways of thinking within individual disciplines have certain similarities (Donald, 2002; McCune & Hounsell, (2005): i) a deep engagement with the epistemology, ii) command of the vocabulary and theory of the field, that leads ultimately to iii) a different mindset or way of thinking and practising that is distinctive of the discipline. The differences between disciplines are often subtle and lie in the type of language used, the logical structure, preferred criteria for validating knowledge and most pronounced methods or modes of inquiry (Apostel, Berger, Briggs & Michauud, OECD, 1970; Dirkx, 1996; Becher & Trowler, 2001, Lave & Wenger, 1999). Donald’s working model of thinking processes across the disciplines reveals six thinking processes and behaviours that are coded across five methods of inquiry: hermeneutics, critical thinking, problem solving, scientific method and expertise (2002, pg24).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, a narrative review of the literature (Green et al, 2006) was used to provide a broad overview of the topic and describe the development of the concept (Slavin, 1995; Day, 1996). This was appropriate given the introductory nature of the subject material within the overall research study.
The authors reviewed seminal works, books, journal articles, websites, and EU reports, accessing both empirical and nonempirical literature that related to ID. Internet databases as well as university library resources were used in the search, utilising key terms including “disciplinarity”, “cross-disciplinarity” and “interdisciplinarity”. The search results were further refined through the additional use of combinations of “interdisciplinary research”, “collaboration”, “team science”, and “higher education”. As the breadth of the literature widened, search results were refined again to explore specific avenues of interdisciplinarity by including terms such as “research leadership”, “barriers to”, “development of” and “future of”.
After reading each selected text, it was analysed and documented in a literature table to identify key elements such as themes, findings, links to the theoretical framework, and methodology. An annotation was written for each piece, to aid in the writing of this paper as well as the Literature Review chapter of the PhD dissertation. This paper is not intended to be a comprehensive review of the field of ID, but rather was designed specifically to answer the questions that were derived from the overall study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The term ‘interdisciplinary’ first emerged in the early 1900s within the social sciences (Keestra, 2019) and was widely used by the 1960s and 1970s (Mayville, 1978; Meeth, 1978; McGrath, 1978). However, the term was generally vaguely defined and relatively casual, with a focus on curriculum development as part of the “general education” movement, or “interdisciplinary studies”. This approach often did not actually integrate disciplines anywhere other than the course descriptions or prospectuses (McGrath, 1978). Klein, one of the foremost scholars on ID, described these early stages as crucial to its development in “real-world problem solving” (Lotrecchiano & Hess, 2019).
More explicit definitions of ID emerged through events like the formation of the Association of Interdisciplinary Studies (AIS) in 1979 and publications such as the OECD volume Interdisciplinarity in 1972 and the 1982 Newell & Green article Defining and Teaching Interdisciplinary Studies, which emphasised the requirement for the integration of disciplines. Integration has now become a prerequisite when defining ID (Klein, 2021).
Two main overarching conceptualisations of ID are apparent in the literature. First, ID is systematic and normative, “filling the gaps” left between traditional disciplines (Campbell, 1969; Chettiparamb, 2007) and essentially resulting in the production of its own basic knowledge. Second, ID transcends what individual disciplines can achieve, contributing to the solution of complex problems (Jantsch, 1972; Lattuca, 2001; Pohl, Kerkhoff, Hirsch Hadorn & Bammer, 2008; Vogel et al, 2013). The latter has become the most widely accepted (though not universal) conceptualisation, with proponents positing that ID does not simply bring together actors from across disciplines, industries and sectors but introduces coordination and collaboration between them (Jantsch in Newell, 2013; Defila and Di Giulio, 2015; Klein, 2021; Laursen, 2022). Finally, a range of contrasting typologies resides within both these conceptualisations, identified by Frodeman (2017) including Methodological/Theoretical, Bridge-Building/Restructuring, and Instrumental/Critical.

References
Selected References:

Apostel,L., Berger,G., Briggs,A., Michaud,G. Eds. OECD. (1970) Interdisciplinarity: Problems of Teaching and Research in Universities. Washington D.C. OECD Publications.

Campbell, D. (1969). Ethnocentrism of disciplines and the fish-scale model of omniscience. In M.
Sherif & C. Sherif (Eds.), Interdisciplinary relations in the social sciences (pp. 328-348). Chicago, IL: Aldine.

Chettiparamb, Angelique. (2007). Interdisciplinarity: a literature review.

Donald, J.G. (2002) Learning to think: Disciplinary perspectives. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

EUA (2021) The National Framework for Doctoral Education in Ireland: Report on its Implementation by Irish Higher Education Institutions. rep. Dublin, IRL: EUA Solutions.

Frodeman, R. (ed.) (2017) The Oxford Handbook of Interdisciplinarity. 2nd edn. Oxford, United Kingdom: Oxford University Press.

Green, B.N., Johnson, C.D. and Adams, A. (2006) “Writing narrative literature reviews for peer-reviewed journals: Secrets of the Trade,” Journal of Chiropractic Medicine, 5(3), pp. 101–117. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/s0899-3467(07)60142-6.

Keestra, M. (2019) “Imagination and Actionability: Reflections on the Future of Interdisciplinarity, Inspired by Julie Thompson Klein,” ISSUES IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES, 37(2), pp. 110–129.

Klein, J.T. (2021) Beyond interdisciplinarity: Boundary work, communication, and collaboration. Oxford University Press.

Laursen, B.K., Motzer, N. and Anderson, K.J. (2022) “Pathways for assessing interdisciplinarity: A systematic review,” Research Evaluation, 31(3), pp. 326–343. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1093/reseval/rvac013.

Lattuca, L.R. (2001) “Creating interdisciplinarity.” Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv167563f.

Lotrecchiano and Hess (2019) “The Impact of Julie Thompson Klein’s Interdisciplinarity: An Ethnographic Journey,” ISSUES IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES, 37(2), pp. 169–192.

Mayville, W.V. (1978). Interdisciplinarity: The mutable paradigm, AAHE/ERIC
Higher Education Research Report, Issue 9, Washington, DC: American Association
for Higher Education.

McGrath, E.J. (1978). Interdisciplinary studies: An integration of knowledge and
experience. Change Report on Teaching(7), 6-9.

Meeth, L.R. (1978) Interdisciplinary Studies: A matter of definition. Change Report on Teaching 10(7), 10.

Newell & Green (1982). Defining and teaching interdisciplinary studies. Improving College and University Teaching, 30:1 (Winter), 23-30

Salter & Hearn (1996) Outside the lines: issues in interdisciplinary research. Montreal QC, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press

Slavin, R.E. (1995) “Best evidence synthesis: An intelligent alternative to meta-analysis,” Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 48(1), pp. 9–18. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/0895-4356(94)00097-a.

Vogel, A. L., Hall, K. L., Fiore, S. M., Klein, J. T., Bennett, L. M., Gadlin, H., Stokols, D., Nebeling, L. C., Wuchty, S., Patrick, K., Spotts, E. L., Pohl, C., Riley, W. T., and Falk-Krzesinski, H. J. (2013) ‘The Team Science Toolkit: Enhancing Research Collaboration through Online Knowledge Sharing’, American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45: 787–9.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Employability Development in Liberal Arts Undergraduates: Evidence From a Dutch University College

Milan Kovačević1, Teun J. Dekker1, Rolf van der Velden2

1University College Maastricht, Maastricht University, The Netherlands; 2Research Centre for Education and the Labour Market (ROA), School of Business and Economics, Maastricht University, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Kovačević, Milan

While universities are expected to enhance graduate employability, the role of different higher education features in this process has been overlooked due to an overreliance on employment-based measures. This holds even more in the context of European liberal arts education (LAE) and its distinctive features, the implications of which on student employability gains are still unknown. The resurgence of LAE in Europe has been taking place since the late 1990s, especially in the Netherlands, where ten university colleges have been established. Inspired by the American liberal arts model but maintaining its own specificities, Dutch university colleges are defined by several unique features that distinguish them from traditional bachelor’s programmes. Firstly, university colleges are broad, general academic programmes that are not professionally oriented. Furthermore, university colleges are distinguished by their self-tailored, interdisciplinary curricula that allow students to combine courses from a wide range of fields, a student-centred learning environment involving small-scale teaching and extensive student-faculty interactions, as well as selective admission policies. In contrast to this, traditional bachelor’s programmes in the Netherlands are typically more professionally focused and monodisciplinary, with a fixed curriculum structure, large-scale teaching, and non-selective admission.

Dutch university colleges have been lauded for their commitment to academic excellence, but also criticized for the alleged impracticality of their degrees. While the proponents of LAE stress its ability to provide an optimal response to the demands associated with the contemporary workplace, little is known as to how the distinctive characteristics of LAE programmes relate to enhancing student employability. The current paper addresses this research gap. Its main goal is twofold. Firstly, it seeks to propose an alternative, developmental approach to assessing the contribution of undergraduate programmes to fostering employability. Secondly, it aims to determine how a university college performs in this regard compared to a traditional bachelor’s programme in Law at the same university. It does so by applying the graduate capital model, a well-established employability framework proposed by Michael Tomlinson (2017), and using it to answer the following research question: How does employability develop in university college students during the course of their studies compared to their peers from a traditional programme?

Adjusting the graduate capital model to fit the study purpose, the paper focuses on six skills that enhance employability: creativity, lifelong learning, career decidedness, self-efficacy, resilience, and personal initiative. The framework adjustment has been guided by four main considerations, focusing on employability constituents which: (a) are malleable and can be developed within higher education, (b) fundamentally stem from the overall learning environment, (c) are expected to reflect the distinctive features of LAE, and (d) can be measured with adequate instruments. To measure employability growth, a cross-sectional pseudo-cohort research design is adopted, comparing first-, second-, and third-year student cohorts. The study employed a DiD approach, looking at the differences in the development students make within a programme.

The results show that attending an LAE undergraduate programme leads to visible progression in a range of career-relevant skills. This is especially the case with regard to creativity and personal initiative, in which second- and third-year LAE students both scored significantly higher than freshmen. As for career decidedness, self-efficacy, and resilience, significant gains were found for second-year LAE cohorts. Lifelong learning scores revealed no significant differences between the three study years. Compared to the traditional programme, the gains in creativity and personal initiative particularly stand out, reflecting the differences between interdisciplinary and monodisciplinary learning, and self-tailored and fixed curriculum structure. This refutes the stereotype that a liberal arts degree does not prepare students for the labour market and points to the relevance of programme-specific features for employability development in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In line with Hoareau McGrath et al. (2015), employability growth is considered from the perspective of ‘distance travelled’. As an alternative to monitoring a single cohort of students at two timepoints, this study follows Flowers et al. (2001) in using a cross-sectional pseudo-cohort research design, simultaneously looking at multiple cohorts in different years of their study. More precisely, employability development is assessed by comparing first-, second-, and third-year cohorts at a LAE programme and a traditional undergraduate programme in Law at the same university. The major advantage of this approach is that it accounts for differential selection into programmes, as it focuses on the development of skills across year groups within each programme. This basically resembles a Difference-in-Difference (DiD) approach, accounting for unobserved heterogeneity. However, it assumes that the characteristics of the year cohorts do not change over time.

Data was collected via an online survey lasting approximately 20 minutes. A total of 558 responses were included in the final sample. 308 respondents were LAE students and 250 were studying Law, respectively accounting for approximately 39% and 23% of the total number of students enrolled in these two programmes.

Guilford’s (1967) Alternate Uses Task (AUT) was used to assess creativity. Lifelong learning was assessed using Wielkiewicz and Meuwissen’s (2014) Lifelong Learning Scale (WielkLLS). Career decidedness was measured on a scale developed by Lounsbury et al. (2005). Self-efficacy was assessed via the General Self-Efficacy Scale (Schwarzer & Jerusalem, 1995). The brief resilience scale (BRS) was used to measure the demonstration of resilience. Personal initiative was measured using the situational judgement test (SJT-PI) developed by Bledow and Frese (2009).

These six employability constituents were used as the dependent variables of this study. The study programme and study year served as the main independent variables. In order to take into account the possible compositional differences between the cohorts, a number of controls for student background characteristics have also been collected, including age, gender, country, type of secondary education, high school GPA, and work experience.

Six OLS regression models were estimated—one for each dependent variable. All analyses were conducted in Stata 17, using the command regress with robust standard errors. To determine whether the scores significantly differ between first-, second-, and third-year cohorts in each of the programmes, an interaction term was included between the study year and study programme variables. This interaction term was then dissected by using the margins and contrast commands.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that LAE students make significant progress in five out of the six examined employability-related skills. In particular, the comparison between the two programmes points to the relevance of LAE-specific features for the development of creativity and personal initiative. With regard to fostering creativity, the profoundly interdisciplinary character of LAE and the students’ associated ability to approach problems from a plurality of perspectives might have played a crucial role. Likewise, the higher growth in personal initiative can be seen as a consequence of the LAE self-tailored curriculum, which pushes the students to be proactive and take charge of their own educational journey. Hence, it can be inferred that the discrepancy in creativity and personal initiative gains of LAE and Law students reflects the differences between interdisciplinary and monodisciplinary learning, as well as flexible and traditional curriculum structure.

Overall, the paper shows that a seemingly impractical liberal arts undergraduate degree provides students with a range of career-relevant skills. This refutes the stereotype that the liberal arts have no economic value. Furthermore, and perhaps most importantly, it indicates that the dichotomy between ‘learning for learning’s sake’ and ‘learning for career preparation’, often assumed by LAE critics, is false. As Knight and Yorke (2003) pointed out, even without directly aiming to advance graduate employability, a good learning environment is highly compatible with employability-enhancing policies and practices. Along these lines, it is crucial to stress that employability development in higher education can only be substantially achieved at the programme level, through the creation of suitable learning environments, rather than through bolt-on activities and isolated interventions. To that end, this study’s findings suggest that the heterogenous skill-building effects resulting from exposure to programme-specific features should not be underestimated.

References
Bledow, R., & Frese, M. (2009). A situational judgment test of personal initiative and its relationship to performance. Personnel Psychology, 62(2), 229–258. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.2009.01137.x

Flowers, L., Osterlind, S. J., Pascarella, E. T., & Pierson, C. T. (2001). How much do students learn in college? The Journal of Higher Education, 72(5), 565–583. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2001.11777114

Guilford, J. P. (1967). The nature of human intelligence. McGraw-Hill.

Hoareau McGrath, C., Guerin, B., Harte, E., Frearson, M., & Manville, C. (2015). Learning gain in higher education. RAND Corporation. https://doi.org/10.7249/RR996

Knight, P., & Yorke, M. (2003). Employability and good learning in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 8(1), 3–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/1356251032000052294

Lounsbury, J. W., Hutchens, T., & Loveland, J. M. (2005). An investigation of big five personality traits and career decidedness among early and middle adolescents. Journal of Career Assessment, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072704270272

Schwarzer, R., & Jerusalem, M. (1995). Generalized self-efficacy scale. In M. Johnston, S. Wright, & J. Weinman (Eds.), Measures in health psychology: A user’s portfolio. Causal and control beliefs (pp. 35–37). NFER-NELSON.

Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education + Training, 59(4), 338–352. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2016-0090

Wielkiewicz, R. M., & Meuwissen, A. S. (2014). A lifelong learning scale for research and evaluation of teaching and curricular effectiveness. Teaching of Psychology, 41(3), 220–227. https://doi.org/10.1177/0098628314537971
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 J: Families and Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Can Technology-Enhanced Practice make perfect? A Systematic Review on Technology-Enhanced Learning in Higher Education

Saniye Demirtas Yigit1, Prof. Dr. Julia Gorges2

1Gendarmerie and Coast Guard Academy, Turkiye; 2Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Demirtas Yigit, Saniye

The rapid growth of information and communication technologies (ICT) at the end of 1990s accelerated globalization of the world economy, and innovation has become more important for economic growth (European Commission, 2013), which emphasized developing “human capital” for the economy (Popkewitz, 2012) and led to digital transformation of businesses (DT). DT is not limited to cutting-edge technologies (Hess et al., 2016; Kane et al., 2015), and occasional digital updates (De la Boutetiere et al., 2018; Libert et al., 2016). It refers to gaining and utilizing 21st century skills ( Voogt & Roblin 2010; Kalantzis & Cope, 2012), which are seen as skills of today’s workforce by many international organizations recently (Williamson, 2013; Aronowitz & Giroux, 1993). Broadly speaking, 21st century skills can be grouped under “communication skills, collaborative skills, individual learning approaches, individual autonomy, ICT and digital literacy” as well as personal attributes and core knowledge areas such as literacy, numeracy and STEM associated fields of knowledge (Joynes et al., 2019). In developing 21stcentury skills, ICTs are essential according to many commentators (Joynes et al., 2019) and acquiring 21st century skills develops individuals’ capabilities holistically (UNESCO, 2015b). It is evident that 21st century skills refer to ‘practical’ capabilities of individuals.

As the future of education is “a network-based distributed system of learning rather than a strictly routinized series of teaching tasks” (Davidson & Goldberg, 2009) and educational policies and reform ideas now routinely espouse “a science of future-building” (Gardner et al., 2009), technology-enhanced learning (TEL) comes to forefront. TEL requires decentralization of curriculum and experiential everyday knowledge so students actively prepare to deal with change (Williamson, 2013). Moreover, massive open online courses (MOOCs) have accelerated the process of TEL (Siemens, 2013).

It is now inevitable for higher education institutions (HEIs) to utilize TEL to help learners gain flexibility of the era (Wang et al., 2021; Benavides et al, 2020; Koehler et al., 2007) because universities are considered to raise qualified workforce which can answer to current needs of the sectors (Lauder & Mayhew, 2020; Kemp, 2016). However, graduates’ lack of experience in such skills are heavily criticized (Matsouka & Mihail, 2016; Pang et al, 2018; PIAAC, 2019). Moreover, universities and governments underline integrating work experience more broadly into academic programs more (Patrick et al., 2008; Leonard, 1999) because HE has been regarded as a personal investment for better work and life opportunities, so higher quality outcomes are expected of them (Devlin et al., 2008; Kirke et al., 2007). As Larkin and Hamilton suggested (2010), the transition from student to novice practitioner is necessitated and practice opportunities must help students to recognize the importance of fieldwork, the generic work attributes with the help of a tailored planning and delivery. On the other hand, Larkin and Watchorn (2012) clearly emphasized that there is an even pressing need for bridging practices of academia with the expectations of the workplace.

Systematic reviews conducted on TEL applied by HEIs reported success in equipping students with such practical skills; however, indicated a lack of direction; the facilitators and hinderers are not very well-understood, and a holistic approach towards TEL in HE is needed (Abedini et al., 2020; Benevides et al., 2020; Bernhard-Skala, 2019; Farias-Gaytan, 2022). This gap in the literature is aimed to be addressed by this study. To that aim, the following research question was formulated:

1. When and how can TEL satisfy the experience/practice needs of students at HEIs?

1.1. What approaches and methods of TEL are used by HEIs?

1.2. What facilitators and hinderers are experienced by HEIs during the process of TEL?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
    The research question was addressed by a systematic review of all empirical evidence in line with pre-determined eligibility criteria. Qualitative, quantitative and mixed method studies were included in the review.
    In the first phase, eligibility criteria were determined. For that, the researchers investigated the major trends appearing in the international literature. It is found that there has been an extensive amount of research conducted on TEL since the late 1990s. Also, in 2008 introduction of massive open online courses to universities made it possible to use TEL more commonly (Siemens, 2013). Moreover, HE has been vastly investigated because HE participation rates have been expanding and they are seen as institutions preparing students to professional life. In the second phase, systematic reviews on this topic were sought. When examined closely, they suggested a need to investigate how and when TEL efforts can fulfill the experience gap of university students, what approaches and methodologies are used and what facilitators and hinderers there are in the process In the next phase, an extensive literature search was conducted and screening results were obtained based on the pre-determined criteria. Then, studies to be included were assessed and identified. In the last phase, findings will be synthesized and finally discussed.

A) Search Strategy, Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
    Certain criteria were administered to narrow down the search results and come up with a facilitated analysis. The first criterion was to utilize two scientific databases; Web of Science and Scopus which make it possible to access peer-reviewed journals publishing empirical studies. Keywords such as “technology-enhanced learning”, “higher education” and “lack of experience” were searched. Databases were last accessed on 25 January, 2023. The second criterion was to limit the search results to peer-reviewed articles. The third criterion was to limit the results between 2008 (because MOOCs were first introduced then) and January 2023 (as databases were last accessed then). The fourth criterion was to limit the language, including studies conducted both in Turkish and English. The last criterion was to limit the search to “educational sciences” and/or “social sciences.” Finally, the abstracts were examined and irrelevant articles were removed. Zotero is being used to manage the  literature (removal of the duplicates, etc.). As a result of this screening process, 37 studies were identified, ready for analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
    Initial analysis conducted on the articles under investigation suggests that a clearer picture of HEIs’ understanding of TEL can be depicted. Namely, researchers might find out that approaches and methods of TEL used by HEIs are based on empirical findings existing in the literature. However, they expect to find that their understanding of TEL, approaches and methods of TEL used by them might lack the viewpoint that a larger institutional or change will be needed. It is also a possibility that articles reviewed in this study are mostly semi-experimental studies which are limited to one setting. Therefore, researchers might be able to propose an institution-wide understanding, approaches and methods of  TEL based on the data found. Findings might indicate policy changes (state-wide or nation-wide) as well. A facilitator to the process can be that student participants of the studies might  have been “born into technology” and therefore might have better adapting skills. Hinderers might be more in the direction to 1) HEIs’ infrastructure 2) lack of staff 3) staff training 4) time and money investments 5) reluctance to change policies.
References
Abedini, A., Abedin, B., & Zowghi, D. (2020). Adult learning in online communities of practice: A systematic review. British Journal of Educational Technology, 1663-1694.
Aronowitz, S. & Giroux, H. (1993). Education still under siege. Praeger: The U.S.
Benavides, L., Tamayo Arias, J., Arango Serna, M., Branch Bedoya, J., & Burgos, D. (2020). Digital Transformation in Higher Education Institutions: A Systematic Literature Review. Sensors, 20(11), 3291. MDPI AG. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/s20113291
Bernhard-Skala, C. (2019). Organizational perspectives on the digital transformation of adult and continuing education: A literature review from a German-speaking perspective. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 25(2), 178–197. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477971419850840
Davidson, C. N. & Goldberg, D. T. (2009). The Future of Learning Institutions in a Digital Age. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Farias-Gaytan, S., Aguaded, I. & Ramirez-Montoya. (2022). Transformation and digital literacy: Systematic literature mapping. Education and Information Technology, 27, pp.1417–1437
Kemp, N. (2016). The international education market: Some emerging trends. International Higher Education, 85, pp. 13-15.
Kirke, P., Layton, N. & Sim, J. (2007). Informing fieldwork design: Key elements to quality in fieldwork education for undergraduate occupational therapy students. Australian Occupational Therapy Journal, 54, pp. 13–22.
Larkin, H. & Watchorn, V. (2012). Changes and challenges in higher education: What is the impact on fieldwork education?, Australian Occupational Therapy Journal (59), pp. 463-466
Lauder, H. & Mayhew, K. (2020). Higher education and the labor market: An introduction. Oxford Review of Education, 46. pp. 1-9.
Leonard, D. C. (1999) The web, the millennium, and the digital evolution of distance education,Technical Communication Quarterly, 8:1, pp. 9-20, DOI: 10.1080/10572259909364645.
Matsouka, K., & Mihail, D. M. (2016). Graduates’ employability: What do graduates and employers think? Industry and Higher Education, 30(5), 321–326. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950422216663719.
Pang, E., Wong, M., Leung, C. H., & Coombes, J. (2019). Competencies for fresh graduates’ success at work: Perspectives of employers. Industry and Higher Education, 33(1), 55–65. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950422218792333
Siemens, G. (2013). Massive open online courses: Innovation in education. In McGreal, R., Kinuthia, W., & Marshall, S. (eds), Open educational resources: Innovation, research and practice (pp. 5-16). Vancouver: Commonwealth of Learning and Athabasca University.
Voogt, J., & Roblin, N. P. (2010). 21st Century Skills. Enschede: Kennisnet.
Wang, V., Torrisi-Steele, G., & Reinsfield, E. (2021). Transformative learning, epistemology and technology in adult education. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 324-340.
Williamson, B. (2013). The future of the curriculum: school knowledge in digital age. Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Failure in Postdigital Educational Contexts

Katharina Poltze1,2

1Leibniz Institute for Educational Media, Germany; 2Georg-August-Universität Goettingen, Germany

Presenting Author: Poltze, Katharina

We live in the postdigital condition: Digitality and digital technologies, algorithms and algorithmic logics have become the background and starting point of our everyday actions, distinctions such as digital/analog or online/offline are becoming increasingly blurred (Jandrić et al. 2018). Technologies permeate almost all areas of life and thus also school and teaching. The concept of 'postdigitality' reminds us that it is not only the digital that needs to be considered when thinking about technology, especially in educational contexts (Fawns 2019). Interwoven social, economic, cultural, political, ethical, or ecological conditions, logics, and forms of organization are also inscribed in the technologies we use, and these conditions constitute our practices of use. Moreover, the concept of 'postdigitality' also reminds us that the conditions we live in today, are always noisy, messy and chaotic and we always have to deal with not knowing and understanding a lot (Macgilchrist 2021).

FabLabs/Making Spaces are open spaces, where making with a variety of analog and digital materials and technologies is central. Such labs can also function as (extracurricular) spaces of education (Schelhowe 2013). In my dissertation project, I co-design and observe educational activities for and with schools, a FabLab and a diverse student body. Participatory methods, involving close cooperation between research and practice, and an ethnographic sensibility is central to this. Drawing on research on postdigital education and educational making, the focus is on the following question: What happens in FabLabs as postdigital educational spaces - from the perspective of the different actors involved?

This study conceptualizes FabLabs as 'sociotechnical configurations' and 'postdigital educational contexts': They are understood as constituted by interwoven, social, political, cultural, economic, pedagogical, technical and algorithmic logics and forms of organization, material artifacts, architectures and individual competencies (Jasanoff 2016; Suchman 2007). From this perspective, educational processes are not shaped by individual or autonomous persons, but by sociotechnical configurations. When educational processes in labs are viewed through the 'post-digital lens', it opens the view to the interconnectedness of analog and digital action and social, technical, cultural, political, and ethical (messy!) structures and logics that also structure a lab.

In the first stage of research and analysis, 'failure' has emerged as a central phenomenon. 'Failure' is raised in the literature as central to (educational) making, but is mostly mentioned in terms of the successful design of a product or artifact, or in terms of a positive culture of mistakes and productivity, without being discussed or analyzed in more detail (Martin 2015): Productive failure in making appears as a quasi-natural path to success and learning, whereby I’d like to question this critically. If failure is discussed, then the focus is on failure as an individual and subjective process; overall, the subjective perspectives and individual experiences of the actors are in the foreground (Cross 2017), although isolated studies could also be identified that indicate that failure is much more complex (Maltese et al. 2018). But even in these studies, however, individual actors and actions are the primary focus (Simpson et al. 2018).

Following on from this, beyond the individual and drawing on the sociotechnical conceptualisation noted above, this dissertation will focus on 'failure' not only as an individual, but as a complex, sociotechnical phenomenon in a post-digital educational context: In response to the research question posed above one thing that happens in FabLabs is the unfolding of failure as a socio-technical phenomenon. The aim of the contribution is therefore, first, to reflect on my research process and methodological aspects such as opportunities and challenges of participatory collaboration with educational practice. Second, to present initial results on 'failure' in postdigital educational contexts, using the example of FabLab/Making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The iterative and participatory research process was structured as follows: Within the larger framework of a social living lab approach (Dezuanni et al. 2018), three design cycles of design, implementation, reflection and analysis were realized. Inspired, among others, by Lambert & Hessler’s (2018) approach to digital storytelling, educational activities on the topic of 'postdigital storytelling' were designed in a participatory way (Sanders 2013, Costanza-Chock 2020) and implemented and researched with diverse schools/school classes (students and teachers) in a FabLab in a major German city. The educational activities were implemented from September to December 2021, from June-July 2022 and in January-February 2023. A special feature of the project is the close collaboration between educational research and two educational practice partners: FabLab and Schools.
In the research process, participatory and qualitative-observational procedures and methods - e.g. co-design, co-reflections, participant observations, interviews - were integrated with ‘ethnographic sensibility’ (McGraham 2014) to generate findings. Thus, during the implementation of educational activities, a variety of data were collected - e.g., fieldnotes, voice recordings and transcriptions, photographs, designed artifacts and materials - and then analyzed in a coding process (Charmaz 2012). The reflection and analysis phases were followed by the re-design of the activities, which took place in close collaboration between the researchers and educational practitioners (from the FabLab). Apart from the field observations, participatory co-reflection sessions emerged as a central method that opened up important insights and was also key to integrating the diverse perspectives of the actors involved in the research and design processes (researchers, educational practitioners, teachers, students). The third and final design cycle (implementation of an educational activity in the FabLab, data collection) is currently running (January-February 2023), so that I can then start the final phase of data analysis for my PhD.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final phase of data analysis in my PhD project will start in February 2023, so by ECER/ERC 2023 I expect to have more findings to present beyond discussing the design and methodological setup (esp. the challenges of participatory design and research) of my PhD project. Currently, the results of my analyses point in the following direction: With regard to my research question (What happens in FabLabs as postdigital educational sites - from the perspective of the different actors involved?), 'failure' emerged as a central, complex and socio-technical phenomenon in the process of the three design cycles and the implementation of the educational activities with school classes. Firstly, my research-practice partners spoke a lot about ‘failure’ or ‘having failed’, so I will focus this speaking in my further analysis. Secondly, ‘failure', which also appears as 'stumbling', seems to be linked to various other phenomena, processes and emotions: e.g. machines/technologies, tools and programs, social and contextual conditions, previous experiences, knowledge, communication and collaboration as well as support processes, but also emotions like perplexity, frustrations, joy and amazement. And also changes of (pedagogical) roles seem to be linked to 'failure' in the context of FabLab and Making. The paper will analyze these linkages. Overall, the paper will draw on theories of failure from across the social and educational sciences to explore the argument, that ‘failure’ is constitutive not only for FabLab/Making, but for postdigital educational contexts and life in a postdigital society as a whole.
References
oCharmaz, Kathy (2012): The Power and Potential of Grounded Theory. In: Medical Sociology Online (6), S. 2–15.
oCostanza-Chock, Sasha (2020): Design justice. Community-led practices to build the worlds we need.
oCross, Ashley (2017): Tinkering in K-12: an exploratory mixed methods study of makerspaces in schools as an application of constructivist learning.
oDezuanni, Michael; Foth, Marcus; Mallan, Kerry; Hughes, Hilary (Hg.) (2018): Digital participation through social living labs. Valuing local knowledge, enhancing engagement
oJandrić, Petar; Knox, Jeremy; Besley, Tina; Ryberg, Thomas; Suoranta, Juha; Hayes, Sarah (2018): Postdigital science and education. In: Educational Philosophy and Theory 50 (10), S. 893–899. DOI: 10.1080/00131857.2018.1454000.
oJasanoff, Sheila (2016): The ethics of invention. Technology and the human future.
oKnox, Jeremy (2019): What Does the ‘Postdigital’ Mean for Education? Three Critical Perspectives on the Digital, with Implications for Educational Research and Practice. In: Postdigit Sci Educ 1 (2), S. 357–370. DOI: 10.1007/s42438-019-00045-y.
oLambert, Joe; Hessler, H. Brooke (2018): Digital storytelling. Capturing lives, creating community.
oMacgilchrist, Felicitas (2021): Theories of Postdigital Heterogeneity: Implications for Research on Education and Datafication. In: Postdigit Sci Educ, S. 1–8. DOI: 10.1007/s42438-021-00232-w.
oMaltese, Adam V.; Simpson, Amber; Anderson, Alice (2018): Failing to learn: The impact of failures during making activities. In: Thinking Skills and Creativity 30, S. 116–124. DOI: 10.1016/j.tsc.2018.01.003.
oMartin, Lee (2015): The Promise of the Maker Movement for Education. In: Journal of Pre-College Engineering Education Research (J-PEER) 5 (1), Artikel 4. DOI: 10.7771/2157-9288.1099.
oMcGranahan, C. (2014). What is ethnography? Teaching ethnographic sensibilities without fieldwork. In: Teaching Anthropology, 4, 23–56. https://doi.org/10.22582/ta.v4i1.421
oSanders, Elizabeth B.-N. (2013): Perspectives on Participation in Design. In: Claudia Mareis, Matthias Held und Gesche Joost (Hg.): Wer gestaltet die Gestaltung?
oSchelhowe, Heidi (2013): Digital realities, physical action and deep learning. FabLabs as educational environments? In: Julia Walter-Herrmann und Corinne Büching (Hg.): FabLab. Of Machines, Makers and Inventors. Berlin, 93–104.
oSimpson, Amber; Anderson, Alice; Maltese, Adam V.; Goeke, Megan (2018): 'I'm going to fail': How youth interpret failure across contextual boundaries.
oSuchman, Lucille Alice (2007): Human-machine reconfigurations. Plans and situated actions.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Me, my Selfie and I: an Exploration of Subjectivity and Identity Portrayal in Children's Social Media Use

Claire Pescott

USW, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Pescott, Claire

Children are heavy adopters of social media, despite the terms of service being thirteen years of age (Ofcom, 2022). This occupancy within the digital space, is changing the experience of socialisation for children and young people (Ranzini and Hoek, 2017). Digital technology and social media add new dimensions that children must navigate, and consequently social media has altered the notions of space, community and identity and the relationships between them (Thomson et al., 2018). For tweens (8 – 12-year-olds) on the cusp of adolescence, the presentation of a ‘digital identity’ involves a self-curated digital content in the form of narrative, images, and photographs. Furthermore, online virtual communities have been created and within a social-technical context, children and digital technologies interact (MacDonald et al., 2022). In this research, the age group of 10 and 11 years old was specifically chosen, as arguably, it is when they are becoming more influenced by peer culture (Steinbekk et al., 2021) and making tentative steps around shaping their own identity that is separate from their family and immediate influences of the home environment (James and Prout, 2015). Moreover, it is also the age group that is most likely to experience having their own mobile phone for the first time (Pangrazio and Gaibisso, 2020).

It is apparent that much of the literature and research on children’s social media use, as well as in mainstream media, is often shown through a deterministic lens, with children being portrayed as having little or no agency. Therefore, children’s social media usage is often viewed and represented in problematic terms or from ‘adultist views’ (Phippen and Street, 2022, p.43) with grooming, catfishing, and predator behaviour invariably seen as a jeopardy of digital spaces and exploitation as a real possibility (Reeves and Crowther, 2019). Consequently, to challenge this deterministic outlook, a theoretical framework that positions children as the experts in their own lives (James and James, 2004) and as active participants, capable of decision-making (Dockett et al, 2012) was held central to this research. It is important not to report a homogenous experience of children’s social media use and recognise their subjectivity within their experience, just as real-life socialisation and identity portrayal would entail. Implementing a social constructivist perspective, thus, allows for a situatedness of their experiences through their own narrative.

The theoretical lens of Goffman’s (1959) Impression Management was employed to this research, with the assumption that individuals strive to control or guide the impression of how others perceive them with how they present their appearance, attitude and manner depending on the audience that they encounter. Through these social interactions with others as an audience could consequently be viewed as the building blocks of our identity formation and how our beliefs, values, subjectivities, and behaviours are shaped. Goffman’s (1971) dramaturgical approach utilises the metaphor of the stage to illustrate differences between situations where self-presentation is salient and those that are less pronounced. This distinction may not be as apparent on social media though as profile pages of social media networks are artefacts that exist to position the creator in relation to the reader/audience and this may be carefully curated. For tweens this may be even more problematic, as they tentatively explore their identity in digital spaces, with social media being viewed as an additional stage for their performances that has a more permanent nature than the visceral experiences of real life interaction (Zhao, 2005). The research questions focused on how children’s identities are shaped by their experiences of social media, with the influence of gendered stereotypes and the pressures of these digital spaces.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research utilised a social constructionist ontology with the view that reality is neither objective nor singular and instead the notion that multiple realities are created by individuals (Arthur et al., 2012) and therefore tweens experience social media subjectively. An interpretivist epistemology was employed with the premise that individuals are each situated within a personal, societal, and cultural construct and their subjective experience of childhood is changing due to the pervasive nature of social media (Thomson et al., 2018). Four primary schools in the South Wales area were recruited for the research with varying demographics of both a higher and a lower socio-economic bias based on their intake indicated by Free School Meal status. Eight focus groups were conducted in total, two in each setting, N = 40 (participants were between 10 and 11 years old) self-nominated children, 20 males and 20 females.

Focus groups were conducted with various activities for example looking at faux profiles and posts, Snapchat filters, emojis and advertisements. The same questions were asked but lines of enquiry were pursued by the researcher. This method can reveal attitudes, beliefs, experiences, and feelings of participants and can help facilitate a holistic picture of children’s culture and language; a consensual view with rich responses (O’Reilly et al., 2013). Following the focus groups, 16 children were selected with the help of the teacher, these were also children who were vocal and some who were reticent in the focus group discussions. Collaging with an informal interview was conducted as a means of engaging with the children in a creative, participatory way. In this visual method, participants are invited to create a visual representation using college-making materials such as coloured beads, ribbon, sequins, balloons, tissue paper and feathers for example (Roberts and Woods, 2018). The collection of images requires thought over an extended period and allows the participant to slow down and connect with their own life (Mannay, 2016). Also, using this method, authenticity is high as it can facilitate an honest and accurate reflection (Grant, 2019). Roberts and Woods (2018) indicate that collage has the capacity to act to help conceptualise ideas and can represent subtleties of experiences and profound feelings and understandings and can act as ‘tin openers’ for talk, this was especially apparent to capture children’s subjectivities. The children were asked to think about their identity and how they see themselves on social media and real life.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The focus groups were thematically analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) model, this approach was also utilised for the collage data in the first instance but later the same data set was interrogated using analytic questions derived from Rose (2016) and Grbich (2012). This was followed by Brown and Collins’ (2021) analytical visuo-textual framework, which had three elements and two levels, combining the visual with the textual.

A master theme that emerged was ‘being and becoming in the digital space’, which included sub-themes of both positive/negative communication, feelings of belonging, and the possibilities of interaction. The sense of ludic that social media can engender was also apparent with reference to the entertainment purposes it can facilitate. The binary concept of ‘being’ and ‘becoming’ was disputed and children’s experiences were situated as more of a nuanced depiction that encompasses both elements. The changing nature of childhood and how everyday parenting and schooling thus play an integral part in shaping discourse surrounding technology and social media use (Thomson et al., 2018) was also apparent.

The second master theme was ‘the presentation of self within the digital space’ with the sub-themes of impression management, self-expression, celebrity influence, fakeness, validation, and image manipulation in relation to societal norms. This theme exemplified how Goffman’s (1959) perceived audience resonated in a digital space and influenced how children saw themselves and perceived others. This amplification was apparently due to the nature of social media and the discursive element allowing users to curate their own portrayal of self in relation to the likes and comments they may receive (Potter, 2012). The affordances of how filters can be used as props to alter images (Ditchfield, 2019) and perpetuate gender stereotypes was also been seen to be a much more prevalent issue for girls.


References
Arthur, J., Waring, M., Coe, R. and Hedges, L. (2012) Research methods & methodologies in Education. London: Sage.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), pp. 77 - 101.
Brown, N. and Collins, J. (2021) Systematic visuo -textual analysis: A framework for analysing visual and textual data, The Qualitative Report, 26(4), pp.1275 - 1290.
Ditchfield, H. (2019) ‘Behind the screen of Facebook: Identity construction in the rehearsal stage of online interaction’, New Media & Society, 22(6), pp. 927 - 943. Available at: 10.1177/1461444819873644 (Accessed: 17 April 2020).
Goffman, E. (1959) The presentation of self in everyday life. New York: The Overlook Press.
Goffman, E. (1971) Relations in public: Microstudies of the public order. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
Grant, A. (2018) Doing excellent social research with documents. London: Routledge.
Grbich, C. (2012) Qualitative data analysis. An introduction. 2nd edn. London: Sage.
James, A. and James, A. (2004) Constructing childhood. Theory, policy and social practice. Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan.
James, A. and Prout, A. (2015) Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. 3rd edn. London: Routledge.
Kara, H., Lemon, N., Mannay, D. and McPherson, M. (2021) Creative research methods in education: Principles and practice. Bristol: Policy Press.
Mannay, D. (2016) Visual, narrative and creative research methods. Application, reflection, and ethics. Oxon: Routledge.
Ofcom (2022) Children and parents: Media use and attitudes report 2020/21. Available at: https://www.ofcom.org.uk/research-and-data/media-literacy-research/childrens/children-and-parents-media-use-and-attitudes-report-2022
(Accessed 01 June 2022).  
Phippen, A. and Street, L. (2022) Online resilience and well-being in young people. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Ranzini, G. and Hoek, E. (2017) ‘To you who (I think) are listening: Imaginary audience and impression management on Facebook’, Computers in Human Behavior, 75, pp. 228 - 235.
Roberts, A. and Woods, P. (2018) ‘Theorising the value of collage in exploring educational leadership’, British Educational Research Journal, 44 (4), pp. 626 - 642.
Rose, G. (2016) Visual Methodologies. An introduction to researching with visual methods. 4th edn. London: Sage.
Steinbekk, S., Wichstrøm, L., Stenseng, F., Nesi, J., Hygen, B. and Skalická, V. (2021) ‘The impact of social media use on appearance self-esteem from childhood to adolescence – A 3-wave community study’, Computers in Human Behavior, 114, pp. 1 - 7.
Thomson, R., Berriman, L. and Bragg, S. (2018) Researching everyday childhoods: Time, technology and documentation in a digital age. London: Bloomsbury.
Zhao, G. (2003) ‘Identity discourse and education’, Journal of Thought, 38 (3), pp. 73 - 85.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 K: Language Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Describing and Explaining Literacy Practices in Diverse Contexts

Viknesh Subramaniam

National Institute of Education, Singapore

Presenting Author: Subramaniam, Viknesh

This presentation describes a descriptive study of literacy practices in Singapore and proposes utilising a similar model to examine and document the diverse ways families use and develop literacy in communities in international contexts. This would help educators align their own practices to meet their students’ varied ways of practicing literacy.

Literacy is most often understood to be a set of skills required for reading and writing (Keefe & Copeland, 2011). However, Knoblauch (1990) argued that literacy goes beyond reading and writing skills, and that defining it as such encodes sociocultural judgements. This is well demonstrated in Heath’s (1982) ethnographic study of the literacy practices of three communities– Middle-income white families, working-class white families, and working-class black families. Because the literacy practices of the working-class families differed from those in their mainstream schools, these children quickly fall behind in their grades with no way to keep up.

As such, Heath (1982) cautions against “a unilinear model of development in the acquisition of language structures” (p. 73) because when schools are not culturally responsive, they risk perpetuating socioeconomic inequalities. There are diverse ways of using and developing literacy, making it vital for educators to, firstly, understand the literacy practices of their communities and in their own sociocultural contexts, and, secondly, to align their own literacy practices with that of their communities’ to stem the reproduction of systemic disadvantages.

Singapore is perhaps best known worldwide for its economic prosperity and multi-ethnic population. These socioeconomic successes have been attributed to its meritocratic system that promises equality of opportunity. Consequently, educational achievement is highly sought after, with parents striving to give their children a head start through each stage of the educational system, from as early as preschool, to primary, secondary, and tertiary levels. Unfortunately, unequal socioeconomic and academic outcomes expose the systemic inequalities in Singapore, especially along ethnic and socioeconomic lines. This further emphasises the need for models of development to meet the needs of diverse contexts.

However, few studies have described literacy practices in the Singaporean context. Most of the reviewed studies have taken correlational approaches, examining the relationships between specific practices and literary outcomes. Fewer still have examined the complex interplay between ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and literacy practices. The literacy practices of the minority populations of Malays and Indians have received little to no research attention, while it remains unclear if literacy practices are ethnically (Dixon, 2011) or socioeconomically (Aman et al., 2009) determined. There is a need for more descriptive studies of literacy practices in the Singaporean context, especially in the ethnic minority populations.

The study presented sought to describe and explain the literacy practices of six low-income earning, ethnic minority families of preschool-aged children in Singapore. The questions that guided this study were:

  1. What are the literacy practices of low-income earning minority parents of preschool children in Singapore?
  2. Why do parents choose these literacy practices?

The study utilised the Social Theory of Literacy (Barton, 2007; Barton & Hamilton, 2000, 2012) as its theoretical framework. This theory defines literacy as a set of social practices, and exists simultaneously in the relationships between people and within individuals. Literacy practices, which include observable activities and intangible attitudes and values, are “the general cultural ways of utilizing literacy which people draw upon in a literacy event” (Barton, 2007, p. 37). These practices exist within domains, structured contexts, most common of which are homes and schools. Literacy practices are also shaped by cultural and historical factors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used the descriptive phenomenological psychological method introduced by Giorgi (2012). It is a phenomenological approach that examines lived experiences and identifies essences. It is also human scientific in its use of empirical, scientific, data gathering and analysis through a theoretical framework. This method allowed the study to present its findings through rich descriptions, and to explain the literacy practices of the participants through an essential structure.

Participants were recruited through two preschools in Singapore. Low-income earning parents were identified by their qualification for financial assistance. A total of five Malay and five Indian parents who were legally married, 2-parent families, with both parents in the household being Singaporean by birth, and of Malay or Indian ethnicity were selected for the study. Participants provided informed consent and were assured that their confidentiality and anonymity would be protected. Data was collected through two semi-structured interviews, video recordings and a demographic questionnaire. The aim of the first interview was to gather participants’ descriptions of lived experienced of literacy events and the second interview aimed to gather detailed descriptions of participants’ experiences of a literacy event they were involved in with their child, which they had made a video recording of. The demographic questionnaire gathered information about the members of the participants’ households which provided context for their descriptions of their experiences and ensured holistic analysis.

Transcripts of the interviews were analysed by first putting aside theoretical knowledge, assumptions, and information not presented by the participants. Meaning units were transformed into generalised third person descriptions, and then into expressions that described the meanings of the participants’ experiences according to the Social Theory of Literacy. Finally these social descriptions were coded using descriptive phrases and grouped into themes that described their essences. Trustworthiness was ensured using five strategies - variation, bracketing, member checking, peer checking and thick descriptions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants defined literacy as the ability to read, write and comprehend, positioning it as a necessary skill for formal education and future careers. Surprisingly, given the literatures differing description of the practices of each ethnic group, participants from both ethnicities in this study shared nearly identical literacy events and practices, differing only slightly in how they integrated other developmental domains into their literacy practices.

Participants’ literacy practices were largely shaped by personal experiences, their children’s preschool syllabus, and the constraints of their time, energy, and home environments. Fundamentally, their goals indicated a conflict between the demands of a competitive education system and personal values.

The similarities between the literacy practices of the Indian and Malay participants suggest that literacy practices in Singapore are not ethnically defined. Their literacy practices may be informed by common experiences of the Singaporean education system instead of their ethnic cultures. Their shared socioeconomic status may also explain the congruence, and further study is being conducted to explore how so literacy practices might compare across multiple income groups.

It would be useful to use the presented study as a model for examining the literacy practices of communities in different international contexts. It would provide practitioners with more current knowledge of the diversity of literacy events, practices, values, and attitudes in their communities, better allowing them to align their own practices.

References
Aman, N., Vaish, V., Bokhorst-Heng, W. D., Jamaludeen, A., Durgadevi, P., Feng, Y. Y., Khoo, B. S., Roslan, M., Appleyard, P., & Tan, T. K. (2009). The sociolinguistic survey of Singapore 2006 (Report No. CRP 22/04 AL). National Institute of Education (Singapore), Centre for Research in Pedagogy and Practice.
Barton, D. (2007). Literacy: An introduction to the ecology of written language (2nd ed.). Blackwell Publishing.
Barton, D., & Hamilton, M. (2000). Literacy practices. In D. Barton, M. Hamilton, & R. Ivanič (Eds.), Situated Literacies: Reading and Writing in Context (pp. 7-15). Routledge.
Barton, D., & Hamilton, M. (2012). Local literacies: Reading and writing in one community. Routledge.
Dixon, L. Q. (2011). Singaporean kindergartners' phonological awareness and English writing skills. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 32(3), 98-108. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2011.02.008
Giorgi, A. (2012). The descriptive phenomenological psychological method [Article]. Journal of Phenomenological Psychology, 43(1), 3-12. https://doi.org/10.1163/156916212X632934
Heath, S. B. (1982). What No Bedtime Story Means: Narrative Skills at Home and School. Language in Society, 11(1), 49-76. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4167291
Keefe, E. B., & Copeland, S. R. (2011). What Is literacy? The power of a definition [Article]. Research & Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 36(3-4), 92-99. https://doi.org/10.2511/027494811800824507
Knoblauch, C. H. (1990). Literacy and the politics of education. In A. A. Lumsford, H. Moglen, & J. Slevin (Eds.), The Right to Literacy (pp. 74-80). The Modern Language Association of America.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Up against Whiteness: The Intersectional Experiences of Chinese Women Teachers in the English Language Teaching Industry

Shuling Wang

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wang, Shuling

Research Questions

Race and racism remain largely unspeakable topics in China, partially due to the Chinese party-state’s denial of the existence of racism (Cheng, 2019). However, race plays a vital role in China’s education field, particularly in the English Language Teaching (ELT) industry. My study examines Chinese women teachers’ struggle to establish their legitimacy in the ELT industry where whiteness is the norm. The study finds that the ELT industry is more than a field of language teaching and learning. It is a field that commodifies whiteness, asserting a workplace racial hierarchy that affirms the racialised and gendered subordination of Chinese female teachers in relation to White male teachers. This study highlights a need to theorise race and English language education in China, given the growing role and impacts of European migrant teachers in China’s flourishing ELT industry. It also enables greater dialogue with the global English-language education community on the challenges and possibilities of diversity and inclusion.

The global spread of English as a lingua franca is historically associated with Western imperialism and colonialism (Phillipson, 1992) and shapes a ‘common sense’ that English is the property of white people (Jenks, 2017; Kubota & Lin, 2006; Rivers et al., 2013). Over the last two decades, China has become the world’s largest ELT market (Sohu, 2019). The intertwining of English and whiteness has translated into a massive demand for foreign teachers, particularly White people from Euro-American countries, to teach English in China, regardless of their professional backgrounds (Leonard, 2019). The industry accommodated over 400,000 foreign teachers in 2017, but two-thirds were reported unqualified who cashed in on their perceived closeness to White native English speakers (Pan, 2019). The racial hegemony in the ELT field formed by linguistic differences (Curtis & Romney, 2019; Von Esch et al., 2020) marginalises qualified teachers of color who are stereotyped as “inferior linguistically, economically and culturally due to their non‐white skin colour” (Author, 2019).

Race is not the industry’s only distinct category but also intersects with others, including gender and class, when constructing teachers’ subject positions. This study therefore explores Chinese women’s intersectional racialised experiences in China’s ELT industry. More specially, the study asks the following research questions:

1) How do Chinese women teachers describe and interpret their intersectional experiences in China’s ELT industry?

2) How do Chinese women teachers construct themselves in relation to other stakeholders in China’s ELT industry?

3) What are the affective dimensions of intersectional experiences on Chinese women in the ELT industry?

Theoretical Framework: Women of Colour Feminism

Following women of colour feminism (Hooks, 2000), this study develops theoretical concepts grounded in Chinese women teachers’ lived experiences. I employ intersectionality as a ‘sensitising concept’ (Blumer, 2017) to explore the complexity of interconnected identities and power relations that shape ELT teachers’ marginalisation and agency. I use interdisciplinary theoretical tools to place indigenous theoretical concepts, developed from teachers’ accounts, into academic conversation on affect theory, racial capitalism and possessive investment in whiteness. This allows for a greater insight into Chinese women teachers’ encounters with whiteness, revealing how race, gender class and the English language intersect to contribute to the inequalities present in ELT. For example, since intersectionality has been criticised for neglecting to consider factors that cannot be seen or heard (Falcón & Nash, 2015; Puar, 2020), this study uses affect theory along intersectionality. ‘Affect’ is not a personal emotion but a ‘felt’ power relationship (Pavlidis & Fullagar, 2013) involved in producing actions (Bogic, 2017; Puar, 2018), and this study use affect to understand what are the conditions that are producing certain emotions that reflect the ‘structure of being’ (Puar, 2018, p. 207) for Chinese women English-language teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study adopted a women of colour feminist qualitative inquiry design (Freeman, 2019) to investigate the lived intersectional experiences among 18 Chinese women English-language teachers who have worked closely with foreign teachers in the ELT industry. A purposive sampling approach was adopted to select information-rich participants. The selected Chinese teachers met the following criteria:

1) Self-identified as a Chinese woman teacher or teaching assistant of the English language
2) Worked with foreign teachers for over one year in a private-school context
3) Willing to share their experiences of navigating problems and countering discrimination when working with foreign teachers in the ELT industry

The study employed a semi-structured interview method and followed a feminist interview approach to collect data on women teachers’ experiences. Each participant was interviewed twice in interviews lasting one-to-two hours. Informal conversations were conducted with participants to clarify ideas, expressions, themes and concepts emerging from interview narratives that informed the interpretation of the collected data. Apart from interviews, this study also used the innovative emotional map-making method to understand participants’ emotional world in relation to social conditions. A reflexive research diary was also used as a means of reflection on ‘self, process and presentation’ (Sultana, 2007).

This study adopted feminist grounded theory (Olesen, 2007) for its data analysis. As no one has foregrounded Chinese women teachers’ perspectives on their experiences in the ELT industry, the study described and interpreted how these teachers articulated their experiences, without imposing my own priorities. I therefore allowed themes and theories to emerge from my interviews with teachers by following an iterative process of multiple readings and by constantly comparing data at each stage of analysis to identify patterns and differences through coding and memo writing, attending to the complexities of the situation of inquiry. By following grounded theory methods to analyse interview data, I provided the empirical evidence and conceptual tools needed to understand Chinese women teachers’ experiences from ‘their lives, relations, actions and words’ (Mathison, 2005), as grounded in their own narratives. The study’s analysis detailed how Chinese women teacher participants made meanings from their experiences based on their social positions and how they understood diversity and inclusion in the industry.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Chinese women English-language teachers construct the mothers of their students as ‘braindead mama fans’ who idolise and invest in White male teachers and dismiss Chinese women teachers as nannies. These Chinese women English-language teachers have observed how schools commodify whiteness and use managerial violence to differentiate English-language teachers based on race, gender and nationality, as it frequently assigns overqualified Chinese women teachers to teaching assistants positions, making them feel, in the words of several teachers, like “second-class citizens”. Chinese women English-language teachers also liken their unqualified and unreliable White teaching colleagues to “time bombs” and managing these time bombs produces the shared feelings of fear, anger and exhaustion. These findings tell whiteness as power structure in the industry which conditions Chinese women teachers’ professional life. Up against whiteness, these women teachers seek different ways to resist intersectional racism in the ELT industry, including withdrawal from caring and emotional work, negotiation for better working conditions, and solidarity with teachers of colour.

The study situates the framework of intersectionality into the Chinese context to conceptualise the women teachers’ lived intersectional experiences in the ELT industry. It highlights an urgent need to theorise and disrupt intersectional racism in China’s English-language education systems and calls for diversifying teaching staff and fostering an equal collaborative relationship between Chinese teachers and European teachers, drawing policymakers’ attention to the sustainable growth of this industry. The study also contributes to broader academic discussion on education institutions’ commitment to social justice, diversity and inclusion when participating in the global English-language education sector.

References
Blumer, H. (2017). What is wrong with social theory? In Sociological methods (pp. 84–96). Routledge.
Bogic, A. (2017). Theory in perpetual motion and translation: Assemblage and intersectionality in feminist studies. Atlantis: Critical Studies in Gender, Culture & Social Justice, 38(1), 138–149.
Cheng, Y. (2019). “Call a Spade a Spade”. In Y. Cheng, Discourses of Race and Rising China (pp. 1–26). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-05357-4_1
Curtis, A., & Romney, M. (2019). Color, race, and English language teaching: Shades of meaning. Routledge.
Falcón, S. M., & Nash, J. C. (2015). Shifting analytics and linking theories: A conversation about the “meaning-making” of intersectionality and transnational feminism. Women’s Studies International Forum, 50, 1–10.
Freeman, E. (2019). Feminist theory and its use in qualitative research in education. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
Hooks, B. (2000). Feminist theory: From margin to center. Pluto Press.
Jenks, C. (2017). English for sale: Using race to create value in the Korean ELT market. Applied Linguistics Review, 10(4), 517–538. https://doi.org/10.1515/applirev-2017-0090
Kubota, R., & Lin, A. (2006). Race and TESOL: Introduction to concepts and theories. TESOL Quarterly, 40(3), 471–493.
Leonard, P. (2019). ‘Devils’ or ‘Superstars’? Making English Language Teachers in China. In Destination China (pp. 147–172). Springer.
Olesen, V. L. (2007). Feminist qualitative research and grounded theory: Complexities, criticisms, and opportunities. The SAGE Handbook of Grounded Theory, 1, 417–435.
Pan, M. (2019, August 5). Action taken over illegally hired English teachers. China Daily. http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/global/2019-08/05/content_37498627.htm
Pavlidis, A., & Fullagar, S. (2013). Narrating the multiplicity of ‘Derby Grrrl’: Exploring intersectionality and the dynamics of affect in roller derby. Leisure Sciences, 35(5), 422–437.
Phillipson, R. (1992). Linguistic imperialism. Oxford University Press.
Puar, J. K. (2018). Terrorist assemblages: Homonationalism in queer times. Duke University Press.
Puar, J. K. (2020). “I would rather be a cyborg than a goddess”: Becoming-intersectional in assemblage theory. In Feminist Theory Reader (pp. 405–415). Routledge.
Rivers, D. J., Ross, A. S., Houghton, S. A., Furumura, Y., Lebedko, M., & Li, S. (2013). Uncovering stereotypes: Intersections of race and English native-speakerhood. Critical Cultural Awareness: Managing Stereotypes through Intercultural (Language) Education, 42–61.
Sohu (2019). 全中国超 4 亿人在学英语 [More than 400 million people in China are learning English]. Insight. https://www.sohu.com/a/344290251_120047227
Sultana, F. (2007). Reflexivity, positionality and participatory ethics: Negotiating fieldwork dilemmas in international research. ACME: An International Journal for Critical Geographies, 6(3), 374–385.
Von Esch, K. S., Motha, S., & Kubota, R. (2020). Race and language teaching. Language Teaching, 53(4), 391–421. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444820000269
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 L: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Can a Public-Private Education Policy Transform the Lives of Disadvantaged Children? Private School Inclusion via India’s Right to Education Act

Inderjit Bains

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bains, Inderjit

Background

The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act of 2009 (known as the Right to Education Act or RTE) symbolises India’s commitment towards providing learning for all children. The RTE’s enactment means a statutory framework is now in place for the first time to ensure all children between the ages of 6 – 14 receive a compulsory education (Maithreyi and Sriprakash, 2018). This policy has so far been instrumental in increasing school enrolment (Bhattacharjee, 2019) while reaffirming India’s recent drive towards becoming a nation which embraces inclusive education.

The RTE is also striking for acknowledging the role of the private sector in realising an education for all. RTE Section 12(1)(c) is an innovative public-private policy instrument which mandates unaided private schools allocate 25% of school places to economically weaker / disadvantaged children (Sarin et al., 2017). The clause therefore echoes the sentiment of UNESCO’s recent Global Education Monitoring Report, “Non-state actors in education: Who chooses? Who loses?”, which highlights how meeting shared education goals may require close collaboration between state and non-state actors (UNESCO, 2021).

Yet in spite of the huge growth of the private sector and an increasing number of children accessing school places, whether the Section 12(1)(c) reservation (hereafter, the 25% provision) is universally applied and supportive of disadvantaged children remains in doubt. Although the provision applies nationally, only 17 out of 36 states are currently admitting children under its remit (Indus Action, 2021) and many elite private schools have resisted admissions or attempted to evade the system by contesting the constitutionality of the clause through the Supreme Court (Sarangapani et al., 2014).

Aims and Research Questions

The present qualitative study aims to evaluate how private schools under RTE Section 12(1)(c) support disadvantaged children with their learning, and the extent this learning can be deemed inclusive. It seeks to investigate this issue by exploring the views and experiences of different actors connected to private schools, namely pupils, parents, teachers and non-teaching staff.

Research in this area is needed because there remains a paucity of qualitative studies examining learning under Section 12(1)(c), particularly regarding the concept of inclusive education. Furthermore, given the absence of evidence regarding children’s experiences of the 25% provision (Lafleur and Srivastava, 2019), it would be interesting to explore this topic through the perspectives of child and adult actors experiencing the policy in their daily lives. This PhD project therefore assesses whether disadvantaged children under the 25% provision are treated and taught in the same way as their peers, or instead experience forms of discrimination or segregation. The following main research questions will aid this inquiry:

  • What is the current role of India’s RTE 25% provision in enabling inclusive education for disadvantaged children in private schools?
  • How is the RTE 25% provision experienced by various actors in private schools (students, parents, teachers and non-teaching school staff)?

Theoretical frameworks

The project relies on two frameworks to evaluate inclusive education elements under the 25% provision: Bronfenbrenner’s ‘Bioecological systems theory of human development’ (Bronfenbrenner and Morris, 2007) and Save the Children’s ‘Quality Learning Framework’ (QLF) (2022). Bronfenbrenner’s theory depicts the role of individuals, their activities and interactions across different levels of an ‘ecological system’, namely the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, macrosystem and chronosystem. Thus, the framework provides the possibility of mapping, exploring and understanding the connections and interconnections that influence inclusive education (Anderson et al., 2014). The QLF is distinctive due to its incorporation of widely-accepted elements of inclusion in relation to education for all. It provides detailed guidance on crucial features of inclusive education, such as access to learning, teaching, community involvement and school leadership issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Approach and Sample
The research will principally be qualitative and will explore first-hand perceptions and experiences of individuals intimately involved with the 25% provision.  Furthermore, the study adopts a multiple case study approach for examining learning and inclusion issues in three private schools which adopt the provision.  Case study research allows an in-depth exploration of a variety of issues (Bhatta, 2018), and three schools are examined given evidence from multiple cases is considered more robust than simply focusing on one case (Yin, 2018).
  
The schools have been chosen purposefully, and a cross-case comparison of schools with varying fee-structure will enable a more holistic understanding of learning and inclusion issues.  Data collection will thus take place in:

- one low-fee paying unaided private school
- one mid-fee paying unaided private school
- one high-fee paying unaided private school

Methods
Methods typically used in case study research include observations and interviews.  Classroom observations of learning practices will be conducted to create the possibility of gaining a rich, comprehensive, contextualised understanding of social action and behaviour (Pole and Morrison, 2003).  Furthermore, interviews (both focus group and individual) will be utilised for exploring how individuals experience and view issues pertaining to learning and inclusion.  Pupils in this study will be older children aged between 12 – 16 years old; and a combination of diary-keeping and focus group interviews will be used for this target group since these methods are more sensitive to older children’s developmental needs and abilities (Gibson, 2012).
 
In addition, documentary analysis of policies, plans and records from various sources, e.g. government documents and school websites, will also provide valuable evidence for investigating the research topic at the school, community and state/national levels.  Overall, a multi-layered examination of concepts, policies, systems, practices and other factors at the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem and macrosystem fits in with the practice of drawing on various sources of information in case study research (Creswell, 2013).  

Data Analysis
Data collection is due to commence in March 2023 and, once evidence is gathered, thematic analysis will be used to identify, organise, analyse and report on themes (Braun and Clarke, 2006).  Hence, in connection with the various levels of the ecological system, themes will be drawn inductively to obtain theories and explanations from the data (Patton, 2015); and these will be evaluated against QLF criteria to appraise the role of the 25% provision in facilitating inclusive education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project hopes to add to two areas of empirical research.  Firstly, to the more extensive literature regarding inclusive education which in India has hitherto focused predominantly on issues around children with disabilities (Singal, 2019), whereas in Europe is recognised as referring to all children more generally (Kefallinou et al., 2020).  Secondly, to the more limited literature concerning private school inclusion through RTE Section 12(1)(c).
  
Overall, the study seeks to gain a clearer understanding of the shape and form of learning and inclusion elements in policies and systems at the state and community levels; and how these translate into practices within schools and classrooms.  Analysis within and beyond schools (from the micro- to the macrosystem) will hopefully yield a deeper understanding of inclusion issues which may tentatively be used to comment on the private schooling sector both in India and international contexts.  Thus, by applying Bronfenbrenner’s Bioecological framework and the QLF, the project aims to develop and expand on existing theory and may potentially inform national and international debates regarding learning and inclusion processes

In terms of outcomes, this research has the potential for generating new knowledge and approaches to understanding inclusive education issues with respect to multiple forms of disadvantage.   Furthermore, it might help improve outcomes for disadvantaged children in the Indian context by raising awareness and understanding of school- and community-wide oppressive and exclusionary practices on the one hand, and beneficial and inclusive ones on the other.  

The aim of this conference paper is to elaborate on the research design and methods used for investigating the 25% provision and private school learning and inclusion.  Moreover, the presentation intends to provide an assessment of the adopted frameworks, outline early emerging themes and findings, and consider the implications of implementing public-private education policy initiatives in support of disadvantaged children.

References
Anderson, J., Boyle, C., Deppeler, J. 2014. The ecology of inclusive education: Reconceptualising Bronfenbrenner. In Zhang, H., Wing, P., Chan, K. & Boyle, C. (Eds.), Equality in education: Fairness and inclusion (pp. 23–34). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.

Bhatta, T. P. 2018. Case Study Research, Philosophical Position and Theory Building: A Methodological Discussion. Dhaulagiri Journal of Sociology and Anthropology, 12, 72-79.

Bhattacharjee, S. 2019. Ten Years of RTE Act: Revisiting Achievements and Examining Gaps. ORF Issue Brief, (304).

Bronfenbrenner, U. & Morris, P. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. Handbook of child psychology.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), 77-101.

Creswell, J. W. 2013. Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches. Los Angeles: SAGE Publications.
 
Gibson, J. E. 2012. Interviews and focus groups with children: Methods that match children’s developing competencies. Journal of Family Theory & Review, 4, 148-159.

Indus Action. 2021.  Bright Spots Report 2021: Status of Inclusion through the Lens of RTE Section 12(1)(c). Indus Action.

Kefallinou, A., Symeonidou, S., Meijer, C.J.W. 2020. Understanding the value of inclusive education and its implementation: A review of the literature. Prospects. 49:135-152.

Lafleur, M., & Srivastava, P. 2019. Children’s accounts of labelling and stigmatization in private schools in Delhi, India and the Right to Education Act. Education Policy Analysis Archives. 27(135).

Maithreyi, R. & Sriprakash, A. 2018. The governance of families in India: education, rights and responsibility. Comparative education, 54 (3), 352-369.

Patton, M. Q. 2015. Qualitative research & evaluation methods: integrating theory and practice. 4th ed.: SAGE Publications, Inc.

Pole, C. & Morrison, M. 2003. Ethnography for Education. Berkshire: McGraw-Hill Education.

Sarangapani, P. M., Mehendale, A., Mukhopadhyay, R. & Namala, A. 2014. Inclusion of marginalized children in private unaided schools: The RTE Act, 2009: An Exploratory Study. New Delhi: Oxfam India.

Sarin, A., Dongre, A. & Wad, S. 2017. State of the Nation: RTE Section 12 (1)(c). Ahmedabad, India: IIM Ahmedabad.

Save the Children. 2022. Quality Learning Framework. London: Save the Children. Available: https://resourcecentre.savethechildren.net/document/quality-learning-framework/

Singal, N. 2019. Challenges and opportunities in efforts towards inclusive education: reflections from India. International journal of inclusive education, 23 (7-8), 827-840.

UNESCO. 2021. Non-state actors in education.  Who chooses?  Who loses?  UNESCO, Global Education Monitoring Report. Available: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379875

Yin, R. K. 2018. Case Study Research and Application: Design and Methods. 6th Ed. Thousands Oaks: SAGE Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The State of Critical Thinking in Algerian EFL Classes between Policy Discourse and Policy Implementation: University Teachers’ Perceptions

Sarra Hocini

The University of the west of scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hocini, Sarra

Critical thinking - the educational ideal of higher education - has become a mandatory objective that academics and educators seek to develop within their students as a crucial skill for their academic success, in the university setting and even beyond in the workplace (Davis, 2011). Critical thinking has become increasingly prominent in language education in the 21st century (Li, 2016).

With the demands of the twenty-first century, many countries in the world – in addition to western countries - have initiated educational reforms trying to ameliorate the students’ learning experiences, along similar lines (Bell, Stevenson and Neary, 2009). However, in Algeria, critical thinking has not received the same attention as other basic skills (Melouah, 2017; Kheladi, 2019). It has not been seriously supported by the educational system, and there is little evidence of it being infused into the curriculum (Benmati, 2008). Djamaa (2016, p.252) claims: ‘. . . critical thinking, however the cornerstone of higher education worldwide nowadays, seems lost in the shuffle in Algeria, particularly in the EFL classroom’.

Therefore, this study aims to explore the real state of critical thinking in the the Algerian university, nowadays, from different dimensions to identify where the actual problem lies. More specifically, this research aims the explore the extent to which critical thinking is integrated in the policy documents communicated by the Ministry of Higher Education. It aims also to explore EFL teachers’ conceptualisations of critical thinking, whether or not they have a deep understanding of the concept, how they view the significance of incorporating critical thinking in different subjects, and what teaching approaches and potential practices they employ to infuse it in their pedagogy, if there are any, highlighting the obstacles and challenges that prevent them from implementing critical thinking in their classes. Lastly, this study aims to investigate whether critical thinking has moved from the educational agenda to actual educational practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve these aims, this study adopts a qualitative methodology using an exploratory case study design. Case study research design was particularly chosen to provide a holistic picture of the state of critical thinking in Algerian higher education using multiple methods of data collection.  Adeyemi (2008) argues that combining multiple research tools reduces the risk of bias in the research outcomes, minimises threats to the validity and reliability of the research findings, and hence maximises the trustworthiness of the study.  Therefore, three research instruments were employed in the study: document analysis, classroom observation, and semi-structured interviews. Three curriculum documents of English language were analysed. Data were gathered from ten EFL university teachers using purposive and convenience sampling strategies, and ten classroom observation sessions were conducted. Inductive thematic analysis was used to analyse the collected data following the six phases of thematic analysis outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, the results indicated that the curriculum documents do not emphasise critical thinking as an educational objective, most of the objectives are related to lower cognitive skills. it was also revealed that there is a significant lack of knowledge and understanding of the concept of critical thinking among teachers. Therefore, it is very unlikely for teachers who do not have knowledge about critical thinking, and who do not practise and model critical thinking to be able to develop it in students. Although, teachers were aware of the importance critical thinking inside and outside the classroom, they believed that it is not meant for everyone. They argued that critical thinking is an intricate concept that can be possessed by or developed only in intermediate or advanced students. Moreover, teachers highlighted a number a challenges they deemed to be impeding to the cultivation of critical thinking. Lack of motivation and resistance to challenging activities were among student’s related issues. Teachers also perceived shortage of time and the length of syllabuses, along with the system’s marginalization of critical thinking as hindrances to the development of critical thinking. The findings imply that teachers focus more on the content, and on transmitting  all aspects of the language, but they neglect the ultimate goal that any university across the globe aim at: to teach the students how to think critically about the knowledge they receive and not only what to think about.
Despite the claim of adopting new innovative teaching approaches, it was revealed that the exam-centric education and the teacher-centered approach are still dominating our educational system which leaves no room to the cultivation of critical thinking.

References
Adeyemi, A. D. (2008) Approaches to teaching English composition writing at junior secondary schools in Botswana. PhD thesis. University of University of South Africa. Available at: http://hdl.handle.net/10500/2340 (Accessed: 9 June 2021).
Benmati, K. L. A (2008) Is the Algerian educational system weakening? An investigation of the high school curricula and their adequacy with the university curricula. PhD Thesis. Mentouri University Constantine .Available at: file:///C:/Users/77901060/Downloads/Benmati%20(2008)%20Algerian%20education%20system.pdf (Accessed: 26 November 2019)
Benmoussat, N. D. and Benmoussat, S. (2018a) ‘ELT in Algeria: The hegemony of the teach-to-the-test approach’, English Language and Literature Studies, 8(2), pp.63-68. http://doi.org/10.5539/ells.v8n2p63.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101. http://dx.doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Davies, M. (2015) ‘A model of critical thinking in higher education’, in Paulsen, M. (ed.) Higher education: handbook of theory and research. Switzerland: Springer, Cham, pp 41-92.
Djamaa, S. (2016) ‘Reading the book versus ‘reading’ the film: cinematic adaptations of literature as catalyst for EFL students’ critical thinking dispositions’, Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 7(2), pp. 252-263. http://dx.doi.org/10.17507/jltr.0702.03
Norris, S. P. (1985) ‘Synthesis of research on critical thinking’, Educational Leadership, 42 (8), pp.40-45. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED290196


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role for Trade Unions on the Promotion of Lifelong Learning and Education

Christa Van Oostende

Antwerp University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Van Oostende, Christa

This paper aims to assess the trade unions’ alignment with the European Union (EU)’s skills strategy and the priority that trade unions give to the promotion of lifelong learning across all segments of the Belgian (future) workforce. Trade Unions hereby find themselves in competing social dialogues regarding Education, Employment and Social policy-making. The leading research question of this article is: how do trade unions contribute to promoting lifelong learning in Belgium?

For the last two decades scholars and policy-makers, knowledgeable in the disciplines of (Adult) Education and Social Sciences, have addressed the diversity of (adult) learners, and have warned for the risk of creating a dual society, between ‘those who know’ and ‘those who don’t know’ (Boeren, 2009; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020). Possessing agency to participate to (adult) learning in the new Information Society, is not an equal challenge for all (Boeren, 2017; Eynon & Malmberg, 2021; Iñiguez-Berrozpe & Boeren, 2020).

The EU’s Pillar of Social Right urges social partners, including trade unions, to put equal access to lifelong learning higher on the collective bargaining agenda (CEC, 2021; CEDEFOP, 2020) while Adult Education Surveys tell that employers distribute investments in adult learning unequally across their groups of employees. Vulnerable employees, are likely to participate less in learning in an unfavourable learning climate (Boyadjieva & Ilieva-Trichkova, 2017; Fugate, Heijden, Vos, Forrier, & Cuyper, 2021; Vansteenkiste, Kimps, Penders, Deschietere, & Van Cauwenberghe, 2022; Vansteenkiste, Verbruggen, Forrier, & Sels, 2014).

Policy-makers and business practitioners introduce upskilling and reskilling measures against the contested paradigms of full employment, and the imperfect matching of skills (de Beer, 2022; B. E. Kaufman, 2010). They blend concepts such as 21st century skills, STEM education, lifelong learning and employability in contemporary work-of-the-future-narratives, and push educational curricula and teaching methods into reforms to modernise economy on the Industry 4.0 highway (Bughin, Lund, & Hazan, 2018; Federal Government, 2018; Krajcik, Sahin, & Mohr-Schroeder, 2019). The EU’s positioning of adult learning goals in economic competitiveness strategies, and the increased focus on quantitative benchmarking, tend to narrow down lifelong learning to lifelong earning goals (Boeren & Íñiguez-Berrozpe, 2022).

Educators often see their role with a humanistic scope, and fear that the social function of education is crowded out under business needs (Rasmussen & Lolle, 2022) while employers complain that school leavers lack a lifelong learning mentality and skillset to transit smoothly from school to work, and to adapt quickly to changing skill demands in the workplace (De Rick, 2010; Hvinden et al., 2019; K. Kaufman, Sahin, & Mohr-Schroeder, 2019).

Scholars find that growing effective lifelong learners before they enter the world of work, requires an integrated approach, and diverse learning experiences and diversity interactions from teachers (Loes, Pascarella, & Umbach, 2012). Goodman et al. recommend that instructors obtain training and support to adapt their teaching approach, and integrate diversity in view of improving learning for all students (Goodman & Bowman, 2014). Culver et al. have found -especially for students with lower grades when starting college- that a combination of in-class rigor and intellectually challenging assignments for first-year students benefits their critical thinking skills in the fourth year of college and throughout their careers (Culver, Braxton, & Pascarella, 2019).

Providing diversified education curricula demands considerable efforts from teachers, and leads to teachers’ trade union opposition (Barrett, 2020). Trade unions experience paradoxical tensions between debates of educational modernisation on one hand, and implementation of citizenship education frameworks, boosting equal access to 21st century skills’ provision on the other hand. This research will describe and explain the pathways and instruments that trade unions in Belgium use to implement emerging lifelong learning legislation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper takes a qualitative approach. Partially explanatory, it builds on five types of data sources: policy documents by International Organizations (OECD, EU), Belgian legislation, collective labour agreements, a review of academic literature at the intersection of the primary multidisciplinary research fields, and semi-structured interviews with Belgian trade union representatives from all involved governance levels, for four different sectors, which each face similar and different skill challenges, under the influence of digitisation and the EU’s 2030 learning targets and skills strategy (Construction, Food industry, Transport and Logistics, and Education).
The document study from the above mentioned sources and the semi-structured interviews critically and empirically analyse how collective labour agreements and employee representation effectively translate the EU’s skills strategy, with a fairness and diversity lens, targeted at an inclusive educative workplace. Mechanisms and measures which contribute to equal access and reduce obstacles to participation are identified as ‘inclusive’. Worker and workplace characteristics that are decisive for the entitlement of training rights are coded as either inclusive or exclusive.
In order to be able to assess and explain the complexity and contested contributions of trade unions in the Belgian ecosystem of (adult) learning and education, the paper reverts to Varieties of Capitalism, Corporatism, and Industrial Relations literature, in which the role of the state, institutional complementarities, and the tensions between stakeholders and their competing interests, are central. The findings from the five types of independent data sources are brought together in a discussion section.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Building a learning society all the way to the entire future and current workforce requires many steps of alignment amongst units of advisory, decision-making and executional bodies in their complex setting of subnational, national, sectoral and regional levels with varying competencies, autonomy and narratives.
The challenges for the Education sector and its entire workforce are paramount. Teachers are urged to adapt educational curricula and training approaches more rapidly, in order to respond to labour market and business needs. Educational reforms launched by Education Ministries expect from teachers to incorporate ‘diversity’ as a leverage to enable all type of learners to acquire 21st century skills and lifelong learning appetite, and to equip young graduates, regardless of their educational level, with competences to adapt to changing skill demands in the workplace throughout their career and adult life. This huge ambition on the shoulders of teachers will require training and support for teachers, especially for those teachers who experience difficulty themselves to reskill and upskill in their subject fields. Teachers, in fact, are expected to behave as lifelong learners as well.
The findings which this research will deliver, aim to describe and explain the pathways and instruments that trade unions in Belgium use to contribute actively -or not- to the effective implementation of European, federal and regional legislation with regard to lifelong learning and educational challenges, more specifically to enhance ‘equal access’ for all learners to lifelong learning. In doing so, this study aims to contribute to the literature of industrial relations and adult learning collective bargaining.
It invites scholars, policy-makers and business practitioners, active in the disciplines of adult learning, 21st century skills, labour market effectiveness and trade unionism to further co-construct the adult learning and educational ecosystems and to elaborate on the issues put forward in this work.

References
Barrett, M. (2020). The Council of Europe's Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. London Review of Education, 18, 1-17.
Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175.
Boeren, E., & Íñiguez-Berrozpe, T. (2022). Unpacking PIAAC’s cognitive skills measurements through engagement with Bloom’s taxonomy. Studies in Educational Evaluation.
Boyadjieva, P., & Ilieva-Trichkova, P. (2017). Between Inclusion and Fairness:Social Justice Perspective to Participation in Adult Education. Adult education quarterly, 67(2), 97-117.
Culver, K. C., Braxton, J., & Pascarella, E. (2019). Does teaching rigorously really enhance undergraduates’ intellectual development? The relationship of academic rigor with critical thinking skills and lifelong learning motivations. Higher Education, 78(4), 611-627.
Desjardins, R., & Ioannidou, A. (2020). The political economy of adult learning systems—some institutional features that promote adult learning participation. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 43(2), 143-168.
Fugate, M., Heijden, B. v. d., Vos, A. D., Forrier, A., & Cuyper, N. D. (2021). Is What’s Past Prologue? A Review and Agenda for Contemporary Employability Research. Academy of Management Annals, 15(1), 266-298.
Goodman, K. M., & Bowman, N. A. (2014). Making Diversity Work to Improve College Student Learning. New Directions for Student Services, 2014(147), 37-48.
Hvinden, B., Hyggen, C., Schoyen, M. A., Sirovátka, T., Imdorf, C., Shi, L. P., Yfanti, A. (2019). Youth Unemployment and Job Insecurity in Europe: Problems, Risk Factors and Policies.Edward Elgar Publishing.
Iñiguez-Berrozpe, T., & Boeren, E. (2020). Twenty-First Century Skills for All: Adults and Problem Solving in Technology Rich Environments. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 25(4), 929-951.
Kaufman, B. E. (2010). The Theoretical Foundation of Industrial Relations and its Implications for Labor Economics and Human Resource Management. ILR Review, 64(1), 74-108.
Kaufman, K., Sahin, A., & Mohr-Schroeder, M. J. (2019). STEM Education 2.0: Myths and Truths – What Has K-12 STEM Education Research Taught Us? In What Skills Do 21st Century High School Graduates Need to Have to Be Successful in College and Life? (pp. 337-349): Brill.
Loes, C., Pascarella, E., & Umbach, P. (2012). Effects of Diversity Experiences on Critical Thinking Skills: Who Benefits? The Journal of Higher Education, 83(1), 1-25.
Rasmussen, A., & Lolle, E. L. (2022). Accessibility of General Adult Education An Analysis of the Restructuring of Adult Education Governance in Denmark. Adult education quarterly, 72(1), 24-41.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 M: Gender and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marit Hoveid
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Perceptions and Experiences of Women Academics in Turkey Regarding Mansplaining

Rozerin Yaşa1, Kadriye Begüm Doğruyol Aladak2

1Ankara University, Turkey; 2Marmara University, Turkey

Presenting Author: Yaşa, Rozerin

Abstract

This research aims to examine the perceptions of women academics in Turkey about the concept of mansplaining and to reveal and interpret their experiences of being exposed to it. Mansplaining is defined as the act of explaining something to someone in a patronizing and condescending manner (Reagle, 2016). In other words, it is the practice of a man explaining something to a woman in a way that shows he thinks he knows and understands more than she does (Oxford Dictionary, 2022). Mansplaining, in its simplest form, is the practice of silencing women by men. However, women from different social backgrounds can experience this in different forms and intensities. When the related literature is examined, it is seen that the concept of mansplaining is studied by analysing social media (Bridges, 2017; Lutzsky, 2021), it is analysed through the lens of epistemic injustice and it is determined what mansplaining is and what its damages are (Dular, 2021), a mixed-method study (Koc-Michalska, et al., 2021) which investigated the younger version of mansplaining in primary schools and examined the nature, prevalence and relations of the concept of mansplaining in modern working life. This research will examine the perceptions of women academics in Turkey about mansplaining and reveal their negative experiences, the obstacles and problems they face, the effects of this situation on their academic careers and their solution suggestions to overcome these problems will be revealed and interpreted.

Debates on patriarchy, gender inequalities, gender-based violence, and mansplaining encountered by women both in their social and working life as well as in academia have increased from past to present in European countries and around the world. The intensity of the discussions in this regard suggests that there are still some problems or deficiencies in the implementation of gender equality policies and in the elimination of patriarchy and the masculine mindset in academia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is designed with the qualitative method, phenomenological research design. The reason for using the phenomenological design is that it is a design that reveals the ways in which more than one participant makes sense of a phenomenon or a concept they have experienced in phenomenology studies (Creswell, 2014). Criterion sampling technique will be used. It is planned to interview minimum 10 women academics from various universities who are interested in this issue or who have been exposed to mansplaining in their academic career. A semi-structured interview form developed by the researchers will be used to collect the data. NVivo 10 package programme will be used in the analysis of qualitative data. The data will be analysed by the content analysis method. Finally, the findings will be interpreted with key findings summarised and analysed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings are expected to raise national and international awareness of the issue and provide solution suggestions by revealing the problems experienced by women academics in Turkey regarding mansplaining and their perceptions of this concept.
References
Bridges, J. (2017). Gendering metapragmatics in online discourse:“Mansplaining man gonna mansplain…”. Discourse, Context & Media, 20, 94-102.
Creswell, J. W., (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
Dular, N. (2021). Mansplaining as epistemic injustice. Feminist Philosophy Quarterly, 7(1).
Koc-Michalska, K., Schiffrin, A., Lopez, A., Boulianne, S., & Bimber, B. (2021). From online political posting to mansplaining: The gender gap and social media in political discussion. Social Science Computer Review, 39(2), 197-210.
Lutzky, U., & Lawson, R. (2019). Gender politics and discourses of# mansplaining,# manspreading, and# manterruption on Twitter. Social Media+ Society, 5(3), 2056305119861807.
Oxford Dictionary (2022). Mansplaining. https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/definition/english/mansplaining?q=mansplaining
Reagle, J. (2016). The obligation to know: From FAQ to Feminism 101. New Media & Society, 18(5), 691-707.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

French Contribution to Trans Studies in Physical Education

Bastien Pouy-Bidard

CY Cergy Paris Université, France

Presenting Author: Pouy-Bidard, Bastien

Far from medical considerations (Stone, 1987), trans studies have become widely established in the field of education and trans*formational pedagogies are currently emerging in different countries (Nicolazzo et al., 2015).

The inclusion of "trans" students divides the French Republican school. Some professionals of the French education system, driven by the universalist tradition of the school as an institution (Haby, 1975) and its gender blind ambition, have difficulty accepting the recognition of students' gender identity. However, for some years now, we have been forced to note the intensification of differentialist orientations in French schools (Jospin, 1989) and the crumbling of the indifference to differences model (Rochex, 2020). Unsurprisingly, in 2021, a memo was published, aiming the actors of the French national education system, and entitled "for a better consideration of gender identity matters in the school environment".

Although the document undeniably provides fairly explicit guidelines, the fact remains that Éducation Physique et Sportive (EPS) – French Physical Education (PE) – is surprisingly evacuated from the subject, leaving the questions expressed by teachers in this discipline unanswered (Couchot-Shiex, 2019).

It must be said that trans studies in Education and Training Sciences are struggling to emerge in the Francophone context (Richard & Alessandrin, 2019). In France, there is a real dearth of scientific work on the experiences of young "trans" people in EPS, justifying the absence of institutional recommendations for professionals in the discipline.

On the other hand, in Europe and on the other side of the Atlantic, research investigating trans-identified people in Physical Education (PE) is multiplying. Different disciplinary particularisms are addressed: motor skills (Devís-Devís et al., 2018); locker rooms (Jones et al., 2016); groups (Hargie et al., 2017); performances (Devís-Devís, et al., 2018); physical, sports and artistic activities (McBride, 2021); or teachers (Foley et al., 2016).

Inspired by those, we have modestly begun, since 2020, to approach trans studies in EPS (Pouy-Bidard, 2022), an eminently singular discipline in the context of the "French-style" Republican School. On the occasion of the Emerging Researchers' Conference (ERC), we offered to explicitly answer these questions: what are the experiences of "trans" students in PE in France? And do they differ significantly from those of European "trans" youth?

The main hypothesis lies in the idea that PE, when it is an eminently scholastic teaching discipline in France, and when it officially is at odds with the competitive sports model, the experiences of "trans" students differ from those of their European counterparts. Put to the test, the validation or invalidation of this answer thus intends to make a singular contribution to the co-construction of the "trans-school-PE" research object on an international scale.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

In order to propose a genuine assessment of the situation in the French context, this exploratory work adopts a qualitative method. In order to truly understand (Bourdieu, 2015/1993) what is at stake for these young people, the approach embraced is eminently inductive, seeking to explore what’s real without presupposing results (Strauss & Glaser, 1967).

Aware that experience is undeniably declarative (Dubet, 1994), our approach is to interview the people it affects the most: young "trans" people. Moreover, seizing their emotions, feelings and sentiments in EPS allows us to use the techniques of the comprehensive interview (Kaufmann & Singly, 2011/1996) based on the principle of empathy with the interlocutors.

Seven interviews are conducted with young people who define themselves as follows: two trans girls (Cassandra and Sarah), claiming a (trans)female gender identity but assigned to the (cis)male gender at birth, and five trans boys (Baptiste, Alexandre, Tristan, Quentin and Sacha) expressing a (trans)male gender identity but assigned to the (cis)female gender at birth. They are between the ages of 18 and 21 and report becoming aware of their gender identity in primary school, middle school, or high school. Three of them have explicitly declared their trans identity in school. They are Alexandre, Cassandre and Baptiste.

In order to define and situate the experiences of these young people in EPS in a European context, the interviews give rise to a thematic analysis that allows for a broad overview (Becker, 2017) of the object of study.  The verbatims from the various meetings are coded into units of meaning and then categorized. A thematic analysis grid is then constructed, working in two directions (Combessie, 2007): transversal and aiming to identify the experience of each of the interlocutors; and longitudinal, giving rise to a comparison of experiences between different European contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The analysis led to the identification of six eminently gendered disciplinary particularities in EPS that are central to the experiences of the young people surveyed in the French educational system: the locker room; the body; groups; performance grading scales; the relationship to sports and artistic physical activities; and the relationship to the teacher. In addition, the positioning of each of the young people with respect to them is strongly attached to their transition’s journey. Our results thus indicate that students who have not come out tend to adopt a critical stance regarding gender hegemony in the discipline. They seem to be more comfortable with it - moreover, satisfied with it - once they are out: they perform gender (Butler, 1990).

These observations, put in perspective with other educational systems, concur with the work of our Spanish and British peers. Unlike our initial hypothesis stated, the points of tension raised by trans-identified people seem identical. Nevertheless, it appears more relevant to underline the responses given by the young people that express the need to take into account trans-identities in the school environment and more particularly in PE.

From our point of view, one of the French contributions to trans studies in Physical Education lies in the idea that differentialism - in terms of gender - leads to many blind spots for the inclusion of "trans" students, and that a redefinition of universalism is certainly, and under certain conditions, a possible way to think about the inclusion of "trans" students in PE and more broadly of students in schools.

References
Becker, H. S. (2017). Evidence. The University of Chicago Press.
Butler, J. (1990) Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Routledge.
Bourdieu, P. (2015/1993). La misère du monde. Éditions Points.
Combessie, J.-C. (2007). La méthode en sociologie: La Découverte.
Couchot-Schiex, S. (2019). Du genre en éducation : Pour des clés de compréhension d’une structure du social. L’Harmattan.
Devís-Devís, J., Pereira-García, S., López-Cañada, E., Pérez-Samaniego, V., & Fuentes-Miguel, J. (2018). Looking back into trans persons’ experiences in heteronormative secondary physical education contexts. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(1), 103‑116.
Dubet, F. (1994). Sociologie de l’expérience. Editions du Seuil.
Foley, J. T., Pineiro, C., Miller, D., & Foley, M. L. (2016). Including Transgender Students in School Physical Education. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 87(3), 5‑8.
Glaser, B. & Strauss, A. (1967). The discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Sociology Press.
Hargie, O. D., Mitchell, D. H., & Somerville, I. J. (2017). "People have a knack of making you feel excluded if they catch on to your difference" : Transgender experiences of exclusion in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 52(2), 223‑239.
Jones, T., Smith, E., Ward, R., Dixon, J., Hillier, L., & Mitchell, A. (2016). School experiences of transgender and gender diverse students in Australia. Sex Education, 16(2), 156‑171.
Kaufmann, J.-C., & Singly, F. de. (2011/1996). L’entretien compréhensif. A. Colin.
McBride, R.-S. (2021). A literature review of the secondary school experiences of trans youth. Journal of LGBT Youth, 18(2), 103‑134.
Nicolazzo, Z., Marine, S., & Galarte, F. (2015). Trans*formational Pedagogies. Transgender Studies Quartely, 2(3).
Pouy-Bidard, B. (2022). Transidentités en Éducation Physique et Sportive (EPS). L'Harmattan.
Richard, G., & Alessandrin, A. (2019). Politiques éducatives et expériences scolaires des jeunes trans au Québec et en France : Un panorama. Genre, sexualité et société, 21.
Rochex, J.-Y. (2020). Pomouvoir la diversité et la reconnaissance ou l’égalité et de développement de la normativité ? Plaidoyer pour le modèle des droits pédagogiques de Basil Bernstein. In B. Garnier, J.-L. Derouet, R. Malet, & P. Kahn (Éds.), Sociétés inclusives et reconnaissance des diversités : Le nouveau défi des politiques d’éducation. PUR.
Stone, S. (1987). The Empire Strikes Back: A Posttranssexual Manifesto.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Voices from Girls with Autism - Lived Experience of Participation in Secondary School

Helena Josefsson

University of Gothenburg, Faculty of Education, Department of Education and Special Education, PhD Programme, Sweden

Presenting Author: Josefsson, Helena

Introduction

In recent years, a previously invisible group of student has received more attention, girls with autism and their situation in school, both socially and pedagogically. Diagnosis criteria and most knowledge are previously based on boys (Kopp, 2010). The research today describes a group of girls that is marginalized and excluded, there are major difficulties that are not always visible as the girls strive to fit into the norm and struggle to achieve passing grades (Carpenter et al., 2019; Cook et al., 2018; Goodall & Mackenzie, 2019). This paper focus on the lived experience of participation in school context by semi-structured interviews with 11 girls with autism in secondary school. A large part of the previous research that exist comes from a psychological perspective, by having a focus on participation in a school context, the contribution of this study is a pedagogical perspective.

Girls with autism face difficulties both socially and pedagogically in daily school activities. According to Tomlins et al (2020) the school environment was experienced as stressful and difficult to manage. Moyse and Porter (2015) found four themes that gave difficulties during the day in school: the rules and norms, collaboration, completing school work and interaction with classmates during different activities. Socially the girls have a desire to have friends, but often feel excluded and alone, they experince difficulties to make friends and also to maintain a friendship (Myles et al, 2019; Cook et al, 2018).

The concept of participation is about being a part of something; it involves both an accessibility and a sense of belonging. According to World Health Organisation (2001) participation is about a persons engagement in their own life situation. In research there are two components that defines participation: accessibility to an acivity and the feeling of participation (Falkmer m. fl., 2012; Hodges m. fl., 2020; Simpson m. fl., 2019).

Aim and research question

Participation is an important factor in feeling included and recognized (WHO, 2001), which is a starting point for success in school and the rest of the society as well. The aim of this study is to investigate how girls with autism in secondary school experience participation in a school context.

How do girls with autism experience participation in their daily school life, both socially and pedagogically?

Theoretical framework

Point of departure in this study is that the society in its particular time and space create an understanding of each other through social constructions (Hacking, 1999). The constructions, the ideas, affect how we interact and also have an impact on self-awareness. Girls with autism is in fact objects, it is our concepts and beliefs which becomes a social construction. School as a space becomes important here, how the girls´self-images is created and re-created within the school as a space. Social constructions are created in communication and interaction with others.

A theoretical model for participation

To clarify and anderstand the concept of participation a theoretical model, developed by The Swedish National Agency for Special Needs education and Schools (SPSM, 2018) will be used both as a conceptual and analytic framework. The model shows that participation can be seen from six different aspects: accessibility, recognition, a sense of belonging, engagement, interaction and autonomy. These aspects provides a common language and a deeper understanding for the concept participation. They are not individual parts that stand on their own independently of each other. Rather, it helps to clarify and visualize the complexity of participation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study Design

This research study is a part of a thesis based on qualitative methods. To answer the research question semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014) were conducted with 11 girls. The following criteria were met by the participants: girl, Autism diagnosis, age 13-15  years, mainstream school.
The participants were found through snowball sampling; Social media, the researchers network and interest groups.
 
Sensitive interviews
The data was collected in the fall of 2022 and the interviews were conducted according to the participants wishes, such as at home, at school or the library. Some of the girls chose to have a companion with them and before the interview they were informed about the purpose and question. The researcher took time to get to know the participants, there intereset and well being. An empathetic approach was necessary during the interviews as some of the questions aroused emotions. There were ethical considerations as there is a power imbalance to be aware of between researcher and participants. The interviews took between 30-60 minutes each time, audio was recorded and later transcribed.

Analysis
The data were analyzed following Braun and Clarke (2006) thematic analysis which describe a theme as important findings about the data in relation to the research question. By using Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis; familiarizing, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, producing the report, a deeper understaning of the data vill emerge.

Ethical considerations
Several dilemmas arise that need to be considered in accordance with good research practice (Vetenskapsrådet, 2017) such as the researcher´s previous knowledge and pre-understanding. According to Punch (2002) the way we see children affects the way we listen to them, which is essential to bare in mind in this study. In order to follow good research practice an informed consent is required and an ethical approval from the Swedish Ethical Review Board (Vetenskapsrådet, 2017) D nr 2022-01274-01.

Limitations
There is a lack of comparative study with boys, as well as with girls with intellectual disability. The participants are mainly from the swedish middle class, there is a lack of perspective from other backgrounds and lived experience. It is a difficult group to find, so this study can hopefully contribute with a deeper understanding and is seen as a piece of the puzzle where more research needs to be done.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Findings

A first level of analysis show that there are themes which are important to shred light upon, such as to Be seen and heard, A feeling of belonging and Autism stereotypes and misconceptions. Furthermore, there is also a need for a deeper discussion and reflection about disability, gender, diversity, adolescence and equity within the school context. This areas in the field of Educational Research has a relevance in an international and European context. Dilemmas about every childs´right to education and our understanding of diversity is of utmost importance regardless of country, but need to be understood in their own context.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2),77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Carpenter, B., Happé, F., & Egerton, J. (2019). Girls and autism : educational, family and personal perspectives. Abingdon, Oxon New York, NY : Routledge.
 
Cook, A., Ogden, J., & Winstone, N. (2018). Friendship Motivations, Challenges and the Role of Masking for Girls with Autism in Contrasting School Settings European journal of special needs education, 33(3), 302-315. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1312797

Falkmer, M., Granlund, M., Nilholm, C., & Falkmer, T. (2012). From my perspective - Perceived participation in mainstream schools in students with autism spectrum conditions Developmental neurorehabilitation, 15(3), 191-201. https://doi.org/10.3109/17518423.2012.671382

Goodall, C., & Mackenzie, A. (2019). Title: what about my voice? Autistic young girls' experiences of mainstream school European journal of special needs education, 34(4), 499-513. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1553138
 
Hacking, I. (1999). The Social Construction of What? Harvard University Press.

Hodges, A., Joosten, A., Bourke-Taylor, H., & Cordier, R. (2020). School participation: The shared perspectives of parents and educators of primary school students on the autism spectrum. Research in developmental disabilities, 97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2019.103550

Kopp, S. (2010). Girls with social and/or attention impairments. Göteborg: Intellecta Infonolog AB.

Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Moyse, R., & Porter, J. (2015). The experience of the hidden curriculum for autistic girls at mainstream primary schools. European journal of special needs education, 30(2), 187-201. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.986915

Myles, O., Boyle, C., & Richards, A. (2019). The Social Experiences and Sense of Belonging in Adolescent Females with Autism in Mainstream School Educational & Child Psychology, 36(4), 8-21

Punsch, S. (2002). Research with children. The same or different from research with adults? Childhood SAGE Publications, London, Thousand Oaks and New Dehli, Vol. 9(3) :321-341

Simpson, K., Adams, D., Bruck, S., & Keen, D. (2019). Investigating the participation of children on the autism spectrum across home, school, and community: A longitudinal study. Child, Care, Health and Development, 45(5), 681-687 https://doi.org/10.1111/cch.12679

SPSM, Specialpedagogiska skolmyndigheten, 2018. Delaktighet – ett arbetssätt i skolan. Hämtad 2020-02-10 från: www.spsm.se/webbutiken
 
Tomlinson, C., Bond, C., & Hebron, J. (2020). The school experiences of autistic girls and adolescents: a systematic review European journal of special needs education, 35(2), 203-219.https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1643154
 
Vetenskapsrådet (2017). Good research practice, Vetenskapsrådets rapportserie 3:2011. Hämtad från:https://publikationer.vr.se/en/product/good-research-practice/
 
World Health Organisation (2001). ICF, International Classification of Functioning and Disability. Geneve: Assessment, Classification and Epidemiology Group, WHO.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 N: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Intercultural Dimension in the Italian Juvenile Justice System. Intercultural Competence of Justice Professionals Working with Foreign Minors.

Elisa Maria Francesca Salvadori

University of Verona, Italy

Presenting Author: Salvadori, Elisa Maria Francesca

This research project is part of the connection between the system of social welfare services for the protection of minors, which in Europe is called Child and Family Welfare (CFW), and the juvenile justice system. In Italy, the Tribunale per i Minorenni, in the future 'Tribunale unico per le persone, i minorenni e le famiglie', deals with both the protection of minors and juvenile offenders. Due to the composition of the different services and professionals present in the juvenile justice system and the strong component of children of foreign origin involved, in this context the relationships between operators and users are characterized by a high degree of diversity and plurality. It is therefore evident that legal professionals, in their daily work, must learn to manage the encounter with otherness characterized by a strong component of diversity in biographical, cultural and linguistic terms.

It is therefore evident the need to make use of specific competences to manage diversity and plurality in the interactions and relationships proper to the juvenile justice system, starting from the awareness that the cultural and normative pluralism that characterizes the life of the child is an unavoidable fact for the legal professional (Mancini, 2019). These competences can be identified in the construct of intercultural competence, as also suggested in the report "The child welfare challenge- policy, practice and research" (Pecora et al., 2009), which includes intercultural competence among the five principles identified to guide interventions in the field of CFW. According to Deardorff, intercultural competence can be defined as "appropriate and effective communication and behaviour in intercultural situations" (Deardorff, 2009, p. XI), while the Council of Europe identifies attitudes, knowledge, understanding, skills and actions as building blocks of intercultural competence (Council of Europe, 2014; 2018).

Therefore, the focus of this study is on the intercultural competence (CIs) used by juvenile law professionals (judge, honorary judge, lawyer, magistrate, juvenile carer, etc.) to manage interactions with young people of different cultural backgrounds. The research's focus is on the aspect of everyday practices since working environments are seen as a special setting that can foster skill development and maturation (experiential learning). As a result, the research examines the forms of in-practice intercultural skills, with a particular focus on contexts supporting the development of these competences. From the analysis of the intercultural competences that emerged from the research, it is planned to construct a professional profile of the intercultural juvenile law practitioner/professional based on models of the Regional Frameworks of Professional Standards. This profile can be used to define what competences may be useful for juvenile law practitioners in increasingly multicultural contexts, but also to build specialized training courses.

The structure of the research methodology is qualitative and involves the use of different tools, one of which is quantitative: semi-structured interviews, questionnaire and focus groups. The research fits into the strand of pedagogical research in that the research design and the researcher's outlook belong to these paradigms. Furthermore, it is an intercultural research as it does not intend to pit immigrants and natives against each other but to address problems related to situations in which cultural differences are at the forefront (Mantovani, 2008). The main epistemological paradigms within which the research is developed are intercultural education (Cohen-Emerique, Bennett, Council of Europe) and intercultural competence (Deardorff, Fantini, Portera), and the child rights paradigm (Convention on the Rights of the Child-CRC-). Furthermore, by focusing on the relational dimension and the interaction between subjects in a systemic framework in which individuals and society influence each other, another theoretical framework is identified in symbolic interactionism (Mead, Blumer and Goffman).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of this research is oriented towards the principles of naturalist research in which the researcher enters into the 'natural' context in which people elaborate their representations (Guba, Lincoln, 1985) and becomes himself an instrument of exploration and knowledge (Sorzio, 2015). In this type of research, the research design is flexible, becoming clearer and more refined as the research becomes more concrete, and the use of qualitative methods is favored.
Starting from the initial research questions, a qualitative research design was defined in which a quantitative tool (the questionnaire) was incorporated in order to foster multiple perspectives and interpretations to support the overall study.
Following a bottom-up logic, in line with the pragmatic approach that leaves the researcher free to identify the ideal mix of methods to answer specific research questions (Amaturo & Punziano, 2016), the choice of instruments was defined from the research questions. Specifically:
- semi-structured interviews as a knowledge tool to explore individual professional practice and investigate the internal world of the subjects, made up of thoughts, experiences and attributions of meaning (Sità, 2012). The questions to be answered through the interviews concern practical knowledge, in particular how intercultural competence is acted out within work practices. Consistent with the strong link to the practical dimension and experiential learning, we chose to orient the interview outline on Vermersch's explanatory interview model (Vermersch, 2005).
- a questionnaire addressed to all types of juvenile justice operators (lawyers, judges, honorary judges, magistrates, CTUs -executive technical consultants- USSM operators -Social Service Office for minors- ...) in order to broaden the view and include all types of professionals who interface and relate with difference in the various contexts of the Juvenile Court. Through the questionnaire, composed of closed and open-ended questions, the aim was to gather information on the most commonly used intercultural competences of juvenile law practitioners, starting from the European model of intercultural competences (Council of Europe, 2013, 2018), and on the training courses supporting the development of these competences.
- a focus group with the aim of analyzing, together with legal professionals, the competences identified by the research and the professional profile of the intercultural professional in the Juvenile Justice System.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given the foregoing, the purpose of this research is to produce insightful comments on how to handle cultural differences in encounters between juvenile law professionals and children from other countries or children who have experienced migration. The findings will be able to serve as a starting point to identify strategies and tools useful in managing intercultural relations in the various contexts of the juvenile justice system. This is in keeping with the vocation of educational research to respond to issues relevant to human life and to guide practice by producing knowledge that allows for solutions to the problems (Mortari, 2012). The results will also be useful for documenting practices that are in danger of being lost as a result of the new reform of the juvenile justice system (Delegated Act 206/2021), which envisages the use of the monocratic judge in many of the areas in which a multidisciplinary team has operated up to now.
The intercultural nature of this research underlines the importance of addressing not only the population of foreign origin, but of reinterpreting and rethinking their working practices, starting from the challenges posed by cultural diversity, in order to generate processes of change and global transformations of these practices. In addition, starting from the profile, it will be possible to design training aids to support the development of the CIs of all legal practitioners, thus aiming at a specialization of the entire system, in line with the requirements of the Superior Council of the Magistracy. Finally, a better use of resources can be considered as a possible result, both in terms of the ability to plan interventions that also take into account the diversity, and in terms of developing skills to better support the process of listening to the child as per national regulations and CRC.

References
Amaturo, E., & Punziano, G. (Eds.) (2016). I mixed methods nella ricerca sociale (1a edizione). Carocci.
Barrett, M. (2020). The Council of Europe's Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. London Review of Education, 18 (1): 1–17.
Barrett, M. (2012). Intercultural Competence. In The 2nd issue of the EWC Statement Series. Views, Perspectives and Ideas. The European Wergeland Centre.
Bennett, J.M. (Ed.) (2015). The Sage Encyclopedia of Intercultural competence. Sage.
Bennett, M. J. (2004). Becoming interculturally competent. In J.S. Wurzel (Ed.) Toward multiculturalism: A reader in multicultural education. Newton, MA: Intercultural Resource Corporation.
Blumer, H. (2009). La metodologia dell'interazionismo simbolico. Armando Editore.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597.
Cohen-Emerique, M. (2017). Per un approccio interculturale nelle professioni sociali e educative. Dagli inquadramenti teorici alle modalità operative. Erickson.
Council of Europe (2013). Developing Intercultural competences trough education, Strasburgo.
Council of Europe (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for democratic culture. Vol 1, Strasburgo.
Deardorff, D. K. (Eds.) (2009). The Sage handbook of intercultural competence. Sage.
Fantini, A. (2000). A central concern: developing intercultural competence. School for International Training, Brattleboro, USA.  
Fiorucci, M., Pinto Minerva, F., & Portera, A. (Eds.) (2017). Gli alfabeti dell’intercultura. ETS.
Gianturco, G. (2005). L'intervista qualitativa. Dal discorso al testo scritto. Guerini.
Lincoln, Y. S. & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic Inquiry. Sage.
Mancini, L. (2019). Migrazioni, diritti e pluralismo. Minorigiustizia, 4/2019, pp. 109-114. FrancoAngeli.
Mortari, L. (2012). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia: Prospettive epistemologiche. Carocci.
Pecora P.J. & Whittaker J.K. (Eds.) (2008). The Child Welfare Challenge: Policy, Practice, and Research. 3rd Edition. Hawtorne.
Portera, A. (2020). Manuale di pedagogia interculturale. La Scuola.
Ricca, M. (2014). Intercultural Law, Interdisciplinary Outlines: Lawyering and Anthropological Expertise in Migration Cases Before the Courts. E/C Rivista Telematica dell’Associazione Italiana di Studi Semiotici, March 2014, 1-53.
Sità C. (2012). Indagare l’esperienza. L’intervista fenomenologica nella ricerca educativa. Carocci.
Sorzio, P. (2015). La ricerca qualitativa in educazione: Problemi e metodi. Carocci.
Spitzberg, B.H. & Changnon, G. (2009). Conceptualizing intercultural competence. In D.K. Deardorff (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Intercultural Competence (pp. 2-52). Sage.
Vermersch,  P. (2005). Descrivere il lavoro. Nuovi strumenti per la formazione e la ricerca: l'intervista di esplicitazione. Carocci.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Experience of Asylum Seekers, Refugees and Displaced Students In Physical Education and Sport Activities

Luca Vittori

University of Bologna, Italy

Presenting Author: Vittori, Luca

UNESCO recognised that “every human being has a fundamental right of access to physical education and sport” (UNESCO, 1978, pp2), and that it is “the most effective means of providing all children and youth with the skills, attitudes, values, knowledge and understanding for lifelong participation in society” (UNESCO, 2013, pag.6). Furthermore, through sport activities it is possible to promote the development of skills and knowledge needed to create new forms of global citizenship (UNESCO, 2015).
The debate on physical education has been enriched by the publication of the Quality Physical Education Guidelines (UNESCO, 2015). These identify the promotion of physical literacy as a fundamental principle for the implementation of physical education by promoting the maintenance of physical activity throughout the life course (Whitehead, 2010) and enabling an understanding of the learning experience (Lundvall, 2015). Physical education must therefore deal with a subject who lives the experience by being a body in constant transformation (Lipoma, 2016), bearing in mind that the educational value of didactics is realised through the way he/she experiences situations and by giving meaning to the activities in which he/she is involved (Ceciliani, 2018).
However, there is no shortage of criticism of the dominant approaches of the time, which rarely associate Physical Education with “critical pedagogy” and “social justice” (Fitzpatrick, 2018; Hawkins, 2008; Evans & Davies, 2004).
In Italy, there is a general tendency towards traditional and assimilationist approaches (UNESCO Trento, 2020), but a substantial change seems urgent given the high rate of migration linked to global economic processes and the growing number of refugees and asylum seekers fleeing wars, persecution and climate change. In fact, approximately 7 million people holding international protection are hosted in the EU countries (UNHCR, 2021), people who have settled with the hope of finding security, continuing their studies and building a future (Harðardóttir & Jónsson, 2021). A situation that has been exacerbated by the crisis in Ukraine. However, at least in Italy, little or no research is available on the refugee’s experience in an increasingly heterogeneous educational context. (Zoletto, 2016, 149)
Physical education can play a crucial role in integrating young people into their new environment by promoting embodied interactions and interpersonal encounters (Anttila et al., 2018), providing spaces for reflection where they can express themselves and become emotionally close to others (Spaaji, 2015), and following the values-based approach of Global Citizenship Education as defined in the Maastricht Declaration on Global Education 2002.
Physical education teachers and sport educators may be key actors in the process of adaptation of asylum seeker and refugee students to their new life context (Richardson et al., 2018), but the general claim that sport is always an inclusive tool seems controversial as it may expose participants to forms of racism, social exclusion and cultural resistance (Spaaji, et al., 2014).
Against this framework and due to the lack of specific research in the area, the generative research question of this study seeks to explore and examine the experience of asylum-seeking, refugee, or displaced students during high school physical education classes and/or in university settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A hermeneutic phenomenological approach was chosen as it offers a descriptive, reflective and engaged mode of inquiry to capture the essence of the experience (Van Manen, 1990). However, the possibility of developing the study into action research will be considered if the data indicate a need for intervention to improve the experience of the participants who are the subjects of the study.
Phase 1. Informal meetings with members of UNHCR Italy, sports associations and reception centres to identify people working in the field who might be useful in building the research sample and in the later stages of the study.
Phase 2. Purposive sampling to select key informants who, given the topic of the study, may offer conflicting evidence or views (Yin, 2016).
Phase 3. Data collection to start in the coming months with a bottom-up approach
a) 6 audio-recorded in-depth interviews to be repeated 3 times, 18 in total;
b) 6 two-hour site visits in each sport context identified, no less than 72 hours
Phase 4. Concurrent with phase 3. Analysis and interpretation of human statements and behaviours through processes of reflection, transcription, coding and analysis, taking into account the political, historical and socio-cultural context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the present stage of research, it is only possible to assume that:
- Regular participation in sport activities by young refugees and asylum seekers is low.
- High school students tend to not to attend physical education classes because they use them to learn Italian or to acquire other skills. Especially if they are female.
- Daily barriers are drastically reduced, and stressors are alleviated by the pleasure of playing, sharing and relating with peers.
- Discrimination, social exclusion, and hate speech episodes will emerge both from participants statements and during the site visits.
- Play and sport restore self-confidence
- The bonds forged through sport extend beyond the pitch.  

References
Anttila, E., Siljamäki, M., & Rowe, N. (2018). Teachers as frontline agents of integration: Finnish physical education students’ reflections on intercultural encounters. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(6), 609-622.
Ceciliani, A. (2018). Didattica integrata quali-quantitativa, in educazione motoria-sportiva, e benessere in età evolutiva. FORMAZIONE & INSEGNAMENTO. Rivista internazionale di Scienze dell'educazione e della formazione, 16(1), 183-194.  
Evans, J., & Davies, B. (2004). Pedagogy, symbolic control, identity and health. In Body Knowledge and Control: Studies in the Sociology of Physical Education and Health (pp. 3-18). Routledge.
Fitzpatrick, K. (2018). What happened to critical pedagogy in physical education? An analysis of key critical work in the field. European Physical Education Review., 25(4), 1128-1145.
Harðardóttir, E. & Jónsson, Ó. P. (2021). Visiting the forced visitors - Critical and decentered approach to Global Citizenship Education as an inclusive educational response to forced youth migration. Journal of Social Science Education, 20(2), 26- 46.
Hawkins, A. (2008). Pragmatism, purpose, and play: Struggle for the soul of physical education. Quest, 60(3), 345-356.
Lipoma, M. (2016). Verso i nuovi significati dell’educazione motoria e fisica. Formazione e insegnamento., 14(1 - Supplemento), 7-10.
Lundvall, S. (2015). Physical literacy in the field of physical education: A challenge and a possibility. Journal of sport and Health Sciences, 4(2), 113-118.
Maastricht Global Education Declaration. (2002).
Richardson, E., MacEwen, L., & Naylor, R. (2018). Teachers of Refugees: A Review of the Literature. Centre for British Teachers.
Spaaiji, R., Magee, J., & Jeanes, R. (2014). Sport and Social Exclusion in Global Society. Taylor & Francis Group.
Spaaji, R. (2015). Refugee youth, belonging and community sport. Leisure Studies, 34(3), 303-318.
UNESCO. (1978). International Charter of Physical Education and Sport. UNESCO.
UNESCO. (2013). Declaration of Berlin - 5th International Conference of Ministers for Physical Education and Sport (MINEPS V). UNESCO.
UNESCO. (2015). Quality Physical Education: Guidelines for Policy-makers. UNESCO.
UNESCO Trento & Centro per la Cooperazione Internazionale. (2020). PENSARE E PRATICARE L'EDUCAZIONE ALLA CITTADINANZA GLOBALE.
UNHCR. (2021). Education Report 2021: Staying the course. The challenges facing refugee education. UNHCR.
Van Manen, M. (1990). Researching Lived Experience: Human Science for an Action Sensitive Pedadogy. London: Althouse.
Whitehead, M. (Ed.). (2010). Physical Literacy: Throughout the Lifecourse. London: Routledge.
Yin, R. K. (2016). Qualitative Research from Start to Finish, Second Edition. Guilford Publications.
Zoletto, D. (2016). Lo sport in contesti educativi eterogenei e multiculturali. In M. Morandi (Ed.), Corpo, educazione fisica, sport: questioni pedagogiche (pp. 148-162). Franco Angeli.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Citizenship Education and Diversity at Secondary Schools in Practice: Insights from the Literature for a Case Study Research in Antwerp.

Marloes Vrolijk

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vrolijk, Marloes

This is a submission for a paper presentation on the theoretical study of a four-year-long place-based and practice-oriented empirical research project on citizenship education and diversity in secondary schools. The further description below explains the full project and the contribution of and to literature. While the research project focuses on educational practices in Antwerp, Belgium, the overarching educational questions are relevant and timely across Europe and beyond.

This research project is set in the highly diverse city of Antwerp in Flanders, the Northern Dutch-speaking part of Belgium. At national and European levels, citizenship education is described as a key educational goal carrying high expectations (Joris et al., 2021; European Commission, 2018, p. 4). However, the understandings of citizenship and what constitutes good citizenship education are contested (Joris et al., 2021; Biesta, 2014, p.5). Recently, the Flemish government adopted explicit citizenship education goals as part of a modernised educational programme (Loobuyck, 2020; Vlaams Parlement, 2018). Decisions surrounding the realisation of the citizenship education goals lie at the meso-level of the school and even at the micro-level of the classroom. Prior studies connect macro-level societal processes, including structural socio-economic inequalities, to the micro-level of the classroom (Clycq, 2016; Nouwen & Clycq, 2016). Antwerp has been considered a “majority-minority-city” since 2019 due to a majority of the citizens having a migration background (Geldof, 2019, p. 368). The emergence of majority-minority cities has prompted policymakers’ contradictory responses, also described as diversity approaches (Celeste et al., 2019). While some approaches focus on cultural homogenisation by stressing one national identity, culture and shared values, others focus on cultural heterogenisation, emphasising a global mindset, cultural empathy and interculturality. These tensions are also found in schools in super-diverse urban contexts like Antwerp. This study explores how these diversity approaches in schools converge or diverge with recently implemented citizenship education practices.

This literature study answers how citizenship education and diversity are related theoretically. Overall, the main research question of the full empirical research project is: How are citizenship and diversity enacted in urban Flemish secondary schools, and when and why do difficulties and opportunities arise? This project is part of the broader European research consortium “Solidarity in Diversity” (SOLiDi) that seeks to identify practices of solidarity in ethnic-cultural diversity as alternatives to national new-assimilationism trends.

A pragmatic approach to the role of theory is taken (Biesta, 2020, p. 8). Centralising the researched problem requires building upon the various streams of literature on citizenship (education), diversity and their relation. Banks (2022) and Biesta (2011; 2014) write on citizenship education and diversity. Biesta argues that “plurality and difference” are approached differently when emphasising social or political citizenship. For social citizenship, difference is considered a problem, while conversely, difference and plurality are important and need protection for political citizenship (Biesta, 2014, p. 2). Another relevant concept is Banks’ citizenship education dilemma, occurring when the “democratic ideals taught in citizenship lessons are contradicted by practices such as racism, sexism, social-class stratification, and inequality” (2022, p. 5). Moreover, earlier empirical studies on diversity approaches at secondary schools, both within citizenship education and beyond, are included (Celeste et al., 2019; Sincer et al., 2019). The project is practice-based, and therefore literature on pedagogy, especially critical pedagogy, is built upon (hooks, 1994; Freire, 1921). Finally, a specific theoretical aim includes exploring the relationship between difference (diversity) and sameness or unity (equality) in education. From a theoretical perspective, various authors write on tensions between diversity and equality (Abu E-Haj, 2007; Banks, 2022; Giroux, 1985; Fraser, 1997). It is questioned if, underlying the assumed tensions, forms of abyssal thinking are present (Santos, 2007).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A narrative literature review is conducted to answer the theoretical study's main question. Sources are selected based on an explicit focus on citizenship education and diversity, or on synonyms of these concepts. Literature streams on citizenship education and diversity are broad. The specific relationship between the two themes within the field of education supports narrowing the relevant sources.
The full empirical research project that this literature study is part of falls in the interpretive paradigm and is designed following a case study design frame. A small set of cases is selected to be studied in-depth in a natural context (Bassey, 1999; Stake, 1995). A previous study into the diversity aspects of citizenship education explicitly asks for the need for further studies that do not solely consider teacher’s perspectives but instead also include perspectives of school leaders and students to understand possible “whole-school policies and visions” (Sincer et al., 2019, p. 191). Specifically, the case study follows a multiple holistic and embedded design (Yin, 2014). This means that three cases are selected from three distinct research sites. Moreover, all are analysed holistically and from different units of analysis, which are the perspectives derived from students, teachers, heads of schools and policy documents. The first selected case focuses on the contradictions of neutrality and accepted differences in citizenship education practices at an upper-secondary school in Antwerp.
Following a case study design, several data-gathering methods are applied, including (lesson) observations, semi-structured in-depth interviews, document analyses and group interviews. At the moment of submission, data gathering at one research site is close to completion after completing twenty-eight visits to the research site spread over three months, from October 10th, 2022, until January 18th, 2023.
This project takes an iterative approach with insights from the literature study relevant to the case study research project at various stages, including the design and the analysis stages. The reality of the empirical study and literature study happening side by side demonstrates that this full research project is place-based and practice-oriented, starting from a practical question with the aim of improving educational practice (Biesta, 2020).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This literature study is a work in progress until the end of June 2023, the end of the current academic term. The expected outcomes are, first, further insights into and a problematisation of the “citizenship” and “diversity” concepts. Both concepts are contested, and the way these are implemented in theory, policy and practice can demonstrate certain priorities and preferences. While data-gathering for the full research project is also in process, further support from the literature is necessary to make sense of the empirical insights. For instance, literature on citizenship education dilemmas (Banks, 2022) and approaches to citizenship education (Biesta 2011, 2014) help to understand why certain contradictions, difficulties and opportunities arise. Finally, there is turned to the critical pedagogy literature to question power issues in the educational situations studied. Overall, this research project has empirically demonstrated that citizenship and diversity meet in specific ways in educational practice. The expected findings of this literature study aim to highlight their possible relation from multiple theoretical perspectives, helping to make sense of what is empirically found and for further understanding and imagining possible alternatives.
References
Please note that due to the word limit, not all references used in the texts above could be included. Following is a selected list of the most important references mentioned.
Abu El-Haj, T. R. (2007). Elusive justice: Wrestling with difference and educational equity in everyday practice. Routledge.
Banks, J. (2022). Diversity, transformative knowledge and civic education. Routledge.
Bassey, M. (1999). Case study research in educational settings. Open University Press.
Biesta, G. (2011). Learning democracy in school and society: Education, lifelong learning, and the politics of citizenship. SensePublishers Rotterdam. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-512-3
Biesta, G. (2014). Learning in Public Places: Civic Learning for the Twenty-First Century. In G. Biesta, M. De Bie & D. Wildermeersch (Eds), Civic learning, democratic citizenship and the public sphere (pp. 1 – 11). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7259-5
Biesta, G. (2020). Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. Bloomsbury
Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L., & Kende, J. (2019). Can school diversity policies reduce belonging and achievement gaps between minority and majority youth? Multiculturalism, colorblindness, and assimilationism assessed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(11), 1603-1618. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167219838577
Clycq, N. (2016). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407–424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885  
European Commission, European Education and Culture Executive Agency (2018). Eurydice brief: Citizenship education at school in Europe, 2017. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/536166
Fraser, N. (1997). From Redistribution to Recognition? Dilemmas of Justice in a “Postsocialist” Age. In N. Fraser (Ed), Justice Interruptus (pp. 11 – 40). Routledge.
Geldof, D. (2019). De transitie naar superdiversiteit en majority-minority-cities. Over de nood aan interculturalisering van politie en justitie. Panopticon, 40(5), 368–387.  
Joris, M., Simons, M. & Agirdag, O. (2021). Citizenship-as-competence, what else? Why European citizenship education policy threatens to fall short of its aims. European Educational Research Journal, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904121989470  
Loobuyck, P. (2020). The policy shift towards citizenship education in Flanders. How can it be explained? Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(1), 65–82. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1820081  
Nouwen, Q. & Clyq, N. (2016). The role of teacher-pupil relation in stereotype threat effects in Flemish secondary education. Urban Education, 54(10), 1551–1580. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085916646627
Sincer, I., Severiens, S. & Volman, M. (2019). Teaching diversity in citizenship education: Context-related teacher understanding and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 78, 183 - 192. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.11.015  
Yin, R. (2014), Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). SAGE Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Taking Steps Towards Epistemically Aware and Inclusive Learning Spaces

Maija-Stina Larkio, Pia Mikander

Helsinki University, Finland

Presenting Author: Larkio, Maija-Stina

Discussions around racism have recently propagated that before meaningful antiracism work can take place, societies must become more self-aware in how racist structures control everyday encounters. As outlined in the 2018 FRA report ‘Being Black in the EU’, racism continues to be a prevalent phenomenon in European countries. Especially in countries such as Finland, where racism has largely been ignored, there is a severe lack of tools for addressing systematic racial oppression. Arising from the Fanonian concept of Otherness (1952 & 1963), Ahmed’s theory of affective encounters (2000 & 2007) and Anderson’s exploration of epistemically safe spaces (2021), the article contemplates how to build learning environments that encourage critical reflections on racist structures among young people. More specifically, this paper explores what kind of space could encourage the formation of an affective community where young people, and the facilitator, come together to discuss, feel and learn about racist structures to challenge the abiding silence.

The theoretical framework presents race as a socially constructed phenomenon used to uphold unequal hierarchies of power, which have also reached their way into formal and informal educational spaces. In line with Ahmed (2000, 2007), the article outlines that the western aim to assimilate non-white bodies into constructions of whiteness has resulted in a structural act of Othering that labels individuals racialised as Other as not belonging. In Finland, previous research has problematised its multicultural approaches to antiracism education and emphasised a lack of tools to approach critical conversations. In response, this paper intertwines concepts of learning space and an affective community to suggest ways in which young people can be guided in developing a critical race consciousness.

By examining interview findings with experts (see methodology for details) in line with theoretical frameworks, the paper asks what experts consider essential in building up spaces for young people to begin constructing a collective understanding of race? The analysis is divided into three main categories: dynamics of power within learning environments, what affective encounters might transpire and addressing behaviours that disrupt the sense of community.

As a starting point for learning spaces, we look at Anderson’s (2021) criticism of safe(r) spaces; rather than providing marginalised groups with support and a sense of safety, they have turned into environments that often protect majorities from feelings of discomfort. In turn, epistemically safe spaces (Anderson, 2021) identify systematic inequalities in knowledge production and promote agency of marginalised groups through challenging normative constructions of knowing. The concept of epistemically safe spaces is intertwined with the Fanonian idea of a dehumanising white gaze and Ahmed’s figure of ‘the stranger’ as a production of affective relations between marginalised people and the white majority. To address the research question, the paper examines the concept of an epistemically safe learning space in encouraging young people to explore production of Otherness as an act of racism, which has become normalised in structures of everyday living.

The other key concept, becoming an affective learning community, arises from bell hooks’ thought that gaining a critical outlook on structural oppression requires learning with each other and about ourselves. Therefore, rather than presenting acts of racism as a personal choice and separating individuals between good people and bad racists, the paper addresses how epistemic awareness of systematic oppression and structural inequity might help in forming a sense of learning together as a community. In summary, the paper aims to visualise how epistemically safe learning spaces might reinforce the formation of an affective community where a group of young people become aware to the world from different perspectives while considering what kind of power dynamics their own position in society might reflect.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The initial aim for the research paper was to address how conversations around racism could be approached with young people in more general. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with experts (n-10) who actively promote antiracism, hold a strategic position related to promoting equality, work with young people or have a background in education. Some of the experts’ backgrounds fit in more than one of the categories. The first author selected the interviewees according to their multifaceted backgrounds, and all interviews were conducted and transcribed by the first author. The first author has also been responsible for translating direct quotations from Finnish to English.

Prior to interviews, open questions were organised into three categories: 1) visibility of racial Otherness in Finland; 2) what concepts conversations with young people should include; 3) how they could be discussed in meaningful ways. The interview materials totalled to around 10-hours of recorded material. The nature of the interviews was conversational, and some answers were followed up with more specific questions.

To familiarise with the transcribed material, a thematic analysis was conducted. The main thematic categories were Otherness and racism in society (references to Finland and elsewhere); young people’s roles and attitudes to resisting racism as well as pedagogical references for difficult conversations. However, an overarching narrative was recognised for creating a supportive yet critical learning space. The references included a need for spaces where young people would be allowed to feel discomfort about unfairness of racial inequality and white privilege while not having their safety acutely threatened. The focus of the paper thus became more directed towards exploring factors that influence the formation of learning spaces and communities. To narrow down our focus, we formulated questions to access the thematised material through the lens of learning spaces:

What kind of power dynamics might exist?  

What kind of (affective) encounters might take place?

How can the facilitator react when the space moves towards becoming unsafe (with a focus on young people racialised as Other) to continue developing a sense of community?

The questions led us to look at interview responses that positioned young people in terms of power and how these power dynamics might affect young people’s feelings of self and their surroundings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interview analysis concludes that in order to conduct affective conversations about race and inequity, the facilitator must be aware of the society’s existing power dynamics, which are often mirrored in classrooms. The article also suggests that young people should be supported in participating in the learning process by presenting them with ways in how to take part in conversations. For example, it should be made clear to young people racialised as Other that they are not viewed as experience experts, but as critical individuals who have multiple ways to contribute.

The theoretical framework reflects the interview results in stating that conversations about race are often uncomfortable to young people racialised as Other when under the white gaze. It was deemed important that the sense of threat young people racialised as Other might experience should be advocated for by building a space that openly challenges normative whiteness and dominating knowledge production embedded in western epistemology. Furthermore, the analysis suggests that even though new feelings of discomfort might arise for learners racialised as white who have not perceived their lived privilege previously, the ignorance towards racial inequity cannot continue.

In response to the above points of analysis, the final discussion expands on Anderson’s exploration of epistemically safe spaces by identifying four practices that might enable young people to think critically about racial inequity. Firstly, the space should aim to create pedagogic tools for recognising how positions of power are created and maintained in society; secondly, encourage learners to reflect on their own position within the society they live in; thirdly, utilise activities that identify concrete actions for addressing social injustice to be completed as a learning community; and finally, deal with actions disrupting a sense of learning together constructively by problematising what normative ways of thinking caused the behaviour.

References
Ahmed, Sara (2000) Strange Encounters: Embodied Others in Post-Coloniality, Oxon: Routledge.

Ahmed, Sara (2007) A phenomenology of whiteness, Feminist Theory, 8:2, 149-168.

Ahmed, Sara (2012) On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life, London: Duke University Press.

Alemanji, Aminkeng A and Seikkula, Minna (2018) What, why and how do we do what we do? Antiracism Education in and out of Schools edited by Aminkeng Atabong Alemanji, Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, 171-193.

Anderson, Derek (2021) An epistemological conception of safe spaces, Social Epistemology, 35:3, 285-311.

Blackwell, Deanna M (2010) Sidelines and separate spaces: making education anti‐racist for students of color, Race Ethnicity and Education, 13:4, 473-494.

Brookfield, S. D (ed). 2019. ‘The Dynamics of Teaching Race’ in Teaching Race: How to Help Students Unmask and Challenge Racism. San Francisco: John Wiley & Sons

Chadwick, Rachelle (2021) On the politics of discomfort, Feminist Theory, 22:4, 556–574.

Dernikos, Bessie, Lesko, Nancy, McCall Stephanie D and Niccolini, Alyssa (2020) Feeling Education, Mapping the Affective Turn in Education edited by Bessie Dernikos, Nancy Lesko, Stephanie D. McCall and Alyssa Niccolini, London: Taylor and Francis, 3-27.

European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (2018) ‘Second European Union Minorities and Discrimination Survey Being Black in the EU’. Available at: https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/fra_uploads/fra-2018-being-black-in-the-eu_en.pdf [Last Accessed 27.1.2023]

Fanon, Franz (1963/2001) The Wretched of the Earth. London: Penguin Books.

Fanon, Franz (1952/2021) Black Skin, White Masks. London: Penguin Books.

Helakorpi, Jenni, Hummelstedt-Djedou, Ida, Juva, Ina and Mikander, Pia (2017) Nykyiset puhetavat ja käytännöt vaikeuttavat rasismin haastamista, Kasvatus, 48:3, 249-256.  

hooks, bell (1994) Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom, Oxon: Routledge.

Keskinen, Suvi (2022) Mobilising the Racialised ‘Others’: Postethnic Activism, Neoliberalisation and Racial Politics, Oxon: Routledge.

Mirza, Heidi Safia (2018) Black Bodies ‘Out of Place’ in Academic Spaces: Gender, Race, Faith and Culture in Post-race Times, Dismantling Race in Higher Education Racism, Whiteness and Decolonising the Academy edited by Jason Arday and Heidi Safia Mirza, Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, 175-193.

Rastas, Anna (2019) The emergence of race as a social category in Northern Europe, Relating Worlds of Racism: Dehumanization, Belonging and the Normativity of European Whiteness edited by Philomena Essed, Karen Farquharson, Kathryn Pillay and Elisa Joy White, London: Palgrave Macmillan, 357–381.  

Seighworth, Gregory J and Gregg, Melissa (2010) An Inventory of Shimmers, The Affect Theory Reader edited by Melissa Gregg and Gregory J Seighworth, Durham & London: Duke University Press, 1-25.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 O: Participatory Experiences in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 529 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The LCA Programme and the Recognition of Difference: Issues of Value and Parity of Esteem in Post-Primary Education.

Annmarie Curneen

Hibernia College, Ireland

Presenting Author: Curneen, Annmarie

The central research question asks how the policy of the LCA programme is being lived out in practice today and whether this lived experience continues to marry with the original aims and rationale upon which the programme was conceived and developed. This study will examine the LCA programme from the perspective of those who live the programme, namely students and teachers, as well as from the perspective of policy makers and school leaders. The study will place these voices at the heart of the analysis. The discursive, spatial and relational discourses explored in this study in relation to the recognition and valuing of difference in education is pertinent not only in an Irish context but also in a European and international context.

This research is situated within the wider field of the sociology of education and employs a critical emancipatory perspective, as informed by a Foucauldian critical approach to analysis. It was informed by a number of theoretical commitments shaped by a critical theory perspective and which underpin the conceptual and contextual framework of this study. This approach changes the focus from the perceived deficits of students in order to focus on the practices and discourses within schools and the ways in which these affect students’ experiences and their ability to voice these experiences. The voices of students are foregrounded in this study and as such there is a refocusing of analysis from student deficits to student voice. In its commitment to an emancipatory approach that centred on student voice, recognition, and lived experiences, I was keen to locate thinkers who could enable an exploration of power, dialogue and affect, hence the choice of Michel Foucault, Paulo Freire and Anna Hickey Moody as key theoretical interlocutors. Foucault’s theories of discourse, power/knowledge, the micro-physics of power, and heterotopias help us in understanding the lived everyday experiences of students. However, while Foucault offers us much, he does not deal specifically with the critical nature of pedagogy nor the affective or emotional aspects of lived experiences so his work is brought into conversation with Freire’s work on critical pedagogy and Anna Hickey-Moody’s work on affective pedagogy. Foucault’s concept of the insurrection of subjugated knowledges helps to foreground the voices of students as the starting point in a politics of possibility, with the works of Freire and Hickey-Moody further developing this in possibility to pedagogy in practice, in particular the critical and affective possibilities of pedagogy. The combination of this theoretical framework and the methodological commitments to voice, lived experience, and recognition, as I will outline below, allowed for a nuanced examination of the Leaving Certificate Applied programme. This brings wider issues of inclusive education to the fore such as the emotional aspects of inclusion, the spaces students occupy, the embodied experience of policies, and the highly contextualised nature of schools, as well as the complexity of policy enactment.

Rather than seeking demystified insights that I could use in order to ‘emancipate’ LCA students, I aimed instead to open up a space where these students could be heard and make possible a new way of seeing or doing things and the concepts offered by the thinkers utilized in this study offered a conceptual language for this. The way things are is only one, limited possibility. As Foucault puts it, ‘it is seeking to give a new impetus…to the undefined works of freedom’ (Rabinow, 1984b)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A choice was made to mobilise a mixed-methods approach, utilising an arts-based methodology. The adoption of such an approach aimed to open up a space for listening to the voices of participants, in particular the students, as well as highlighting the complexity of policy enactment and the contextualised nature of schools. The theoretical and methodological framework of this study are closely interwoven and are informed by the work of Foucault, Freire, and Hickey-Moody. This critical emancipatory framework enabled an exploration of schools as sites of contestation, resistance, and possibility, where identity is not something that is static but in a constant process of deconstruction and reconstruction. The methodological design of the study aimed not only to allow for the exploration of voice, it also allowed for these voices to be expressed in different ways. This methodology was a means of highlighting and effecting the recognition of difference. This mixed method design involved both desk-based research and field research. The field research employed a case-study approach and involved four participating schools in the North-West region. The field research in schools took place over a ten-month period; investigating students, teachers, coordinators, and principals’ perceptions and lived experiences of the Leaving Certificate Applied programme as part of a collective case study, the case study being the LCA curriculum itself.
The research took place in phases, this is in keeping with Dewey, who believed that each ‘phase’ of inquiry had the potential for clarifying experiences and directing the inquiry (Dewey, 1938). Phase 1: A review of the literature and gathering of quantitative data. Phase 2: Sampling and Information Session Phase 3: Student Interviews (Phase 4: Student Workshop – Part One: Utilising Photovoice Groupwork (October 2018) Phase 5: Teacher/Coordinator/Principal Interviews Phase 6: Student Workshop 2Utilising Photovoice and Narrative Inquiry Phase 7: Teacher Focus Group –Practice Model Phase 8: High Profile Interviews Phase 9: Debrief session with students and teacher/coordinators. Phase 10 Thematic Analysis

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study offered a spatial, discursive, and relational analysis of feelings of inclusion and inclusive/exclusive practices within schools from the perspective of Leaving Certificate Applied students. This involved examining the embodiment of policy and the discursive, spatial, and relational encounters of such an embodiment. I argue that these encounters are emotional and, as such, inclusion itself needs to be understood as an emotional endeavour. This study makes a valuable contribution the literature on diversity, inclusion and education. The study highlights the importance of a spatial discourse and the emotions involved in the materiality and contextualised nature of policy implementation and the resultant feelings of inclusion or exclusion. This study aims to contribute to the wider field of education and to how inclusion is conceptualised in schools not just in Ireland but internationally. The emphasis placed on differentiation in discourse relating to inclusive education can at times be seen as an effort at ‘normalisation’ rather than one accepting of difference. In a Deleuzian vein, this study values different voices precisely because they are different. An effort was made to undo silences and to offer alternative perspectives and interpretations of inclusion that focused on the feeling of inclusion and the opportunities for real participation in school life. Listening to silences and being sensitive to contextual practices of discursive and spatial exclusions enabled a movement of freedom from hegemonic discourses and subjective constructions and opened up some possibilities to develop an alternative discourse of inclusive practices within education that look at inclusion with fresh eyes. I do not contend that inclusion is simple or easily achieved; inclusion is complicated and necessitates a certain messiness where voices are held in tension and ambiguities are welcomed and explored. However, I argue that how we conceptualise inclusion affects how it is lived out in practice.
References
Biesta, G. (2006) Beyond Learning: Democratic Education for a Human Future in Interventions: Education, Philosophy, and Culture. Boulder, CO: Paradigm
Biesta, G. (2008) Toward a New "Logic" of Emancipation: Foucault and Ranciére in Philosophy of Education.
Braun, V and Clarke, V. (2013) Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. London: Sage
Foucault, M. (1967) Madness and Civilization. London: Tavistock.
Foucault, M. (1969)The Archaeology of Knowledge. London: Tavistock
Foucault, M. (1979) Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. New York: Vintage Books
Foucault, M. (1980) Questions on Geography. In C. Gordon (Ed.), Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972-1977 by Michel Foucault. New York: Pantheon.
Fraser, N. (2000) Rethinking Recognition. New Left Review, Vol 2, No. 3, pp.107-120
Freire, p. (1970) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Herder& Herder.
Hickey-Moody, a. (2012) Youth, Arts, Education: Reassembling Subjectivity through Affect. London: Routledge.
Hickey-Moody, A. (2013) Affect as Method: Feelings, Aesthetics and Affective Pedagogy in Deleuze and Research Methodologies. Edinburgh University Press, pp. 79-95
hooks, b. (1989) Choosing the Margin as a space of Radical Openness in Yearning: race, Gender and Cultural Politics. Boston MA: South End Press
Kenway, J and Youdell, D (2011) The Emotional geographies of education: Beginning a Conversation. Emotion, Space and Society, Vol. 4, Issue 3, pp. 131-136
Medina, J. (2006) Speaking from Elsewhere: A New Contextualist Perspective on Meaning, Identity and Discursive Agency. Albany: SUNY Press.
Wang, C and Burris, M (1997) Photovoice: Concept, methodology and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education and Behaviour 24(3): 369-387


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Building Supportive and Collaborative Relationships in Times of Change: A Relational Approach to Mandated and Non-mandated Networks in a School-District

Ignacio Wyman

The University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wyman, Ignacio

Collaboration between schools has been recently promoted by policy and policy discourses as a central component for the improvement of Chilean schools. In fact, it is at the core of national-scale policies mandating public schools to take part in school–networks as a way to promote the encounter between different actors, and the emergence of locally-based collaborative work. However, these endeavours take place in a highly-privatised school system, where 55% of schools are privately owned (MINEDUC, 2022), and privately driven throughout (Bellei and Orellana, 2014). Moreover, schooling provision is highly marketised (Zancajo, 2019), and schools are individually liable for their performance through centrally designed schemes of accountability (Parcerisa and Falabella, 2017), conditions which would seem to make school-to-school collaboration unlikely.

One of these reforms is the New Public Education (NPE), a policy aiming at enhancing the quality and equity of the depressed Chilean public-school education. This reform implies the transference of schools from municipalities to school districts, new meso-level institutional arrangements provisioned with resources and staff supporting the administration and teaching and learning processes at the school level. One of the key principles of the NPE is the promotion of collaboration between schools, encouraging them to exchange information and educational practices, offering opportunities for professional development, and promoting collective strategies to address shared challenges (Bellei, 2018; Villalobos et al., 2019).

The abovementioned informs and frames my doctoral research project, which aims at exploring, describing, and understanding relationships of support between Chilean schools, and reflecting on the capacity of ongoing policies to fit or enhance these ties or create meaningful new ones. This project supposes that examining the way schools relate to others, delving into the characteristics of those that are more likely to build trustworthy relationships, and understanding the dynamics of those interactions may shed light on key worldwide educational issues in at least three ways. First, by informing to what extent building collaborative relationships is possible within highly privatised school systems. Second, intends to inform ongoing policies with school-to-school collaboration at its core. And third, to propose a relational perspective that may illuminate the understanding of wider questions regarding the work schools daily do.

In particular, this paper aims at exploring and describing how school leaders are navigating and making sense of new school-to-school collaborative arrangements as part of their transition to the New Public Education (NPE) system.

This research project is underpinned by a Social Network Analysis (SNA) approach (Borgatti and Halgin, 2011; Crossley et al., 2015), a conceptual and methodological framework concerned with the social structures (Marsden and Lin, 1982; Wasserman and Galaskiewicz, 1994) schools and their communities are embedded in. Empirical data was yielded through Ego-centric Network Map interviews (Altissimo, 2016) with a sample of public school headteachers. Interviews aimed at collecting data on relationships schools forge with others to support the work they daily do, acknowledging features of the networks, drivers, and the content of these bonds. Data was both quantitatively and qualitatively analysed, and show that schools relate to others as part of mandated and non-mandated networks, both encompassing different purposes. Whilst mandated networks are focused on facilitating school improvement processes by promoting the reflection and exchange of good practices between leadership teams, non-mandated networks are key to getting access to resources that schools need on a daily basis, but also to support other schools in crisis in the area. Findings also highlight some characteristics of schools and leadership teams that make them more prone to establish supportive and collaborative relationships with some and not others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is carried out utilizing an innovative Mixed-method Social Network Analysis approach (MMSNA) (Bellotti, 2014; Froehlich, Rehm and Rienties, 2020), suitable for providing insights into social structures, interdependent entities, and the content, history and motives behind these bonds.
Empirical data was yielded using Ego-centric Network Map interviews (Altissimo, 2016), a visual method that allows mapping networks at the same time eliciting a reflection on the nature and the content of the interactions taking place within them. Networks are operationalized as the structure of support and collaborative relationships schools have established with other schools. The latter acknowledges support and collaboration as salient and accountable ways of identifying recurrent patterns of engagement with others, and therefore, social structures, that are theorised to be built on trust.
Semi-structured interviews were carried out with sixteen primary school headteachers from one recently established school-district in an urban area of Santiago, Chile. Interviews aimed at collecting data on other schools that participants identify as recurrent collaborators, along with a description of the history and nature of these bonds. Participants were interviewed face-to-face between November and December 2022. Interviews were divided into two parts. The first was assisted by the Network Canvas software, a tablet-based computer programme that allows participants to easily produce relational maps. The second was a semi-structured conversation on the map and the relationships depicted on it. Data was both quantitatively and qualitatively analysed in order to characterise the structures schools are embedded in, and the history and rationale behind the bonds.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings on the question guiding this paper on how school leaders are navigating and making sense of networking in times of institutional changes show that schools are actively engaged in both mandated and non-mandated collaborative networks. On the one hand, mandated networks focus on supporting school improvement processes by promoting shared reflection and the exchange of good practices. On the other hand, non-mandated networks aim at making sense of policies, sharing resources, supporting schools in crisis, and ensuring a smooth transition of students to secondary schools. Moreover, these findings show that school leaders are more prone to engage with schools similar to theirs and form smaller hubs within the school-district.
More generally, this study supposes that examining the way schools relate to others may shed light on key educational issues for both research and practice. First, by reflecting on the capacity of building supportive relationships in highly privatised school systems and by stressing sociological concepts concerned with social structures instead of isolated entities, this study seeks to acknowledge the role that networks play in maintaining socially cohesive school systems. The latter is a scarce view in educational research worldwide, predominately focused on investigating isolated actors taking place in the educational field.
In addition, it also seeks to inform ongoing policies (the NPE) conceiving school-to-school collaboration as a key driver for school improvement. In particular, this study takes a step back from existing research that predominately has produced information on policy, initiatives, or mandated arrangements encouraging schools to work together, by focusing on the phenomenon of collaboration itself. This approach has the potential to address gaps between non-mandated and mandated networks, and to provide insights into how both are expressions of the way schools inhabit the territories they are part of.

References
Altissimo, A. (2016) ‘Combining egocentric network maps and narratives: An applied analysis of qualitative network map interviews’, Sociological Research Online, 21(2). doi: 10.5153/sro.3847.
Bellei, C. (2018) Nueva Educación Pública: contexto, contenidos y perspectivas de la desmunicipalización. Santiago: CIAE, Universidad de Chile.
Bellei, C. and Orellana, V. (2014) What Does “Education Privatisation” Mean? Conceptual Discussion and Empirical Review of Latin American Cases, ESP Working Paper Series.
Bellotti, E. (2014) Qualitative networks: mixed methods in sociological research.
Borgatti, S. P. and Halgin, D. S. (2011) ‘On Network Theory’, Organization Science, 22(5), pp. 1168–1181. doi: 10.1287/ORSC.1100.0641.
Crossley, N. et al. (2015) Social Network Analysis for Ego-Nets. London: SAGE Publications.
Froehlich, D. E., Rehm, M. and Rienties, B. C. (eds) (2020) Mixed methods social network analysis: theories and methodologies in learning and education. London: Routledge.
Marsden, P. and Lin, N. (eds) (1982) Social Structure and Network Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: SAGE Publications.
MINEDUC (2022) Centro de Estudios MINEDUC. Available at: https://datosabiertos.mineduc.cl/.
Parcerisa, L. and Falabella, A. (2017) ‘La consolidación del estado evaluador a través de políticas de rendición de cuentas: trayectoria, producción y tensiones en el sistema educativo chileno’, Education Policy Analysis Archives/Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas, 25, pp. 1–24. doi: 10.14507/epaa.25.3177.
Villalobos, C. et al. (2019) ‘La puesta en marcha de la Nueva Educación Pública: relevancia, impacto y sustentabilidad’, in Carrasco, A. and Flores, L. M. (eds) De la reforma a la transformación: capacidades, innovaciones y regulación de la educación chilena. Santiago, Chile: CEPPE-Ediciones UC, pp. 387–422.
Wasserman, S. and Galaskiewicz, J. (eds) (1994) Advances in Social Network Analysis. SAGE Publications.
Zancajo, A. (2019) ‘Education markets and schools’ mechanisms of exclusion: The case of Chile’, Education Policy Analysis Archives, 27. doi: 10.14507/EPAA.27.4318.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An International Academic Leadership Development Program: Mid-term Impacts on Personal Growth and Professional Practices

Khuyen Dinh, Chang Zhu, Aysun Caliskan, Zhengwen Qi, Yujie Xue

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Dinh, Khuyen

While demands on academic leadership in higher education have been increasing, there is a lack of empirical studies exploring the effectiveness and impacts of leadership development interventions. In addition, recent studies suggest a model of leadership development from international approach. Unfortunately, evaluation of those programs is scarce in the available literature. This article presents the results of the mid-term impacts of an international academic leadership development (ALD) program that has been organised since 2019. The project involved six European and six Chinese universities. After 2 years of project implementation, participants were invited to take the online survey and follow-up interview. 92 participants voluntarily took part in the online survey. Of those, 21 participants participated in semi-structured interviews. A mixed-methods approach using an online questionnaire and semi-structured interviews was utilised in to evaluate each individual’s behavioral changes. The findings revealed substantial impacts on participants in two major respects: personal growth and professional practices. The research uniquely provides empirical evidence concerning the mid-term impacts of this international leadership development program that has equally emphasized leader development and leadership development. Theoretical, practical, and policy implications were presented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed-methods design was utilized in the current study because: (1) this design supports the facilitation of data triangulation and complementarity across multiple data sources in order to obtain comprehensive and coherent insights into the chosen topics (Creswell, 2009); and (2) this design is helpful to examine the impacts of leadership development program endorsed by previous studies (Liu, 2019; Ries, 2019; Wallace et al., 2021).
Participants in this study were leaders and academics originating from European and Chinese higher education institutions that had participated in the program for at least more than one year. In total, 92 valid responses in the quantitative dataset were used, with no cases of missing data.
The qualitative dataset comprises 21 interviewees who voluntarily took part in these interviews.
The quantitative data was collected using a self-administered questionnaire to examine the participants’ perspectives regarding the impacts of ALD programs on their personal growth and professional practices (Bryman, 2016; Ries, 2019). This survey questionnaire was designed by a research team; to collect evidence on the validity and reliability of the designed instrument, a pilot study using a small subset of survey participants was implemented, with the final survey ultimately consisting of 28 questions delivered in two separate sections: demographics and impacts. As part of the target group included participants from Chinese universities, the survey questionnaire and interview questions were translated into Chinese. To ensure equivalent meanings of the instrument, the translated survey was back-translated by a native English speaker.
The quantitative data was collected via the QualtricsTM research tool and was open from December 2020 and February 2021. An invitation email was disseminated to all participants who had participated in the program for more than 12 months, followed by two reminder emails spaced three weeks apart.  
Concerning the qualitative data, semi-structured interviews were conducted from February 2021 to May 2021. The interview questions were in parallel with the questions of the quantitative data collection; the interviews with the Chinese participants were conducted by researchers who are native speakers. Each interview lasted 34.40 min on average (min. 24 and max. 50 min).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given the lack of empirical research on the mid-term impacts of such a leadership development program, our study attempted to reveal the outcomes of an international ALD program in the mid-term period.
As for theoretical implication, our findings directly support the latest theoretical model (Wallace et al., 2021) concerning evaluation of a complex leadership development program under which leader development and leadership development are equally emphasized. Built on the impacts of the ALD program on personal growth and professional practices in the mid-term period, results in our study shed lights on how the leadership development intervention plays a role at an operational level.
Concerning practical implication, the current study reduced the gap in the available literature that reports the lack of evidence-based leadership practices in academic settings. The study showed the importance and success of developing an international academic leadership development for both capacity building and professional network purposes. This model is much needed due to the rapidly changing environment of academic institutions worldwide (W. Liu, 2019). As the findings revealed the direct impacts of the program in different aspects including personal values and beliefs, behavior, and individuals’ network, we suggest program designers to develop a leadership development program in which personal enhancement should be embedded in a constructive and collegial learning environment. By doing so, the ultimate goals that promote leader development and leadership development could be achieved.  
With regard to policy implication, our study suggests that leadership development, along with sufficient resources, should be part of the policy priorities of academic institutions. It was evidenced that the international leadership program potentially benefits institutions in enhancing capacities for leaders and broadening networks and collaboration opportunities.

References
Day, D. . (2001). Leadership Development: A review in context. Leadership Quarterly, 11, 581–613.
Day, D. ., Riggio, R. ., Tan, S. ., & Conger, J. A. (2021). Advancing the science of 21st-century leadership development: Theory, research, and practice. The Leadership Quarterly, 32, 101557.
Dinh, N., Caliskan, A., & Zhu, C. (2021). Academic leadership: Perceptions of academic leaders and staff in diverse contexts. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(6), 996–1016.
Dopson, S., Ferlie, E., McGivern, G., Fischer, M. ., Mitra, M., Ledger, J., & Behrens, S. (2018). Leadership Development in Higher Education: A Literature Review and Implications for Programme Redesign. Higher Education Quarterly, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.18104.39686
Erlingsson, C., & Brysiewicz, P. (2017). A hands-on guide to doing content analysis. African Journal of Emergency Medicine, 7, 93–99. https://doi.org/A hands-on guide to doing content analysis
Ladyshewsky, R. ., & Flavell, H. (2011). Transfer of training in an academic leadership development program for program coordinators. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 40(127–147).
Liu, L., Hong, X., Wen, W., Xie, Z., & Coates, H. (2020). Global university president leadership characteristics and dynamics. Studies in Higher Education, 45(10), 2036–2044.
Liu, W. (2019). Higher education leadership development: an international comparative approach. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2019.1623920
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 P: Science and Environment Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 508 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role of Teacher Education in Teachers' ESE Self-efficacy: A Quantitative Analysis

Magnus Børre Bragdø

University of Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Bragdø, Magnus Børre

Teachers play a central role in our current process of sustainable transformation, being tasked with the ambitious goal of giving students the necessary competencies for facing and mitigating the challenges of the Anthropocene. The current study aims to contribute to the literature on this topic by investigating factors that may aid teachers in their success in this endeavor.

Following years of curricula revisions to strengthen the presence of sustainability as a theme in education, a timely question is how these revisions are followed through at the classroom level, and how this process may be aided further. The present study contributes to the understanding of how teachers’ environmental and sustainability education self-efficacy (ESESE) may be fostered. While there is an increase in studies focused on environmental and sustainability education (ESE) in teacher education, few have investigated the relative significance of teacher education in relation to other interplaying factors when it comes to ESE (Evans, et al. 2017; Ødegaard, et al. 2021). As such, the guiding research questions for this study are as follows:

  1. What factors may be associated with teachers’ ESESE, and what is the role of teacher education programs when compared to other theoretically significant variables?
  2. To what extent does the results from the inquiry above differ between the Nordic countries?

The study is grounded in the theory of self-efficacy, as developed by Bandura (1977). Self-efficacy is a concept of a person’s own expectation to succeed at a given task (Bandura, 1977). In meeting challenges, self-efficacy may not only aid in reducing anticipatory stress, but also in fostering efforts, and may influence the results of the undertaking of an action (Bandura, 1977, 1997; Gardner & Pierce, 1998). Within the frame of educational research, teacher self-efficacy has been found to be a key factor both in student learning and teacher instruction practices (Klassen & Tze, 2014; Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Several factors are suggested as important for self-efficacy in the literature on the topic. In Bandura’s (1977) seminal work, four major drivers are presented: performance accomplishments, vicarious experience, verbal persuasion, and physiological states.

While the study’s primary aim is to better understand the fostering of teachers’ self-efficacy in ESE generally, a comparative approach is used as well, looking at differences between the Nordic countries. While these countries are culturally and historically similar, their approaches to sustainability in education in the past decades have differed (Breiting & Wickenberg, 2009; Straume, 2016). These differences came to light to some degree in the preliminary descriptive analysis of this study, which showed variety between countries in both ESESE and several of the explanatory variables described in the methods section below. The assumed and observed differences in the samples allow for comparative analysis to illuminate the effectiveness of approaches to ESE in teacher education in otherwise (relatively) culturally homogenous populations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data material that was analyzed in the study is the results from the ICCS2016 survey, with survey responses from Norwegian, Swedish, Finnish and Danish social studies teachers and school administrators (N=1372). The respondents of the ICCS survey was sampled from European, Asian and Latin American countries using a geographically stratified probability sampling method on a country-to-country basis (Schulz et al., 2018). The use of this secondary data source allowed for a high reliability and reproducibility of the results but necessitated some limitations as to the operationalization of variables in the analyses. The dependent variable in the analysis is teachers’ self-reported ESE self-efficacy. This concept was measured through a single-item likert scale survey question, asking respondents “How well prepared do you feel to teach the following subject: the environment and sustainable development?”. The explanatory variables used in the analysis all originate from the ICCS2016 survey, and are all measured through likert scales unless otherwise specfied: ESE pre- or in-service training (dummy, yes/no), perceived importance of ESE, teacher autonomy, sustainability practices at school, experience with ESE and amount of teacher collaboration. In addition, a selection of control variables were used, measuring gender, age and each teachers workload (hours of teaching per week) at school.
Analysis consisted of, firstly, descriptive analysis of frequencies of dependent and independent variables between countries, as well as correlation analysis of the mentioned variables. Secondly, an OLS regression analysis on the aggregated sample (combining data from the Nordic countries) was conducted, showing statistically significant results worthwhile pursuing further. A final step in the analysis will be to conduct the OLS regression for each nationally representative sample separately, comparing the strengths of associations in the model between them.      

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The descriptive analysis showed differences in teachers self-reported ESESE between countries, with Swedish teachers reporting the highest belief in their own abilities on the topic. Similarly, Swedish and Finnish teachers had experienced ESE training pre- or in-service to a larger degree than their Norwegian and Danish counterpart. Regression analyses showed that, while the total variance explained by the model was relatively low(R2=.175), several variables had an impact on respondent’s self-efficacy. The strongest association was found with having completed courses on ESE either pre- or in-service (.317). Other statistically significant, though weaker, associations were found between the dependent variable and experiences with ESE(.116), perceptions of the importance of ESE(.126) and teacher autonomy(.089). School-wide sustainability practices and degree of collaboration between teachers, on the other hand, did not have a statistically significant association with the dependent variable. Findings suggest that while self-efficacy in ESE is a complex concept achieved through a range of factors, teacher education, within the frame of the model, plays a central role in aiding teachers in implementing sustainability education. This has implications for the way forward for teacher educators, policymakers and practicing teachers when it comes to further integrating sustainability into educational systems. Subsequent analysis will unveil whether the role of teacher education differs between Nordic countries, and may yield additional insights to be taken into account in this discussion. The study illustrates the need for further research into the implementation of ESE in teacher education, and may point to a need for more qualitative investigation into pre-service teachers learning outcomes and teacher educators’ approaches to the topic.
References
Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84, 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control (s. ix, 604). W H Freeman/Times Books/ Henry Holt & Co.

Breiting, S., & Wickenberg, P. (2010). The progressive development of environmental education in Sweden and Denmark. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 9-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903533221

Evans, N., Stevenson, R. B., Lasen, M., Ferreira, J.-A., & Davis, J. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405–417. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.01.013

Gardner, D. G., & Pierce, J. L. (1998). Self-Esteem and Self-Efficacy within the Organizational Context: An Empirical Examination. Group & Organization Management, 23(1), 48–70. https://doi.org/10.1177/1059601198231004

Klassen, R. M., & Tze, V. M. C. (2014). Teachers’ self-efficacy, personality, and teaching effectiveness: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 12, 59–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2014.06.001

Schulz, W., Ainly, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G. & Friedman, T. (2018) Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International report. Cham: Springer.

Straume, I. S. (2016). «Norge ligger på dette området langt fremme i forhold til de fleste land»: Utdanning for bærekraftig utvikling i Norge og Sverige. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 2(3). https://doi.org/10.17585/ntpk.v2.282

Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00036-1

Ødegaard, M., Knain, E., Kvamme, O. A., & Sæther, E. (2021). Making sense of frustration and complexity when introducing sustainability in teacher education. Acta Didactica Norden, 15(3), 23 sider. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8184


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Diversity of Teaching Postures in Formal Climate Change Education

Natacha Binard

Université Paris Cité, France

Presenting Author: Binard, Natacha

Over the past two hundred years, anthropogenic climate change has emerged as a major scientific and societal issue (Incropera, 2016). In this context, the latest Glasgow Climate Pact (UNFCCC, 2021) reiterated the importance of climate change education as a lever for action to mobilise the population. The problem is: whereas many countries integrate the topic of “climate change” in their national curricula, teachers very often face this topic alone, when they come to address it in class.

This paper focuses on the diversity of teaching postures in formal climate change education. It is positioned at the crossroads between a sociology of teaching practices, and a comprehensive sociology, studying the meaning given by practitioners to their own practice (Weber, 1965). It aims to highlight the diversity of teachers' postures when they address "climate change", by identifying their personal approaches and understanding of this topic, and investigating a possible distance of the teachers’ from the official instructions.

The research question can be formulated as follows: what is the diversity of postures amongst teachers regarding their personal approaches to and understanding of climate change, and how does this translate in formal education? The theoretical framework of this research includes the definition of Kelly's teaching postures (1986) on the teaching attitude in class around a controversial issue, and Jean-Marc Lange's postures (2008) on positioning oneself in relation to the object being taught. To answer the research question, the methodology is based on a qualitative survey in the form of semi-structured interviews, all conducted in 2022 with seventeen secondary school teachers from different disciplines, carried out as part of my Masters in educational sciences’ research.

The first part of my results concerns the teaching postures. They are translated by the transitive verbs used to express their action: to raise awareness, to give the keys to understanding, etc. These postures translate actions. The eight postures identified are those of: the facilitator (who gives the keys to understanding the phenomenon on the basis of scientific knowledge), the awareness-raiser (who relies on communication and awakening emotions regarding the topic), the thought-provoker, the illustrator (who uses the topic to give a "concrete" meaning to his usual theoretical teachings), the promoter of sustainable development solutions, the project coordinator, the posture of awakening to complexity, the awakening to the living environment, and finally the posture of neutrality towards the issue.

The second part of my results concerns the goals or “objectives” of these postures, i.e. what the teachers aims at for their pupils: that the children find solutions, that they change their habits, that they get involved in actions... The objectives reflect the teacher's intentions. For example: to inform (posture) in order to exercise critical thinking on media discourse (objective); to inform (posture) in order to adopt eco-responsible behaviour (objective); to make students think (posture) in order to propose solutions (objective). I identified eight predominating objectives in the following order:

1) adopting of eco-gestures,

2) orientating the pupils' choices as future "responsible" citizens,

3) that pupils find solutions and get involved in projects,

4) that pupils be able to think critically about media information,

5) awakening pupils' interest for a theoretical class through a “concrete” topic,

6) to have the pupils form their own opinion on the issue,

7) to get them to understand the complexity of the climate issue,

8) to get the pupils to feel a relationship with their environment.

The traditional role of the teacher as a "cultural mediator" (Hannah Arendt) is coupled here with the possibility of transforming the world by encouraging the younger generations to take action, but most often at the domestic or school level.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sociology of teaching practices, traditionally associated with direct observation (Tardif & Lessard, 1999; Bru, 2002), can also be conducted through interviews, as was the methodological choice in this research. Yet, the literature demonstrates that comparisons between declared practices and observed practices frequently reveal a distance, which inclines the researcher relying on interviews to be modest about his or her results on practices. But it is the meaning given by the teachers to these practices that interests us most here.

The choice of a comprehensive sociology is explained as follows: in a context where the common school project, or the school "ideal" referred to by Durkheim (1938, L'évolution pédagogique en France), has tended to crumble since the 20th century (Derouet, 1992), it is the teachers themselves who are called upon to produce and legitimise the meaning they give to their own activity.

An understanding of teaching practices therefore calls for a comprehensive approach, as close as possible to the teacher's personal experience of it. Indeed, comprehensive sociology is based on the conviction that individuals are not "simple agents of the structures" but also "active producers of the society", and therefore "depositories of an important knowledge that must be grasped from the inside through the system of values of individuals" (Kaufmann, 2016, p.24). The first function of the interview is precisely to "reconstruct the subjective meaning, the lived meaning of the behaviours of social actors" (Blanchet, Gotman, 1992, p.27).

The goal of this method was to produce knowledge about the meaning given to practices by the practitioners themselves: what meaning do teachers give to their teaching of the topic of climate change?

My interview requests initially targeted History, Geography, and Science teachers, because of the frequent presence of climate change in the curricula of these subjects. But as teachers recommended me to interview their other colleagues involved in ecological issues, the corpus diversified with two other French teachers. On the other hand, since Life and Earth Sciences teachers answered favorably more frequently, the final corpus for this survey is composed mainly of Science teachers:
- Life and Earth Sciences: 10 (6 women, 4 men)
- History and Geography: 4 (2 men, 2 women)
- French: 2 (1 man, 1 woman)
- Physics and Chemistry: 1 man

I asked them the question: what message, if any, do you try to convey to your pupils when you discuss climate change with them?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most recurrent postures in my corpus are those of the facilitator (knowledge) and the awareness-raiser (emotions), to the detriment of the postures of awakening to complexity and the posture of awakening to the relationship with the living environment. The incitements to "reflection" and "awareness" are most often focused on the individual impact of the pupils on their environment, and rarely concern the political inaction about climate nor the inequality issues linked to it.
I noted the predominance of the objective of orienting behaviour towards an "eco-responsible" model, i.e. behaviours such as sorting waste, using tap water as opposed to bottled water, etc. in an eco-prescriptive approach. This  objective is predominantly carried by women (8 women/4 men). These results confirm those of other research studies which note a predominance of behavioural diction in education for sustainable development (Alpes, Barthes, Zwang, 2014), even if here, climate change education appears to provide more scientific content. This didactic strategy corresponds to what Jean Simonneaux calls the "praxeological strategy" (Simonneaux and Simonneaux, 2014), which consists in imposing individual behavioural norms and incentives for direct action, without making explicit the genuine scope of these actions.

The diversity of postures shows the richness and potential of secondary school teachers' engagement with the topic of "climate change". Nevertheless, the predominance of eco-prescriptive postures, and the near absence of a critical or problematised posture informs us of a gap in climate change education in formal education. This result corroborates other researches' (Sauvé, 1997, 2005, 2011; Bruxelle, Hortolan, 2008; Alpe, Barthes, Zwang, 2014; Lange, 2015; Pereira, 2022).

These findings open up perspectives for research on implementing a critical posture in climate change education, which is currently the focus of my thesis: how to adopt a critical pedagogy posture in climate change education in an interdisciplinary learning unit?

References
Barthes A., Zwang A., et Alpe Y. (2014), « Sous la bannière développement durable, quels rapports aux savoirs scientifiques ? », Éducation relative à l'environnement Volume 11 | 2014.

Blanchet A., Gotman A. (2007). L’enquête et ses méthodes : l’entretien, 128 édition, Paris, Armand Colin

Derouet J. L. (1992), École et Justice, Paris : Métailié.

Durkheim Émile, (1938, 1990) L’évolution pédagogique en France, Paris, PUF

Bruxelle Y. & Hortolan M. (2008) « L’éducation à l’environnement est aussi une éducation au politique », ERE, Volume 7 | 2008

Incropera, Frank .P. (2016) Climate Change : A wicked Problem. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. DOI : 10.1017/CBO9781316266274

Kaufmann, J.-C. (2016). 1. Le renversement du mode de construction de l’objet. In L’entretien compréhensif: Vol. 4e éd. (p. 13‐31). Armand Colin. https://www.cairn.info/l-entretien-comprehensif--9782200613976-p-13.htm

Kelly, T. E. (1986). “Discussing controversial issues: four perspectives on the teacher’s role”. Theory and Research in Social Education, (14), 113‐138.

Lange, J.-M. (2008). L’Éducation au développement durable au regard des spécialités enseignantes. Aster : Recherches en didactique des sciences expérimentales, 46(1), 123‐154.

Lange, J.-M. (2015) « Éducation et engagement : La participation de l’École à relever les défis environnementaux et de développement », Éducation relative à l'environnement [En ligne], Volume 12 | 2015, mis en ligne le 20 mai 2015, consulté le 10 décembre 2020. URL : http:// journals.openedition.org/ere/441 ; DOI : https://doi.org/10.4000/ere.441

Pereira, I. (2022). Écologie et Multiplicité des oppressions: Une Perspective problématisatrice en pédagogie critique. Spirale - Revue de recherches en éducation, 70, 13-22. https://doi.org/10.3917/spir.070.0013

Sauvé, L. (1997). L’approche critique en éducation relative à l’environnement : origines théoriques et applications à la formation des enseignants. Revue des sciences de l’éducation, 23 (1), 169–187. https://doi.org/10.7202/031912ar

Sauvé, L. (2005) Globalisation, résistance et résilience : défis pour l’éducation relative à l’environnement. La revue POUR (éditée par le GREP - Groupe de recherche pour l'éducation et la prospective), 187, « Éducation à l'environnement », sous la direction de M.P. Joigneault et coll., 67-75.

Sauvé, L. (2011) « La dimension politique de l’éducation relative à l’environnement – Un certain vertige », Éducation relative à l'environnement [En ligne], Volume 9 | 2011, mis en ligne le 20 décembre 2011, consulté le 24 septembre 2020. URL : http://journals.openedition.org/ere/1467 ; DOI : https://doi.org/ 10.4000/ere.1467

Simonneaux, L. & Simonneaux, J. (2014). Panorama de recherches autour de l’enseignement des Questions Socialement Vives. Revue francophone du Développement durable, 4, 109-126

Tardif, M. et Lessard, C. (1999). – Le travail enseignant au quotidien. Bruxelles : De Boeck.

Max Weber, Essais sur la théorie de la science, Paris, Plon, 1965


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Effects of Education for Sustainable Development in Students' Career Choices

Léa Chimène

IREDU, France

Presenting Author: Chimène, Léa

In many countries, particularly in the French-speaking world, "education for" has developed during the 1980s: health education, citizenship education, sustainable development education...

This communication project proposes to focus on Education for Sustainable Development, which could be described today as a "global movement" (Pauw et.al, 2015).
It was as early as 1972 with the Stockholm conference that environmental issues became an international concern. In 2015, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development proposing to achieve 17 Goals was signed by the 193 members of the UN.

Despite this international framework, national and local applications can evolve according to the pedagogical autonomy that teachers and headmasters can enjoy (Girault et.al., 2014).
This freedom can also be justified by the school-based form of this education, which differs from "classic" teaching by being based in particular on the acquisition of skills, values and attitudes (Barthes & Alpes, 2012)

If the objective is to train future conscious and responsible citizens, the question of sustainable careers arises : indeed, students must develop skills that "will guide their individual, personal and professional pathways" (Rieckmann, 2017). While it is difficult to estimate the emerging professions in the sector or to define a perimeter of professions labelled "sustainable development," works rather evoke the transformation of skills (Baghioni & Moncel, 2022) or the concordance of ethical values with one's career choice. (Di Fabio et.al, 2016)

In fact, finding its way path towards sustainable development does not only mean choosing a particular profession, but also taking into consideration ethical principles in one's professional aspirations. Indeed, we could be entering a new "guidance paradigm" that involves anticipating and preventing the ecological, social and economic impacts that a given choice of working life could generate (Guichard, 2016). Career choice would therefore represent a societal and even a global issue.

Schools, as key actors in the orientation and development of learning, are therefore asked to enter into a "global sustainable development approach" (Diemer, 2013). In addition to chapters in the school curriculum or the setting up of eco-delegates, some schools show their commitment by obtaining 'sustainable development' labels. In France, there are several labels, but one of the best known and most coveted is the E3D label (“Etablissement en Démarche de Développement Durable”), which implies taking sustainable development into account in the content and projects offered to students, but also in the management of the school itself (Chalmeau et.al, 2020). These establishments are therefore supposed to be in an important dynamic that should promote students' awareness and knowledge of global issues through the initiatives implemented in the name of sustainable development. Nevertheless, research shows that, overall, sustainable development is often addressed in a superficial manner in schools (Lange & Martinand, 2010).

Although we know that schools, particularly through their organisation, composition or pedagogical choices (Dumay & Dupriez, 2004), can have an effect on the cognitive skills of pupils, the question remains unclear as to their impact on the acquisition of sustainable skills by young people. We can therefore ask ourselves whether pupils in schools involved in a sustainable development approach will take sustainable development into account more in their choice of career path than pupils enrolled in an "ordinary" school. We can assume that individual characteristics such as gender or parents' qualifications will have an effect on awareness of these issues, but what about the school effect? Will exposure to education for sustainable development be enough to foster sustainable learning? And more importantly, beyond knowledge and familiarity with the issues, will students make sustainable development a new priority, a professional value?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our methodology for this work will be quantitative. We have constructed a questionnaire with a double objective: to measure the familiarity of students with sustainable development by asking them about their knowledge, values and practice. The second objective is to find out their professional aspirations and to estimate whether they plan to take sustainable development values into consideration in their future career choices.

Many variables will enable us to make these observations: domestic practices, ability to define sustainable development, knowledge of global issues, but also their priorities in choosing a profession and the values they wish to include in their professional practice. We also chose to create "job" scenarios by proposing two job offers with different characteristics (salaries, social and ecological values) for six professions to better understand the students' priorities.

We contacted the principals to present the issues at stake in the work, and they then distributed the questionnaire online in their schools. So far, 35 schools have responded. They are schools with quite varied profiles: rural, urban, vocational, general, with or without the E3D label...

The questionnaire, which is currently being administered, currently counts 800 pupils and, given the estimates, we should reach a sample of 1,500 schoolchildren. The pupils surveyed are enrolled in schools with the E3D label or in ordinary schools. The purpose is to find out if there is a difference in the pupils' responses between these two types of schools. The sample consisted of students enrolled in secondary schools: in 3ème(10th), seconde(11th) and terminale(13th) in the Dijon academy. These levels are particularly interesting in the context of our work since they represent the main stages of orientation in France. Indeed, at the end of 3ème(10th), pupils must do a professional discovery course and also choose a lycée. Students in seconde(11th) must choose their specialities and students in terminale(13th) must choose a university course or go to work.

For this work, we plan to rely on two quantitative methods: regression, which will allow us to study the effects of a variable (gender, parents' socio-professional category, etc.) on a target variable.
As the data have a hierarchical structure, since pupils (level 1) are grouped in schools (level 2), multilevel analysis was also chosen as the second method for this article, as it is the most suitable for capturing the heterogeneity of relations between individuals and their environment (Bressoux, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding individual characteristics, several studies show that girls, raised in a privileged family context, with a high level of education and decent financial resources would tend to be more concerned by these issues, especially environmental ones (Coertjens et.al, 2010). Girls may therefore have more sustainable skills and values.

As regards the school effect, if we know that young people are increasingly aware of these issues, particularly environmental ones, we assume that pupils benefiting from this education will have more "sustainable development" values and skills than those who are not confronted with it. Indeed, several studies show that exposure to activities/content related to sustainable development promotes a better knowledge of the concept and the adoption of eco-gestures (Lebatteux, 2010; Glomeron et.al, 2017). However, these effects must be qualified because they remain limited (significant results but weak effect, self-declaration of pupils, etc.). These limited results can be explained in particular by the fact that schools only address sustainable development in small steps in existing subjects and do not encourage critical thinking or reflection (Lange & Martinand, 2010). We therefore expect to see some effects, but only to a limited extent.

The issue of sustainable development in terms of career aspirations has been dealt with very little. We can nevertheless expect a relatively small effect on the academic or professional orientation of students. Some students who are already aware and alerted (perhaps through the work of their family and friends) will be able to establish sustainable development as a professional priority. Nonetheless, there are many obstacles to orientation towards sustainable development (Rochat, 2021).

References
Baghioni, L. & Moncel, N. (2022). La transition écologique au travail : emploi et formation face au défi environnemental. Céreq Bref, 423, 1-4. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.57706/cereqbref-0423

Barthes, A., & Alpe, Y. (2012). Les éducations à, un changement de logique éducative ? L’exemple de l’éducation au développement durable à l’université. Spirale - Revue de recherches en éducation, 50(1), 197 209. https://doi.org/10.3406/spira.2012.1100

Boeve-de Pauw, J., Gericke, N., Olsson, D., & Berglund, T. (2015). The Effectiveness of Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainability, 2015, 15693 15717. https://doi.org/10.3390/su71115693

Bressoux, P. (2007). L’apport des modèles multiniveaux à la recherche en éducation. Éducation et didactique, 1 2, Art. 1 2. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.168

Chalmeau, R., Julien, M.-P., Calvet, A., & Lena, J. (2020). French Sustainable Development Schools (E3Ds) to Promote Awareness and Commitment (p. 147 167). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-46820-0_9

Coertjens, L., Boeve-de Pauw, J., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2010). Do schools make a difference in their students’ environmental attitudes and awareness? Evidence from Pisa 2006. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 8(3), 497 522. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-010-9200-0

Di Fabio, A., & Bucci, O. (2016). Green Positive Guidance and Green Positive Life Counseling for Decent Work and Decent Lives : Some Empirical Results. Frontiers in Psychology, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00261

Diemer, A. (2013). « L'éducation au développement durable, une affaire de représentation », Revue francophone du développement durable, n°1, p.30-58.

Dumay, X., & Dupriez, V. (2004). Effet établissement : Effet de processus et/ou effet de composition ? https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00603490

Girault, Y., Zwang, A., & Jeziorski, A. (2014). Finalités et valeurs de différentes politiques d’éducation à la soutenabilité. Éducation relative à l’environnement, Volume 11. https://doi.org/10.4000/ere.698

Glomeron, F., Bois, E., Hugon, M., & Maguin, F. (2017). Citoyenneté et développement durable : Pratiques familiales et scolaires chez les adolescents. La revue internationale de l’éducation familiale, 41(1), 69. https://doi.org/10.3917/rief.041.0069

Guichard, J. (2016). Life-and working-design interventions for constructing a sustainable human(e) world. Studia Poradoznawcze/Journal of Counsellogy, 5, 179.

Lange, J-M. & Martinand, J-L. (2010). Curriculum de l’EDD : principes de conception et d’élaboration », communication présentée au Colloque International Éducation au développement durable et à la biodiversité : concepts, questions vives, outils et pratiques, Montréal, 179-253.

Rieckmann, M., Mindt, L., & Gardiner, S. (2017). « L’Education en vue des Objectifs de développement durable : Objectifs d’apprentissage. », UNESCO, https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247507_fre

Rochat, S. (2021). « Éco-orientation » : Quelles interventions pour quelles problématiques ? L’orientation scolaire et professionnelle, 50/4, Art. 50/4. https://doi.org/10.4000/osp.14894
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 Q: Health and Wellbeing Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 408 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Edwin Keiner
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Becoming Your Own Best Self - Self-Optimization in Youth Education in Finland

Saara Vainio

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Vainio, Saara

Finnish welfare state model is often characterized as ideal in terms of its universal basic services and social security benefits. In recent decades, however, universalistic welfare state model has been taken greater steps towards neoliberal idealization that emphasize efficiency and competitiveness, similarly altering the relationship between the state and citizenship. Hence, when destabilizing the traditional welfare structure, it has been particularly important to support individuals to take a greater responsibility of their life and behavior (Heiskala & Kantola 2010; Kananen 2012). Brunila and Ylöstalo (2020) have previously pointed that neoliberalization of Finnish welfare state is strongly linked to the rise of the therapeutic welfare policies, characterized as increasing intentions to activate, train and support individuals for he needs of labor market. Therapeutic culture refers here to a wider social change, where psychologizing discourses have spread into schools and families, institutions, and everyday life of individuals with profound effects on identity, personal and cultural discourses (Nehring et al 2015).

This presentation builds on an article in which I look at education for young people as a manifestation of therapeutic culture. By youth education I mean different kind of short-term trainings and mentoring programs that are targeted to young people deemed to be in challenging life situations. Common objective in these trainings is to remove psychological barriers that would otherwise prevent for participating in traditional education or working life (Mäkelä 2018; Mertanen et al 2020). In this sense, it is perhaps not surprising that therapeutic ideas and practices have become common and rather unquestioned in youth education aims as improving self-esteem, individual strength and capacity, happiness, and positivity via the psy-oriented vocabulary of mental health, emotions, and anxieties (Brunila 2020). Especially techniques adopted from broader therapy cultures, such as cognitive-behavioural therapies, are increasingly applied to education of young people as forms of coaching and mentoring.

In this paper, I focus on youth education in Finland as an emblematic manifestation of therapeutic culture by discursively analyzing training materials of two cases-studies. The first case is a worldwide resilience building programme targeting young people at risk of social exclusion, implemented in Finland and internationally. The second one is a psychological flexibility coaching in Finland in the context of national-wide youth guidance centers aiming towards increasing young people’s employability. Trainings were selected as they both draw back from the basic principles of third wave cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) framework focusing on challenging and changing cognitive distortions (such as thoughts, beliefs, and attitudes) and their associated behaviors to improve emotional regulation and develop personal coping strategies (Hayes and Hofmann, 2021; Kahl, Winter, Schweiger 2012). In both trainings, the techniques adopted from CBT promise the subject a better understanding of the self and possibility to become liberated from cognitive distortions and believes delimiting the possibilities to live life in its’ fullest. I wanted to examine these objectives further and detect how do these trainings delimit the rules of self formation. Inspired by Michael Foucault’s (1986) theoretical work on ‘technologies of the self’, I ask how do these trainings set rules for the subject’s self-transformation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Foucault defines “technologies of the self” as techniques “which permit individuals to effect by their own means, or with the help of others, a certain number of operations on their own bodies and souls, thoughts, conduct and way of being, so as to transform themselves in order to attain a certain state of happiness, purity, wisdom, perfection or immortality” (Foucault 1988, 18).Technologies of  the self as collection of self-directing technologies seeks for understand the relationship that the self establishes with itself in relation to the precepts of ‘good’ life, and the techniques that the self uses to test and monitor itself to follow the moral goal. Foucault’s technologies include four interrelated practices where the individual is expected i) to delimit the part of their self that will form the object of their moral practice, ii) define their positions relative to the precept they will follow and iii) decides on a certain mode of being that serve as the precept of a moral goal. The ethical work takes place in iv) practices where individuals are directed to act upon, to undertake, to monitor, to test and improve themselves in accordance with the precepts of the ‘good’ and ‘desired life (Lefebvre 2018; Foucault 1988)

I have adopted discursive approach as our analytical strategy based on Michael Foucault’s (2000) theoretical work. I understand discourses as historically contingent social systems, statements and speeches that organize reality, also the psychic life of the subject. I see that discourses ‘guide’ the subject’s self-formation by providing linguistic tools to make sense of the self and govern oneself according to certain discursive expectations (Foucault, 2000). When doing analysis, I decided to let the four states of technologies to lead the analysis. I started by defining the moral goal by looking at the explicit and implicit values that these trainings were about to give to the subject. Here after, I moved towards the ‘ethical substance’, and asked the data in which ways the psyche was seen problematic or what was the main error that these trainings were about to change. Defining the ethical substance helped us to understand in which ways the subject was expected to define their relation to the moral goal as a way of submission. The final step, as dictating the term for ethical work, involved examining the processes individuals were expected to test, monitor, reflect, guide themselves in relation to moral goals.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I have demonstrated in this paper how these trainings produce a certain kind of a subjectivity. Young people are instructed to make sense of their self by delimiting those part of the self (harmful thoughts and feelings) that are seen as potentially ‘vulnerabilising’ and create a conscious and accepting relationship with harmful thoughts and feelings. To minimize their controlling hold, young people are expected to develop wide range of strategies, to cut loose of the controlling hold of the ‘negative’. These strategies include for example technologies of self-soothing, mindfulness and emotional regulation. Hence, the moral goal is the aim for self-mastery. This self-directed work and control, in turn, is necessary for a person to become free and rational individual (e.g Foucault 1986).
It is important to acknowledge that technologies of the self in youth education demonstrate bigger changes in welfare agendas and structures, where discarding the traditional welfare structures individual are replaced with effort to in supporting individual responsibility and self-mastery, especially what it comes to life areas such as education, work, and well-being. Here, psy-discourses in provides a grid of intelligibility for governing young people with certain identifiable and controllable propensities such as their self-steering and self-mastering capacities (also Rose, 1998). In this sense, our results confirm some extent previously discovered phenomenon of the “therapization of education” (Ecclestone & Hayes 2008), where maintaining optimal metal well-being is increasingly taken as a form of education, an assemblage of skills that can be learned and maintained.

References
Brunila, K. (2020). Interrupting psychological management of youth training. Education Inquiry, 11(4), 302–315.  

Brunila, K., & Ylöstalo, H. (2020). The Nordic Therapeutic Welfare State and Its Resilient Citizens. In D. Nehring, O. J. Madsen, E. Cabanas, C. Mills, & D. Kerrigan (Eds.), The Routledge International Handbook of Global and Therapeutic Cultures. Routledge.  

Ecclestone, K. & Hayes, D. (2008). The dangerous rise of therapeutic education. London: Routledge.

Foucault. M. (1986). History of Sexuality vol2 and 3. Use of a Pleasure and the Care of the self.
New York: Pantheon Books.

Foucault, M (1988). Political technologies of individuals. In Luther, M. Gutman, H & Hutton, P. Technologies of the Self. A seminar with Michel Foucault. London: Tavistock Publications.
Foucault, Michel (2000). Tarkkailla ja rangaista. Keuruu: Otava.
Heiskala, R. & Kantola, A. (2010). ‘Vallan uudet ideat: Hyvinvointivaltion huomasta valmentajavaltion valvontaan’ [‘From the caring lap of the welfare state to the surveillance of the coaching state’]. In: Pietikäinen, P. (ed.) Valta Suomessa [Power in Finland]. Helsinki: Gaudeamus, 124–148.

Kahl, K. Winter, L. & Schweiger, U. (2012). The third wave of cognitive behavioural therapies: what is new and what is effective? Current Opinion in Psychiatry: 25(6), 522–528

Kananen, J. (2012). Nordic paths from welfare to workfare: Danish, Swedish and Finnish labour market reforms in comparison. Local Economy 27(5–6), 1–19.

Nehring, O. J. Madsen, E. Cabanas, C. Mills, & D. Kerrigan (2020). The Routledge International Handbook of Global and Therapeutic Cultures. Routledge.  

Lefebre, A (2018). Human right and the care of the self. London: Duke university press.  
Mertanen, K. (2020). Not a Single One Left Behind: Governing the 'youth problem' in youth policies and youth policy implementations. University of Helsinki.
Mäkelä, K., Ikävalko, E., & Brunila, K. (2021). Shaping the Selves of ‘at Risk’ Youth in Debt and Poverty in the Context of Economic Vulnerability. Journal of applied youth studies, 4(4), 363–380.
White, R (2014). Foucault on the Care of the Self as an Ethical Project and a Spiritual Goal Human Studies 37(4), 489–504


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Do You Remember How You Felt? Affective Memories, Achievement Emotions and Learning.

Amandine Grand'Haye

University of Lorraine (Nancy, FRANCE), France

Presenting Author: Grand'Haye, Amandine

When being in class, learning, or having a test, pupils may feel a wide range of emotions. These emotions play an important role in learning, influencing learning behavior and performance. Learning can be defined as both a cognitive and affective process. During this process, any activity the pupil is engaged in, and any interaction with others, is likely to trigger one or several emotions (Orlova, Ebiner & Genoud, 2015). Therefore, many studies have been conducted to understand the role of emotions, both positive and negative, in school and particularly when learning. They have shown that the induction of pleasant emotions can, under certain conditions, improve learning by increasing pupils' interest as well as their involvement in the task they have to do. On the contrary, the induction of unpleasant emotions can delay, constrain learning, by decreasing pupils' interest and attention during learning (e.g., Cuisinier, Sanguin-Bruckert, Bruckert, & Clavel, 2010; Espinosa, 2018; Tornare, Cuisinier, Czajkowski & Pons, 2017 ). These results must take into consideration pupils' initial abilities and the type of tasks they are given (Tornare, Cuisinier, Czajkowski & Pons, 2017). Furthermore, a student "with a deficit in his understanding of emotions" would be "less available" for learning (Lafortune, Doudin, Pons & Hancock, 2004, p. 9, our translation).

However, few researches have focused on how these emotions experienced by a pupil remain in his memory (called autobiographical memory) and are likely to play a role in his current and future learning activities and processes. According to the control-value theory of achievement emotions (Pekrun, 2006), one’s affective memories of prior learning influence his expectancy of success or failure and his intrinsic learning task value. Our memories can be either consciously activated when we share them or activated automatically, without being aware of it. A stimulus from our environment can bring back to our mind certain memories and their contents, including emotions (Conway, 2005). Besides, studies have shown that the conscious or unconscious activation of memory can influence short-term psychological well-being. Recalling a negative autobiographical memory can negatively affect mental well-being whereas positive effects can be seen when recalling a positive memory (Philippe & Bernard-Desrosiers, 2017).

At school, for example, we could use this memory to help pupils recall certain positive affective memories of learning, "to reactivate knowledge" by "reiterating the same solicitation and the same positive emotions with the pupil " as during the encoding of the initial learning (Delannoy et Lorant-Royer, 2007, p. 70). So far, most research on pupils’ emotions has been conducted in Mathematics, regarding -mostly- anxiety; while studies in other disciplines or regarding other emotions are rather scarce.

Supported by a comprehensive approach, our doctoral research -conducted in France- investigates affective memories of learning situations in two school subjects: Mathematics and French. To what extent do pupils' affective memories of learning influence the emotions they experience in class? To what extent do affective memories participate in the pupils’ school experience and their identity construction as pupils?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To carry out this study, we implement a multi-instrumented qualitative methodology. The data collection, which we consider as being exploratory, takes place in two middle schools in the city of Nancy, in eastern France. 50 pupils (Eighth Grade), from 4 different classes, fill in questionnaires adapted from well-established and standardized scales (e.g Achievement Emotions Questionnaire as developed by Pekrun and colleagues, 2011; Memory Experiences Questionnaire as developed by Sutin and Robins, 2007).
Semi-directive research interviews are also conducted with a recall of learning affective memories, and pupils are asked to fill in a school diary for two weeks to write down what they experienced, learnt, and felt like during each day of school. A simple evaluation scale (adapted from the Self-Assessment Manikin as developed by Gil, 2009) is used to assess the emotional state of the pupils before and after each step of the data collection.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The variety of the tools used allows the pupils to express themselves, in multiple ways in space and time. We plan that this diversity will allow us, by means of cross-lagged analyses, to have a deeper understanding and to portray different aspects of pupils’ learning and emotional experiences regarding their affective memories of learning.
References
•Conway, M. A. (2005). Memory and the self. Journal of Memory and Language, 53(4), 594–628. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jml.2005.08.005

•Cuisinier, F., Sanguin-Bruckert, C., Bruckert, J. B., & Clavel, C. (2010). Les émotions affectent-elles les performances orthographiques en dictée ? L’année Psychologique, 110(1), 3-48.

•Delannoy, C., & Lorant-Royer, S. (2007). Une mémoire pour apprendre. Hachette Livre.

•Espinosa, G. (2018). Les émotions de l'élève à l'école : l'importance de les reconnaître pour mieux s'adapter. Dans N. Rousseau & G. Espinosa (dir.), Le bien-être à l'école. Enjeux et stratégies gagnantes (p. 47-62). Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec.

•Gil,  S.  (2009).  Comment  étudier  les  émotions  en  laboratoire. Revue électronique de Psychologie Sociale, 4, 15-24.

•Lafortune, L., Doudin, P-A., Pons, F., & Hancock, D.R. (2004) (dir.). Les émotions à l'école.  Québec : Presses de l’Université de Québec.

•Orlova, K., Ebiner, J., & Genoud, P. A. (2015). Émotions et apprentissages scolaires. Recherche et formation, 79, 27-42.

•Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315-341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9

•Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., Frenzel, A. C., Barchfeld, P., & Perry, R. P. (2011). Measuring emotions in students’ learning and performance: The Achievement Emotions Questionnaire (AEQ). Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(1), 36–48.

•Philippe, F.L., & Bernard-Desrosiers, L. (2017). The Odyssey of Episodic Memories: Identifying the Paths and Processes Through Which They Contribute to Well-Being. Journal of Personality, 85(4), 518-529. http://doi.org/10.1111/jopy.12257

•Tornare, E., Cuisinier, F., Czajkowski, N.O., & Pons, F. (2017). Impact of induced joy on literacy in children: does the nature of the task make a difference?. Cognition and emotion, 31(3), 500-510.

•Sutin, A. R., & Robins, R. W. (2007). Phenomenology of autobiographical memories: The Memory Experiences Questionnaire. Memory, 15(4), 390-411.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring Food And Nutrition Education And Supporting Pupils’ Capabilities in Adopting Health Promoting Behaviours

Evelyn McLaren

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McLaren, Evelyn

The updated Nutritional Requirements for Food and Drink in schools (Scotland) Regulations 2020, came into effect in April 2021. The Scottish Government (2020) recognises that schools do not hold sole responsibility in shaping the choices of children and young people but do play a key role in supporting healthier dietary choices. Cotton et al (2020) consider teachers as key agents in promoting health and nutrition within schools. The SG's health promotion guidance for schools states that ‘there should be flexibility to allow teachers to promote aspects of health and wellbeing in a holistic way and to make innovative provision within food and health education which addresses current circumstances and meets pupils’ changing needs’ (SG, 2020:14). As part of incorporating these updated guidelines into an integrated masters Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programme it seemed fitting to explore preservice teacher’s understanding of this guidance and of food and nutrition education as well as their perceived role in supporting pupils’ with health promoting behaviours.

Health justice is an individual’s moral entitlement to develop a capability to be healthy. Health as ‘meta-capability’ goes beyond the health care provision so that social architecture facilitates a healthy life to allow individuals to flourish (Venkatapuram, 2011). Sen (2001) posits that freedom should be the driver for development and that political frameworks should not define human goals and what is required for human dignity. Walker and Unterhalter (2007) note that although all individuals may be provided with the same information/ knowledge it does not necessarily result in the same educational outcomes for all. Therefore individuals should have opportunities/ freedoms to behave and live in a way they chose to- not just access to resources but an ability to purposefully utilise resources and gain from them in a meaningful way. Race (2006) describes reflection as a process to deepen learning and this process can be used to facilitate and enrich learning dialogues, where teachers and learners can identify what has been achieved and what development is required. According to Nussbaum (2011), if an organisation or system values human flourishing it will address ten core capabilities. Nussbaum's capabilities approach has been used as a theoretical framework for this study in which wellbeing is considered in terms of capabilities and functionings to explore how educators do and could support learners to ‘fulfil one's potential as a human being’ (Nussbaum, 2011). This research explores the question: what are preservice teachers’ understanding of food and nutrition education and their role in supporting pupils’ capabilities in adopting health promoting behaviours? This empirical research study was guided by an interpretivist paradigm based on what Guba and Lincoln (1994:107) describe as ‘epistemological assumptions’ in which knowledge is built through the qualitative study of participants' individual views and lived realities. It focuses on the perceptions and experiences of ITE students from the Master of Education Programme with Primary Teaching Qualification in the University of Glasgow (hereafter, UofG). Although this study took place in one ITE institution in Scotland, it is also relevant for other ITE educators in the UK, Europe and other global countries that have responsibility for supporting preservice teachers to understand their role in providing effective support in schools for pupils to develop health promoting behaviours through effective food and nutrition education. This study can also be used in developing health and wellbeing career long professional learning experiences for teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Purposive sampling was used to recruit preservice teachers at the University of Glasgow studying on the integrated masters in education programme with primary teaching qualification (MEduc). The participants are all initial teacher education students (ITE) in the penultimate or final year of study (years four or five). Nine participants from across both year groups were selected from volunteers, in the order the students volunteered, to form a focus group. The focus group lasted for approximately 60-120 minutes. The questions were open, semi-structured and based on nutrition and health learning and teaching themes.
The focus group data was recorded in writing by participants using a collaborative learning carousel activity. This form of data collection is based on what Gibbs (2012) describes as participant group interaction rather than individual interviews conducted in a group setting. This approach utilises dialogue among participants where they can discuss and share their experiences in relation to the research themes to stimulate thinking especially amongst student teachers who may have little experience of the topic. This is considered a supportive data collection method as participants have time and space to immerse themselves in the research topic before responding to questions as group as they carousel round open research questions and provide written responses following a group discussion without direct questioning from the researcher. The participants were split into three groups during the focus group. Each group moved round a large piece of flip chart paper that contained the open questions/ themes. The groups will have time to discuss their own experiences in relation to each question/theme and then compile their responses. Carroll (2018)  states that as part of these responses groups can add their own response, agree/ piggyback with another group response by adding a tick or can expand on another group’s response. Groups were asked not to change or remove the response of another group.
For more in-depth information the participants were invited to volunteer for an online individual interview following the focus group. These interviews lasted up to 45 minutes and the questions were open, semi-structured and based on the nutrition and health learning and teaching themes following on from information from the focus group. The interviews were audio recorded to allow for a transcript to be generated.  This qualitative data gathered from the focus group carousel activities and individual interviews was analysed using inductive coding based on Braun and Clarke’s approach to thematic analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the focus group and individual interviews is still ongoing and so currently there are no definitive findings or recommendations. From the initial analysis conducted so far, the themes of confidence, subject knowledge, collaboration and professional learning have all been identified. The expected findings are that the preservice teachers recognise and appreciate the significance of their role in supporting learners in adopting health promoting behaviours. However, there is a lack of subject knowledge in food and nutrition which impacts on confidence in teaching and learning experiences. It is anticipated that the preservice teachers will place value on professional learning and collaboration to develop subject knowledge and confidence to enhance health and nutrition education experiences. Following the completion of data analysis more robust and accurate findings and conclusions will be presented.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12 (3), 297-298 https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597.  
https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806
Carroll, M. (2018). Collaborative Learning in McCulloch, M. and Carroll, M. Understanding teaching and learning in primary education (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications
Cotton, W., Dudley, D., Peralta, L., & Werkhoven, T. (2020). The effect of teacher-delivered nutrition education programs on elementary-aged students: An updated systematic review and meta-analysis. Preventive Medicine Reports, 20, 101178 101178. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pmedr.2020.101178
Gibbs, A. (2012). Focus Groups and Interviews in Arthur, J., Waring, M., Coe, R., & Hedges, L.(2012). Research methods and methodologies in education. Newsbury Park, CA: Sage Publications Ltd.
Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating capabilities. The human development approach. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
Race, P. (2006) Evidencing reflection: Putting the ‘W’ into reflection. Esclate: Higher Education Academy. Available from: http://escalate.ac.uk/resources/reflection/ (Last accessed (24/02/2022)
Scottish Government (2017). Initial teacher education: content analysis. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Available from:
https://www.gov.scot/publications/initial-teacher-education-content-analysis-2017/ (Last accessed: 02/10/2022).
Scottish Government. (2020). Healthy Eating in Schools: A guide to implementing the Nutritional Requirements for Food and Drink in Schools (Scotland) Regulations 2020. Edinburgh: Scottish Government.
Walker, M., & Unterhalter, E. (2007). Amartya sen's capability approach and social justice in education (1st ed.). Palgrave Macmillan.  
Venkatapuram, S. (2011). Health justice: An argument from the capabilities approach. Polity.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers’ Voice on Wellbeing Education – Experiences and Perspectives from the Puppetry-Based Socioemotional Learning Programme

Orla Bracken, Eve Esteban, Joanna Wincenciak, Deborah Sewell

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bracken, Orla; Sewell, Deborah

Schools are most successful when they respond to the academic, social and emotional needs of students. The wellbeing principles influence not only the content of the curriculum, but also how teachers structure their teaching and learning and the opportunities they create for children to practice socialisation. Teachers are therefore key agents in delivering the wellbeing agenda. In this research, we present teachers’ experiences with and perceptions of a novel socioemotional learning programme utilising puppetry and storytelling. Specifically, we examined teachers’ perceived benefits of the programme to the children, the impact of the programme on their own knowledge and self-efficacy, and the evaluation of the programme as a professional development tool.

Health and wellbeing education has been recognised as a priority globally, with national and local initiatives promoting and embedding socioemotional learning (SEL) across the curricula (European Commission, 2018; UNESCO, 2021). There is unequivocal evidence that health and wellbeing education and education outcomes are synergistic (Bonell et al., 2014). SEL not only promotes individual wellbeing and reduces mental health difficulties, but is also positively related with school success, school attitudes, behaviours, and learning outcomes, ultimately preparing children for the challenges of the outside world and equipping them with skills and tools for engaged citizenship (European Commission, 2021). Schools have been recognised as key contexts for prompting health and wellbeing, as they offer a platform and safe space for socialisation and the development of key social and emotional competencies. However, little is known about how well-equipped and well-supported teachers feel in delivering the wellbeing education agenda.

Since health and wellbeing education is fundamental for equipping learners for the challenges of the modern world and for realising equity and social justice, it is imperative that key stakeholders – teachers – are also equipped with skills and feel confident in teaching health and wellbeing, as well as feel supported in responding to the diverse needs of learners. Evidence from the literature, suggest significant gaps in professional development opportunities for teachers, in the areas of health and wellbeing education (Byrne et al., 2018; Otten et al., 2022). Confidence in the topic is often cited as a main barrier and challenge: teachers’ understanding of the value of health and wellbeing is crucial for a sustained impact. Professional development initiatives that promote health and wellbeing literacy amongst teachers, prove most effective and successful when contextualised, modelled and delivered in a collaborative, adaptive way (Otten et al., 2022). Supportive environment, climate of care, commitment from the leadership and a school ethos are also cited among the key factors influencing teachers identity as health and wellbeing promoters (Byrne et al., 2018; Spratt, 2016).

This research examined teachers’ experiences with and perspectives on an SEL programme utilising the power of puppetry and storytelling, focusing specifically on their evaluation of the programme as a teacher development tool. We focus on exploring the impact of the programme on teachers’ self-efficacy and the classroom environment. Teachers’ self-efficacy, which plays a significant role in their practice, influences their resilience, persistence and motivation (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007), and is found to rely on both internal factors (e.g. knowledge, values, confidence) and environmental factors (community, leadership support). It is therefore imperative to evaluate the SEL intervention, with respect to these areas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In collaboration with a puppetry and visual theatre arts organisation – Puppet Animation Scotland, we designed a bespoke 6-week long SEL programme - Puppetry and Emotional Resilience (P&ER). The programme addresses Zins et al. (2007) core SEL competencies in each of the weekly sessions. All activities are accompanied by custom-made puppets, books, games and art and craft activities. Participating teachers received training in puppet theatre from the professional puppeteers and received all the programme materials. We delivered the programme in 7 Scottish schools and nurseries, located in rural and urban areas with high social deprivation. Children in these areas are often at higher risk of developing emotional dysregulation and behavioral problems, and might be further disadvantaged when starting formal education. To evaluate the potential benefit of the programme to school transitions, we invited teachers to participate in a mixed-methods evaluation study.

The shape and scope of the evaluation were agreed upon individually and co-created, with each of the participating settings to respect the voice, inputs and ethics of those working with vulnerable groups in research (Aldridge, 2014). Four teachers (1 from rural and 3 from urban school) completed a Teachers' Sense of Efficacy Scale (TSES), a weekly diary, and took part in interviews after they completed the programme.  
Teachers' sense of efficacy is a powerful construct, which has been shown to be related to student outcomes, such as achievement or motivation. Here, teachers completed a short version of the TSES containing 12 opinion statements illustrating the kinds of things that create difficulties for teachers in their school activities. Each week, teachers were invited to submit a short account of their experience with the puppet programme, using an online diary. Finally, we collected a rich account of teachers’ experiences in semi-structured interviews. The interviews took place over the phone in March 2022 (rural cluster), and in June 2022 (urban cluster), and lasted between 30-45 minutes. During the interviews, participants reflected on the strengths of the programme and areas, where it could be improved. They shared their subjective experience of the programme and observations of how children responded. Data from the weekly diaries provided a context to the programme, whilst the interview data was coded independently by two researchers and analysed thematically using an abductive approach (Vila-Henninger et al., 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is an urgent need for accessible, inclusive and adaptive interventions that promote health and wellbeing education in early years. Here, we explored teachers’ experience with and perceptions of this puppetry programme, aimed at supporting schools’ transitions and SEL. An iterative process of theoretically-grounded data reduction unravelled three key broad aspects of the programme. The positive impact on individual children has also benefited the whole class ethics and environment. Increases in emotional literacy, prosocial development and improvement in cognitive skills and decision-making, have been particularly noticeable for more vulnerable children. Teachers have also applauded the programme for its accessibility, flexibility and adaptability. The structure, components and training provided positively impacted on teachers’ conceptual knowledge, confidence and empowered them to embed more SEL activities in their daily practice. The biggest shift in confidence and self-efficacy was observed by newly-qualified teachers, who found new ways of connecting with children’s interests and gained better insights into children’s skills and abilities.  
Altogether these findings illustrate that a well-designed and accessible intervention targeting health and wellbeing education, can make a significant positive impact on teachers’ development, the class environment and children’s socioemotional development. We believe that art-based interventions, such as those using puppetry, have the potential to contribute to the development of health and wellbeing literacy amongst teachers, ultimately supporting school transitions and socioemotional development in young children.  

References
Aldridge, J. (2014). Working with vulnerable groups in social research: Dilemmas by default and design. Qualitative Research, 14(1), 112–130. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794112455041
Bonell, C., Humphrey, N., Fletcher, A., Moore, L., Anderson, R., & Campbell, R. (2014). Why schools should promote students’ health and wellbeing. BMJ, 348, g3078. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.g3078
Byrne, J., Rietdijk, W., & Pickett, K. (2018). Teachers as health promoters: Factors that influence early career teachers to engage with health and wellbeing education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 289–299. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.020
European Commission. (2018). Strengthening social and emotional education as a core curricular area across the EU: A review of the international evidence : analytical report. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/664439
European Commission. (2021). A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and well-being in schools in the EU: Analytical report. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/50546
Otten, C., Nash, R., & Patterson, K. (2022). Professional development in health education for primary school teachers: A systematised review of the literature. Professional Development in Education, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2022.2038233
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99, 611–625. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.3.611
Spratt, J. (2016). Childhood wellbeing: What role for education? British Educational Research Journal, 42(2), 223–239. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3211
UNESCO. (2021). Acting for recovery, resilience and reimagining education: The Global Education Coalition in action—UNESCO Digital Library. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379797
Vila-Henninger, L., Dupuy, C., Van Ingelgom, V., Caprioli, M., Teuber, F., Pennetreau, D., Bussi, M., & Le Gall, C. (2022). Abductive Coding: Theory Building and Qualitative (Re)Analysis. Sociological Methods & Research, 00491241211067508. https://doi.org/10.1177/00491241211067508
 
12:30pm - 1:30pm99 ERC SES 03.5: Lunch Break Event: Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER (sign up required)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Atrium
Session Chair: Saneeya Qureshi
Lunch Break Event - sign up required
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER

Saneeya Qureshi

The University of Liverpool, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya

You are warmly invited to attend this informal lunch session which will be facilitated by experienced academics and the ERG co-conveners who will help you chart your way through the conference program and understand the structure of EERA and how you can participate in additional activities. This is also a wonderful opportunity to connect with fellow ‘emerging’ researchers.

The following themes will be addressed within the session. The themes will shortly be introduced at the beginning of the session. After this introduction you are welcome to participate in informal discussions and ask questions pertaining these themes to the experienced academics and co-convenors.

Doing Educational Research

We are pleased to announce that we will be joined by the Editors of ‘Doing Educational Research: Overcoming Challenges in Practice’. This SAGE/EERA book was developed as a result of feedback from PhD students and addresses challenges researchers have encountered in their projects. In this there are accounts of how experienced researchers handled entry into the research field, how they discussed and managed research result that posed problems when accounted back to the field, and how doing research in a second language, i.e. English, creates a complex set of challenges from interpretation to communication of your research.

Networks, Networking and Development Opportunities

Connect with experts in your field by identifying your network and attending their programs. We will discuss opportunities and strategies for building your network during the conference and beyond.

Converting your conference paper into a publication

Explore the unique opportunities afforded to participants at the Emerging Researchers’ Conference to maximize your publication success. We will discuss several possibilities the conference offers to receive feedback on your work, for example during and after your conference-presentation.

ERG co-convenors

Meet the Emerging Researchers’ Group co-conveners who will share their recent experiences as Early Career Researchers and provide helpful tips for making the most of the conference experience.

Please register for this event on the first day of the ERC 2023 near the EERA Desk.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm100 ERC SES 04: Working Meeting - EERA Exec
Location: Gilbert Scott, Robing Room [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Joe O'Hara
Session Chair: Marit Hoveid
Working Meeting - EERA Exec
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Working Meeting - EERA Exec

Joe O'Hara

EERA President, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Hara, Joe

Working Meeting - EERA Exec

 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 A: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teaching Sensitive and Controversial Issues in The History Classroom: Exploratory Case Studies in England

Latife Eda Kuzuca

university of reading, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kuzuca, Latife Eda

Pring et al. (2009) state, one of the most valuable functions of education should be responsible for keeping young people’s learning constantly up to date. This means that education should be shaped according to the needs and requirements of the period in which we live. Increased diversity within societies has started to influence school history to prepare students for the new world settings, due to its inherent nature such as understanding and respecting different perspectives, appreciating the value of diversity, and questioning one’s own views (Zajda, 2015).

Therefore, now, teaching sensitive and controversial issues (SCIs) has crucial importance within history-teaching communities in the UK for both developing individual cognitive skills and preparing students for a pluralist, democratic society (Barton & McCully, 2010; Hess, 2002; Oxfam, 2006). That is why, these kinds of subjects should be encouraged, to provide students, the opportunity to appreciate differences, tolerate different values and perspectives, and the ability to live in peace with people from various backgrounds in society (Bourn, 2014). However, the relevant literature in the UK frequently shows that history teachers hesitate to teach SCIs in their lessons (Byford et al., 2009; Kitson & McCully, 2005; Oulton et al., 2004). According to the Historical Association’s T.E.A.C.H. report, history teachers’ reasons for avoiding emotive and controversial historical subjects can be varied such as their lack of knowledge and skills, delivering misleading messages, creating conflict and alienation among students, and potential issues related to parent and school complaints (HA, 2007). Therefore, according to the research of Byford et al. (2009), the vast majority of teachers (60%) avoid teaching SCIs within the community they teach in order to protect themselves. The reasons behind this avoidance seemed to be related to the potential disapproval of the parents, potential lawsuits, and students’ sensitivities (HA, 2007; Philips, 2008, Traille, 2007). Additionally, topics related to students’ cultural and religious heritages and subjects about the wider issues in societies such as terrorism, racism and Islamophobia (Philips, 2008) are the other factors making teaching SCIs difficult for history teachers. The aim of this research, therefore, was to conduct exploratory case studies in London among history teachers, to gain further insight and understanding regarding the situation of teaching SCIs among English history teachers.

For these reasons, the research question that this study will address is: “What are the thoughts of the history teachers for teaching SCIs in history classrooms?” To answer this question, the following sub-questions will be explored:

• What kinds of challenges do teachers encounter while teaching SCIs?
• What approaches, strategies, methods, and activities do teachers utilise to overcome possible challenges while teaching SCIs?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study explored the views of history teachers regarding teaching SCIs in history classrooms. In this research, therefore, small-scale case studies, qualitative and interpretative approaches have been used, to gain a deeper understanding of history teachers’ experiences (Scott and Morrison, 2007). Six history teachers and three teacher trainers working in highly diverse school settings have been interviewed in London.
To conduct this study, qualitative data gathering tools such semi-structured and hypothetical scenario-based interview questions have been utilised. Qualitative data allowed to obtain detailed and extensive data to understand history teachers’ thoughts for teaching SCIs
(Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Semi-structured interviews served better for this research to gather in-depth understanding of people’s motivations, reasons, and problems, because the researcher could orient the communication and ask further questions if necessary (Scott and Morrison, 2007). In interviews, history teachers were asked about their thoughts on whether teaching SCIs was valuable and necessary, and if so, whether it should be taught in contemporary history classes. Then, teachers were asked if they find teaching SCIs challenging, if they have any hesitations to teach SCIs, and if they encounter any problem while teaching SCIs. And finally, the hypothetical scenario was related to racism in the classroom and asked what teachers’ recommendations for would be dealing with this problem. The reason for using that scenario was to see how teachers would react and approach the situation and what kind of recommendation they would make.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is understood that teachers' main concerns are mostly related to the students’ feelings as they often mentioned that they did not want to make students feel upset or offended. Teachers stated that when topics were related to students’ heritages and identities, they tend to be reluctant to teach them. Additionally, they said that when school information and students’ home-based information clashed, more challenges arise for teachers. And finally, teachers found challenging to help students understand why people in the past acted in the way they did, especially, while teaching sensitive subjects such as Trans-Atlantic Slave Trade, Holocaust, or terror attacks.
To overcome possible challenges, they stated that they need to have more knowledge about the students’ backgrounds while teaching SCIs to prepare better planned scheme of works for such topics. Another mostly suggested approach was having classroom discussions with the use of empathy. Secondly, majority of the teachers suggested the use of multiple and contrasting resources such as images, videos, or artefacts helpful while teaching SCIs. Additionally, fostering students’ relevant substantive and conceptual knowledge before discussing the SCIs in lessons were recommended.
However, unlike the findings in the literature, teachers emphasised that even if they had some concerns, they believed that potential challenges could be overcome. The participants were in agreement that these hesitations should not prevent them from teaching SCIs, because of the latter’s potential. Furthermore, two more teachers responded that they did not have any hesitations in terms of teaching SCIs because they had enough self-confidence and knew how to teach SCIs.
Finally, the majority of the participants reported that, in cases where problems related to teaching SCIs could arose, they would be supported and protected by the school boards. This could also be one of the reasons behind the participants’ higher levels of agency and self-esteem.

References
Barton, K. C., & McCully, A. W. (2010). “You can form your own point of view”: Internally persuasive discourse in Northern Ireland students’ encounters with history. Teachers College Record, 112(1), 142-181.
Bourn, D. (2014). The theory and practice of global learning (Research Paper No.11). Development Education Research Centre. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/1492723/1/DERC_ResearchPaper11- TheTheoryAndPracticeOfGlobalLearning[2].pdf
Byford, J., Lennon, S., & Russell, W. B. (2009). Teaching controversial issues in the social studies: A research study of high school teachers. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 82(4), 165-170
Kitson, A., & McCully, A. (2005). 'You hear about it for real in school. 'Avoiding, containing Teaching History, (120), 32-37.
HA. (2007). Teaching emotive and controversial issues: A report from the Historical Association on the challenges and opportunities for teaching emotive and controversial history 3-19. London: The Historical Association.
Hess, D. E. (2002). Discussing controversial public issues in secondary social studies classrooms: Learning from skilled teachers. Theory and Research in Social Education, 30(1), 10-41. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2002.10473177
Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4th ed.). John Wiley & Sons.
Oulton, C., Day, V., Dillon*, J., & Grace, M. (2004). Controversial issues‐teachers' attitudes and practices in the context of citizenship education.  Oxford review of education, 30(4), 489-507. https://www.jstor.org/stable/4127162
Oxfam, G. B. (2006). Teaching controversial issues. Retrieved March, 9, 2009.
Pring, R., Hogson, A., & Spours, K. (2009). Aims and values. In Education for all: The future of education and training for 14-19 year olds, pp. 12-25, London: Routledge
Philips, I. (2008). Teaching history. Developing as a reflective secondary teacher. Sage Publications.
Scott, D., & Morrison, M. (2006). Key ideas in educational research. Continuum.
Traille, K. (2007). You should be proud about your history. They made me feel ashamed: Teaching history hurts. Teaching History, (127), 31-37.
Zajda, J. a (2015) ‘Globalisation and the Politics of Education Reforms: History Education.', (Ch. 1, pp. 1-14), In Joseph Zajda (Ed.), Nation- Building and History Education in a Global Culture; Springer, Australia: Melbourne


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Empowering Marginalized Students to Speak up through Dialogic Literary Gatherings: an Ethnographic Case Study in Ghana

Eugenia Allotey, Rocío García-Carrión

University of Deusto, Spain

Presenting Author: Allotey, Eugenia

The global discourse on diversity and inclusion makes it imperative for educational researchers to revisit marginalization in education settings. Marginalization in education is a form of acute and persistent disadvantage rooted in underlying social inequalities involving cultural differences, knowledge gaps, and socio-economic status (Akin & Neumann, 2013). It can affect students’ academic performance, peer-to-peer interaction and sense of belongingness in school (Benner & Wang, 2014; Pendergast et al, 2018). Despite the call for inclusive and equitable quality education (SDG4) that promotes lifelong learning opportunities for all, children from rural and urban poor communities, ethnic and linguistic minority children, and children in displaced situations in Ghana and many parts of Sub-Saharan Africa have experienced marginalization in education for decades (Mfum-Mensah, 2018). Thus, to ensure inclusive and equitable quality education for all, it is essential for stakeholders in education to create learning environments that address educational inequities among students by empowering students to speak up and become actively involved in the teaching and learning process, particularly, those historically marginalized. Consequently, educational researchers advocate for better-informed practice with research that seeks to achieve social impact (García-Carrión et al., 2020).

Along these lines, research shows that dialogic learning has transformed classrooms and schools to provide high-quality education for all students (Flecha & Soler, 2013). This approach, according to Flecha (2015) increases academic performance, improves social cohesion, and enables participants to overcome educational inequality in diverse contexts. It dismantles deficit thinking and creates opportunities for participants to be confident and freely express themselves (Flecha, 2000; García-Carrión & Allotey, 2023). Thus, drawing on the social-cultural theory of cognitive development (Vygotsky, 1978) and grounded on the theory of dialogic learning (Flecha, 2000), research shows that Dialogic Literary Gatherings (DLGs), foster learning and inclusion of vulnerable populations (Soler, 2020). This approach to teaching and learning has been acknowledged by the European Commission for achieving social impact and benefiting historically marginalized communities in many diverse contexts (European Commission, 2011).

DLGs are an interactive dialogue-based learning environment where participants share and discuss the greatest literary works through egalitarian dialogue that fosters respect towards diversity, solidarity, freedom, and overcomes inequalities (Flecha, 2000). Implemented in over 7,000 schools in fourteen different countries across Europe and Latin America (Soler, 2020), the efficacy of DLGs has been studied in various contexts where positive impacts have been observed in reading and students’ prosocial behavior. DLGs encourage relations of friendship and respect, it fosters a sense of community and self-confidence (Díez-Palomar et al., 2020) and encourages participants to speak up and share their experiences in an egalitarian dialogic atmosphere (Flecha, 2000; Soler, 2020). Nonetheless, little is known about DLGs in Africa, particularly in Ghana. Thus, granted that the call for diversity is also a call for voice, influence and power (Biesta et al, 2022), the objective of this paper is to explore how the Dialogic Literary Gatherings empower historically marginalized students to speak up while they participate in DLGs in an 8th-grade classroom in southeastern Ghana.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative Ethnographic case study (Rhoads, 1995; Schwandt & Gates, 2018) research methodology was adopted for the study. This is part of a bigger project funded by the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation program under the Marie Skłodowska Curie grant agreement No. 847624. DLGs were implemented for the first time with 8th-graders in a school in the southeastern part of Ghana from October 2021 to February 2022. During this time, participant observations and semi-structured interviews were conducted by the first author. Eleven DLG sessions lasting approximately one (1) hour were observed and audio recorded. These took place once a week during the students’ English Literature classes. In accordance with the dictates of the syllabus of the Ghana Education Service concerning mandatory literature books to be read by students from seventh to eighth grade, participants together with their English literature teacher, agreed to read the classical book Oliver Twist. Additionally, the students agreed to read Oedipus the King, one of the teacher’s supplementary teaching materials and The Odyssey, another book proposed by the researcher. Hence, during the DLGs, participants interacted with each other based on previous reading of age-appropriate versions of the books Oliver Twist, Oedipus the King and The Odyssey by choosing a piece of the text, reading it aloud and sharing their thoughts and feelings about aspects of the text that intrigued them (Soler, 2020).

In all, seventy-nine students participated in the DLGs with seventy-one participants giving the researchers their assent and parental consent. However, for this paper, we focused on the experiences of six students who felt marginalized and their contributions in four DLG sessions as well as the semi-structured interviews conducted with all six participants. Since one facet of marginalization is the experience of interaction with members of dominant groups (Given, 2008), these students were selected because their contributions during the DLGs indicated that they had experienced some sort of discrimination and marginalization. These included five girls and one boy aged thirteen to sixteen years.  This was a heterogeneous group where the students had mixed academic abilities and belonged to five different ethnic groups in Ghana. The data was transcribed verbatim and analyzed thematically (Braun, & Clarke, 2006) during which the following themes emerged: egalitarian dialogic space, platform to share grievances and boosting participants’ confidence. The research followed ethical principles approved by the Institutional Review Board (IRB) of the authors’ University.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research demonstrated that participants experienced marginalization as a result of their cultural and ethnic differences, knowledge gaps, physical appearance and poor status in society. However, despite feeling marginalized and discriminated against for these reasons, findings from the study indicated that the DLGs created affordances for historically marginalized students to be empowered to speak up by granting participants an egalitarian dialogic space. Thus, the DLGs created an interactive space for students to share their views and opinions without fear of judgement. In addition, the gatherings empowered participants to speak up by boosting their self-confidence. Finally, the DLGs provided marginalized students with a platform to share their grievances with their classmates during which they felt not simply heard but listened to.

Resonating with previous research within the field (Díez-Palomar et al., 2020; García-Carrión et al, 2020; Flecha, 2000), our findings show that Dialogic Literary Gatherings indeed provide high-quality education for all, especially those historically marginalized and enables educational practitioners to engage all students in the teaching and learning process thereby ensuring an inclusive quality education for all (SDG-4). These findings are promising for educational practitioners in Europe and across the globe, seeking to encourage marginalized students to speak up for themselves. Besides, granted that little is known about Dialogic Learning, particularly Dialogic Literary Gatherings in Africa despite its success worldwide, this study contributes to science by replicating this approach in Ghana. Nonetheless, due to time constraints, the study was limited by its inability to measure the impact of the DLGs on marginalized students’ academic performance. Future research could delimit this setback by exploring this option.


References
Akin, I., & Neumann, C. (2013). Identifying Proactive Collaboration Strategies for Teacher Readiness for Marginalized Students. Journal of College Teaching & Learning (TLC), 10(4), 235–244.
Benner, A. D., & Wang, Y. (2014). Demographic marginalization, social integration, and adolescents’ educational success. Journal of youth and adolescence, 43(10), 1611-1627.
Biesta, G., Wainwright, E., & Aldridge, D. (2022). A case for diversity in educational research and educational practice. British educational research journal, 48(1), 1-4.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101
Díez-Palomar, J., García-Carrión, R., Hargreaves, L., & Vieites, M. (2020). Transforming students’ attitudes towards learning through the use of successful educational actions. PLoS ONE, 15, e0240292
European Commission. (2011). Added Value of Research, Innovation and Science portfolio. Retrieved from: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/MEMO_11_520
Flecha R. (2015). Successful educational actions for inclusion and social cohesion in Europe. Springer.
Flecha, R. (2000). Sharing Words. Rowman & Littlefield.
Flecha, R., & Soler, M. (2013). Turning difficulties into possibilities: Engaging Roma families and students in school through dialogic learning. Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(4), 451–465.
Garcia-Carrion, R. & Allotey, E. (2023) International perspectives on community-engaged teacher education in Tierney, R. J., Rizvi, F. & Ercikan, K. (Eds) International encyclopedia of education. (pp 375-380). Elsevier.
García-Carrión, R., López De Aguileta, G., Padrós, M., & Ramis-Salas, M. (2020). Implications for Social Impact of Dialogic Teaching and Learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 11:140.
Given, L. M. (2008). Marginalization. In The Sage encyclopedia of qualitative research methods (Vol. 1, pp. 532-495). SAGE Publications.
Mfum-Mensah, O. (2018). Education marginalization in sub-Saharan Africa: Policies, politics, and marginality. Rowman & Littlefield.
Pendergast, D., Allen, J., McGregor, G., & Ronksley-Pavia, M. (2018). Engaging marginalized,“at-risk” middle-level students: A focus on the importance of a sense of belonging at school. Education Sciences, 8(3), 138.
Rhoads, R. A. (1995). Whales Tales, Dog Piles, and Beer Goggles: An Ethnographic Case Study of Fraternity Life. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 26(3), 306–323.
Schwandt, T. A., & Gates, E. F. (2018). Case study methodology. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5th ed.; pp. 341-358). SAGE.
Soler, M. (2020). Research on Dialogic Literary gatherings. In Mercer, N., Wegerif, R. & Major, L. (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of research on dialogic education (pp. 348 -359). Routledge.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society. The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Views and Experiences of Teachers Working with Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Pupils with SEND

Klaudia Matasovska

Goldsmiths, University of London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Matasovska, Klaudia

Abstract: In contemporary discourse, sexuality is being presented as something fluid, with research persisting in framing sexuality as flexible and negotiable to some extent. This way of examining sexuality is problematic because as one discovers how identity changes and evolves, a certain terminology, such as ‘trend’ or ‘phase’ becomes prominent giving the illusion that LGBT+ pupils with SEND are easily influenced and too immature to form LGBT+ identities because of their cognitive impairments. Educators viewing sexuality and gender identity as a phase or a trend can result in providing inadequate support, which can be limited due to the misconception that information about LGBT+ concepts is not important for this category of pupils or that one can simply stop being LGBT+. This paper discusses the views and experiences of SEN teachers involving their pupils' ways of exploring and expressing their LGBT+ identities and examines how this links to the misconception of their sexuality and gender as a phase or a trend due to their SENDs. Being inspired by the work of scholars exploring sexual and gender identity, the paper is framed by intersectionality which allows for a detailed analysis of how identities interact and inform when used as an analytic tool. The paper calls for more nuanced thinking of sexuality and gender in the lives of LGBT+ pupils with SEND, which will help to decrease inequality.

Author of proposal: Klaudia Matasovska (email: kmata005@gold.ac.uk)

First choice network: Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)

Second choice network: Gender and Education Network

Keywords: childhood, youth, SEND, gender identity, sexuality, phase, intersectionality

General description:

This paper explores the opinions and experiences of SEN practitioners with work experience involving children and young people with SEND who also identify as LGBT+. This study asks the question: How do SEN practitioners’ views compare with wider society’s misconception of disabled LGBT+ pupils’ sexuality and gender as a phase or a trend due to being often viewed as too ‘immature’ to have LGBT+ identities? There is very limited information regarding the LGBT+/SEND intersection. In particular, research is very limited regarding the views of SEN teachers in relation to the LGBT+/SEND intersection and their views about the misconception that disabled pupils’ sexuality and gender identity is informed by their disability. This study is an attempt to fill in this gap in research and to talk about the intersections regarding gender, SEND and sexual orientation. Intersectionality is the chosen theoretical framework for this study as it is a suitable tool for highlighting social inequalities with regard to the protected characteristics of the Equality Act 2010, such as gender, sexual orientation, disability, age, etc. This framework is also used to highlight how individual intersections (disability, gender and sexual orientation in the case of this study) impact each other in terms of experiencing layered stigma.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods/Methodology:
This article includes data collected via one-to-one online interviews with eight participants, all of whom have teaching qualifications. Some of the participants have disabilities themselves and one identifies as a member of the LGBT+ community. The participants have worked with LGBT+ children and young people with autism, Pathological Demand Avoidance, dyslexia, communication difficulties and mental health needs. The data from the transcribed interviews were analysed thematically and via an intersectional lens. This method was appropriate to use as this study’s aim is to focus on the voices of SEN practitioners and to look for similarities as well as key differences in their responses to determine the key themes that were emerging from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
SEN practitioners working with pupils with SEND are often very inclusive in their practice and this covers the area of LGBT+ inclusion. They are aware of wider society’s misconceptions, such as transgender children with SEND having the concept of gender ‘pushed’ onto them and LGBT+ young disabled people being incapable of being LGBT+ because of their disability. All of the participants challenge these misconceptions. They also acknowledge that some school staff, especially older generations, are impacted by these misconceptions to some extent. This is evident in their ‘hesitant’ attitudes towards teaching LGBT+-related content or in their lack of initiative in relation to creating LGBT+ spaces for pupils with SEND. Some of these attitudes are based on SEN school staff’s fear of saying “the wrong thing” due to their lack of LGBT+ related training in addition to their lack of training in relation to less explored areas of SEND, such as PDA. In addition to these attitudes, the limited LGBT+ information provided by SEN school settings and the layered stigma experienced by LGBT+ pupils with SEND, including PDA pupils, can negatively impact their wellbeing and academic progress. The paper concludes with a call for more nuanced thinking of sexuality and gender in the lives of LGBT+ pupils with SEND, which will help to minimise inequality.
References
Aramburu Alegría, C. (2018) ‘Supporting families of transgender children/youth: Parents speak on their experiences, identity, and views’, The international journal of transgenderism, 19(2), pp. 132–143. doi:10.1080/15532739.2018.1450798.
Arrieta, S.A., Palladino, J.M. (2015). A Multiple-Case Study of Special Education Teachers’ Approaches to LGBT Students with Emotional-Behavior Disabilities. Journal of Ethnographic & Qualitative Research, 10(1):1-12.
Braun, V & Clarke, V (2013). Successful Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide for Beginners, London, SAGE Publications.
Buchanan, N.T. and Settles, I. (2014) ‘Multiple Groups, Multiple Identities, and Intersectionality’, in The Oxford Handbook of Multicultural Identity. Oxford University Press. doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199796694.013.017.
Bush, H. H., Williams, L. W., & Mendes, E. (2020). Brief report: Asexuality and young women on the autism Spectrum. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 51, 725–733. doi:10.1007/s10803-020-04565-6.
Collins, P. H., & Bilge, S. (2020). Intersectionality. John Wiley & Sons.
Crenshaw K (1991) Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review 43(6): 1241–1299.
Decker, J. S. (2015). The Invisible Orientation: An Introduction to Asexuality* Next Generation Indie Book Awards Winner in LGBT. Simon and Schuster.
Flores, A. R. (2019). Social acceptance of LGBT people in 174 countries: 1981 to 2017. Available at: https://williamsinstitute.law.ucla.edu/wp-content/uploads/Global-Acceptance-Index-LGBT-Oct-2019.pdf (Accessed: 11 November 2022)
Erickson-Schroth, L. & Jacobs, L.A. (2017). "You're in the Wrong Bathroom!": And 20 Other Myths and Misconceptions About Transgender and Gender Nonconforming People’, Boston: Beacon Press
Goodboy, A. K., & Martin, M. M. (2018). LGBT bullying in school: perspectives on prevention. Communication Education, (67)4, 513-520,

GOV.UK (2022). Family Resources Survey: financial year 2020 to 2021. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/family-resources-survey-financial-year-2020-to-2021/family-resources-survey-financial-year-2020-to-2021 (Accessed: 30 November 2022)
Gower, A. L., Forster, M., Gloppen, K., Johnson, A. Z., Eisenberg, M. E., Connett, J. E., & Borowsky, I. W. (2018). School practices to foster LGBT-supportive climate: Associations with adolescent bullying involvement. Prevention Science, 19(6), 813-821.
Gregory, E. and Ruby, M. (2011) ‘The ‘insider/outsider’ dilemma of ethnography: Working with young children and their families in cross-cultural contexts’, Journal of early childhood research : ECR, 9(2), pp. 162–174. doi:10.1177/1476718X10387899.
Hicks, G. R., & Lee, T. T. (2006). Public attitudes toward gays and lesbians: trends and predictors. Journal of homosexuality, 51(2), 57–77. https://doi.org/10.1300/J082v51n02_04
Kosciw, J. G., Bartkiewicz, M., & Greytak, E. A. (2012). Promising strategies for prevention of the bullying of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth. The Prevention Researcher, 19(3), 10-13.

To be continued
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 B: Sociologies of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teaching in Prison : an Atypical Career for a Minority of Professionals in France

Jeanne Gavard-Veau

IREDU (Université de Bourgogne, France), France

Presenting Author: Gavard-Veau, Jeanne

In France, incarceration represents a time when inmates are isolated from the outside world and they deal with the resources available in prison. The Penitentiary Code of May 1, 2022 insists on the fact that "[every convicted person is obliged to carry out at least one of the activities offered to him]" (Article L411-1). Among these activities there is the teaching, the result of collaboration between the Ministry of Justice and the Ministry of National Education since the agreement of January 19, 1995. The teaching provided in prisons is part of a perspective of lifelong education, an inalienable right of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights which states that "[everyone has the right to education]" (Article 26). The French prison population is mainly composed of poor young men with an educational level below the average of the population (Combessie, 2018). The obligation to provide primary education in all prisons for all inmates makes this activity more attractive since it is part of the main mission of the sentence of deprivation of liberty: the insertion or reintegration of persons placed under judicial authority (Article L1 of the Penitentiary Code, 2022). The time spent in prison can be an opportunity to make up for the shortcomings of initial education, especially because 67.8% of incarcerated persons have a level below the baccalaureate and 52.5% are serving a sentence of more than two years (Ministry of Justice, 2021). Thus, education appears to be a means for prisoners to educate themselves but also to demonstrate a desire to reintegrate into their prison pathway.

People serving a prison sentence in France have a particular relationship with education. The illiteracy rate in the closed environment is about 12% on average, whereas it is 7% in the overall population (Heraud & Marmonier-Lechat, 2021). Concerning the educational program offered, 53% of the penal population attending school is trained in basic skills, 16% of which are devoted to learning French correctly (Heraud & Marmonier-Lechat, 2021). This population is characterized as a priority need group that requires special attention.

In France, as in many other countries, teaching in prison is not the subject of much research. We are particularly interested of the professionals who teach in a closed environment, but also in the teaching itself and the meaning that professionals give to it. The professional subgroup of prison teachers represents 0.2% of the total number of teachers in France (Heraud & Soigneux, 2020). These teachers in the margins (Kherroubi, Millet & Thin, 2018) intervene punctually or full-time basis within prison establishments. Teaching in prison is a voluntary process, there is no systematic assignment possible, especially since the penitentiary institution seems to be an impediment to the proper conduct of teaching with the security and disciplinary logics it imposes (Salane, 2013). In particular, it would seem that reorientation in difficult contexts allows professionals to focus on the transmission of knowledge (Maroy, 2006). Moreover, these teachers on the margins of the institution also seem to present a logic of global educational action (Kherroubi, Millet & Thin, 2018) with the consideration of various dimensions, particularly social, adjoining teaching.

We can ask whether this teaching activity represents a resource for incarcerated people, both in terms of the activity itself and through the teachers practicing in prison. We hypothesize that teaching is a resource that takes different forms for adult prisoners. We also suggest that teachers are essential resources for people in prison. In this presentation, we will show the benefits to teachers and prisoners of this closed instruction. We will present our first results showing that teachers are resource persons for inmates and how they find a particular interest in this atypical environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the context of our thesis, our research work is based on a mixed methodology to make the data from this small population actionable and assertive by various methods (Aguilera & Chevalier, 2021). First, we conducted a four-week observation period in three prisons in the Bourgogne Franche-Comté region. The observation period was sometimes participatory, sometimes semi-participatory with informal interviews with teachers. Indeed, we sometimes participated in activities with the prisoners in order to blend in with the froup as much as possible, wich of course created opportunities to talk with the inmates. Whenever possible, we stood back to observe the class group and the teacher. We followed different professionals, temporary employees, referents or managers. We were mainly in contact with adult male detainees, but also with minor males for whom, in the prison context, it is more difficult to introduce a person who is not a member of the service without having him actively participate in the smooth running of the session. During this period of observation and these numerous exchanges, we kept a logbook recounting all the events that took place during the days. In a second phase, we conducted 24 semi-directive interviews by phone call over a period of one and a half years with professionals teaching in prisons throughout France.
In a third and final stage, a survey was distributed nationally from May 2022 to February 2023 in order to refine the qualitative results and to globalize them. This questionnaire was distributed by the national education director to all the prisons in metropolitan France and in the overseas territories. This survey made it possible to collect quantitative data, in particular to understand the professional trajectories but also to draw up a sociological profile of these teachers. Indeed, as there is very little statistical data on this underrepresented population, it was necessary to have sociological data for our research. We currently have 139 complete responses and 307 responses in total for a total population whose numbers we do not know but estimated at 740.3 full-time equivalents (Heraud & Marmonier-Lechat, 2021), including 1264 temporary teachers in the year 2020-2021.
We are beginning to process the data from this questionnaire in an exploratory manner to support our qualitative fieldwork and discourse analysis data. Currently, we are using Jamovi and R software to process our quantitative data as well as Nvivo to analyze the discourse from our interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Prison teaching activity is seen by adult prisoners as a resource, used strategically and sometimes in a roundabout way, but one that helps to meet various individual needs. It can be a source of instruction or advantage in the prison journey. On the other hand, education itself remains a valuable resource for all incarcerated individuals seeking to obtain academic skills or enroll in a degree program. Teaching in prison allows inmates to occupy time in a meaningful way while learning or filling in previous gaps. Teachers also represent a human resource, they take on a coaching and mentoring role that is beneficial to prisoners wishing to interact with professionals from outside the prison administration. However, we found that the impact of their activity is limited and varies according to the various contexts, both material and human.  The proportion of prison teachers with long experience in special education is very high, especially since the prison environment has recently required a specific contest for the specialized public or equivalent. Paradoxically, these prison teachers have a great deal of pedagogical freedom despite the constraints of the prison institution. Indeed, this subgroup of professionals declares an emancipation from the ordinary environment and its ministerial injunctions related to evaluation and school programs. The motivations of these teachers are mainly intrinsic and correlated to the meaning they give to their activity. This voluntary distancing from the ordinary environment in order to obtain a higher sense of social utility increases the satisfaction of these teachers since the activity is in harmony with their values and expectations. The links created by the teachers and the learners in the classrooms allow the inmates to reconnect with a public, individualized and adapted education in order to best accompany them in their reintegration project.
References
The legal texts quoted in square brackets have been translated from French to English for a better understanding of the abstract.
Aguilera, T. & Chevalier, T. (2021). Les méthodes mixtes : vers une méthodologie 3.0 ?. Revue française de science politique, 71, 361-363.
Assemblée générale des Nations unies. (1948), Déclaration universelle des droits de l'Homme.
Code de procédure pénale. (2010). JORF.
Code pénitentiaire. (2022). JORF.
Combessie, P. (2018). Sociologie de la Prison (4e édition). La Découverte.
Heraud, J.-L., & Marmonier-Lechat, F. (2021). Bilan annuel de l’enseignement en milieu pénitentiaire : Année 2019-2020. Ministère de la justice ; Ministère de l’Éducation nationale et de la jeunesse.
Heraud, J.-L., & Marmonier-Lechat, F. (2022). Bilan annuel de l’enseignement en milieu pénitentiaire : Année 2020-2021. Ministère de la justice ; Ministère de l’Éducation nationale et de la jeunesse.
Heraud, J.-L., & Soigneux, M. (2020). Bilan annuel de l’enseignement en milieu pénitentiaire : Année 2018-2019. Ministère de la justice ; Ministère de l’Éducation nationale et de la jeunesse.
Kherroubi, M., Millet, M. & Thin, D. (2018). Enseigner dans les marges : L'exemple des enseignants de dispositifs relais. Sociétés contemporaines, 109, 93-116.
Maroy, C. (2006). Les évolutions du travail enseignant en France et en Europe : facteurs de changement, incidences et résistances dans l’enseignement secondaire. Revue française de pédagogie (pp. 111-142).
Ministère de la Justice (2021). Statistique trimestrielle des personnes écrouées et détenues.
Salane, F. (2013). Les études en prison : les paradoxes de l’institution carcérale. Connexions, 99, 45-58.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Choice of Subjects and Academic Achievement in the Context of the New Baccalauréat in France

Faustine Vallet

IREDU, University of Burgundy, France

Presenting Author: Vallet, Faustine

Academic achievement in higher education (HE) is the subject of a substantial amount of research in the field of educational sciences, mainly aimed at identifying and understanding the factors of academic performance. In France, higher education is divided into a variety of educational institutions, of varying selectivity as well as ranging of academic or vocational nature. However, university continues to welcome a majority of students enrolled in HE and was up until 2018 the only remaining non-selective body in the French HE landscape: the only requirement was the Baccalauréat, the end-of-study secondary school diploma.

However, the comparison of the Baccalauréat pass rate (around 90%) with the Bachelor's first year achievement rate (barely 40%) highlights an apparent dissociation between secondary and higher education. To fight against failure in undergraduate programs, many HE measures have been taken over the years, the latest being the Orientation et Réussite des Etudiants (ORE) Act, in 2018. It introduced a new academic portal for HE application, Parcoursup, and thus, generalised selection, including at university. In continuation, for the first time since 1995, a secondary education reform has modified the structure of the general Baccalauréat, to improve the articulation between secondary and higher education, and therefore improve the Bachelor’s first year achievement.

Until now, the French general Baccalauréat (the most academic, non-vocational path of the diploma) has been characterised by three tracks: a scientific track, a social science track and a humanities track. The scientific track has always been the most prestigious, as it offered the most and the best opportunities in HE, including non-scientific degrees (Dubet, 1991; Duru-Bellat & Kieffer, 2008). For this reason, 40% of students in the science track did not pursue scientific studies in HE: they only chose this track for its reputation as the 'royal way' of the French education system (so for the best students), and not for its scientific curricula (Mathiot, 2018).

This is the reason why the Baccalauréat reform removed these tracks and offered instead a system of combinations of specialities, inspired by the A-level, which provides pupils a new diversity of subject choices. From now on, they must choose three specialities in the second year of secondary school and then keep two in their final year. These specialities are the most important subjects of the Baccalauréat curricula and determine their disciplinary profile. The aim is for them to build up a specialisation consistent with their aspirations for further education.

However, this system introduces many uncertainties. How will the choice of specialities be made? We can assume that the choices will depend on the individual characteristics of the pupils (gender, social background, past academic records…) and on the characteristics of their secondary schools (social composition, reputation and prestige, overall academic level, public or private status, geographical location, size…). Moreover, chances are that some students will reproduce the disciplinary paths of the previous Baccalauréat, especially the scientific track, while others will choose more atypical combinations of transdisciplinary specialities. But we do not know how these choices will affect their achievement chances in the first year of the Bachelor. What are the winning specialities and combinations of specialities in terms of academic performance? Will it remain scientific subjects? (Beaupère et al., 2007). And who will be the pupils informed enough to choose these combinations? If this new system allows for more curriculum diversity, there is a risk that choices will be highly predetermined by individual and contextual factors, resulting in a homogenisation of the students’ characteristics within some subjects, and thus, a loss of diversity, especially regarding gender and social background.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We are building a new database from data collected from the Parcoursup procedure, the university academic record, students’ individual characteristics and public data on secondary schools. We therefore have a variety of variables at our disposal: grades in the various specialities chosen, the average grade at the Baccalauréat, the average grade obtained during the first year of the Bachelor's degree, gender, age, parents' professional category according to a national nomenclature recognised in France (INSEE), the allocation of a grant on social criteria during secondary education, the public or private status of the secondary school, the global social background according to a classification made by the French Ministry of Education (Rocher, 2016), the overall Baccalauréat achievement rate…
Our sample is composed of first-year undergraduate students, new Baccalauréat graduates, from a variety of fields of study at the University of Burgundy. This represents a little more than 4,000 new first-year students.
Depending on the hypothesis we are working on, we will rely on two quantitative methods. First, the multiple linear regression, according to the “ceteris paribus sic stantibus” (or “all other things being equal”) reasoning, meaning we study the effect produced by a given variable X on the target variable Y, the other variables being held constant. This allows us to adopt experimental scientific reasoning when the study situation is not strictly experimental (Bressoux, 2008). Each modality of the variable under consideration, minus one, is interpreted relative to the reference situation. This way, we are looking for the effect of one variable on another, in a similar way as the experimental reasoning. Second, since our variables admit different levels of hierarchy (individual and contextual), we should use a multilevel regression model. This type of method was initiated and developed in educational sciences (Goldstein, 1995) based on the idea that, for example, a pupil's grade doesn’t depend solely on their characteristics, but also on parameters specific to the school environment (class, school…). As in our research we consider that the choice of specialities depends on individual factors, but also on the context of the secondary school attended, this model should be needed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Various results can be expected in view of what we know about educational choices in France, but also from what we can learn from Anglo-Saxon studies on A-level. To begin with, academic performance in certain specialities, when it is consistent with the field of the HE courses attended, leads to subsequent achievement. More importantly, performance in scientific subjects is conducive to higher chances of achievement, even in non-scientific HE degrees (Vidal Rodeiro & Zanini, 2015).
However, in France, girls have always chosen science subjects less frequently than boys (Duru-Bellat et al., 1993; Stevanovic, 2012; Blanchard, 2021). In the context of the A-level, pupils from the most advantaged social classes are more likely to choose the subjects most sought after by HE institutions, such as sciences, whereas pupils from less advantaged backgrounds are more likely to choose a mixture of non-specialist subjects and subjects that are not popular with universities (Vidal Rodeiro, 2007). We can therefore expect boys and students from advantaged backgrounds to make more specialisation choices that replicate the science track, and fewer atypical choices.
Pupils attending selective and private schools are more likely to be oriented towards science subjects, while pupils from non-selective schools are more likely to choose a non-specialised subject combination (Dilnot, 2018; Vidal Rodeiro, 2019). Student guidance as well as access to quality information during secondary education are crucial for making the optimal choice of subjects (Vidal Rodeiro, 2007; Dilnot, 2016). However, socially advantaged schools provide more support to students regarding their choices, based on their HE wishes. Conversely, socially heterogeneous schools have difficulty organising such guidance (Draelants, 2013; van Zanten, 2015). In this respect, pupils who attend selective, prestigious, and socially advantaged secondary schools may be those who make the most favourable choices of specialities for HE academic achievement.

References
Beaupère, N., Chalumeau, L., Gury, N., & Hugrée, C. (2007). L’abandon des études supérieures (10401). La documentation française.
Blanchard, M. (2021). Genre et cursus scientifiques : Un état des lieux. Revue française de pédagogie, 212, 109‑143. https://doi.org/10.4000/rfp.10890
Bressoux. (2008). Modélisation statistique appliquée aux sciences sociales (8904). De Boeck.
Dilnot, C. (2016). How does the choice of A-level subjects vary with students’ socio-economic status in English state schools? British Educational Research Journal, 42(6), 1081‑1106. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3250
Dilnot, C. (2018). The relationship between A-level subject choice and league table score of university attended : The ‘facilitating’, the ‘less suitable’, and the counter-intuitive. Oxford Review of Education, 44(1), 118‑137. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1409976
Draelants, H. (2013). L’effet établissement sur la construction des aspirations d’études supérieures. Orientation scolaire et professionnelle (l’), 42(1).
Dubet, F. (1991). Les lycéens (3607). Seuil.
Duru-Bellat, M., Jarousse, J.-P., Labopin, M.-A., & Perrier, V. (1993). Les processus d’auto-sélection des filles à l’entrée en première. Orientation scolaire et professionnelle (l’), 22(3), 259‑272.
Duru-Bellat, M., & Kieffer, A. (2008). Du baccalauréat à l’enseignement supérieur en France : Déplacement et recomposition des inégalités. Population, 63(1), 123. https://doi.org/10.3917/popu.801.0123
Goldstein, H. (1995). Multilevel Statistical Models (2nd edition). Arnold.
Mathiot, P. (2018). Bac 2021 : Remise du rapport « Un nouveau baccalauréat pour construire le lycée des possibles ». Ministère de l’Education Nationale de la Jeunesse et des Sports.
Rocher, T. (2016). Construction d’un indice de position sociale des élèves. Education et formation, 90.
Stevanovic, B. (2012). Orientations scientifiques des filles en France : Un bilan contrasté. Questions vives recherches en éducation, Vol.6 n°16, 107‑123. https://doi.org/10.4000/questionsvives.964
van Zanten, A. (2015). 5. Les inégalités d’accès à l’enseignement supérieur : Quel rôle joue le lycée d’origine des futurs étudiants ? Regards croisés sur l’économie, 16(1), 80. https://doi.org/10.3917/rce.016.0080
Vidal Rodeiro, C. (2007). A level subject choice in England: patterns of uptake and factors affecting subject preferences. Cambridge Assessment, 100.
Vidal Rodeiro, C. (2019). The impact of A Level subject choice and students’ background characteristics on Higher Education participation. Research Matters: Cambridge Assessment, 28, 17‑26.
Vidal Rodeiro, C., & Zanini, N. (2015). The role of the A* grade at A level as a predictor of university performance in the United Kingdom. Oxford Review of Education, 41(5), 647‑670. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2015.1090967
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 C: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Influences of Engaging in the Into Headship Programme Post-programme: Some Perceptions of Newly-Appointed Headteachers in Scotland.

Rosemary Grady

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Grady, Rosemary

This poster will seek to illustrate a qualitative study of six newly-appointed headteachers in Scotland who have recently completed the mandatory qualification of Into Headship. As a course tutor on IH, the study is undertaken as the focus of my doctoral research.

In order to better understand the longer-term influences of the IH programme, I am curious to explore how former participants go on to further develop and apply their knowledge and understanding once appointed as headteachers post-programme. I am also interested in the significant prior learning and experiences participants bring to their IH studies and seek to explore the influence this has on them whilst on programme as well as post-programme.

Though IH is delivered by seven universities across Scotland, Education Scotland, which oversees the programme on behalf of the Scottish Government, collates an annual evaluative report. This report is based on a form of “satisfaction poll” completed by former participants at the point of course completion and is arguably unable to provide insights which deeply analyses or critically reflects upon the multiple influences of the IH programme. For IH, it is significant that only one study (Mowat, 2020) seeks to explore the ongoing development of former IH participants; however no studies were found which explicitly sought to do so over an extended time period or which studied former participants in permanent headship roles. Therefore, I believe it can be argued that there appears to be a clear “gap” in the field of knowledge related to the influence of the Into Headship programme.

Research Question

Taking account of the impact of leading during the COVID-19 global pandemic in Scotland:

In what ways do newly-appointed headteachers in Scotland perceive that their engagement in the Into Headship programme has influenced and continues to influence their leadership development in leading their school community?

1. Which aspects of participants’ leadership growth, sense of identity and related application of this understanding do they recognise to have been influenced /continue to be influenced (directly and/or indirectly) by engaging in the IH programme and in which ways?

2. Which aspects of participants’ leadership growth, sense of identity and related application of this understanding do they feel, have been/ are subject to other influences, contextual factors and other learning and in which ways?

Anticipated Outcomes

Through this study I hope to gain insights into:

  • how study participants transfer and apply leadership knowledge & understanding gained in the IH programme in the various contexts they function within across the system.
  • how study participants’ sense of identity as a headteacher has developed and continues to develop over time in their role as a newly-appointed headteacher
  • what other significant influences study participants identify alongside the experience of engaging in the IH programme
  • the part context, social learning, collaboration and engaging in networks/communities of practice plays in study participants’ ongoing development as headteachers

Key concepts are captured in a conceptual framework which has been constructed from the following dimensions:

  • “Perceptions of Into Headship influences”, “Other influences” and their entanglement in the enactment of the headship role
  • Notions of journeying i.e. personal and professional development over time, “Being, Becoming and Growing as a leader” (GTCS, 2021)
  • The development of the professional, situated and personal identities of school leaders (Day et al., 2007)

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My ontological beliefs about the nature of the study influence and seek to align my methodological choices in the design and enactment of my research approaches in order to realise the study aims. The study is a qualitative perception study, situated within the interpretivist paradigm due to the unique, contextualised  and individualised nature of each study participant’s experiences.
The  entire population of possible participants were those from IH cohorts from 2018-2021 across Scotland, and this overall group were invited to take part in a brief initial survey. A smaller sample who indicated agreement were invited to take part in the second phase of the study.
To ensure sufficient data creation which generated “thick descriptions” (Geertz,1973) whilst at the same time being mindful of the manageability of the study, a sample group of 6-8 were sought. Crucially, as this study focusses on in what ways newly-appointed headteachers apply and further develop their knowledge & understanding once appointed, study participants were required to be approximately within their first year of permanent headship at the time of the study (specifically within 6-18 months of appointment). They also needed to be willing to/ have capacity to take part over the timescale of the study.
A purposive sampling approach in identifying the sample of 6-8 participants was adopted. Purposive sampling is a non-probability approach which is useful for qualitative researchers as it allowed an element of judgement to be applied to the sample selection process. I do not aim for generalisability within this study and my sample does not seek to directly represent the population. However, I did wish to include a range of participants who are not atypical, who work in a range of diverse contexts and will be able & willing to engage in depth with the process.
In the second phase of the study, a group of six headteachers have now been engaging in a series of three hour long semi-structured interviews, at six-month intervals. They are asked to deeply reflect on their IH experience, aspects of their ongoing leadership development, including events such as critical incidents and relate this to any perceived direct influence from their Into Headship experience and other influences they believe to be of significance.  During the final interview, participants will be asked to reflect upon their leadership development using a “River of Experience” reflective narrative tool. (Iantaffi, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first two instances of data creation through semi-structured interviews have taken place. The data from Interview One was analysed by adopting an open coding approach (Saldana, 2014) from which themes were then constructed. Both inductive and deductive approaches were adopted to organise and reorganise the data in relation to the research questions and  when  interrogating aspects of the conceptual framework. Though there were crosscutting themes and recurring influences which all participants noted to varying degrees, data from Interview One was used recursively in Interview Two to further extend reflections which were uniquely significant to each individual participant.
Increased understanding of leading strategic change,  engaging in critical reflection, developing an enhanced ability to critique policy & educational literature and the benefits of networking with others were typically reported as influences of the Into Headship programme. These themes recurred in all the participant’s data. However,  findings of the study,  so far, also demonstrate the significance of the uniqueness of each individual’s own values and beliefs about leadership; with their personal and professional identity also being reported as fundamentally important to their leadership practice. Other reported key influences so far include the other people who support the ongoing development of participants over time as well as the multiple experiences and professional learning prior to, during and after their time engaging on the Into Headship programme.  The final instance of data creation will take place in May 2023.

References
References

Crow, G., Day, C., & Møller, J. (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identities. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265-277.

Day, C., Sammons, P., & Stobart, G. (2007). Teachers matter: Connecting work, lives and effectiveness. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).

Geertz, C. (1973). Chapter 1/Thick Description: Toward an interpretive theory of culture. The interpretation of cultures: Selected essays, 3-30.

GTCS, (2021). Standard for Headship, GTCS publication.


Iantaffi, A. (2012). Travelling along ‘rivers of experience’: personal construct psychology and visual metaphors in research. In Visual Methods in Psychology (pp. 305-317). Routledge.

Mowat, J. (2020). New Directions in Headship Education in Scotland. In L. Becket (Ed.),

Saldana, J. (2014). Thinking qualitatively: Methods of mind. SAGE publications.

Key Texts

Cowie, M., & Crawford, M. (2009). Headteacher preparation programmes in England and Scotland: do they make a difference for the first-year head? School Leadership & Management, 29(1), 5-21. doi:10.1080/13632430802646354
Crawford, M., Cowie, M., Crawford, M., & Michael, C. (2012). Bridging theory and practice in headship preparation: interpreting experience and challenging assumptions. In (Vol. 40, pp. 175-187). United Kingdom.
Davidson, J., Forde, C., Gronn, P., MacBeath, J., McMahon, M., & Martin, M. (2008). Towards a mixed economy of Head Teacher development: Evaluation Report to the Scottish Government on the Flexible Routes to Headship Pilot.
Donaldson, G. (2011). Teaching Scotland's Future: Report of a review of teacher education in Scotland: Scottish Government (Scotland).
Forde, C., McMahon, M., & Gronn, P. (2013). Designing Individualised Leadership Development Programmes. School Leadership & Management, 33(5), 440-456.
Jenny, R., Turner, E., Morris, B., & Christine, F. (2005) Changing their minds: the social dynamics of school leaders' learning. Cambridge Journal of Education, 35(2), 253-273. doi:10.1080/03057640500147219
Matheson, I., & Murray, R. (2011). Preparing for Headship: the impact of professional study on professional knowledge and leadership practices.
Menter, I. Holligan, C. & Mthenjwa, V. (2003).  SQH Key Issues from the Evaluation Edinburgh: Scottish Executive
Menter, I. (2005). Reaching the parts that need to be reached? The impact of the Scottish Qualification for Headship. School leadership & management. 25(1), 7.
Research-Informed Teacher Learning: Critical Perspectives on Theory, Research and Practice. London: Routledge.
O'Brien, J., & Draper, J. (2001). Developing effective school leaders? Initial views of the Scottish Qualification for Headship (SQH). Journal of In-Service Education, 27(1), 109-122

Watt, G., Bloomer, K., Christie, I., Finlayson, C., & Jaquet, S. (2014). Evaluation of routes to headship: appendices.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Elementary 1:1 iPad Implementation: Lessons Learned from a Design-based Research Study

Laura Pellizzer, Marina De Rossi

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Pellizzer, Laura

Since the beginning of the new millennium, great efforts have been made at a European level on the integration of digital in education to overcome the monomediality, frontality, and transmissiveness of teaching-learning processes (e.g., European Commission et al., 2017).

Among the digital devices on the market, iPads, and other similar tablets, stand out for their affordances including portability, easy access to information, multitouch screen, and readiness for collaborative work (e.g., Henderson & Yeow, 2012). This translates into increasing autonomy, commitment, and motivation in learning activities, but also offering multiple opportunities to access the curriculum and a high degree of differentiation of the user's educational experience. Hence, one-to-one (1:1) learning initiatives started to be launched in Europe, especially in the Nordic countries. 1:1 learning initiatives are equipping all students of a given school, class, or age group with portable devices (e.g., laptops, netbooks, tablets, or smartphones) for learning purposes both at school and home (Bocconi et al., 2013).

However, research has long shown how the availability and adoption of digital equipment in the classroom are not automatically related to pupils’ academic performance (e.g., Hattie, 2009, 2015; Higgins et al., 2012, 2016). In other words, it is not the technology itself that makes the difference in achieving positive academic outcomes but how teachers integrate technologies in the classroom to improve and innovate education and training (Redecker & Punie, 2017). Therefore, what plays a significant role in influencing teachers’ behavior in the classroom is their preparation and perceptions of ICT integration (Abel et al., 2022). Unfortunately, most of the studies reveal teachers are not yet digitally competent (Fernández-Batanero et al., 2022). This became even clearer during the Covid-19 pandemic when teachers were revealed to be unprepared to set up forms of digital education (Lucisano, 2020; Ranieri et al., 2020).

It follows how important it is to intensify investment in didactic innovation, especially in terms of digital skills training in teachers (Commissione europea, 2020; European Commission et al., 2021 Ranieri et al., 2020). Teacher digital competence lies in knowing how to effectively integrate and use digital technologies at every stage of teaching and learning activities, considering the different contexts of use (European Commission et al., 2017).

Therefore, the study aimed at investigating the impact of a 1:1 iPad integration pilot project in a elementary school classroom through a professional development (PD) initiative with in-service teachers. PD is critical in enhancing teachers’ technology competence and confidence, thus promoting the successful use of technology in their teaching and students’ academic achievements (Abel et al., 2022). The study lasting one and a half calendar years involved 2 in-service teachers, a total of 23 first-grade (s.y. 2021-2022) pupils (13 female and 10 male), and their parents, of a elementary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. In addition, a control group of 17 students with similar background characteristics was also involved.

The application of a Design-Based Research (DBR) was chosen in the implementation and refinement of the teachers’ PD program. The DBR methodology is characterized by 1) being situated in a real educational context, 2) solving a real problem from the context, 3) focusing on the design and testing of a significant intervention, and 4) involving close collaboration between the researcher and stakeholders and multiple iterations to reach the best design of the intervention (Philippakos et al., 2021). A study on the use of iPad in teaching-learning processes in an Apple Distinguished School abroad was also performed.

At the end of the experimentation, the impact of the project will be determined in terms of teachers' PD and students' learning outcomes achieved thanks to the use of the digital tool.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The initial problem to be solved in this DBR was the introduction of iPads in teaching.
At the beginning of the experimentation (September-October 2021), we detected teachers' methodological choices in their classroom practices through observation tools, semi-structured interviews with teachers, and focus groups with pupils. In parallel, we tested the initial learning profiles of the students, and we surveyed the students' level of familiarity with the use of digital tools by administering a questionnaire to their parents.
The first phase was followed by the revision of scientific literature and the look at existing practices to identify possible solutions to the initial problem (December 2021-March 2022). For this reason, it was decided to carry out a study of a successful school case that is part of the Apple Distinguished School circuit (March-April 2022).
Based on the results of this second phase, the first implementation of solutions took place (April-June 2022). This phase also followed progressive steps: from a modeling phase in which the researcher carries out activities with the iPads (3w./week) and the class teacher supports and observes to a scaffolding phase in which the teacher performs activities with the iPads (3w./week) and the researcher supports and observes. Constant co-design and co-reflection processes were also carried out during this phase.
At the end of the school year (May-June 2022), the progress of teachers’ methodologies and students’ learning achievements were monitored by repeating the semi-structured interviews with teachers, and the focus groups and tests with pupils.
New objectives for the school year 2022-2023 were set and implemented through a fading phase in which the teacher becomes more and more autonomous in the conduct of activities (September-December 2022).
At the end of the experimentation (December 2022), final tests on teachers’ methodologies and students’ learning outcomes were carried out.
In the development of the project, the continuous collaboration between actors with different professional profiles and responsibilities led to the consideration of the technological, social, and pedagogical affordances of the technological tool in order to subsequently initiate the instructional design and the proposal of activities in the classroom.

The following research questions guide this study:
- What are the characteristics of a 1:1 initiative of iPad integration in a novice school in the use of iPads as teaching-learning tools?
- What impacts occur in terms of teachers' methodological choices?
- What are the effects of these changes on student learning outcomes?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data collected from the entire experimentation are about to be analyzed. Therefore, it is not possible to report here the results and deduce the conclusions of this study. However, they will be available in the coming months.
For now, we would like to stress that the school context where we carried out our research appears interesting as it is among the first ones in Italy to have started a 1:1 initiative with iPads in elementary school. The choice of a first-grade class was strategic to allow an approach to the use of technologies and devices at an early stage of schooling so that technological imprinting could take place without the presence of ICT usage habits like mere leisure and entertainment, as happens at an older age. Therefore, this study promises to provide important insights into the issue of ICT integration in education during the first years of schooling.
Moreover, thanks to Design-Based Research methodology, a synergy has been created between different professional figures that have given solidity to the project since its beginning. The study of the successful school abroad also proved to be useful. This helped steer the study in the right direction, giving a vision of how it means integrating such a device every day at school for learning purposes.
At the end of the study, we expect to be able to draw up a report on the implementation of the integration of the tool in teaching and learning processes and to detect its impacts in terms of teachers' professional development, as the ability to shift teaching practices from traditional teacher-centered to socio-constructivist student-centered methods. Lastly, we hope to detect areas of positivity of the tool in terms of impact on students’ learning.

References
Abel, V.R., Tondeur, J., & Sang, G. (2022). Teacher Perceptions about ICT Integration into Classroom Instruction. Education Sciences, 12(9), 609. https://doi.org/10.3390/ educsci12090609  
Bocconi, S., Kampylis, P., & Punie, Y. (2013). Framing ICT-enabled Innovation for Learning: the case of one-to-one learning initiatives in Europe. European Journal of Education, 48, 113-130. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12021
Commissione Europea (2020). Comunicazione della Commissione al Parlamento Europeo, al Consiglio, al Comitato Economico e Sociale Europeo e al Comitato delle Regioni. Piano d'azione per l'istruzione digitale 2021-2027. Ripensare l'istruzione e la formazione per l'era digitale.
European Commission, JRC, Carretero, S., Napierała, J., & Bessios, A. (2021). What did we learn from schooling practices during the COVID-19 lockdown?: insights from five EU countries. Publications Office.
Fernández-Batanero, J.M., Montenegro-Rueda, M., Fernández-Cerero, J., & García-Martínez, I. (2022). Digital competences for teacher professional development. Systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 513–531. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827389
Hattie, J. (2008). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Hattie, J. (2015). The applicability of Visible Learning to higher education. Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Psychology, 1(1), 79–91. https://doi.org/10.1037/stl0000021
Henderson, S., & Yeow, J. (2012). iPad in Education: A case study of iPad adoption and use in a pri-mary school (pp. 78-87). 2012 45th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences. http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/HICSS.2012.390
Higgins, S., Katsipataki, M., Villanueva-Aguilera, A.B., Coleman, R., Hen-Derson, P., Major, L.E., Coe, R., & Mason, D. (2016). Sutton Trust-Education Endowment Foundation Teaching and Learning Toolkit. Education Endowment Foundation.
Higgins, S., Xiao, Z., & Katsipataki, M. (2012). The Impact of Digital Technology on Learning: A Summary for the Education Endowment Foundation. Full Report. Education Endowment Foundation.  
JRC, Institute for Prospective Technological Studies, Kampylis, P., Punie, Y., & Brečko, B. (2014). Mainstreaming ICT-enabled innovation in education and training in Europe: policy actions for sustainability, scalability and impact at system level. Publications Office.
Lucisano, P. (2020). Fare ricerca con gli insegnanti. I primi risultati dell’indagine nazionale SIRD “Per un confronto sulle modalità di didattica a distanza adottate nelle scuole italiane nel periodo di emergenza COVID-19”. Lifelong Lifewide Learning, 17(36), 3-25. https://doi.org/10.19241/lll.v16i36.551
Philippakos, Z.A., Howell, E., & Pellegrino, A. (Eds.) (2021). Design-Based Research in Education. Theory and Applications. Guilford.
Ranieri, M., Gaggioli, C., & Borges, M.K. (2020). La didattica alla prova del Covid-19 in Italia: uno studio sulla Scuola Primaria. Praxis educativa, 15, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.5212/PraxEduc.v.15.16307.079
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Establishing a Culture of Employability through University-Industry Collaboration in Real-World Learning

Kim Wilcox

Solent University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wilcox, Kim

An increasingly performative culture in higher education has tied the concept of ‘teaching excellence’ to ‘employability’. Consequently, higher education institutions and their academic teaching staff have been encouraged to rethink their approaches to embedding employability in the curriculum by collaborating with industry partners in the provision of ‘real-world learning’ (RWL) opportunities. Indeed, political discourse has positioned a culture of partnership at the forefront of higher education practice, reinforcing the importance of a positive experience of collaboration for all. The review of literature noted a prevalence of studies which have sought to identify and disseminate good practice in the development of real-world learning through collaboration. However, research into how collaborative practices can cultivate learners capable of transferring knowledge to real-world scenarios is in its infancy. Specifically, the lack of investigation into what employability means to students, academic staff and industry practitioners in the context of their experiences of RWL has been noted.

Focusing on the growing trend for collaboration between universities and industry partners in RWL provision and a desire to illuminate the diversity of experiences, this research examined a ‘direct’ model of collaboration (Bolden et al., 2009) involving one UK university and one local industry partner operating in the sport development sector. The resulting programme of RWL was aligned to a subject-specific strand of modules which were offered at the Framework for Higher Education Qualifications Level 4, Level 5 and Level 6 of one undergraduate degree course. Through the RWL programme, academic tutors and industry practitioners jointly supported students in applying subject-specific knowledge and skills to the real-world, via a combination of case studies, live briefs and extra-curricular activities, with the aim of enhancing employability for a career in the sport industry.

Adopting an interpretivist case study design and taking the programme as an illustrative example of RWL in UK higher education, three research questions were posed 1) How do stakeholders conceptualise and orientate to employability? 2) How is RWL experienced by different stakeholders? 3) How are stakeholders’ conceptualisations of employability and experiences of RWL related to the creation and maintenance of an employability culture?

The experiences of nine students, two academic tutors and four industry practitioners involved in the programme were explored via semi-structured interviews. A crystallised approach to analysis highlighted a series of critical incidents in the stakeholder experience of RWL. It is argued that stakeholders’ behavioural responses to such incidents are intertwined with their perception of the various aspects and functions of the RWL programme in which they are engaged and that these perceptions are simultaneously influenced by their beliefs about ‘employability’ in this context. Consequently, tension between stakeholders’ idealised beliefs about ‘employability’ and the reality of the RWL experiences provided through a university-industry collaboration actually presented challenges in the creation of the employability culture that such a programme of RWL demands. I therefore offer a ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’ which is intended for educationalists to consider how the operations of a RWL programme may be manipulated to constrain or reify the occurrence of those critical incidents which will ultimately influence a stakeholder’s perception of the RWL programme and their beliefs or conceptions of ‘employability’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A crystallised approach to data analysis and representation presented an opportunity to explore multiple ways of understanding the lived experience, acknowledging that each account gleaned through semi-structured interviews with students, academic tutors and practitioners relies on the presence or absence of others. Ellingson’s (2009) ‘dendritic’ crystallisation was adopted to achieve a pragmatic blend of inductive, deductive and abductive reasoning across three distinct phases of analysis, rooted in Derrida’s (1978) approach to deconstruction.
Derridean analysis is concept-driven, so the first phase sought to reveal the hierarchies in systems of thought relating to stakeholders’ conceptualisations of employability. This was achieved through an inductive thematic analysis of transcripts which revealed 22 conceptions of employability. These were organised into five belief systems which represented employability as occupational competence, as knowledge, as experience, as self-awareness and as fitting in. Findings illustrated contradictions in how stakeholders conceptualised and orientated to employability.
The second phase was approached deductively, with Third-Generation Activity Theory (Engeström, 1999) used as a lens to deconstruct the experience of the RWL programme. This revealed contradicting perspectives relating to 1) the recognition of identity, 2) the use of language as a mediational tool, 3) the expectations of own and others’ boundaries of responsibility, 4) the perception of mutual benefit.

The third phase set about reconstructing a narrative of the experience. This was deductively informed by Bildungsroman as a genre of narrative inquiry whereby personal growth is said to occur despite or because of various tribulations. I refer to these dissonances as ‘critical incidents’ in the stakeholder experience of RWL. The crystallisation of narratives revealed tensions between the ideal and the reality and demonstrated how critical incidents in the lived experience provide a forum for stakeholders’ beliefs about employability, which are manifested in their employability orientation, to be constrained or reified.
Finally, abductive reasoning was applied to bring all three phases together. A theoretical contribution is made in the form of a ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’. The Framework highlights the diversity of social and cultural practices influencing a range of stakeholder expectations and motivations for participating in an educational programme based on university-industry collaboration, and how this can create an expectation gap (Patrick et al., 2008). The primary intention of the Framework is to support the identification of contradictions which lead to mismatches in perspectives and enables practitioners to seek solutions for the development of a culture of effective collaboration.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Dewey (1933, p.22) stated that “we never educate directly, but indirectly by means of the environment. Whether we permit chance environments to do the work, or whether we design environments for the purpose makes a great difference”. Of course, the environment can refer to physical learning spaces or the overall culture of that learning space. On this basis, I conclude that critical incidents in the stakeholder experience mediate the culture of employability associated with the programme of RWL. Freeman et al. (2010) emphasised the importance of ensuring a culture that supports all stakeholders to see value in the collaboration by working on a greater alignment of their diverse interests. Where stakeholders feel that a programme of RWL is aligned to their values and beliefs about employability, they will have a positive outlook on such experiences. This sets the course for a positive orientation to employability development. Consequently, stakeholders’ employability orientation is positively associated with the creation and maintenance of employability culture (Nauta et al., 2009). The ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’ demonstrates how we can manipulate the system, structure and operation of a programme, in response to belief systems relating to the meaning of employability and critical incidents in the experience of RWL, to ultimately bridge the gap between the ideal and reality. I am interested exploring its application to further instances of university-industry collaboration, particularly in terms of its potential to encourage stakeholders to discuss their beliefs, perceptions and actions and thus enable them to see their own and others’ truths in a more constructed, less idealised light.
References
Bolden, R., Connor, H. Duquemin, A., Hirsh, W. and Petrov, G. (2009) Employer Engagement with Higher Education: Defining, Sustaining and Supporting Higher Skills Provision (A Higher Skills Research Report for HERDA South West and HEFCE). London: HEFCE.

Derrida, J. (1978) Structure, sign and play. In: Writing and difference (Translated by A. Bass) London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Dewey, J. (1933) How we think: a restatement of the relation of reflective thinking to the educative process. New York: D.C. Heath.

Ellingson, L. L. (2009) Engaging crystallization in qualitative research: An introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.

Engeström, Y. (1999) ‘Activity theory and individual and social transformation’. in Engeström, Y., Miettinen, R. and Punamaki, R.L. (eds), Perspectives on activity theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.19-38.

Freeman, R. E., Harrison, J. S., Wicks, A. C., Parmar, B. L., and de Colle, S. (2010) Stakeholder theory: The state of the art. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Nauta, A., van Vianen, A., van der Heijden, B., van Dam, K. and Willemsen, M. (2009) ‘Understanding the factors that promote employability orientation: The impact of employability culture, career satisfaction, and role breadth self-efficacy’, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 82, pp.233–251.

Patrick, C.J., Peach, D., Pocknee, C., Webb, F., Fletcher, M. and Pretto, G. (2008) The WIL (work integrated learning) report: A national scoping study. Brisbane, Australia: Queensland University of Technology.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Developing a Formative Proposal for Initial Teacher Education Based on STEAM Approach and Creative Thinking Development

Erika Ribeiro, Ana V. Rodrigues

CIDTFF - University of Aveiro, Portugal

Presenting Author: Ribeiro, Erika

This research project aims to develop, validate and evaluate a training proposal with a Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts and Mathematics (STEAM) approach that promotes creative thinking and teaching skills for the initial training of Primary School pre-service teachers (PST). It aims to contribute to the design of a course elaborated based on the formative proposal and their results, and also elaborate a set of guiding principles for similar formative strategies.

Educating people to achieve future and current needs, demands that we accomplish not only several learning competencies for the 21st century (P21, 2015) but also their impact on society. Science Education (SE) aims to educate citizens to be prepared to their right and duty to make decisions in a conscious and responsible way with the current society and future generations (Galvão et al., 2016).

To consolidate an education that promotes an integrated worldview, it´s crucial to have teachers scientifically prepared and aware of the several kinds of teaching-learning strategies (Rodrigues & Martins, 2018). Therefore, it´s essential that since the beginning of teacher education, teachers are presented to an integrated SE perspective through a Science, Technology and Society (STS) (Vieira et al., 2011) / Science, Technology, Society and Environment (STSE) orientation (Rodrigues, 2011).

STEAM education is an inquiry-based approach to teaching and learning, grounded in active learning methodologies and with an emphasis on real-world problem-solving (Shernoff et al., 2017). This approach not only proposes interdisciplinary learning through STEAM areas, but also prepares learners for the professional context by developing skills such as good communication, collaborative work, and the enhancement of interpersonal skills (Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019).

Based on this premise, Challenge Based Learning (CBL) methodology aims to, in a collaborative, multidisciplinary and experiential way, identify, investigate and propose solutions to real problems with an STS orientation (Nichols et al., 2016). From this perspective, the integration of STEAM and CBL has been described as having great potential for the development of 21st-century learning skills (P21, 2015), such as creativity, problem-solving, and others (Sanders, 2019).

The association of these active learning methodologies in SE since the early years, prepares future generations to be real-problem solvers, applying cross-disciplinary concepts coupled with their creative, critical and collaborative skills (Burrows & Slater, 2015). This project highlights the development of creativity throughout learning process. Creativity is a cross-disciplinary skill to produce ideas and strategies, individually or collectively, that are original, critical, plausible and feasible (Beghetto, 2007; Craft, 2009). The educational context should be a driver of human creativity, not a limiting factor (Robinson & Aronica, 2015).

Based on the theoretical background presented, research questions and respective objectives were settled for this research:

General Question: How creative thinking and teaching skills can be promoted for science primary school teaching through a STEAM approach?

Specific Questions:

SQ1. How to develop a proposal for pre-service primary teachers' initial training through a STEAM approach promoting creative thinking?

SQ2. What are the effects of the STEAM formative proposal on developing creative thinking in pre-service primary teachers?

SQ3. What is the relation between the creative thinking level and developing primary science teaching competencies?

Research Goals:

G1. To develop (design, plan, validate, implement and evaluate) a STEAM & Creativity formative proposal that promotes the creative thinking of pre-service teachers.

G2. To evaluate the effects of the STEAM & Creativity formative proposal on the level of creative thinking and its relation to developing teaching skills.

G3. To develop a set of recommendations from the research results for primary school science teacher training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study framed within a sociocritical paradigm due to its interventive, transformative and emancipatory nature (Creswell, 1994). This research is stated in a Design-Based Research (DBR) method (Romero-Ariza, 2014), a participatory and interventionist strategy that seeks to solve practical problems and develop principles and theories by serving as a bridge between practice, research, and policy (McKenney & Reeves, 2012). DBR adopts cycles of analysis, design, implementation, evaluation, and redesign to prototype innovative responses that best suit the investigative and practice needs (Reeves, 2006).

Data collection techniques adopted are document compilation, participant and non-participant observation, focus group and questionnaire surveys for subsequent triangulation of the data collected. For data analysis, it´s used qualitative analysis through categorial content analysis (Bardin, 2009).

The project consists of five phases: Phase 1 – Theoretical and concept framework: To do a systematic literature review to design a theoretical framework on STEM/STEAM Education; Creativity/Creative Thinking; Initial Primary Teachers; Science Teaching. Followed by Phase 2 - Project design: To design, plan and validate sessions and instruments of the formative proposal, in blended learning modality, based on the theoretical framework built in the previous phase.

The next step is Phase 3 - Project Implementation: this phase will be divided into three cycles of proposal implementation and two cycles of redesign & analysis. There will be interleaved stages of implementation and analysis, as with a prior analysis of the data collected in the previous cycle, so it can be done changes in order to improve the next implementation cycle. This phase is carried out with undergraduate and master's degree students in education.

With all data collected starts Phase 4 - Evaluation of the project: To carry out a cross-analysis of the data collected in the previous phase, analyze them using the categorical content analysis technique. Also, identify potential impacts and didactic transpositions in internship projects of the students involved. To conclude, Phase 5 - Product Dissemination: to transform the formative proposal into its final version, a course available entirely online to contribute to teacher education (initial or continuing). And also, create and validate, through the results found, a set of potential guiding principles that emerged from this research project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aims to promote interdisciplinary knowledge combined with the development of creativity, as a problem-solving skill, so that future citizens and scientists can overcome challenges from different natures. The study is now concluding the last implementation cycle (Phase 3) so it is only possible to discuss some preliminary results.
The results analyzed until now shows that the pre-service teachers involved appreciate the experience during the activities proposed and validate a positive impact on their professional training. As well as they can demonstrate an increase in the perception development of transversal skills (collaborative work; communication; creativity; proactivity; critical thinking; autonomy), science literacy, teaching, and learning methodologies/resources.
As the content of current feedback with participants, the integration of CBL and creative thinking, through a STEAM approach it´s been well accepted by the students. Even though it still needs to conclude the analysis of the data gathered, participants highlighted having a positive experience with active learning methodologies and varied teaching and learning strategies, as well as how they intend to use them in the future with their students.
As a research product, we expect to design a formative proposal, as a course available entirely online and free, based on the results that emerged from this study. So, it can contribute to education for primary school science teachers. Also, to build a validated set of guiding principles for other courses in the same field.
 This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, I.P. under the Project UI/BD/152209/2021
This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, I.P. under the Project UIDB/00194/2020

References
Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 7
Beghetto, R. A. (2017). Legacy projects: Helping young people respond productively to the challenges of a changing world. Roeper Review, 39, 187–190.
Burrows, A., & Slater, T. (2015). A proposed integrated STEM framework for contemporary teacher preparation. Teacher Education and Practice, 28(2/3), 318–330.
Craft, A. (2010). Creative Thinking in the Early Years of Education. Early Years: An International Research Journal, 5146(April 2013), 37–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/0957514032000
Creswell, J. W. (1994). Research design: Qualitative & quantitative approaches. Sage Publications.
Galvão, C., Reis, P., Freire, S., & Faria, C. (2011). Ensinar Ciências, Aprender Ciências: O contributo do projeto internacional PARSEL para tornar a ciência mais relevante para os alunos. Porto: Porto Editora.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2012). Conducting Educational Design Research: What it is, How we do it, and Why. Routledge
Nichols, M., Cator, K., & Torres, M. (2016). Challenge Based Learning Guide. In Digital Promise and The Challenge Institute (Issue November). Digital Promise.
P21 (Partnership for 21st Century Learning). (2017). P21 Framework definitions. Washington, DC
Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: An integrative literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 31(October 2018), 31–43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.10.002
Reeves, T. C. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In J. van den Akker (Ed.), Design methodology and developmental research in education and training. The Netherlands: Kluwer.
Rodrigues, A. V. (2011). A Educação em Ciências no Ensino Básico em Ambientes Integrados de Formação. Tese de doutoramento não publicada. Departamento de Educação da Universidade de Aveiro.
Rodrigues, A. V., & Martins, I. P. (2018). Formação Inicial de Professores para o Ensino das Ciências nos primeiros anos em Portugal. In Formação inicial e continuada de professores de ciências: o que se pesquisa no Brasil, Portugal e Espanha. (pp. 179–198). Edições Hipótese.
Romero-Ariza, M. (2014). Uniendo investigación, política y práctica educativas: DBR, desafíos y oportunidades. Revista Internacional de Investigación En Educación, 7(14), 159.
Sanders, M. (2009). Integrative STEM education: primer. The Technology Teacher, 68(4), 20-26.
Shernoff D. J., Sinha S., Bressler D. M. and Ginsburg L. (2017). Assessing teacher education and professional development needs for the implementation of integrated approaches to STEM education, Int. J. STEM Educ., 4(13), 1–16.
Vieira, R. M., Vieira-Tenreiro, C., & Martins, I. P. (2011). A Educaçãoem Ciências com Orientação CTS -atividades para o ensino básico. Porto: Areal Editores


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

A Comparative Analysis of Teacher Education Study Programs of Selected Universities in Lebanon and the United Arab Emirates

Talar Agopian

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Agopian, Talar

Teacher Education (TE) study programs play a crucial role in providing efficient preparation to prospective teachers for their teaching career. The quality of teacher preparation determines the effectiveness of classroom instruction which in turn influences the quality of student learning (National Research Council, 2010, in Feuer et al., 2013). Hence, it is important to ensure that prospective teachers receive good preparation. The aims of this study are to identify the structural components of TE programs, to examine the balance between theoretical and practical courses, and to analyze the TE programs in selected universities from Lebanon and United Arab Emirates (UAE) by benchmarking them against the conceptual orientations of the theoretical framework of Feiman-Nemser.

In Lebanon, TE programs are offered by fifteen universities (El-Mouhayar & BouJaoude, 2012). Elementary school teachers are required to receive three years of undergraduate education at the Education Department of any university to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree in Education or in Elementary Education. Furthermore, students holding a bachelor’s degree in any other field who want to become teachers can receive a TD by completing an additional year of study (“Education in Lebanon,” 2018).

The development of TE programs in the UAE has gone through several steps. In 1979, the Ministry of Education founded two-year teacher training colleges. In the mid-1980s, the United Arab Emirates University (UAEU), the first public university in the UAE, took over the responsibility of teacher preparation from the government. (Gardner, 1995, in Gallagher, 2019). In 1998, the College of Education at Zayed University initiated TE. Afterwards, UAE’s first teachers’ college, Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE), started in-country TE (Gallagher, 2019). Obtaining a Bachelor of Education in the UAE equips graduates to be able to teach students of different ages. For the secondary grades, many schools require a degree in the teacher’s field of expertise in addition to the degree in education. (“Bachelor of Education in the UAE,” n.d.).

The theory of Sharon Feiman-Nemser will be used as a framework. According to this theory, a set of ideas that guides the practical activities in TE programs is known as an “orientation.” Such practical activities can be identified as developing courses, teaching, supervising, assessing, and planning programs. An orientation would identify the goals of TE and the ways of realizing these goals. Views of teaching and learning and theories about learning how to teach make a “conceptual orientation.” Five conceptual orientations have been identified, each having a proposition that features certain aspects of teaching and TE programs: academic, practical, technological, personal, and critical/social orientations (Feiman-Nemser, 1990).

Examining the effectiveness of TE programs may provide insight into how well graduates are prepared and equipped to satisfy the requirements of their workplace (Mayer et al., 2015). Exploring the course offerings, the required hours, practicum policies and hours, and the number of required content courses provides the possibility to make comparisons across different programs. Such types of information are usually accessible on institution websites and catalogs, and hence a researcher who is not an insider may access them and examine them (Feuer et al., 2013).

Based on the theoretical framework, a review of relevant literature, and a survey of the TE program structures of the universities from Lebanon and UAE selected for this study, the following research questions have been identified:

- Which theoretical elements of the conceptual framework of Feiman-Nemser theory are implemented in the TE curricula of universities in Lebanon and the UAE?

- What is the distribution of theoretical and practical courses in the structural frameworks of the TE programs of universities in Lebanon and the UAE?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, TE programs of selected universities in Lebanon and the UAE will be surveyed through university websites and course catalogues and benchmarked against Feiman-Nemser’s theory’s five conceptual orientations: academic, practical, technological, personal, and critical/social orientations.
An examination of TE programs provides an understanding of the program structure, content, distribution of courses, and the practical experience prospective teachers receive (Mayer et al., 2015). TE program evaluations can be achieved by examining different forms of evidence used to measure TE attributes. For example, to evaluate the quality of instruction, course syllabi, textbooks, hours, and the number of required content courses may be reviewed; to assess the quality of student teaching experiences, practicum hours and qualifications of mentors may be considered (Feuer et al., 2013). Surveying publicly available online information about TE programs on university websites provides documentation of program content, length, and structure, practical experiences, and the balance between theory and practice (Mayer et al., 2015).
According to Feiman-Nemser (1990), teacher preparation programs can be analyzed through structural and conceptual models. Structural models focus on the general organization of programs such as the number of years to complete a program, the number of required credit hours of education and content, the duration of field-based experience, and alternative certification methods. Conceptual models, on the other hand, reflect different insights about teacher preparation and accentuate the importance of orientations derived from the different views of teaching and theories of learning to teach.
The information in this comparative study will be derived from the websites and course catalogues of the selected universities from Lebanon and the UAE that are part of the study. To compare TE programs in Lebanon and in the UAE, the websites and course catalogues of the Modern University for Business and Science (MUBS) in Lebanon and the American University in the Emirates (AUE) in the UAE will be reviewed and analyzed.
To put the two universities of this study in the context of the larger framework, a survey will be done of 3 other universities from each of the countries that are being compared. From Lebanon, in addition to MUBS, TE programs of Haigazian University (HU), the Lebanese University (LU), and the American University of Beirut (AUB) will be surveyed. From the UAE, in addition to AUE, TE programs of the United Arab Emirates University (UAEU), the Higher Colleges of Technology (HCT), and Zayed University (ZU) will be examined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the main issues related to TE in Lebanon is the lack of sufficient practical courses in TE programs (Freiha, 1997, as cited in BouJaoude & El-Mouhayar, 2010). According to BouJaoude and El-Mouhayar (2010), a critical issue in TE programs in Lebanon is that they do not emphasize field work. Another issue is the insufficient acquisition of classroom skills by prospective teachers. Concerning TE programs in the UAE, many universities require students to spend one semester teaching in a public school as part of their student teaching experience (Faculty of Education, 2003, in Al-Awidi & Alghazo, 2012). However, not much attention is paid to the practice teaching experience; it is viewed mainly as a part of studies that needs to be completed. Sometimes practice teaching is done in a traditional way: student teachers are placed in government schools to work with cooperating teachers, and the university supervisors visit them two or three times throughout the whole experience. This does not allow for a fruitful experience as university supervisors are not fully engaged in the schools, and the cooperating teachers are unaware of the practice teaching requirements (Ibrahim, 2013).
Based on a review of relevant literature and based on an initial surveying of the websites of MUBS and AUE, the two universities involved in this study, the following results can be expected: universities in Lebanon adopt the academic approach to teacher preparation more than universities in the UAE, and that universities in the UAE adopt the technological and critical/social approaches to teacher preparation more than universities in Lebanon. Moreover, the practical orientation of Feiman-Nemser’s theory is manifested in the practicum courses that both universities offer. However, it is expected that the theoretical courses in both universities will be more than the practical courses.

References
Al-Awidi, H. M., & Alghazo, I. M. (2012). The effect of student teaching experience on preservice elementary teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs for technology integration in the UAE. Educational Technology Research and Development, 60(5), 923–941. doi:10.1007/s11423-012-9239-4
Bachelor of Education in the UAE. (n.d.). School Apply. From https://www.schoolapply.com/bachelors-degree/bachelor-of-education/bachelor-of-education-in-the-uae/
BouJaoude, S., & El-Mouhayar, R. (2010). Teacher Education in Lebanon: Trends and Issues. International Handbook of Teacher Education World-wide, 2, 309-332.
Education in Lebanon. (2018, December 17). WENR. From https://wenr.wes.org/2017/05/education-in-lebanon
El-Mouhayar, R., & BouJaoude, S. (2012). Structural and Conceptual Foundations of Teacher Education Programs in Selected Universities in Lebanon. Recherches Pédagogique: Revue éditée par la Faculté de Pédagogie de l’Université Libanaise, Beyrouth, 22, 37-60.
Feiman-Nemser, S. (1990). Teacher Preparation: Structural and Conceptual Alternatives. In W. R. Houston. M. Haberman, & J. Sikula (Eds.), Handbook for Research on Teacher Education, (pp. 212-233). New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
Feuer, M. J., Floden, R. E., Chudowsky, N., and Ahn, J. (2013). Evaluation of teacher preparation programs: Purposes, methods, and policy options.  Washington, DC: National Academy of Education.
Gallagher, K. (2019). Challenges and Opportunities in Sourcing, Preparing and Developing a Teaching Force for the UAE. In Education in the United Arab Emirates (pp. 127-145). Springer, Singapore.
Ibrahim, A. S. (2013). Approaches to supervision of student teachers in one UAE teacher education program. Teaching and Teacher Education, 34, 38–45. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2013.04.002
Mayer, D., Allard, A., Bates, R., Dixon, M., Doecke, B., Kline, J., … Hodder, P. (2015). Studying the Effectiveness of Teacher Education – Final Report (SETE). Deakin University, (November), 1–213. Retrieved from http://www.setearc.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/SETE_report_FINAL_30.11.152.pdf
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 D: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Burcu Toptas
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Mental Health’s Perception of Gender Creative Secondary Students

Laurie-Rose Caron-Jacques, Mélissa Goulet

Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada

Presenting Author: Caron-Jacques, Laurie-Rose

In comparison to their cisgender peers, gender creative students are more vulnerable to develop mental health problems, poor psychological well-being and negative peer relationships (Baams and al., 2013; Bennet and al., 2019; Gordon and al., 2018; Jewell and Brown, 2014; Rieger and Savin-Williams, 2012; Roberts and al., 2013; Zosuls and al., 2016). Ehrensaft (2011, p.5) defines a gender creative person as someone who “transcends the normative male/female definitions of culture to creatively weave a sense of gender that does not come entirely from within (the body, the psyche), nor entirely from without (culture, others' perception of one's gender), but resides somewhere in the middle”. Gender creative students deviate from the gender identity or gender expression that is culturally associated with their assigned sex at birth (Airton and Meyer, 2014). Thus, those students deviate from gender norms, i.e., they do not follow socially prescribed rules of conduct regarding roles, behaviours, activities, and characteristics deemed appropriate for their gender, which traditionally must correspond to their birth-assigned sex (Heise and al., 2019). Schools play a key role in the development of young people and in promoting their mental health. Since gender creative students are more vulnerable to developing poor mental health and since schools represent an environment that can convey gender norms (Weber et al., 2019), it seems important to look upon these topics inside secondary schools. This research will therefore try to answer the following question: How do gender creative secondary students perceive their mental health at school? Mental health is more than the absence of mental health problems (Gilmour, 2014). To see mental health fully, it is important to take into account positive mental health. Positive mental health has three dimensions: emotional well-being, psychological well-being and social functioning (Keyes, 2007). Meyer (2013) developed a minority stress model to explain the factors influencing mental health in minority individuals, i.e., the additional stresses experienced by these people. According to Martin-Storey (2016) and Rieger and Savin Williams (2012), the minority stress model could be a key to understanding low psychological well-being among gender creative youth as it would explain the discrimination, stigma and stresses experienced by them due to their minority status. The present study’s objectives are to explore the perception of gender norms in the school environment as well as the perception of mental health of gender creative secondary students. This study takes place in Canada, and more specifically in the province of Quebec. In Quebec, students in secondary school are between 12 to 17 years old and stay normally five years in these schools, from secondary one to five. The United Kingdom equivalent would be college from year 7 to year 11. Data were collected through narrative interviews with six gender-creative Quebec secondary school students, average age 15.5. Through their accounts of their school experiences, the students revealed that gender norms are still present in their respective school environments. Qualitative analysis by themes grouping revealed the sampled students' sense of well-being at school, the stressors they felt in the school environment, the coping strategies they developed, and the social support felt inside and outside school. In summary, the life stories highlight the different paths and varying levels of mental health of the students interviewed. Most of them reported overall positive mental health, despite previous literature generally attributing different indicators of negative mental health to gender creative students. The results allow to propose a model that incorporates additional stressors (Meyer, 2013) and elements of positive mental health (Keyes, 2007) experienced as a result of minority status, thus influencing the mental health of gender creative students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to achieve the research objectives, a descriptive qualitative approach was adopted, i.e., this research focuses on the subjectivity of the participating students in order to describe the phenomenon (Gaudreau, 2011). The qualitative data collection method selected is the narrative interview, i.e., an interview in which the person participating in the research is asked to narrate part of their lived experience (Bertaux, 2016). The perception of mental health as well as the perception of gender norms at school of gender creative students was obtained with the following prompt: “I would like you to tell me about your experience at school”. Gender creative students were then invited to share their representation of their own journey through school (Tétreault, 2014). The narrative interviews were approximately 60 minutes long, in person or online, according to the students’ preference. The recruitment was carried out with the help of a community organisation called Gender Creative Kids, which published the research proposal on its social networks. The final sample of this study consisted of six gender creative secondary school students aged between 14 and 16 years. In terms of grade levels, one person was in secondary two (Y8), on in secondary three (Y9), three in secondary four (Y10) and finally one in secondary five (Y11). Half of the sample attended a public school while the other half went to private school. This sample included young people who identified as trans, non-binary, fluid and cisgender. Specifically, there were two cisgender people with gender non-conforming gender expression, one non-binary person, one gender fluid person and two trans people. In this way, all the young people in the sample were gender creative as they transcended the traditional binary conception and creatively wove their gender (Ehrensaft, 2011). In addition, these students all identified themselves as part of the LGBTQ+ communities. No student in the sample were ethnically diverse and none were visible minorities.  When all the narrative interviews were completed, a thematic analysis was done using NVivo software (QSR International, 2020). Specifically, a comparative analysis was done, i.e. the data from the different cases were compared in order to develop a thematic tree containing codes which themselves are associated with different information obtained during the interviews (Bertaux, 2016).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results suggest that the school environment appears to play a significant role in the development of young people's mental health (Weare, 2019). The students in this study who attend a school environment perceived as positive and open experience more positive emotions and well-being and fewer additional stressors, thus positively influencing their perceived mental health. Several actions need to be taken by the education community to create open and truly inclusive schools in order to contribute to the mental health of all students. As suggested by the young people in the sample, changes to the building, for example with gender-neutral toilets, and changes to the organization, for exemple with a gender-neutral dress code, are desired in secondary schools. Also, the creation of safe environments in secondary schools for LGBTQ+ and gender creative students, such as inclusion committees, seems important. Furthermore, the additional stresses experienced by the gender creative students, but also the importance of feeling supported by school staff, opens up the reflection on the implementation of changes at the pedagogical level, for example with the development of inclusive pedagogy and queer pedagogy in the classroom (Hakeem, 2021, Richard, 2019). Inclusive pedagogy is about adding more diverse representations into the current curriculum (Richard, 2019). In queer pedagogy, gender norms and social norms that contribute to the exclusion of gender creative people and of LGBTQ+ people are questioned and challenged (Hakeem, 2021). In addition, from a broader perspective, the changes put forward by both the participants in this research project and the literature reviewed in this project highlight the need for upstream changes in the initial training of future teachers and in the adjustment of curricula from a queer pedagogy perspective.
References
Airton, L. et Meyer, E. J. (2014). Glossary of Terms. In E. J. Meyer et A. Pullen Sansfaçon (dir.), Supporting Transfender & Gender Creative Youth: Schools, Families and Communities in Action (p. 217-224). Peter Lang Publishing.
Baams , L., Beek, T., Hille, H., Zevenbergen, F. C. et Bos, H. M. W. (2013). Gender Nonconformity, Perceived Stigmatization and Psychological Well-Being in Dutch Sexual Minority Youth and Young Adults: A Mediation Analysis. Arch Sex Behaviour, 42, 765-773. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10508-012-0055-z
Bertaux, D. (2016). Le récit de vie (4e éd.). Armand Colin.
Bennett, D. S., Borczon, E. et Lewis, M. (2019). Does Gender Nonconforming Behavior in Early Childhood Predict Adolescents’ Depressive Symptoms? Sex Roles, 81, 521-528. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11199-019-1010-4
Ehrensaft, D. (2011). True Gender Self, False Gender Self, Gender Creativity. In D. Ehrensaft (dir.), Gender Born, Gender Made: Raising Healthy Gender-nonconforming Children (p. 73-99). The experiment.
Gordon, A. R., Conron, K. J., Calzo, J. P., White, M. T., Reisner, S. L. et Austin, S. B. (2018). Gender Expression, Violence, and bullying Victimization: Findings From Probability Samples of high School Sutdents in 4 US School Districts. Journal of School Health, 88(4), 306 à 314. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.12606
Hakeem, H. (2021). Axiomes de la pédagogie queer. Voix plurielles, 18(2), 261-273. https://doi.org/10.26522/vp.v18i2.3411
Jewell, J. A., et Brown, C. S. (2014). Relations Among Gender Typicality, Peer Relations, and Mental Health During Early Adolescence: Gender Typicality in Adolescence. Social Development, 23(1), 137-156. https://doi.or/10.1111/sode.12042
Richard, G. (2019). Hétéro l’école? Les Éditions du Remue-ménage.
Rieger, G. et Savin-Williams, R. C. (2012). Gender Nonconformity, Sexual Orientation and Psychological Well-Being. Arch Sex Behaviour, 41, 611-621. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10508-011-9738-0
Roberts, A. L., Rosario, M., Slopen, N., Calzo, J. P. et Austin, S. B. (2013). Childhood Gender Nonconformity, Bullying Victimization, and Depressive symptoms Across Adolescence and Early Adulthood: An 11-Year Longitudinal Study. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 52(2), 143-153.
Tétreault, S. (2014). Récit de vie ou histoire de vie. In S. Tétreault et P. Guillez (dir.), Méthodes, techniques et outils d’intervention, Guide pratique de recherche en réadaptation (1e éd., p. 299-312). De Boeck Supérieur.
Weare, K. (2019). Promoting health and well-being. What can schools do? In D. Bhugra, K. Bhui, S. Y. Shan Wong et S. E. Gilman (dir.), Oxford Textbook of Public Mental Health. Oxford University Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

An Exploratory Multiple-case Study of MEd TESOL Students in the UK: Researcher and Participants’ Reflective and Reflexive Practices

Muna Albuloushi

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Albuloushi, Muna

This poster is based on a research that looked at the learning experiences of teachers during their journey through a full-time Master of Education programme for Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (MEd TESOL), in a university in the UK. The aim was to explore the cognition development of four international Asian students: two novice and two in-service teachers enrolled on the programme. This was achieved by exploring their cognitive processes (Badger, 2018) through focus on knowledge, beliefs, and identity which together form the model of cognition used in the current study, as set out by Borg (2003, 2009, 2015). This model is situated within the framework of Vygotsky’s Sociocultural Theory (SCT) that is widely used in this type of context.

The following research questions were addressed in the study: 1) what is the impact of the MEd TESOL programme on the teachers’ cognition? And 2) what is the influence of the MEd TESOL programme on the teachers’ future professional teaching identities? These were answered by examining the experiences of the four participants. Although each participant lived a unique experience, they all showed some indicators of changes in knowledge, beliefs, and identities. Also, their experiences on the MEd TESOL programme have clearly influenced their professional identities. The findings revealed unexpected aspects of the participants’ well-being, as well as the impact of Covid-19 on the students’ lives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This longitudinal case study was conducted over the period of 13 months, using in-depth semi-structured interviews; reflective diaries; classroom observation; and post-recall interview. The exploration was conducted while the students were enrolled in the programme, but also followed one of them (Marine, who volunteered) after she had finished the programme, to note its impact on her cognition when she was engaged in TESOL teaching in her home countries. It is worth noting that this participant was the only one to complete the full cycle of data collection. The study was underpinned by the interpretivist paradigm and took an ethnographic stance in collecting and analysing the data, which were analysed thematically following Braun and Clarke (2006), Bazeley (2020), and Saldaña’s (2013) guidelines. The ethnographic perspective adopted helped me as the researcher to explore the participants’ cognitive state, providing a wider perspective on their experiences, and the power and capacity of their learning.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The poster will focus on the reflective and reflexive practice implemented throughout the research study; discuss the participant's reflective pattern and its relation the cognitive changes discussed above; and the researcher's reflexive practice as well as facing ethical dilemmas through reflexivity. In particular, drawing on some of the key threads that run through the findings, e.g. finding burnout and depression signs when analysing one of the participant’s data. This is where reflexivity played an important role in making me realise the necessity to develop my thinking about my responsibilities to the participants and their well-being as well as to myself. The Covid-19 outbreak has brought uncertainty, upsetting news, and moving emotions for both the researcher and the participants. My emotions and well-being were adversely affected because I tried to ignore these wearying feelings in order to carry on the study and submit my thesis within the submission timeframe. Also, I did not want to show my feelings to the participants, which may cause stress or other harmful feelings. As I encouraged the participants to note their reflective thoughts, writing my own reflective and reflexive thoughts have become significantly important to dive deeply into my responsibilities to my own well-being along with acknowledging my research ethical principles. Where I was analysing the ethical dilemmas raised. In particular, the pivotal questions raised about communicating with and writing about the participants.
References
Badger, R. (2018). From input to intake: researching learner cognition. TESOL Quarterly, 52(4), 1073-1084.
Bazeley, P. (2020). Qualitative data analysis: practical strategies (2nd ed.). Sage.
Borg, S. (2003). Teacher cognition in language teaching: a review of research on what language teachers think, know, believe, and do. Language Teaching, 36(2), 81-109
Borg, S. (2009). Language teacher cognition. In A. Burns, & J. C. Richards (Eds.), The Cambridge guide to second language teacher education. Cambridge University Press.
Borg, S. (2015). Teacher cognition and language education: research and practice. Bloomsbury Academic.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Men Experiencing Sexual Violence by Women. Sociopedagogical Analysis of the Phenomenon in Poland.

Pamela Hyży

University of Silesia in Katowice, Poland

Presenting Author: Hyży, Pamela

The ubiquitous phenomenon of sexualization, noticeable especially at the sociocultural level, is reflected in numerous activities in the public space (Waszyńska, Zielona-Jenek, 2016). It would seem that with the tendency to popularize this topic, there will be increasingly more studies, concerning sexual violence in the scientific discourse. Yet, the number of studies and researchers studying this topic is very limited. Simultaneously, one can find studies indicating a clear correlation between the acceptance of rape myths and the perpetration of sexual violence, as well as less frequent reporting of crimes by victims (Moyano, Monge, Sierra, 2017; Heath, Lynch, Fritch, Wong, 2013). The current disparities in the level of education and its consequences suggest the need to create a whole system of prevention and education against sexual violence. However, it is difficult to create effective social policy without adequate knowledge, a thorough scientific analysis of the phenomenon or a thorough terminological study of the new phenomena of sexual violence that have arisen with the development of new technologies.

Thus, the scientific aim of my work will be to investigate and describe the phenomenon of men experiencing sexual violence by women.

The research problems in this work concern (1) society's knowledge and opinion on sexual violence against men in Poland, including, among others, knowledge of the physiology of the male body during an attempted sexual abuse, current myths and stereotypes of masculinity, knowledge of the functioning of aid institutions or the social image of male victims of violence. In addition, the aim of the research is to present (2) statistics from the Central Statistical Office and the Police regarding reports of sexual abuse of which a male victim was a victim, as well as any noticeable, statistically-significant changes that have occurred in recent years. The third research problem revolves around the interviews conducted with experts and their knowledge of, the range of available assistance from which victimized men can benefit, the scale of the analyzed phenomenon in Poland, the social causes and consequences of not reporting the act of violence to law enforcement, and the recommended changes in this regard on the social, political and legal levels. The final, fourth research problem concerns the context surrounding the act of sexual violence in selected cases of men who experienced it. That is, the characteristics of the victim and the perpetrator, the consequences faced by the victims and the reporting of the analyzed situation to law enforcement authorities.

In the literature, it can be noted that the taboo of sexual violence, if it is already mentioned, mainly concerns women and children (e.g.: Marzec-Holka, 2011; Piotrowska, Synakiewicz, 2011). There is now much talk in the public space about equality and fair treatment of all people regardless of gender. A number of foundations have also been created to provide assistance and information campaigns on violence and gender equality. The nature of these foundations, however, most often points to women and children as the objects of assistance. In Poland, only one foundation deals with assistance aimed directly at men victimized by sexual violence. Certainly one of the reasons for this is the stereotype of men, which has been built up for many years, as those who are always willing to engage in sexual activity, are tough and do not show emotions, do not talk to other people about their feelings and suffer in silence (Grzybek, Bielak, 2015). The lack of reporting of the act of violence on men is reflected in statistics, which show that sexually victimized men are practically non-existent in Poland (Central Statistical Office), contrary to case evidence and sociopedagogical practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In my dissertation, I will use triangulation of methods in a mixed form. The research I will conduct will be both qualitative and quantitative in nature. Thus, I will combine the two research approaches into one equal and common research procedure. Extensive quantitative research, carried out through the diagnostic survey method, will allow for a thorough analysis of the phenomenon of sexual violence against men. This means developing claims that are missing from the Polish scientific discourse, as well as organizing and predicting possible changes in the studied area.  Within the framework of the aforementioned method, a questionnaire will be applied to a group of adult Poles, residing in the territory of the Republic. The sample will be typologically representative, and its size will be ≤ 2000 people. For appropriate sampling, the survey sampling scheme for quota sampling will be used. These will be CAPI-type surveys, conducted by interviewers presenting a proprietary survey questionnaire to respondents in electronic form. The data obtained will be supplemented by an analysis of statistics on sexual violence against men (using a document analysis guide on statistics from the official website of the Police and the Central Statistical Office) and expert interviews with about a dozen people employed by aid institutions that provide assistance to men experiencing sexual violence (e.g., employees of the Fortior Foundation and state institutions such as MOPS and Crisis Intervention Centers).
Equally important for the exploration of the studied phenomenon will be the use of individual case method to obtain qualitative data.  Here, consequently, two techniques will be used. Firstly, the document analysis will focus on a close examination of the records (min.5) of men who have experienced sexual violence by women and have benefited from the assistance of aid institutions. The tool in this case will be a categorization key for the documentation of men obtained from selected institutions. In-depth interviews (IDI) with men who permitted to analyze their private documentation described in the previous section will be the second technique. The interviews will be conducted based on properly prepared instructions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The myths present in society and the preliminary review of available statistics on men mentioned earlier may foreshadow the low awareness of the phenomenon of sexual violence against men in the quantitative survey results. It will then prove particularly important to juxtapose these results with the results of qualitative interviews with experts and men themselves who have experienced suffering at the hands of women. The picture thus obtained of the studied area of sexual violence will make it possible to contrast well and present the scales of the problem taken up. The results obtained will be able to serve as a basis for further research and social action.
While the causes of sexual violence among men are complex, intertwined and mutually contingent, in Poland the specific factors contributing to this phenomenon are: stereotypes of masculinity, ingrained in the culture, a conservative society, taboos caused by the dominant religion (Catholicism), etc. The above argument and others mentioned in this text prove that the described dissertation is compatible with the current Sustainable Development Goals, developed by the United Nations, and in particular education and gender equality.
There are numerous potential applications of my research, such as: the expansion of the offer of support facilities, the development of training materials (for pedagogues, psychologists, educational workers, social workers, therapists, medical personnel, police officers), the expansion of the offer of sexual education at various developmental stages, which is sorely lacking in the Polish educational system, the creation of social campaigns, implemented in the space of social media, traditional media and various areas of social activity, of a preventive nature.

References
1.Izdebski Z., Seksualność Polaków na początku XXI wieku. Wydawnictwo Uniwesytetu Jagielońskiego, Kraków 2012.
2.Jastrzębska A., Przemoc seksualna wobec dorosłych mężczyzn. Niebieska Linia, 2019, nr.6 (125).
3.McMahon S., Wood L., Cusano J., Theories of Sexual Violence Prevention, [w:] Handbook of Sexual Assault and Sexual Assault Prevention, (red.) W. T. O’Donohue, P.A. Schewe, Springer 2019.
4.Moyano N., Monge F. S., Sierra J. C., Predictors of sexual aggression in adolescents: Gender dominance vs. rape supportive attitudes. The European Journal of Psychology Applied to Legal Context, 2017.
5.O’Donohue W.T, Schewe P.A, Handbook of sexual assault and sexual assault prevention, 444444Springer Nature Switzerland AG, 2019.
6.Podemska A., Mężczyzna jako ofiara przestępstwa zgwałcenia. Studium z zakresu socjologii prawa, Zeszyty Naukowe Towarzystwa Doktorantów UJ Nauki Społeczne, 2015, nr.10.
7.Thureau S., Blanc-Louvry I.L., Thureau S., Gricourt C., Proust B., Conjugal violence: A comparison of violence against men by women and women by men, Journal of Forensic and Legal Medicine, vol.31, 2015.
8.Turchik J.A, Hebenstreit C.L., Judson S.S, An Examination of the Gender Inclusiveness of Current Theories of Sexual Violence in Adulthood: Recognizing Male Victims, Female Perpetrators, and Same-Sex Violence, Trauma, Violence & Abuse, 2015
9.Zalewski M, Drumond P., Prugl E., Stern M.,  Sexual violence against men in global politics, Routledge 2020.
10.Flick U., Jakość w badaniach jakościowych, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, Warszawa 2011.
11.Główny Urząd Statystyczny, Ofiary gwałtu i przemocy domowej, https://stat.gov.pl/obszary-tematyczne/wymiar-sprawiedliwosci/wymiar-sprawiedliwosci/ofiary-gwaltu-i-przemocy-domowej,1,1.html [dostęp z dnia 03.02.2022].
12.Grzybek G., Bielak A., Wychowanie w rodzinie a spór o gender. Interpretacja etyczna, [w:] Dziecko, rodzina, wychowanie. Wybrane konteksty, red. Karbowniczek J., Błasiak A., Dybowska E., Kraków 2015.
13.Heath N. M., Lynch S. M., Fritch A. M., Wong M. M., RMA Impacts the Reporting of Rape to the Police: A Study of Incarcerated Women. Violence Against Women, 2013,  vol.19 (9).
14.Kozakiewicz M., Seks i wychowanie, [w:] Encyklopedia pedagogiczna, red. W. Pomykało, Warszawa, wyd. Fundacja Innowacja, Warszawa 1993.
15.Moyano, N., Monge, F. S., Sierra, J. C., Predictors of sexual aggression in adolescents: Gender dominance vs. rape supportive attitudes. The European Journal of Psychology Applied to Legal Context, 2017, vol.9 (1).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Navigating the Dialogic Possibilities of Teaching: Mapping Student Teachers' Dialogic Experiences and Identities

Laurel Smith

Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Smith, Laurel

Despite extensive research about the value and features of dialogic teaching and learning (Vrikki et al., 2019), predominantly monologic interactions continue to persist in primary classrooms in the UK. The complexities of dialogic approaches are well-documented, from the difficulties of the fluid and transient nature of spoken language (Bearne and Reedy, 2018) to the shifts in power dynamics that such an approach demands (Thompson, 2007). However, the role of dialogue seems to be benefiting from a renewed focus, with current educational policy instructing pre-service teachers to both support effective dialogue within the classroom and engage in reflective dialogic learning themselves (DfE, 2013; 2019). With limited progress in this area of practice and professional development (Vrikki et al., 2019), teaching practices seem to resist fundamental and shifts towards dialogic teaching; this study asks why this might be.

In the context of dialogic education, prior research has often focused on dialogic interactions as a pedagogical approach. However, research which has moved beyond an interactional form in considering classroom dialogue suggests that teachers’ dialogic stance, identity, and sociocultural and socio-historical expectations of professional identity may offer insight for understanding why monologic patterns persist (Sherry et al., 2019). Furthermore, whilst attitudes and beliefs are seen as highly influential in the development of dialogic approaches, understanding how personal and professional dialogic experiences relate to pre-service teachers’ professional identities, learning, and practice is a significantly under-researched area (Groschner et al., 2020). Although research has considered the role of teacher identity in relation to reading and writing, there is a gap in research seeking to understand how teachers’ identities might either constrain or enable dialogic practices within the classroom. Indeed, Hofmann (2020) highlights the need for research which understands professional development as a sociocultural process and the role of teachers’ own learning experiences within this, in order to consider the range of complex challenges inherent in realising the benefits of a dialogic approach.

Whilst there has been a significant increase in interest in teacher identity within educational research and teacher education, there is a continuing lack of clarity around what we mean by this (Solari and Ortega, 2022) which presents a key challenge in understanding its influence on teachers’ learning and professional roles. Teachers’ professional identity can be seen as shaped by their past experiences and as a key motivating and orienting factor in their actions and beliefs about practice; yet there is a lack of knowledge about the dynamics of identity construction within teacher education (Henry, 2019). Hsieh (2015) usefully articulates these dynamics as “how teachers’ orientations in relation to the intersection of multiple competing discourse (internal and external) play out in their establishment of identities as professionals and in their professional practices” (p.179). By applying a dialogic lens to pre-service teachers’ professional identity construction, this study seeks to recognise this ongoing, dynamic interplay as distinct from the functions and procedures of the professional role. Furthermore, it is not simply a process of change and adaptation but is wrought with potential conflicts and tensions (Henry and Mollstedt, 2022), one in which core beliefs continue to be shaped and changed through experience (Wyk, 2011). Through this lens, the study aims to explore how past dialogic experiences and the ways in which pre-service teachers position themselves in relation to dialogue, influence their navigation of dialogic spaces and possibilities within their teaching practices and professional roles.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This emerging doctoral study conceptualises teacher identity as dialogic in that it is: multi-voiced; engaged in an ongoing, dynamic process of dialogic negotiation, internally between I-positions and externally in relationships with others; socially, culturally and historically situated; and constructed over time in different places and spaces. This conceptualisation suggests that navigating the dialogic possibilities of teaching is a complex and intersectional negotiation of personal and professional discourse and experience; an ongoing ‘journey’ where dialogic identities shape and are shaped by a dynamic negotiation between self and other within the dialogic spaces of professional roles. These sites of negotiation require teachers to navigate not only the multiplicity of voices within their own dialogic identities, but the historically, socially, and culturally shaped contexts within which they teach.
In seeking to understand the landscapes where pre-service teachers’ identity construction takes place, this study aims to take a creative methodological approach. Within the temporal limits of the doctorate, a longitudinal case study design offers the opportunity to combine different methods and a “kaleidoscopic approach” (Solari and Ortega, 2022, p.645) to analysis through a range of discursive forms - or a multiplicity of voices. Inspired by Swaaij and Klare’s The Atlas of Experience, a visual mapping approach is proposed as a rich and illuminating way to visualise and explore the potential tensions, conflicts and congruences which may arise.
Autobiographical narratives are the starting point for the visual mapping, reflecting the storytelling and performance metaphors which - like that of landscapes - feature significantly in literature concerning dialogic conceptualisations of identity. Reflective autobiographical narratives offer possibilities for understanding experiences of conflict between voiced positions, the internal dialogue of identity construction, and the identity shifts which are revealed through this dialogue (Henry and Mollstedt, 2022). Framed by both the past and the present, entwined with our relationships with others and other voices within our sense of self (Rosen, 2017), autobiographical narratives are seen as articulations of the teacher self in the past, present, and future (Henry, 2019).
The study also seeks to centralise pre-service teachers’ voices, recognise different contexts of negotiated meaning-making, and provide collaborative opportunities to co-construct local models of identity. Consequently, socially situated, dialogic spaces for pre-service teachers’ narration of their own stories and experiences will be provided through interviews and participatory focus groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Whilst the concept of dialogic identity within research on teachers’ identity construction is a relatively new area, the principles of the self as a multiplicity of voices, situated and relational in nature, and engaged in an ongoing, dynamic process of change, offer rich possibilities for understanding the complex and often challenging experience of “becoming someone who teaches” (Henry, 2019, p.269). This study seeks to challenge the apparent narrow focus and conceptualisation of dialogic teaching and dialogic interactions as a pedagogical approach. Applying a dialogic lens suggests that classroom dialogic interactions are fundamentally linked with pupils’ and teachers’ identities. Thus, dialogue mediates both the construction of self and wider culture of society (Alexander, 2008), and identity is socially co-constructed through classroom discourse which both shapes and is shaped by teachers’ personal and professional conceptions of self (Sherry et al., 2019).
Conceptualising pre-service teachers’ identities as dialogic and the landscapes of their identity construction as sites of negotiated meanings, suggests that whilst their beliefs about the value and possibilities of dialogue may initially shape their pedagogical approaches, these beliefs will themselves be shaped by the dialogic – or indeed, monologic – practices they experience. It provides a clear link between identity and pedagogy, but also conceptualises teachers as agentic within the process of identity construction: they are not passively responding to discourse but are active in their navigation of them. Autobiographical narratives and visual mapping are proposed as a means by which to understand the situated and relational nature of teachers’ identity construction. In this way, personal and professional dialogic experiences are situated in a broader understanding of the multiple layers of personal and professional discourse; identity is seen not as a ‘finished product’ but as an ongoing process of construction situated within this landscape.

References
Alexander, R. (2008). Towards Dialogic Teaching: Rethinking classroom talk (4th ed.). UK: Dialogos UK Ltd.
Bearne, E. & Reedy, D. (2018). Teaching Primary English: Subject Knowledge and Classroom Practice. Abingdon: Routledge.
Department for Education. (2013). Primary National Curriculum
Department for Education. (2019). Initial Teacher Training Core Content Framework
Grimmett, H. (2016). The Problem of "Just Tell Us": Insights from Playing with Poetic Inquiry and Dialogical Self Theory. Studying Teacher Education, 12(1), 37.
Groschner, A., Jahne, M.F., and Klas, S. (2020). Attitudes Towards Dialogic Teaching and the Choice to Teach: The role of preservice teachers’ perceptions on their own school experience, in Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., and Major, L. (eds) The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education.
Henry, A. (2019). A Drama of Selves: Investigating Teacher Identity Development from Dialogical and Complexity Perspectives. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 9(2), 263-285.
Henry, A., & Mollstedt, M. (2022). Centrifugal–Centripetal Dynamics in the Dialogical Self: A Case Study of a Boundary Experience in Teacher Education. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 35(2), 795-814.
Hofmann, R. (2020). Attitudes Towards Dialogic Teaching and the Choice to Teach: The role of preservice teachers’ perceptions on their own school experience, in Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., and Major, L. (eds) The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education.
Hsieh, B. (2015). The importance of orientation: implications of professional identity on classroom practice and for professional learning. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(2), 178.
Rosen, H. (2017). The Autobiographical Impulse. In Richmond, J. (Ed.). Harold Rosen: Writings on life, language and learning, 1958-2008. London: Institute of Education Press
Sherry, M. B., Dodson, G., & Sweeney, S. (2019). Improvising identities: Comparing cultural roles and dialogic discourse in two lessons from a US elementary classroom. Linguistics and Education, 50, 36.
Solari, M., & Ortega, E.M. (2022). Teachers’ Professional Identity Construction: A Sociocultural Approach to Its Definition and Research. Journal of Constructivist Psychology, 35(2), 626-655.
Thompson, P. (2007). Developing classroom talk through practitioner research. Educational Action Research, 15(1), 41-60.
Vrikki, M., Wheatley, L., Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N. (2019). Dialogic practices in primary school classrooms. Language and Education, 33(1). 85-100.
Wyk, M. M. v. (2011). Student teachers' personal stories-identity, social class and Learning a life history approach. Loyola Journal of Social Sciences, 25(2), 141-161.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 E: Ignite Talks
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Franz Kaiser
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Need for Higher Education Administrative Data: Opportunities and Challenges

Victoria A. Bauer1, Christoph Hönnige1, Monika Jungbauer-Gans2

1Leibniz University Hannover, Germany; 2German Centre for Higher Education Research and Science Studies (DZHW), Germany

Presenting Author: Bauer, Victoria A.

Surveys are arguably the most common tool for data collection in higher education research, particularly for the study of student behaviour and social inequalities. The well-known weaknesses of survey research are issues related to sampling, response rates and lack of knowledge about the characteristics of non-respondents (Nayak & Narayan, 2019). The use of administrative data can circumvent these difficulties. Higher Education Administrative Data (HEAD) is a large set of behavioural data based on documentation with administrative software systems of higher education institutions. The data include information on student characteristics, study and examination patterns, learning curves, student success, drop-outs and length of study. It allows comprehensive data to be collected on the diversity, academic performance and behavioural patterns of entire cohorts of students, which is of interest to higher education institutions themselves. In addition to teaching evaluation, the purposes include accountability to societal stakeholders and the development of higher education structures and new public management (Beerkens, 2022).

Compared to traditional survey-based research, the collection and analysis of HEAD requires a much higher level of commitment to ethics and data protection (Florea & Florea, 2020). Therefore, the actual use is limited so far. In Europe, HEAD in the form of registry data is mainly used in the UK (e.g. Campbell et al., 2019; Chowdry et al., 2013) and Austria (e.g. Zucha et al., 2021) due to the strong centralisation of national statistical systems. Apart from a few recent studies of examination data from specific universities (e.g. Behlen et al., 2022; Pannier et al., 2020), the accessibility of HEAD in other European countries, such as Germany, remains difficult and researchers often fail to obtain the data in full (see Bandorski et al., 2019; Grözinger & McGrory, 2020). In summary, the potential of both forms of HEAD, registry data and higher education institution-specific administrative microdata, has not yet been fully exploited across Europe.

Furthermore, the data provided by management information systems is not very systematically structured or clearly organised. Depending on the internal organisation of the higher education institution, data fragments are scattered across different parts of the institutional administration, including registries, departments and faculties, and are not intended to be linked. As a result, the quality of data varies not only between higher education institutions, but also within them (Daniel, 2015). Due to the lack of IT governance modernisation, data quality is mostly affected by deficiencies such as inappropriate data structures, data duplication and conflicts (Wang & Jiang, 2022). For an in-depth study of study courses, it is necessary to find out what data is available in higher education institutions and how researchers can process it.

Using the example of Leibniz University Hannover, Germany, this article presents opportunities and challenges for the use of HEAD. It introduces the form and structure of raw data provided by higher education administration offices, followed by recommendations for the conceptual handling and organisation of HEAD.

In the long term, the growing importance of HEAD for both research and internal evaluations of higher education institutions could lead to increased networking and communication between administrative, examination and enrolment offices. The increased demand for HEAD by researchers could therefore lead to greater efficiency in the internal administration of the higher education sector by reforming IT governance structures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using the example of HEAD from Leibniz University Hannover, a large German university, which works with software from HIS Hochschul-Informations-System eG, we present and explain the form and structure of raw data provided by higher education administrative offices. Our data sources are 1) the Admissions Office, 2) the Central Examination Office, 3) the examination boards of the individual institutes, and 4) the examination regulations of the degree programmes. The data include 1) student socio-demographics, information on enrolment, interruption of studies, and exmatriculation, 2) examination behaviour, including grades, study plan, registration and withdrawal from examinations, examination passes and number of attempts, 3) information on credit points, hearings and final failure, and 4) information on examination forms and credit points of programme modules. This example is used to explain how raw data of this type can be transformed into analysis datasets and to provide recommendations for the conceptual use of HEAD. For instance, when merging datasets from different study programmes, comparability between programmes is often limited because it is not possible to match grade point averages (Cunha & Miller, 2014). A potential solution in European higher education systems is to measure workload in terms of credit points (ECTS) per period of study, which also allows international comparative analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In conclusion, the benefits of using HEAD for educational research are clear. Not only researchers but also higher education institutions benefit from the (decentralised) collection and analysis of data. In this way, academic careers, especially those of minorities and disadvantaged groups, are documented in detail. A comprehensive assessment of diversity and quality of studies is possible, which could not be achieved with surveys due to the increasing attrition of participants. In the long term, the growing relevance of HEAD, both for research and for internal evaluation by higher education institutions, could lead to closer links and communication between their administrative, admissions and enrolment offices. It is also conceivable that campus management data could be linked with e-learning data. Greater demand for HEAD by researchers could therefore lead to greater efficiency in the internal administration of the higher education sector by reforming IT governance structures.
References
Bandorski, S., McGrory, M., & Grözinger, G. (2019). Erfolgsquoten im deutschen Hochschulwesen. Neue Erkenntnisse in einem umkämpften Feld am Beispiel Maschinenbau. die hochschule, 2019(2), 140 - 157.
Beerkens, M. (2022). An evolution of performance data in higher education governance: a path towards a ‘big data’ era?. Quality in Higher Education, 28(1), 29-49.
Behlen, L., Brade, R., Himmler, O., & Jäckle, R. (2021). Verhaltensökonomisch motivierte Maßnahmen zur Sicherung des Studienerfolgs (VStud). In: Neugebauer, M., Daniel, H.-D., & Wolter, A. (Eds.). Studienerfolg und Studienabbruch. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 393-419.
Campbell, S., Macmillan, L., Murphy, R., & Wyness, G. (2019). Inequalities in Student to Course Match: Evidence from Linked Administrative Data. CEP Discussion Paper. London: London School of Economics and Political Science, Centre for Economic Performance.
Chowdry, H., Crawford, C., Dearden, L., Goodman, A., & Vignoles, A. (2013). Widening participation in higher education: analysis using linked administrative data. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series A (Statistics in Society), 176(2), 431-457.
Cunha, J. M., & Miller, T. (2014). Measuring value-added in higher education: Possibilities and limitations in the use of administrative data. Economics of Education Review, 42, 64-77.
Daniel, B. (2015). Big Data and analytics in higher education: Opportunities and challenges. British Journal of Educational Technology, 46(5), 904-920.
Florea, D., & Florea, S. (2020). Big Data and the ethical implications of data privacy in higher education research. Sustainability, 12(20), 1-11.
Grözinger, G., & McGrory, M. (2020). Studienabbruch, Studierendenerhalt, Studienerfolg. Einordnung einer (halben) BMBF-Förderlinie. Discussion Paper Nr. 32. Flensburg: Eu-ropa-Universität Flensburg, Internationales Institut für Management und ökonomische Bildung, 1-19.
Nayak, M. S. D. P., & Narayan, K. A. (2019). Strengths and weaknesses of online surveys. IOSR Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, 24(5), 31-38.
Pannier, S., Rendtel, U., & Gerks, H. (2020). Die Prognose von Studienerfolg und Studienab-bruch auf Basis von Umfrage- und administrativen Prüfungsdaten. AStA Wirtschafts- und Sozialstatistisches Archiv, 14(3), 225-266.
Wang, K., & Jiang, Z. (2022). A Study on the Design of Big Data Governance Framework in Higher Education and Its Application in Student Management. Advances in Social Science, Education and Humanities Research, 635, 237-241.
Zucha, V., Engleder, J., & Binder, D. (2021). AbsolventInnen der niederösterreichischen Fachhochschulen. Projektbericht. Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS), 1-198.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Professional Identity and School Environment – Influences on Teacher Agency

Maarja Tinn

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Tinn, Maarja

Teacher agency has become the focus of educational research in recent years, as a result, attention has been paid to the nature and ways of expression of agency, but also to everything that helps to strengthen agency – because it is a crucial component as part of the professional development of teachers.

Numerous researches have been done on which external factors work against the development of agency. For example educational policies that emphasize testing, accountability and efficiency have been heavily criticized for restricting teacher agency (see, e.g.,Cochran-Smith, 2004; Mirra and Morrell, 2011). Moreover, competitive education is counterproductive measure (Priestley et al. (2015).

Here, the focus is on construction of teacher agency, and firstly on factors connected with teachers’ professional identity, which enables or restrains the formation and further development of teacher agency. The extra angle is added by bringing in a concept of nostalgia for it can be linked to constructing teachers’ professional identity. The second focus is on factors connected with school environment and community, which can be considered as enablers or restraints to teacher agency.

Agency is an indicator that shows what teacher does, or to be more precise, what she/he is able to do – what firstly a broader context and secondly her own baggage and professional aims are allowing her to do and what she actually does.

Most generally, professional identity refers to how a person perceives oneself as a teacher. Identity building means finding a balance in between different aspects of it (Beijaard et al., 2004; Lipka & Brinthaupt, 1999). Professional identities are recognized to be teachers’ understanding of themselves as professionals (Eteläpelto & Vähäsantanen, 2008), including both, personal and institutional aspects of being a teacher (Beijaard et al., 2004).

Professional identity is in a constant change and development, being formed in the interaction between the individual and the social environment. This development is in turn influenced by the person's previous beliefs, experiences, values, as well as the experiences gained during studying and working, and the interpretation of these experiences (Flores & Day, 2006; Kagan, 1992; Löfström, Poom-Valickis, Hannula, & Mathews, 2010). According to Brown & Humphreys (2002) nostalgic narratives can be treated as an effort to maintain the collective sense of socio-historic continuity. Hence narratives of teachers provide fruitful data for analysing how nostalgia has been made use of in constructing ones professional identity and adapting to changes in the context of radical educational changes taken place during the last decades.

When change often reduces trust, integrity and professional autonomy then nostalgia quickly finds it place to make sense of it all. Nostalgia is seen as a psychological mechanism, which helps to sustain the integration of the personality by eliminating any pain related to the past and presenting it as a harmonious version of “golden age”. Nostalgia, although creating the image of the perfect past, actually tells us about the dissatisfaction with the present conditions (Velikonja, 2009).

Often nostalgia tends to carry not so much individual, but rather collective character and contribute into group identity building. However, it is important to note that those not having first-hand experience of certain period, regime, personality or culture feeling nostalgic about (Velikonja, 2009) can also carry on nostalgic narratives. This “second-hand nostalgia, borrowed or “stolen” nostalgic narratives of others (Velikonja, 2009) or “armchair nostalgia” can be as strong and influential as “authentic” nostalgia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For gathering data, life history approach was used. Narrative life history interviews (Goodson, 2014) provide a deep understanding of a person's life – both individual and professional and the overlaps between the two. In addition, the approach also fits well with the ecological model of agency.
Further, a thematic narrative analysis (Riessmann 2008) was used.  Narrative portrayals were created based on the themes that emerged from the results of the analysis in order to better convey the socio-historical context. (Goodson, 2013, 41; Sadam, Jõgi, Goodson, 2019).
The interview sample was formed based on the principle of diversity, therefore teachers from different age groups, both male and female as well as from different schools and regions in Estonia. Interviews lasted from 72 minutes to 2,5 hours.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the results a typology was created:
1) Contra – teacher with distrust issuses, doesn’t cooperate with colleagues and the main obstacle lies in nostalgia
2) Affirmer –  teacher who has a plan, who sees opportunities in every situation, nostalgia is the the main enabler
3) Adaptor – one without a long-term plan, but who makes things work for her, one with practical mind, narrow professional vision but good level of skills

References
Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 20(2), 107-128.
Brown, A. D., & Humphreys, M. (2002). Nostalgia and the narrativization of identity: A Turkish case study. British Journal of Management, 13(2), 141-159.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2004). Walking the road: Race, diversity, and social justice in teacher education. Teachers College Press.
Goodson, I. F. (2013). 1 Studying teachers' lives: An Emergent Field of Inquiry. In Studying teachers' lives (pp. 1-17). Routledge.
Goodson, I. F. (2014). Curriculum, personal narrative and the social future. Routledge.
Flores, M. A., & Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and teacher education, 22(2), 219-232.
Kagan, D. M. (1992). Implication of research on teacher belief. Educational psychologist, 27(1), 65-90.
Lipka, R. P., & Brinthaupt, T. M. (Eds.). (1999). Role of Self in Teacher Development, The. State university of New York press.
Löfström, E., Poom‐Valickis, K., Hannula, M. S., & Mathews, S. R. (2010). Supporting emerging teacher identities: can we identify teacher potential among students?. European Journal of Teacher Education, 33(2), 167-184.
Mirra, N., & Morrell, E. (2011). Teachers as civic agents: Toward a critical democratic theory of urban teacher development. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(4), 408-420.
Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. Los Angeles, London, New
Delhi, Singapore: Sage Publication.
Sadam, M., Jõgi, L., & Goodson, I. F. (2019). Improving the transparency of the life history method data analysis process in qualitative biographical research. Pedagogika, 134(2), 5-24.
Velikonja, M. (2009). Lost in transition. Nostalgia for socialism in post-socialist countries. East European politics and societies, 23(04), 535-551.
Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., Eteläpelto, A., Rasku-Puttonen, H., & Littleton, K. (2008). Teachers’ professional identity negotiations in two different work organisations. Vocations and Learning, 1, 131-148.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Facilitating for Participation in School: Pupils’ Self-determination in a Norwegian School

Solveig Maria Magerøy

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Magerøy, Solveig Maria

Abstract:

In this Ignite talk, I will present a paper in progress that examines pupils’ ability to participate in Norwegian schools through a case study developed in cooperation with a student teacher. Through an intervention, we attempted to search for alternative didactical methods by utilizing self-determination as a structural tool to encourage participation as a part of teaching democratically. This study examines this intervention through the lens of autonomy based on some of the perspectives from critical theory:

  1. What factors affect pupils’ participation in class activities when the teaching is structured on the principle of autonomy support?
  2. How does an intervention based on self-determination impact the pupils’ experience of autonomy in school activities?

The study is a part of a larger project where we investigate three interdisciplinary themes currently implemented in Norwegian schools (USN, 2020). These are public health and life skills, sustainable development, and democracy and citizenship (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017b). This project specifically focuses on how to teach democratically. The ambition for a democratic school is not only stated in the Norwegian curriculum but is agreed upon in UN Convention on the Rights of Children (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017a; United Nations, 1990).

Each year a pupil survey is conducted from 5th through Upper Secondary School in Norway. The survey investigates the pupil’s experience regarding their teaching environment and schooling. The survey’s intention is to improve Norwegian schools (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2022). Pupils’ co-determination and participation are repeated and recommended in every yearly report but do not seem to be improving in Norwegian schools. At the same time, motivation for schoolwork is declining. In the later reports, it is demonstrated that the pupils’ stress impacts their well-being. The observed shift of focus toward achievements over learning could be a plausible explanation for their experienced stress (Mellingsæter, 2018). The psychological theory of self-determination is highly critical to the educational systems’ use of external pressure. External motivations’ effects on cognitive growth, academic success, and the learner’s well-being are regarded as questionable (Ryan & Deci, 2017). Although most Norwegian pupils experience well-being at school, it is alarming that motivation for doing schoolwork is declining, and that their experienced ability to co-determine in and through their education does not seem to improve.

Therefore, we initiated an intervention where pupils in 7th grade chose what and how to learn, combined with questionaries to the pupils on their general opportunities for participation and their experiences of this intervention. Seven months after the intervention, we asked the pupils to briefly comment on what they remembered. Results from observational notes, questionnaires, and unstructured comments have been analyzed and discussed through a combined framework of critical pedagogy and self-determination theory. Critical pedagogy points at some of the problematic structures of traditional schooling, while self-determination theory is a motivational theory, explaining how a “…more self-­ determined functioning is associated with greater creativity, superior learning, better performance, enhanced well-being, and higher quality relationships” (Ryan & Deci, 2017, p. 17). Previous research has demonstrated the benefits such as learning, well-being, creativity, and motivation in situations where teachers are supporting students in their autonomy (Engesbak et al., 2021; Koestner et al., 1984).

Educators such as Paulo Freire (Freire, 1996, 2021; Shor, 1993) and bell hooks (1994, 2010) are critical to ‘authority-dependence’ as a consequence of learned passivity through traditional schooling. The critic is overlapping with the self-determination theory regarding external pressure, where top-down pressure is regarded as inadvisable. Instead, both theories promote students' and teachers' inclusion and active participation in co-developing educational content.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods

The project is a case-study intervention in one class, where we followed the students for two days.
Participants
The class consisted of 18 pupils between the age of 12 and 13, and the school was situated in a suburban area in Norway. The intervention was initiated after two in-depth interviews with a student teacher. This intervention was developed in cooperation with the student teacher.
Data collection
Data was collected using various methods of participatory observations, questionaries before and after the intervention, and unstructured comments from the pupils seven months after the intervention.
The observation was semi-structured with a specific focus on active engagement and self-regulated learning. As it was our ideas being tested and evaluated by us, acknowledging the possibility of our bias regarding the more problematic aspects is essential. Triangulating using a questionnaire before and after the intervention, supplies the study with the pupils’ responses, as did the unstructured comments months after the intervention. The participatory approach allowed interaction with the pupils, hence opening an in-depth understanding of their experiences and actions.
This semi-structured approach gave the flexibility to observe unintentional factors such as the pupil’s enjoyment and fun. The method was intrusive as the intervention was initiated by us as outsiders and not their regular teachers, but unintrusive as they were amongst peers and other teachers in a familiar setting.
Analysis
The observational notes were categorized into two categories: descriptions and interpretations. Descriptions are observations of specific actions or responses while interpretations are subjective readings of a situation, action, or response.
The questionaries consisted of 12 checkbox questions in both the questionaries. The pupils could check several boxes when relevant. The first questionary had one question where the pupils were asked: How do you prefer to do schoolwork? The check box alternatives were therefore different methods such as project work and listening to the teacher.
All the other questions had the check box alternatives of not at all, to a small extent, to some extent, to a large extent, and a very large extent.
Self-determination theory consists of three main factors defining psychological needs for autonomy support: competency, relatedness, and autonomy (Ryan & Deci, 2017). The coded data and questionaries were organized into these three factors, examining SDT factors in the empirical material. Consistency in the empirical data has been investigated by comparing observational notes, questionaries, and unstructured comments.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results

In our intervention, we observed some factors that affected the pupil’s participation. The pupils expressed engagement through the work they were doing explaining that it was fun that they were allowed to have their preferences to direct the learning. At one point a pupil shouted across the classroom: “This has been the best day at school, ever”, resonating with the responses from the questionaries and unstructured comments. Most of the pupils were ambitious, planning to not only read and learn about a subject, but to make films, posters, and digital books. While this enthusiasm resulted in working during breaks, a few of the pupils became inactive in this process.

The intervention seemed to have impacted the experience of autonomy because the pupils acted self-regulatory, organizing themselves, and planning for activities. Some of the pupils took a leading role, distributing tasks and regulating the others. Such self-organizing can cause a situation where the pupils argue, or do not allow for all to participate.
Our questionnaires showed that the pupils enjoyed the ability to decide what and how to learn. A large majority report that they were engaged by the ability to decide themselves and that they liked how we had worked during these two days. In addition, most of the pupils reported that they wanted to have the ability to co-decide to a larger extent than today.
The conclusions and analysis are still in progress, but the study’s results seem to be indicating that there is a need to experiment with self-determination in schools. The pupil survey in Norway repeatedly shows deficiencies in pupils’ participation and co-determination. We need more knowledge and practical experiences on how to stimulate pupils partaking competencies, both for their well-being and motivation, but also because we need citizens familiar with participating.

References
References

Engesbak, O. S., Uthus, M., Kirkvold, L., & Pande-Rolfsen, M. S. (2021). “Maybe the kids need to decide a little?”: Trust and Relatedness through Increased Self-Determination - A qualitative study regarding third grade pupils' self-determination in light of social roles and relations. In: NTNU.
Freire, P. (1996). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.; 20th anniversary ed. ed.). Penguin books.
Freire, P. (2021). Education for Critical Consciousness (1 ed.). Bloomsbury Academic. http://www.bloomsburycollections.com/book/education-for-critical-consciousness/introduction-by-carlos-alberto-torres-2021/
hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress. Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge.
hooks, b. (2010). Teaching Critical Thinking: Practical Wisdom. Florence: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203869192
Koestner, R., Ryan, R. M., Bernieri, F., & Holt, K. (1984). Setting limits on children's behavior: The differential effects of controlling vs. informational styles on intrinsic motivation and creativity. Journal of personality, 52(3), 233-248. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6494.1984.tb00879.x
Mellingsæter, H. (2018, 28.03.2018). Elevene har svart: Slik synker motivasjon, trivsel og støtte fra lærerne. Aftenposten. https://www.aftenposten.no/norge/i/yvbv8r/elevene-har-svart-slik-synker-motivasjon-trivsel-og-stoette-fra-laererne
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2017a). Core curriculum Democracy and citizenship. Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training,. Retrieved 03.01.2022 from https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/prinsipper-for-laring-utvikling-og-danning/tverrfaglige-temaer/demokrati-og-medborgerskap/?lang=eng
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2017b). Core curriculum, Interdisciplinary topics.  Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/prinsipper-for-laring-utvikling-og-danning/tverrfaglige-temaer/?lang=eng
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2022). Elevundersøkelsen. Utdanningsdirektoratet. https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/brukerundersokelser/elevundersokelsen/
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory : basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. The Guilford Press.
Shor, I. (1993). EDUCATION IS POLITICS. Paulo Freire's critical pedagogy,. In P. McLaren & P. Leonard (Eds.), Paulo Freire: a critical encounter. Routledge.
Convention on the Rights of the Child, 15 1 (1990). https://www.ohchr.org/Documents/ProfessionalInterest/crc.pdf
USN. (2020). Forskningsprosjektet BRIDGES. https://www.usn.no/forskning/hva-forsker-vi-pa/barnehage-skole-og-hoyere-utdanning/samfunnsfagdidaktikk/bridges/


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Understanding and Facilitating the Changing Role of Further Education and Trainining Teachers in Strategic Partnerships with Industry

Sean Manley

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Manley, Sean

This study will investigate the changing professional role and practice of Further Education and Training (FET) teachers in meeting the needs of employers and industry. Initial exploratory findings will be used to develop a framework for establishing collaborative communities of practice and strategic partnerships between Further Education and Training (FET) educators, industry professionals and relevant other stakeholders.

The FET sector in Ireland has recently undergone fundamental reform (O'Leary & Rami, 2017) with the formation of SOLAS as the state organisation responsible for funding, planning and coordinating FET in Ireland. Alongside SOLAS are the 16 Education and Training Boards (ETBs) tasked with managing and delivering regional education provisions.

The National Further Education and Training Strategy (SOLAS, 2020) seeks improved alignment with industrial strategy and more employer partnerships. These strategic priorities include "closing the gap between vocation educational training and real cutting-edge industry innovation and technology development" (SOLAS, 2020, p 31).

While SOLAS firmly establishes Education and Training Boards (ETBs) as a critical resource for enterprise in up-skilling of staff and developing a future pipeline of talent, there are outstanding organisational design issues to be addressed for "a clear sense of how ETB staffing and structures need to evolve to deliver on the Future FET goals… and realise the full potential of the system." (SOLAS, 2020, p 56)

The reform of the FET sector in Ireland and abroad resulted in ideological tensions. O'Brien (2018) argued that the commoditisation and marketisation of education have resulted in FET provisions being subservient to the interests of the economy rather than being driven by emancipatory goals. Vocational Education and Training (VET) reforms in Australia (Locke and Maton, 2019) and the United Kingdom (Hodge, 2016) that drew ideas and values from political and economic fields resulted in teaching and education being reduced to focusing on certification and metrics. O'Brien (2018) reported similar findings in the Irish context, with provisions shifting from a flexible learner-centred approach to a simplified funder-centred system-driven model.

The acceleration to align education with employability is noted by O'Neill and Fitzsimons (2020), with a top-down re-organisation that has contributed to a "contested profession" of FET teacher.

This study proposes a bottom-up analysis through the theoretical lens of Expansive Learning and Activity Theory (Engestrom and Sannino, 2010) to map learning opportunities across multiple professional boundaries. Through a multi-voiced process, Expansive Learning takes a "societally essential dilemma which cannot be resolved through individual actions alone – but in which joint cooperative actions can push a historically new form of activity into emergence." (Engestrom, 2015, p 165)

By mapping the multiple professional perspectives of stakeholders as interdependent activity systems, this study will account for the social complexities integral to the FET ecosystem. The Expansive Learning Cycle (ELC) process, will be used to co-create practices and cultures for sustainable strategic partnerships. At the intersection of FET, industry and relevant stakeholders, learning is not primarily the process of transmitting and preserving cultures or processes, but rather the process of transformation and creating culture.

Driving this proposed research study are the following questions:

  1. How is the role of FET teachers changing in response to sectoral reform?
  2. What is the role of FET teachers in improving alignment with industrial strategy and establishing more employer partnerships?
  3. How can FET teachers be supported in establishing strategic partnerships and collaborative communities of practice with industry professionals and other relevant stakeholders?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A transformative mixed-methods cyclical design (Mertens, 2018), Figure 3, will be employed to examine the changing role of FET teachers within strategic partnerships. A critical theorist view, as described by Habermas (1976), will seek to understand and change the phenomenon under study through descriptive and evaluative concepts (Hammersley, 2013). Burke Johnson's (2017) philosophical framework of dialectical pluralism will capture data from multiple voices, perspectives and ideological positions, with insights mapped to Engestrom's (2015) Activity System model.
Mertens (2022) advocates the integration of quantitative and qualitative data to reveal different versions of reality to critically examine. Arguing the value of dissonance and difference in society, Burke Johnson (2017) describes Dialectical Pluralism as "listening, understanding, learning and acting" to "capitalise on multiple and divergent insights/truths".
As a multiphase study, descriptions of initial study phases are provided in more detail. Phase 1 will gather initial qualitative data through semi-structured interviews with purposive sampling of six representatives from stakeholder groups to explore relevant perspectives. A key function of this initial phase is to identify sub-groups most impacted by the strategic changes in FET, and to establish supportive relationships with stakeholders to aid reaching potential participants for subsequent study phases.
Phase 2 of the study will adopt an exploratory sequential design (Creswell & Plano Clarke, 2018). Focus groups (2-4) of participants from identified sub-groups will explore the challenges of FET partnerships. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) of focus group data will identify emergent themes and map the interdependent activity systems. Informed by qualitative findings, a survey tool will be developed and disseminated to a larger probability sample to measure the prevalence and relationships of identified variables within target sub-groups.
Phase 3 will see the development of an intervention informed by previous phase findings. The piloting of the intervention will be undertaken with the support of a partner institution recruited through established dissemination channels. Facilitated workshops, pre & post-questionnaires and observations will be used to evaluate the intervention and inform modifications.
Building upon the study pilot, Phase 4 will see the full implementation of the intervention in at least one partner institution. Data will be gathered through observations, partner meetings, and pre & post-implementation evaluations.  
In determining the effectiveness of the intervention, Phase 5 may require follow-up data collection on unexpected study outcomes and data collected during implementation. Phase 6 will involve the final analysis of study findings, sustainability of intervention and recommendations for dissemination.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study will explore FET's intertwined and interdependent ecosystem, with inherent contradictions and tensions. By better understanding the reformed FET sector, the professional role of teachers can be developed to meeting new challenges while retaining professional values and standards.

This study aims to develop a framework for creating partnerships for collaborative communities of practice of FET and industry professionals. It is hoped that the developed framework, with supporting tools and platforms, will support the collaborative co-creation of value between FET and industry. Through the articulation and practical engagement with identified issues, teachers and other relevant stakeholders can be bound by an object of learning that is moving, motivating and future-generating towards sustainable strategic partnerships and collaborative practice.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE.

Burke Johnson, R. (2017). Dialectical Pluralism: A Metaparadigm Whose Time Has Come. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 11(2), 156–173. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689815607692

Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third edition, international student edition). Sage.

Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (Second edition). Cambridge University Press.

Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002

Hammersley, M. (2013). What is Qualitative Research? Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781849666084

Hodge, S. (2016). Alienating curriculum work in Australian vocational education and training. Critical Studies in Education, 57(2), 143–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2015.1009842

Locke, P., & Maton, K. (2019). Serving two masters: How vocational educators experience marketisation reforms. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 71(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2018.1480521

Mertens, D. M. (2022). Mixed Methods Integration for Transformative Purposes. In J. H. Hitchcock & A. J. Onwuegbuzie, The Routledge Handbook for Advancing Integration in Mixed Methods Research (1st ed., pp. 71–85). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429432828-7

O'Brien, T. (2018). Adult literacy organisers in Ireland resisting neoliberalism. Education + Training, 60(6), 556–568. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-03-2018-0055

O'Leary, M., & Rami, J. (2017). The impact of austerity in Further Education. In B. Bartram (Ed.), International and Comparative Education (1st ed., pp. 74–86). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315563091-7

O'Neill, J., & Fitzsimons, C. (2020). Precarious professionality: Graduate outcomes and experiences from an Initial Teacher (Further) Education programme in Ireland. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 25(1), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2020.1720143

SOLAS. (2020). Future FET: Transforming Learning. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/64d0718c9e/solas_fet_strategy_web.pdf


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Title Case ‘The Impact of Including AS students on the Processes and Outcomes of a ‘leadership for Inclusion’ team.

Rachel Ryan

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Ryan, Rachel

Abstract

The purpose of this study is to illustrate the value of educational leaders intentionally including students on a leadership for inclusion team, critically reviewing and developing policies and practices that affect young peoples' experience of school. The study advocates for ways leaders can engage young people in school leadership and holds promise to build caring, equitable, and responsive classrooms and schools by centring students’ voices.

The potential of establishing collaborative initiatives to develop an individual schools' capacity for improvement is evaluated, specifically in their quest for inclusive education, where there is potential to increase knowledge about the value of including the voice and participation for students placed on the Autism Spectrum, as they engage in a collaborative leadership partnership that also comprises of school leaders and teacher leaders. Current opportunities for student participation in collaborative leadership teams are investigated, where students' and teachers' perceptions were sought; we gained insight into whether or not those perceptions hold any value in advancing the inclusive education agenda in schools. The study also investigated the impact of including students on collaborative leadership teams, where previously, there has been little empirical investigation of how adults facilitate the development of students' voice and, subsequently, youth leadership. It was intended to investigate how participation in a collaborative leadership partnership may develop a sense of agency in the students involved, where they become empowered as advocates and leaders of positive change towards greater inclusion. It is proposed that this study provides possible insights on how to develop clear systems and structures for teachers and administrators to facilitate and support collaborative initiatives within their organisation where there is the potential for students to positively impact school leaders and other staff in their development of policies, structures and procedures that will increase the school's ability to develop and provide more inclusive environments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative, single-site case study was employed to carry out this research study. Multiple data collection methods were used to explore the following research questions, which emerged from the literature review and conceptual framework.

What are the participants' perceptions of a collaborative leadership for inclusion team of the value of having students deemed to lie on the Autistic Spectrum as part of this group?

What are the group members' perceptions relating to how the group worked together?

What are the group members' perceptions relating to the outcomes (recommendations/action planning for the future) produced by the group?

The study was made up of an initiative which involved five collaborative leadership meetings that engaged student participation, students assessed as placed on the Autism Spectrum (AS), who volunteered to take part in the study. Through the course of the meetings the schools' policies and practices were interrogated using the lens of the Autism Friendly School Audit, where challenging problematisations were identified and solutions were produced in the form of a document, an 'action plan' for change. The study took place over a six-month period beginning in January 2022 and ending in May 2022. Phase one of the study proposed an 'initiative' composed of five fifteen-minute meetings with the students and each meeting was followed by a meeting with the collaborative leadership team (CLT), each approximately forty minutes long and again, there were five in total.  All meetings were audio recorded. Following the meetings initiative, three focus group discussions took place each lasting approximately 40 minutes. School leaders, teacher leaders and student participants were invited to take part in their respective focus groups which were audio recorded. All three focus group discussions were then transcribed. I undertook to analyse and explore the data by adopting a system for data analysis that drew heavily on the framework for thematic analysis by Braun and Clarke (2006). Thematic analysis involves identifying, analysing, and reporting patterns that emerge in the data. "It minimally organises and describes your dataset in (rich) detail" Braun and Clarke, 2006, p.6.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three major themes emerged that provide structure to this discussion: 1) The inspiration of the principal and teachers; 2) The specific acts performed by the principal and teachers, and; 3) The outcomes of those acts.

Thus, the findings are organised into three major sections as they align with those three major organizing themes. Each section is then further organized by the themes that emerged within that overarching topic. Finding 1: Mitra, Serriere, and Stoicovy (2012) highlight the vision of a school principal who prioritises engaging students and staff in a belief that this “part of the way we do things here” (p. 106). Leaders who actively seek out the perspectives of their students internalise this as a core belief and create a school culture that nurtures this ethos (Damini, 2014; Gentilucci and Muto, 2007). Finding 2: Listening authentically to the voice of students assessed as being on the AS and assigned to special class for AS.  Billington (2006) suggests that ‘insider accounts’ of autistic young people need to be central to the discussion of what enables (or disables) their access to education. The students appeared to grow in enthusiasm after the first meeting. At the second SIM, Aisling stated, ‘It was alive, the room. The room was alive with excitement………..yes, very positive. Very, you know, you can definitely see that there are going to be changes, it's very exciting’. Finding 3: There is a value to collaborative partnerships that include student participation in critically evaluating policy and practice and finding new ways of leading. Flynn (2013) confirms the potential relationship between 'voice', 'empowerment' and 'transformation', where participants actively contributed to improving relationships with their teachers and peers while participating in strategies and activities that positively impacted their experience of school.


References
Ainscow, M. (2020) 'Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences', Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), pp. 7-16.

Ainscow, M., Booth, T., Dyson, A., Farrell, P., Frankham, J., Gallannaugh, F., Howes, A., and Smith. and R. (2006) Improving schools, developing inclusion. London: Routledge.

Ainscow, M., Chapman, C. and Hadfield, M. (2020) Changing education systems: a research-based approach. London: Routledge.

Ainscow, M. and Miles, S. (2008) 'Making education for all inclusive: where next?', Prospects, 38(1), pp. 15-34.

Booth, T. (2000) ' Controlling the agenda: policies on inclusion and exclusion in England', in Armstrong, D., Armstrong, F. and Barton, L. (eds.) Policy, contexts and comparative perspective. London: Fulton.

Booth, T. and Ainscow, M. (2011) Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools, Bristol: CSIE.

Flynn, P. (2017) The Learner Voice research study: research report: NCCA. Available at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Paula_Flynn/publication/324942944_The_Learner_Voice_Research_Study_Embedding_student_voices_in_education_discourse_curricular_co-construction_and_development/links/5aec2c86aca2727bc003f679/The-Learner-Voice-Research-Study-Embedding-student-voices-in-education-discourse-curricular-co-construction-and-development.pdf (Accessed: 30 December 2020).
Goodall, C. (2015) 'How do we create asd-friendly schools? A dilemma of placement', Support for Learning, 30(4), pp. 305-324.

Goodall, C. (2018) 'Mainstream is not for all: the educational experiences of autistic young people', Disability & Society 33(10), pp. 1661-1665.

Goodall, C. (2020) 'How do we create asd-friendly schools? a dilemma of placement', Support for Learning, 30(4), pp. 305-326.
Lundy, L. (2007) ' ‘voice' is not enough: conceptualising: article 12 of the united nations convention on the rights of the child', British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), pp. 927-942.

Lundy, L. (2018) 'In defence of tokenism? implementing children’s right to participate in collective decision-making', 25(3), pp. 340-354.

Lundy, L. and Stalford, H. (2013) Children’s rights and participation: background paper for eurochild annual conference 2013. Available at: https://issuu.com/eurochild_org/docs/eurochild_annual_report_2013 (Accessed: 1 January 2021).

Mayes, E. (2013) 'Negotiating the hidden curriculum: power and affect in negotiated classrooms.', English in Australia, 48(3), pp. 62-71.

Meaney, M., Kiernan, N. and Monaghan, K. (2005) Special educational needs and the law. Dublin: Thomson Round Hall.

Mitra, D. L. (2006) 'Increasing student voice and moving towards youth leadership', The Prevention Researcher, 13(1), pp. 7-10.

Slee, R. (2019) 'Belonging in an age of inclusion', International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), pp. 909-922.

Syriopoulou-Delli, C. K. and Cassimos, D. C. (2012) 'Teachers’ perceptions regarding the management of children with autism spectrum disorders', Journal of Autism and Other professional Development Disorders, 42(5), pp. 755-768.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Exploring Science Teachers’ Experiences in Lesson Study: a Critical Participatory Action Research Study

Azneezal Ar Rashid Mohd Ramli, Mohamad Termizi Borhan

University Pendidikan Sultan Idris, Malaysia

Presenting Author: Mohd Ramli, Azneezal Ar Rashid

The research aims at exploring the experiences of developing professional development with science teachers through lesson study approach in Malaysia. The research will further explore on possibility of collaboratively develop materials, ways of implement the teaching and learning materials and reveal the impact to participating teachers. Hence the research centred on the following inquiries: 1) What are the areas of professional development needed by participating science teachers? 2) In what ways do participating teachers collaboratively develop, implement and evaluate the science teaching and learning materials? 3)To what extend does lesson study influence science teacher’s professional development?

The research is based on Illeris (2011) work and the three dimensions of learning and competence development.The interaction element is shaped by how teachers interact with their surroundings and serves to promote their personal integration within their school context.These three learning dimensions combine to reveal teacher competencies, which are a blend of functionality,sensibility, and sociality.In response to the paucity of research that leveraged theoretical approaches to explore professional learning through lesson study (Xu and Pedder, 2015), a professional learning model that centred on learning in the workplace was chosen.Reviews (e.g. Takahashi and McDougal, 2016; Xu, 2016) find scant evidence of teachers' reflective experiences in terms of their own professional learning.In this model,the professional learning dimensions of Incentive,Content, and Interaction are viewed as interacting within a larger context.When a teacher learns, it is essential to comprehend the "mobilisation of mental energy"(Illeris, 2011) involved-the incentives.By engaging in lesson study (LS), teachers may acquire a better understanding of the content - (1) how students learn,(2) how their pedagogies engage students, (3) how to collaborate effectively with others, and (4) the processes of evidence-gathering that inform practise. Interaction is considered an essential dimension of professional learning (Illeris, 2011). Rigorous scrutiny through conversations about such inquiries with a broad group of others, driven by curiosity, honesty, and open-mindedness, has been identified as an essential feature of high-quality lesson study (Elliott, 2019).The potential to critically reflect on whether the capacity for profound critical reflection on planning for, observing, and acquiring evidence regarding student learning facilitates teacher learning for future practise (Bocala, 2015; Cajkler et al., 2015).This kind of dialogic support could come from peers, "knowledgeable others" (Bae et al., 2016, p. 172), like mentors (Cajkler and Wood, 2016), or senior school leaders (Takahashi and McDougall, 2016), who could help with all three parts of teacher learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In accordance with a critical participatory action research as a research design (Kemmis et al., 2014), the research will be carried out in three consecutive qualitative stages. i)Reconnaissance involving focus group discussions (FGD) that establishing a public spheres with thematic analysis and respondent validation with democratic validity ii)Action plan(Planning and Enacting)involving researcher’ field notes,teaching and learning documents,reflective journals,conservations,video and audio recordings,structured observational notes/checklist and Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis (Smith,2013)with expert validation,dialogic and process validity iiii)Reflecting involving focus group discussion and thematic analysis (Clarke&Braun,2014)with outcome validity. Based on the preceding steps, the study employs a variety of data collection methods. Eight teachers and four groups of students (a total of 24 are expected) will be recruited (purposive sampling)
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study will cast light on the current state of pedagogical practises in lesson study. Research is required to support teachers in understanding the connection between lesson study and long-term professional development and in transforming their practises. At the conclusion of the research period, the following two articles are envisioned: i)Teacher learning through lesson study in Malaysia ii)From lesson to learning study:the experience of classroom based professional development in Malaysia. The articles will be submitted until the conclusion of the academic year 2024 to a number of international journals on science education and teacher education.
References
Bae,C.L.,Hayes,K.N.,Seitz,J. and O’Connor,D.(2016),“A coding tool for examining the substance of teacher professional learning and change with example cases from middle school science lesson study”,Teaching and Teacher Education,Vol.60 No. 1,pp. 164-178.

Bocala, C.(2015),“From experience to expertise: the development of teachers’ learning in lesson study”,Journal of Teacher Education,Vol. 66 No. 4,pp. 349-362.

Cajkler, W.,Wood, P.,Norton, J., Pedder,D.and Xu, H. (2015), “Teacher perspectives about Lesson Study in secondary school departments: a collaborative vehicle for professional learning and practice development”,Research Papers in Education,Vol. 30 No. 2,pp. 192-213.

Cajkler, W.andWood, P.(2016),“Mentors and student-teachers ‘lesson studying’ in initial teacher education”,International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies,Vol. 5 No. 2,pp. 84-98

Clarke,V.,&Braun,V.(2017). Thematic analysis.The Journal of Positive Psychology,12(3),297–298.

Doig,B. and Groves, S.(2011) ‘Japanese lesson study:Teacher professional development through community of inquiry’,Mathematics Teacher Education and Development,13 (1):77-93

Dudley,P. (Ed.).(2013).Teacher learning in Lesson Study:What interaction-level discourse analysis revealed about how teachers utilised imagination,tacit knowledge of teaching and fresh evidence of pupils learning, to develop practice knowledge and so enhance their pupils' learning.Teaching and Teacher Education.

Dudley,P.(Ed.).(2014).Lesson Study:Professional learning for our time(1st ed.).Routledge.

Feldman, A.,Altrichter, H., Posch, P., & Somekh, B.(2018).Teachers Investigate Their Work: An introduction to action research across the professions (3rd ed.).Routledge.

Herbert, S.,& Rainford, M.(2014).Developing a model for continuous professional development by action research.Professional development in education,40(2), 243-264.

Illeris, K.(2011),The Fundamentals of Workplace Learning:Understanding How People Learn in Working Life, Routledge,London.

Kemmis, S.(2006).Participatory action research and the public sphere.Educational action research, 14(4), 459-476.

Kemmis,S., McTaggart, R.,&Nixon,R.(2014).The action research planner:Doing critical participatory action research.

Kemmis, S., & Wilkinson,M.(2002).Participatory action research and the study of practice. In Action research in practice(pp.47-62).Routledge.

Lewis, C.C.,Perry,R., Friedkin, S., & Roth, J.R.(2012).Improving Teaching Does Improve Teachers.Journal of Teacher Education,63,368-375.

McTaggart,K.,1997.Participatory Action Research.Albany:State University of New York

McTaggart,R.(1998).Is validity really an issue for participatory action research?.Studies in Cultures,Organizations and Societies,4(2), 211-236.

McTaggart, R.(1991).Principles for participatory action research.Adult education quarterly,41(3),168-187.

Smith,J. A.(2013).Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis:Theory, Method and Research. London,UK:Sage Publications.

Stigler, J.W. and Herbert,J. (1999)The Teaching Gap, New York:Free Press
Swantz, M. L. (2008).Participatory action research as practice.The Sage handbook of action research:Participative inquiry and practice, 31-48.

Takahashi,A. and McDougal,T.(2016),“Collaborative lesson research:maximising the impact of LS”,Mathematics Education,Vol. 48 No.4,pp.513-526.

Xu, H. and Pedder,D.(2015),“Lesson Study:an international review of the research”, Chapter 2, in Dudley, P.(Ed.),Lesson Study:Professional Learning for Our Time, Routledge,London,29-58.

Yoshida,M.(2012)“Mathematics lesson study in the United States:Current status and ideas for conducting high quality and effective lesson study’,International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies,1(2):140-152
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 F: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Carmel Capewell
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Typological Analysis of Secondary School Teachers' Careers prior to Entering Teaching

Victoria David

Burgundy University, France

Presenting Author: David, Victoria

The growing concern about teacher shortages in secondary education is shared, to different extents, by most OECD countries. The declining attractiveness of the teaching profession, and the subsequent difficulties in attracting and retaining teachers, have become a central concern for education policies. One of the solutions advocated to deal with this issue is to broaden the recruitment pool for teachers, notably by facilitating access to teaching for individuals joining the teaching profession after other professional experiences. In France, as well as in many OECD countries, these so-called 'second-career' teachers represent a growing proportion of applicants and successful candidates in recruitment competitions. These teachers have special characteristics and come from a wide variety of previous professional experiences.

In the international scholarly literature, teachers retraining to enter teaching have been considered a group to be studied separately from teachers with a more traditional background (“second career teachers” as opposed to “first career teachers”, or “traditional entrants”) (Berger & D’Ascoli, 2011). This distinction between these two populations is justified by their particularities (second-career teachers face unique challenges, they bring a particular skillset, they have a specific relationship with pupils and the profession, etc. (Tigchelaar et al., 2009 ; Tigchelaar et al., 2014 ; Dozolme, 2015).

However, the boundaries of this population (and thus its definition) vary greatly depending on the research under consideration. For instance, the minimum amount of years spent in the previous activity that is deemed necessary to be considered a second-career teacher varies from 2 years for Denave (Denave, 2015) to 3 years for Wilkins (Wilkins, 2017), or even 5 years for Négroni (Négroni, 2019).

Putting at a distance the binary division that is typically used, I hypothesize that the population of second career teachers can be heterogeneous in terms of profiles and is thus composed of several groups of individuals who differ in the combinations of experiences they had before joining teaching. Consequently, I question how many trajectory profiles can be found, and how they differ from each other.

The aim of this paper is therefore to highlight individual differences in a population initially thought to be homogeneous (Courgeau & Lelievre, 1989) (by separating first and second career teachers, one assumes some form of homogeneity in the 'second career' category). I propose to study this diversity by creating a typology of the study and professional path for French secondary school teachers to access teaching, using statistical methods of hierarchical classification in a software that is called R. The study is based on data about the career paths of a large population of tenured French teachers. This data was collected as part of a thesis in education sciences.

The result of this typology of the diversity of access path to education is a classification in five groups, ranging from the most linear to the least linear. The three categories with the least linear pathways comprise almost a third of the total population, thus confirming the importance of further taking this population into account. The presence of five classes clearly highlights a diversity in the spectrum of possible and existing trajectories. This result allows us to question and challenge the boundaries usually drawn between first and second career teachers. In addition, different motivations for joining the teaching profession are found depending on the previous trajectory. This debate about the limits of the 'second career' population, and on the diversity of teachers' careers, leads us to conclude that it is a crucial factor to take this into account when considering the integration, professional training and professionalization of these teachers with a particular profile.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I use data from an online survey I distributed in 2022 in all the districts of continental France, to teachers in the French public general secondary system. A total of 4372 teachers responded. The survey includes data on individuals' background before entering the teaching profession, including student, private and professional life, as well as certain subjective dimensions regarding entry into the profession and career transition.
I used the method of typological analysis, as it allows to summarize a wide variety of trajectories before entering the profession into a small number of typical paths and enables to link those types to certain characteristics of the individuals.
I first constructed a measure of distance between the different trajectories by means of a MCA (multiple correspondence analysis). This analysis makes it possible to determine a distance criterion, in relation to which we consider that the individuals are close to or far from each other, and the distribution of the points on the axes of inertia makes it possible to read and prioritize the information. Secondly, I classified the individual trajectories by means of a hierarchical classification on the principal components created by the MCA. This analysis produces a nested tree partition, which can be visualized by means of a classification tree. The criterion used to aggregate the classes and build the tree is Ward's criterion. The analysis is carried out with R software, through the package FactoMineR.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The typological analysis divides the population into five groups. The group structure shows a gradation, from a direct and linear path of entry into the profession, characterized by its stability (class 1), to a more dynamic, long-term professional career (class 5). The other profiles fall between the two extremes of this spectrum.  
While most of the careers are still based on a 'classical' entry pattern (67% join teaching right after their studies), one third of the population has gone through some form of path change to join teaching, and have a more cumulative career.
What is considered to be a second career teacher in the scientific literature generally covers class 4 and class 5 (sometimes class 3 depending on the chosen factors). The results show that the spectrum of existing trajectories is wide. For this reason, the numbers reported as second career teachers are possibly underestimated. We are moving away from a binary vision in order to give an idea of the complexity of the situations and trajectories that characterize individuals and lead them to teaching. These previous paths are experiences that individuals can acquire, accumulate, and convert into professional resources in teaching.
Finally, we find that a change of activity (joining the teaching profession) does not necessarily represent a major disruption in one's career, even after a significant first career in another field. On the contrary, it may be part of an individual’s desire for continuity: career changes are not necessarily characterized by upheaval. The results clearly show the need to broaden the reflection on the notion of what is or is not linear, depending mostly on what the change of activity and the choice of occupation may represent for the individuals themselves and their career pathway.

References
Berger, J.-L., & D’Ascoli, Y. (2011). Les motivations à devenir enseignant : Revue de la question chez les enseignants de première et deuxième carrière. Revue française de pédagogie, 175, 113‑146. https://doi.org/10.4000/rfp.3113
Courgeau, D., & Lelievre, E. (1989). Analyse démographique des biographies. Editions de l’INED.
Denave, S. (2015). Reconstruire sa vie professionnelle : Sociologie des bifurcations biographiques.
Dozolme, S. (2015). Les enseignants débutants du second degré issus du monde de l’entreprise Analyse longitudinale de leur insertion dans un second métier [Theses, Université Blaise Pascal Clermont-Ferrand II]. https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-02119416
Négroni, C. (2019). Reconversions féminines vers l’enseignement, entre choix contraint et sécurisation de son parcours. Recherche & formation, 90, 15‑26. https://doi.org/10.4000/rechercheformation.4917
Tigchelaar, A., Brouwer, N., & Vermunt, J. D. (2009). Tailor-made : Towards a pedagogy for educating second-career teachers. Educational Research Review, 5(2), 164‑183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.11.002
Tigchelaar, A., Vermunt, J. D., & Brouwer, N. (2014). Patterns of development in second-career teachers’ conceptions of teaching and learning | Elsevier Enhanced Reader. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.04.001
Wilkins, C. (2017). ‘Elite’ career-changers and their experience of initial teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(2), 171‑190. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2017.1286775


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role of Institutional Habitus in the Development of Teacher Identity in Pre-Service Teacher Education

Anil Kandemir

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Kandemir, Anil

In teacher education (TE), teacher identity development studies can be seen as an emerging study area. There is much already written and published in the related literature on teacher education programs however, there isn’t much on teacher education policy, contextual factors, and teacher identity formation in relation to teacher education institutions and habitus. Individuals have a central identity composed of all identity statuses and different sub-identities such as professional, parental, sexual, and ideological identities (Gür, 2014). Identities are combinations of knowledge, emotion, competencies, and experiences with regard to a social role, described in this study as teacher identity (Giddens, 1991). Identity formation in a professional domain is “an ongoing process of integration of the ‘personal’ and the ‘professional’ sides of becoming and being a teacher” (Beijaard, Meijer, & Verloop, 2004, p.113), and becoming a teacher involves the construction of a person’s identity (Danielewicz, 2001). Through an in-depth analysis of the program in relation to institutional habitus, this study explores the complexity of teacher identity formation in the English as a Foreign Language (EFL) undergraduate context. It aims to portray the identity formation process of EFL prospective teachers in a public research university where the medium of instruction (MoI) is English in Turkey. In addition, the study uses Bourdieu's field theory and its toolkit as its theoretical perspective in examining the institutional habitus concerning teacher identity development.

Institutional habitus can significantly impact the formation of a teacher's identity because teachers, often internalize the expectations and beliefs of the institutions they belong to. The institutional habitus may influence how teachers view their roles and responsibilities in an undergraduate education program. It may affect their beliefs about teaching and learning, and their relationships with students and colleagues. This can shape how they develop their professional identities as teachers. Programs should also provide opportunities for teachers to engage with various perspectives and reflect on how these may impact their professional identities. As for term definitions, Bourdieu (1992) defines habitus, field, and doxa terms. Habitus is the learned set of preferences or dispositions by which a person orients to the social world. It is a system of ‘durable, transposable, cognitive ‘schemata or structures of perception, conception, and action’. Field is defined as a playground. Doxa: rules and (dis)positions in that playground (in the field).

Additionally, TE programs should provide ongoing support and professional development for teachers to help them continue to grow and evolve as professionals. Bourdieu’s concept of habitus is embedded in the theory of action that questions how regular patterns of practices are formed in social and cultural locations. Social actors inscribe the “structured structures” and play a role in their transformation into “structuring structures” (Bourdieu, 1992, p. 53). Teacher educators and prospective teachers are agents in such a habitus, and they play a role in “structuring the structures” in their institutions. Habitus refers to the internalized dispositions and practices that individuals develop due to their socialization within a particular group or field. An individual's experiences, and interactions shape habitus, and perceptions within a group or field, influencing how they perceive and interact with the world around them. The research questions are as follows:

1. How is EFL teacher identity developed through the pre-service teacher education program in a public research university context in Turkey?

2. How do teacher educators foster the development of teacher identities in prospective EFL teachers?

3. How do prospective EFL teachers in the selected cases define their professional identity development process?

4. How does institutional habitus influence the identity development process of prospective EFL teachers?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is designed as a single case study (Yin, 2018). As Patton (2002) and Yin (2018) suggested, multiple data sources have been used to ensure data credibility. The opinions of two experts were specifically solicited on the interview forms. A pilot study was conducted with two teacher educators and one prospective teacher before the main data collection phase.
Research context (case): When EFL teacher education programs are analyzed in Turkey, only a few institutions offer the EFL program in the English language for all the courses offered. Besides, the university was selected as a research university by the Higher Education Council of Turkey in 2017, (HEC, 2017). In addition to being a public research university, it is also ranked among the top 200 universities in the world according to the results of the World University Rankings 2020 by subject: education, and it might be called unique in such aspects. There are a variety of teacher educators in the department with PhDs from fields including English language teaching, English literature, and applied linguistics.
Data collection tools: Two interview forms were developed. The researcher developed a semi-structured individual interview form for teacher educators and a semi-structured individual interview form for prospective teachers. After creating the forms, expert opinions were obtained, and relevant changes were applied before piloting. Approval was received from the institution’s ethics committee. Interviews were conducted face-to-face or online (Zoom & Webex), voice recorded, and transcribed verbatim. Interviews were conducted during Covid-19 restrictions primarily online, and after the ease of restrictions, face-to-face interviews were also done.
Data sources: Five prospective EFL teachers (senior grade teacher education program students), nine English Language Teaching Department teacher educators, and five teacher educators from Educational Sciences who are offering courses in the program were interviewed; the interviews each took approximately one hour. While selecting the participants, the maximum variation sampling technique was utilized. Documents are composed of the curriculum of the department (courses, content, etc.), field notes taken by the researcher, and the vision and mission statements of the department.  
Data Analysis: Content analysis (Creswell, 2014) has been employed for analyzing data gathered from interviews and documents. The steps of qualitative data analysis (Creswell, 2014, p. 247) have been followed in analyzing the data collected. Coding procedures were followed in MAXQDA software. After selective coding, themes emerged from the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary themes based on the data analysis emerged as; ELT as a field, the Institutional Habitus (doxa and habitus of the institution), the Teacher Education Program, English Language Teacher Educators, Educational Sciences Teacher Educators, and Prospective English Language Teachers. The paper presentation will provide detailed codes, subcodes, and direct interview quotations.

The interviews and the fieldnotes show that prospective students develop their identities in a social context rather than a vacuum, and the institutional habitus has a significant role in this development. For instance, the department defines itself as a program that trains individuals who gain various specializations in language teaching, English literature, and linguistics, besides pedagogical courses. Teacher educators also claim that the program aims to provide a context in which global teachers flourish.

Understanding prospective teachers' positions in the process of teacher identity development and the role of institutional habitus within it by asking questions such as how they envision themselves as teachers, what kind of attributions they hold about the teaching profession, and how they define themselves as teachers/teacher candidates, might bring invaluable contributions to teacher education programs and help practitioners and policymakers in understanding how these institutions across Europe establish themselves, create an appropriate context, and foster their students' university life.

Discussion of the critical elements of the institutional habitus in developing teacher identity might yield transferable results to similar contexts throughout Europe. Considering that this small-scale study is confined to only one context and that context's properties bound its results, the study's results should be interpreted keeping this in mind.

References
Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128.
Bourdieu, P. (1992). The logic of Practice. Stanford University Press.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4th ed.). Sage.
Danielewicz, J. (2001). Teaching Selves. State University of New York Press.
Giddens, A. (1991). Modernity and self-identity: Self and society in the late modern age. Stanford University Press.
Gür, T. (2014). A discourse analysis: Professional identity of development of language teacher candidates. Educational Research and Reviews, 9(15), 510-515. Doi: 10.5897/ERR2014.1805.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods (3rd ed.). Sage.
Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Many Faces of Ignorance: Reviewing Educational Conceptualizations of and Approaches to Transnational Ignorance about Indigenous Peoples

Ella Mattila, Johanna Annala, Jyri Lindén

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Mattila, Ella

Majority populations’ deep ignorance about the world's Indigenous peoples has raised concerns in communities around the globe (Godlewska et al., 2020; Ranta & Kanninen, 2019; Taylor & Habibis, 2020). The challenge of mainstream ignorance lies in its structural connection to transnational, oppressive processes: it is not a matter of accidental "absence of knowledge", but a certain kind of knowledge, an engagement to discourses that invalidate and resist Indigenous experiences and identities (Cook, 2018). Since recognizing constraints of our current knowledge and assumptions is crucial for the onset of decolonization (Shahjahan et al, 2022), and since teachers have a unique role in distribution of knowledge and ideas, this paper is set to examine (1) how mainstream ignorance and approaches to dismantling it are conceptualized in six countries engaged in Indigenous education; Finland, Sweden, Norway, Canada, Aotearoa New Zealand, and Australia; and (2) how do these conceptualizations reflect on Finnish teacher education (TE) and outline alternative ways for its development.

The Sámi, Indigenous people inhabiting territories known today as Finland, Sweden, Norway and Russia, are the only Indigenous people in the area of the European Union. European ignorance about the Sámi, and the alarming consequences this ignorance holds, has been recognized by Sámi communities and multidisciplinary professionals (e.g., OKM, 2021). Initiatives have been launched to raise awareness of Indigenous issues not only within Sámi states, but also at the EU level – increasing knowledge in EU policymaking is considered instrumental in promoting reconciliation and better conditions for Sámi people (Prime Minister’s Office, 2021; Saami Council, 2022). Finland, one of the official Sámi states, has received notifications from the European Commission Against Racism and Intolerance on its deep national ignorance regarding Sámi matters and calls to address the issue through education (ECRI, 2019). This deficiency, as much of the critique of Finnish education’s incongruity in addressing social injustices, is often overshadowed in the discussions by Finland’s image as a country of equal and exemplary education (see Kasa et al., 2023). Thus, it is relevant to analyze the position Finland's prestigious TE holds in relation to the concepts of ignorance from global contexts and neighboring Sámi states, Sweden and Norway.

The research problems are approached through a thematic synthesis, a type of systematic literature review (Thomas & Harden, 2008). The research is ongoing and more information on the results will be available at the time of the presentation. However, some expected results can be outlined. The review is likely to find cohesion in the transnational conceptualizations of ignorance, considering the phenomenon's foundations in universal, colonial socio-historical processes. The suggested approaches to dismantling ignorance are expected to include both concrete and abstract focus points. In terms of concrete actions, various institutions have, for example, hired more Indigenous staff in educational institutions to support indigenization (Gaudry & Lorenz, 2019). More abstract are the calls to address the ignorance-driven discomfort toward Indigenous topics, experienced by majority educators (e.g. Higgins et al., 2015).

Considering the goals of sustainable and equal systems binding all of Europe (UN, 2015), understanding of diversity has justly penetrated the guiding educational values in Finland. Making mainstream ignorance visible is a long-overlooked objective despite its great potential for reframing unsustainable structures, affecting Indigenous and non-Indigenous peoples alike (Taylor & Habibis, 2020). Efforts to train educators to see and overcome these structures are an example of systematic means that can trickle down to the wider society (Rubin & Brown, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper approaches the issue of ignorance through thematic synthesis, a type of systematic literature review. The reviewed literature is drawn from peer-reviewed journal articles and book chapters published between 2013 and 2022, with the context being at least one of the countries defined in the research problem (Finland, Sweden, Norway, Canada, Aotearoa New Zealand, Australia), and with a clear link to the phenomenon of mainstream ignorance about Indigenous peoples. The literature included in the review is not confined to the field of educational sciences, but the findings, and in particular the proposed approaches, will be examined and analyzed from the viewpoint of their applicability to teacher education.

Thematic synthesis (see Thomas & Harden, 2008) allows for a deep exploration of the complex concept of ignorance by enabling formation of categories and examination of relationships between different conceptualizations. Despite the name of the approach, its aim is not only to "synthesize" and bring together existing findings, but also to create an overview and, through the emerging themes, novel theory on the "ontology" of ignorance. Literature and findings will be evaluated in light of other critical literature, illustrating that some used approaches, conceptualizations and means to dismantle ignorance may be more effective and unproblematic than others when evaluated by, for example, Indigenous peoples themselves. The second research question, on the relationship between Finnish TE and the conceptualization of ignorance emerging from the review, also addresses the power-relations of the Finnish system and Nordic discourses that shape what kind of improvements would be particularly necessary in Finland.

As non-Indigenous researchers working to examine questions of colonial structures and contexts affecting Indigenous peoples, we are committed to conducting research with methods and data that allow us to disseminate information that is meaningful to a wide audience and contributes to benefiting Indigenous peoples' conditions and rights. We have the informed consent of the Finnish Sámi Parliament to the design and relevance of this research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through a literature review of studies conducted in the Finnish, Swedish, Norwegian, Canadian, Aotearoan and Australian contexts, we aim to explore how the concepts of and resolutions to mainstream ignorance of Indigenous peoples have been defined in three European Sámi states and in three other Indigenous contexts on different continents. The perceptions emerging in the review will be critically evaluated in relation to each other as well as to Finnish TE. In other words, the aim of the paper is to bring together definitions of mainstream ignorance to help future work in education and research in identifying the phenomenon and to create some research-based alternatives for developing Finnish TE.  

This paper concerns the second sub-study of the first author's doctoral research project. Although the final results are not yet available, they can be expected to be of interest to discussions of Indigenous matters that are rising in Europe along with the rest of the world. This study may contribute to the ongoing work to overcome ignorance and narrow cultural views in teacher education, and, thus, to wider advancements toward social justice: it has been argued that higher education promoting ignorance in their graduates is one of the main factors upholding unjust colonialist structures (Godlewska et al., 2020). Throughout this paper, we are clear that all Indigenous peoples and the contexts surrounding them are unique, and we are wary of any attempts to generalize a concept regarding one specific community to another. However, aware of the rather apparent similarities regarding the manifestations of ignorance observed in different countries, we contend it is worthy to make use of the shared knowledge and learn from successful processes that have emerged in different contexts, in order to imagine new transformative practices.

References
Cook, A. (2018). Recognizing settler ignorance in the Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Feminist Philosophy Quarterly, 4(4), 1–21.  

European Council against Racism and Intolerance ECRI (2019). ECRI Report on Finland (fifth monitoring cycle). https://rm.coe.int/fifth-report-on-finland/1680972fa7

Gaudry, A., & Lorenz, D. (2018). Indigenization as inclusion, reconciliation, and decolonization: navigating the different visions for indigenizing the Canadian Academy. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 14(3), 218–227.  

Godlewska, A. M. C., Schaefli, L. M., Forcione, M., Lamb, C., Nelson, E., & Talan, B. (2020). Canadian colonialism, ignorance and education. A study of graduating students at Queen’s University. Journal of Pedagogy, 11(1), 147–176.

Higgins, M., Madden, B., & Korteweg, L. (2015). Witnessing (halted) deconstruction: white teachers’ ‘perfect stranger’ position within urban Indigenous education. Race Ethnicity and Education, 18(2), 251-276.

Kasa, T., Brunila, K., & Toivanen, R. (2023). Reproducing inequality through ambivalence, ignorance, and innocence – Revisiting practices of equality and human rights in Finnish teacher education. Educational Review.

OKM [Ministry of Education and Culture] (2021). Saamen kielten ja saamenkielisen opetuksen kehittämistyöryhmän raportti. OKM:n julkaisuja 2021:25.

Prime Minister’s Office (2021). Decision on establishing a truth and reconciliation commission concerning the Sámi people. https://vnk.fi/en/truth-and-reconciliation-commission-concerning-the-sami-people. Retrieved 15.12.2022.

Ranta, K., & Kanninen, J. (2019). Vastatuuleen: Saamen kansan pakkosuomalaistamisesta. Kustantamo S&S.

Rubin, A. & Brown, A. (2019). Unlocking the Future of Learning by Redesigning Educator Learning. In J. W. Cook (Ed.) Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. Palgrave Macmillan. 311–339.

Saami Council (2022). Sápmi-EU Strategy. Production by project Filling the EU-Sápmi Knowledge Gaps. https://www.saamicouncil.net/documentarchive/sapmi-eu-strategy (Retrieved 7.1.2023).

Shahjahan, R. A., Estera, A. L., Surla, K. L., & Edwards, K. T. (2022). “Decolonizing” Curriculum and Pedagogy: A Comparative Review Across Disciplines and Global Higher Education Contexts. Review of Educational Research, 92(1), 73–113.

Taylor, P. S., & Habibis, D. (2020). Widening the gap: White ignorance, race relations and the consequences for Aboriginal people in Australia. The Australian Journal of Social Issues, 55(3), 354–371.

Thomas, J. & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 8.

United Nations (UN) (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Department of Economic and Social Affairs. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (Retrieved 13.1.2023).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning Moments and Cognitive Presence; a Study in the Nature and Promise of Informal and Incidental Learning

Pamela O Brien

University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: O Brien, Pamela

Throughout their careers teachers are involved in a continuous process of personal and professional development. This begins with a formal qualification in pedagogical and content specific knowledge and skills. As they develop their practice, this formal qualification is regularly supplemented with additional qualifications and learning experiences. Teacher Continuous Professional Development (CPD) refers to the breadth of activities undertaken by teachers to develop their expertise and skills to improve the learning environment for their students (Guskey 2000). It can include directed, planned activities with a specific aim as well as more organic learning opportunities and can occur both individually and collaboratively with others (Day 1999). Teacher Learning occurs across the broad spectrum of learning from formal, through non-formal to informal learning. Formal learning is typically institutionally sponsored, classroom-based and highly structured. Non-formal learning is generally structured; however it may not be classroom based. Informal learning, a category that includes incidental learning, may occur in institutions, but it is not typically classroom-based or highly structured, and control of learning rests primarily in the hands of the learner. Incidental learning, a subset of informal learning, almost always takes place, although people are not always conscious of it (Marsick and Watkins, 1990).

Wenger-Trayner et al (2015) posit that professional occupations are made up of a “complex landscape of different communities of practice – involved not only in practising the occupation, but also in research, teaching, management, regulation, associations and many other relevant dimensions” (p15). As a teacher progresses through their career, they will be involved to a greater, or lesser, extent in many of these aspects of their occupation, engaging in different communities of learning. Social learning networks play a significant role in how teachers navigate this landscape of practice comprising the broad spectrum of formal, non-formal and informal learning opportunities they encounter. One such social learning network is a Community of Inquiry, which provides a framework for cognitive, social and teacher presence within which teachers can critically reflect on, review, and make adjustments to their teaching practice to improve the learning environment for their students (Garrison, Anderson & Archer 2000).

In February 2017 it was announced that a new Leaving Certificate subject in Computer Science was to be fast-tracked for introduction in Ireland in September 2018. By February 2018, the specification was launched which outlined the curricular areas to be taught and the assessment structures to be utilised. The specification outlined an approach to teaching and learning and assessment strategies with a focus on self-directed learning and reflection (NCCA, 2018). The nature of the specification with a focus on student-centred pedagogical practices and real-life scenarios required a novel approach to teacher upskilling to develop competence and confidence within the teaching community. A professional development framework was put in place to support teachers who wished to teach the newly introduced subject. This framework provided skills development workshops as well as webinars, MOOCs and online collaboration and networking platforms which proved very beneficial to the teachers involved in the professional development (McGarr et al, 2020). This provided a Community of Inquiry within which the participating teachers could learn with, and from, each other.

This research study will investigate the informal, social learning undertaken by teachers through their participation in a professional development community of inquiry to upskill in Computer Science. It will, potentially, help to identify practices and strategies that facilitate informal, social learning adding to the diversity of educational opportunities for learners and helping to re-order the national, adult learning agenda by placing “informal and implicit processes in a much higher position than they have hitherto occupied” (Evans, 2019 p. 14).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed-methods research design will be used to identify, describe, and comprehend the conditions that facilitate informal social learning to occur among a cohort of adult participants involved in a community of inquiry with the aim of developing competence and confidence in a new curricular area.   An explanatory sequential design will be used, involving the collection, analysis, and integration of quantitative and qualitative data. The findings from the quantitative phase will be used to identify potential themes to be further explained, and explored, in the qualitative phase.  It will also be used to identify potential interviewees to be investigated in the qualitative phase.

Data collection for the quantitative phase will involve an online survey.  Once collected, the data will be quantified and coded before being analysed using statistical techniques to determine overall trends in the data.  Descriptive statistics will be used to uncover general tendencies and spread, and inferential statistics will be used to compare tendencies across different groups (Babbie 2015).

A case study approach will underpin the qualitative phase, involving the collection of detailed data over time, relating to a bounded system, or a number of systems (Creswell et al 2007). A key component of case study research is the investigation of a phenomenon within its real-life context using multiple sources of evidence (Robson 1993).  The research results in case descriptions and case-based themes. (Creswell et al 2007). The qualitative data will be collected through interviews and focus groups and will be prepared for analysis through a process of transcription and organisation, before coding and thematic analysis (Creswell & Guetterman 2019).  The thematic analysis for this study will be inductive in approach.   Because of the nature of social learning, particularly in the context of teacher learning, the real-life context will be crucial to this research.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Social learning is a crucial aspect of informal learning in general and is particularly the case for informal learning for teachers. Formal learning approaches are often used as teachers take on specific roles, with informal social learning supporting teachers as they develop their practice (Knight, Tait & Yorke 2006).  The OECD TALIS report (2018) found that only 44% teachers engage in peer learning and networking even though such collaborative learning is identified as being the most impactful for them.
The underpinning framework for the research study will be the LifeComp framework.  In 2018, the Council of the European Union adopted a Recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning.  The eight competences cover Literacy, Multilingualism, Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM), Digital, Personal, Social and Learning to Learn, Citizenship, Entrepreneurship and Cultural Awareness and Expression (European Commission 2019). The personal, social and learning to learn competence is “the ability to reflect upon oneself, effectively manage time and information, work with others in a constructive way, remain resilient and manage one’s own learning and career” (European Commission 2019, p11).  The LifeComp framework was developed to create an understanding of the personal, social, and learning to learn competence.  Within the broader competence a further nine competences are identified.  The personal competence is subdivided into self-regulation, flexibility and wellbeing, the social competence is subdivided into empathy, communication and collaboration and the learning to learn competence is subdivided into growth mindset, critical thinking and managing learning (Sala et al 2020).  The LifeComp framework will be used to explore the informal social structures utilised in the professional development undertaken by teachers to upskill in the Computer Science subject domain.  

References
Babbie, E.R. (2015). The Practice of Social Research. Wadsworth Publishing.

Bryman, A., (2016). Social Research Methods. New York: Oxford University Press.

Creswell, J. W.; Hanson, W. E.; Plano Clark, V. L. & Morales, A. (2007). Qualitative research designs: Selection and implementation. The Counseling Psychologist, 35(2), 236-264. doi: 10.1177/0011000006287390.

Creswell, J.W. &  Guetterman, T. C (2019). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research. Pearson.

Day, C., (1999). Developing teachers: the challenges of lifelong learning. London: Falmer

Evans, L. (2019). Implicit and informal professional development: what it ‘looks like’, how it occurs, and why we need to research it. Professional Development in Education, 45:1, 3-16.   DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2018.1441172

European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office, (2019), https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540

Garrison, D. R., Anderson, T., & Archer, W. (2000). Critical Inquiry in a Text-Based Environment: Computer Conferencing in Higher Education. The Internet and Higher Education, 2, 87-105.

Guskey, T., (2000). Evaluating professional development. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Knight, P., Tait, J., & Yorke, M. (2006). The professional learning of teachers in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 31, 319–339. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070600680786 03.

McGarr, O., McInerney, C., Exton, C. & Power, J. (2020) Exploring teachers’ professional development to support the roll-out of Computer Science in Irish second-level schools. Final report of the SFI-funded project (Discover programme). https://lero.ie/ https://ulir.ul.ie/bitstream/handle/10344/9641/LCCS_PD_Final_Report_August_2020.pdf

Marsick, V. J. & Watkins, K. (1990).  Informal and Incidental Learning in the Workplace. London and New York: Routledge.

NCCA (2018).  Computer Science Curriculum Specification.  https://ncca.ie/en/resources/computer-science-curriculum-specification/

OECD (2019), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en

Robson, C. (1993) Real World Research. A Resource for Social Scientists and Practitioner Researchers. Blackwell Publishers Inc., Oxford.

Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. and Cabrera Giraldez, M., LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence, EUR 30246 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-19417-0, doi:10.2760/922681, JRC120911.

Wenger-Trayner, E., Fenton-O'Creevy, M., Hutchinson, S., Kubiak, C. and Wenger-Trayner, B. eds., 2014. Learning in landscapes of practice: Boundaries, identity, and knowledgeability in practice-based learning. Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 G: Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Gasper Cankar
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Power of Enthusiasm – A Case Study of the Potential of School Volunteering Programmes

Nadja Čekolj

University of Rijeka, Croatia

Presenting Author: Čekolj, Nadja

The focus of this paper is to describe the potential of school volunteering programmes presenting selected preliminary results of thematic analysis of focus groups conducted with student volunteers. To do so, it is first necessary to briefly define one of the key construct: school volunteering programmes (SVP).

SVP are a novelty in the education system in the European context and are gradually being recognised as a pedagogical innovation in the formal education system. The benefits of these programmes for all stakeholders (community, school, and students) are recognised. Through volunteering programmes, schools become more connected to the local community, creating a network of partners for collaborative solutions to community issues (Šimunković, Forčić, Milinković, Kamenko & Šehić-Relić, 2011). Students who have the opportunity to participate in activities in their local community and propose solutions to their needs in the school show a greater willingness to become involved in their (local) community currently and in the future (Torney-Purta, Lehman, Oswald & Schulz, 2001). In addition, while conducting volunteer activities, they strengthen their relationships with other students and also with teachers. Positive and closer relationships lead to a positive school climate. Students who participate in SVP show greater satisfaction with life and school, and describe volunteering as their lifestyle (Šimunković et al., 2011).

Organising, structuring, and planning SVP is a key factor in the success of the programme itself (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, & Agrusti, 2016), and increases the likelihood that young people will volunteer in the future (Harris & Nielsen, 2013). SVP coordinators play the most important role in the successful operation of the programme, as they have full responsibility for every part of it. In addition, the importance of involving parents and civil society organisations is emphasised in order to set a positive example for young people and, in this way, also increase the chances of young people volunteering in adulthood.

Civil society organisations (CSO) in Croatia play an important role in the implementation of volunteering programmes in school curricula. In the national context, CSOs were among the first to initiate the implementation of volunteer programs with the aim of cultivating elements of sustainability citizenship. CSOs also participate in the realisation of volunteer actions and activities together with the school. Through active participation in various activities of associations, young people become aware and interested in the community in which they live. They also have the opportunity to acquire the knowledge and experience necessary to become a competent citizen, i.e., the result of young people's participation in CSOs is empowered, competent and active citizens (Ilišin, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative case study was conducted with the aim of describing and understanding the phenomenon of school volunteering programmes (SVP) and their role in developing sustainability citizenship attributes among high school students. The main research question is: What experiences, processes, and activities that are part of SVPs, are encouraging high school students' potential in developing elements of sustainability citizenship and how?

Research has been organised in several phases: 1) mapping SVPs in Croatian high schools (with the aim of selecting cases for further analysis), 2) content analysis of school curricula, 3) semi-structured interviews with SVPs coordinators, 4) focus groups with student volunteers, and in this paper, we will focus on the fourth phase – the focus groups.
Six volunteering programmes from different schools (3 gymnasiums, 2 polyvalent schools and 1 vocational school) and from different regions of Croatia were selected for further analysis.

A total of 38 student volunteers participated in the focus groups, 34 female and 4 male students between the ages of 15 and 18. The focus group participants were volunteers with at least one year of experience participating in volunteer activities in high schools that have integrated volunteering programmes into the school curriculum. The following topics were discussed in the focus groups: Motivation for volunteering, Topics of volunteer activities, Planning and organising volunteering, Relationship with the coordinator, Importance of the volunteer's role, Change in knowledge, perception, and behaviour as a result of volunteering in school volunteering programmes, and Transfer of experiences gained in school volunteering programmes.

Thematic analysis was used for data analysis according to the following steps: 1) familiarisation with the data and generating initial codes, 2) search for themes, 3) review of themes, 4) definition and naming of themes (Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Presented qualitative research is part of a larger, mixed-method project “Formal Education in Service of Sustainable Development”, a research project funded by Croatian Science Foundation (2018-2024).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents selected results of the thematic analysis of focus groups conducted with high school student volunteers. From the thematic analysis, it appears that the desire to help, new experiences, benefits at school, and positive previous volunteer experiences motivate students to join the school volunteering club. However, they are primarily motivated and inspired by the contagious enthusiasm of students already volunteering and the coordinators of these programs.

Students are aware that the work of coordinators is often challenging, especially when there is no support from the school collective, and that they often have to rely on themselves and their own enthusiasm. In addition to planning, organizing, and managing volunteer activities, coordinators participate with students in conducting volunteer activities. In this way, coordinators inspire student volunteers by example. In addition, they provide a relaxed atmosphere in which informal and friendly relationships prevail, an atmosphere in which positive relationships between students and teachers are strengthened.

One of the most important themes in this emergent analysis is the volunteers' intention to continue volunteering after they leave high school. By participating in volunteer activities in the school's volunteer club, students indeed feel more connected to the community and thus recognize and respond to community needs. Some students already volunteer in civil society organisations in their local communities during their school years. In addition, all students expressed a desire and intention to volunteer at least to some extent after graduation. In summary, volunteering encourages students to change their behaviour and cultivates young people to become active, socially responsible, and sustainability citizens.

References
1.Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
2.Harris, C., & Nielsen, T. (Ed.) (2013). Promoting Youth Engagement and Wellbeing through Student Volunteer Programs in ACT Schools. Volunteering ACT.
3.Ilišin, V. (2016). Socijalna i politička participacija maturanata [Social and political participation of high school graduates]. In M. Kovačić & M. Horvat (Eds.), Od podanika do građana [From subjects to citizens], p. 91-111. Institute for Social Research.
4.Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., & Agrusti, G. (2016). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 Assessment Framework. Springer Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-39357-5
5.Šimunković, G., Forčić, G., Milinković, D., Kamenko, J. & Šehić Relić, L. (2011). Generacija za V. Zašto i kako organizirati volonterski program u školi. [Generation for V. Why and how to organise school volunteering programme.]. Volunteer Center Osijek.
6.Torney-Purta, J., Lehmann, R., Oswald, H., & Schulz, W. (2001). Citizenship and education in twenty-eight countries: civic knowledge and engagement at age fourteen. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Reliable or Rootless: Debating Native Adolescents’ Construction of Place Belonging in Rural China

Tangsenyi Shi

The University of Hong Kong, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Shi, Tangsenyi

The outflow of the rural population has become a prevalent phenomenon on a global scale under the influence of urbanization. Rural hollowing out, thereby leading to brain drain and rural decline, is placing small villages in a severe predicament regarding their existence and development (Drozdzewski, 2008; Lall et al., 2006). Currently, China is encountering the same dilemma: the perennial urban priority has become the culprit of hallowing out, acutely pumping the rural labor force empty (Murphy, 2002; Su et al., 2018). To elucidate why rural residents are inclined to pursue urban life rather than stay and serve their homelands, some researchers ponder how subjective elements affect human decision-making processes for migration. They pay attention to individual perceptions and attitudes toward the environment in which they reside (Pretty et al., 2006; Simões et al., 2020). Hence, the concept of place belonging is raised to describe the individual’s affiliation to a particular locale (Hay, 1998; Pretty et al., 2003).

The psychological concept consists of two key elements: membership and connection (McMillan & Chavis, 1986). First, the membership indicates a position in a locale where all in-group members can co-share the belonging consciousness. This membership represents a place-based identity, enabling one to discern in-group members and differentiate from out-group others by recognizing unique indigenous features (Hernández et al., 2007). Second, common connections with the location consolidate a sense of belonging. These connections incorporate similar life experiences, values, and cultures shared by community members. By producing personal and social memories, daily connections consistently endow a particular place with specific meanings (Eacott & Sonn, 2006). Place belonging develops across one’s lifecycle rather than remain unchanged. With the constant accumulation of shared experiences, residents are apt to strengthen their connection with the place and others within it. The process helps natives cement their group membership and shape a firm sense of belonging.

In China, many scholars agree that rural adolescents commonly lose a sense of belonging. The failure to identify with local cultures and values is regarded as one primary factor arousing the individual’s underlying proneness to abandon the rustic membership and out-migrate (Cheng & Qin, 2019; Liao & Wong, 2020; Si, 2009). Nonetheless, existent research portrays a general panorama for the theme of rural residents’ place belonging, most of which tends to be theoretical and descriptive, failing to offer detailed explanations and relevant evidence with first-hand data. The insufficiency of empirical research renders corresponding arguments plausible yet virtually not credible enough. Besides, amid a limited number of empirical studies, more samples involve people exposed to urban life (e.g., university students and migrant workers). In contrast, adolescents remaining in local communities with more rural living incidents are apparently overlooked. Given current research gaps, this empirical study covers two research questions. First, how do rural junior high students elaborate on the status of their village-based belonging? Second, how do rural junior high students construct the place belonging to their place of origin?

This study employs the concept of place belonging to reveal how Chinese junior high students with rural backgrounds cognize and interpret the relationship between themselves and their original dwellings, namely whether and how they feel that they belong to their rural hometowns. Research on rural adolescents is of great importance because they will grow into subsequent rural builders. Relevant findings on their place-based perceptions will facilitate further elaborations on why they choose to stay, leave, or return, thus benefiting the global explanation of rural developmental challenges. Noticeably, due to the word limits, this study seldom discusses the relationship between place belonging and migration intentions of rural students while taking it into future academic consideration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
  This study primarily adopted an ethnographic approach that emphasizes an exploratory process. It lasted around ten months from September 2021 in the southeast of Guizhou, a province with lower per capita GDP in southwestern China. A township junior high (WY Middle School), located in a typically underdeveloped and rural region, was selected as the research base. There were 1,256 students during the school year from September 2021 to August 2022, most of whom were boarders and left-behind children. In total, by snowball sampling, 36 students were deeply involved in the study for interviewing and family visits, corresponding to 16 females and 20 males. There were 14 participants from Grade 8 and 22 participants from Grade 9. Given that interviewees may need to be more mature to think of and discuss the topic of place belonging, Grade 7 students were excluded from this study.
  The researcher utilized the personal network to access the school as a temporary teacher and collect data through observation, interviewing, and personal essays. First, by taking advantage of the position, the researcher built rapport with students and observed students' daily lives at school. Additionally, the researcher had been to 7 villages to visit 10 (out of 36) students’ families, thereby obtaining a more holistic understanding of their living surroundings and experiences at close range through multiple observations in the community and at home. Second, interviewing occurred in formal ways by adopting a semi-structured form concerning students’ hometown-related feelings and extracurricular lives, with questions such as “Do you feel that you are part of your village? Why do you feel like this?” “Could you introduce some interesting events in your community? What do you think of local events (e.g., activities, traditions, festivals, and customs)?” The recording was adopted with the interviewees' permission. Data was also supplemented by informal interviewing inside and outside the classroom, face-to-face or via social media applications. Third, the author required students to write short essays titled “The village in your heart.” This method is applied to learn rural students’ rural impressions, which serves the follow-up analysis of how they form such impressions and how these impressions relate to their place belonging.
  Upon the completion of data collection, the researcher processed the textual data from observation notes and interview transcripts by thematic analysis to generate concepts, identify patterns, and code into themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
  The research findings, overall, reveal that rural junior high students exhibit a relatively reliable sense of place belonging toward their villages. All the informants confirmed that they are part of their villages, or say, that they belong there. First, kinship and geo-relation are the underlying logic that generates the feeling of place belonging. In other words, the construction of belonging originates from the confirmation of kinship and geo-relation. When asked where they come from, students spoke out their village names as responses at once, which concerned specific locations where their families reside. Second, cultural symbols provide the motives to boost the development of place belonging. Despite intangible and abstract, unique cultures (e.g., languages, instruments, dances, costumes, and customs) generated from local areas constitute exclusive features to help residents identify with their place-based memberships and resonate with other in-group members. Third, tangible and concrete connections are the bonds that strengthen the sense of belonging. Long-term local interactions bring students place-related memories, facilitating the formation of entirety with cohesive force.
  However, rural students’ village-based belonging may not be as reliable as they voiced because of losing its developmental roots. First, most rural students’ cognition of local cultures is universally superficial. On the one hand, the environment where traditional cultures are inherited is not provided at school or in the community. On the other hand, adolescents have lost the corresponding passion in this regard. They know a little but just a little. Second, common connections fade due to the physical separation (boarding), increasing individual awareness, indulgence in the virtual world, and the local hollowing out caused by the population outflow. Therefore, rural students’ place belonging is becoming rootless and imperceptibly impaired. Its gradual loss may accelerate residents’ leaving and harm sustainable rural development, which deserves more academic consideration in the future.

References
Cheng, Q., & Qin, Y. (2019). Nongcun daxuesheng “wenhua linong”: Juese zhangli yu juese suzao (The “departure from countryside in culture” of college students: Role challenges and role shaping). (In Chinese). Nanjing Journal of Social Sciences, (3), 142-148.
Drozdzewski, D. (2008). ‘We’re moving out’: Youth Out‐Migration Intentions in Coastal Non‐Metropolitan New South Wales. Geographical research, 46(2), 153-161.
Eacott, C., & Sonn, C. C. (2006). Beyond education and employment: Exploring youth experiences of their communities, place attachment and reasons for migration. Rural Society, 16(2), 199-214.
Hay, R. (1998). Sense of place in developmental context. Journal of environmental psychology, 18(1), 5-29.
Hernández, B., Hidalgo, M. C., Salazar-Laplace, M. E., & Hess, S. (2007). Place attachment and place identity in natives and non-natives. Journal of environmental psychology, 27(4), 310-319.
Lall, S. V., Selod, H., & Shalizi, Z. (2006). Rural-urban migration in developing countries: A survey of theoretical predictions and empirical findings.
Liao, Q., & Wong, Y.-l. (2020). Jieceng shenfen rentong: Lijie woguo nongcunji daxuesheng jiudu jingyan de xinshijiao (Class identity: A new perspective to understand the learning experiences of rural college students). (In Chinese). Tsinghua Journal of Education, 41(6), 75-82.
McMillan, D. W., & Chavis, D. M. (1986). Sense of community: A definition and theory. Journal of community psychology, 14(1), 6-23.
Murphy, R. (2002). How migrant labor is changing rural China. Cambridge University Press.
Pretty, G., Bramston, P., Patrick, J., & Pannach, W. (2006). The relevance of community sentiments to Australian rural youths’ intention to stay in their home communities. American Behavioral Scientist, 50(2), 226-240.
Pretty, G. H., Chipuer, H. M., & Bramston, P. (2003). Sense of place amongst adolescents and adults in two rural Australian towns: The discriminating features of place attachment, sense of community and place dependence in relation to place identity. Journal of environmental psychology, 23(3), 273-287.
Si, H. (2009). Qianru cunzhuang de xuexiao: rencun jiaoyu de lishi renleixue tanjiu (Village school: A historical-ethnographic study or education in Ren village). (In Chinese). Educational Science Publishing House.
Simões, F., Rocha, R., & Mateus, C. (2020). Beyond the prophecy success: How place attachment and future time perspective shape rural university students intentions of returning to small islands. Journal of youth studies, 23(7), 909-925.
Su, Y., Tesfazion, P., & Zhao, Z. (2018). Where are the migrants from? Inter-vs. intra-provincial rural-urban migration in China. China Economic Review, 47, 142-155.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 H: Research in Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Who Are They Now? Faculty in evolving higher education institutes

Michelle Greene, Anne Graham Cagney

South East Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Greene, Michelle

Five new Technological Universities (TU) have been created through a series of mergers within the Institutes of Technology (IoT) in Ireland. The large scale sectoral changes have resulted in substantial organisational pressures on staff, students and stakeholders. One significant change is the shift from the previous IoT academic 16-18 hours per week ‘teaching-only’ model to a ‘teacher-researcher’ one balanced across research, teaching and innovation. TU key performance indicators (KPIs) will measure organisational success through increased faculty levels of: i) engagement with research/research related activities; ii) increased postgraduate studies research and teaching; and, iii) engagement in knowledge transformation and innovation.

These changes to faculty roles at work are manifesting in a significant shift in individuals’ perceptions of their professional role, leading to an evolving professional identity from ‘teacher’ to that of ‘teacher-researcher’ in the new TUs. Hazelkorn and Moynihan (2011) identify this as a ‘research-led teaching’ role that incorporates the three strands of ‘research, teaching and administration’. The previous ‘academic hours allocation’ model of 16-18 teaching hours per week is still in place within the changing working environment, which doesn’t provide any allocation for research. This is problematic as TU success criteria stipulate the need for increased research outputs and metrics (HEA, 2014; OECD, 2022). The diverse nature and roles of individuals working in the TU sector has also added a layer of complexity as not everyone is in the same place, ready or willing for these changes to happen. Consequently, there is a growing need to explore faculty experiences as they grapple with these changes and endeavour to meet their organisation demands of engaging in research as an integral part of their teaching role at work.

This paper shares results from Phase 1 of the overall study on the profile of the potential population of interest. It draws on a bibliometric analysis to map the evolutionary stages of faculty positions in relation to the personal changes required to move from a ‘teaching’ only to the new ‘teaching/researching’ role. Results from Phase 1 identify positions and roles that individuals typically occupy in IoT-TUs and share information on the nature of their work role as it currently is and what it may look like because of the proposed changes of the new TU.

Objectives

  • Map the distinct types of teacher-researcher practice and the characteristics of these different types of practitioners.
  • Examine the impact of the new TU ‘teacher-researcher’ role on the professional identity of individual’s working in the sector.

Literature

‘Identity self-states’ draws on ‘motivational self-systems’ that incorporate ‘possible’ and ‘ideal’ selves’ theory (Markus and Nurius, 1986) and informs emergent research on evolving educator identities (Beijaard, Meijer and Verloop, 2004; Rodgers and Scott, 2008; Beauchamp and Thomas, 2009; Graham-Cagney, 2020). Personal engagement as conceptualised by Kahn, (1990) is an internal state of being, comprised of three psychological domains of meaningfulness, safety and availability. They determine whether and to what extent an individual brings their ‘preferred self’ to their role as a professional working within a discipline and that of their role as a teacher-researcher within the organisation (Kahn, 1990; Lave and Wenger, 1991; May, Gilson and Harter, 2004; Saks, 2006; Shuck, 2011). The personal, professional and situational contexts of teacher’s lives, experiences, beliefs and practices are integral to one another. Tensions between these often impact to a greater or lesser extent upon teachers’ sense of self or identity (Day et al., 2006). Similarly, the complexity of moving from a singular role of ‘teacher’ to one of ‘teacher-researcher’ in a changed HE sector, requires a consideration of the distinct types of practice and the characteristics of these different practitioners (Rouna & Gilley, 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is situated within a wider PhD study ‘An Exploration of the Nature of Personal Engagement in Research Work in Institutes of Technology-Technological Universities’ (SPaRC).
Data drawn from Phase 1 is combined with a documentary analysis of reports relating to the proposed changes to the IoT-TU Higher Education sector (OECD, 2022).
Phase 1 the quantitative stage is a sectoral analysis of the field of interest.
Data collection involved a combination of data mining, bibliometric, and social networks.
Data mining was conducted from government publications, academic publications, organisational reports, faculty individual professional profiles and websites.
A bibliometric analysis was then conducted from the publications associated with each institution to ascertain cited researchers and their resulting publications.
A social network analysis (SNA) was carried out in order to also identify individuals, and their co-authorship ties that could further contribute to the population of interest and if any, establish further academics involvement in relevant scholarly activities.
The Phase 1 data led to a sectoral analysis of the field of interest that mapped and identified a multidisciplinary and diverse population of researchers and their research activities within each Technological University (TU). This resulted in the identification of a preliminary population of the interest that was of interest to the study.
Documentary analysis
A documentary analysis was conducted from the reports relating to the Technological University and the ‘hours allocation model’ (HEA, 2014; OECD, 2022). These were examined to gather information relating to the prosed changes within the Technological University and identity the current trajectory of faculty academic career paths and contracts.
This paper presents an analysis of findings from one TU – the South East Technological University. SETU is a typical example of a merger between two institutes; Waterford Institute of Technology and Institute of Technology Carlow. Results from the analysis will create a framework to profile the overall population of interest and that of their distinct types of practice and the characteristics of these different types of practitioners.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Anticipated outcomes from this paper it will add to what is known about faculty roles in an IoT-TU. It will further the discussion about an evolving faculty professional identity and that of their engagement in their work roles in a changing IoT-TU sector. Additionally, mapping the work of a teacher-researcher as that of a scholar practitioner may provide useful insights into why an individual would either engage or disengage with research and research related activities in their new roles at work.
Outcomes from this paper, will inform the development of an in-depth profile of the designated population of interest and identify typical characteristics of the individuals as they relate to their role at work as either a teacher or a teacher-researcher. Finally, this paper will aid the researcher in transitioning into the next stages of the PhD study.  

References
Beauchamp, C. and Thomas, L. (2009) ‘Understanding teacher identity: An overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education’, Cambridge Journal of Education, 39(2), pp. 175–189. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640902902252.
Beijaard, D., Meijer, P.C. and Verloop, N. (2004) ‘Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), pp. 107–128. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001.
Day, C. et al. (2006) ‘The personal and professional selves of teachers: Stable and unstable identities’, British Educational Research Journal, 32(4), pp. 601–616. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920600775316.
Graham-Cagney, A. (2020) ‘Constructing an evolving FE Teacher Identity: Professional voices from the field of futher education and Training.’, Education Matters, (2020), pp. 1–8.
Hazelkorn, E. and Moynihan, A. (2011) ‘Transforming Academic Practice: Human Resources Challenges’, in S. Kyvik and B. Lepori (eds) The Research Mission of Higher Education Institutions outside of the University Sector. Springer Dordrecht, pp. 77–93. Available at: https://arrow.tudublin.ie/cserbkwww.springerlink.comhttp://www.springerlink.com/home/main.mpx.
HEA (2014) ‘Review of workload allocation models in Irish Higher Education Institutions June 2014’, (June).
Kahn, W.A. (1990) ‘Psychological conditions of personal engagement and disengagement at work’, Academy of Management Journal, 33(4), pp. 692–724. Available at: https://doi.org/10.5465/256287.
Lave, J. and Wenger, E. (1991) ‘Situated Learning’, Situated Learning [Preprint]. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355.
Markus, H. and Nurius, P. (1986) ‘Possible Selves’, American Psychologist, 41(9), pp. 954–969. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.41.9.954.
May, D.R., Gilson, R.L. and Harter, L.M. (2004) ‘The psychological conditions of meaningfulness, safety and availability and the engagement of the human spirit at work’, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 77(1), pp. 11–37. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1348/096317904322915892.
OECD (2022) ‘A review of technological university academic career paths, contracts and organisation in Ireland’, (64). Available at: https://doi.org/https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/2b7ee217-en.
Rodgers, C. and Scott, K. (2008) ‘The development of the personal self and identity in learning to teach’, in Handbook of Research on Teacher Education, pp. 732–755.
Saks, A.M. (2006) ‘Antecedents and consequences of employee engagement’, Journal of Managerial Psychology, 21(7), pp. 600–619. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940610690169.
Shuck, B. (2011) ‘Integrative Literature Review: Four Emerging Perspectives of Employee Engagement: An Integrative Literature Review’, Human Resource Development Review, 10(3), pp. 304–328. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1534484311410840.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Research and Teaching in the Career Development of Higher Education.

Patricia Arroyo-Ainsa, Reina Ferrández-Berrueco

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Arroyo-Ainsa, Patricia

The idea of the university initially emerged as a form of transmission of knowledge, culture and values. It was later that the purpose of this search for knowledge through research emerged, and it is now impossible to understand the university without this research aspect (Flander et al. 2020). This change came from Humboldt's University idea. He understood the work of a lecturer as a nexus from teaching and research (Paulsson y Macheridis, 2022). Nowadays, higher education has three missions within society. The first one is the education for the labour market insertion through the teaching part, the second one is the research with the aim to build up the life of everyone and the third one is to transfer knowledge to society. It is for this reason why not only do lecturers investigate their own field but also, they have to be able to transmit this knowledge to the society and to their students (Hordósy y Mclean, 2022).

In order to define this union, different perceptions of university faculty staff are found: 1) those who are skeptical of this relationship; 2) those who claim that there is no such union; 3) those who perceive it as a symbiotic relationship, in which research is used as a teaching tool (Tesouro et al., 2014). This is why it is often questioned whether good researchers make good teachers and vice versa (Paulsson and Macheridis, 2022).

Even though nowadays many universities in Europe follow Humboldt’s idea, there are preferences related to the focus of activity towards teaching or towards research (Paulsson y Macheridis, 2022). These preferences tend to be a function of how organizations evaluate academic work. Part of the problem with this duality might be that teaching is often seen as a secondary task in the academic profession (Lankveld et al., 2017).

On the other hand, some researchers have analysed the non-relation between these two dimensions, arguing that it is not worth their while to try to transfer what people research to what they teach (Ulla y Tarrayo, 2021). For this reason, some authors have spoken about the barriers in the academic career that prevent the realization of this union. These barriers might be identified as three factors: the first relates to time, dedication and commitment; the second relates to personality characteristics; and the third focuses on the incentives to pursue a career in academia (Pinchado et al., 2019).

Despite the large number of studies that we find in this regard, there is no clear idea of the benefits that this union can bring to higher education. This is why the aim of this research is to address the concept of a university teaching career by focusing on the link between research and teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to respond to the general objective of this study, a systematic review was chosen as the research method. This method is characterized as a process of searching for information by which a rigorous and transparent literature review is carried out, allowing it to be repeated and updated (Newman and Gough, 2020).
The information was obtained using the PRISMA method (Urrútia and Bonfill, 2010). The selected documents respond to the following search formula ("teaching" AND "researching") AND "nexus" AND "higher education", and a time limit set from 2015 to the time of the study (April 2022). This research was carried out in three international databases relevant to the topic of study: Web Of Science (WoS), Scopus and Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC).
The last phase of the process, which pertains to the complete analysis of the articles, was carried out using an Excel spreadsheet. A content analysis (Flores-Kanter and Medrano, 2019) of the texts was carried out, indicating the year, authors, countries and methodological approach (quantitative, qualitative or mixed), and the information was classified deductively according to the categories that emerged from the bibliographic search. These categories are: arguments in favour, proposals for a nexus, arguments against and barriers to its implementation. A fifth category was also detected inductively, which refers to the demographic differences that influence the conception of this union. The inclusion criteria are: 1)Focusing on linking teaching and research by university faculty staff, 2) Focus on higher education 3) Written in English, Spanish or Catalan 4) Documents published between 2015 and 2022 5) Open access. And the exclusion criteria are: 1) It does not focus on the linking of teaching and research by university faculty staff, 2) focus on other levels of education, 3) Written in other languages, 4) Documents published before 2015, 5) Non-open access.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Despite the fact that the teaching-research nexus has been studied through the years, there is not an agreement of how to make both activities something in common. However, this requires a transformation in the way of understanding the union or even a change of outlook in the institutions or in the agencies that evaluate these professionals (Paulsson and Macheridis, 2022).
The consideration of these functions as two connected activities is defended by understanding research as a fundamental point for the search for knowledge, while teaching becomes an essential means for its dissemination (Paulsson and Macheridis, 2022). In this sense, the literature on research-teaching nexus might explore how staff see their different, often divergent and potentially competing roles, or analyses the impact of different curricula and approaches on student outcomes and perceptions. In the same way, the relationship between the two activities makes sense as long as it is understood that the main driving force that links teaching and research is knowledge, so that research builds knowledge and teaching transmits it (Hordósy and Mclean, 2022).
This is why the institutions should somehow encourage this union, or even try to connect the subjects taught by the faculty staff with their interest in research, perhaps in this way teaching will be something motivating and not simply a work obligation. For this reason, it could be proposed to use research as a means of teaching by using some methodologies that facilitate this. Thus, it would be necessary to change the faculty staff's thinking about teaching and ways of teaching, so that it is considered from an approach centered on student learning. (Pinchado et al., 2019)

References
Flander, A., Rončević, N. and Kocar, S. (2020). How Teaching and Research Nexus in Academic Attitudes, Behaviours and System of Promotion Influences Academic Satisfaction? Case Study of Croatia and Slovenia. Higher Education Forum, 17, 177-205. http://doi.org/10.15027/48960
Flores-Kanter, P. E., and Medrano, L. A. (2019). Núcleo básico en el análisis de datos cualitativos: pasos, técnicas de identificación de temas y formas de presentación de resultados. Interdisciplinaria, 36(2), 203 215. https://dx.doi.org/10.16888/interd.2019.36.2.13
Hordósy, R. and McLean, M. (2022). The future of the research and teaching nexus in a post-pandemic world, Educational Review, 74:3, 378-401, https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2014786
Lankveld, T., Schoonenboom, J., Volman, M., Croiset., G and Beishuizen, J. (2017). Developing a teacher identity in the university context: a systematic review of the literature. Higher Education Research & Development, 36 (2), 325-342. DOI:10.1080/07294360.2016.1208154
Newman, M. and Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives, and application. En O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond y K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic reviews in educational research (pp. 3-22). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1
Paulsson, A. and Macheridis, N. (2022): The policy unconscious: educational labor, the research-and-teaching relationship and the unquestioned meaning of higher education, Critical Policy Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2022.2064889
Pinchado, L. E., Rosero, A. R., and Montenegro, G. A. (2019). The research-teaching relationship and its impact on educational quality. Revista Unimar, 37(1), 13-33.
Tesouro, M., Corominas, E., Teixidó, J. and Puiggalí, J. (2014). La autoeficacia docente e investigadora del profesorado universitario: relación con su estilo docente e influencia en sus concepciones sobre el nexo docencia-investigación. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 32 (1), 169-186. https://revistas.um.es/rie/article/view/172771
Ulla, M.B. and Tarrayo, V.N. (2021). Classroom teaching or academic publishing? An investigation of Philippine doctoral academics’ beliefs. Research in Education, 111 (1), 80-88. doi:10.1177/00345237211024670
Urrútia, G. and Bonfill, X. (2010). Declaración PRISMA: Una propuesta para mejorar la publicación de revisiones sistemáticas y metaanálisis. Medicina Clínica, 135(11), 507-511. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.medcli.2010.01.015


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Academic Diaspora, Home Country Development, and Internationalization

Tugay Durak

UCL Institute of Education

Presenting Author: Durak, Tugay

Over the recent decades, the UK has become a global hub for international scholars worldwide. Statistically speaking, in 2021, more than 70,000 international academic staff were employed at UK higher education institutions (HEIs), accounting for nearly one-third of the academic workforce. While the UK benefits substantially from its international academic workforce, the homelands of these international scholars pay the price for losing such talented minds to the UK. However, there are ways to ameliorate the effects of brain drain and even benefit from such academic diasporas. The literature suggests that academic diasporas can play a role as knowledge brokers (Larner, 2015), support home country development (Tejeda et al., 2013), or even offer political leverage for their homelands (Rabinowitz & Abramson, 2022). However, little attention has been paid to how academic diasporas reinforce the internationalization of higher education in the host country while supporting fellow nationals from the respective homeland. This paper explores the multiple roles academic diasporas can play by taking the example of UK-based Turkish academics and how these roles reinforce the internationalization of higher education.

This is an exploratory study, and in line with this, I employed a qualitative research design underpinned by a social constructivist philosophy. Further, I employed a transnationalism perspective to understand how UK-based Turkish academics develop a belonging to both countries. From this perspective, individuals act as carriers of their own identity without being uprooted from their home country so that they can belong to several places simultaneously whilst building up and maintaining transnational links.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is an exploratory study, and in line with this, I employed a qualitative research design underpinned by a social constructivist philosophy. Further, I employed transnationalism perspective to understand how UK-based Turkish academics develop a belonging to both countries. From this perspective, individuals act as carriers of their own identity without being uprooted from their home country so that they can belong to several places simultaneously whilst building up and maintaining transnational links. Data were collected through 50 semi-structured in-depth online interviews with UK-based Turkish academics. Interviews were carried out in Turkish (a native language shared between the interviewer and participants) and lasted between 45 and 60 min. Participants were asked flexibly worded questions to elicit their thoughts. The carefully chosen open-ended prompts encouraged detailed and free responses. The participant sample was diverse, stratified by academic position and affiliated institution, contract type, discipline, age, number of years living in the UK, gender, and bachelor's de- gree–awarding institution and Ph.D.-awarding country. Participants worked at 33 UK universities spread across four nations. Once the data collection was concluded and the transcriptions of audio recordings were completed, thematic analysis was employed to elicit a variety of themes via data analysis software (NVivo). Throughout the study, British Education Research Association and UCL ethical guidelines are followed, and anonymization is strictly ensured to protect participants' anonymity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data suggest that the support that diasporic Turkish academics provide to fellow nationals and the development of Turkey takes the form of mentorship of junior scholars and students, co-authorship, joint grant applications, and acting as hosts for visiting fellows from Turkey.

Firstly, many Turkish academics have Turkish mentees, while some are the source of tacit knowledge about UK academia for outsiders. This tacit knowledge includes strategies to advance the chance of getting scholarships and preparing for job interviews at UK HEIs.

Further, UK-based Turkish academics, particularly social scientists, easily engage with bi/multinational research projects with fellow nationals as these collaborations could occur without the need for complete physical togetherness. The UK’s generous funding opportunities to promote partnerships with developing countries are widely used by UK- based Turkish academics to collaborate with Turkey-based academics.

Finally, hosting fellow nationals, notably students and junior researchers from Turkey, is a common form of support cited by many interlocutors. Once the UK-based Turkish academics hold permanent positions or have administrative roles at the UK HEIs, they welcome and even encourage academic visitors from Turkey.

Importantly, UK-based Turkish academics’ diasporic engagements reinforce the internationalization of higher education, as these activities involve attracting international students and researchers, establishing transnational partnerships, and co-authorship with international (Turkey-based) academics. Therefore, I further suggest that the UK and other significant hubs should support bi/multinational research projects and mobility schemes in which academic diasporas can take an active role in building bridges.


In concluding remarks, academic diasporas, in this case, UK-based Turkish academics, play a vital role in supporting the development of the home country (Turkey) by establishing transnational research partnerships, transferring knowledge, and hosting fellow nationals. However, these contributions remain limited due to the lack of binational funding, bureaucratic challenges, and the heavy workload in Turkey and the UK.


References
Larner, W. (2015). Globalising knowledge networks: Universities, diaspora strategies, and academic intermediaries. Geoforum, 59, 197–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2014.10.006

Rabinowitz, O., & Abramson, Y. (2022). Imagining a ‘Jewish atom bomb’, constructing a scientific diaspora. Social Studies of Science, 52(2), 253–276. https://doi.org/10.1177/03063127221077313

Tejada, G., Varzari, V., & Porcescu, S. (2013). Scientific diasporas, transnationalism and home-country development: Evidence from a study of skilled Moldovans abroad. Southeast European and Black Sea Studies, 13(2), 157–173. https://doi.org/10.1080/14683857.2013.789674
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 I: Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Engaging Diffractive Ethnography To Explore Student and Teacher Perceptions of Collaborative Testing To Enhance Learning and Engage STEM Students.

Helen Bremert

Sydney University, Australia

Presenting Author: Bremert, Helen

Education across the globe, including Europe, the United Kingdom and Australia, has been fuelled by a resurgence of high-stakes testing, exacerbated by outcome-defined policies and competing factors, including the ongoing demands of accountability, performativity, and the rigid alignment between high-stakes exams and curricula (Lingard & Sellar, 2016; Löfstedt et al., 2020; Verger, Parcerisa & Fontdevila, 2019). The performance-based nature of education has turned education into schooling. Kemmis et al. (2014) describe schooling as the opposite of education; it is a ‘technical tool’ (p.25) used to impart and monitor information as outcomes. These influence assessments' objectives, methods, and outcomes, in addition, to teachers' pedagogical assessment practices (Cairns, 2020). Given current political preferences for teachers' accountability and measurable outcomes, students undertake multiple assessments measuring their learning at single points in time, each affecting their depth of understanding, engagement with the subject, and sense of who they are as a student (Andrade & Brookhart, 2020). Further, teachers' pedagogical practices may be modified by the effects of high-stakes testing as they move from collaborative work in the classroom to more 'teach to the test' methods, further reducing student engagement (Resnick & Schantz, 2017). A significant number of studies investigating the advantages of collaborative learning have been undertaken, promoting a constructivist approach to collaboration in the classroom. However, behaviourist methods are still prevalent when assessing students. This discrepancy leads to the question: if collaboration is widely recognized as enhancing learning, why does the reliance on individual summative testing persist? Broader recognition of multiple assessment methods is required to improve engagement in high school STEM classes and abate the documented effects of individual summative testing. Leading to the research questions –

  • How do students perceive collaborative testing?
  • How do students and teachers discern collaborative testing's impact on student learning?
  • What are teachers' perceptions of the utility of collaborative testing?

Perspective

Humans exist in a dynamic world where we are a part of the world and being of that world interact with other humans and non-humans. Participating in the environment entangles or intertwines us with the material and others, all affecting each other as we understand our place, meaning and knowledge of the world (Barad, 2007; Muris, 2022; Plauberg, 2018). Knowledge is not separated from the learner; it is interwoven and interconnected; it affects and is affected by interactions with non-human and human interactions (Barad, 2007; Guillion, 2018).

Teaching science involves a dynamic intra-mingling between students, teachers, surroundings, and our classroom's tools. In this intra-play, students attained their understanding and knowledge of science. They did not do so alone; students did not sit apart, and they did not sit quietly; they participated, interacted and enhanced their understanding of science. These interactions influence our meaning-making (Koro- Ljungberg, 2015). The learner’s thinking and actions act upon the world equally as the thinking of the learner acts on the world. There can be no separation between object or subject, from human and non-human; all are intertwined in the knowing. Barad (2007) termed this interconnecting of theory and knowledge as onto-epistemology.

Onto-epistemology does not separate the object/subject, human/non-human, world/us, knowledge/learning. This theory places equal importance on the material world, ‘matter matters’ (Barad, 2007). Matter is an active participant in the entanglement of meaning, enfolded alongside material and discursive practices; they are constantly reconfiguring to forge reality (Guillion, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents early data from a doctoral study exploring student and teacher perceptions of collaborative testing within collaborative pedagogy and as an addition to current practices of individual, competitive testing. The study design draws on diffractive ethnography to examine (i) teachers' perceptions of the utility of collaborative testing and (ii) students' and teachers' views on the effectiveness of collaborative testing. Additionally, this study examines the effectiveness of assessing students' 21st-century skills while collaboratively testing.
To address this novel approach to testing, the researcher used a multi-phase, collaborative practitioner inquiry method involving eight teachers and the researcher in a reciprocal relationship. The discussion will include qualitative data gathered through interviews, focus groups, audio recordings of student testing groups, observations, and assessment tasks, outlining student and teacher perceptions of the efficacy of this novel assessment method.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The literature demonstrates a supportive view of the pedagogical value of authentic summative assessments utilising collaborative ideals to benefit student understanding (Reiger & Reiger, 2020). However, almost all research into collaborative testing has been conducted in undergraduate science classes; therefore, this diffractive ethnographic study hopes to broaden understanding and highlight different assessment choices to enhance teachers' pedagogy, practice, and student engagement. Of equal importance to improving teacher assessment strategies, this study will look at the feasibility of using a rubric to assess 21st-century skills such as collaboration, communication and student social skills while students are undertaking collaborative testing.

References
References

Andrade, H. L., & Brookhart, S. M. (2020). Classroom assessment as the co-regulation of learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 27(4), 350-372. doi:10.1080/0969594X.2019.1571992

Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham: Duke University Press.

Cairns, R. (2020). Exams tested by Covid-19: An opportunity to rethink standardized senior secondary examinations. PROSPECTS. doi:10.1007/s11125-020-09515-9

Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive ethnography : social sciences and the ontological turn. New York, NY: Routledge.

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Praxis, Practice and Practice Architectures. In Changing Practices, Changing Education (pp. 25-41). Singapore: Springer Singapore.

Koro-Ljungberg, M. (2016). Reconceptualizing Qualitative Research: Methodologies without Methodology. doi:10.4135/9781071802793

Löfstedt, P., García-Moya, I., Corell, M., Paniagua, C., Samdal, O., Välimaa, R., & Rasmussen, M. (2020). School satisfaction and school pressure in the WHO European region and North America: an analysis of time trends (2002–2018) and patterns of co-occurrence in 32 countries. Journal of adolescent health, 66(6), S59-S69.

Murris, K. (2022). Karen Barad as Educator. In Karen Barad as Educator, Agential Realism and Education (1 ed., pp. XV, 95): Springer Singapore.

Plauborg, H. (2018). Towards an agential realist concept of learning. Subjectivity, 11, 322-338. doi:https://doi.org/10.1057/s41286-018-0059-9

Rieger, G. W., & Rieger, C. L. (2020). Collaborative Assessment That Supports Learning.  J. Mintzes & E. Walter (Eds.), Active Learning in College Science. Springer., https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33600-4_51

Resnick, L. B., & Schantz, F. (2017). Testing, teaching, learning: who is in charge? Assessment in education: principles, policy & practice, 24(3), 424-432. doi:10.1080/0969594X.2017.1336988


Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review, 71(1), 5-30.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Hitting the Mark: Formative Assessment and the Development of Capabilities in a Primary School Context

Valerio Rigo

Libera Università di Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Rigo, Valerio

In December 2020, the Italian Ministry of Education adopted a new assessment modality based on predominantly discursive communication and the abolition of numerical grades. This means was introduced to incentivize greater equality and support students in becoming aware of how they develop their competencies (Girelli, 2022). One of the core elements of this change is the shift from a "normative" way of assessing pupils - that implies the comparison between a single student and the rest of the class - to a criteria-based one. This latter mode of assessment requires the teacher to consider pre-established criteria that help the students better understand their potential (Black, Wiliam, 1998) by indicating the level of achievement of a learning objective. Four fundamental elements must be considered for this purpose: the level of autonomy with which the pupil can achieve the set goals, his or her ability to find resources spontaneously, the fact that learning takes place in an unfamiliar situation, and finally whether the acquisition of the set goals is continuous (i.e. it occurs in more than a single isolated case) or not (MIUR, 2020).

The theoretical framework of this research is the Capability Approach developed by Amartya Sen and Martha Nussbaum (Sen, 1999; Nussbaum, 2006). It is «an intellectual discipline that gives a central role to the evaluation of a person’s achievements and freedoms in terms of his or her actual ability to do the different things a person has reason to value doing or being» (Sen, 2009). The attention devoted to the valorization of non-quantifiable processes in terms of accountability and rethinking the role played by the concept of measurement (Unterhalter, 2019) makes this framework a proper tool for proposing a new look at the evaluation methods currently in use in Italian primary schools. Since the right to education «requires a deep commitment to building human capabilities» and «Education nurtures understandings and builds capabilities that can help to ensure that our futures are more socially inclusive (UNESCO, 2021)», it is necessary to understand whether the learning processes promoted at school can promote the development of such resources.

Therefore, the question from which this research stems is how can formative assessment help students develop their capabilities. To date, few studies within the capability approach have focused on primary schools and formative assessment (Robeyns, 2017; Unterhalter, 2019; Palumbo, Pandolfini, 2019). The Italian context lends itself particularly well to investigating the relationship between these realities since the main document used by teachers to guide their teaching (MIUR, 2012) was formulated by Edgar Morin and the theory of complexity is also a fundamental factor for the capability approach (Szekeley. Mason, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology used for the research is based on an action-research approach in three different Italian primary schools. The teachers who will take part in the research were selected within the assessment group of the Movimento di Cooperazione Educativa (MCE-FIMEM). This movement played a crucial role in the formulation of the new assessment system adopted in Italian primary schools (Piscozzo, Stefanel, 2022). The selected teachers will be considered active co-researchers in trying to outline the potential of the capability approach for formative assessment practices, to create a real "community of practice" dedicated to investigating these issues (Wenger, 1998). The pupils taking part in the research project come from second grades of public primary schools in three different regions of Northern Italy. In addition to direct classroom observations and focus groups with the research team of teachers, the research also involves the use of interviews with pupils. This choice was made because both in the capability approach (Robeyns, 2017; Hart, Brando, 2018) and recent literature on formative assessment (Yan, Yang, 2022; Monteiro et al., 2021) the active participation of students appears to be a determining factor.
The research genre adopted is Educational Design-Based Research (McKenney, Reeves, 2020), which aims to develop practical solutions to education problems and theoretical comprehension by cooperating with the stakeholders involved in the research. This genre was chosen because of its versatility in combining theoretical and practical perspectives with a focus on subsequent implementation and spread.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Considering the early stage of the research, the data collection phase has not yet taken place. One of the main expected outcomes is the rethinking of competence-based teaching. The assessment system adopted in the European Union is strongly oriented towards the development of competencies and skills. The capability approach can make an essential contribution to rethinking assessment processes and practices to make pupils more aware of their potential (Lozano et al., 2012; Palumbo, Pandolfini, 2019; Urbani, 2018).
References
Black, P.J., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy, and Practice,  5(1), 7-74.
Girelli, C. (2022). Valutare nella scuola primaria. Dal voto al giudizio descrittivo. Roma: Carocci.
Hart, C.S., & Brando, N. (2018). A capability approach to children’s well‐being, agency and participatory rights in education. European Journal of Education, 53, 293-309.
Lozano, J.F., Boni, A., Peris, J., & Hueso, A. (2012). Competencies in Higher Education: A Critical Analysis from the Capabilities Approach. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 46(1), 132-147.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, C. T. (2020). Educational design research: Portraying, conducting, and enhancing productive scholarship. Medical Education, 1-11.
M.I.U.R. (2012). Indicazioni Nazionali. Annali della Pubblica Istruzione, Le Monnier: Firenze.
M.I.U.R. (2020). Linee Guida Ordinanza Ministeriale n. 172/2020.
Monteiro, V., Mata, L., & Santos, N.N. (2021). Assessment Conceptions and Practices: Perspectives of Primary School Teachers and Students. Frontiers in Education, 6.
Otto, H-U., & Ziegler, H. (2006). Capabilities and Education. Social Work & Society, 4(2), 269-287.
Palumbo, M., & Pandolfini, V. (2019). Scuola e disuguaglianze: apprendere dalla valutazione? Sociologia Italiana – AIS Journal of Sociology, 13, 113-132.
Piscozzo, M., & Stefanel, S. (2022). La valutazione nella scuola primaria. Obiettivi, curricoli, scelte. Milano: UTET.
Robeyns, I., (2017). Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice: The Capability Approach Re-Examined. Cambridge, UK: Open Book Publishers.
Sen, A. (1999). Development as Freedom, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sen, A. (2009). Capability: Reach and Limit. In Debating Global Society: Reach and Limits of the Capability Approach, (pp. 15–28), Milan: Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli.
Szekely, E., & Mason, M. (2018). Complexity theory, the capability approach, and the sustainability of development initiatives in education, Journal of Education Policy, 1-18.
UNESCO, (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together: A new Social Contract for Education.
Unterhalter, E. (2019). Measuring the Unmeasurable in Education. New York: Routledge.
Urbani, C. (2018). Lo sviluppo professionale docente dalle competenze alla capacitazione. Milano: Franco Angeli.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press.
Yan, Z., & Yang, L. (2022). Assessment as Learning. Maximizing Opportunities for Student Learning and Achievement. New York: Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Design and Development of a Measurement Scale for Evaluating Teaching Effectiveness from Students' Perspective

Daniel - Emil Iancu

West University of Timișoara, Romania

Presenting Author: Iancu, Daniel - Emil

Student Evaluation of Teaching (SET) is the procedure by which students evaluate and rate teaching performance. Usually, during a SET procedure students complete rating forms or questionnaires about different aspects related to their teachers, but mostly about their teaching practices. Universities or higher education institutions from all over the world implement SET procedures to achieve 3 main purposes. Generally, and from a practical point of view, the main purpose of implementing this type of procedure in most universities is the necessity of reporting SET results to quality assurance agencies. The other main goal of SET procedures, and surely the most important one from an educational perspective, is to provide feedback to academics about their teaching practices and/or to design teacher training programs focused on developing teaching skills. Another important use of SET results is related to evaluating evidence of teaching performance to use the results for academic career advancements or other ways of rewarding teaching effectiveness.

The topic of Student Evaluations of Teaching (SET) is one of the most researched ones in the domain of educational research, with over 2000 studies published in peer-reviewed journals over a period of a little more than 100 years (Spooren et al., 2017). One of the earliest debates in this field of research is about the validity of the SET scales and procedures. The main question was whether the measurement instruments applied to students during these procedures can accurately measure teaching effectiveness. Even if this debate was most active in the 1970s and the evidence was inclining more towards the affirmative answer to the question in case (see reviews from Richardson, 2005 and Marsh, 2007), a recently published meta-analysis (Uttl et al., 2017) presented some evidence which seriously threatens the validity of SET results. The results of the mentioned study strongly suggest that there is no relationship between the SET results of a teacher and the level of their students’ achievement/learning.

Analyzing the SET scales utilized in the studies included in the last-mentioned meta-analysis, we observed that lots of them contain items that are either too vague, either unclear, or even completely unrelated to observable teaching actions and behaviors. Moreover, many SET instruments had only 1 or 2 overall questions about teaching quality.

Some of the main reasons why we chose to develop a new SET scale are the following: (1) most SET scales are not rigorously developed from the theoretical and psychometrical point of view, and those that are, were developed in older times when digital environments were not so common; (2) the majority of SET instruments lack available and published psychometrical evidence for the validity of the results; (3) there are very few instruments that contain questions strictly related to the observable behaviors and actions of teachers; and (4) there are not many SET instruments than can be adapted to different teaching contexts by adapting the selection and number of dimensions to be measured.

Thus, we propose the development and validation of a new multi-dimensional instrument that is based on a systematic mixed-methods process of defining effective teaching in higher education, consists of questions related to the observable actions and behaviors of teachers, and contains a large number of dimensions suitable for several teaching contexts.

Given that the purpose of the study is to develop and validate a SET scale, the research objectives are the following:

1) To perform the theoretical substantiation of the construct and related dimensions.

2) To develop and refine items for each dimension of the scale.

3) To gather evidence in favor of validity (content, construct and criterion) and fidelity (test-retest, internal consistency) of the scale.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For start, we will carry out an extensive and systematic literature review on the topic of teaching effectiveness and SET measures, to outline a comprehensive definition and dimensionality of the construct of interest. Also to define the construct and identify the dimensions, we will conduct interviews with effective award-winning teachers, with students, and with experts in education, asking them about what an effective teacher does, in terms of actions and behaviors, to facilitate and stimulate learning in higher education.

Once the dimensions are identified, we will define and operationalize them in terms of teaching actions and behaviors that are observable from the student’s perspective. Afterward, we will generate an expanded set of items of 10-15 items for each dimension (considering the dimensions’ operational definitions) and we will also choose an answer scale that reflects the nature of the dimensions and the purpose of the measurement.

Regarding the process of gathering evidence in favor of the new SET scale’s reliability and validity, we will follow the following steps:
1) Assessment of content validity by a panel of 3 experts in teacher training and evaluation, who will evaluate the dimension definitions and the items, for assessing their relevance and coverage of the construct.
2) Pre-piloting the instrument with a small number of participants from the intended population to observe whether the items and answer options are properly interpreted by the respondents and, if necessary, to revise the items according to what was observed.
3) Piloting the instrument on a sample closely representative of the target population and performing descriptive analysis of data, the analysis of the fidelity of the sample (test-retest, internal consistency), and confirmatory factor analysis, to revise and reduce the scale and to refine the items that need refinement.
4) In terms of checking relationships with other constructs, we will use 3 tools that are theoretically related to our construct. To check the convergent validity we will use the ATI (Approaches to Teaching Inventory) (Trigwell, Prosser, and Ginns, 2005) which is a teaching approach evaluation tool. At the same time, we will also use the SEEQ (Students Evaluation of Educational Quality) (Marsh, 1982) which is maybe the most rigorously developed SET scale. In terms of criterion validity, we will analyze the links between our instrument and the R-SPQ-2F (Revised-Study Process Questionnaire-2 Factors) (Biggs, Kember, & Leung, 2001), which refers to the ways in which students approach learning (deep or surface).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome is a new rigorously developed and evidence-based multi-dimensional SET scale for evaluating teaching effectiveness in higher education. We expect to obtain positive evidence of content, construct, and criterion validity and also evidence for the usefulness of the results in improving teaching actions and behaviors. Also, considering the large number of teaching dimensions we want to assess through the new SET scale, we expect that it could be used flexibly in different settings or disciplines, by teachers or SET administrators. In other words, it will offer teachers or SET administrators the opportunity to select and evaluate only the dimensions that are relevant for that specific setting or discipline.

From the perspective of the impact on educational practice and teacher training, the SET scale resulting from this research project will allow the following: (1) giving feedback and support to teachers based on the scores obtained on each dimension; (2) identifying the training needs of teaching staff with the aim of developing training programs aimed at those needs; (3) measuring teaching effectiveness as a result of various initiatives to increase the quality of teaching and reviewing these initiatives based on their effects; and last but not least (4) the use of the results in promotion decisions or for awarding teaching activity, aspects that may lead to greater involvement in teaching improvement initiatives from teachers.

References
American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Biggs, J., Kember, D., & Leung, D. Y. (2001). The revised two‐factor study process questionnaire: R‐SPQ‐2F. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71(1), 133-149.

Marsh, H. W. 1982. “SEEQ: A Reliable, Valid, and Useful Instrument for Collecting Students’ Evaluations of University Teaching.” British Journal of Educational Psychology 52 (1): 77–95.

Marsh, H. W. (2007). Students’ evaluations of university teaching: Dimensionality, reliability, validity, potential biases and usefulness. In P.R., Pintrich & A. Zusho (Coord.), The scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education: An evidence-based perspective (pp. 319-383). Springer, Dordrecht.

Richardson, J. T. (2005). Instruments for obtaining student feedback: A review of the literature. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 30(4), 387-415.

Spooren, P., Vandermoere, F., Vanderstraeten, R., & Pepermans, K. (2017). Exploring high impact scholarship in research on student's evaluation of teaching (SET). Educational Research Review, 22, 129-141.

Trigwell, K., Prosser, M., & Ginns, P. (2005). Phenomenographic pedagogy and a revised approaches to teaching inventory. Higher Education Research & Development, 24(4), 349-360.

Uttl, B., White, C. A., & Gonzalez, D. W. (2017). Meta-analysis of faculty's teaching effectiveness: Student evaluation of teaching ratings and student learning are not related. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 54, 22-42.

Willis, G. B. (2004). Cognitive interviewing: A tool for improving questionnaire design. Sage Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers’ Formative Assessment Literacy in the Confucian Culture Context: Design and Validation of an Inventory

Rong Fu

University of Calgary, Canada

Presenting Author: Fu, Rong

Formative assessment places greater emphasis on bidirectional contributions between the students in the assessment process (Yorke, 2003), as well as advocates an equal teacher-student relationship. To promote student learning, both stakeholders are expected to be fully engaged in the learning process (Black & Wiliam, 1998), instead of measuring student performance unilaterally (Wiggins, 1998). Although formative assessment is well established in western classroom practices and is required as one underpinning literacy for teachers (Popham, 2011), when the idea of formative assessment was introduced to Confucian heritage countries in Asia, tensions for K‒12 teachers arose due to the perennial convention of overemphasizing summative assessment in school.

Profoundly influenced by Confucianism, teachers in China may perceive formative assessment as a novel assessment paradigm that contradicts their traditional mindset on assessment. Take Chinese teachers as an example, many of them seem to be reluctant to this reform (Zhan, 2021). Moreover, schooling in these countries has been constantly shifted to virtual online classroom platforms since the COVID-19 pandemic. Given that online classrooms largely constrain the effectiveness of the implementation of assessment (Khan & Khan, 2018), the different classroom modes complicate the teacher formative assessment practices.

However, there is a paucity of research on teachers’ overall literacy of formative assessment in the eastern Confucian heritage countries (Zhan, 2019). There is also a need to design and develop a psychometrically sound and culturally responsive inventory instrument in the field of formative assessment literacy in the Confucian cultural context. Thus, I attempt to design and validate a first easternized online inventory to evaluate teachers’ capacity for formative assessment acquisition and authentic application. The whole process includes four phases under the guide of an exploratory sequential mixed-methods design. Building on the interviews and the prior inventories on relevant domains (e.g., Campbell & Mertler, 2004; Yan & Pastore, 2022), I plan to categorize the dimensions as five scenarios, consisting of 1) face-to-face classroom, 2) online classroom, 3) after-school assignments and tasks, 4) feedback, 5) ethical concerns. Each contains six multiple-choice questions and each question has one best answer. The inventory will be uploaded to www.wjx.cn, a Chinese online open survey website, and automatically code the correct answer as 1 point while the incorrect answers as 0 points. Thus, the total grade for one participant is 30 points and each subsection values 6 points.

In particular, I am fully aware of the unique characteristics of Confucian heritage culture and its ubiquitous impact on teacher assessment practices. Therefore, all the questions are edited in line with the authentic local classroom settings. For example, I will emphasize student dignity considerations to replace the typical western inventory questions about privacy risks.

The expected findings will contribute to the initial investigation of the status of formative assessment literacy for K‒12 teachers in Confucian heritage culture and locate the specific factors influencing the building and practice of teachers in this domain. Eventually, the inventory will be used to gather evidence to inform in-service and preservice teacher professional development programs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given that educational assessment is a complex phenomenon that is difficult to measure solely on quantitative or qualitative information, and Confucian K–12 school contexts are unique through the lens of the social and cultural aspects (Berthrong & Berthrong, 2000). Therefore, we employ an exploratory sequential mixed-method research design (Creswell, & Plano Clark, 2018). The main research thread is:
(1) Qualitative method: we intend to conduct a series of semi-structured interviews with 10 in-service teachers from elementary, junior high, and senior high schools to portray an initial picture of the status of teacher formative assessment literacy in Shanghai, China.
(2) Quantitative method: building on the prior inventories on assessment literacy around the world, and the outcomes from the first-phase interviews, we will vernacularize and design a five-point Likert-type response questionnaire and a multiple-choice scale to explore how teachers perceive, comprehend, and practice formative assessment. About 300 teachers from 12 grades and all major disciplines will be invited as participants. In this phase, we will examine the construct validity of the quantitative data using exploratory factor analysis.
(3) Qualitative method: As a necessity of exploratory sequential design, we will aim to verify the quantitative findings by conducting a new round of qualitative method. Thus, we will invite 3 cohorts of teachers and 1 group of school administrators from three-level schools to participate in the final focus group. Their consensus of formative assessment literacy will conduce to hone the quantitative findings and finally conflate and summarize the overall findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The overarching aim of this study is to design and validate a psychometrically sound and culturally responsive inventory in the Confucian culture context, which can be used as a tool for K–12 teachers’ overall formative assessment literacy. This study can directly depict the current state of Chinese K–12 teachers' formative assessment literacy. I expect to explore the advantages and disadvantages of formative assessment literacy in authentic settings and how Confucianism influences the building of formative assessment literacy for teachers.
Further, it can gather the total grade of a teacher’s general comprehension on formative assessment and five subtotal grades convergent from three dimensions: conceptual, practical and socio-cultural for prospective analysis. Accordingly, the insights from this study could be used as suggestions for ongoing educational practices. By extension, this inventory could be harnessed as an underpinning tool for higher educational institutions to review and redesign pre-service and in-service teacher professional development programs focusing on improving teachers’ formative assessment literacy in Confucian contexts.

References
Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Inside the black box: Raising standards through classroom assessment. Phi Delta Kappan, 80(2), 139–148.
Berthrong, J. H., & Berthrong, E. N. (2000). Confucianism: A short introduction. Oneworld Publications.
Campbell, C., & Mertler, C. A. (2004). Assessment Literacy Inventory. https://learn.maricopa.edu/courses/811364/quizzes/1226231
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). Sage.
Khan, S., & Khan, R. A. (2018). Online assessments: Exploring perspectives of university students. Education and Information Technologies, 24(1), 661–677. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-018-9797-0
Popham, W. J. (2011). Assessment literacy overlooked: a teacher educator's confession. The Teacher Educator, 46(4), 265-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2011.605048
Wiggins, G. P. (1998). Educative assessment: Designing assessments to inform and improve student performance. Jossey-Bass.
Yan, & Pastore, S. (2022). Are teachers literate in formative assessment? The development and validation of the Teacher Formative Assessment Literacy Scale. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 74, 1–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2022.101183
Yorke, M. (2003). Formative assessment in higher education: Moves towards theory and the enhancement of pedagogic practice. Higher Education, 45(4), 477–501. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1023967026413
Zhan, Y. (2021). What matters in design? Cultivating undergraduates’ critical thinking through online peer assessment in a Confucian heritage context. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(4), 615–630. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1804826
Zhan, Y. (2019). Conventional or sustainable? Chinese university students’ thinking about feedback used in their English lessons. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(7), 973–986. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1557105.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 J: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Science-Policy Interface of Sustainability and Climate Change Education

Stefanie Mallow

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Mallow, Stefanie

This presentation is part of a larger PhD project which looks at research on policy-making in educational research. Specifically, the thesis will explore the relationships between researchers who study environmental and sustainability education, including climate change, and the policy-makers at the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), the core agency for education within the United Nations system, who develop guidelines, strategies, and plans to guide UNESCO’s Member States. This relationship between researchers and policy-makers is also called “Science-Policy Interface” (Kaaronen, 2016). There is a research gap on how the relationships between researchers and policy-makers work and how knowledge flows within the network. As Singer-Brodowski et al. (2020) claim: "what happens in a particular SPI [Science-Policy-Interface] policy-research relationship remains underresearched, particularly in relation to 'success criteria' for policy makers and researchers." (p. 554). It is also unclear if a science-policy interface is a desirable mechanism to develop policies.

This paper will focus on the literature review of the larger PhD thesis, highlighting what research has already been done in terms of researcher and policy-maker relationships in the areas of sustainability, and climate change education. The presentation will present concepts that are currently used within the United Nations Systems to educate all about the planets boundaries and what role educational research plays for the networks in which new policy are being created.

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), a concept found in most national curricula frameworks of formal education globally today (UNESCO , 2021), tries to overcome our world’s issues by teaching systems thinking and ways to connect the today with the present (Leicht et al., 2018). It is one of the most dominant educational discourses steered by the United Nations (Bengtsson , 2016; Bylund et al., 2022; González -Gaudiano, 2016; Gough , 2017). ESD tries to teach all learners about the complex issues humankind has created, such as inequality, poverty, and climate change, and aims to overcome them by encouraging learners to take ownership and responsibility of their actions. ESD focuses on three, sometimes four dimensions – environment, social, economic, and culture – claiming that all dimensions are needed to create the Future we Want (United Nations , 2012), as the outcome document of the United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development is called.

A related, although different concept is Action for Climate Empowerment (ACE), which is part of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). UNESCO and UNFCCC are increasingly working together to promote the concept of climate change communication and education (CCE), often in relation to ESD. Most recently, UNESCO and UNFCCC hosted a joined webinar series on ACE ahead of COP27. Due to this collaboration, ACE is also an area that has become relevant for this paper.

ESD is a highly contested concept debated by academics (González-Gaudiano, 2016). Interestingly, the same people who criticize the concept, also tend to be the people who are invited by UNESCO to contribute to policy-making (Lysgaard et al., 2016; Payne , 2016). ACE is slightly different, as it is primarily negotiated at UNFCCC events, such as the Conference of the Parties (COP). Nevertheless, guidelines for ACE are sometimes written by the same people as for ESD (e.g., UNESCO & UNFCCC, 2016). Therefore, the question is: how is sustainability and climate change policy made? Whose research is involved in making sure the policy is evidence-based? Where do the ideas for the education policy come from?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation is based on a literature review of existing literature on the science-policy interface of sustainability and climate change education. The primary purpose of this literature review is, as most literature reviews, “(a) to integrate (compare and contrast) what others have done and said, (b) to criticize previous scholarly works, (c) to build bridges between related topic areas, and/or (d) to identify the central issues in a field.” (Cooper, 2015, p. 5). The literature review will focus primarily on the international level, looking at research published in relation to UNESCO and/or UNFCCC.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The science-policy interface, sometimes also called research-policy relationship, within the field of education for sustainable development (ESD), environmental education (EE), or together environmental and sustainability education (ESE) and Climate Change Education (CCE) is a growing field. Three journals in the field dedicated special issues to the topic in recent years (Lysgaard et al., 2016; Payne, 2016; Rickinson & McKenzie, 2021), indicating a growing interest and an ever-increasing necessity to study the relationship between academia and policy-making.
Through this literature review and presentation, I expect to gain a better inside into the challenges of the field and help to contribute to more awareness of the knowledge gap in policy-making.

References
Bengtsson, S. L. (2016). Hegemony and the politics of policy making for education for sustainable development: A case study of Vietnam. The Journal of Environmental Education, 47(2), 77-90.
Bylund, L., Hellberg, S., & Knutsson, B. (2022). ‘We must urgently learn to live differently’: the biopolitics of ESD for 2030. Environmental Education Research, 28(1), 40-55.
Cooper, H. (2015). Research synthesis and meta-analysis: A step-by-step approach (Vol. 2). Sage publications.
González-Gaudiano, E. (2016). ESD: Power, politics, and policy:“Tragic optimism” from Latin America. The Journal of Environmental Education, 47(2), 118-127.
Gough, A. (2017). Searching for a crack to let environment light in: Ecological biopolitics and education for sustainable development discourses. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 12(4), 889-905.
Kaaronen, R. O. (2016). Scientific Support for Sustainable Development Policies: A Typology of Science–Policy Interfaces with Case Studies.
Leicht, A., Heiss, J., & Byun, W. J. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development (Vol. 5). UNESCO publishing.
Lysgaard, J. A., Reid, A., & Van Poeck, K. (2016). The roots and routes of environmental and sustainability education policy research–an introduction to a virtual special issue. Environmental Education Research, 22(3), 319-332.
Payne, P. G. (2016). The politics of environmental education. Critical inquiry and education for sustainable development. In: Taylor & Francis.
Rickinson, M., & McKenzie, M. (2021). The research-policy relationship in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 27(4), 465-479. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1895973
Singer-Brodowski, M., Brock, A., Grund, J., & de Haan, G. (2020). Reflections on the science–policy interface within education for sustainable development in Germany. Environmental Education Research, 1-17.
UNESCO. (2021). Learn for our planet. a global review of how environmental issues are integrated in education. .
UNESCO, & UNFCCC. (2016). Action for Climate Empowerment: Guidelines for accelerating solutions through education, training and public awareness. UNESCO Publishing.
United Nations. (2012). The future we want :resolution. In. [New York] :: UN.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Affective Entanglements Between Neo-Nationalism and Neoliberalism in French Higher Education Policy.

Ester Zangrandi

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Zangrandi, Ester

This paper aims to explore how neo-nationalism and neoliberalism interact in the context of French higher education (HE) policy. A focus on the affective dimension allows the analysis to cut across multiple scales and disciplines, shedding light on the dynamics tying the two paradigms together in the domain of HE policymaking. Within this wider framework, the present paper is dedicated to international students’ migration, subject to debate and legislation in both Paris and Brussels. Relying on the inherent diversity of educational research, the analysis builds on concepts and approaches developed in different disciplines, applying them across the individual, institutional, nation-state and EU scales.

According to Andre Gingrich and Mark Banks (2006), neo-nationalist forces constitute “new and recent variants of nationalism” sharing distinct anti-immigration and anti-European stances, combined with “pro-law-and-order elements” (Gingrich, 2006, p. 215). This conceptualization was further elaborated, as neo-nationalist parties began looking towards the left for their economic policies, embracing welfare-chauvinism (Eger & Valdez, 2019), and replaced their tout-court hostility against the EU with calls for an alternative vision of the Union (Coman & Leconte, 2019). Most importantly, the policies and stances advocated by neo-nationalist forces have been increasingly appropriated by the so-called mainstream parties, located around the centre of the political spectrum (Brøgger, 2022). Most of the policies adopted by these parties, nevertheless, are still commonly identified as an expression of neoliberalism, that this paper addresses as “a system of thought bound up with market capitalism” (Lazzarato, 2009, p. 110).

My fieldwork in France began, therefore, with the intention to explore whether and to what extent neo-nationalist trends were co-existing with neoliberal discourse and policies. While conducting interviews with university staff, affect prominently entered the scene: among others, experiences of resentment, disillusion, and fear for the future. The paper builds on the extensive scholarship that developed from the “affective turn” of the mid-90s and early 2000s (Gregg & Seigworth, 2010). In other words, the analysis will assign a key role to emotions – or affects, going beyond dichotomous definitions of the two and seeing them, with Sarah Ahmed (2014), as “a matter of how we come into contact with objects and others” (p.208).

In the wake of a flourishing literature focusing on affect within educational research (e.g. Taylor & Lahad, 2018; Staunæs & Brøgger, 2020), this paper was greatly inspired by the works of Riyad Shahjahan (2020; 2022). Shedding light on the relationship between temporality and affects in academia, Shahjahan (2020) argues for a multi-scale analysis of the different ways individuals, institutions and nation-states affectively engage with temporal norms. On the individual level, neoliberal governmentality leads to the adoption of different “survival tactics” (Shahjahan, 2020) and the profusion of what Lazzarato (2009) – building on Deleuze and Guattari (1980) – defines as “micro-politics of little fears” (Lazzarato, 2009, p.120).

Moving from the individual to the nation-state level, the paper builds on William Walters’ concept of “domopolitics” (Walters, 2005) and Nandita Sharma’s “home economics” (Sharma, 2006). Encouraging us to reflect on the government of the nation-state as a home (domus in Latin), these works contribute to highlighting the affective dimension of migration management and the often-overlooked links between border security and social security systems (Walters, 2005), and therefore HE policy.

The “Bienvenue en France” strategy, launched by the French government in 2018, serves as a case study to explore how different agendas intertwine, on multiple levels, in the domain of international students’ migration. Following the fil rouge of affects, the paper works across the policy framework provided by the EU, the measures adopted at state level, the reactions of HE institutions and the concerns of their staff.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research supporting this paper has relied on qualitative analysis of interviews and documents, with secondary consideration of participant observation of relevant meetings and colloquiums. Interviews were conducted between March 2022 and January 2023. Participants included faculty members and administrative staff of three different HE institutions, selected according to a number of context-sensitive criteria. These criteria aimed at orienting the choice to institutions having different relationships to the State, due to their legal - and perceived - statuses, type of student population, size and geographical position.

In addition to university staff, interviews addressed French ministry officials at the national and local levels, political representatives, members of state agencies and professional organizations. The choice of interviewees among policy officials and political representatives was guided by their affiliation to relevant ministry departments and their involvement in HE-related political debates, and ultimately determined by access and availability. To this day, 42 semi-directive interviews have taken place, the vast majority in person and the rest online.

The document analysis is based on publicly available policy documents including legislation, press statements, transcripts of parliamentary debates and internal circulars. Speeches and declarations – including statements on social media - from government members and other political authorities have also been an integral part of the analysis. The latter has focused on the period between 2015 and 2022. Looking beyond the national level, the research has also included policy documents published by individual HE institutions and relevant texts adopted by the EU. Empirical work has been supported by secondary literature discussing the modern and contemporary history of French, European and global HE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My interviews and analysis of policy documents have emphasized how different interests and rationales intermingled in the policymaking process around international students’ migration, and the extent to which the adopted policies have played and unfolded their effects on the affective dimension. Preliminary findings indicate a mutually reinforcing dynamic linking neo-nationalist stances and neoliberal agendas: an unlikely alliance operating through the different stages of HE policymaking and across multiple levels of analysis.

The analysis of interviews and policy documents suggests that these dynamic works through affect and, more specifically, through different forms and degrees of fear. Interviews conducted with university staff highlighted how recent policies and political discourse have been mobilizing issues that feed into existing insecurities, exacerbated by years of market-driven reforms and chronic underfunding in French HE. A good example in this regard is the reference to “demography” and “demographic” challenges, which recurrently appeared in the empirical material. Charged with a very material, bodily dimension and closely connected to different types of fears and concerns, the term “demography” runs through EU policy documents, interviews with French ministry officials and academic staff. It relates to job market and competitiveness demands – inherent to neoliberal rationales – while at the same time speaking to a seemingly inescapable need to manage population flows, from within and without the borders – those of the EU, of the nation-state and even those of HE institutions. This is but a single example of how neoliberal agendas can meet neo-nationalist calls for enhanced border security and welfare chauvinism.

The paper will build on this and other examples in order to shed light on the affective "fil rouge" that may give us access to the complexities of the relationship between neo-nationalist trends and neoliberal policymaking in HE.

References
Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion (ed.). Edinburgh University Press.  
Brøgger, K. (2022). Post-Cold war governance arrangements in Europe: the University between European integration and rising nationalisms. Globalisation, societies and education, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2022.2075832
Coman, R., & Leconte, C. (2019). Contesting EU authority in the name of European identity: the new clothes of the sovereignty discourse in Central Europe. Journal of European Integration: Understanding Conflicts of Sovereignty in the EU, 41(7), 855-870. https://doi.org/10.1080/07036337.2019.1665660  
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1980) Mille plateaux. Paris: Les editions de Minuit.
Eger, M. A., & S. Valdez (2019). “The Rise of Neo-Nationalism.” In P. Bevelander and R. Wodak (eds.). Europe at the Crossroads: Confronting Populist, Nationalist, and Global Challenges, 113–134. Lund: Nordic Academic Press.
Gingrich, A., & M. Banks (2006). Neo-nationalism in Europe and Beyond: Perspectives from Social Anthropology. New York: Berghahn Books.
Gregg, M., & Seigworth, G. J. (2010). The Affect theory reader. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822393047  
Lazzarato, M. (2009). Neoliberalism in Action: Inequality, Insecurity and the Reconstitution of the Social. Theory, culture & society, 26(6), 109-133. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409350283  
Shahjahan, R. A. (2020). On 'being for others': time and shame in the neoliberal academy. Journal of Education Policy, 35(6), 785-811. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1629027  
Shahjahan, R. A., & Grimm, A. T. (2022). Bringing the 'nation-state' into being: affect, methodological nationalism and globalisation of higher education. Globalisation, societies and education, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2022.2036107
Sharma, N. (2006). Home Economics: Nationalism and the Making of Migrant Workers in Canada. University of Toronto Press. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442675810  
Staunæs, D., & Brøgger, K. (2020). In the mood of data and measurements: experiments as affirmative critique, or how to curate academic value with care. Feminist theory, 21(4), 429-445. https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700120967301
Walters, W. (2004). Secure borders, safe haven, domopolitics. Citizenship studies, 8(3), 237-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/1362102042000256989
Taylor, Y., & Lahad, K. (2018). Feeling Academic in the Neoliberal University : Feminist Flights, Fights and Failures (1st edition. ed.). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-64224-6


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

“There is Demand, There is Market,” on the Implementation of Chinese Prohibitive Shadow Education Policy---Double Reduction from the Tutors’ Perspective

Yu ZHU

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: ZHU, Yu

Shadow education is known as supplementary tutoring courses, which is a metaphor saying that supplementary tutoring is influenced by mainstream education, like mainstream education’s shadow. Shadow education is a worldwide phenomenon now. In Europe, shadow education is increasing. And in some Asian countries, shadow education seems to even exceed mainstream education.

The seriousness of implications caused by shadow education cannot be ignored. The parents and students have to purchase supplementary tutoring. For this reason, the financial expenditure will be a burden for some low-income families. This concerns the equality of educational resources because the higher-income family might provide various quality tutoring chances for their children. And following, educational anxiety and students’ study burden increase with the increase in shadow education attended. Moreover, the salary of being a tutor is higher than being a school teacher, which might cause schoolteacher corruption. They might have a part-time tutoring job and ask students to sign up for their tutoring courses. There are many social problems caused by shadow education. The education policy toward Shadow Education varies according to the different national conditions. Basically, there are four types: supportive policies, such as in Singapore and America, the MOEs provided financial support to students joining extra lessons; regulating types, such as in India, Portugal and Austria, their MOEs regulated schoolteachers being tutors; laissez-faire policy types, such as in the Czech Republic and Japan, which believe that free-market economy competition will regulate shadow education by itself; and the last type is prohibitive policy, such as today’s China.

China had the most extensive shadow education system in the world. However, since 24/07/2021, Chinese shadow education has been facing an enormous change. The Chinese MOE issued Double Reduction policy aims to reduce students’ study and homework burden by banning supplementary institutions from tutoring primary and lower secondary school students. All the supplementary academic institutions were forced to transform into art institutions or nonprofit-seeking academic institutions. Furthermore, the Chinese MOE set up a new department to monitor shadow education.

However, the Chinese education assessment system is still based on academic performance, competitive grades are the main way to get into a quality university. Therefore, the extra tutoring lessons might help students to learn more and be more competitive in school, the demands are here but the “market” is banned. China is not the only one that issued a prohibitive shadow education policy. South Korea and Mauritius had similar banning shadow education policies but were eventually abolished because shadow education was still highly demanded even though there were prohibitive policies. Whether Chinese policy can work well has become the focus.

Nevertheless, recent research typically investigated how the students, parents and schoolteachers felt about the Double Reduction, it showed that they thought Double Reduction helped students reduce their burden and promote mental health, but schoolteachers felt the workload increased. And also the recent research paid attention to how the public understood the policy, which showed that they could understand the policy is for seeking education equality. However, these studies ignored the shadow education providers’ perspectives on how they understand the Policy, How the Policy is implemented in the institutions from their sight.

Therefore, the general purpose of my study is to explore and analyze what has happened and what is happening in Chinese shadow education after Double Reduction from the shadow education providers’ perspective. This is a referenceable experience we can draw upon that how the policy is implemented in the Chinese shadow education sector; where does it work? where are the deficiencies? And enriching the diverse perspectives of the Double Reduction, not only limited to students, parents and the public.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research used semi-structured interviews with seven Chinese shadow education providers. This study aims to investigate the tutors’ perspectives on Double Reduction. Moreover, Double Reduction mainly prohibits profit-seeking institutions from tutoring primary and Secondary school students’ academic courses. Therefore, based on these, the selection of tutors was based on these few rules:
(1) The participant was a tutor at the moment when the Double Reduction policy was issued.
(2) The participant tutored or is tutoring academic subjects (Math, English, Chinese, Politics, History, Geography, Chemistry, Biology, and Physics) for school students.
The first participate was recruited from a Chinese social application, and then used the snowball sampling mentod, recruited other interviewees.
Data Collection
There are six parts in the Double Reduction policy considering shadow education: academic lessons; tutoring curfew; tutoring advertisements; tutoring tuition fee; tutoring curriculum; after-school services. Therefore, the semi-structured interview questions were based on the six parts and the interviewees’ answers to extend more questions. The interviews were conducted online and in Chinese. The whole process was recorded with the participants’ permission. Each interview lasts 25-47 min .
Data Analysis
The thematic analysis method was used here to analyze the text data. The initial data was coded in MAXQDA 10 by six codes: information about academic lessons; Tutoring curfew, tutoring advertisements; tutoring tuition fees; tutoring curriculum; after-school services; parents’ attitude. Through rereading the data and coding content several times, the themes were induced into two: About Tutors themselves, and how the Double Reduction regulations were implemented in institutions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this study showed that
(1) Chinese supplementary institutions are facing many financial issues.
(2) But academic tutoring is still existing secretly. Some academic institutions transformed into art institutions because of the Double Reduction, and they still give academic lessons through "mask tutoring," e.g., the course title is diverse culture sharing but the content is secondary school English.
(3) Some institutions' tutors are willing to become private tutors, and some tutors have given up their tutoring careers. The participants all thought the policy is too strict for them.
In the next step of this topic is to interview different groups, such as institution owners, institution managers, student-parents, students, and schoolteachers. Furthermore, further research direction also can focus on how the private tutor works under the Double Reduction Policy. How to cope with current European shadow education learn from the Chinese experience?

References
Bray, M. (n.d.). Private tutoring and its implications for policymakers in the European Union.
Bray, M. (2009). Confronting the Shadow Education System: What Government Policies for What Private Tutoring? In Journal of International and Comparative Education (Vol. 1, Issue 2). https://doi.org/10.14425/00.45.79
Zhang, W. (2022). Non-state actors in education: The nature, dynamics and regulatory implications of private supplementary tutoring. https://gem-report-2021.unesco.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/03-Wei.pdf
Wang, D., Chen, X. -yan, Ma, Z., Liu, X., & Fan, F. (2022). Has the “Double Reduction” policy relieved stress? A follow-up study on Chinese adolescents. Child and adolescent psychiatry and mental health, 16(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s13034-022-00530-6
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 K: Gender and Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

“Everywhere You Get These Models of What You Should be Like” - Men, Masculinity Ideals and Mental Health

Inka Tähkä

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Tähkä, Inka

Youth mental health has become an increasing concern in public discourse, especially during the covid pandemic. With a growing number of courses and guidance related to emotional support and self-management, emotional wellbeing has also become a significant focus of education in Finland (Ahonen, 2020; Brunila, 2012b). However, the connections between mental health and social structures, such as masculinity ideals, remain understudied in Finland and educational contexts globally. In my research, I examine young Finnish men’s views of the connections between masculinity ideals, public mental health discourses, and young men’s mental health.

The basis for this research is the understanding that gender is socially constructed and that gender, and other identities, are relational and performative, constituted in discourses producing gendered conditions of possibility for individuals (Butler 1988; 1990/2006). I follow Foucault’s theorisation (1982) on power and discourses, in which discourses are understood as power-knowledge systems. The mechanics of power produce different types of knowledge, which in turn reinforce the power-knowledge systems by defining “normal” or ideal codes of conduct. These norms constitute our lived experiences and gendered subjectivities, governing and regulating the way we express ourselves and our gender (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016; Davies & Gannon, 2011). This research focuses on masculinity ideals, understood as contextual set of characteristics often associated with the behaviour of men, setting a standard for what is seen as appropriate behaviour (Brunila, 2019; Francis, 2008; Hyvönen, 2021). The first objective of this research is to examine what kind of masculinity ideals young Finnish men identify in their lives, how they align with these ideals, and how they view these ideals to be connected to their mental health.

The second objective is to analyse what kind of public mental health discourses young men produce and how they understand their mental health through these discourses. Following McLeod and Wright (2016), instead of defining what mental health is, the emphasis is on what the concept of mental health does, how is it talked about, and with what kind of consequences. Like gender, mental health is understood in this research as a socially and discursively constructed concept. Several scholars argue that mental health has become kind of “empty signifier” - a multifaceted concept with several cultural meanings attached to it, acquiring many meanings in everyday discourses, and used to justify many kinds of youth policies and support systems (Aneshensel et al. 2013; McLeod & Wright, 2015). The expanding focus on mental health has raised critical questions about the increasing governing that individuals are subjected to, justified with objectives of wellbeing. The concept of therapeutic culture has been used to describe how therapeutic vocabulary, practices, and “struggling with the self” have become an essential part of society and social life (Brunila et al., 2021; Brunila & Siivonen, 2016; Klein & Mills, 2017; Nehring et al. 2020). Therapeutic culture can also contribute to upholding and dismantling gender ideals by upholding prevailing normativities with gendered emotional practices and discourses but also providing tools to negotiate with these norms (Hyvönen, 2021; Kolehmainen, 2018;2021).

Based on the theoretic framework, my research questions are: i) What kind of discourses of masculinity and mental health do young Finnish men identify in their lives, and how are these discourses constructed? ii) How do young Finnish men align with and understand their mental health through masculinity ideals and mental health discourses? With young men, I refer to individuals who identify as men aged 15-29.

Analysing young men’s views on the masculinity ideals and mental health discourses prevalent in society and education can bring new perspectives to young men’s mental health and deepen the understanding of men’s diverse lived experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analysis was conducted applying a thematic discursive approach to the open answers in a young men’s mental health questionnaire (n=975), conducted in November 2020 by Nyyti ry, a Finnish NGO supporting students’ mental health, and the Family Federation of Finland. The anonymous questionnaire was targeted at young men about their experiences and views about their own mental health and the general atmosphere towards young men’s mental health. The questionnaire reached 975 individuals, of whom over 83 per cent were aged between 15 and 29. The answers by women (n=65) were left out of the analysis.

The analysis process consisted of two concurrent phases: thematising the data and analysing the constructed themes with a discursive approach. First the data was coded to identify repeated patterns across data. After initial coding, the codes were renamed to more accurate ones, merging conceptually similar codes, and assessing the relevance of infrequent codes (Saldaña, 2013). This descriptive coding produced a categorised inventory of the answers, summarising the data, and was essential for further analysis and interpretation.

Guided by the research questions and previous research, the coded data was examined inspired by discursive reading (Brunila, 2016; Brunila & Ikävalko, 2012; Lanas et al., 2020), which is not a clearly defined method, but a way to construct meanings of the data. Discursive reading entails the understanding that discourses and discursive practices produce reality with certain effects, instead of being just a neutral description of something. The first objective was to analyse the discursive repertoires used to describe and construct meanings and understanding of men, masculinities, and mental health. The second objective was to analyse what kinds of subject positions these discourses were presented to create and how young men align themselves to and within these discourses. Gender, masculinity, and mental health can be understood as discursive categories that produce conditions of possibility to talk about and align oneself to these phenomena (Lanas et al., 2020), and the role of individuals in meaning-making simultaneously agentic and guided by prevailing discourses (Venäläinen, 2021).

With the thematic discursive approach, the data was constructed into two overarching themes. The first theme comprises of repeated repertoires about men, masculinities, and mental health. The second theme focuses on public mental health discourses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Young men produce masculinity discourses which highlight how the traditional masculinity ideals remain strong in Finnish society, upheld with narrow representations of masculinity. These ideals are portrayed as restricting, limiting the actions of young men, and to create gendered conditions of opportunity to show weakness, ask for help, and talk about mental health. However, young men position themselves to and within these masculinity discourses in various ways. Echoing Davies and Gannon (2011), the respondents can be seen to both actively take on and question prevailing gender norms. However, as suggested by previous research (see Waling 2019), there was a strong tendency in the data to position men as limited and governed by masculinity ideals.

In addition, young Finnish men produce diverse, interlinked, and sometimes contradictory reactions to the public mental health discourses. Young men demonstrate discontented to the way men’s mental health is addressed and how the prevailing mental health discourses are insufficient in quality and quantity. Furthermore, young men construct critique towards the individualised mental health discourses, in which men themselves are seen as both the reason and the solution to their possible mental health problems. Moreover, the public mental health discourses are seen as insufficient and discriminatory towards men, eliciting an anti-feminist reaction.

In conclusion, the results of this study indicate a clear need for more diverse masculinity and mental health discourses in Finland and internationally, both in educational and wider societal contexts. The results indicate a need to address the structural, gendered expectations in order to widen the positions available for men in society and to find useful solutions to support the mental health of young men. For education, this research provides reasons and justification to critically examine the gendered practices and wellbeing discourses utilised in educational contexts.

References
Brunila, K., & Siivonen, P. (2016). Preoccupied with the self: Towards self-responsible, enterprising, flexible and self-centred subjectivity in education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(1), 56-6

Brunila, K., Harni, E., Saari, A., & Ylöstalo, H. (2021a). Terapeuttisen vallan käsitteellisiä näkökulmia ja historiallisia kehityskulkuja. In K. Brunila, E. Harni, A. Saari, & H. Ylöstalo (Eds.), Terapeuttinen valta: Onnellisuuden ja hyvinvoinnin jännitteitä 2000-luvun Suomessa (pp. 13-30). Vastapaino.

Butler, J. (2006). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. (Original work published 1990).

Davies, B., & Gannon, S. (2011). Feminism/post-structuralism. In B. Somekh & C. Lewin (Eds.), Theory and Methods in Social Research (pp. 312-319).

Hyvönen, H. (2021). Men, work, and care of the self : hybrid masculinities in Finnish working life . University of Helsinki.

Klein, E., & Mills, C. (2017). Psy-expertise, therapeutic culture and the politics of the personal in development. Third World Quarterly, 38(9), 1990-2008.

Kolehmainen, M. (2018). Mapping affective capacities: Gender and sexuality in relationship and sex counselling practices. Affective inequalities in intimate relationships.

Lanas, M., Petersen, E. B., & Brunila, K. (2020). The discursive production of misbehaviour in professional literature. Critical Studies in Education, 1-16.

McLeod, J. & Wright, K. (2016). What does wellbeing do? An approach to defamiliarize keywords in youth studies, Journal of Youth Studies, 19:6, 776-792.

Nehring, D., Madsen, O. E., Cabanas E, Mills, C. & Kerrigan, D. (ed) (2020) The Routledge International Handbook of Global Therapeutic Cultures. Abingdon: Routledge.

Venäläinen, S. (2021). Nobody cares for men anymore: Affective-discursive practices around men’s victimisation across online and offline contexts. European Journal of Cultural Studies.

Waling, A. (2019). Rethinking masculinity studies: Feminism, masculinity, and poststructural accounts of agency and emotional reflexivity. The Journal of Men’s Studies, 27(1), 89–107.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Neo-Nationalism and Anti-Gender Discourse: Higher Education Institutions’ Role in Polish Anti-Liberal Politics

Rasmus Harsbo

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Harsbo, Rasmus

Anti-gender discourse was central to the success of the 2019 electoral campaign of Poland’s ruling party, Law and Justice. Since then, the concept of academic freedom has increasingly been mobilized in this discourse as a signifier of priced Polish values, and ultimately, of how national sovereignty is perceived to be under threat. This paper asks, what is the role of the signifier of academic freedom in the anti-gender discourse’s re-articulation of Polish nationalism in the space of higher education?

The political project of the Polish government is broadly speaking based on a narrative driven by anti-liberal ideas that contest the main features of liberal democracy on the backdrop of perceived failed attempts of enacting transitional justice by political and cultural elites after the transformations of 1989 (Coman & Volintiru, 2021). While illiberal and populist radical right parties in Europe and beyond have experienced increasing parliamentary success since the turn of the millennium, Florian Bieber points out that a prevalent perception in public media that “nationalism is on the rise” is not attributable to a global shift of voters’ attitudes but to “the political and social articulation of these attitudes” (Bieber, 2018, p. 520). Andre Gingrich’s concept of neo-nationalism can be understood as one way to conceive of such emergent articulations “in a globalised period of aggressive postcolonial and post-Cold War readjustment” (Gingrich, 2006, p. 200). In his analysis neo-nationalisms in Europe emerge and define themselves against the supranational polity of the EU, and view EU elites as a threat “from above” on the one hand, and migrants and sexual and gender minorities as a threat “from below” on the other. Consequently, a crucial element of these new articulations is the mainstreaming of radical nationalist sentiment in national political cultures transnationally by way of what Grzebalska and Pető call a gendered modus operandi (Grzebalska & Pető, 2018; Paternotte & Verloo, 2021).

In the case of Poland this mainstreaming has been observed over time. Many leading lights of populist radical right parties, who in their youth mobilized fellow skinhead radicals through crude anti-semitic tropes, would later come to rally their voters against so-called “LGBT ideology” and “neo-marxism” in a register that is perceived to be more intellectual, dignified and acceptable (Graff & Korolczuk, 2022; Pankowski, 2010). As analyzed by Szadkowski and Krzeski academic freedom itself, a core liberal principle, has recently been invoked and appropriated by the Polish government to challenge perceived censorship through state assertive policy implementation (Szadkowski & Krzeski, 2021).

It has been noted in the literature that the domain of higher education and research in Poland plays an important role for the mainstreaming of radical national sentiment in two ways: 1) academic spaces and discourse lend legitimacy and mainstream flair to neo-nationalist causes as “politics of knowledge” (Paternotte & Verloo, 2021, p. 558); 2) educational institutions have an instrumental value for the ruling party’s wider political strategy of “counter elite-populism” (Bill, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper builds on empirical material produced and collected in 2022 through 25 semi-structured interviews (Magnusson & Marecek, 2015). Taking into account the “complex social lives” of policies I depart from the understanding that policy formation and implementation are uniform or linear processes (Shore, Wright, & Però, 2011). I have therefore centered my fieldwork on two university campuses as case sites, and enlisted interview participants ranging from ministry representatives, national interest organization, members of faculty, students and administrative university staff (Flyvbjerg, 2010). This approach serves on the one hand to achieve a deep understanding of the social negotiations of higher education policies, and on the other hand to develop what Sobe calls an “ethical mode of comparison” that avoids the practice of ranking, denying and privileging in higher education research (Sobe, 2018).
The analysis is methodologically anchored in the tradition of structural education. While having its beginnings in Louis Althusser’s Marxist concept of ideological state apparatus, structural education in David Bracker’s assessment is a tradition that has been carried forth and refined through, among others, Stuart Hall’s work on articulation and race/class, AnnMarie Wolpe’s work on feminist social reproduction theory and Martin Carnoy’s work on education’s role of mediation (Backer, 2022). For our purposes here, suffice to say that this is a tradition that understands institutions of education, including higher education, in capitalist societies as a central site for the contestation and contingent emergence of ruling ideologies such as nationalism.  
This paper is mindful of two crucial insights pertaining to my position as a researcher of Polish higher education. Firstly, in writing about Polish higher education as a Danish researcher crossing the “West-East divide” I am cautious of the “ideologies of Eastness” that in academic and political discourse naturalize socio-economic differences between the nation-states of the European core and those of the semi-periphery (Wolff, 1994; Zarycki, 2014). Secondly, I base my approach on the critique of methodological nationalism while also following Kosmützky’s defence of employing the nation state as an analytical and explanatory concept in international higher education research, taking into consideration the salience of the concept of nation as a macro-social explanatory unit (Kosmützky, 2015; Wimmer & Glick Schiller, 2002).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of my document analysis address the ideological underpinnings of the government’s use of the concept of academic freedom. As a proxy of Polish national independence the concept is given a central place in several of minister Czarnek’s speeches. Significantly the speeches move beyond targeting individuals of gender and sexual minorities. They are instead performed in a higher register that stages various ideologies produced by so-called “neo-Marxism” as being threatening to Polish sovereignty itself. This high register is supported by solemn historical references to nationalist struggles within the space of higher education against “Marxism from the East” in the 20th century, which underline the urgency of the contemporary struggle against “Marxism from the West”. The anti-gender discourse and the minister’s call to defend academic freedom is in this way positioned as a direct continuation of earlier populist mass movements such as Solidarity.
While still in progress the interview analysis shows an incommensurably different understanding of academic freedom in the wider academic community in comparison with the one put forward by the government. Although there is agreement across interviews that academic freedom has not been systematically weakened under the current government, it is nevertheless widely reported that academics in general are very apprehensive regarding the future conditions of the sector considering minister Czarnek’s statements.
The differing understanding of academic freedom means that a range of prestigious higher education institutions have publicly contested the anti-gender discourse and its re-articulation of Polish nationalism. By doing so these higher education institutions act as a counterweight to the government’s narrative. At the same time, however, these conflicts are understood in the anti-gender discourse as confirmations of its own claim that a new academic elite is needed to protect academic freedom from attacks within the universities themselves.

References
Backer, D. I. (2022). Althusser and Education: Reassessing Critical Education (1 ed.). London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Bieber, F. (2018). Is Nationalism on the Rise? Assessing Global Trends. Ethnopolitics, 17(5), 519-540. doi:10.1080/17449057.2018.1532633
Bill, S. (2020). Counter-Elite Populism and Civil Society in Poland: PiS’s Strategies of Elite Replacement. East European politics and societies, 0888325420950800. doi:10.1177/0888325420950800
Coman, R., & Volintiru, C. (2021). Anti-liberal ideas and institutional change in Central and Eastern Europe. European Politics and Society, 1-17. doi:10.1080/23745118.2021.1956236
Flyvbjerg, B. (2010). Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research. SAGE Qualitative Research Methods, 12(2), 219-245. doi:10.1177/1077800405284363
Gingrich, A. (2006). Neo-nationalism and the reconfiguration of Europe. Social anthropology, 14(2), 195-217. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8676.2006.tb00034.x
Graff, A., & Korolczuk, E. b. (2022). Anti-Gender Politics in the Populist Moment. Abingdon, Oxon: Taylor & Francis.
Grzebalska, W., & Pető, A. (2018). The gendered modus operandi of the illiberal transformation in Hungary and Poland. Women's studies international forum, 68, 164-172. doi:10.1016/j.wsif.2017.12.001
Kosmützky, A. (2015). In defense of international comparative studies: On the analytical and explanatory power of the nation state in international comparative higher education research. European journal of higher education, 5(3), 354-370. doi:10.1080/21568235.2015.1015107
Magnusson, E., & Marecek, J. (2015). Doing Interview-based Qualitative Research: A Learner's Guide. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Pankowski, R. (2010). The populist radical right in Poland: the patriots (Vol. 12): Routledge.
Paternotte, D., & Verloo, M. (2021). De-democratization and the Politics of Knowledge: Unpacking the Cultural Marxism Narrative. Social politics, 28(3), 556-578. doi:10.1093/sp/jxab025
Shore, C., Wright, S., & Però, D. (2011). Policy worlds: anthropology and analysis of contemporary power (1st ed. ed. Vol. 14). New York, NY: Berghahn Books.
Sobe, N. W. (2018). Problematizing Comparison in a Post-Exploration Age: Big Data, Educational Knowledge, and the Art of Criss-Crossing. Comparative education review, 62(3), 325-343. doi:10.1086/698348
Szadkowski, K., & Krzeski, J. (2021). The common good and academic freedom in Poland. Higher Education Quarterly, n/a(n/a). doi:https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12349
Wimmer, A., & Glick Schiller, N. (2002). Methodological nationalism and beyond: nation–state building, migration and the social sciences. Global networks, 2(4), 301-334.
Wolff, L. (1994). Inventing Eastern Europe: The map of civilization on the mind of the Enlightenment: Stanford University Press.
Zarycki, T. (2014). Ideologies of eastness in Central and Eastern Europe. Abingdon, Oxon ;: Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Female Underrepresentation in Syrian Universities Senior-Leadership Positions: Perceptions, Barriers, and Enablers

Dareen Assaf

Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Assaf, Dareen

Looking at the field of higher education in Syria, the available studies on educational leadership are very few (Abdalla & Al-Hamoud 1995; Dalati 2014; Khalifa & Ayoubi 2015), and the issue of female leadership in higher education institutions is still untackled. Women’s status, education, employment and enhancement in society has been emphasised and endorsed by Syrian governmental legislations and policies (Touchan, 2014). However, these regulations of inclusion and equality does not necessitate commitment and achieving justice (Deem & Ozaga. 1997; Ahmed, 2013). Lack of research does not mean that the problem does not exist; I analysed 22 university websites and found a complete lack of diversity words and speech acts in universities’ mission statements. In some universities, the proportion of female professors in top roles was also extremely low or non-existent. Responding to this issue of inequality and lack of discussion of this issue in Syria, this study aims to investigate the experiences, and perspectives of Syrian academic faculty members in current or previous leadership roles in various Syrian universities with the view to understand the barriers for female academics in career progression and the enablers for those who hold successful executive leadership roles. The research project was guided by the following research questions:

How do male and female academics perceive women and men in leadership positions?

What do female and male Syrian academics consider to be obstacles to their career progression and how these differ by gender?

What are the facilitating enablers that have helped successful Syrian female leaders in Higher Education to reach top leadership positions, and what are the struggle they face in their new space?

In addressing these questions, the study’s objectives are to investigate gender inequality in academia as it manifests itself in various settings, such as homes, society, institutions, employment, as well as the struggle and symbolic violence that female academics face as a result of invading new spaces.

This study utilizes multiple theoretical frameworks. I draw upon Pierre Bourdieu's schematic form: habitus, field, capital, reflexivity and symbolic violence to understand how societal structures and power dynamics shape individuals' perceptions and actions within a given field, and to examine how the accumulation of cultural and symbolic resources by men in academia perpetuates a system of patriarchy, thereby limiting the opportunities and recognition of women in leadership positions (1977, 1984,1986,1990). Additionally, feminist theories are used especially those that re read and analyse Bourdieu’s works in relations to gender, and the concept of reflexivity, and how individuals can change the internalized habitus through their practices (Fraser, 1989; Mitchell, 1991). The results of this change and the struggle female academics face is discussed through the lens of Puwar’s theory of space invaders (2004) and Sara Ahmed's concepts of "feminist killjoy", "the wall of academia" and "the politics of being included" (2010, 2012, 2017) to understand the following:

how women's presence in academia is often perceived as a disruption of the status quo and how they are treated as invaders in the male-dominated spaces and how they can change the space and make it more inclusive.

how the academic institution itself can act as a barrier for marginalized groups and the strategies individuals use to navigate and resist these barriers.

how the act of inclusion is not neutral, but rather it is a political act that perpetuates the power dynamics that lead to exclusion.

The framework also incorporates Connell's concepts of hegemonic masculinity, and gender and power (1987, 1995), which highlight how dominant forms of masculinity serve to marginalize and oppress women, and how the norms and expectations shape the academic career advancement of men and women differently.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a qualitative methodology. One-to-one semi- structured interviews were conducted with 28 female and male academics, who held at the time of research or used to hold senior leadership positions in higher education (university presidents, vice presidents, Deans, Directors, Heads of Departments, and representatives of other management units). The participants were from 15 public and private Syrian universities, and the selection followed purposeful and snowballing sampling. Employing semi-structured interviews was appropriate to capture the perception of each participant on their career progression and their opinions of female leadership, as each individual has a unique experience and lived in different circumstances in this research context.  The respondents were asked to discuss and reflect on their struggles to reach the top of their profession, and also for their perspectives on the academic, social and cultural challenges that face female advancements, as well as the potential risks and their consequences.  

Thematic analysis was utilized as the method of data analysis which is a widely used method in qualitative research that involves identifying, analysing and interpreting patterns or themes within the data collected (Braun & Clarke, 2006). To assist with the data analysis process, NVivo software was utilized because it allows for the organization and coding of data, as well as the identification of patterns and themes within the data. The use of thematic analysis and NVivo software enabled an in-depth examination of the experiences and perspectives of the participants and facilitated the identification of factors that hinder or facilitate the progression of women to senior leadership positions in the higher education sector in Syria.
So, this methodological approach is for gaining insights and interpretations and the result can contribute to the literature and can be considered a point of departure to advocate change both on Syria and other middle eastern countries with similar contexts (Creswell, 2013; Silverman, 2014; Bryman, 2016; Connolly, 1998).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some of the key themes emerged from this study are patriarchal and sociocultural practises, denial of the problem and complete absence of diversity and equality discourse, exclusion and various forms of symbolic violence against female academics, internalised personal attributes, and viewing the field of higher education as a field of power and struggle. The study carries a strong originality in a male-dominated culture and in the absence of such research in the Syrian context, the study addresses a literature gap by sharing insights of female and male academics and bringing to surface the barriers that obstruct women from holding high positions, and it also clarifies some possible enablers to empower women in academia.

On another level, contextual background data that are reviewed and collected from different legal documents and websites will add vital information to the literature, providing a wider overview of higher education in Syria, gender issues and the proportions of female leaders within the sector of higher education, especially because there is scarcity in information in the last ten years due to the current civil war, instability, and academic recession. This study will develop a new substantial data set and literature that could also be of interest to scholars of other Middle Eastern countries that have similar social, cultural and economic background, with particular emphasis on women in higher education institutions who aim to access leadership positions or who are in such positions already. The data could be beneficial to policymakers and higher education management in improving the status of women’s progression to leadership roles. I hope the findings of the current study will promote the status of female academic leaders in Syria and the Middle East and be a significant first initiative that will lead into conducting other studies and more awareness on the topic and possible changes.  

References
Ahmed, S. (2010). The promise of happiness. Duke University Press.
Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Duke University Press.
Ahmed, S. (2013). Doing Diversity Work in Higher Education in Australia. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 38(6), 745–768. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2006.00228.x
Ahmed, S. (2017). Living a Feminist Life. Duke University Press.
Abdalla, I., & Al-Homoud, M. (1995). A survey of management training and development practices in the State of Kuwait. Journal of Management Development, 14(3), 14–25. https://doi.org/10.1108/02621719510078939
Khalifa, B., & Ayoubi, R. (2015). Leadership styles at Syrian higher education. International Journal of Educational Management, 29(4), 477–491. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2014-0036
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The Forms of Capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook.
Bourdieu, P. (1990). The Logic of Practice. Stanford University Press
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (4th ed.). Oxford University Press.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications
Connell, R. W. (1987). Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Stanford University Press.
Connell, R. W. (1995). Masculinities. Cambridge University Press.
Connolly, P. (1998). Researching sensitive topics. London: Sage.
Dalati, S. (2014). Leadership Behaviours in Higher Education in Syria. European Conference on Management, Leadership & Governance, 59–68. Retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/1674836189/
Deem, R. and Ozga, J. (1997) Women Managing Diversity in a Postmodern World, in: C. Marshall (ed.), Feminist Critical Policy Analysis (London, Falmer).
Mitchell, J. (1991). Feminism and cultural capital. In G. Kaplan (Ed.), Women, culture, and development: A study of human capabilities (pp. 36-45). Oxford University Press
Puwar, N. (2004). Space Invaders: Race, Gender and Bodies out of Place. Berg.
Silverman, D. (2014). Interpreting qualitative data (4th ed.). Sage publications.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 L: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Minge Chen
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Factors influencing teachers’ identity in Indigenous rural contexts: The FITIRIS Model

Angela Baeza Pena

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Baeza Pena, Angela

Teacher identity is shaped by the interaction between the teacher and the community of practice (Loo, 2021). Teachers’ personal experiences, as well as their emotions and interactions with students, colleagues and the entire educational community, influence their identity (Nichols et al., 2017; Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018). A crucial element of teaching identity is their professional (pedagogical) identity, which can be understood as how teachers define and assume their duties and comprehend their relationships with others who perform the same responsibilities (Avalos & Sotomayor, 2012). One of the main determining factors in teacher identity is the context; through interactions with the environment, identities are reconstructed socially and culturally (Baeza, 2022; Loo, 2021). Understanding teacher identities in rural Indigenous contexts is key to reviewing teacher education programs and professional development. Moreover, one of the leading causes of teacher attrition is the lack of preparation educators have to work in multicultural contexts. This situation is a global concern, as reported in countries such as Spain, Britain, Sweden, Canada and Australia (UNESCO, 2009). However, a limited number of studies have explored teachers’ identity in rural contexts and with a high Indigenous population. Some of these studies suggest that some essential components of teacher identity are the power relationship established with students and their knowledge of their learners (Perso & Hayward, 2015; Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018; White, 2015). The size of the school and the community can also influence their identity. For example, in small towns there are limited options for professional development (Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018).

The relationship with the local community is also essential to teacher identity. Several studies found the best way for teachers to understand their students’ culture is by working closely and collaboratively with the local community (Harrison & Murray, 2012). However, similarly to other countries affected by European colonization, in Chile, education has reproduced the dominant western culture, ignoring the incorporation of Indigenous traditional knowledge into school (Quilaqueo et al., 2014; Vera et al., 2017). Children are receiving a decontextualized and racist education, which is against preserving Indigenous culture and constructing a multicultural society (Mendoza & Sanhueza, 2016).

Theoretical framework

This study adopts an Indigenous decolonized approach, informed by the United Nations (2008) Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People. This declaration acknowledges the impact Indigenous communities have suffered from the effects of colonization, such as the loss of their ancient land and discrimination in their access to justice and education. It also emphasises the right of Indigenous children to receive an education that respects their local culture. Furthermore, the Indigenous decolonizing perspective highlights the knowledge of minorities affected by colonization in finding solutions to local concerns. Indigenous knowledge is shaped by interaction with nature and the relationship with other community members and the local context (McKenna et al., 2021). Consequently, Indigenous knowledge cannot be separated from the place in which this is generated (Higgins & Kin, 2018). In the interaction between Indigenous wisdom and research focused on social justice and democracy, Indigenous knowledge is built (Chilisa, 2012; Smith, 2012). From this point of view, this research includes the voice of Indigenous community members as the first source of information

This study intends to contribute to the knowledge about the experiences of rural teachers in Indigenous contexts. Through hearing the voices of teachers working in rural schools in the Atacama Desert in Chile, and members of the Atacameños Indigenous community, this research answers the question: How do the lives and pedagogical experiences of teachers in Indigenous rural contexts determine their professional identity?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study was conducted using a combination of decolonizing Indigenous methodology (Chilisa, 2012; Nakata, 2014; Rigney, 1999; Smith, 2012) and constructivist grounded theory (GT; Charmaz, 2014). The decolonizing approach considers the voices of minorities in colonized contexts as primary sources of information. This study acknowledges how research participants have been affected by colonization as Indigenous traditional culture has been undervalued (Battiste & Henderson, 2000), and Chilean teachers have been educated in an educational system based on Western knowledge and approach (Baeza, 2022).
Meanwhile GT was used with the aim to generate new theory in a context of social inequality (Birks & Mills, 2012; Charmaz, 2014). GT has been widely used for research in rural settings and Indigenous education (see Ma Rhea et al., 2012; Starr & White, 2008). It is expected the results of this study will support the improvement of Indigenous education, particularly in the Atacameño context.    

Participants
Participants of this research include five non-Indigenous teachers working in a rural school in the Atacama Desert and five members of the Atacameños community. Atacameños people are one of the Indigenous groups recognised in the Indigenous Law of Chile (Ministry of Planning and Cooperation of Chile, 2017). They represent 2% of the Chilean population (Chilean National Institute of Statistics [INE], 2017), who live primarily in rural communities close to the Cordillera de Los Andes (high altiplano).
The teacher participants were chosen with the collaboration of the local Director of Education, and Indigenous participants were recruited using snowball sampling, supported by Atacameños Elders and leaders. This methodology was chosen because it respects the local protocols and included the community in the research (Chilisa, 2012).

Information gathering and analysis
The postcolonial approach used in this study “promotes the use of Indigenous interview strategies that invoke Indigenous world views” (Chilisa & Phatshwane, 2022, p. 232). Accordingly, life story interviews were used as the main source of information, which is recommended as one of the best methods in Indigenous research (Kovach, 2009). Interviews were conducted in the first language of participants (Spanish) and audio-recorded individually with each participant. Memo writing was also used to register information, such as informal conversation with participants and comments from the interviews.
The analysis of responses used GT technics, which included: transcription of the audio records; member checking, and improvement of participants’ transcriptions according their feedback; analysis of transcription using emerging topics and categories; and focused analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aimed to understand how the lived and professional experience of educators in Indigenous rural contexts reshapes their teacher identity. Through participants’ responses, the research exposed the lack of teacher preparation to work in rural schools, which is even more limited when schools are located in Indigenous settings. The study also revealed the need to incorporate Indigenous knowledge and vision into teaching, which entails working collaboratively with the local community and developing strategies and protocols to integrate Indigenous community members into schools.
The stories of teachers and Indigenous participants were the main source of information to create the FITIRIS model (Factors Influencing Teachers Identities in Rural Indigenous Settings). This model reveals four crucial dimensions, both internal and external, that influence teacher identity and experiences in Indigenous rural schools: external support, personal resources, the relationship with the members of the local community, and the school context. Limited studies have explored teacher identity in Indigenous rural contexts. Therefore, this model represents a contribution to the literature that could be useful to understanding teachers’ experiences in Indigenous rural contexts. Likewise, the model could be used to review the current teacher preparation at universities and investigate how teacher preparation could be improved to provide adequate training to teachers working in Indigenous rural contexts.
Finally, this research contributes to giving voice to Indigenous peoples living in remote areas of Chile and highlights their perceptions as an invaluable source to understand the meaning of being a teacher in an Indigenous school.  

References
Ávalos, B., & Sotomayor, C. (2012). How Chilean teachers percive their identity [Cómo ven su identidad los docentes chilenos]. Perspectiva Educacional, formación de profesores, 51(1), 57-86.
Baeza, A. (2022). Indigenous education in rural and remote areas in Chile: Exploring teacher and community experiences. Queensland University of Technology.
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE.
Chilean National Institute of Statistics [INE]. (2017). Census of population and living places. http://www.ine.cl
Chilisa, B. (2012). Indigenous research methodologies. SAGE Publications.
Higgins, M., & Kim, E. (2018). De/colonizing methodologies in science education: Rebraiding research theory–practice–ethics with Indigenous theories and theorists. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 1–17. doi:10.1007/s11422-018-9862-4
Loo, S. (2021). Professional development of teacher educators in further education: Pathways, knowledge, identities and vocationalism. Routledge.
Ma Rhea, Z., Anderson, P., & Atkinson, B. (2012). Improving teaching in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander education. Australian Institute for Teaching and School leadership website https://www.aitsl.edu.au/
Kovach, M. (2009). Indigenous methodologies: Characteristics, conversations, and contexts. University of Toronto Press.
Mendoza, I., & Sanhueza, S. (2016). Captive diversity in the interculturality of Chilean intercultural education policy. Revista Educadi, 1(2), 83–98.
Nakata, M. (2014). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press.
Nichols, S. Schutz, P., Rodgers, K., & Bilica, K (2017). Early career teachers’ emotion and emerging teacher identities. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 23, 406–421.
Quilaqueo, D., Quintriqueo, S., Torres, H., & Muñoz, G. (2014). Saberes educativos Mapuches: Aportes epistémicos para un enfoque de educación intercultural. Chungara, Revista de Antropología Chilena, 46(2), 271–283.
Smith, L. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous peoples (2nd ed.). Zed Books.
UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2009). Projecting the global demand for teachers: Meeting the goal of universal primary education by 2015 (Technical Paper No. 3).
United Nations. (2008). Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. http://www.un.org/esa/socdev/unpfii/documents/DRIPS_en.pdf
Vera, J., Rodríguez, C., Calderón, N. Cárdenas, C., & Duarte, C. (2017). The perception of Indigenous students about the sociocultural context in rural high school, a longitudinal study. Educacion Superior intercultural: trayectorias, experiencias & perspectivas. Colegio de Postgraduados.
Walker-Gibbs, B., Ludecke, M., & Kline, J. (2018). Pedagogy of the Rural as a lens for understanding beginning teachers’ identity and positionings in rural schools. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 26(2), 301–314.
White, S. (2015). Extending the knowledge base for (rural) teacher educators. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 25(3), 50–61.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Applicability of Intersectionality in the Scottish Education System

Sarah-Jane Hamilton

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hamilton, Sarah-Jane

The brutal murder of African American George Floyd in Minneapolis in the United States of America at the hands of a white police officer led to the largest global racial justice protest since the civil rights movement (Smith, 2021) However, concurrently, political leaders across the globe were also grappling with unforeseen statistics, which highlighted that Black Asian and Ethnic minority (BAME) groups had between a 10 and 50 % per cent higher risk of fatality due to COVID-19 in comparison to their White Counterparts (Smith, 2021. Public Health England, 2020). Subsequently, racism was named as a factor in the unequal deaths of BAME communities due to the ongoing pandemic and global leaders were forced to respond to both “viruses: the pandemic and racism” (Smith, 2021).

In Scotland the Scottish Government established ‘The Race and Equality Framework’, which aimed to ensure that Scotland’s Children and young people were provided with an understanding of the nation’s colonial and slavery history. While also challenging racism, eliminating racial discrimination, and promoting social equality (Scot, Gov 2021). In addition to this and in conjunction with the ‘The race and Equality Framework’, The General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS), also introduced the new ‘Professional Standards for teachers. This regulatory body goes on to state that teaching professionals should be committed to social justice through fair, transparent, inclusive, and sustainable teaching in relation to the nine protected characteristics and intersectionality (Ibid). However, in each of the documents discussed above there is no theoretical definition of what intersectionality maybe, its historical roots, or how teaching professionals can successfully implement this framework. Furthermore, the protected characteristics this document refers to, which are taken from ‘The Equality Act (2010) (Scot Gov, 2010) and similar to the EU Charter of Fundamental rights, are listed as a single identity lens which is known to create challenges in applying intersectionality- diminishing the synergy which is inherent in intersectional frameworks (Solanke, 2011). Education systems across the globe are charchterized by their cultural and ethinc diversity, however, education policy must reconcile with indigenous and ethinc groups and be culturally responsive to global and national issues.

Intersectionality is a theoretical paradigm and analytical tool that moves away from single-axis frameworks that view oppressive identity markers such as race, gender, sex, and class as juxtaposed identity groups (Crenshaw, 1998. Hill-Collins, 2016). As a theoretical paradigm, intersectionality is a critical framework that provides us with the language and mindset to identify interdependencies and interconnectedness between socially constructed systems and categories (Atewologun, 2018). However, this paradigm chart moves beyond identifying micro-level specific social locations and is also an analytical tool that helps individuals understand the world’s complexity. This framework unpacks intersecting systems of inequality and subsequently supports the analysis of the domains of power- structural, interpersonal, disciplinary, and cultural and how these domains organise power relations throughout society(Hill- Collins, 2016. Symington, 2004)

This research paper uses critical discourse analysis as an analytical tool to establish where this leaves contemporary policy responses in the field of education and the extent to which they are cognizant with intersectionality. Or if alternatively, contemporary political responses such as the ‘The Race and Equality Framework’ are an example of a pernicious form of doublespeak. A form of language which aims to communicate but does not, language which denies or shifts responsibility and language which conceals or prevents thought. The following sub questions guided this research project:

What approach is taken in Scottish education policy creation in terms of protected groups? Will this support the successful implementation of intersectionality? What role will this framework play in reinforcing, legitimising and reproducing white group dominance?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
It is understood that there are no defining theories or methodologies associated with critical discourse analysis (CDA). The methodologies are eclectic but must be appropriate for the subject under consideration in the analysis ( Wodak, 2001). In terms of the CDA adopted here this paper followed the framework for critical discourse analysis in educational research proposed by (Mullett, 2018)- by loosely following the seven suggested steps these are as follows:  

Step 1: Select the discourse- problem identified in terms of testing the rhetorical claims of Scottish education policy in terms of the applicability of intersectionality.  

Step 2: Locate and prepare data sources- all texts associated with intersectionality were identified, taking two different forays into the data.  

Step 3: explore the background of the text- the type of document and rationale for its inclusion and exclusion was explored- for example, documents with minimal accompanying text or the repetition of the same statement were excluded from the analysis.  

Step 4: Initial thematic analysis- an initial thematic analysis was undertaken, contributing to the inclusion and exclusion criteria. This supported the identification of overarching themes- this was inductive as it looked for lexical items such as overview, rationale, framework, recommendations, vision.  

Step 5: Analyse the external relations to the text (Interdiscursively)- And  

Step 6: Analyse the internal relations to the text- each of these stages was undertaken simultaneously- looking at lexical choices and the reciprocal relationship between texts, genres and styles so identifying relational themes through lexical, semantic and grammar choices.  

Step 7: Interpret and analyse the data- here, the applicability of intersectionality was identified, and the approach the Scottish Government have taken in addressing protected groups via policy responses. Additionally, there was a critical discourse analysis of the race equality and racism framework and the extent to which this supports intersectionality or instead perpetuates and reinforces white group dominance.  

This seven-step framework involved inductive, lexical, intertextual and interdiscursive analysis. However, it also relied on Dijk’s (1998) theoretical framework of the us vs them dichotomy. Dijk (1998) proposed an ideological square to disclose the discursive reproduction of the ideology of positive ‘us’ vs negative ‘them’ dichotomies. The ideological square was detailed as follows:  

Expressing information that is positive about us.  

Or Expressing information that is negative about them.  

Suppressing/de-emphasising information that is positive about them.  

Suppressing/de-emphasising information that is negative about us.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Of the proposed new plans to imbed intersectional thinking into teaching practice through the standards for provisional and career-long registration and the other anti-discrimination policy directives which were analysed- there are opposing ideologies which favour a logic of appearance as opposed to critical engagement with anti-discrimination law.    

In this sense, the Scottish government have a broad framework for tackling discrimination through education. However, this is a pan-equality approach which leaves space for each form of discrimination to be considered separately but makes intersectional marginalisation invisible. This, therefore, ultimately fails to centralise the synergy which is inherent in intersectionality. Furthermore, the use of personal pronouns espouses responsibility -casting the Scottish government as an institution with a heightened moral compass with a fair idea of socially just social conventions (Fairclough, 1993). However, this creates a us vs them dichotomy in which groups who are subjugated to discrimination are charged with leading change in this area- this further leads to the stigmatisation of the other and exacerbates marginality (Ibid).  

The Race and Equality framework holds considerable promise through its critical engagement with discrimination and racial issues, which is fundamental for intersectionality. However, this paper argues that this is indeed a pernicious form of doublespeak which perpetuates white group dominance through its classification of the normative Scottish-white majority and through the adoption of the term minority-ethnic which is known to connotate discrimination.  
The Scottish government, in this instance, utilise discursive strategies to transfer responsibility to teaching professionals while diminishing the inherent role governing bodies play in tackling racism throughout society- which is particularly important when addressing the domains of power framework. In sum, the policy directives which have been chosen for analysis are not only at variance with their purported aims, but they are also a concealed embodiment of othering and white group dominance.  

References
Christoffersen, A (2019) Are we all Baskets of Characteristics? Intersectional slippages and the Displacement of Race in English & Scottish Equality Policy. School of History, Classics and Archaeology. The Palgrave Handbook of Intersectionality. Vol 33. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/en/publications/are-we-all-baskets-of-characteristics-intersectional-slippages-an.

Christoffersen, A (2021) The politics of intersectional practice: competing concepts of intersectionality.Policy and Politics. Vol 49 (4). [online] can be accessed at: https://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/tpp/pap/2021/00000049/00000004/art00005.  

Crenshaw, K (1998) Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex: A Black Feminist Critique of Antidiscrimination Doctrine, Feminist Theory and Antiracist Politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum. [online] can be accessed at: https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=uclf.

Dijk, V, T (1993) Principles of critical discourse analysis. Discourse and society. Vol 4 (2). [online] can be accessed at: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/0957926593004002006.

Dijk, V, T (1998). Opinions and Ideologies in the Press. Journal of Media Discourse. [Online] Can be accessed at: https://discourses.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/Teun-A.-van-Dijk-1998-Opinions-and-Ideologies-in-the-press.pdf.


Education Scotland (Nd) Equality Act 2010. [online] can be accessed at: https://education.gov.scot/improvement/research/equality-act-2010/.

Education Scotland (2021) Promoting Race Equality and Anti-Racist Education. [online] can be accessed at: https://education.gov.scot/improvement/learning-resources/promoting-race-equality-and-anti-racist-education/.

Hill-Collins, P (1990) Black feminist thought in the matrix of domination. Black feminist thought, knowledge and consciousness. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.scirp.org/(S(351jmbntvnsjt1aadkposzje))/.

General Teaching Council Scotland (2021) Standard for Provisional Registration. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/Standards-2021.aspx.

Lutz, W. (1990). The world of doublespeak. In C. Ricks & L. Michaels (Eds.), The state of the language
(pp. 254–264). Berkeley: University of California Press.

Mullett, D. R (2018) A General Critical Discourse Analysis Framework for Educational Research. Journal of advanced academics. Vol 29 (2). [online] can be accessed: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/1932202X18758260.

Smith, H, J (2021) The doublespeak discourse of the race disparity audit: an example of the White racial frame in institutional operation. Discourse studies in the cultural politics of education. Vol 15 (1). [online] can be accessed at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/epub/10.1080/01596306.2021.1931035?needAccess=true.

Solanke, I (2011) Infusing the Silos in the Equality Act 2010 with Synergy. International Law Journal. Vol 40 (4). [online] can be accessed at https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ref/10.1080/09620214.2010.516106?scroll=top.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Fragmented Sense of Belonging: non-EU Young Adult and Adult Students' Experiences in Finland

Alessandra Aldrovandi, Tuuli Kurki

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Aldrovandi, Alessandra

Migration constitutes an increasingly significant phenomenon in the Western world, and the reasons behind people’s choice to leave their native land are multiple. Most migrants depart from their country of origin to secure a better life for themselves and their offspring; aiming to do so, many of them rely on education. Given how Finland represents an attractive option for foreign students, who form a conspicuous part of its immigrant population (Maury, 2017), it is important to evaluate what shapes their identity and sense of belonging.

This paper contributes to the field of educational research by focusing on young adult and adult students who are from non-EU countries, particularly the ones who are reskilling, upskilling or in courses aimed for them to enter the labour market. My interest lies in how their experiences may contribute to the development of their sense of belonging. Aiming to provide an in-depth view of individuals' narratives, the fieldwork was carried out in adult vocational schools by means of mixed methods combining ethnographic observations and semi-structured interviews.

The article aims to answer the following questions:

  • What are the factors that contribute to young adult and adult migrant non-EU students’ sense of belonging in Finland?
  • What barriers might they encounter and how does this affect their plans?

Previous research focusing on migrants’ experiences through the Finnish educational system show how these may be hindered by racialisation and genderisation (Kurki, 2019; Kurki et al., 2019). ‘Immigrantisation’ and ‘immigrant-ness’ combined with other social dimensions such as race, gender and class position them in a disadvantaged place within the power discourse, defining their subjectivities and their future perspectives.

Drawing on Foucault’s subjectification theories (1982) and Sara Ahmed’s feminist and postcolonial work on ‘Embodied Otherness’ (2000), I argue that temporality combined with racialisation may affect the development of young adult and adult students’ identity and sense of belonging.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper addresses a relevant research agenda in adult education studies and aims to contribute to discussions within the field of migration and adult education. Given that its focus is on human experiences, I collected the data by means of mixed methods combining ethnographic observations and semi-structured interviews through which I aim to give a fair representation of the participants' experiences.
The fieldwork for this article is ongoing: students and staff have been invited to take part after approaching adult education providers in southern Finland. I have observed different groups, on a regular basis and at different times of the academic year, during lessons as well as students' meetings with teachers and staff. In particular, I have been interested in their interaction with colleagues and educators, as well as career or future plans sessions, whether in 1 to 1 or group discussions. Through ethnographic observations, I have been able to relate to the young people and adults involved in the study from a privileged perspective. Furthermore, I have been able to acquire a rich set of data which draws upon a first-hand experience of the participants' world.
I have also interviewed students from a variety of countries of origin as well as teachers and other members of staff. Semi-structured interviews have given the participants an opportunity to give an account of their experiences. They have also been a chance for them to represent their social world, as well as their perception of themselves in relation to other social actors. The analysis of the participants' accounts will delve into the complexity of their identity, providing a valuable insight in relation to their gender, class and ethnic dimension. The data has been coded and analysed using a thematic approach.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My findings confirm how experiences of racialisation and temporality may hinder non-EU migrant students' sense of belonging.


References
Ahmed, Sara (2000). Strange Encounters: Embodied Other in Post-Coloniality. London: Routledge.
Coffey, A. (1999), The Ethnographic Self: fieldwork and the representation of identity. London: Sage Publications.
Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1343197
Kurki, T. (2019). Immigrant-ness as (mis)fortune? Immigrantisation through Integration Policies and Practices in Education. Academic Dissertation, University of Helsinki.
Kurki, T., Brunila, K. and Lahelma, E., (2019). Constituting Immigrant Care Workers Through Gendering and Racialising Practices in Education. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 9(3), pp.329–345. DOI: http://doi.org/10.2478/njmr-2019-0009
Maury, O. (2017). ‘Student-Migrant-Workers: Temporal Aspects of Precarious Work and Life in Finland.’ Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 7(4), pp.224-232
Maury, O. (2021). Punctuated Lives: Student-Migrant-Workers Encounters with the Temporal Border Regime. Academic Dissertation, University of Helsinki.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 M: Professional Learning and Development
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Discovering an Old Philosophy: Imaginative Education Theory for Teacher Professional Development

Alessandro Gelmi

Free University of Bolzano/Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Gelmi, Alessandro

Starting with Vygotsky's research and the decisive contribution of the ensuing cultural-historical tradition (Smolucha & Smolucha, 1992; Gajdamaschko, 2005) the use of the term "imagination" in psychological and educational research has changed radically. From an irrational, egocentric and unrealistic type of thinking (Piaget, 1962), the term has come to denote a sophisticated form of intelligence in which logic is integrated with emotions and cognitive flexibility (Abraham, 2020).

Moreover, recent research in cognitive science and developmental psychology, even outside the cultural-historical tradition, has provided further empirical confirmation to support this critical rethinking of classical Piagetian ideas about imagination. This psychological function has proved indeed crucial for personal development and meaningful learning at different levels. It supports and enriches personal meaning-making and knowledge construction (Kind & Kung, 2016; Root-Bernstein, 2013). It is required for the proper functioning of emotional intelligence, empathy and theory of mind (Goldstein & Winner, 2012). It enhances metacognition and self-regulation processes (Goldstein & Lerner, 2017) and is an essential component of creative idea generation (Russ, 2014), divergent thinking and hypothetical and counterfactual reasoning (Harris, 2021).

Imaginative Education (IE) is an educational theory that unfolds the consequences of this post-Piagetian perspective on imagination in the field of curriculum design, teacher education and teacher professional development. The theory clarifies in a systematic way the reasons why imagination is a crucial resource for teaching and learning. On this basis, it also provides teachers with a set of “cognitive tools crystallized in culture” (Egan, 1997) with which to enhance the imaginative potential of teachers and learners and relate it to the acquisition of curricular knowledge and skills.

However, despite addressing several focal issues in the contemporary debate on teacher education and professional development, in its two decades of global dissemination and application, IE has yet to be analyzed and tested in the European context.

This work is part of a larger doctoral project that aims at the following objectives:

-clarify the relevance of IE in relation to the main issues addressed in the contemporary debate on teacher education and professional development, such as the development of complex thinking and creative agency informed by critical and responsible reflection on the nature and purposes of education (Biesta, 2017);

-document and analyze IE-based teacher training programs that have been developed internationally for more than two decades;

-develop a prototype of an IE-based teacher training program to be implemented in the Italian context, taking current practices in Canadian universities in British Columbia as a model (University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, Capilano University);

-conducting an exploratory case study with a group of in-service teachers to analyze the critical issues of this implementation process.

This study is the initial part of a wider research project that aims at the creation and evaluation of training programs for students and teachers based on the theory of Imaginative Education, and their implementation in the Faculty of Education of the Free University of Bozen/Bolzano. The hypothesis is that this process will result in a significant enrichment of the University's educational programs and catalyze its integration with other educational institutions in the region. Concurrently, we aim to support the dissemination and the development of Imaginative Education within the European context, to enrich the debate in the fields of curriculum design, teacher education and teacher professional deveolpment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design consists of three main phases. The first two took place in Canadian universities in British Columbia, where IE has been systematically applied in teacher education and professional development for more than two decades. The third will be completed in a primary school in the province of Bolzano (South Tyrol, Italy).
In the first phase, IE courses for teachers have been observed and documented. o achieve this, different sources of documentation were related: desk research within university archives and databases concerning the history of IE training programs; field notes (Emerson, Fretz & Shaw, 2011)  within participatory observations (Mukherjee, 2002) as a visiting student in current Master Programs about IE.
The second phase focused on the elaboration of the course to be implemented in Italy. This phase was not limited to a theoretical investigation of the pedagogical principles of IE, but was developed through collaborative interaction with IE theorists and practitioners. An initial round of narrative interviews (Küsters, 2022) was conducted with 20 participants, 5 teacher educators, 12 teachers, and 3 school leaders, to delve into the history of IE in British Columbia and to gather different perspectives on this philosophy of education and its implementation. Next, the collected material was subjected to a process of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012) to highlight recurring themes (e.g., management difficulties, relevant pedagogical principles) that were relevant to the design of a course suitable for the Italian context. Finally, the elements highlighted were used as guidelines to develop a draft course proposal, and focus groups were conducted to receive further feedback from participants (Barbour, 2018).
Finally, a case study was conducted within the methodological paradigm of Action Research for educational change (Eliot, 1991), and specifically according to its version focused on teacher professional development known in Italy as "Ricerca-Formazione" (Aquini, 2018). The study has been conducted with a group of 15 primary school teachers from South Tyrol. In this context, data have been collected through semi structured interviews and video-recorded focus groups, and thematic analysis processes have been carried out to highlight critical issues that have emerged in the course implementation.
This work presents the results obtained up to the summer of 2023. The Italian case study will then proceed with a second phase, from September to December 2023, in which the course will interact with the educational planning of the teachers in the first part of the school year 2023-2024.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time this proposal is submitted, only the first and second phases of the research have come to a conclusion. The implementation of the course in Italy, and the analysis of the results that emerged in this phase, will take place during the spring of 2023.
The structure of the three-year master's programs of Canadian universities does not find a counterpart in the training programs offered by the University of Bolzano. Among the main theoretical cores of the masters on IE (hermeneutics and dialogic pedagogy, socio-cultural psychology, action research in the classroom, lesson planning), the aspects on the practical implementation of theory for curriculum design emerged as the most relevant for a basic introduction of theory in the available time and in a context in which it is unknown.
IE requires a large space for personal creativity in the planning of the courses, which made it necessary to examine the individual interviews and observations not only in the light of the common pedagogical principles but also in relation to their personal interpretation by the participants, which we have tried to reconstruct by dialogically involving them in the same critical reflection on the data analyzed.
The main structural elements that emerged are: "reflection in and on practice" (Chodakowski, Egan, Judson & Stewart, 2010) which finds a theoretical counterpart in the European context in the notion of “reflective practitioner” (Schön, 1993) used in teacher training and professional development; “communities of practice” (Wenger, 2009) whose application in educational research is also widely documented in Italy. On these bases, we then worked on the construction of a course based on a constant dialogic interplay between examples/experiences/memories of IE and non IE class activities, and theoretical analyses in the form of personal in-classroom observation, collective readings, and group discussions.

References
Abraham, A. (2020). Surveying the Imagination Landscape. The Cambridge Handbook of the Imagination, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108580298.001
Asquini, G. (2018). La ricerca-formazione: temi, esperienze, prospettive. La ricerca-formazione, 1-229.
Barbour, R. S. (2018). Doing focus groups. Doing focus groups, 1-224.
Biesta, G. (2017). The future of teacher education: Evidence, competence or wisdom?. In A companion to research in teacher education (pp. 435-453). Springer, Singapore.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association.
Chodakowski, A., Egan, K., Judson, G. C., & Stewart, K. (2010). Some Neglected Components of Teacher Education Programs. Action in Teacher Education, 32(5-6), 5-21.
Elliot, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).
Egan, K. (1997). The educated mind: How cognitive tools shape our understanding. Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press.
Gajdamaschko, N. (2006). Theoretical Concerns: Vygotsky on Imagination Development. Educational Perspectives, 39(2), 34-40.
Goldstein, T. R., & Lerner, M. D. (2018). Dramatic pretend play games uniquely improve emotional control in young children. Developmental Science, 21(4), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1111/desc.12603
Goldstein, T. R., & Winner, E. (2012). Enhancing empathy and theory of mind. Journal of cognition and development, 13(1), 19-37.
Harris, P. L. (2021). Early Constraints on the Imagination: The Realism of Young Children. Child Development, 92(2), 466–483. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13487
Kind, A. and Kung, P. (eds) 2016: Knowledge Through Imagination. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Küsters, I. (2022). Narratives Interview. In Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 893-900). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Mukherjee, N. (2002). Participatory learning and action: With 100 field methods (No. 4). Concept Publishing Company.
Piaget, J. (1962). Play dreams and imitation in childhood. New York: W.W. Norton.
Russ, S. W. (2014). Pretend play in childhood: Foundation of adult creativity. Magination Press (American Psychological Association).
Schön, D. A. (1993). Il Professionista riflessivo: per una nuova epistemologia della practica professionale (Vol. 152). Edizioni Dedalo.
Smolucha, F. (1992). A reconstruction of Vygotsky's theory of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 5(1), 49-67..
Wenger, E. (2009). A social theory of learning. In Contemporary theories of learning (pp. 217-240). Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Diverse Role of the Primary School Teaching Assistant; Implications of Identity, Status and Professionalism . An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis

Amanda Jones

University of Lincoln, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jones, Amanda

Research Question

What is the Role of the Primary School Teaching Assistant Amidst the Implications of Identity, Status and Professionalism in the Hierarchy of the School Workforce?

This research is an offshoot of a pilot study titled ‘The Role of the Teaching Assistant in Reflection of Experience, Qualifications and Status’, that I conducted in 2022.

Since the Plowden Report (1967), the Warnock Report (1978) and the Time for standards: reforming the school workforce report (2002), there has been a breadth of variation in both the roles and responsibilities of the teaching assistant in England’s schools (Adamson, 1999; Cajkler et al., 2007; Hancock et al., 2001). Barber (1996) characterised the employment of the teaching assistant as an ‘incipient quiet revolution’ as they began to adapt to more pedagogical roles (Butt and lance, 2009). Many teaching assistants were not specifically trained for this (Blatchford et al, 2004). Although teaching assistants began playing a major role in the teaching of children, they were not credited for this as the teacher was still viewed as being core to a lesson whilst the teaching assistant was seen as being periphery (Hancock and Eyres, 2004). With regards to positioning in the workforce, this view created a hierarchy between the teacher and the teaching assistant and what could be deemed as a watering down of a profession by funnelling traditional aspects of a professional job to an assistant. Friedson (2001) argued that the intertwining roles of professional and paraprofessional were designed to reduce the cost and the independence of the professions. Butt and Lance (2005) advised the need for sensitivity in the approach used by teachers towards teaching assistants. Difficulties and benefits associated with the remodelling of the workforce strategy continue to emerge since 2006 (Collins and Simco, 2006) but are seen as dependent upon the way in which teaching assistants are conceptualised, trained, and deployed by a school.

Professional learning required for successful large-scale reform depends on a commitment to experimentation and innovation at the local level (Leithwood et al, 2006). Since 2006, the role of the teaching assistant has undergone a period of experimentation and innovation and as there is currently no definitive job description that sets out the job role of the teaching assistant, it can be assumed that the drawn-out period of experimentation and innovation continues to be on-going. In the current climate, more than five decades after The Plowden report (1967), there are several options by which they are able to simultaneously work as a teaching assistant and upgrade their qualifications to enter the teaching profession (CooperGibson, 2019), albeit this being an expensive and time-consuming process.

This research aims to find out firstly if there is a definitive employment role for the teaching assistant in the primary school, to close the gap nationally in research literature on the actual role of the teaching assistant. This is timely because the whole picture of teaching assistant employment is and has been on a pendulum of continual change and whilst government research initiatives and updated government policies manipulate the pendulum, there remains a gap in research that identifies specifically, the current state of play in schools. Secondly, this research aims to explore how the implications of identity, status, and professionalism within the workforce, affect both the perceptions and the work role of the teaching assistant. There is currently a trending dichotomy in that the role of the teaching assistant is becoming professionalised whilst the role of the teacher is becoming de-professionalised.

Interviews (via Teams) are also being undertaken internationally, to provide a comparative overview on a global basis for this research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) is being used as a framework for methodology.
In-depth, semi-structured interviews are being used as a method of data collection. In line with the framework of IPA, semi-structured interviews allow for the researcher’s interpretation of the participant’s interpretation of their social reality. Semi-structured interviews are engaged with the exploration of the everyday lived world of the participants and how they make sense of it all (Kvale, 1996). The reader of my research analysis and conclusion will form the third hermeneutic.
Individual interviews, in opposition to group interviews, have been chosen and for sample size, 15 participants are being used in conducting the interviews. This sample size should be large enough to be able to analyse and form accurate results. Whilst group interviews offer an advantage in cost-efficiency and time-efficiency (Cohen et al, 2018), I am looking to hear and analyse the individual perceptions and aspirations of the teaching assistant.
The interviews are taking place outside of the participant’s school so that they feel free to speak outside of their work area.
As a framework for methodology, I chose IPA. As introduced by Jonathan Smith et al (2009), IPA is cognitivist in operation and is used for meaning making on the part of both the participant and the researcher. It examines people’s perceptions of experiences that happen to them, and a participant is asked to reflect on events, circumstances and situations that have been a part of their life or work experience.  During the stage of data analysis, I am attempting to make sense out of the meanings and interpretations of their perceptions.
IPA is an approach to qualitative research that has an idiographic focus, and it aims to give insights into how a given person (the teaching assistant), in each context (the school), makes sense of a phenomenon (teaching assistants and the current state of play). Grounded in phenomenology, it is distinct because of its combination of psychological, interpretive, and idiographic components. IPA usually draws on the accounts of a small number of people who have certain experiences in common. In the field of this research, the data collection taken from 15 participants, each working in a different school, relates to the analysis of a small group of people. IPA is an ideal framework for the aims and intentions of this study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are currently no thoroughly analysed findings as this research is actively underway.
 
In accordance with background literature, there is no definitive role set out for the teaching assistant.  As it stands, it is possible to suggest that they are expected to undertake any given duties and tasks, and that they are leaning towards a continually developing pedagogical role in the delivery of lessons to whole classes. Their roles are complex and fragmented (Hancock et al, 2002) and there is an overlap in teaching assistants doing work that was traditionally done by teachers (Hancock et al, 2002). Teaching assistants are reinforcing and delivering teaching points making their role predominantly pedagogical and they are not always trained for this (Blatchford et al, 2004).

Changes in schools during the Covid Pandemic led to some teaching assistants delivering lessons on a full-time basis.
The introduction of teaching by technology, via video links and formatted schemes of work has already begun and is developing further. It is emerging that many teaching assistants are replacing teachers by being able to lead a preprepared lesson, an online video lesson or a downloaded PowerPoint lesson. The use of artificial intelligence as an online tool for information can assist a teaching assistant in searching for subject knowledge. In my research, I am waiting to find out if technology and AI sites are assisting and affecting the role of the teaching assistant. It is emerging that there is a link between teaching assistants being more economically viable to a school budget and that in some cases, they are filling a gap in teacher shortage areas.
 
I am simultaneously undertaking interviews on an international basis (via video link on Teams) to gain an international perspective on school support staff. Where such interviews cannot be undertaken, I am liaising by email.







References
Adamson, S. (1999) Review of published literature on teaching assistants, Report for the DfEE teaching Assistants Project, DfEE, London
Barber, M (1996) The Learning Game: arguments for an education revolution, Victor Gollancz, London
Blatchford P, Russell A, Bassett P, Brown P & Martin C, 2004. The Role and Effects of teaching Assistants in English Primary Schools [Years 4 to 6] 2000 – 2003: Results from the Class Size and Pupil Adult Ratios [CSPAR] KS2 Project: DFES
Butt G and Lance A, 2005. Modernising the roles of support staff in primary schools: changing focus, changing function, Educational Review, 57:2, 139-149, DOI: 10.1080/0013191042000308323
Butt G and Lance A, 2009. I am not the teacher!: some effects of remodelling the roles of teaching assistants in English primary schools, Education 3-13, 37:3, 219-231, DOI: 10.1080/0300427080234930

Cajkler, W., Tennant, G., Tiknaz, Y., Sage, R., Taylor, C., Tucker, S., Cooper, P (2007) A systematic literature review on the perceptions of ways in which teaching assistants work to support pupils’ social and academic engagement in secondary classrooms. London: EPPI Centre
Central Advisory Council for Education, 1967. The Plowden Report, Children and their Primary Schools. London: HMSO

Collins J and Simco N, 2006. Teaching assistants reflect: the way forward?, Reflective Practice, 7:2, 197-214, DOI: 10.1080/14623940600688589
CooperGibson Research (2019) Exploring Teaching Assistants’ appetite to become teachers DfE: London (Ref: RR935)
Friedson E, 2001. Professionalism: The third Logic. Cambridge Polity
Hancock R & Eyres I, 2004. Implementing a required curriculum reform: teachers at the core, teaching assistants on the periphery? : Westminster Studies in Education, 27:2, 223-235, DOI: 1080/0140672040270210

Hancock, R., Swann, W., Marr, A., Turner, J (2001) Classroom Assistants in the Primary School: Employment and Deployment. ESRC funded project: R000237803
Leithwood, K., Aitken, R., Jantzi, D (2006) Making Schools Smarter: Leading with Evidence Corwin Press


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Current Provision for Professional Development for Middle leaders in Chinese Higher Vocational Colleges

Ni Zhang

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhang, Ni

Research on professional development (PD), exploring its practice and impact, has made significant progress in the past thirty years. In a vocational education environment, the role of teacher professional development in relation to enhancing teaching quality and capability has received extensive attention (Zhou, Tigelaar and Admiraal, 2022). Scholars have reviewed PD in conjunction with students' academic performance, leadership performance and school reform (Sims et al., 2021). More recently in China, the PD of middle leaders (MLs) has gradually entered scholars’ field of vision, through the development of distributed leadership theory and adult learning theory.

Internationally, MLs have been recognised as playing a key strategic and operational role in the leadership team of schools and colleges as executors, coordinators and participants of development strategies, working both vertically and horizontally within their organisations (Lipscombe et al., 2020). However, research exploring the PD for MLs in the Chinese mainland is still limited. Indeed, the literature review findings of this study found that most of the existing research is restricted to a general education environment. From a vertical perspective, research on the PD of MLs is relatively advanced (Zhang, Wong and Wang, 2022; Bryant and Rao, 2019; Walker and Qian, 2019; Bryant, Wong and Adames, 2020). From a horizontal perspective however, there are clear limitations to the research conducted to date, when compared with other countries. Scholars are accustomed to classifying the PD for MLs directly as teacher professional development, without taking account of the added complexities involved in MLs’ rolls and the PD needed to support their development. As such, this simplistic generalisation limits the scope of PD and its impact on both MLs’ and system improvement.

In the context of the new education reform, the Chinese Ministry of Education issued a series of policies that put forward higher requirements for the quality and ability of teaching faculty in Chinese higher vocational colleges (CHVCs) from 2019. Among them, the principles of stratification and classification were explicitly proposed. The policy requires that the improvement plan for different stages of PD in CHVCs should be precisely planned, according to the needs of different teachers, leaders and trainers. However, reform efforts in PD for MLs lack an informed view, through the absence of empirical research in the context of China. There is a reliance on learning from the experience and achievements of research on PD and MLs conducted in other countries. This runs counter to contemporary understandings of the importance of context for system improvement efforts. Conducting localised research in China, is therefore key to reform, enhancing the quality and training of CHVCs. Moreover, such empirical research could contribute to the limited number of non-Western centric studies which dominate the international literature.

This study, located in CHVCs, aims to explore the relevant policy requirements and specific development pathways of PD for MLs, through exploring the following research questions:

1. What are the policy aspirations for the PD for MLs in CHVCs?

2. What is the experience of MLs engaging with PD in CHVCs?

3. What are the implications for the extent to which policy aspirations and MLs’ experience of PD match in CHVCs?

Through the generation and analysis of data through semi-structured interviews and policy documents on PD at the national, regional and institutional levels, the policy background and implementation status regarding PD for MLs in CHVCs has been illuminated. This study contributes to filling the research gap about PD in the Chinese educational environment. Correspondingly, it introduces understandings of PD from the Chinese mainland to an international audience, especially meaningful for European countries increasingly aware of the importance of MLs and their PD.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study reports on a qualitative phenomenological study of four CHVCs in Shandong Province, exploring the basic blueprint of PD for MLs and formats. Through the collection and analysis of policy documents on PD at the national, regional, and institutional levels, the relevant policy requirements regarding PD for MLs becomes clear. After completing the semi-structured interviews, formats of PD for MLs in daily work were analysed. Key themes emerged from that data analysis about PD for MLs.
The data collection and analysis in this study consist of three phases. During the first phase of this study, official policies and institutional documents on the PD from the Ministry of Education, Shandong Provincial Department of Education and the college's Personnel Division were analysed. In the second phase, the researcher combined purposive sampling and snowball sampling as sampling methods, recruiting MLs as interviewees in four CHVCs. Finally, in the third phase, the researcher designed the second round of interviews based on the analysis results of Phase 1 and Phase 2. The followed-up interviews mainly focused on emerging themes through in-depth discussions with the interviewees.
Grounded theory coding was applied as a data analysis tool in this study, consisting of three iterative coding stages, depending on the degree of fit and abstraction to the data: initial coding, focused coding and theoretical coding (Charmaz, 2014). Through the coding and analysis of relevant documents, national and regional level guidelines and instructions were explored. The background and status of the PD for MLs gradually became clear. At the same time, the attention to supporting measures and financial investment for the PD formulated at the organisational level according to the relevant national requirements was gradually clarified. To better understand the implementation around PD for MLs, the researcher conducted two rounds in-depth, open-ended, semi-structured interviews with 15 MLs, developing a detailed description of the experience of and insight into PD provision by each ML participant in their CHVC context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from the interview and document analysis would suggest that the blueprint for the PD for MLs in CHVC consists of three perspectives: macro, meso and micro. Specifically, according to the ability requirements and development standards of MLs proposed in the national guidance document, the content of PD for MLs mainly includes three aspects: classroom teaching, team leading and external servicing. In practice, MLs in CHVCs form Middle Leaders Communities (MLCs), a Professional Learning Community (PLC) to carry out job-embedded learning activities. Among them, the common formats of PD involve four categories: Experience and Information Presentation, Collegial Visits, Coaching and Self-regulated Learning. This study highlights the role of collective learning and college-enterprise cooperation as the core measures in strengthening PD. Moreover, in the context of the pandemic, the combination of online and offline PD has been widely used in PD provision. This combination enhances the understanding of PD for MLs in CHVCs. The study’s findings highlight the critical role of PD in the Chinese vocational education reform process.
References
Bryant, D. A., & Rao, C. (2019). Teachers as reform leaders in Chinese schools. International Journal of Educational Management.
Bryant, D. A., Wong, Y. L., & Adames, A. (2020). How middle leaders support in-service teachers’ on-site professional learning. International journal of educational research, 100, 101530.
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. sage.
GOV. (2019). Notice from the State Council on the Issuance of the National Implementation Programme for Vocational Education Reform Notice from the State Council on the Issuance of the National Implementation Programme for Vocational Education Reform. http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2019-02/13/content_5365341.htm
Lipscombe, K., Grice, C., Tindall-Ford, S., & De-Nobile, J. (2020). Middle leading in Australian schools: professional standards, positions, and professional development. School leadership & management, 40(5), 406-424.
Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O'Mara-Eves, A., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., Cottingham, S., & Higton, J. (2021). What are the characteristics of teacher professional development that increase pupil achievement? Protocol for a systematic review.
Walker, A., & Qian, H. (2019). Leadership and culture. In Bush. T., Bell. L., and Middlewood. D. (Eds.), Principles of educational leadership and management (3rd ed.), pp. 311-330, Sage, London.
Zhang, X., Wong, J. L., & Wang, X. (2022). How do the leadership strategies of middle leaders affect teachers’ learning in schools? A case study from China. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 444-461.
Zhou, N., Tigelaar, D. E., & Admiraal, W. (2022). Vocational teachers' professional learning: A systematic literature review of the past decade. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103856.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Chinese Physical Education Student-teachers' Attitudes to Using WeChat Group for Professional Learning

Hongyun Li, Gareth Wiltshire, Elisavet Manoli, Ash Casey

Loughborough University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Li, Hongyun; Casey, Ash

There is an increasing body of work which explores the use of various social media platforms in different educational contexts. Social media and online learning communities have been positioned as contemporary forms of professional development that can address the clear challenges associated with teacher learning (Goodyear, Parker, & Casey, 2019). Several studies identified that teachers, particularly pre-service teachers, are increasingly using social media for professional learning, voicing teaching problems and/or sharing teaching experience with experts and colleagues (Carpenter, 2015; Goodyear, Casey, & Kirk, 2014).

From a higher education perspective, Wang et al. (2012) found that a Facebook Group could be used as a Learning Management System (LMS) for Singapore students with the purpose of posting announcements, sharing resources, organizing weekly tutorials and conducting online discussions. Findings showed that students were satisfied with using Facebook in this way as it mirrored the fundamental functions of a LMS at this teacher education institute (Wang et al., 2012). However, many studies have criticised formal educations use of LMS as they limit students’ control over their learning (Chen & Bryer, 2012; Dabbagh & Kitsantas, 2012). Indeed, teachers and pre-service teachers may prefer informal learning activities, which do not follow a specified curriculum and are not restricted to certain environments (Desimone, 2009). Consequently, social media seems to provide teachers with more informal professional learning opportunities as they attempt to engage in professional development outside of formal contexts (Carpenter, 2015). Whilst some literature has reported that social media has the potential to integrate learners’ formal and informal learning, this work is under-theorized (Greenhow & Lewin, 2016). Indeed, little scholarly attention has been given to the study of the role of social media in supporting different types of learning from the learner’s perspective.

Research to date, concerningly, takes a predominantly Western perspective and focuses on students’ learning through social media platforms such as Twitter, Facebook and Pinterest. In contrast, little is known about students learning through the unique social media environments in other countries such as China. Indeed, while Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest dominate the landscape of social media in many countries, they are infrequently used in China. Instead, social networking sites such as WeChat and Weibo are popular. Furthermore, given that cultural differences have been shown to strongly impact people’s online behaviour (Ji et al., 2010), coupled with the knowledge that the relationship between teachers and students in China is hierarchical (Zhao & McDougall, 2008), there is a need to better understand how students learn through the unique social media environment in China. This is even more important when noting:

(a) the dearth of research exploring how the Chinese educational culture might influence its students’ attitudes towards integrating social media into institutional settings, and

(b) that Chinese students are often inactive and unwilling to express their ideas in online discussions because they are not prepared to contradict their peers or instructors in a public platform, and they are afraid of losing face (Zhao and McDougall, 2008).

Despite this lack of knowledge, it is important to support the ambitions of the Chinese online community by furthering our understanding of social media in supporting physical education (PE) student-teachers' professional learning. There have, however, been very few research studies investigating how Chinese PE student-teachers' use social media as a professional learning platform and how they value online learning communities in their professional learning. The purpose of this study, therefore, was to explore Chinese PE student-teachers’ attitudes to using the WeChat group for professional learning under the lens of formal and informal learning theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study investigated the online learning of PE student-teachers at a sports university in the southwest of China. Since the university does not use a LMS (such as Blackboard or Moodle), and email is hardly used in the communication between students and teachers in China, the teacher educator created a WeChat group with her students with the purpose of connecting and undertaking online professional learning. There were 26 PE student-teachers and one teacher educator in this study. The 26 PE student-teachers (all males) were third-year undergraduates on a three-year sports training programme.
On the sports training programme, students chose one of three course directions as their career plans: Elite Sports Coaching, Sports Club Coaching and physical education teaching. Importantly, students in sports training programmes had the same opportunity as the students in physical education programmes to obtain a teaching certificate. Therefore, whilst the participants studied the sports training programme in Chinese universities many considered themselves to be PE student-teachers. The teacher educator taught them the module of theory and practice of athletics in four years (total 8 semesters).
The aim of the study was to explore PE student-teachers’ experiences and perceptions of online learning in a WeChat group. Qualitative methods were used as it was felt that these could generate a rich and detailed understanding of each participant's views (Gratton & Jones, 2010). A variety of data collection techniques were used, including online observation, and focus group and individual interviews. Firstly, the researcher joined in the WeChat group on 29th June 2020 and spent a year and half as a non-participant observer. During this time, she observed the student-teachers’ online learning activities and interactions. These observations allowed the researcher to study the student-teachers in their native environment and seek to understand “things” from their perspective (Baker, 2006). Twenty-three student-teachers engaged in one of five online focus groups. Each online focus group contained 4 – 5 participants and was conducted through the Tencent online meeting app. These interviews lasted between 60 and 70 minutes. Following this, 17 semi-structured individual interviews were conducted, and these lasted between 45–60 minutes. The data were analysed thematically. Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis were utilised to identify and explore patterns.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Within the context of Chinese educational culture and university conditions, the WeChat group served as a LMS where the educator delivered module materials to support formal learning. All participants valued the resources shared in the group, which not only improved their sports skills but also strengthened their understanding of different events. Therefore, this study suggests that WeChat groups can be used as LMSs substitutes, particularly for some Chinese institutes that could not afford commercial LMSs in sports training programmes. Furthermore, the WeChat group enabled ‘just-in-time’ interactions between the teacher and the students. The students highlighted those online informal interactions reduced the teacher’s hierarchal position and allowed them a degree of personal control in the learning progress and enabled them to determine their own learning strategies. Therefore, the WeChat group offered significant advantages over conventional LMSs in terms of promoting the students’ informal professional learning process.
However, certain limitations of the WeChat group were evident. The resources in the closed group were limited and could not meet the professional learning needs of different individuals. Given that most students wanted to be a PE teacher after graduation, many complained that the pedagogical resources provided were of limited use and that too many resources were not suitable for use in primary and secondary school classes. Therefore, the participants had to do informal learning on other open social media platforms.
Despite the limitations of the WeChat group, this study revealed that the participants had positive attitudes towards the WeChat group as it supported their formal professional learning. Because online learning communities have not been prioritized in the university policies, this study suggested that Chinese institutes could encourage teacher educators to make better use of social media groups as they help students to better understand their studies and widen their non-formal and informal learning environment.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Qualitative Research in Psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Retrieved from http://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20%5Cnhttp://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20
Carpenter, J. (2015). Preservice Teachers ’ Microblogging : Professional Development via Twitter. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 15(2), 1–21. Retrieved from http://www.citejournal.org/vol15/iss2/general/article1.cfm
Chan, S. (1999). The Chinese learner – a question of style. Education + Training, 41(6), 294–305. https://doi.org/10.1108/00400919910285345
Chen, B., & Bryer, T. (2012). Investigating instructional strategies for using social media in formal and informal learning | The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning. The International Review of Research in Open and Distance Learning, 13(1), 87–104. Retrieved from http://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/1027/2073?utm_campaign=elearni
Dabbagh, N., & Kitsantas, A. (2012). Personal Learning Environments, social media, and self-regulated learning: A natural formula for connecting formal and informal learning. Internet and Higher Education, 15(1), 3–8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2011.06.002
Goodyear, V. A., Casey, A., & Kirk, D. (2014). Tweet me, message me, like me: using social media to facilitate pedagogical change within an emerging community of practice. Sport, Education and Society, 19(7), 927–943. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2013.858624
Goodyear, V. A., Parker, M., & Casey, A. (2019). Social media and teacher professional learning communities. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(5), 421–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1617263
Gratton, Chris & Jones, I. (2010). Research Methods for Sports Studies. In Research Methods for Sports Studies. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315796222
Greenhow, C., & Lewin, C. (2016). Social media and education: reconceptualizing the boundaries of formal and informal learning. Learning, Media and Technology, 41(1), 6–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2015.1064954
Ji, Y. G., Hwangbo, H., Yi, J. S., Rau, P. L. P., Fang, X., & Ling, C. (2010). The influence of cultural differences on the use of social network services and the formation of social capital. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 26(11–12), 1100–1121. https://doi.org/10.1080/10447318.2010.516727
Patahuddin, S. M., & Logan, T. (2019). Facebook as a mechanism for informal teacher professional learning in Indonesia. Teacher Development, 23(1), 101–120. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2018.1524787
Wang, Q., Woo, H. L., Quek, C. L., Yang, Y., & Liu, M. (2012). Using the Facebook group as a learning management system: An exploratory study. British Journal of Educational Technology, 43(3), 428–438. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2011.01195.x
Zhao, N., & McDougall, D. (2008). Cultural Influences on Chinese Students’ Asynchronous Online Learning in a Canadian University. Journal of Distance Education, 22(2), 59–79.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 N: Science and Environment Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Systematic Literature Review on University Campus as a Living Laboratory for Sustainable Development

Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso, Marco Rickmann

University of Vechta, Guatemala

Presenting Author: Estrada Monterroso, Julio Cesar

Concerning the topic of higher education for sustainable development, Rieckmann (2012) and Barth et al. (2007) have addressed key competences for sustainable development. These studies consider future-oriented higher education through the promotion of different types of thinking: a systematic type, an anticipatory type and a critical type. Barth (2011) has also addressed the integration of sustainability in education through changes in higher education; while Barth et al. (2011) have addressed the students’ points of view on higher education as an innovative approach to make changes to education. Among other issues, it has been identified the challenge of transfer sustainable development approaches to universities (Adomssent et al., 2007), analysis of a transdisciplinary approach to teaching sustainability (Scholz et al., 2006) and the ethics of sustainability addressed by Biedenweg et al. (2013). In the case of the Technical University of the North of Ecuador, Barth and Rieckmann (2012) addressed the role of academic staff in guiding higher education towards a sustainable development approach. The study confirmed that competencies of academic staff are an essential prerequisite to achieve a paradigm shift in the approach of higher education for sustainable development. Peer et al. (2011) have addressed the role of universities as agents of change for sustainability. They conducted two case studies on the analysis of infrastructure for waste and energy management, highlighting the contribution of universities to local and regional development. These studies considered a conceptual framework based on the theory of teaching-planning-implementation. Bauer et al. (2018) recognize that Higher Education Institutions are not only virtual locations, but actual buildings that present their own sustainability challenges, stating as for example resource procurement and supply chain management, energy use and waste disposal.

According to Velázquez (2006), the focus of "sustainability on campus" is a recent debate in the discussion of strategies for promoting sustainability in universities. While some projects, programs or initiatives in education, research and communication are being implemented since the early seventies, sustainability initiatives on campus begun until the late nineties. With this research it is expected to expand the knowledge on the adaptation of campuses management and built environment toward a more sustainable system, considering the statement of Sonetti et al (2015) when highlighting the role of management capacities for a social responsibility transition.

The general objective of the research is to create a holistic “Sustainable University” model that enables an “ideal” university campus and built environment as a living laboratory for territorial development. This objective will be addressed through the definition of tools and methodologies for the comparison of sustainable university campuses and its institutional decision-making mechanisms when considering the higher education for sustainable development approach.

As stated previously, though higher education for sustainable development (HESD) has been approached broadly, it has been little addressed the role of territorial management in the context of HESD and its relationship with the concept of “sustainable campus”. Against this background, a Systematic Literature Review is being conducted to address the following research question: “What are the main and common variables that typify a holistic management model of an ’ideal’ sustainable university campus as a living laboratory for territorial development?”. The specific objective of the systematic literature review is to identify the State-of-the-art in the scientific debate of the relationship between the university campus-built environment characteristics and territorial management under the umbrella of higher education for sustainable development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Birkeland (2008) addresses the relationship between the built environment and the natural environment and proposes the concept of "positive development". This concept includes the transition from current “vicious” cycles to future “virtuous” cycles through the design of the built environment. From the perspective of the built environment, sustainability is a design problem, since most negative impacts are caused by the physical and institutional design. On this sense, the solution to problems associated with sustainable development can also be reversed by design and facility management. Most institutional environmental management tools that seek to solve problems are part of systems planning, design and management that undermine or discourage good practice. These tools are still paying attention to the symptoms of the problems, such as pollution and waste, instead of addressing the causes of those problems and correct them through appropriate design and administration systems.

The redesign of the built environment needs systems and decision tools to promote diversity, adaptability and reversibility (Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) in Birkeland, 2008). A new architecture is essential for a biophysical and social sustainability. According to the author, the built environment is responsible for the largest share of energy consumption, a large proportion of raw material extraction, toxic landfills, production of packaging waste and the emission of greenhouse gases. Also, the built environment contributes to the consolidation of problems such as deforestation, climate change, soil erosion, air pollution, water scarcity and biodiversity loss. These problems cannot be prevented or reversed with the current territorial development model, because this model depends to some extent on territorial management capacities and on how the built environment is designed, including the number of resources, space and energy consumption needed for today and for the future.

The objectives of the systematic literature review will be attended with reference to the PICOS process. The PICO process (or framework) is a mnemonic used in evidence-based practice (and specifically Evidence Based Medicine) to frame and answer a clinical or health care related question. The PICO framework is also used to develop literature search strategies as systematic reviews. This review will allow to analyze the current trend to connect the context of a university sustainability campus initiative with its urban and territorial surroundings, specifically considering the initiatives or projects that has been implemented as “living laboratories”.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Many Campus Sustainability Assessments (CSAs) have been proposed in the search of an “ideal tool” that could guide sustainability measurement methodologies. Shriberg in Sonetti et al (2015) concluded that many environmental and sustainability campus assessment tools provide the grounds for strategic planning; however, they do not provide comparison mechanisms and they predominantly are focused on material utilization, CO2 emissions and regulatory compliance. The author emphasizes that “measuring sustainability requires a major leap beyond the energy efficiency paradigm, addressing social, economic and environmental impacts.”

The study seeks to analyze the relationship between the university campus management and built environment characteristics within the higher education for sustainable development approach.  The expected results include the analysis of the available literature on the university campus as living laboratories for sustainable development. The study refers to a sustainable development definition that has an institutional and international background. The definition of “sustainable development” could also be linked to a concept of one university when it is part of an institutional project. The study also expects the inclusion of the concept of education for sustainable development in higher education institutions related to the definition established by United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization -UNESCO-, and refers to the implementation of a "sustainability" project within the university campus or to the definition of "sustainable university campus" established in previous publications.

References
• Adomssent, M. Godemann, J. and Michelsen G. (2007) Transferability of approaches to sustainable development at universities as a challenge. Emerald International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.
• Barth, M.; Godemann, J.; Rieckmann, M. and Stoltenberg U. (2007) Developing key competencies for sustainable development in higher education. Emerald International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.
• Barth, M. (2011) Many roads lead to sustainability: A process-oriented analysis of change in higher education. RMIT University. Australia.
• Barth, M. and Timm, J. (2011) Higher Education for Sustainable Development: Students Perspectives on an Innovative Approach to Educational Change. Journal of Social Sciences.
• Barth, M. and Rieckmann, M. (2012) Academic staff development as a catalyst for curriculum change towards education for sustainable development: an output perspective. Elsevier. Journal of Cleaner Production.
• Bauer, M.; Bormann, I.; Kummer, B.; Niedlich, S. and Rickmann, M. (2018) Sustainability Governance at Universities: Using a Governance Equalizer as a Research Heuristic. Higher Education Policy.
• Biedenweg, K. Monroe, M. Oxarart, A. (2013) The importance of teaching ethics of sustainability. Emerald International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.
• Birkeland, J. (2008) Positive Development, from vicious circles to virtuous cycles through built environment design. Earthscan.
• Sonetti, G.; Lombardi, P.; Chelleri, L. (2015) True Green and Sustainable University Campuses? Toward a Clusters Approach.
• Kyburz-Graber, R. (2015) Case Study Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development. Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development.
• Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems and Human Well-being: Synthesis. Island Press, Washington, DC.
• Moher D, Liberati A, Terzlaff J, Altman DG, The PRISMA Group (2009) Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta- Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. PLoS Med
• Peer, V. and Stoeglehner, G. (2013) Universities as change agents for sustainability framing the role of knowledge transfer and generation in regional development processes. Elsevier Journal of Cleaner Production.
• Rieckmann, M. (2012). Future oriented higher education: Which key competencies should be fostered through university teaching and learning? Elsevier. Futures.
• Scholz, R.; Lang, D.; Wiek, A.; Walter, A. and Stauffacher, M. (2006) Transdisciplinary case studies as a means of sustainability learning. Historical framework and theory. Emerald International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education.
• Velazquez, L.; Munguia, N.; Platt, A.; Taddei, J. (2006). Sustainable university: what can be the matter? Journal of Cleaner Production ELSEVIER.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Revealing the Characteristics of Learning for Children in Forest School and the Implications for Professional Practice.

Christine Shepherd

Staffordshire University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shepherd, Christine

The central concept of the paper encompasses the learning characteristics achieved and developed through Forest Schools (FS) and the wider implications FS has for pupils and practice. The paper covers the pilot study and results and answers several research questions including: How do the experiences of Forest School support and develop characteristics of learning?

A recent movement in culture originating within the Scandinavian education system created a realignment in pedagogy across Europe that refocused learning on the outdoors and increasingly on Forest Schools (Sääkslahti, 2022). Outdoor education and Forest Schools were received positively by teachers, leading to a paradigm shift emerging within Britain in the 1990s and continues today (Mann et al., 2021). The same shift in practice and pedagogy has been seen in the development of new style playgrounds in Germany that encourage risk taking opportunities as well as the increase in Forest School and other outdoor learning within the UK. The initial influx of Forest School and its adaptation into schools has also begun to be seen within other countries such as America and Canada. Those within formal education have increasingly looked towards alternative provision to support pupils in classrooms but until recently Forest School and other outdoor learning provisions have lacked the research support for it to become an evidence-based practice within schools. This research fits into this year’s conference theme in several ways, it highlights the need for pedagogical change as well as learning context and culture. Forest School itself is also a force for inclusion as it should be available for all.

The pilot study results were derived from the pupils lived experiences and narratives, providing an insight into the lived experiences and possible skills gained through children’s attendance within forest school, meeting a documented need in education currently to provide recommendations for practice. Having multiple roles as researcher, FS leader and educator led to careful consideration of approach therefore, Interpretive phenomenology (IP) formed the epistemological, ontological, and theoretical underpinning of the study to reflect on and embrace the challenges and consideration of insider research. IP is socially constructed, and information is interpreted through roles such as practitioner and pupil, as well as symbols and values (Argarwal and Sandiford, 2022). Using this approach ensured three core benefits: it embraced the idea of insider researcher reducing conflict between researcher and practitioner roles, it supported symbolic and complex meaning to be understood from the words used by the participants within the Forest School context, and thirdly it provided a framework to conduct the research within the ethical guidelines and welfare principles of the Forest School setting. Forest School is grounded within practices and principles that put children’s wishes at the centre of Forest School practitioner’s planning and actions, these principles concur with IP’s theoretical underpinnings.

The paper contains the initial pilot study results and findings derived from this. This includes changes to the study and initial themes drawn from the participant’s discourse. The pilot study allowed reflexivity and introspection which lead to an understanding of the changes required to make the research more impactful and insightful which is reflected within the paper. The pilot study also provided several insights and aligned with theory that outdoor education and Forest School are beneficial and increased understanding in this area which will be covered within the conference session.

The paper and related study are part of a professional doctorate and as such must meet the strict criteria of ethics set out by the University. The paper introduces FS as well as provoking conversation and discussion about the future of learning and implications for future practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Interpretive Phenomenology (IP) is the selected methodology for this research.Interpretive phenomenology formed the epistemological, ontological, and theoretical underpinning of the study. IP is socially constructed, and information is interpreted through roles such as practitioner and pupil, as well as symbols and values (Argarwal and Sandiford, 2022). Using this approach ensured three core benefits: it embraced the idea of insider researcher reducing conflict between researcher and practitioner roles, it supported symbolic and complex meaning to be understood from the words used by the participants within the Forest School context, and thirdly it provided a framework to conduct the research within the ethical guidelines and welfare principles of the Forest School setting.  Ricœr (2001) argues that ethical aspects of IP originate from morality and prudence, that duties and obligations found within society, and arguably within educational contexts, guide the researcher in morality of their actions which is further strengthened through processes of reflexivity (Golstein, 2017). This is an important underpinning of this research due to the deep involvement of the researcher in formal learning environments and FS aspects. IP has been used successfully by researchers looking in-depth at participants’ narratives, such as Magg-Rapport, (1990), Frechette et al. (2020), Melis et al. (2021) and Burns et al. (2022). The extent of successful IP research is significant and reflects the magnitude of this methodology. IP appears in contemporary research demonstrating its current validity (Boadu, 2021). IP is a recent qualitative methodology that arguably moves away from more scientific procedures (Cohen et al., 2018) and has been widely used in contexts such as nursing, medicine, and online shopping research. It is considered an effective and appropriate methodology for educational contexts (Noon, 2018) as well as outdoor learning (Porto and Kroeger, 2020). The chosen method for this study is semi-structured interviews which is a tool for analysing talk alongside linking narratives to everyday life (Wooffitt, 2005; Nutbrown and Clough, 2014) and is considered an appropriate to the specific methodological approach of Interpretive Phenomenology (Bleiker et al., 2019). Using semi structured interviews allowed data collection to be naturalistic whilst producing in-depth data.  Convenience sampling was used to select two participants which ensured adequate data as well as allowing for data to be anonymised. The semi structured interviews were transcribed and analysed using line by line coding and Interpretive Phenomenological analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are many considerations with the research. Practical design considerations have been reflected upon and amended to the needs of the participants and to ensure that rich data is achieved within the main study.
The initial results indicate that the main study will add to the literature supporting Forest School and outdoor learning and will help provide the evidence base that this provision requires. Strengthening the results from the pilot study and this research has engendered potential derivative research ideas. The use of IP and IPA was validated through the richness of data achieved within the more open dialogue giving significance to the participants’ thoughts and feelings concerning Forest School and learning dispositions. The results of the pilot study highlighted three key areas within the participants narratives: learning, wellbeing and risk. Within the area of learning the key terms such as curiosity, problem solving and creativity, appear in overt language and through analysis. This provides evidence to support positive outcomes for participants of Forest School and supports the idea that children are aware of their own learning and the benefits that they are gaining from attending Forest School. The pilot study produced data that was useful and enabled to research questions to be answered and generally provided further information within this field. The main study will take these findings further and provide further evidence and the possibility of further themes within the participants narratives. The pilot study allowed reflexivity and introspection which lead to understanding the changes required to make the research more impactful and insightful. The pilot provided several insights and aligned with theory that outdoor education and Forest School are beneficial and increased understanding in this area.

References
Barfod, K. & Bentson, P., 2018. Don't ask how outdoor education can be integrated into the school curriculum; ask how the school curriculum can be taught outside the classroom. Curriculum Perspectives, 38(2), pp. 151-156.
Bower, V., 2021. Debates in Primary Education. Abingdon: Routledge.
Coates, J. & Pimlott-Wilson, H., 2019. Learning whilst playing: Children's Forest School experiences in the UK. British Educational Rearch Journal, 45(1), pp. 21-40.
Cudworth, D., 2021. Promoting and emotional connection to nature and other animals via Forest School: disrupting the spaces of neoliberal performativity. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 41(3/4), pp. 506-521.
Furedi, F., 1998. Culture of fear. Risk-taking and the morality of low expectation. London: Cassell.
Harris, F., 2017. The nature of learning at Forest School: Practitioners perspectives. Education 3-13, 45(2), pp. 272-291.
Kemp, N., 2020. Views from the staffroom: Forest School in English primary schools. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor learning, 20(4), pp. 369-380.
Mann, J. et al., 2021. A Systematic Review Protocol to Identify the Key Benefits and efficacy of nature-based learning in outdoor educational settings. International Journal of Environmental Reasearch and Public Health., 18(3), pp. 1119-1129.
McCree, M., 2022. The scenic route to academic attainment via emotional wellbeing outdoors. In: Contemporary appraoches to outdoor learning. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 117-130.
Skea, A. & Fulford, A., 2021. Releasing education into the wild: an education in, and of, the outdoors. Ethics and Education, 16(1), pp. 74-90.
Smith, J., Flowers, P. & Larkin, M., 2022. Interpretive Phonomenological analysis. 2nd ed. London: SAGE.
Tiplady, L. & Menter, H., 2020. Forest School for wellbeing: an environment in which young people can 'take what they need'. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning., 21(2), pp. 99-114.
Waite, S. & Goodenough, A., 2018. What is different about Forest School? Creating a space for alternative pedagogy in England. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education, Volume 21, pp. 25-44.
Whincup, V., Allin, L. & Greer, J., 2021. Challenges and pedagogical conflicts for teacher- Forest School leaders implementing Forest School within the primary curriculum. International Journal of Primary, Elementary and Early Years Education., pp. 1-12.
Whitty, G. & Wisby, E., 2007. Whose voice? An exploration of the current policy interest in pupil involvement in school decision-making. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 17(3), pp. 303-319.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 O: Health and Wellbeing Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 529 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

EDEN - Educational Environments with Nature. Toward an interdisciplinary green curriculum with plants.

Giusi Boaretto

Free University of Bolzano Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Boaretto, Giusi

To heal the planetary community in terms of humans listening to non-humans, it is essential to become aware of the symbiotic bond that interconnects them. Environmental historian Linda Lear, in the introduction to Rachel Carson's book “The Sense of Wonder. A celebration of nature for parents and children” (2017), reminds us that “the child intuitively apprehends the truth that most adults have forgotten – we are all part of the natural world” (p.9). The awareness of being what Clement calls symbiotic man, i.e. the perception of oneself as part of the environment, requires the creation of a virtuous circle: activating the sense of being part of a system of relationships in order to become conscious of one’s symbiosis with the system itself. This circle is the prerequisite for the growth of ecological intelligence (Goleman, 2009), namely the ability to behave for the well-being of ecosystems. These considerations lead to reflect on the importance of promoting teaching practices rooted in the concept of sustainability, defined as the ability to listen to all forms of life, and oriented towards the promotion of planetary citizenship (Bianchi et al., 2022). UNESCO (2022) urges tertiary education to work in interdisciplinary manners in response to complex phenomena such as Plant Blindness, which undermine the achievement of the 2030 Agenda goals (Amprazis, Papadopoulou, 2020). Consequently, the research is characterized by an interdisciplinary ecological framework (Wernli, Darbellay, 2016; Bateson, 2000; Bronfenbrenner, 1986), which places eco-pedagogy (Misisaszek, 2021) and eco-didactics (Strongoli, 2021) in dialogue with anthropology and psychology.

While anthropological inquiries underline the relational structure of our thinking, psychological ones emphasize nature-based interventions – i.e. activities aimed at modifying the living/working environment or changing people's behavior (Shanahan D., et al.,2019). Particularly stimulating is research in higher education aimed at investigating the benefits of actively experiencing indoor green environments (Van de Bogerd et al, 2020). The world of education has the responsibility to investigate the contribution that the plant world, as a pedagogical entity, can offer to the development of such citizenship and, in turn, the contribution that this can offer to the non-human. The research places the university learning environment at the center, investigated as an ecosystem (Niemi, 2021) of teacher-student, human-plant relationships. Its objective is to examine how the formation of indoor educational environments through interaction with plants, which is conveyed by an interdisciplinary (Holley,2017), green, co-constructed curriculum, can foster the development of GreenComp (Bianchi et al,2022).

The main research question is whether is it possible to foster the development of 'GreenComp' in initial teacher education (ITE) students by setting up plant-rich educational environments and by formulating an interdisciplinary green curriculum. Three specific questions stem from this general question.

Q1. How does the presence of plants in tertiary education contexts affect the well-being and place attachment of professors and ITE students?

Q2. How can a model of interdisciplinary green curriculum for higher education focused on the relationship between humans and the plant world be developed participatively?

Q3. How can plant-rich academic teaching spaces and activities facilitate the development of “GreenComp in ITE students?

The hypothesis guiding the research is that educational environments with plants, considered in their dimensions of well-being, place attachment, and interdisciplinary educational and didactic actions, foster the development of GreenComp. These are defined as the ability to identify sustainable values, imagine sustainable futures, embrace complexity in sustainability, and, thus, behave for sustainability. The presence of green classrooms and the establishment of a curriculum, which involve students in active, emotional, embodied, and plant-based learning will mediate the relationship between these skills and the aforementioned concepts


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research takes the socio-cultural constructivist paradigm as its reference (Varisco, 2002). Its design is a multiple descriptive case study (Yin, 2018) referring to the legislative and educational records of South Tyrol and Italian-speaking Switzerland, and aims at understanding the two realities in which the investigation will be carried out. The case study will be conducted with a mixed methods approach (Creswell, Plano Clark, 2018) consisting of a "parallel" architecture and the strategy of triangulation that allows observation of the aspects under investigation from different points of view. The decision to use such a design and approach is attributable to the following: the innovative scope of the study, from which unexpected data may emerge; the fact that, by involving people from different realities, the variables become valuable elements because of the pedagogical nature of the research; and the possibility of using both qualitative and quantitative techniques and tools. The latter factor will make it possible to generalize and derive data in depth, in order to create a wealth of pedagogically valuable knowledge in multiple contexts. The study will be longitudinal and lecturers and ITE students from the two universities will be involved in the research for eighteen months. Two lines of work are being developed concurrently, the first aimed at the ongoing monitoring of the well-being and place attachment of the students and professors who attend plant classrooms; the second aimed at the participatory development and testing of the interdisciplinary green curriculum. The first line, designed to respond to Q1, involves the use of a questionnaire aimed to investigate well-being and place attachment, and semi-structured interviews to investigate quantitative data. In the second line, related to Q.2, three focus groups for each university are planned, which will flow into the interdisciplinary curriculum proposal. The two lines of work will be crossed at the end of the project to answer Q.3 through a triangulation process conducted through the use of pre and post qualitative-quantitative questionnaires to investigate both processes and results for students and teachers, focus groups with students, and participant observation. The involvement of students takes place in top-down and bottom-up modes: top-down because they are involved in activities prepared by professors, bottom-up because the voices of the students are considered during a sit-in to request their ideas for direct involvement in the EDENLab projects.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project concretely intends to nurture an emotionally and socially oriented eco-education thanks to joint actions: the creation of educational settings with plants and the implementation of an interdisciplinary curriculum for ITE that supports the systematic development of the ecological intelligence of planetary citizens (Morin, Ciurana, Motta, 2002). Through the formation of educational environments with plants engaging the head, the hands, and the heart (Sipos, Battisti, Grimm, 2008), it aims to operate transversally in the development of the GreenComp.
Firstly, it is expected that there will be an improvement in the state of well-being and place attachment perceived by the project participants. Secondly, the dialogue between different disciplines and epistemologies may lead to the co-construction of a curriculum hypothesis, centered on plant-human relationships and capable of promoting ecological sustainability. Lastly, it is expected that GreenComp will develop as a result of the increase in well-being and place attachment combined with the innovative plant-based teaching activity. If these results were to be achieved, the theoretical-conceptual framework would be confirmed, thus offering a concrete model for designing educational environments informed by eco-pedagogy and eco-didactics, oriented towards developing empathy for the plants. Sustainability, defined as listening to every entity, with an understanding of how the plant world sustains life, would become an everyday practice.
This contribution presents the results of the first operational phase of the research: first, questionnaires on well-being and attachment to green classrooms; second, focus groups conducted with professors from the two TE Faculties involved and oriented towards the development of the curriculum hypothesis. This hypothesis is based on the needs identified with the survey on the initial GreenComp of ITE students.

References
Amprazis, A., & Papadopoulou, P. (2020). Plant blindness: a faddish research interest or a substantive impediment to achieve sustainable development goals?. Environmental Education Research, 26:8, 1065-1087. doi: 10.1080/13504622.2020.1768225
Bateson, G. (2000). Verso un’ecologia della mente. Adelphi.
Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp: the European sustainability competence framework, https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/greencomp-european- sustainability-competence-framework_en.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1986). Ecologia dello sviluppo umano. Il mulino.
Carson, R. (2017). The sense of wonder. A celebration of nature for parents and children. Harper Perennial.
Creswell, J.W., & Plano Clark, V.L. (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. Sage.
Goleman, D. (2009). Intelligenza ecologica: la salvezza del pianeta comincia dalla nostra mente. BUR.
Holley, K.A. (2017). Interdisciplinary Curriculum and Learning in Higher Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
Misiaszek, G.W. (2021). Ecopedagogy: Critical Environmental Teaching for Planetary Justice and Global Sustainable Development. Bloomsbury Critical Education.
Morin, E., Motta,R., & Ciurana, E.R. (2002). Educar en la era planetaria. El pensamiento complejo como Método de aprendizaje en el error y la incertitudine humana. Universita de Valladoid.
Niemi, H. (2021). Teacher Education in at the Crossroads—Educational Ecosystems for Equity and Quality of Learning. In Zhu, X., Song, H. (Eds) Envisioning Teaching and Learning of Teachers for Excellence and Equity in Education. Perspectives on Rethinking and Reforming Education (pp. 3-21). Springer.
Shanahan D., Astell-Burt, T., Barber, E.A., Brymer, E., Cox, D.T.C., Dea, J., Depledge, M., Fuller, R.A., Hartig, T., Irvine, K.N., Jones, A., Kikillus, H., Lovell, R., Mitchele, R., Niemelä, J.,  Nieuwenhuijsen, M., Pretty, J., Townsend, M.,…Gaston, K.J. (2019). “Nature–Based interventions for improving health and wellbeing: The purpose, the people and the outcomes”. Sports (Basel), 10;7(6):141. doi:10.3390/sports7060141.
Sipos, Y., Battisti, B.T., & Grimm, K.A. (2008). Achieving Transformative Sustainability Learning: Engaging Head, Hands and Heart. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 9, 68-86. doi:10.1108/14676370810842193.
Strongoli, R.C. (2021). Verso un’ecodidattica. Tempi, spazi, ambienti. PensaMultimedia.
Unesco. (2022). Knowledge-driven actions: transforming higher education for global sustainability. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000380519
Van den Bogerd, N., Dijkstra, S.C., Koole, S.L.,  Seidell, J.C., De Vries, R., & Maas, J. (2020). Nature in the indoor and outdoor study environment and secondary and tertiary education students’ well-being, academic outcomes, and possible mediating pathways: A systematic review with recommendations for science and practice. Health and Place, 66, 102403. doi:10.1016/j.healthplace.2020.102403.
Varisco, B.M. (2002). Varisco, B.M. (2002). Costruttivismo socio-culturale. Genesi filosofiche, sviluppi pedagogici, applicazioni didattiche. Carocci.
Wernli, D., & Darbellay, F. (2016). Interdisciplinarity and the 21st century research-intensive university. League of European Research Universities.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role of Wellbeing and Disposition of Preservice Teachers: Predicting Future Teacher Behaviour Relating to Diversity and Equity

Laura Smith, Ruth Aston, Janet Clinton

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Smith, Laura

The objective of this study was to explore the relationship between wellbeing and health-related characteristics of preservice teachers and intended behaviour in relation to cultural sensitivity, acceptance of difference, and fairness.

Wellbeing and mental health is a major focus of policy, practice and research in the Education sector worldwide. The COVID-19 pandemic has placed the wellbeing and mental health of many young people under duress. The European Commission stated at their 2021 Education Summit that “wellbeing must be put at the centre of educational policies” (European Commission, 2021).

Currently, teachers’ roles are expanding to explicitly incorporate support for student mental health and wellbeing, implementation of whole school health and wellbeing initiatives, and responsibility to ensure a culturally safe learning environment. Indeed, intercultural, social and emotional competencies are recognised as essential to the teaching profession. For example, a UNESCO report from The International Commission on the Futures of Education called for a new global social contract in which education is strengthened with a focus on social justice and cultural diversity (United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization, 2021). The Global Standards for Health Promoting Schools were launched at a similar time by the World Health Organization and UNESCO, as part of a global movement to make every school a health promoting school through consolidating and clarifying a more than 25-year old vision (WHO & UNESCO, 2021). In Australia, the AITSL standards for graduate teachers include a requirement for teachers to create inclusive spaces that promote student wellbeing and engagement (Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership, 2017).

Additionally, teachers' own wellbeing and mental health are becoming a focal point for policy, education research and initial teacher education (ITE). Teachers face high intellectual, emotional, and interpersonal demands as part of their roles. The resulting stress has implications for teacher wellbeing, teacher effectiveness and teacher retention. Therefore, there is also a vital need to focus on the wellbeing and mental health of our preservice teachers and provide them with the tools to support their own mental health and wealth being.

The research draws on the Theory of Planned Behaviour ([TPB] Ajzen, 1991; Fishbein & Ajzen, 2011). The TPB provides a conceptual framework that underscores the relevance of examining the domains of interest to look at predictive intention to behave in ways that are culturally, ethically, and socially appropriate. This study was also informed by the work of Viac and Fraser (2020) on the OECD Teacher Wellbeing for Quality Teaching Project. Their framework illustrates the complexity of examining teachers’ wellbeing and how environment, policy and individual characteristics contribute to teachers’ wellbeing. Teachers’ wellbeing, as outlined in the framework, influences student wellbeing and the classroom, as well as the health of the system overall. For the purposes of this study, wellbeing has been defined as the state of mental and physical health, encompassing positive affect, social connectedness, and cognitive functioning.

This study was conducted using an ITE selection tool that gathers comprehensive information about a candidate’s cognitive ability (such as literacy, numeracy and spatial reasoning), personal characteristics, disposition, social interaction, cultural sensitivity, and self-awareness in relation to being a teaching student and as a future teacher professional (Bowles et al., 2014). The data provides an international perspective given that it has been utilised in four different countries and by prospective preservice teachers around the globe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A desktop analysis of an existing dataset was utilised to explore potential teacher candidate's prediction of how they might act as a teacher in dealing with the moral and ethical nature of teaching as well as their sensitivity to various cultural issues and diverse contexts.

Data from an entry assessment for an ITE program was utilised to understand potential preservice teachers’ perceived wellbeing and characteristics related to mental health. The Teacher Ability Assessment Tool (TCAT) is a web-based assessment tool that has been developed to assist in understanding the competencies, characteristics and attributes of individuals applying for tertiary initial teacher education programs. The tool includes a series of questions, which concentrate on teaching, specifically, candidate’s experience, reflections on teaching, ability, self, and social interaction (Bowles et al., 2014). A large dataset of prospective teachers from 38 countries was extracted from TCAT and used for this analysis.
The affective items from the assessment tool were used to determine a broad understanding of the self-reported dispositions and personal characteristics, self-regulation, communication skill, and self-awareness and prediction of intended teacher behaviour.
Secondly, these affective or dispositional items were coded for a specific reference to wellbeing and/or mental health. A number of items were selected from the assessment item bank that relate specifically to wellbeing or health dispositions. The TCAT dimensions of Ethics and Fairness, and Cultural sensitivity were repurposed as the outcome measure (intended teacher behaviour) in this analysis.

The relationship between the broad affective variables and intended behaviour was analysed utilising a structural equation modelling (using AMOS, SPSS).  SEM was utilised to test the complex hypotheses about the relationships among the affective and dispositional measures utilised in TCAT and the potential  preservice teachers’ intentional teacher behaviour. The estimated strengths and directions of these relationships was determined.

To evaluate the effects of Social Desirability in relation to predicting Cultural Awareness and Ethics, a Structural Model with Social Desirability as a covariate to the four predictor variables was run, which entailed removing any influence of Social Desirability from the estimates and exploring the relationships.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Structural equation modelling was utilised to determine the strength of the relationship between the selected items representing wellbeing and mental health dispositions and the intended behaviour as a teacher as measured by cultural sensitivity and fairness, values and ethics. The model identified clear patterns and connections between these factors. The factor encompassing resilience, self-regulation and self-reflection was a mediator of the relationship and a strong predictor of the relationship.
This research has significant implications for teacher selection, ITE, measurement of classroom readiness, and health education. The model provides a foundation and impetus to suggest the worth of utilising dispositions as a tool for selection into ITE programs and ensure that preservice teachers are supported by health education (inclusive of mental health and wellbeing). Further, the results of this research clearly implicate initial teacher educators in the process and support the notion of engaging in the development of the self-reflective behaviours of preservice teachers and the development of their capabilities in health education.

This research adds to a body of knowledge that supports the worth of considering teacher wellbeing and mental health. The current world of teacher education is complex and volatile given the worldwide focus on quality teaching, teacher shortages and career burnout. There is also a global focus on wellbeing and mental health for teachers and students. Developing preservice teachers' readiness to engage in wellbeing and mental health activities is seen as essential. The development of the self-reflective behaviours of preservice teachers is also a key part of the narrative.

Overall, this study suggests that teachers’ disposition relating to their own wellbeing, mental and physical health, and self-awareness has implications for teacher behaviour, retention, performance, and student outcomes. International datasets (e.g. the PISA wellbeing module) could be bolstered by measures of teacher wellbeing that capture interactions with dispositional characteristics.

References
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T
Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2017). Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. AITSL, Melbourne.
Bowles, T., Hattie, J., Dinham, S., Scull, J., & Clinton, J. (2014). Proposing a comprehensive model for identifying teaching candidates. The Australian Educational Researcher, 41(4), 365–380. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-014-0146-z
Byrne, J., Shepherd, J., Dewhirst, S., Pickett, K., Speller, V., Roderick, P., Grace, M., & Almond, P. (2015). Pre-service teacher training in health and well-being in England: the state of the nation. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(2), 217–233. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2015.1030069
European Commission. (2021). 2021 Education and Training Monitor. European Commission. Retrieved from https://education.ec.europa.eu/news/well-being-is-key-to-success-in-2021-education-and-training-monitor
World Health Organization & UNESCO. (2021). Making every school a health-promoting school: global standards and indicators. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240025059
Viac, C., & Fraser, P. (2020). "Teachers’ well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis", OECD Education Working Papers, No. 213. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.
United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization. (2021). Reimainging our future: A new social contract for education (Report from the International Commission on the futures of education, Issue. United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 P: Equity in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 508 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Maker Approach to Support Equity in STEM Education

Francesca Gratani, Lorenza Maria Capolla

University of Macerata, Italy

Presenting Author: Gratani, Francesca; Capolla, Lorenza Maria

The transformations of contemporary society inevitably affect the school ecosystem (Sala et al., 2020). The student population appears increasingly heterogeneous in terms of social and cultural background and communication modes. Space-time coordinates lose their clear boundaries and defined connotations, and knowledge becomes more fragmented and sectoral. These elements of complexity call for a rethinking of traditional didactic patterns to generate learning ecosystems that actively engage students and promote the development of 21st-century skills, which are essential to cope with a school and social context characterized by continuous emergencies (Binkley et al., 2012).

Maker education has been developing in recent decades consolidating the trend of so-called “authorship learning” (Donaldson & Bucy, 2017), an educational strand in which the student is at the center of a process of creation, manipulation and imagination, whose products are strongly perceived as their own and personalized. Indeed, learners, as makers, actively and experientially construct their own knowledge through hands-on activities that combine manual and digital skills aimed at solving open-ended and everyday life problems and creating physical or digital artifacts (Repetto, 2020). This educational approach, originated in America in the wake of the Maker Movement (Dougherty, 2012), is considered a technological extension of activism, capable of conveying the development of STEAM and 21st-century skills and promoting a strongly “enactive” participatory design process.

Its main exponents believe that it can “disrupt” traditional educational methods (Martinez & Stager, 2013), transforming the way we understand «what counts as learning, as a learner, and as a learning environment» and marking a bold step towards equity in education (Halverson & Sheridan, 2014, p. 503). Alimisis and colleagues (2019) emphasize the possibility of democratizing access to learning by making and skills development opportunities and, more importantly, to foster positive attitudes and openness to the culture of making for future generations of citizens. The Maker Movement challenges educational systems to provide every citizen with opportunities to learn with recent technologies, regardless of their talents or qualifications in scientific fields.

However, the potential of Maker activities is still not fully exploited. The practical implementation in schools deals with several problems that limit its effectiveness and adequate integration, such as: the rigidity of curricula and other structural and organizational constraints; the inadequate technical and methodological training of in-service and pre-service teachers; the tendency to assume gender stereotypes. Bagattini, Miorri and Operto (2021, p. 252) advance the «glass ceiling» metaphor to allude to the «invisible and transparent barriers that prevent girls from pursuing courses and careers in technical and scientific fields». The gap between males and females in STEM subjects would indeed start as early as the transition between primary and secondary school.

To aspire to effective educational equity, it is thus necessary to avoid the uncritical and non-pedagogically adoption of the Maker approach and the design of predefined pathways, and instead appeal to learners’ individual inclinations and creative/interdisciplinary aspects, enhancing diversity and preventing mechanisms of exclusion (Bevan, 2017; Repetto, 2020).

Based on these needs and theoretical foundations, we developed a research project aimed at outlining a proposal for integrating Maker activities into the curricula of primary and lower secondary schools, answering the following questions:

  • How can Maker education be integrated into the curricular activities of primary and lower secondary schools?

  • What impact does it have on students’ perceived school self-efficacy and attitude towards STEM and 21st-century skills?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project was divided into two parts. The first part (January - June 2021) involved 50 students attending a fourth, a fifth and a multi-grade fourth-fifth class of the C.I. “S. De Magistris” in Caldarola (MC) and three curricular teachers. Then, the second part (November 2021 – April 2022) coincided with the transition of 58% of the students to lower secondary school. This change led to a redefinition of class groups and teaching staff, which, however, did not affect the balance between genders and school grades. The context and sample were limited due to the ongoing Covid-19 health emergency.
The project developed according to a multidisciplinary and longitudinal approach, oriented towards laboratory and collaborative practices. It adopted the Design-Based Implementation Research (DBIR) methodology (Fishman et al., 2013), as it is based on a mutually transformative relationship between research and practice, involving teachers as co-designers.
We therefore started from the classes’ curricula to define possible integration proposals. We identified three guiding criteria: connecting the activities to the curricular content; working for and on the students’ skills; include the activities in students’ assessment, and some guiding principles: activating students at home through flipped strategies; giving each session the same structure to ensure regularity; proposing authentic tasks and assessment (Gratani, 2021); design pathways inspired by the three principles outlined in Berthoz’s (2009) theory of simplexity (modularity, redundancy, and deviation).
In line with the Maker approach, we designed challenges based on devising, planning, building, and solving, to be carried out in pairs or groups of three pupils. We chose the 17 SDG outlined by the UN in the 2030 Agenda as an integrating background theme, selecting them according to possible links with the curricula and students’ interests and life contexts.
For the assessment, we selected two validated questionnaires to investigate:
students’ attitude towards STEM and 21st-century skills (Q1): adapted and translated version by Screpanti (2020).
students’ perceived school self-efficacy (Q2): adapted and translated version by Pastorelli and Picconi (2001).
They were administered at the beginning and at the end of the two parts. Alongside the quantitative analysis, we added tools for qualitative analysis to appreciate the many underlying processes activated. These tools were: student logbooks divided into three sessions (introduction, planning, self-assessment); a rubric co-designed with the teachers based on the students’ self-assessment areas; a focus group with teachers carried out between the projects’ two parts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Rapidly changing socio-cultural contexts highlight both the potential and the need for transformative pedagogy (Yelland & Arvantis, 2018) to generate new ways of teaching and learning that support the increasing diversity of classroom contexts.
The project’s design favored the three basic principles of Berthoz’s (2009) theory of simplexity:
- modularity: tasks as coherent and connected micro-modules in a networked program to promote recursive recalls;
- redundancy: multiple communication channels to foster differentiation of learners’ cognitive styles;
- deviation: ongoing adaptations to respond to feedback from practice.
Students were able to approach technology to solve authentic challenges building fundamental skills for future citizens (Gratani & Giannandrea, 2022). The main positive outcomes include: increased involvement of students and local communities; democratic nature of the activities; added value of technology to foster inclusion; embodied approach; impact on students’ expressive, emotional and relational skills and manual abilities; facilitated approach to STEM subjects.
Specifically, regarding STEM education, data from Q1 reveal overall higher values from female students, proving the need to “eradicate” entrenched stereotypes to support equitable access to studies and technical-scientific professions. In all Q1 administrations, female students show an overall higher attitude than male students towards all investigated areas (except for the post-Part II of the Engineering-Technology area).
Teachers also reported a greater inclination towards scientific subjects from female students and a general different approach to STEM fields (particularly mathematics). According to the teachers, the more playful, humanistic and creative context, not experienced as a pure exercise, facilitated the pupils who usually struggle more with traditional mnemonic and executive exercises, reducing their fear of judgment and encouraging them to bring out their knowledge and abilities.
Finally, teachers emphasized the opportunity to question their own attitudes towards new technologies and experiment a more flexible and effective planning of daily teaching to meet pupils' diverse needs.

References
Alimisis, D., Alimisi, R., Loukatos, D., & Zoulias, E. (2019). Introducing Maker Movement in Educational Robotics: Beyond Prefabricated Robots and “Black Boxes”. In L. Daniela (Ed.), Smart Learning with Educational Robotics (pp. 93-115). Cham: Springer.
Bagattini, D., Miotti, B., & Operto, F. (2021). Educational Robotics and the Gender Perspective. In D. Scaradozzi, L. Guasti, M. Di Stasio, B. Miotti, A. Monteriù, & P. Blikstein (Eds.), Makers at School, Educational Robotics and Innovative Learning Environments. Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems, 240 (pp. 249-254). Cham: Springer.
Berthoz, A. (2009). La Simplexité. Paris: Odile Jacob.
Bevan, B. (2017). The promise and the promises of making in science education. Studies in Science Education, 53(1), 75-103.
Binkley, M., Erstad, O., Herman, J., Raizen, S., Ripley, M., Miller-Ricci, M., & Rumble, M. (2012). Defining twenty-first century skills. In P. Griffin, B. McGaw, & E. Care (Eds.), Assessment and teaching of 21st century skills (Vol. 1, pp. 17–66). Netherlands: Springer.
Donaldson, J.P., & Bucy, M. (2017, May). Constructionism and Authorship Learning. AERA Online Paper Repository. Paper presented at the 2017 American Educational Research Association Annual Meeting, San Antonio, TX.
Dougherty, D. (2012). The maker movement. Innovations, 7(3), 11-14.
Fishman, B.J., Penuel, W.R., Allen, A., & Cheng, B.H. (Eds.). (2013). Design-based implementation research: Theories, methods, and exemplars. National Society for the Study of Education Yearbook, 112(2). New York: Teachers College Record.
Gratani, F. (2021). Towards Assessment as Learning: Findings from online courses for secondary school teachers. Education Sciences And Society, 432-433.
Gratani, F., & Giannandrea, L. (2022) Towards 2030. Enhancing 21st century skills through educational robotics. Frontiers in Education, 7,
Halverson, E.R., & Sheridan, K. (2014). The maker movement in education. Harvard Educational Review, 84(4), pp.495–504.
Martinez, S.L., & Stager, G. (2013). Invent to learn: Making tinkering and engineering in the classroom. Torrance, CA: Constructing Modern Knowledge Press.
Repetto, M. (2020). La Maker Education come movimento a contrasto della povertà educativa. QTimes – webmagazine, Anno XII - n. 4, 204-213.
Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Screpanti, L. (2020). Study, assessment and identification of Educational Robotics experiences at school. PhD dissertation. Ancona: Università Politecnica delle Marche.
Yelland, N., & Arvantis, E. (2018). Transformative pedagogies in early childhood education. Global Studies of Childhood, 8(2), 111–113.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Atypical Academic Pathways: Young Students' Perspectives

Marta de Oliveira Rodrigues1, Sofia Marques da Silva2, Armando Loureiro3

1Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences of University of Porto, Portugal; 2Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences of University of Porto, Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Portugal; 3University of Trás-os-Montes and Alto Douro, Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Portugal

Presenting Author: de Oliveira Rodrigues, Marta

In the past decades in the European Union, as well as in Portugal, overcoming school failure and dropout has been a political priority in the promotion of employment, economy, social cohesion, cultural development, and citizenship. Portugal, in recent years, has been systematically reducing these numbers. Although this evolution there are social and educational inequalities that can be translated into high rates of school failure and dropout among students from disadvantaged backgrounds. To address these issues, specific intervention programs and projects have been created. At a European level, several initiatives have been developed (Eurydice, 2021) highlighting in Portugal the implementation of interventions based on objectives such as the promotion of school success and social inclusion (Antunes, 2019; Magalhães et al., 2015).

Developed in the context of a doctoral project in Educational Sciences granted by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (SFRH/BD/143386/2019) and framed in the EDUPLACES project (PTDC/MHC-CED/3775/2014) the presented investigation focuses on the study of two inclusive socio-educational practices developed in the context of two national programs aimed at social inclusion and academic success, the Educational Territories of Priority Intervention Program, developed in the School and the Choices Program, allocated in the Community. Inclusive socio-educational practices are conceptualized as practices implemented under national government programs, in formal and non-formal educational contexts, to promote academic success and social inclusion (Antunes, 2019). Within these practices, we intend to study transformation processes in successful academic pathways in students at risk of school failure and/or dropout. The concept of atypical academic pathways is addressed, with multiple designations (Roldão, 2015), in national and international reference literature in the field of sociology of education (Antunes & Sá, 2019; Lacerda, 2006; Lahire, 2004) to mitigate, in line with Morrow and Torres (1997) the logics "of theories of social and cultural reproduction". These studies are based on questions posed to the macro-structural approaches, namely from the problematic of cultural and social reproduction and of socialization (Bourdieu & Passeron, 2009). Some authors point out approaches at a micro-level placing families and their strategies toward education as the focus in the analysis of educational inequalities (Zeroulou, 1988; Lahire, 2004; Roldão, 2015). In Portugal, only more recently, these trajectories were analyzed as an object of study (Costa & Lopes, 2008; Costa, Lopes & Caetano, 2014; Roldão, 2015).

One of the research questions that this study aims to answer is: "What is the students' perceived impact of participating in inclusive educational practices towards successful academic pathways”?. From a qualitative approach, it was developed a multi-case study (Seale, 2004; Yin, 2010) conducted in a municipality located in the northeast region of Portugal.

The theoretical framework of this study aims to be consistent with the lines of research based on an approach to sociology on an individual scale, considering atypical academic pathways as unique cases studied at a micro-sociological level considering their involvement in a broader and historically situated phenomenon, the school failure and educational inequalities resulting from the massification of school (Antunes & Sá, 2019).

The main objective of this proposal is to bring into academic debate the effects of the dimensions of inclusive socio-educational practices - arising from intervention policies and measures aimed at overcoming school failure, dropout, and social exclusion - that may generate the construction of atypical academic pathways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study has a qualitative approach to cover the plurality of rationalities and meanings based on the knowledge and contexts under analysis (Seale, 2004). This methodological approach enables a collection of more detailed and in-depth information on the phenomena to be researched (Crabtree & Miller, 1992) with the purpose of expanding the knowledge of the educational pathways of young people involved in the practices under study.
To answer our research question "What is the students' perceived impact of participating in inclusive educational practices towards successful academic pathways?" the methodology selected to develop this investigation was a multi-case study (Yin, 2010) carried out in a municipality located in the northeast region of Portugal. The research was aimed at young students selected according to three inclusion criteria: (i) have participated in the practice for at least one year; (ii) have reversed the initial expectations of the school pathway of failure and/or dropout and; (iii) were attending the 2nd or 3rd cycle of compulsory education.
To allow the interviewer and the interviewee to increase reflexivity (Costa et al, 2008) two semi-structured interviews were conducted with ten students, aged between 11 and 18 years old, six girls and four boys who participated in the inclusive socio-educational practice of Study Support (allocated in the Community) and Ability Grouping (developed in School). The option for the semi-structured interview technique is related to its particularity in "discursively capturing, with symbolic depth and narrative density the respective points of view on certain practices, experiences, and/or interactions" (Ferreira, 2014:168).
Subsequently, a content analysis (Bardin, 1995) of the interviews were performed according to the main focus of the study by identifying three categories with greater impact: personal, social, and academic dimension (information about the students' narrative of the socio-educational practice and their school pathway in a personal, social and academic dimension) which correspond to the categories elucidated to constitute the contributions of research on atypical academic pathways. Through the perspectives of young students, the aim of this study is to understand the multidimensional factors that occur in the transformation processes, in the personal dimension, and that contribute to the construction of successful academic pathways.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presented study aims to contribute to increasing knowledge about successful atypical academic pathways of young people, who attend inclusive socio-educational practices inserted in educational policy measures that aim to promote school success and social inclusion, in order to provide a broader understanding of social and educational inequalities.
Thus, the expected results are intended to promote the understanding of young students' attitudes and decisions regarding education, school, (in)success, and drop out. Based on these meanings, we will develop an approach that allows the development of portraits of atypical academic pathways of young students and profiles that characterize these academic pathways (Antunes & Sá, 2019; Costa, Lopes & Caetano, 2014; Roldão, 2015).
This proposal will present young students' perspectives and voices to comprehend social reality as a human construction considering the subjective meanings of practices, interactions, devices, and interpretations in distinct configurations and combinations, but denoting social regularities in formally and informally organized contexts (Antunes & Sá, 2019).
With the data analyzed so far throughout this research, by means of content analysis, it was possible to identify factors that promote transformation processes in the construction of atypical academic pathways focused on a personal dimension such as their mobilization to learn, self-esteem, self-confidence, responsibility, work organization, attendance, well-being, autonomy, and goal settings.
Dispositions, such as the willingness to learn, the acquisition of study methods, commitment, and interest were identified as vectors that contribute to the academic success of the young students interviewed that suggest an articulation with the student’s craft (Perrenoud, 1995), the rules of performance (Bernstein, 1996), as well as the relation with knowledge (Charlot, 2009).

References
Antunes, F. (2019). Remar contra as desigualdades: práticas, vozes e percursos. V. N. Famalicão: Húmus.
Antunes, F., & Sá, V. (2019). Se houvera quem me ensinara, quem aprendia era eu: percursos académicos de jovens – trilhos sinuosos, futuros possíveis. In F. Antunes (Eds.), Remar contra as desigualdades em educação: Práticas, vozes, percursos (pp. 69-124 ISBN 978-989-755-428-5). V. N. Famalicão: Edições Húmus.
Bardin, L. (1995). Análise de Conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70.
Bernstein, B. A Estruturação do Discurso Pedagógico. Classe, Códigos e Controle. Petrópolis: Vozes, 1996.
Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. P. (2009). Los herederos: los estudiantes y la cultura. Buenos Aires: Siglo XXI Editores Argentina.
Charlot, B. (2009). A Relação com o saber nos meios populares. Porto: CIIE/Livpsic.
Costa, A. F et al. (Coord.). (2008). Os estudantes e os seus trajetos no ensino superior: Sucesso e insucesso, padrões e processos, Promoção de boas práticas. Lisboa, CIES-IUL e IS-FLUP.
Costa, A. F., Lopes, J. T., & Caetano, A. (Orgs.). (2014). Percursos dos estudantes no Ensino Superior. Fatores e processos de sucesso e insucesso. Lisboa: Editora Mundos Sociais.
Crabtree, B. & Miller, W. (1992). Doing qualitative research. Newbury Park: Sage Publications.
Eurydice (2021). Portugal Overview. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/portugal
Ferreira, V. S. (2014). Artes de entrevistar: composição, criatividade e improvisação a duas vozes. In Leonor L. Torres & José A. Palhares (Eds.), Metodologia de investigação em Ciências Sociais da Educação (pp.165-195). Vila Nova de Famalicão: Húmus.
Lacerda, W. M. (2006). Percursos escolares atípicos: O possível contra o provável. Revista de Ciências Humanas, 6(2), 171-195.
Lahire, B. (2004). Sucesso escolar nos meios populares: As razões do improvável. São Paulo: Ática.
Magalhães, A., Araújo, E., Macedo, H., & Rocha, C. (2015). Early school leaving in Portugal. Policies and actors’ interpretations. Educação Sociedade e Culturas, 45, pp. 97-119.
Morrow, R. A., & Torres, C. A. (1997), Teoria social e educação, Porto, Afrontamento.  
Perrenoud, P. (1995). Ofício de aluno e sentido do trabalho escolar. Porto: Porto Editora
Roldão, C. (2015). Fatores e perfis de sucesso escolar “inesperado”: Trajetos de contratendência de jovens das classes populares e de origem africana (Tese de Doutoramento). Instituto Superior de Ciências do Trabalho e da Empresa, Lisboa, Portugal.
Seale, C. (2004). Researching society and culture (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications.
Yin, R. (2010), Estudo de caso: planejamento e método. Porto Alegre: Bookman.
Zeroulou, Z. (1988). La réussite scolaire des enfants d’immigrés: L’apport d’une approche en termes de mobilisation. Revue Française de Sociologie. 29 (3), 447-470.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Impact of a Widening Participation Outreach Programme on Second-level Students’ College Readiness and Educational Progression.

Eilis Ni Chorcora, Ronan Smith

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, Ireland

Presenting Author: Ni Chorcora, Eilis

Background

Research suggests that educational disadvantage exists across the life course and education sectors including the transition from second to third level. Recent decades have seen a dramatic decrease in early school leaving across Europe. However, in their 2021 report, Eurostat data showed that just 41% of the EU population aged 25-34 had a third level degree. The EU now has a policy target of 45% of 25-34-year-olds attaining tertiary education by 2030 (EUROSTAT, 2021b). In January 2022, equity and inclusion was identified as a clear priority by the EU commission in their Strategy for Universities. Following this, in March 2022 the EU commission released the Eurydice report titled ‘Towards Equity and Inclusion in Higher Education in Europe’. This report highlights how some education structures and policies tend to perpetuate the exclusion of socially disadvantaged and vulnerable groups and that their participation in higher education remains low across all EU Member States. In times of increased social and economic inequality, a major challenge for universities internationally is to address the lack of diversity and access for groups that are underrepresented. There is an increasing policy emphasis on how systems can support students from these groups to progress to Higher Education. However, research on the effectiveness of interventions which increase post-primary students’ aspirations and progression to higher education is limited.

Theoretical Framework

Researchers have linked the lack of social and cultural capital of low-income students to the lack of access to higher education (Perna & Titus, 2005). Bourdieu described cultural capital as “institutionalised or widely shared high status cultural signals (attitudes, preferences, formal knowledge, behaviours, possessions and credentials) used for cultural and social exclusion form jobs and resources and the latter to exclusion from high status groups” (p. 158). Bourdieu described how humans acquire cultural capital throughout childhood within the family. First generation students or students from low-income backgrounds are less likely to engage in conversations about possibility of college, to discuss the importance of academic success with their family or peers or to engage in educational activities outside of school. Researchers argue that students with limited access to college going social networks have less post-secondary options compared to their more affluent peers who are exposed to a range of college going options (Bell, Rowan-Kenyon, & Perna, 2009; Farmer-Hinton, 2008; McDonagh, 2005). University Access programmes aim to support young people, through familiarising students with college campuses, college applications and providing information about courses, scholarships and grants. By giving students this information and support, they can be empowered to ulilise their social and cultural capital in educational contexts and enabling them to reach their full potential.

Research Aim

The Trinity Access 21 (TA21) project is a widening participation (WP) outreach initiative that aims to support students from socioeconomically disadvantaged areas to reach their full academic potential. The outreach programmes include, but are not limited to, mentoring programmes for students and a range of pathway to college activities that give students the information and skills needed to make informed decisions about college. This paper examines the evidence base for university access strategies by investigating the impact of a WP outreach intervention on students’ college readiness in Ireland. In so doing, it aims to provide guidance for policymakers and practitioners on what types of interventions work, and if they work, how and why are they effective.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper uses data from a broader study on widening participation which surveys over 3600 students attending schools which have a disadvantaged status and receive additional funding from government based on this. All schools included in the study are linked with the university widening participation outreach programme. Students were asked about their level of participation with the TA21 outreach interventions, as well as self-reported educational outcomes on their college readiness. College readiness in this instance refers to four validated self-reported measures; active engagement in education, educational aspirations and goals, college application efficacy, and students’ confidence in college success. One-way MANCOVA tests were conducted in order to compare outcomes between those students who had participated in mentoring programmes and those who had not but were in the same schools, while controlling for students’ mother’s education. Mentor type and relationship was also investigated. In order to explore the impact of pathways to college activities on students’ college readiness, analyses were also conducted on students’ participation in Campus Tours; Application Clinics, College Project work; College Talks and Careers Fairs.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings confirm the positive effects of certain WP outreach programmes on students’ college readiness. In particular, there was a significant difference in college readiness scores when comparing students who had a college student as a mentor and those that did not, even after controlling for students’ mother’s education. Students who reported having a college student as a mentor or having a staff member from their school as a mentor reported having statistically higher scores on all four college readiness measures. Having an older student in your school as mentor predicted higher scores on two out of four measures of college readiness. Students’ perceived relationship with their mentor was particularly important in influencing higher college readiness scores. Findings showed that students who engaged in three or more Pathways to College activities had significantly higher scores on all measures of college readiness. These findings give important insights into the roll out of mentoring programmes and which types of mentors can be most impactful for young people from disadvantaged areas. Discussion of the analyses point to the fact that short, day-long events such as college fairs, campus tours, application clinics and college talks can be effective in increasing college readiness . However, multiple activities are needed throughout the year to ensure they have an impact on students’ college readiness. The paper also identifies important gaps in the scientific evidence base that warrant further research.
References
Younger, K., Gascoine, L., Menzies, V., & Torgerson, C. (2019). A systematic review of evidence on the effectiveness of interventions and strategies for widening participation in higher education. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 43(6), 742-773. doi:10.1080/0309877x.2017.1404558

Armstrong, D., & Cairnduff, A. (2012). Inclusion in higher education: issues in university–school partnership. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(9), 917-928.

European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2022. Towards equity and inclusion in higher education in Europe. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Connor, H., S. Dawson, C. Tyers, J. Eccles, J. Regan, J. Aston, 2001. Social class and higher education: issues affecting decisions on participation by lower social class groups, Research Report RR 267, Department for Education and Employment, London.

Webb, S., Burke, P. J., Nichols, S., Roberts, S., Stahl, G., Threadgold, S., & Wilkinson, J. (2017). Thinking with and beyond Bourdieu in widening higher education participation. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 138-160.

Reay, D., David, M. E., & Ball, S. J. (2005). Degrees of choice: Class, race, gender and higher education. Trentham Books.

Reay, D. (2018). Miseducation: Inequality, education and the working classes. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 27(4), 453-456.

Smyth, E., McCoy, S., Darmody, M. and Watson, D. (2014). Leaving School in Ireland: A Longitudinal Study of Post-School Transitions, Research Series, No. 36. Dublin: The Economic and Social Research Institute.

Guerin, B. (2014). Breaking the cycle of disadvantage: Early childhood interventions and progression to higher education in Europe.
 
Osborne, M. 2003. ‘Increasing or Widening Participation in Higher Education? – a European overview.’ European Journal of Education 38 (1): 5–24. As of 13 March 2014: http://www.ugr.es/~temcu/Recursos/bibliografia/Documents/participation%20in%20higher%20educ.pdf

Goodman, A., & P. Gregg (eds). 2010. Poorer children’s educational attainment: how important are attitudes and behaviour? York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation. As of 13 March 2014: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/poorer-children-education-full.pdf

Kintrea, K., R. St Clair & M. Houston. 2011. The influence of parents, places and poverty on educational attitudes and aspirations. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation. As of 13 March 2014: http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/young-people-education-attitudes-full.pdf
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 Q: Curriculum Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 408 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Edwin Keiner
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teacher Agency in Curriculum-Making in the Republic of Georgia: A Critical Analysis

Nikoloz Maglaperidze

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Maglaperidze, Nikoloz

In recent years, many countries across the world have embarked on a quest to reinvent their national curricula, reflecting the global trend of policy-borrowing (Ball, 2016; Sinnema and Aitken, 2013). While these curricula retain unique characteristics, there are a number of commonalities that these reforms have been shown to share, viz. the emphasis on 21st century skills, student-centred learning, and a greater emphasis on pedagogical approaches that are believed to improve student performance and granting teachers a more devolved role in curriculum-making. This study will focus on this latter aspect of curriculum reform, specifically the effect of these reforms on teacher agency (Priestley & Biesta, 2013).

The most recent major iteration of curriculum reform within the state of Georgia has been structured and implemented with a specific emphasis on these particular areas, which is an unprecedented occurrence in the history of education in this country (Silagadze, 2019; Li et al., 2019; Djakeli, 2019). Since Georgia is treading in uncharted waters with these changes, it remains uncertain as to the effects these structural shifts are having on the teaching profession and the extent to which they are fulfilling one of their stated objectives of enhancing teacher’s role in curriculum-making. This study aims to provide an in-depth evaluation of the ways in which the ongoing re-structurisation of the Georgian National Curriculum for Primary and Secondary schools enable or constrain teachers as curricular agents.

The central research question the thesis intends to answer is the following: Do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency?

The study also aims to answer the following subsidiary research questions:

- How does curriculum-making take place across different institutional sites in Georgia (from macro to nano)?

- How is teacher agency articulated in Georgia’s National Curriculum and associated texts?

- How do teachers perceive and exercise their agency in the classroom within the frames of the new National Curriculum?

- Overall, do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency?

The study will draw upon the conceptual lens developed by Priestley and Philippou (2018, p. 154) that regards curriculum-making as a complex series of processes taking place across multiple sites that intersect and interact with one another in ‘unpredictable and context-specific ways’, often leading to differential practices and realities ‘wherein power flows in non-linear ways, thus blurring boundaries between these multiple sites.’

This will enable a systemic understanding of curriculum-making as dynamic interactions ranging from individual pupils and teachers (nano) to the international layer (supra). Further, this conceptual framework will enable an in-depth examination of how different actors interact across multiple sites with a particular focus on teachers as curriculum makers and therefore as agentic practitioners within the context of the new National Curriculum. The study will rely on the ecological model of teacher agency consisting of three core dimensions: Iterational, projective and practical-evaluative (Biesta et al. 2015). The three-dimensional model will facilitate an understanding of how teacher agency is enabled and/or constrained by cultural, structural and material sources available in multiple sites of curriculum-making in Georgia. Further, the ecological approach to teacher agency will enable to explore how teachers interpret and execute the new curriculum in ways that may contradict policy goals, and if such actions result in a discrepancy between intended and actual outcomes, as well as unforeseen consequences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will mobilise and combine an analysis of texts ranging from the National Curriculum texts and associated documents focusing on the purposes and strategies of curriculum reform. The study will also utilise the data generated in situ through participant observations and in-depth interviews with teachers, policymakers and other stakeholders.

The study will be conducted in two phases. In Phase I, the National Curriculum documents and associated texts will be analysed, including political speeches, white papers, the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES) website and education policy and strategy documents. In Phase II, the study will rely on ethnographic fieldwork that will combine detailed observations of school daily life in a number of schools with in-depth, semi-structured qualitative interviews with key actors across macro, meso, micro and nano sites including teachers, heads of department, school principals, curriculum counsellors, curriculum coordinators, and MoES representatives. This will help capture a multidimensional picture of how teachers are negotiating and mediating the new curriculum paradigm within school contextual dynamics, and consequently analyse the emergent recontextualisations, interpretations and enactments of the curriculum policy (Ball and Goodson, 2002; Lopes and Tura, 2019; Connelly and Clandinin, 1988; Rosiek and Clandinin, 2019).

Further, it is believed that the ethnographic approach will yield comprehensive and contextualised descriptions of patterns and themes in teachers’ social practices, while also capturing the variability, uniqueness and creativity to generate valuable insights into the ways in which teachers enact and experience the reinvented curriculum. Fairclough’s (1992) Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) will be used to deconstruct the discourse employed in policy documents to promulgate the reforms, and determine the extent to which the reform either enables or corrodes teacher agency.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the first time in the context of Georgia, this study will lay the foundations for the process of understanding curriculum-making as a series of interlocking social practices that involve multiple actors across institutional sites. The ethnographic investigation will generate holistic social accounts and rich qualitative evidence with regard to how different actors navigate the reformed curriculum and whether the degree of agency afforded to teachers by the official discourse is at the same time constrained by the availability of resources, structural and contextual factors. The study will rely on these findings to provide evidence-informed recommendations towards streamlining the process of curriculum-making and supporting teacher agency. The study will also draw on the rich experience of other countries and the unique contextual factors in Georgia to recommend possible ways forward to avoid the pitfalls elucidated by international experience.
This study will contribute to the growing research into teacher agency and curriculum-making. One of the notable contributions in this field include the recent work by Priestley et al. (2021) that provides a distillation of research about new forms of curriculum policy across a number of European countries. This study intends to add Georgia to the list of the countries where curriculum-making has been explored and the foundations for further research have been established.

Qualitative evidence generated by the research will offer policymakers an understanding of the implications of the policies generated at supra, macro and meso layers for those who enact them at micro and nano layers (schools/classrooms). It is hoped that the study will also enable Georgian teachers to develop into more reflexive practitioners and become more conscious of their professional working practices.

At the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) in August, 2023, the first phase of a policy analysis will be presented, which will include initial findings.

References
Ball, S. J. (2016). Following policy: Networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. Journal of education policy, 31(5), 549-566.

Biesta, G., Priestley, M., and Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency an ecological approach. Bloomsbury: London

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1988). Teachers as curriculum planners. Narratives of experience. Teachers College Press: New York.

Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications.

Djakeli, T. (2020). The Road to a Better Future. Education Management Information System. Available at: http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf

Djakeli, T., & Silagadze, N. (2018). Curriculum – the way of improving pedagogical practice: Conceptual and Methodological Guideline for the third-Generation National Curriculum of Georgia. UNICEF.

Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Kelly, A. V. (2009). The curriculum: Theory and practice. Sage.

Li, R. R., Kitchen, H., George, B., and Richardson, M. (2019). OECD reviews of evaluation and
assessment in education: Georgia. OECD: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

Lopes, A. C., & de Lourdes Rangel Tura, M. (2018). Curriculum, Ethnography, and the Context of Practice in the Field of Curriculum Policies in Brazil. The Wiley Handbook of Ethnography of Education, 215-231.

Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (Eds.). (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Group Publishing.

Priestley, M., and Biesta, G. (Eds) (2013). Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury Pub.

Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Editorial: Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29, 151–158.

Rosiek, J., & Clandinin, D. J. (2019). Curriculum and teacher development. In Journeys in Narrative Inquiry (pp. 191-208). Routledge.

Sinnema, C., & Aitken, G. (2013). Emerging international trends in curriculum. Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice, 141-163.

Silagadze, N (2020). School Curriculum. Education Management Information System. Available at:  http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf

Sheety, A., Kapanadze, M., & Joubran, F. (2018). High School Teachers’ Perceptions Regarding Inquiry-Based Science Curriculum in the United States, Georgia, and Israel. In Intercultural Studies of Curriculum (pp. 59-83). Palgrave Macmillan.

Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development / Lawrence Stenhouse. London: Heinemann Educational.

Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox: Teachers' Perceptions of Self-Governance Across Europe. Cham: Springer.

World Bank Group. (2019). Georgia - Innovation, Inclusion and Quality Project. Retrieved from http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/371071559440981431/Georgia-Innovation-Inclusion-and-Quality-Project


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Conceptualising Curriculum as Encounter: Exploring Student Collegiality in Higher Education

Michael Dillane

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Dillane, Michael

With increasingly diverse international student profiles, higher education is challenged to enable educational relationships amidst complexity and intersectionality. The purpose of education in contemporary society has received concerted attention (Biesta, 2008, Deng, 2022, Noddings, 2013), focusing on human development and the expansion of both individual and collective capabilities. The question of how these “different combinations of human functionings by people, groups or both” (Deng, 2021: 1662) can be supported by curriculum is answered by a diverse range of voices, some cohering, many contesting.

Set against this increasingly global but contested curriculum landscape, this paper presents a re-envisioned interpretation of curriculum as encounter to examine how student collegiality as a peer-to-peer engagement process can be supported in undergraduate business programmes. Collegiality is recognised as one of the most enduring foundational premises of higher education (Burnes et al., 2014, Fielding, 1999) and espoused as a core value by academic professionals (Macfarlane, 2016). Despite widespread recognition of its importance, a lack of definitional clarity in extant literature remains, which in combination with the use of collegiality to cover a wide range of meanings and interpretations results in an almost mythical quality to the concept (Scoles et al., 2021).

This research extends Fielding’s (1999) radical collegiality as a communal educational practice linked to the development of democracy, thwarting traditional power relations where students are partners, not objects in their learning process. Curriculum as encounter thus provides a theoretical framework built on Greene’s (1993) observation that curriculum always emerges from the interplay between “conceptions of knowledge, conceptions of human beings and conceptions of social order”. Encounters imply conversations, complicated by many factors of the contextuality of time and place, individuality, prior knowledge, and interest or disinterest, of the respective interlocutors (Pinar, 2011). Reimagining curriculum as a lived experience allows the inclusive power of conversation to bring in previously silenced voices in an evolving way “never reaching a final conclusion, always incomplete, but richer and more densely woven” Greene (1993: 213).

Conceptions of knowledge and questions of why and whose knowledge are valuable remain critical in curriculum development, shaped by multiple influences (Priestley et al., 2021). Encounters offer potential to break with the mundane, to challenge perceived realities and inherent ideological and political influences in hierarchical structures of knowledge. Conceptions of human beings address the abstraction and indifference in curriculum in favour of personalisation to foster diversity and inclusion. The “scholarship of the self”, explained by Style (2014: 67) as students’ “lived experiences, stories and methods of meaning-making”, are integrated with objective academic knowledge through "respectful encounter". The sharing of personal stories and experiences through inner thought and open dialogue can enable deeper understanding and both subjective and social reconstruction (Pinar, 2011). Private and public learning are thus inseparable, where the self is not a fixed, separate, or predefined state but one that is continuously evolving, becoming intersubjective through dialogue and narrative. The individual is inherently linked as part of the collective, an amalgamation of “provinces of meaning” (Greene, 1977: 287). Conceptions of social order form the basis for more democratic education not alone in the recognition of difference but in the confrontation of systemic oppression or stereotyping where true citizenship agency is activated. This reflexive form of collective community that curriculum as encounter engenders, contributes to an always evolving democratic ideal. Encounters between students and curricular content leads to cultivation of capabilities and dispositions (Deng, 2017) while exchange of stories from different perspectives “bring something into being that is in-between” (Greene, 1993: 219). This milieu of interconnecting relationships holds potential to be transformational, a collective sense of becoming not just being, of envisioning the possible.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The focus on the student perspective and experience of curriculum and collegiality in this doctoral research inherently recognises that knowledge is socially constructed, bridging the individual and the collective. Collegiality has previously been studied from diverse theoretical perspectives including philosophy and sociology (Fielding, 1999), social practice theory (Brown, 2021), cognitive development theory (Trigwell, 2005), standpoint theory (Scoles et al., 2021), and complexity theory (Elton, 2008). The three conceptions used to analyse curriculum as encounter highlight underlying relational, integrated, and evolving characteristics. Case study methodology within a constructivist paradigm will therefore be used in this qualitative research due to the contemporary focus of the research question (Assalahi, 2015, Kivunja and Kuyini, 2017) and the related extant literature. Knowledge is jointly constructed between researcher and participant based on the lived experiences of those involved.

The centrality of context and the exploration of student collegiality within a suite of academic programmes in a single academic department of the Technological University of the Shannon (TUS) in Ireland justifies the use of a case study methodology as a bounded system of embedded graduate and current student cases (Merriam, 1998). This bounded system of multiple embedded cases allows potential comparison to explore changes in both current students and graduates’ views and behaviours in relation to collegiality over time. Qualitative interviews and focus groups will be used in addition to preliminary profiling questionnaire methods.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Curriculum as encounter presents significant potential as a lens to examine how student collegiality can be supported in higher education. The centrality of communication, the iterative processes of self-reflection and collective sharing and the democratic ethos that emerges from this perspective is consistent with the broad themes in the literature on collegiality. While literature on encounters in curriculum, points largely to the positives, it is important to acknowledge that encounters are not always benign, nor are their constituent conversations, which may suppress as well as give voice to contrasting viewpoints in power relationships. The same holds true in a darker side of contrived or hollowed collegiality (Hargreaves and Dawe, 1990, Macfarlane, 2005, Macfarlane, 2015).

The three curricular conceptions of knowledge, human beings and social order are also illustrative for this doctoral thesis. The European Credits Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) established during the Bologna Process may have positively impacted international co-operation and student mobility while simultaneously increasing the level of content specificity in structing knowledge in relation to outcomes, competences, and assessment. In contrast, student collegiality as a capability is not part of any formal curriculum, yet is fundamental to differentiating higher education from school (Elton, 2008). It seems reasonable to surmise that student collegiality, if it exists, is part of the hidden curriculum. The integration of individual and collective in the conceptions of human beings, is wholly commensurate with collegiality as a characteristic that is attributed to the individual through a responsibility to the collective (Fielding, 1999), as such a “vocational commitment to supra-personal norms” (Kligyte and Barrie, 2014: 159). Finally, the conceptions of social order is reflective of the potential that collegiality has, to contribute to the equality, diversity and inclusion agenda in higher education and enhance a sense of belonging as well as becoming.

References
ASSALAHI, H. 2015. The Philosophical Foundations of Educational Research: a Beginner's Guide. American Journal of Educational Research, 3, 312-317.
BIESTA, G. 2008. Good education in an age of measurement. Educational assessment, evaluation and accountability, 21, 33-46.
BROWN, K. 2021. Cultivating a ‘collegial turn’ in doctoral education. Teaching in Higher Education, 26, 759-775.
BURNES, B., WEND, P. & BY, R. T. 2014. The changing face of English universities: reinventing collegiality for the twenty-first century. Studies in higher education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 39, 905-926.
DENG, Z. 2021. Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British educational research journal, 47, 1652-1674.
DENG, Z. 2022. Powerful knowledge, educational potential and knowledge-rich curriculum: pushing the boundaries. Journal of curriculum studies, 54, 599-617.
ELTON, L. 2008. Collegiality and complexity: Humboldt's relevance to British universities today. Higher education quarterly, 62, 224-236.
FIELDING, M. 1999. Radical collegiality: affirming teaching as an inclusive professional practice. Australian Educational Researcher, 26, 1-34.
GREENE, M. 1993. Diversity and Inclusion: Toward a Curriculum for Human Beings. Teachers College Record, 95, 211-221.
HARGREAVES, A. & DAWE, R. 1990. Paths of professional development: Contrived collegiality, collaborative culture, and the case of peer coaching. Teaching and teacher education, 6, 227-241.
KIVUNJA, C. & KUYINI, A. B. 2017. Understanding and Applying Research Paradigms in Educational Contexts. International journal of higher education, 6, 26.
KLIGYTE, G. & BARRIE, S. 2014. Collegiality: leading us into fantasy - the paradoxical resilience of collegiality in academic leadership. Higher education research and development, 33, 157-169.
MACFARLANE, B. 2016. Collegiality and performativity in a competitive academic culture. Higher Education Review, 48.
MERRIAM, S. B. 1998. Qualitative research and case study applications in education, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Publishers.
NODDINGS, N. 2013. Standardized Curriculum and Loss of Creativity. Theory into practice, 52, 210-215.
PINAR, W. F. 2011. Introduction. In: PINAR, W. F. (ed.) The Character of Curriculum Studies: Bildung, Currere, and the Recurring Question of the Subject. New York: Palgrave Macmillan US.
PRIESTLEY, M., ALVUNGER, D., PHILIPPOU, S. & SOINI, T. (eds.) 2021. Curriculum making in Europe : policy and practice within and across diverse contexts, Bingley, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited.
SCOLES, J., HUXHAM, M., SINCLAIR, K., LEWIS, C., JUNG, J. & DOUGALL, E. 2021. The other side of a magic mirror: exploring collegiality in student and staff partnership work. Teaching in Higher Education, 26, 712-727.
TRIGWELL, K. 2005. Teaching–research relations, cross-disciplinary collegiality and student learning. Higher education, 49, 235-254.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm100 ERC SES 05: Working Meeting - EERA Exec
Location: Gilbert Scott, Robing Room [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Joe O'Hara
Session Chair: Marit Hoveid
Working Meeting - EERA Exec
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Working Meeting - EERA Exec

Joe O'Hara

EERA, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Hara, Joe

Working Meeting - EERA Exec

 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 A: NW 10. Teacher Education Workshop: Making and Connecting: LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY® and Teacher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: ML White
Network Workshop
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Interactive Session

Network 10 Teacher Education ERC Workshop: Making and Connecting: LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY® and Teacher Education

ML White1, Anna Beck2, Ainat Guberman3, Susann Hofbauer4, Itxaso Tellado5

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3The MOFET Institute; David Yellin College. Israel; 4Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany; 5Universitat de Vic - Universitat Central de Catalunya, Spain

Presenting Author: White, ML; Beck, Anna; Guberman, Ainat; Hofbauer, Susann; Tellado, Itxaso

Teacher education is an important field for research, since the quality of teacher education has been regularly questioned by governments across Europe, whilst teacher quality is increasingly seen as crucial to improving educational outcomes and pupil achievement (OECD, 2011; European Commission, 2015). Although it might look ’deceptively simple’ (Grossman et al, 2009), the work of teacher educators is complex and multiple (Boyd and White, 2017), and we are not just teachers of teachers (Lunenberg et al., 2017).

This workshop will begin with a short presentation from each of the convenors outling their current research practcies before we move on to make connections using LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY®, a facilitated methodology that uses brick-building and metaphoric storytelling as a form of communication and problem-solving. In Making is Connecting Guantlett (2018) argues that through making things people engage with the world and create connections with each other. The aim of the workshop is to offer an opportunity for those interested in teacher education to engage with the themes of the network and create networking opportunities for doctoral students, emerging and early career researchers and those interested in learning more. In this workshop you will learn about the LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY® method and how it can be used in a wide range of learning, teaching and research contexts as well as explore possibilities for connection and collaboration in teacher education.


References
Boyd, P. and White, E. (2017). Teacher educator professional inquiry in an age of accountability. In Boyd, P. & Szplit, A. (eds.) Teacher and Teacher Educator Inquiry: International Perspectives . Kraków: Attyka.

Guantlett, D. (2018) Making is Connecting: The social meaning of creativity, from DIY and knitting to YouTube and Web 2.0. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Grossman, P., Hammerness, K. and McDonald, M. (2009) Redefining Teacher: Re-imagining Teacher Education. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2): 273-90.

Izadinia, M. (2014). Teacher Educators’ Identity: a review of the literature. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37 (4), 426-441.

OECD (Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development) (2011) Building a Teaching Profession: Lessons from around the World. Paris: OECD Publishing.

Lunenburg, M. Murray, J, Smith, K. and Vanderlinde, R. (2017) Collaborative Teacher Education Development in Europe: Different Voices, One Goal. Professional Development in Education, 43(4):556-572.

Chair
.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 B: NW 12. Workshop: Connecting Research, Practice and Infrastructure
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Christoph Schindler
Network Workshop
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Network 12 Open Research in Education ERC Workshop: Connecting Research, Practice and Infrastructure

Christoph Schindler

DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany

Presenting Author: Schindler, Christoph

The workshop aims to involve and enable emerging researchers into the discussion about open research, its practices and infrastructures in education. In recent years, the open movement and the digitisation in scholarship have enhanced a cultural transformation in research towards accessibility, re-usability, and participation. Open Science and Open Research have become umbrella terms for several developments calling for the transparency of scholarship and its processes, for the accessibility and traceability of outcomes and resources. While the discussions have on the one hand led to pragmatic guidelines[1], on the other hand a UNESCO Recommendation emerged.[2]

Network 12 changed this year its name to Open Research in Education to provide a platform for engaging in these discourses on openness in scholarship. We want to shed light on potentials, concerns, and possible ways forward in aligning Open Science to educational research and its practices. The new network name Open Research in Educational address this perspective and the heterogeneity of educational research.

The workshop starts with a short introduction to Open Research in Education focussing on open research practices and enabling infrastructures. The format will be interactive and open to stimulate a high engagement and encourage ongoing collaborations at the sessions and beyond. Therefore, participants can pose their own questions which serve as a starting point for discussion. Participants are welcome to participate in the discussions forthwith at: https://yopad.eu/p/ERC-Workshop_Open_Reseaerch_on_Education-365days

[1] See https://www.cos.io/initiatives/top-guidelines

[2] See https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000378841


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 C: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Muriel Epstein
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What Influences and How Inclusive Education Policies Are Formulated in Portugal?

Ana Carvalho, Ariana Cosme, Amélia Veiga

CIIE-FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Carvalho, Ana

The democratisation of education has triggered new educational issues related to the advocacy of a school promoting equal opportunities and social justice. The need for education systems to guarantee access and success for all students has put education at the centre of the political and economic space. Thus, there are several political texts that, in the last decades, produce meanings and guidelines for the design of more inclusive educational systems. This has contributed to inclusive education becoming a nominally accepted concept (Nilholm, 2006) and to its assertion as in a global political vision (Pijl, Meijer and Hegarthy, 1997). In Portugal, the Legal Framework for Inclusive Education (decree-law 54/2018, of 6 July) established for the first time in the same legal normative, measures to support learning and inclusion (MSAI) for all students and reinforced the participation of the educational community (teachers, students, guardians and external stakeholders from local communities) for its implementation. This Decree-Law established formal moments for such participation and provided guidelines to create conditions for schools to affirm themselves as more politically democratic contexts (Trindade & Cosme, 2010) in which inclusive education is seen as a purpose for the whole community. Despite the potential changes that this text seems to point towards a more inclusive education policy, we assume that the process of implementation of education policies departs from the social engineering model in which the policy text determines the practices and effects (Stoer and Magalhaes, 2005). In this way we are arguing that the implementation of an educational policy is a process of meaning construction (Spillane, 2004). Having this as a reference, we mobilised for the research the theoretical-methodological approach of the Policy Cycle of Stephen Ball (1994), which assumes the characterisation of the investigated policy with the discussion of historical, legislative, discursive and political-ideological aspects (Ball, Maguire and Braun, 2012) from five contexts: context of influence, context of text production, context of practice, context of effects, and the context of political strategy. This critical and post-structuralist approach refuses the idea that structure is what will define policy and the political process; on the contrary, it argues that policy emerges from the priorities of different interest groups and their network governance (Veiga, 2012) and that it develops with the participation and interaction of groups of people who construct and constitute reality. Thus, according to this approach, the origin of policies is not circumscribed to an isolated moment or to one of the contexts of the policy cycle. In this paper we propose to explore the contexts of influence and text production of the inclusive education policy embodied in decree-law 54/2018, identifying its conditions of production (Pêcheux, 1993), i.e., the influences that collaborated to its placement on the agenda. To access these contexts of the cycle of inclusive education policy we analysed international and national texts, such as declarations, conventions, studies, opinions, reports and legal texts. The research questions that guided this analysis and that we intend to answer in this proposal are: What are the organisations that guide inclusive education policies? What are the ideas that underpin inclusive education policies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the questions listed, we need to know and understand the context of the influence of current inclusive education policies in Portugal. To this end we resorted to documentary analysis of inter/national reference texts that the Directorate General for Education (DGE) identifies on its website as guiding inclusive education policies. We justify this option by the competences of this central state service, such as "ensure the implementation of policies (...) of pre-school education, basic and secondary education and extra-school education, provide technical support to its formulation and monitor and evaluate its implementation" (Article 12, DL 266-g/2012). Subsequently, we collected other texts that are referenced in these texts indicated by the DGE and that we considered relevant to answer the questions posed. We followed the criterion of selecting documents published until 2018, the year of publication of the legal text DL 54/2018, which assumes central importance in this investigation. The documentary corpus includes international and national texts. Fifty-three international texts were analyzed, such as declarations, conventions, studies, opinions and reports, published between 1948 and 2018, by the following organisations: United Nations (UN); United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO); Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD); World Health Organization (WHO); European Commission (EC); Commission of the European Communities (CCE); Council of the European Union (CUE); World Bank (WB); European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education (EADSNE); European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE); Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE); and the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF). Twenty-six national texts were analyzed, such as declarations, recommendations, opinions and legal texts, published between 1986 and 2018, by the following organizations: Ministry of Education (ME), Directorate-General of Education (DGE), National Education Council (CNE) and National Association of Special Education Teachers (ANDEE). All documents were analysed using the thematic analysis method in Braun and Clarke's (2006) approach; and we used the NVivo program (Zamawe, 2015; Allsope et al, 2022) to organise the data. Thematic analysis, as it does not require initial coding, gives the researcher a particularly relevant place in the way he apprehends and considers information. We understand that the choice of this path allowed a free, in-depth and complex search on the data that resulted in a vast record of notes on patterns and discourses that possibly would not have been identified and analyzed with another methodological possibility.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The thematic analysis resulted in 4 main themes that support inclusive education policies: diversity, equity, autonomy, participation. Increasing the diversity of the school population triggers global measures for equity, which rely on local autonomy and multi-stakeholder participation for their enactment (Ball, Maguire & Braun, 2012). The findings suggest that international organizations (e.g. UNESCO, OECD, WB, EASNIE) with different goals and priorities produce different, sometimes contradictory, meanings that feed into inclusive education policies. In the four themes we identified elements that refer to the idea of education as a public good (in the emphasis of the right to quality and inclusive education) and as a private good (in the emphasis of the relevance of choices, individualization and efficiency). In national texts (e.g. CNE and DGE) we identified elements of these ideals, verifying coordinated discursive communications (Schimdt, 2008) and an incorporation of supranational procedures (Nóvoa & Lawn, 2002). The theme of diversity is related to the recognition of different vulnerable groups excluded from the educational systems, being common to all organizations the reference to people with special educational needs, which seems to derive from the genealogical relationship of inclusive education-special education. In the affirmation that the education of all people is of equal importance and the need for greater investment by states in education to include everyone (per se, indicator of included and excluded), ideas of equality, justice and economic sustainability for nations collaborate, particular visions in which equity is fostered. The realization of principles of decentralization, freedom of decision, collective construction of curricula, leadership, and optimization of resources, constitute the semantic field of autonomy. Finally, the cooperation of external stakeholders, and the increased accountability of teachers, families, and the students themselves, support the issue of participation as one of the key factors in the development of inclusive education policy in Portugal.
References
Allsop, D.; Chelladurai, J.; Kimball, E.; Marks, L.; Hendricks, J. (2022). Qualitative Methods with Nvivo Software: A Practical Guide for Analyzing Qualitative Data. Psych, 4, 142–159. https:// doi.org/10.3390/psych4020013
Ball, S. (1994). Educational reform: A critical and post-structural approach. Open University Press.
Ball, S., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Braun, Virginia & Clarke, Victoria (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp. 77-101. ISSN 1478-0887
Nilholm, Claes (2006) Special education, inclusion and democracy, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 21:4, 431-445, DOI: 10.1080/08856250600957905
Nóvoa, António & Lawn, Martin (2002). Fabricating Europe: The Formation of an Education Space. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Pijl, Sip Jan, Meijer, Cor & Hegarthy, Seamus (1997). Inclusive Education: A global agenda. London, United Kingdom: Routledge
Schmidt V. A. (2008) Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science 11: 303–326.
Spillane, J. (2004). Standards deviation: How schools misunderstand education policy. Harvard University Press.
Stoer, S., & Magalhães, A. (2005). A Diferença Somos Nós – A Gestão da Mudança Social e as Políticas Educativas e Sociais. Edições Afrontamento
Trindade, R., & Cosme, A. (2010) Educar e Aprender na Escola - Questões, desafios e respostas pedagógicas. Fundação Manuel Leão.
Veiga, Amélia (2012). Bologna 2010. The Moment of Truth?. European Journal of Education, Vol. 47, No. 3
Zamawe, C. (2015). The implication of using NVivo software in qualitative data analysis: Evidence-based reflections. Malawi Medical Journal, 27(1), 13. https://doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v27i1.4


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Investigating Classroom Inclusion with Social Network Analysis

Ellen Frank Delgado

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Frank Delgado, Ellen

As outright discrimination has largely transformed into covert inequities, “discrimination [has] moved underground” (Massey, 2007). Institutions are increasingly interested in fostering diversity and inclusion [D&I] to counteract these inequities (Brimhall et al., 2017). Although frequently linked, diversity and inclusion are distinct (Mor Barak et al., 2015). Measuring the impact of D&I interventions on diversity involves monitoring workplace demographics. Measuring inclusion is less straightforward (Sherbin & Rashid, 2017). Researchers fail to agree on a single construct of inclusion and lack evidence to do so (Shore et al., 2011). Yet, defining and measuring inclusion is critical in the studying of how social stratification is localised in different contexts, such as in education.

Researchers usually define inclusion as perceptions of uniqueness and belongingness, or alternatively, as participation and contribution. Theories borrowed from social psychology explain how individuals will unconsciously sort themselves into groups based on commonalities, such as gender or race, while group membership influences how they perceive others (Tajfel & Turner, 1986). Individuals must feel a sense of belongingness in their groups, while also being sufficiently recognised for their unique characteristics (Shore et al., 2011). These social psychology theories could explain how individuals’ framing of themselves and others manifest into group dynamics. Therefore, social psychology could provide an explanation for patterns of student interaction within a given classroom.

Yet, a purely social psychological framework of inclusion overlooks how inclusion exists beyond individuals’ sentiments. Instead, Roberson (2006) defines inclusion as “the removal of obstacles to the full participation and contribution of [people] in organisations”. This version of inclusion highlights how in- and out-group dynamics dictate who is trusted, who is communicated with, and ultimately, who is embedded in social and collaboration networks (Ridgeway, 2011). Conventional inclusion surveys effectively measure inclusion as uniqueness and belongingness as Shore et al. (2011) defines it, but fail to appropriately measure inclusion in terms of participation and contribution.

To solve this methodological gap in the literature, this research borrows methodologies from the field of data science to revitalise inclusion research, using one university as a case study. The participating university was an elite public higher education institution. It prides itself on the usual interests of most historically white, high-ranking, and well-funded 21st century educational institutions: being research-driven, global, future-oriented, and a leader in higher education and learning. As such, in September 2022, one school at the institution implemented mandatory inclusion training for all tutors. The training had three main goals: to increase awareness and knowledge of what constitutes equality, diversity, and inclusion; to teach tutors tangible ways to alter behaviours to foster inclusion; and to provide a space for tutors to learn from each other to further develop inclusive teaching practices. The study and this resulting paper are a showcase of how one computational social science method, social network analysis, can help measure and analyse inclusion, as participation and contribution, in educational settings. Only a few studies to date have used social network analysis to research patterns of inclusion, such as Karimi & Matous (2018), Collins & Steffen-Fluhr (2019), and Hardcastle et al. (2019). None have employed mixed-methods of social network analysis, survey analysis, and demographic analysis. This innovative mixed-methods, but largely computational, approach is the focus of this paper as it allows educational researchers to monitor changes in students’ experiences of inclusion. A secondary benefit of this method is that it provides evidence, or lack thereof, for D&I interventions as they are implemented. Therefore, using social network analysis to measure inclusion helps ensure all students, regardless of identity, succeed in their education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research occurred at the participating higher education institution from September through December 2022. All tutors part of the one school completed a mandatory “Fostering Inclusion in Tutorials” training, which was co-developed by this proposal’s researcher and a working group of three other postgraduate tutors. The working group was supervised by the school's teaching and student development officer to ensure the training had subject matter expertise and relevant institutional knowledge. The training was facilitated during the first week of the term, but prior to the commencement of courses.

After training implementation, data collection occurred in tutorials for one introductory first-year course. Two tutorials were recorded three times throughout the term to capture classroom dialogue. Students and tutors were also asked to complete an inclusion survey twice during the term. The inclusion survey was an adaptation of the Mor Barak Inclusion-Exclusion Scale survey to measure perceptions of inclusion constructed as perceptions of uniqueness and belongingness. It also included demographic questions such as race, disability, gender, etc. The same data collection occurred for one similar first-year course in another school where tutors underwent another inclusion training to provide a comparative lens. One tutorial from this course was therefore also recorded three times throughout the term to capture classroom dialogue.

For data analysis, social network analysis with demographic information was used to capture the changes in contribution and participation of students, thus analysing tutorial discussion dynamics. Organisational network analysis’s ability to monitor the ebbs and flows of communication to and from marginalised groups is crucial in understanding how inclusion shifts to redistribute power (Helgesen, 1995). With that, data focused on the quantity of communication and who spoke to who. The igraph R package created visualisations of communication reflecting how the communication network changed throughout the term.  Other metrics investigated included items such as the number of interruptions that occured from majority to historically marginalised students, and speaking time of students. Together with the inclusion surveys, social network analysis reveals how inclusion shifted throughout the term. Furthermore, the inclusion surveys administered allowed for the nuances in inclusion and exclusion processes to be explored.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will discuss some findings from the student inclusion surveys, but its focus will be on the study’s observational network visualisation data. This session will thus demonstrate how social network analysis may be used to measure inclusion in the classroom in terms of participation and contribution. By the end of this session, educational researchers will understand how social network analysis presents an innovative methodological addition to equality, diversity, and inclusion discourse.

At a high-level, the results indicate that the training interventions did not universally lead to students experiencing high perceived levels of inclusion and high levels of contribution and participation. While the interventions hoped to prompt behavioural changes in tutors to propel their students with marginalised identities to become more deeply embedded in class discussions, this was not the case. Even so, the results show how social network analysis with inclusion survey and demographic data can reveal otherwise covert patterns of inclusion and exclusion. In particular, patterns of racial exclusion at the higher education institution will be discussed. Therefore, this study sets the groundwork for further implementing social network analysis to investigate inclusion levels in other areas of student life. It will also allow universities to understand if certain identity groups beyond historically marginalised racial groups have lower levels of inclusion in the classroom. Ultimately, the hope is that these methods will help education researchers better understand what students need to be successful.

References
Brimhall, K. C., Mor Barak, M. E., Hurlburt, M., McArdle, J. J., Palinkas, L., & Henwood, B. (2017). Increasing Workplace Inclusion: The Promise of Leader-Member Exchange. Human Service Organizations: Management, Leadership & Governance, 41(3), 222–239.

Collins, R., & Steffen-Fluhr, N. (2019). Hidden patterns: Using social network analysis to track career trajectories of women STEM faculty. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 38(2), 265–282. https://doi.org/10.1108/EDI-09-2017-0183

Hardcastle, V. G., Furst-Holloway, S., Kallen, R., & Jacquez, F. (2019). It’s Complicated: A Multi-Method Approach to Broadening Participation in STEM. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 38(3), 349–361.


Helgesen, S. (1995). The Web of Inclusion: Architecture for Building Great Organizations (1st ed.). Beard Books.

Karimi, F., & Matous, P. (2018). Mapping diversity and inclusion in student societies: A social network perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 88, 184–194. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2018.07.001

Massey, D. S. (2007). Categorically Unequal: The American Stratification System. Russell Sage Foundation.

Mor Barak, M. E. (2015). Inclusion is the Key to Diversity Management, but What is Inclusion? Human Service Organizations: Management, Leadership & Governance, 39(2), 83–88.

Ridgeway, C. L. (2011). Framed by Gender: How Gender Inequality Persists in the Modern World. Oxford University Press.

Roberson, Q. M. (2006). Disentangling the Meanings of Diversity and Inclusion in Organizations. Group & Organization Management, 31(2), 212–236.

Sherbin, L., & Rashid, R. (2017). Diversity doesn’t stick without Inclusion. Harvard Business Review. https://hbr.org/2017/02/diversity-doesnt-stick-without inclusion

Shore, L. M., Randel, A. E., Chung, B. G., Dean, Michelle A., Ehrhard, K. H., & Singh, G. (2011). Inclusion and Diversity in Work Groups: A Review and Model for Future Research. Journal of Management, 37(4), 1262–1289.

Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1986). The Social Identity Theory of Intergroup Behavior. In Psychology of Intergroup Relations (pp. 7–24).
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 D: Histories of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Reception of Hygiene, Eugenics, and Theories of Degeneration in the Chilean Education: A Historical Analysis

Maria Karina Lozic Pavez

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lozic Pavez, Maria Karina

The thesis of this article is that the school in Chile in the late 19th and early 20th centuries was central to the prevention of dangers related to hygiene, the degeneration of the race, and the promotion of certain types of moral habits. In this context, the concern to establish in Chile an educational system that would constitute a tool to improve the deplorable living conditions of the late 19thcentury was considered “a national problem” (Salas, 1914/1967). Thus, the thesis of this analysis is that the school has been an important vector for the deployment of security mechanisms that address issues as diverse as the prevention of diseases, family and student habits, corporal discipline, and moral formation. In other words, the school has been a platform for the governmental construction of a kind of “moral topographies”, in search of “dangerous and endangered populations”, the disciplinary technology of the school being a tactic of moral management (Hunter, 1996, p. 143).

However, this problem was not exclusive to the Chilean case, and on the contrary, the reception of a series of ideas coming from Europe played a central role. With the sanitary movement that took place in the late 1830s in countries such as England, France and Spain, public health policies took on unprecedented importance, addressing not only technical issues such as sewerage and water infrastructure, but also seeking social stability, moralisation of the working classes, and economic efficiency (Ramos, 2014). In the transition to the 20th century, this sanitary revolution arrived in Chile, a period in which hygiene, the theory of degeneration and eugenics were theoretical perspectives that constituted the foundations for addressing the so-called “social question”, a historical process that graphs social transformations product of accelerated modernisation, industrialisation and urbanization (Durán, 2014; Vetö, 2014; Becerra, 2018). From this process, hygiene began to be seen as a social and security problem related to issues such as mortality, disease, and contagion, and also, to the prevention of “social diseases”, the propagation of good customs, and the prosperity of the nation.

From a theoretical perspective, this study is interested in the analysis of how power has been exercised throughout history, process that has been introduced by Foucault (2009b) as “governmentality” in response to what he saw as the insufficiency of theoretical tools to analyse the exercise of power according to modern rationalities in Western societies. Governmentality has been described as a set of institutions, procedures, analyses, reflections, calculations, and tactics that enable the exercise of power, whose main object is the population, its form, the political economy, and its technical instrument, the security dispositif (Castro, 2018). In this framework, the concept of security dispositive is even more important, since according to the analytical proposal presented here, school institutions could be considered as part of their strategic purposes. In this sense, security dispositif is described as the mechanism of government that deals with possible and probable events in the future, assesses the cost through comparative calculations and establishes a binary division between the permitted and the prohibited (Foucault, 2009b) prescribing an optimal mean within a bandwidth of tolerable variation (Gordon, 1991).

According to the above historical and theoretical background, this research is interested in to analyse the experience of security in the Chilean school in the transition to the 20th century, which is explored through the articulation of three axes: the axis of truth (knowledge), the axis of power (regulations) and the axis of subjectivity (relationship of the subject with him/herself and with others), whose interconnections is posed as a mechanism and organisational method to account for historical experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As some authors have diagnosed (Freathy & Parker, 2010), research in education has been dedicated mainly to qualitative and/or quantitative data collection projects, suggesting that a rigorous historical research in education can prevent researchers from adopting ahistorical epistemologies. In this line, this paper seeks to contribute with a Foucauldian-inspired historical analysis on the problem of hygiene, race, and degeneration, and their relation to the Chilean school during the transition to the 20th century, which has implied a documentary research process with a wide range of materials. One important point is to treat the documents in relation to their context (McCulloch, 2014), not only by analysing the discourses found in them, but also their possibilities of existence, who are the subjects of enunciation, and what are the concrete tactics associated with these discourses that lead to their materialisation. For this study it has been useful to distinguish between primary and secondary sources, understanding the former as a direct record of an event, and the latter, formed with the analysis of primary documents. In practical terms, Chile’s primary and secondary documentation is accessible over the Internet through three main platforms: Memoria Chilena is a virtual space that provides access to the historical collections of the country’s main bibliographical centre, finding compilations of documents such as academic papers, legal documentation, news from different times and formats, and history books. Biblioteca Nacional has provided access to historical and current legal documents. Readex has published an extensive collection of primary sources, providing access to the World Newspaper Archive and historical books. Other materials, such as contemporary articles and journals, were tracked through databases such as Web of Science, Scopus, and Scielo.
 
The above constitutes how the genealogical work has been faced, in which the term archive is relevant, understood not as the documents that a culture preserves as testimony of its past, but as the system of the historical conditions of possibility of statements (Foucault, 2009a). Statements, as events, have a specific regularity that governs their formation and transformations (Castro, 2018). Working with the archive in these terms, does not imply the interpretation of documents in a hermeneutical sense. Instead, it requires the organisation of an archive as a set of elements that need to be described and organised (Foucault, 2009a).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the exposition for the results, attention is paid to three axes to account for the complex network of interconnections that characterises the transition to the 20th century: the axis of truth, the axis of power, and the axis of subjectivity.

In the axis of truth/knowledge the perspectives of hygiene, theories of degeneration and eugenics are delved, as rationalities predominant in the period analysed, which were articulated with regulatory elements that attempted to respond to the problems of the time. These regulatory elements constitute the axis of power or normative axis. In Chile, these norms were translated into policies oriented to the intervention of space, i.e., the cities were intervened, urban planning, and the technical criteria for the construction of schools were defined. In addition, regulatory models were created for the bodies and for the morals of individuals, in which the school played a fundamental role, with an educational system marked by the German model. Finally, the techniques of the self and their articulation with the techniques of domination, which constitute the axis of subjectivation are analysed. Education was contested culturally, politically, and ideologically. Here, the educational projects proposed by the socialist and anarchist avant-garde are reviewed, which sought to take charge of the education of the proletariat, in response to the education offered by the state.

References
Becerra, M. (2018). ‘Restaurando la voluntad del enfermo’: Medicalización del uso de drogas en la primera mitad del siglo XX en Chile. 26, 117–153. Retrieved from https://revistaschilenas.uchile.cl/handle/2250/103861

Castro, E. (2018). Diccionario Foucault. Temas, autores y conceptos. Buenos Aires, Siglo XXI.

Durán, M. (2014). Género, cuerpo, gimnasia y sexualidad en los manuales educacionales higienistas y eugenésicos en Chile, 1870-1938. 18(1), 35–58.

Foucault, M. (2009a). Archaeology of knowledge. London and New York: Routledge.

Foucault, M. (2009b). Security, territory, population: Lectures at the College de France, 1977-78. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Freathy, R., & Parker, S. (2010). The necessity of historical inquiry in educational research: The case of religious education. British Journal of Religious Education, 32(3), 229-243. https://doi.org/10.1080/01416200.2010.498612

Gordon, C. (1991). Governmental Rationality: An Introduction. In G. Burchell & P. Miller (Eds.). The Foucault Effect (pp. 1-52). University of Chicago Press.

Hunter, I. (1996). Assembling the school. In A. Barry, T. Osborne & N. Rose (Eds.). Foucault and political reason (pp. 143-166). The University of Chicago Press.

McCulloch, G. (2004). Documentary research in education, history and the social sciences. London: Routledge Falmer.

Salas, D. (1914/1967). El problema nacional. Bases para la reconstrucción de nuestro sistema escolar primario (2da Ed.). Editorial Universitaria S. A.

Vetö, S. (2014). Psicoanálisis, higienismo y eugenesia: Educación sexual en Chile, 1930-1940. Nuevo Mundo Mundos Nuevos. https://doi.org/10.4000/nuevomundo.66920


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Diversity in Education: Linguistic, Religion Approaches: Language Concepts:

Mane Ghevondyan

''Classic school'' educational foundation, Armenia

Presenting Author: Ghevondyan, Mane

Nowadays, diversity in education and upbringing is associated with such phenomena as language, religion, culture, gender. At the state level, laws on the above-mentioned phenomena are adopted and protected, and after being approved, they enter into circulation in educational programs, school standards.

The study of the history of world pedagogical thought shows that there have been examples of diversity in education since the 15th century, for example, after the spread of Protestantism in Europe, great attention was paid to the development of the national language and culture. The catechism was translated into different languages: French, German, Italian. Luther was a leader of that movement. Another example of diversity is making education accessible to all social strata of society. There was no discrimination. Later, the idea that girls and boys should study together in the same class began to circulate. Parallel to all this was the separation of the secular and the spiritual. Schools fall out of Church patronage, but communication with religion continues to be emphasized by state administrators.

Given that the phenomena of education and training have undergone changes over time due to continuous reforms of economy, politics, religion, language, culture, human history, there is a need to review and reevaluate all the words and concepts that form a new worldview. One such concept is the word diversity.

Today, education theorists, theologians, philosophers, education policymakers talk about having a diverse, inclusive society. A society where everyone is welcome. Various approaches are drawn up by experts, which will contribute to forming such a society. Diversity is a cross-sectoral phenomenon. That is, only in the context of legal, legislative, sociological, linguistic, historical discourses can one "build" a healthy, diverse, inclusive society. Therefore, results can be achieved as a result of the dialogue of specialists in the above-mentioned fields.

It is interesting to study the history of the word diversity in the context of education and upbringing, to see the interpretation of the word in different periods. Accordingly, to compare past and present perceptions of the concept of diversity, analyze them, understand what changes the word has undergone, reflect on the past and present and "build" the ideal diverse environment that will be most suitable for education and upbringing.

It is noteworthy that the present is based on the past, and the future is a combination of both. Based on this, it is necessary to understand what kind of content was, is and will be in the future under the concept of diversity.

Within the framework of our study, we paid attention to the interpretation of the word in the context of classic languages, and compared it with each other.

We tried to find interpretations of language, religion, especially in Christianity, the word diversity in the works of foreign and Armenian authors. Analyze past models of diversity, their features, find out their applicability in the present.

It is noteworthy that the present is based on the past, and the future is a combination of both. Based on this, it is necessary to understand what kind of content was, is and will be in the future under the concept of diversity.

Summarizing the above examples, it can be said that in the past diversity, although not fixed by law, led to the creation and development of the national language and culture, organizing joint teaching with different genders. Today, the importance of diversity is fixed and emphasized by laws, but in practice we are witnessing the weakening of national languages and cultures, the overestimation or underestimation of genders.

How can past approaches to diversity be valued and reformulated in today's education system?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Linguistic, historical, religious foundations are the basis of the research methodology of the topic. Appreciating the role and significance of the classical languages - Latin, Greek, Greek - in world culture, in our study we compared the explanations of the word diversity in three languages, analyzed the history of the word's applicability in education and upbringing, identified the most common examples of diversity, presented the creation and overcoming of these examples the process.
In the historical context, we highlighted educators who had a great role in the history of world pedagogical thought: Luther, Calvin, Philip Melanchthon, A. Comensky, Herbart et al.'s ideas on diversity. We highlighted the ideas of Armenian pedagogues and religious figures who worked in the same period, such as Nerses Shnoralu, Grigor Tatevatsi, Mkhitar Sebastasi, regarding the issue under discussion.
From a religious point of view, we have analyzed the Armenian catechisms, which were written in the Armenian language, for people belonging to different denominations. We have brought out the concepts through which various religious phenomena are explained.
The creation and analysis of legal databases are of great importance for the research methodology under consideration. We used dictionaries to compare the word diversity in classical languages. We have compiled a schedule of Armenian and foreign pedagogues, we have highlighted their pedagogical works, which talk about diversity.
Religion textbooks were an important source for the study. The religious manifestations of diversity were presented on the example of Armenian catechisms

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Education and upbringing are reciprocal processes. As a result of the economy, politics, latest technologies, language, culture, reforms, there is a need to review the theories, concepts, and approaches of education and classroom management. Diversity issues are currently being discussed. Experts in the field are organizing discussions about what kind of educational model to choose, where all students will be in a diverse, inclusive environment.
It is interesting to study past experience. There have been examples of diversity in theory and practice in the past. Past experience proves that there was a period when diversity in the field of education led to the spread of national language, literature, religion, cooperation and harmony of male and female sexes, separation of Church and State and valorization of religion.
As a result of the various processes taking place in the world today, the educational systems of countries with national culture, language, and religion need to review, redefine the concept of diversity, and create a new educational model.
The basis of the new educational model should be such linguistic, religious, and cultural foundations that will promote the creation of a diverse, inclusive environment in schools. At the basis of the creation of that new model, we see the study of classical languages, the introduction of these languages into the educational system, the use of the latest technologies, the revaluation and reinterpretation of national culture and religion.

References
Armstrong, F. (2007). Disability, Education and Social change in England since 1960. History of EducationGrosvenor, I. (1999). ‘There’s No Place Like Home’: Education and the Making of National Identity.History of Education, 28(3)Г. Б. Корнетов, История педагогики за рубежом с древнейших времен до начала XXI века, Москва, 2013.М. Корзо, Украинская и белорусская катехетическая традиция конца XVI-XVIII вв., становление, эволюция и проблема заимствований, Москва, 2007М. А. Полякова, “На пути к религиозному обучению населения в эпоху реформации: история создания Краткого катехизиса Мартина Лютера”, Вестник ПСТГУ, серия IV, 2016


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Intellectual Influence of John Dewey on the Educational Initiatives of Gandhi and Ambedkar: A Critical Comparison

Sphoorti .

Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India

Presenting Author: ., Sphoorti

The popular narratives in the history of education in India regard the educational initiatives and experiments (popularly called ‘Nai Talim’/ ‘Basic Education’) of Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi (1869 – 1948) as the original, indigenous, and radical alternative to the colonial education which was ‘imposed’ by the British on Indian masses (Rao 2020, pp. 43-44). This educational experiment became significant during the anti-colonial sentiments of the early twentieth century, as the curriculum was designed deliberately along nationalist lines. Since the ‘manual work’ has been the significant basis of Gandhi’s Nai Talim, the apparent similarity between John Dewey’s philosophy of education and Gandhi’s educational thoughts has been explored by many educationists (Sadgopal 2019, Kumar 2008, Link 1962). However, during the nationalist movement, in the first half of the twentieth century, Dr. Bhimrao Ambedkar (1891 – 1956) also started several educational initiatives of his own, which are lesser known compared to Gandhi’s experiment. Ambedkar is known for advocating the basic human rights of the oppressed in Indian society, which constituted women, Dalits (ex-untouchables), and backward castes. He was also a student of Dewey at Columbia University and hence was under the direct influence of Dewey’s educational thoughts and philosophy. Despite being closely associated with Dewey during his formal years, there is no exploration of the domestication of Dewey’s educational ideas in the educational thoughts and initiatives of Ambedkar in India. This paper focuses on this strand of transnational connection. Further, the paper also compares the extent of influence of Dewey’s philosophy of education on the educational thoughts of Gandhi and Ambedkar, two important Indian actors who shaped and influenced the educational landscape in colonial and postcolonial India.

The Deweyan conceptual and theoretical framework of democracy and education will be used in the exploration of these questions. This framework is significant because of the diverse nature of Indian society with traditional inequalities along the different axes such as caste, gender, class, religion, and ethnicity, and also the history of systematic discrimination against these marginalised groups in the area of education. This context is similar to the historical context of a diverse society due to industrialisation and migration, in which Dewey developed his philosophy of education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is historical in nature and hence follows the historical research method. The primary sources consist of the complete volume of works on education by Gandhi, Ambedkar, and Dewey. Gandhi’s educational experiments and ideas took shape in his newspapers, especially Harijan and Young India. These newspapers also form significant primary sources. The regional language writings of Gandhi and Ambedkar are also consulted. The texts are read and analysed in the critical-historical method. The secondary sources are also analysed for their different hermeneutical approach to these primary texts. The analysis also focuses on several historiographical themes like radical rupture/continuity in the ideas and the transnational process of circulation and appropriation of ideas and pedagogical projects and experiments. The domestication of circulated knowledge appropriate to the context, lets us explore the hybrid nature of local and global education initiatives and different forms of democracies (Herren, Ruesch & Sibille, 2012).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The link between the Deweyan ideas of democracy and education and how these ideas take shape in the educational ideas of Gandhi and Ambedkar is explored. The external historical context of colonialism and the internal context of traditional societal inequalities and the influence of these contexts on Gandhi and Ambedkar is bought to light. This paper finds the possibilities of any further coherence in the educational philosophy of Dewey and Gandhi apart from the obvious surface similarities like focus on the manual work, and basic needs of community living are few. Because there is a fundamental and significant difference between Gandhi’s and Dewey’s assumptions about the nature of democratic society, social order, and the education of marginalised groups. The Gandhian experiment is not based on the scientific rationality that Deweyan philosophy upholds, rather prides itself on religious morality. However, the educational thoughts of Ambedkar and his initiatives carry the intellectual legacy of Dewey’s ideas of democracy as a way of life and pragmatist philosophy (Stroud 2022). Ambedkar, despite belonging to the untouchable caste of Mahars and facing indignity in schools, did not believe in segregated schools for Dalits but rather found an educational institution that was inclusive of all castes, even among the teaching and administration but focused mainly on the education of Dalits, as they faced historical discrimination in the area of education. Hence the paper argues that despite surface similarities, the Deweyan influence and legacy on the educational landscape in India are carried on by the educational initiatives of Ambedkar rather than Gandhi.
References
Aldrich, R. (2006). Lessons from History of Education: The selected works of Richard Aldrich. Routledge.    
Ambedkar, B. R. (2020). Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches Volume No.: 1-17 (3rd ed.). Dr. Ambedkar Foundation.
Biesta, G. J. J., & Burbules, N. C. (2003). Pragmatism and Educational Research. Rowman and Littlefield Publishers Inc.
Dewey, J. (2004). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. Aakar Books.
Dewey, J. (2008). The School and Society. Aakar Books.
Gandhi, M. K. (1962). The Problem of Education. Navajivan Publishing House.
Gandhi, M. K. (1953). Towards New Education. Navajivan Publishing House.
Herren, M., Ruesch, M., & Sibille, C. (2012). Transcultural History: Theories, Methods, Sources. Springer.
Jangam, C. (2017). Dalits and the Making of Modern India. Oxford University Press.
Jenkins, L. D. (2014). A College of One’s Own: An International Perspective on the Value of Historically Dalit Colleges. In Rao, P. V. (Ed.). (2014). New Perspectives in the History of Indian Education. Orient Blackswan.
Kshirsagar, R. K. (n.d.). Dalit Movement in India and its Leaders (1857-1956). M. D Publications Pvt Ltd.
Kumar, K. (2005). Political Agenda of Education: A Study of Colonialist and Nationalist Ideas. SAGE Publications.
Link, E. P. (1962). John Dewey and Mohandas K. Gandhi as Educational Thinkers. Comparative Education Review, 5(3), 212–216. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1187088
Mayhew, K. C & Edwards, A. C. (1936). The Dewey School: The Laboratory School of The University of Chicago, 1896 – 1903. D. Appleton – Century Company.
Paik, S. (2014). Dalit Women’s Education in Modern India: Double Discrimination. Routledge.
Rao, P. V. (Ed.). (2014). New Perspectives in the History of Indian Education. Orient Blackswan.
Rao, P. V. (2020). Imperial Roots of Nationalist Education Model in India 1880-1947. In Caruso, M. & Maul, D. (Ed.). (2020). Decolonization(s) and Education: New Polities and New Men. Peter Lang.
Sadgopal, A. (2019). Nai Taleem: Gandhi’s Challenge to Hegemony. Social Scientist, 47(5/6), 9–30. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26786185
Stroud, S. R. (2022). Recovering the Story of Pragmatism in India: Bhimrao Ambedkar, John Dewey, and the Origins of Navayana Pragmatism. Pluralist, 17(1), 15–24. https://doi.org/10.5406/19446489.17.1.02.
Varkey, C. J. (1940). The Wardha Scheme of Education: An Exposition and Examination. Oxford University Press.
Zelliot, E. (1992). From Untouchable to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement. Manohar Publications.
Zelliot, E. (2014). Dalit Initiatives in Education, 1880-1992. In Rao, P. V. (Ed.). (2014). New Perspectives in the History of Indian Education. Orient Blackswan.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 E: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carmel Capewell
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Uncovering the Teaching Anxieties of Pre-service Teachers and the Reasons behind

Burcu Özcan, Ahmet Ok

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Özcan, Burcu

Education is among the strongest apparatus for social progress. Thus, it is important that individuals get quality education to contribute to the advancement of their societies. since teachers have important roles in socialization of individuals and transferring national priorities (Goodwin, 2010), there is a need for quality teachers that can deliver quality education.

Among the plethora of factors that may affect the effectiveness of teachers, anxiety is one of them. Anxiety is an emotional state that every individual can experience and is often described in relation to tension, worried thoughts, and certain physical reactions (Spielberger, 1966; (Horwitz, et al., 1986).

Anxiety may affect the well-being of individuals and may prevent them from actualizing their full potentials (Alpert & Haber, 1960; Spielberger & Reheiser, 2009). In this vein, teaching anxiety can be described as a characteristic part of teaching that is observed on specific occasions, and it is identified with apprehensive feelings experienced regarding the act of teaching and the teaching profession (Buitink & Kemme, 1986). Anxiety is argued to be common among teachers and considered a natural part of teaching. Therefore, it is of high importance to notice the debilitating effect of anxiety on teaching performance (Murray-Harvey et al., 2000).

Being among the pioneers in teaching anxiety studies, Fuller conducted a series of studies on the topic (e.g., Fuller, 1969; Fuller & Parsons, 1974; Fuller et al, 1974). One of the earliest studies was conducted with the intent to improve the quality of teacher education curricula, in which Fuller (1969) developed a three-phase developmental conceptualization of teachers' concerns. Building on the initial arguments of Fuller (1969), the conceptualization of teaching anxiety included self-centered, task-centered, and student-centered anxieties (Fuller et al., 1974) which were initially referred to as self-preservation, task-related issues, and impact on pupil needs and effects of teaching, respectively. While the self-centered anxiety is considered to include having anxiety about getting approved by students, peers and employers, having job security, and feeling inadequate for the profession; the task-centered anxiety is related with the daily tasks of teaching, such as ensuring and sustaining classroom management, as well as managing the time. The student-centered anxiety is related with the motivation of pupils, meeting the cognitive, emotional and social needs of learners, improving their progress in education. (Fuller et al., 1974).

It is argued that the teaching anxiety of those involved in teaching does not fully diminish, but changes in focus as one’s experience in teaching increases (Fuller et al., 1974; Borich, 1996). Since teachers have great influence on students’ success (Darling-Hammond, 2000), it is essential to train teachers well for the profession before recruitment so that they would not struggle much in the profession, especially in their initial years; develop more intense anxieties; and become ineffective in teaching. To prevent teachers from lacking quality and dropping out, especially because of the feeling of ineffectiveness based on anxiety, there should be awareness of teaching anxieties and they need to be addressed during teacher education process to train more effective teachers.

In this regard, this study aims to explore teaching anxiety and its sources from the perspectives of pre-service teachers. In line with the aim of the study, the following research questions are formulated:

1. What are the anxieties that pre-service teachers experience related to teaching?

2. What are the sources of anxieties that pre-service teachers experience related to teaching?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research is defined by Creswell (2013) as “an inquiry process of understanding based on a distinct methodological approach to inquiry that explores a social or human problem” (p. 324). Qualitative research enables in-depth studies on various topics by focusing on the experiences and meanings of individuals (Patton, 2002). In addition, qualitative research aims to reveal perceptions and events in a realistic and holistic manner (Creswell, 2013). In this study, phenomenology was used, the aim of which is to make sense of the lived experiences of individuals about a phenomenon (Patton, 2002). The phenomenon investigated in this study is teaching anxiety.
The participants of the study consisted of 20 pre-service teachers enrolled in teacher training programs at a state university in Central Anatolia/Turkiye. Participants were selected through criterion sampling strategy, which is one of the purposeful sampling strategies (Patton, 2002). In this context, the criteria for participation in the study were determined as being a senior who completed the first three years of study in the faculty and having taken all the methodology and pedagogical courses offered by their departments until the fourth year of the program. The pre-service teachers who volunteered and met the specified criteria participated in the study.
The participant pre-service teachers were enrolled in different departments including the Department of English Language Teaching (n = 10), Elementary Mathematics Teaching (n = 6), Mathematics Teaching (n = 1), and Elementary Science Teaching (n = 3). All participants were 4th grade students and their ages ranged between 21-28 years. 18 of the participants were female and two were male pre-service teachers.
In this study, the data were collected through semi-structured interviews developed by the researchers and were analyzed through content analysis using the MAXQDA program, which is an online application. The steps suggested by Creswell (2009) were taken into consideration during the data analysis phase. In this context, the data obtained in the study were first transcribed. The interview transcripts were read once to capture the general meaning. Then, the interviews were coded in line with the relevant literature and the views of the participants. The resulting codes were grouped under certain themes in line with their similarities and interrelationships.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study, the phenomenon of teaching anxiety has been explored from the perspective of pre-service teachers in terms of their experiences regarding teaching anxiety and the sources of their anxiety.
The first research question of the study aims to explore teaching anxieties that pre-service teachers experience. The findings have revealed three main themes for the teaching anxieties experienced by the participant pre-service teachers. These anxieties were grouped as self-centered anxieties, task-centered anxieties, and student-centered anxieties.
Regarding the self-centered anxieties, participants reported their anxieties regarding teaching based on themselves. The sub-themes include adaptation, security, and relations of pre-service teachers. As for the task-centered anxieties, five sub-themes have emerged as starting to work, instructional processes, management-related issues, excessive workload, and facilities and resources provided for teaching. With respect to the student-centered anxieties, four sub-themes have emerged. These comprise building rapport with students, handling individual differences of students, ensuring students’ learning, and enhancing students’ motivation.
The second research question of the study aims to investigate the sources of teaching anxiety experienced by pre-service teachers. The findings have shown that three main themes emerged for the sources of pre-service teachers’ anxieties. These consist of person-related sources, teacher training-related sources, and profession-related sources.
To begin with person-related sources, it has been found that pre-service teachers’ anxieties may stem from lack of experience, feeling of inadequacy, negative past experiences, and personality traits. Regarding teacher training-related sources, the sub-themes include the discrepancy between theory and practice, insufficiency of practice teaching, and instructor-related issues. Lastly, profession-related sources are found to involve external influences on teachers, such as low prestige of the profession and high expectations from teachers. Instructional issues related with online education and the use of instructional strategies and materials are also included among the profession-related sources of pre-service teachers’ anxiety.

References
Albert, R., & Haber, R.N. (1960). Anxiety in academic achievement situations. (Eds.) R.N.Haber.Current Research Motivation, 586-597.
Borich, G. D. (1996). Effective teaching methods. (3rd ed.). Columbus. OH:Merrill/MacMillan.
Buitink, J., & Kemme, S. (1986). Changes in student‐teacher thinking. European Journal ofTeacher Education, 9, 75-84.
Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed MethodsApproaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing among FiveApproaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). How teacher education matters. Journal of Teacher Education,51, 166–173. https://doi.org/10.1177/002248710005100300
Fuller, F. F. (1969). Concerns of teachers: A developmental conceptualization. AmericanEducational Research Journal, 6, 207-226.
Fuller, F. F., & Parsons, J. S. (1974). Concerns of Teachers: Recent Research on TwoAssessment Instruments. (ERIC Document Reproduction Service No: ED 093 987).
Fuller, F. F., Parsons, J. S., & Watkins, J. E. (1974). Concerns of teachers: Research andreconceptualization [Paper presentation]. The 59th Annual Meeting of the AmericanResearch Association, Chicago, IL.
Goodwin, A. L. (2010). Globalization and the preparation of quality teachers: Rethinkingknowledge domains for teaching. Teaching Education, 21(1), 19-32. DOI: 10.1080/10476210903466901
Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. TheModern Language Journal, 70(2), 125-132.
Murray-Harvey, R., Slee, P. T., Lawson, M. J., Silins, H., Banfield, G., & Russell, A. (2000).Under stress: The concerns and coping strategies of teacher education students.European Journal of Teacher Education, 23(1), 19-35.https://doi.org/10.1080/713667267
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods (3rd ed.). SagePublications, Inc.
Spielberger, C. D. (1966). Theory and research on anxiety. In C. D. Spielberger(ed.), Anxietyand Behavior (pp. 3-20). New York: Academic Press.
Spielberger, C. D., & Reheiser, E. C. (2009). Assessment of emotions: Anxiety, anger,depression, and curiosity. Applied Psychology: Health and Well-Being, 1(3), 271302. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1758-0854.2009.01017.x


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Closer Look at Teacher Commitment through the Perspectives of Novice Teachers

Fadime Ural, Ahmet Ok

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Ural, Fadime

Changing trends and advancements require well-established educational processes that teachers will enact as change agents having a transformational impact on dealing with the demanding nature of the era. Perceiving teachers as the potent agents of education spearhead the emergence of expectations from teachers that add up to the complexity of the profession (Öztürk, 2008). Hence, nations need highly committed teachers who strive for the quality of the profession since they are identified as critical assets of any educational institution and whose profession is regarded as a social service (Hussein et al., 2016).

The conceptual framework regarding teacher commitment traces back to the organizational commitment phenomenon since the interest of earlier studies has been high in organizational commitment. Meyer and Allen (1991) conceptualized organizational commitment by constructing a three-component model, including dimensions of affective continuance and normative commitment, along with several antecedents of commitment, i.e., personal characteristics, work experiences, organizational structure, and its consequences, such as turnover and on-the-job behavior. Similarly, Firestone and Pennell (1993) stated that the common theme in different definitions is a “psychological bond or identification of the individual with an object that takes on a special meaning and importance” (p. 491), so the interest of an object can vary according to context or situations which leads to the emergence of various commitment dimensions, which might be school, student, or an activity that is done.

Teaching profession has a particular nature in several ways because it embraces not only relationships or identification with organization but also relationships with students, their parents, colleagues, other stakeholders, and even personal issues, such as self-efficacy, passion, and identity (Crosswell, 2006; Tsui & Cheng, 1999). Therefore, the current study investigates commitment from a general perspective by taking teaching profession as the central focus. The plethora of studies in the literature defines teacher commitment as psychological attachment to the profession, enthusiasm, and willingness to do the job with an intrinsic urge to engage in necessary tasks and specific duties (Coladarci, 1992; Razak et al., 2009; Shukla, 2014).

This multidimensional feature of teacher commitment lends itself to not being innate because it is built over time in appropriate contexts, through teacher education programs, working with colleagues and mentors, and engaging in actual teaching experiences. Thus, the roots of teacher commitment can be found in the quality of teaching experiences, especially during the initial years. Experiences in the first years of profession have considerable influences on the development of the sense of teacher commitment and the rest of the career because novice teachers either seek ways to continue their work satisfactorily or be prone to leave profession depending on the quality of initial experiences (Hudson, 2017; Andrews et al., 2012). Hence, a successful start is critical to teacher's continuance of the career with a sense of teacher commitment (Brock & Grady, 2007; Dias-Lacy & Guirguis, 2017). Therefore, teacher commitment can be understood better through the factors affecting it from the perspectives and experiences of novice teachers. Based on the literature, the conceptual framework regarding the factors sustaining or diminishing teacher commitment can be summarized as positive or negative experiences in school context, during teaching process, and related to personal factors (Day et al., 2005; Fransson & Frelin, 2016; Crosswell, 2006).

Regarding these issues, this study aims to explore teacher commitment of novice teachers through their perceptions of teacher commitment and experiences regarding the factors affecting it throughout the initial years of profession. Accordingly, following research questions were formulated:

1. How do novice teachers perceive teacher commitment?

2. What are the factors affecting the sense of teacher commitment?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study utilized qualitative research method to gain insight into teacher commitment, which was identified as the central phenomenon (Creswell, 2013). Regarding this, phenomenology, which focuses on reaching the essence of a particular phenomenon based on the perceptions of individuals who experience it, was adopted (Patton, 2002). To identify participants, purposeful sampling strategy was used to select information-rich participants (Patton, 2002). Among purposeful sampling strategies, criterion sampling and maximum variation sampling were employed.  Using the criterion sampling, participants were selected from novice teachers appointed to public lower secondary schools in Turkey in 2018 and 2019 academic years. Utilizing the maximum variation sampling, the selected teachers differed in their subject areas and the provinces they work. The sampling procedure was completed when the saturation of the data was ensured (Frankel, 1999). At the end of this procedure, a total of 30 teachers were included. All participants were novice teachers with at least one and at most three years of experience. As for gender, there were 27 female and three male teachers. The ages ranged between 25 and 31, with an average of 26. Teachers were selected from 10 different provinces. While seven of the participants work in provincial centers and four in districts, all the remaining 19 teachers work in village schools. Regarding the subject matters, there were nine English, seven Math, six Turkish Language, three Science, three Religious Culture and Ethics, and two Physical Education and Sports teachers.

For data collection, a semi-structured interview form was utilized. The researchers developed the form considering the research questions and related literature. Afterward, expert opinions were obtained from five experts holding Ph.D. degrees with different titles and working in state universities in the field of educational sciences. The final version of the form consisted of three sections: personal information, teaching-related information, and commitment to the teaching profession. These three sections included a total of 19 main questions and probes as sub-questions. To ensure the questions' appropriateness, the interview flow, and its duration, it was piloted with three novice teachers.

Interviews were conducted through Zoom due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The interviews lasted for 70 minutes on average and were recorded with the participant's consent. For data analysis, recordings were transcribed verbatim, and content analysis was utilized to analyze and interpret the data by developing certain codes, sub-themes, and themes via using MAXQDA 2020 software program.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study were examined based on each research question. Regarding the first research question, which explored novice teachers’ perception of teacher commitment, two themes emerged as emotional and practical aspects of the teaching profession regarding commitment. While the emotional aspect centered around the love of students and teaching profession, practical aspects were related to fulfilling job requirements, devoting extra time and effort to students, and endeavoring for professional development. Teachers mentioned practical aspects as an enactment of emotional aspects in the professional context. Thus, the emotional aspects were perceived as integral components and driving forces of effort made regarding practical aspects of the profession.

Concerning the second research question aiming to explore factors affecting teacher commitment of novice teachers, two themes emerged: weakening factors and strengthening factors. Regarding the weakening factors, the most striking one was the reality shock that all teachers experienced during initial years of the profession due to the gap between theory and practice, environmental and cultural issues, student profile, non-teaching paperwork, and working conditions in schools. Another weakening factor was teaching-related issues, such as lack of student engagement, online education period, and problems in classroom management. Also, lack of support, guidance and encouragement from colleagues, administrators, and parents negatively influenced teacher commitment. Lastly, personal factors of low self-efficacy and job satisfaction were decreasing teacher commitment.  

As for strengthening factors, the most prominent ones were student engagement and getting positive feedback from students and parents. Also, collaboration with colleagues, getting support and guidance from administrators and mentors, parental involvement in the process, and having an affectionate bond with students were strengthening factors for teacher commitment. Lastly, certain personal factors increasing the commitment were mentioned as a desire to make a difference in students’ lives, satisfaction with the job, and willingness for professional development.

References
Andrews, S. P., Gilbert, L., & Martin, E. P. (2012). The first years of teaching: Disparities in perceptions of support. Action in Teacher Education, 28(4), 4-13.

Brock B., L., & Grady, M., L. (2007). From first-year to first-rate: Principals guidingbeginner teachers (3rd ed.). USA: Corwin Press.

Coladarci, T. (1992). Teachers’ sense of efficacy and commitment to teaching. Journal of Experimental Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.1992.9943869

Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among fiveapproaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc.

Crosswell, L. (2006). Understanding teacher commitment in times of change [Unpublisheddoctoral dissertation]. Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia.

Crosswell, L., & Elliott B. (2004). Committed teachers, passionate teachers: The dimension ofpassion associated with teacher commitment and engagement. In Jeffrey, Ruth (Ed.),AARE Conference, Melbourne, 2004 (pp. 1-12). Australian Association for Research in Education, Australia, Vic. Melbourne.

Day, C., Elliott, B., & Kington, A. (2005). Reforms, standards and teacher identity:Challenges of sustaining commitment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21, 563-577.

Dias-Lacy, S. L., & Guirguis, R. V. (2017). Challenges for new teachers and ways of coping with them. Journal of Education and Learning, 6(3), 265-272.

Firestone, W. A., & Pennell, J. R. (1993). Teacher commitment, working conditions, anddifferential incentive policies. Review of Educational Research, 63(4), 489-525.https://doi.org/10.2307/1170498

Fransson, G., & Frelin, A. (2016). Highly committed teachers: What makes them tick? Astudy of sustained commitment. Teachers and Teaching, 22(8), 896-912.

Frankel, R. M. (1999). Standards of qualitative research. In B.F. Crabtree & W. L.Miller (Eds.) Doing qualitative research (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Hussen, A. A., Awgichew, S., & Teshome, T. Z. (2016). Teachers’ professional commitmenttowards students learning, their profession and the community in Eastern Ethiopiansecondary schools. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 5(3), 289-314.

Meyer, J. P. & Allen, N.J. (1991). A Three-component conceptualization of organizationalcommitment. Human Resource Management Review, 1(1), 61-89.

Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative evaluation and research methods. USA: Sage Publications,Inc.

Razak, N. A., Darmawan, G. N., & Keeves, J. P. (2009). Teacher commitment. In L.J.Saha & A. G. Dworkin (Eds.), International Handbook of Research on Teachersand Teaching (pp. 343-360). New York: Springer.

Shukla, S. (2014). Teaching competency, professional commitment and job satisfaction: A study of primary school teachers. IOSR Journal of Research & Method in Education (IOSRJRME). https://doi.org/10.9790/7388-04324464


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Preparing Primary School Teachers at University: Students’ Beliefs for Global Awareness. A Comparative Study

Giulia Filippi

Free University of Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Filippi, Giulia

In the current historical period, in which global comparative tests of different school systems play an important role in educational policies, and teacher quality is identified as a key to economic performance; Teacher Education (TE) has become an object of continuous reflection and reform. For these reasons, several international studies have addressed the role of teachers, the training systems, and the quality of teaching, providing a wide and discussed overview on the topic (ET2020, 2015; Musset, 2010). Therefore, interweaving the various international perspectives and studies, this research project focuses on initial teacher education programmes (ITEPs), in a comparative perspective by taking in account two different countries: Italy and Ireland. The study deals with initial teacher preparation since it is considered as an important source for school system improvement and implications. In particular, the research considers the support that the university system gives to prospective teachers in developing their professional role. The literature in fact, underlines that teacher professionalism have an impact to the school systems (Priestley, et. al., 2015). It is therefore, considering future primary school teachers’ beliefs that the study underline how initial training and the role of pre-service teachers is developed (Biesta, et.al., 2015), also considering the Korthegan theory (Tarozzi and Inguaggiato, 2018). In addition, considering the assumptions according to which beliefs are always related to an object (Pajares 1992, in Priestley et al., 2015), the study investigates the student’s teachers’ beliefs with a focus on values, attitudes and awareness promoted by the institution, instead of didactic competence. Moreover, the meaning of competence underlying the present conceptual framework is expressed through the Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (Barret, 2020) in which the idea of ‘competence’ refers to: values, attitudes, competence and, knowledge and critical comprehension. Therefore, ITEPs are taken into analysis by positioning them as more than just sources of new qualified and disciplinarily competent teachers, but understanding the transmission of values aimed to a sense of equity for global awareness citizens (Ainscow, 2016; Cochran - Smith, 2020). In particular, considering the definition of global citizenship education (GCE) promoted extensively in the last decades (Stein, 2015), the conceptual framework investigates the student teacher perceptions. For this reason, this study explores the context in which future professional teacher develop themselves as agentic practitioner, and the ITE contribution to reproduce a sense of global awareness understanding of school issues (Liao, et.al., 2022; Tarozzi and Mallon, 2019). Is therefore fundamental to have experienced teachers committed to the development of quality and equity in today’s school reality, according to international agenda and reality school issues.

The main questions that this study outlines, drawing on both theoretical and comparative aspects, are posed as follows:

1) In which way Higher Education systems prepare future primary school teachers through ITE programmes?

2) What are the prospective teachers’ beliefs about their training and professional role? in which way emerge from them a sense of global awareness?

3) How these beliefs influence their agency?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach that will be adopted to answer the research questions is organize as follows on a qualitative field of analysis. The research project is structured through multiple case studies, where ITEPs are the unit of analysis, comparative in nature and analyzed in parallel (Bray, Adamson and Mason, 2014). Specifically, the comparative criteria to analyse the two ITEPs are as follow: the university-based programmes, the EU context and the length of the programmes (4/5 years). The two case studies examined will be carried out by adopting qualitative tools for data collection, such as: semi-structured interviews, observations, focus groups and curriculum analysis. In particular, semi-structured interview developed with 10/15 prospective primary school teachers and 2 focus groups in every context, to understand their beliefs related to their preparations and values in terms of equity for global awareness. In addition, around 6 interviews are conducted with university tutor to give a contextual perspective about the programmes and the preparation that ITEPs aiming to give. In addition, observations of teacher training lectures in which reflective practices are developed, to gain a more complete understanding of the contexts presented. Therefore, a curriculum analysis aims to report the main structural and organizational characteristic of the ITE curriculum, underlying differences, and similarities of the two contexts. This research takes place on a qualitative field as the interest was not the acquisition of data (Cohen, et al., 2018; Ravitch and Carl, 2019), but an in-depth exploratory research project related to the pre-service teacher’s preparation. This model in fact gave the permission to focus mainly on the characteristics of the object of the study.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this comparative research project focusing on pre-service teacher preparation seeks to emphasise the importance of investigating values and attitudes of student teachers, instead of the relevance of teaching skills; considering the underlying motivations and the type of pedagogic culture that drive curricula in different contexts. Therefore, through the studies and theories cited in the conceptual framework, it was possible to deepen the examined the focus. The research provides a qualitative exploratory design on ITEPs to understand how future teachers are trained in terms of a global education perspective. In doing so, the research shows a bottom-up lens of analysis and reported the main features of divergence/convergence between the case studies in Italy and Ireland. Indeed, it was possible to understand the main factors shaping initial teacher education and agency development in the sense of a global education in the two contexts.
Furthermore, these results of the focus underline the importance and relevance of paying attention to pre-service teachers' preparation and investigating their agency starting from their beliefs.  It became clear from the study's reflection that it is even more important today that future teachers who start acting in school systems are prepared to deal with problems at the glocal level. Moreover, considering the qualitative nature of the study there is no ambition to generalise this data for the countries examined, the results can be seen as indicative and a useful starting point for future research. Therefore, trying to contribute to the reflection on teachers' preparation is crucial for future debate in the field.

References
Ainscow, M. (2016). Diversity and equity: A global education challenge. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 51(2), 143-155.
Barrett, M. (2020). The Council of Europe's reference framework of competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. London Review of Education.
Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2009). Understanding teacher identity: An overview of issues in the literature and implications for teacher education. Cambridge journal of education, 39(2), 175-189.
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and teaching, 21(6), 624-640.
Bray, M., Adamson, B., & Mason, M. (Eds.). (2014). Comparative education research: Approaches and methods (Vol. 19). Springer.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2020). Teacher education for justice and equity: 40 years of advocacy. Action in teacher education, 42(1), 49-59.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). London: Routledge.
https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539
Darling-Hammond, L., Hammerness, K., Grossman, P., Rust, F., & Shulman, L. (2005). The design of teacher education programs. Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do, 1, 390-441.
Day, C., & Sachs, J. (2004). Professionalism, performativity and empowerment: Discourses in the politics, policies and purposes of continuing professional development. In International handbook on the continuing professional development of teachers (pp. 3-32). Open University Press.
European Commission. ET2020 Working Group on Schools Policy. (2015). Shaping career-long perspectives on teaching: a guide on policies to improve initial teacher education
Liao, W., Wang, C., Zhou, J., et.al. (2022). Effects of equity-oriented teacher education on preservice teachers: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103844.
Musset, P. (2010). Initial teacher education and continuing training policies in a comparative perspective: Current practices in OECD countries and a literature review on potential effects, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 48, OECD Publishing.
Priestley, M., Priestley, M. R., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Ravitch, S. M., & Carl, N. M. (2019). Qualitative research: Bridging the conceptual, theoretical, and methodological. Sage Publications.
Stein, S. (2015). Mapping global citizenship. Journal of College and Character, 16(4), 242-252.
Tarozzi, M., & Mallon, B. (2019). Educating teachers towards global citizenship: A comparative study in four European countries. London Review of Education, 17(2), 112-125.
Tarozzi, M., & Inguaggiato, C. (2018). Teachers’ education in GCE: emerging issues in a comparative perspective.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 F: Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Comparative Study of Educational Provision and Experience of Rural Students in Rural and Suburban Boarding Schools in Middle China

Manning Luo

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Luo, Manning

Research Background

Boarding education is seen as a vital educational strategy for rural students as it could save students' time for commuting between home and school (Wang, et al., 2017), improve low-SES students’ academic performance (Foliano, 2019), save students from dangerous habits and behaviours (Bass, 2014), avoid child labour (Finnan, 2020), and help disadvantaged students gain cultural, social, and educational capital (Bass, 2014; Yao et al., 2015). Meanwhile, concerns are raised that boarding schools have negative impacts on boarders’ cultural identity, connection with their rural hometown, home language (Bass, 2014; Su et al., 2018; Finnan, 2020), wellbeing (Bass, 2014; Su et al., 2018). There are also other issues relating to rural students attending boarding schools that they lack of parental care while boarding in school and are undernutrition (Luo et al., 2009). In China, boarding school has become an open choice and popular among parents (Tan and Bodovski, 2020). However, few studies have drawn their attention to rural students attending boarding schools in China. Therefore, this study intends to investigate the educational provision and experiences of rural students attending rural and suburban boarding schools in middle China. The research questions are as follows.

Research Questions

Overarching question:

RQ1 How does the provision and experience of education for rural students compare in rural and suburban boarding schools?

Background RQs:

RQ2 What factors explain the parental choice of schools in rural and suburban China?

RQ3 Why do rural and suburban boarding schools educate children from rural areas?

Key questions:

RQ4 To what extent and in what ways do rural and suburban boarding schools include and/or exclude children from rural areas?

RQ5 How do children from rural areas experience inclusion/exclusion in rural and suburban boarding schools?

Comparative question:

RQ6 How do the findings in response to the questions above compare between rural and suburban boarding schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Methods
This is a mixed-methods study that uses multiple case studies as the research framework. Four public boarding schools are selected in middle China, two of them are rural schools, and the other two schools are suburban schools. Using the MMR approach to data collection will allow the researcher to compare and cross-check the results (Atkins, 2012).

There are four phases for the data collection that relate to the instrumental research questions. The first phase starts with quantitative questionnaires with parents. The questionnaires therefore can help understand a larger number of parents’ perspectives on school choice and on the boarding school, their children attend.

The second phase is to investigate at an institutional level – whether and why school leaders and practitioners consider it to be important to educate children from rural areas in boarding schools. Methods including semi-structured interviews with school staff, ethnographic observations, and documents have been gathered to understand this research question.

Then, at an individual level, students’ interactions with schools (inclusion/exclusion) were studied with ethnographic methods, documents, semi-structured interviews (with staff), and visual methods (images). School timetables, facilities, classes, dormitories, canteens, after-class activities, school discipline and rules, policies, images, and documents have been observed and collected in the field notes.

Finally, students’ experiences in rural and suburban boarding schools will be studied with classroom observations and focused group discussions.

Data Analysis
Initial data analysis (both within- and cross-case analysis) has been conducted in the field, which can make sure that the emerging findings will be checked during fieldwork, as well as the balanced focusing on issues of each case. The qualitative and quantitative data are analysed differently to answer different research questions.

Questionnaire data have been analysed through the software SPSS to explore the factors that explaining parental choice. Thematic analysis of qualitative data has been conducted by NVivo software. A revising of the entire data set is used to explore areas that have not been recognised in the emerging analysis during the field.

The displayed data from each case are compared to answer the question asked of findings across multiple cases in both rural and suburban settings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial Findings and Conclusions
The analysis of the data is still in progress and therefore there are only preliminary results yet, the analysis will be completed well in advance of the conference. The initial findings of RQ1-RQ5 are as follows.

RQ1 - Four schools have provided similar school environments in terms of students' boarding and study environments. Students live in the schools on weekdays, their activities are shaped by a strict timetable and are separated from the outside world.

RQ2 - The higher the education and income of rural parents, the more detailed the requirements for their children's school choices and the clearer the plans for their students' future development. Additionally, household registration is one of the factors that has an impact on parental choice, families with rural households are more passive in their choice of schools, preferring to send their children to schools close to home.

RQ3 - Boarding school is regarded as a substitution for rural students who lack family support. Boarding schools give rural students the promise of a brighter future.
  
RQ4 - Most of the teachers participated agreed that the school was not inclusive of all students - the extra curriculum, boarding conditions and wellbeing support should be improved.

RQ5 - There are some conflicts and compromises while students adapt to the school boarding environment.  

Significance
This mixed methods research could provide a comprehensive insight into boarding schools from a range of perspectives. It fills the gap in the understanding of the inclusion of rural children in rural and suburban boarding schools in the Chinese context. This would give a comparison between rural and suburban boarding schools, particularly their efforts to include rural children in the boarding environment. In addition, this study has the potential to further contribute to the knowledge of inclusive education and inequalities.

References
Atkins, L. (2012) Qualitative research in education / Liz Atkins and Susan Wallace; British Educational Research Association. Wallace, S. (ed.). London, England : SAGE, 2012.

Bass, L.R. (2014) Boarding Schools and Capital Benefits: Implications for Urban School Reform., 107 (1): 16–35.

Finnan, C. (2020) Can a Total Institution Be a “Castle of Hope?”: The Case of an Indian Residential School for 27,000 Indigenous Students., 30 (2): 29–43.

Foliano, F., Green, F. and Sartarelli, M. (2019) Away from home, better at school. The case of a British boarding school., 73: 101911.

Luo, R., Shi, Y., Zhang, L., et al. (2009) Malnutrition in China’s Rural Boarding Schools: The Case of Primary Schools in Shaanxi Province., 29 (4): 481–501.

Su, X., Harrison, N. and Moloney, R. (2018) Becoming Familiar Strangers: An Exploration of Inland Boarding School Education on Cultural Wellbeing of Minority Students from Xinjiang Province., 28 (2).

Tan, M. and Bodovski, K., 2020, October. Compensating for Family Disadvantage: An Analysis of the Effects of Boarding School on Chinese Students' Academic Achievement. In FIRE: Forum for International Research in Education (Vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 36-57).

Wang, S., Dong, X. and Mao, Y., 2017. The impact of boarding on campus on the social-emotional competence of left-behind children in rural western China. Asia Pacific Education Review, 18(3), pp.413-423.

Wragg, E.C. (E (2011) An introduction to classroom observation [electronic resource] / Ted Wragg. (Firm), P. and ProQuest, C.S. (eds.). Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York: Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York: Routledge.

Yao, E.S.W., Deane, K.L. and Bullen, P. (2015) Trends and transitions from secondary school: insights from a boarding school for disadvantaged New Zealand youth., 18 (10): 1347–1365.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Parental Involvement in Children’s Education; A Developing Country Perspective

Qazi Waqas Ahmed

Department of Education, University of Jyvaskyla, Finland

Presenting Author: Ahmed, Qazi Waqas

A plethora of research has been conducted on parental involvement in children’s education in developed countries (Epstein, 2018; Edwards & Alldred, 2000), but less is known regarding the same in the developing countries context (Kim, 2018). This research aspires to comprehend the viewpoint of rural children’s, parents, and teachers concerning parental involvement in children’s education in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KPK), Pakistan. The strength of the study is to have a multi-informant holistic approach; collect data from children (focus group interviews), parents (narrative interviews), and teachers (In-depth interviews), and analyzed the data through narrative and thematic analysis techniques. The theoratical framework and the interview guidelines were mostly based on Epstein’s seminal framework (Epstein, 2018), supplemented by themes and topics found in previous studies concerning parental involvement (e.g., Kim, 2018; Bower & Griffin, 2011; Wilder, 2014).

Studies have shown that children’s schooling and their overall interests in education are best served when parents and teachers collaborate (e.g., Epstein, 2018;Wilder, 2014). Their joint efforts bring a variety of benefits, for instance, well-functioning cooperation increases families’ confidence, extends trust, builds a positive image of the school, and ultimately helps children’s education (Epstein, 2018). However, in Pakistan, the idea of parental involvement is relatively unknown owing to parents’ socioeconomic situations and the negligence of schools in motivating parents. The present study aims to investigate children’s, parents’, and teachers’ perceptions of parental involvement in a developing country. Overall the results broaden the understanding of the concept ‘parental involvement’ by presenting diverse, often context-related challenges to involvement and parents’ hope for a bright future for their children. Finally, based on the study results, we suggest measures for improvements, including better-trained teachers, help for low-income families, and more suitable and equitable ways of involving parents in their children’s education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research utilized various kinds of qualitative data. Multi-informants (children, parents, and teachers) and multi-method data (i.e., focus group, semi-structured, and narrative interviews) were collected to investigate the viewpoints of children, parents, and teachers regarding parental involvement in children education. Narrative and thematic analysis techniques were used to analyze the data.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings manifested frustration, disappointment, ignorance, and hope concerning the lack of parental involvement and passive learning of children. Children and parents shared the importance of an extended family system in a rural collectivistic culture that compensates for parents’ lack of involvement in children’s education. The most contradicting findings emerged from parents’ and teachers’ interviews, where both leapt to criticize each other. Teachers blamed parents, and parents pointed out the loopholes of teachers. Teachers alleged that the children’s parents do not cooperate with us and help their children learn at home, whereas parents believed that teachers do not consider them equals and are not committed to their profession. By knowing the experiences and viewpoints of both parties, it was understandable that both parents and teachers somehow failed to perform what they were supposed to serve. This is not only because they are indifferent and ignorant but because they do not fully understand their roles and responsibilities.
References
Bower, H. A., & Griffin, D. (2011). Can the Epstein model of parental involvement work in a high-minority, high-poverty elementary school? A case study. Professional School Counseling, 15(2), 2156759X1101500201.

Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Routledge.

Edwards R and Alldred P (2000). A typology of parental involvement in education centring on children and young people: Negotiating familiarisation, institutionalization, and individualisation. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(3), 435-455.

Kim, S. W. (2018). Parental involvement in developing countries: A meta-synthesis of qualitative research. International Journal of Educational Development, 60, 149-156.

Wilder, S. (2014). Effects of parental involvement on academic achievement: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 66(3), 377-397. DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2013.780009


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Understanding Disciplinary-specific Academic Resilience: Case Study of a Southeast Asian Scholar in Higher Education in Sweden.

Nhu Truong, Anna Danielsson, Per Anderhag

Stockholm University

Presenting Author: Truong, Nhu

Studies carried out in numerous national contexts suggest that students from socio-economically impoverished backgrounds are associated with academic underachievement (Filmer & Pritchett, 1999). Some underprivileged students, however, manage to perform outstanding educational outcomes despite their adverse background. The dynamic process in which these students negotiate, adapt to, and cope with their circumstances is often referred to as ‘resilience’ (Howard et al., 1999).

During the 1990s, researchers started to explore resilience in the context of education, that is ‘academic resilience’. Accordingly, the notion of academic resilience is described as performing relatively well in school despite an adverse background (Alva, 1991; Wang et al., 1994). Several studies have found that academic resilience is associated with certain protective factors, both related to the individual and their environment (home, school, community), that modify or influence a person’s responses to adversities (Jowkar et al., 2014). Such factors are important to identify in order to understand how suitable support can be provided in order to create inclusive and equitable educational opportunities for all.

Science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education research has a long tradition of engaging with inequalities, often related to the performance and participation of students from different genders, ethnicities, and socio-economic backgrounds. A variety of conceptual tools have been applied to understand the uneven performance and participation in science, such as interest and taste (Anderhag et al., 2015), science capital (Archer et al., 2015) and science identity (Danielsson et al., 2023). There is also a rich literature that seeks to adapt science education in order to enhance the sense of belonging in the discipline for students from disadvantaged backgrounds (Barton & Tan, 2009). Such teaching interventions are often characterized by how they seek to bridge students’ life-worlds and science by, for example, eliciting and valuing students’ funds of knowledge. Other studies look at how minoritized students in STEM responded to challenges and develop their mathematical identities and pursue STEM career (Joseph et al., 2020). Consequently, STEM education research has been deeply invested in improving the teaching and learning for students from disadvantaged backgrounds. Still, with a few notable exceptions (Ferguson & Martin‐Dunlo, 2021), this has not been conceptualized in terms of developing students’ academic resilience. We posit that an increased conversation between STEM education research seeking to improve the educational experience of disadvantaged students and research about academic resilience would be beneficial to both lines of research. Since the findings from the resilience research field are largely extracted from quantitative studies, the knowledge of how resilience is developed through the interplay between the individual and their environment is sparse.

The aim of this paper is to contribute a multifaceted exploration of an educational trajectory from childhood characterized by circumstances to doing a PhD in mathematics. The study is grounded in an interest of understanding how academic resilience be conceptualized in a way that allows for STEM-specific disciplinary aspects to be taken into account. More specifically, we ask:

- What resources (at individual/school/family/community level) were accessed by the student in order to allow for a successful educational trajectory in STEM?

We will present our preliminary results from a pilot case study of a scholar coming from Southeast Asia and now doing PhD in Mathematics at a Swedish university.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study employed the timeline interviewing method (Adriansen, 2012) that is utilized as a tool to visualize critical events of a personal life journey. Using this method, the interviewee was given agency to take ownership of the process and share analytical power in how their life story is told. Moreover, this method provides possibilities of seeing events and perceptions toward these events through the broader lens of reflection on life experiences. In particular, we were able to obtain a detailed and in-depth knowledge and understanding of students’ narrative of the resources they perceived they received and accessed to help them succeed in school.  

In our pilot study, the interviewee was invited to participate in a Zoom interview, using an online digital drawing tool to ensure the drawing was visibly shared for both the interviewee and interviewer. The interviewee is a Vietnamese man PhD student in Mathematics at a Swedish university. He was born and raised by his single mom in a southern rural area of Vietnam and had previous to enrolling in the current PhD programme studied abroad in different countries. The interview started by asking one question: ‘Tell me the journey of how did you end up becoming a PhD student in Mathematics?’. The interviewee was encouraged to freely choose the starting point to tell his story: he started when he was born, and emphasized the critical events and moments along his journey. The interviewer also helped him elaborate on some incidents that captured crucial stages of life or to better understand the role of some people or other resources alongside those critical events. The interview lasted 1 hour and 52 minutes and was recorded with the interviewee's consent.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this pilot study, we identified four sets of resources: school, home, community, and individual resources, that the student had been able to access to develop his academic resilience. Firstly, school resources he highlights in his narrative were predominantly of a material kind and include the mathematics teacher’s support by providing a computer, money and books; the school granted him money to travel to be trained in advanced level in mathematics for a national competition; his teachers raised funds to grant him a monthly stipend. Secondly, home resources brought forward in the narrative were both immaterial, such as his mother’s belief in and valuing of education as a gateway from poverty, and material, in how relatives provided him with accommodation. Thirdly, material community resources of importance include a librarian and a bookshop owner befriended, who lent him books. The municipality offered him a long-term accommodation as a reward for his first prize in math and literature at provincial level. Fourthly, the interviewee identified himself as a strong, self-regulated, intelligent and hardworking individual, with a high level of self-efficacy. He had a clear vision for his dream career of becoming a mathematics teacher because he sees this profession as associated with pride and prestige and the discipline of mathematics as a transparent and non-arbitrary knowledge system (in contrast to economic, which was perceived as more arbitrary).

The analysis contributes a multifaceted perspective on the complex set of material and immaterial resources associated with academic resilience. In particular, this study contributes by exemplifying how and in what ways specific resources may come into play when an individual successively is overcoming encountered adversities. More studies from other contexts are however needed and so providing the field with further insights on how material and immaterial resources may facilitate the process of becoming academically resilient.

References
Adriansen, H. K. (2012). Timeline interviews: A tool for conducting life history research. Qualitative Studies, 3(1), 40–55.
Alva, S. A. (1991). Academic invulnerability among Mexican-American students: The importance of protective resources and appraisals. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 13(1), 18–34.
Anderhag, P., Wickman, P.-O., & Hamza, K. M. (2015). Signs of taste for science: A methodology for studying the constitution of interest in the science classroom. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 10, 339–368.
Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A., & Wong, B. (2015). “Science capital”: A conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(7), 922–948.
Barton, A. C., & Tan, E. (2009). Funds of knowledge and discourses and hybrid space. Journal of Research in Science Teaching: The Official Journal of the National Association for Research in Science Teaching, 46(1), 50–73.
Danielsson, A. T., King, H., Godec, S., & Nyström, A.-S. (2023). The identity turn in science education research: A critical review of methodologies in a consolidating field. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 1–60.
Ferguson, D., & Martin‐Dunlo, C. (2021). Uncovering stories of resilience among successful African American women in STEM. Cultural Studies of Science Education.
Filmer, D., & Pritchett, L. (1999). The Effect of Household Wealth on Educational Attainment  Evidence from 35 countries. Population and Development Review, 25(1), 85–120.
Howard, S., Dryden, J., & Johnson, B. (1999). Childhood Resilience: Review and critique of literature. Oxford Review of Education, 25(3), 307–323.
Jones, M. G., Ennes, M., Weedfall, D., Chesnutt, K., & Cayton, E. (2021). The development and validation of a measure of science capital, habitus, and future science interests. Research in Science Education, 51, 1549–1565.
Joseph, N. M., Tyler, A. L., Howard, N. R., Akridge, S. L., & Rugo, K. R. (2020). The Role of Socialization in Shaping Black Girls’ Mathematics Identity: An Analysis of the High School Longitudinal Study 2009. Teachers College Record, 122(11), 1–34.
Jowkar, B., Kojuri, J., Kohoulat, N., & Hayat, A. A. (2014). Academic resilience in education: The role of achievement goal orientations. Journal of Advances in Medical Education & Professionalism, 2(1), 33.
Wang, M. C., Haertal, G. D., & Walgberg, H. J. (1994). Educational resilience in inner-city. In M. C. Wang & E. W. Gordon (Eds.), Educational resilience in inner-city America: Challenges and prospects (pp. 45–72). Lawrence Erlbaunm Associates.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 G: Research in Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Higher Education Accountability to Student Voice in the UK: Student Representatives’ Perceptions

Qian Jiang

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jiang, Qian

This study is to investigate student representatives’ perceptions of student voice in UK higher education institutions (HEIs). With Neoliberalism as a leading conceptual framework, it is expected to find out answers of the following research questions: (1) to what degree the student representation systems in HEIs work to promote student voice; (2) and assist HEIs to become more accountable to students? (3) how underlying diversity issues affect representing student voice?

Against the backdrop of Neoliberalism, tensions between managerialist approaches to quality assurance and socio-political commitments to democracy and citizenship, can be witnessed both in educational literature and practice (Carey, 2013; Matthews & Dollinger, 2022). Student voice advocates assume students are competent social agents and have a right to democratic participation in educational settings (Bourke & Loveridge, 2014). However, along with the prevalence of New Public Management, student voice nowadays is much used as a potential contributor to quality improvement in educational settings, rather than prioritising the democratic rights of students as young citizens (Thomson & Gunter, 2006). In other words, the emphasis on student voice currently is driven primarily through imperatives of marketised accountability (Fielding, 2001), which emphasises pre-determined objectives and foreseeable outputs (Blanco Ramírez, 2013).

In this case, engaging student voice has been critiqued as an instrumentalist technology associated with compliance and productivity (Bragg, 2007). This powerful impetus that position students as consumers, data sources, and tools for quality control can miss the emancipatory potential of their voice (Charteris & Smardon, 2019), because the essential characteristics of voice work—"dialogic, intergenerational, collective, and inclusive” (Pearce & Wood, 2019, p.118)—are often difficult to observe from the current voice discourse.

Student representative system, as one important component of the accountability regime in HEIs in the UK, is designed to collect student voice formally by elected representatives and transit voice from students to a multilevel of staff in institutions. It is faced with a number of difficulties in creating the conditions for such a student empowerment (Pearce & Wood, 2019). The responses from institutions (Carey, 2013), the time-bounded nature of dealing with student voice (Flint & O'Hara, 2013), complex motivations of student representatives (Seale, 2016) are all affecting the progress and validity of transiting student voice from students to institutions through representatives.

Moreover, the neoliberal notion of students as consumers is likely to reshape the relationships between student representatives and their institutions (Flint & O'Hara, 2013), where there has been an increasing convergence of the consumerist values and priorities between them (Brooks, Byford & Sela, 2016). Representatives are blamed for regulating themselves to align with existing structures, rather than challenging them (Pearce & Wood, 2019), from which the general student body tend to view their representatives as being co-opted by the institutions (QAAS, 2018), rather than creating a dialogical environment for authentic student voice. The legitimate positions that students should be entitled in this neoliberal environment imply the enactment of a representative role (Lizzio & Wilson, 2009), and this is also an essential question to answer for positioning student voice.

Considerable studies have been conducted in school settings to explore student representation issues in school governance, while there is insufficient discussion about this in the HE context. It particularly lacks investigations of students’ views of accountability, which can inform and deepen our understanding of student voice mechanisms based on their personal experience. In the UK, where there is a diverse student composition, it is also possible to get various insights.

Thus, this research uses questionnaires and semi-structured interviews to collect student representatives’ perceptions of HE’s accountability to student voice in the UK. Data collection and analysis will be carried out after March 2023.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a mix-method study, a questionnaire is designed and sent out to potential participants, followed by semi-structured interviews. The questionnaire contains Likert Scale questions, multiple-choice questions, and open-ended questions. Quantitative questions are to gain a numerical description of student voice accountability from student representatives’ perceptions, such as “I think my institution responds to student voice. (choose from strongly disagree to strongly agree)”. Open-ended questions are to collect some personal experiences of student representatives about student voice operation, for example, “How important do you think student representative system is for student voice? What are the weakness and strengths of it?”. After analysing the questionnaire data, follow-up interviews are conducted to get an in-depth understanding of student representatives’ opinions.

Ethics application had been made to seek the protection of participant rights and data security. After receiving approval from the ethics committee, inquiry emails are to be sent out to find potential participants. Nine HE institutions (three in England; three in Scotland; three in Wales and North Ireland) are planned to be contacted. Convenience sampling is employed, because in each institution, the way student representatives work and be exposed to the public are different, which can create difficulties in finding the right person to communicate with in some cases. For some universities such as the University of Glasgow, Student Representative Council are accessible, and one University has a specific vice-president in their Student Union—called “Vice-president of student voice”. These institutions will be communicated further, but relevant information is barely found in a few universities, which have to be excluded from the mailing list. It aims to get no more than 300 questionnaires and less than 20 interviews.

After gaining the data, SPSS and thematic analysis will be used to analyse quantitative and qualitative data respectively. Both types of data will be combined together to answer the research questions: (1) to what degree the student representation systems in HEIs work to promote student voice; (2) and assist HEIs to become more accountable to students? (3) how underlying diversity issues affect representing student voice?  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is expected to explore student representatives’ views and experience about student voice and HE accountability, including what kinds of voice can be heard, to what degree student voices are heard, and the effectiveness of student voice mechanisms in achieving accountability in HE institutions. It also aims to find out how student representatives work within a diverse discourse, where students differ in cultural and socio-economic backgrounds. Findings assumed can not only show a general discussion of HE accountability to student voice, but also reflect how diversity influences student voice affairs, for example, whether international student reps have distinct expectations and perceptions of HE student voice.

Engaging student voice will not become a solution to free education from problems, but it can help relevant agents to deal with education more maturely and thoughtfully (Cook-Sather, 2006). “Democracy invites us to take risks, which asks that we vacate the comfortable seat of certitude, remain pliable, and act, ultimately, on behalf of the common good” (Williams, 2004, p. 22). To make student voice authentic, it is a good time to consider stepping out of the influence of Neoliberalism and retrieving trust among relationships. It is not a matter of rushing for evidence to polish reports for marketing, rankings, and reputation, it is rather, as Bragg (cited by Fielding, 2001, p.107) calls for, when listening to student voice, “take our time with the anomalous, to allow what doesn't fit or produces unexpected reactions in us to disrupt our assumptions and habitual ways of working”.

References
Blanco Ramirez, G. (2013). Studying quality beyond technical rationality: Political and symbolic perspectives. Quality in Higher Education, 19(2), 126-141. https://doi.org/10.1080/13538322.2013.774804

Bourke, R., Loveridge, J., & SpringerLink (Online service). (2018). Radical collegiality through student voice: Educational experience, policy and practice. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1858-0
 
Bragg, S. (2007). "student voice" and governmentality: The production of enterprising subjects? Discourse (Abingdon, England), 28(3), 343-358. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300701458905

Brooks, R., Byford, K., & Sela, K. (2016). Students' unions, consumerism and the neo-liberal university. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1211-1228. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1042150

Carey, P. (2013). Representation and student engagement in higher education: A reflection on the views and experiences of course representatives. Journal of further and Higher Education, 37(1), 71-88. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2011.644775

Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power: "student voice" in educational research and reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359-390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x

Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). Democratic contribution or information for reform? Prevailing and emerging discourses of student voice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 44(6), 1-18.

Fielding, M. (2001). Students as radical agents of change. Journal of Educational Change, 2(2), 123. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017949213447

Flint, A., & O'Hara, M. (2013). Communities of practice and ‘student voice’: Engaging with student representatives at the faculty level. Student Engagement and Experience Journal, 2(1).

Lizzio, A., & Wilson, K. (2009). Student participation in university governance: The role conceptions and sense of efficacy of student representatives on departmental committees. Studies in Higher Education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 34(1), 69-84. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802602000

Matthews, K. E., & Dollinger, M. (2022). Student voice in higher education: The importance of distinguishing student representation and student partnership. Higher Education, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00851-7

Pearce, T. C., & Wood, B. E. (2019). Education for transformation: An evaluative framework to guide student voice work in schools. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 113-130. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1219959

QAAS (2018). Responding to Student Voice: Insights into international practice, https://www.enhancementthemes.ac.uk/docs/ethemes/evidence-for-enhancement/insights-into-international-practice.pdf?sfvrsn=7be9c181_5

Seale, J. (2016). How can we confidently judge the extent to which student voice in higher education has been genuinely amplified? A proposal for a new evaluation framework. Research Papers in Education, 31(2), 212-233. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2015.1027726

Thomson, P., & Gunter, H. (2006). From 'consulting pupils' to 'pupils as researchers': A situated case narrative. British Educational Research Journal, 32(6), 839-856. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920600989487
 
Williams, T. T. (2004). The open space of democracy. Eugene, OR: WIPF and STOCK Publishers.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

"Kazakhstan's Quest for World-class University: Interplay Between Global, National and Local"

Gulzhanat Gafu

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Gafu, Gulzhanat

Over the last couple of decades, higher education has undergone significant changes as a result of intensive globalization processes making the HE sector global, national and local at the same time (Marginson and Rhodes, 2022). The wave of neoliberal globalization associated with marketization and competition in different areas has also influenced higher education policies. One of the such policies in the recent decade has been a quest for ‘world-class university’ (WCU) and/or ‘global research university’ (GRU) among nations and their universities (Liu et al, 2011). With the emphasised importance of knowledge economy, the term ‘world-class university’ has gained the attention of various stakeholders in the higher education systems worldwide as these universities are thought to play a key role “in creating and disseminating knowledge, educating a highly skilled workforce for technological and intellectual leadership, and serving the needs of society” for their nation’s ability to compete in the global arena (Wang et al, 2012, p.9).

Kazakhstan is no exception and in 2010 established Nazarbayev University (NU) to be ‘a national standard of higher education for the rest of the country’ (Nazarbayev, 2010), to be a leader in higher education reform and modernisation in Kazakhstan and also to ‘contribute to the establishment of Astana as an international knowledge and innovation hub’ (nu.edu.kz). Unlike the rest of the HEIs, NU has been given a special status of an autonomous organisation of education which grants the university institutional autonomy and legislative independence from the bureaucratic system of the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES). This paper, based on the PhD thesis done in 2016-2019, aims to understand Kazakhstan’s quest for a world-class university with a focus on an interplay between global aspirations, national policies, and local context. It addresses the overarching questions of what the tensions and connections are between global, national, and local forces in Kazakhstan’s attempts to build a world-class university. Through qualitative case study design with semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis, the author specifically explores the extent to which global practices advocated at a western-type elite university can be integrated within the setting of the local public universities as part of the bold policy reforms in the national HE sector. By doing so, the paper also explores the responses of the public universities on the prioritized emphasis on a single university made by the government.

Theoretically, this study uses Marginson and Rhoades’ (2002) glonacal agency heuristic for its relevance in explaining the dynamic of global, national and local dimensions in which HE is said to exist. Moreover, the approach is helpful in the way to interpret “the intersections, interactions, mutual determinations of these levels (global, national, and local) and domains (organizational agencies and the agency of collectivities)” (p.289). Hence, this approach is seen as a tool to understand and uncover how global, national and local forces interact where NU is regarded as a product of the national government to become globally visible while reforming and modernizing the local HE and more importantly, the public institutions' response to internationalizing policy of the government.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question posed, qualitative semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis were employed. A total of 29 interviews were conducted with key administration and academic staff responsible for research and international activities including senior members of staff in charge of strategic development at 3 public universities, NU and MoES. The three universities were selected from the list of 33 universities that have had a collaborative training project with the NU in 2014-2016. State universities have always been a bedrock of the higher education system in Kazakhstan, and, being under the centralised governance of the Ministry of Education and Science, have a high level of accountability, and are expected to follow the governmental line. Considering an emphasised importance of the NU by the government in policy documents, these universities are ‘tasked’ to ‘learn’ from NU’s experience (Government of the Republic of Kazakhstan, 2016). Selected public universities are located in three regions of Kazakhstan: one in East Kazakhstan, the second in Central Kazakhstan, and the third in North-East Kazakhstan.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While there is this effort and grand national plans, at this stage the extent of interaction is limited due to several factors and issues. The major one is that NU and public institutions function in two different systems, with different backgrounds and resources, principles of work and missions, which makes it more than a little challenging for all three parties – state, NU and public universities – to effectively construct procedures for the one shared goal of advancing the HE system in Kazakhstan. There is not much-established cooperation between Nazarbayev University and other institutions and limited vision and understanding between all parties of how Nazarbayev University’s experience could help to reform the entire system. This puts the idea of developing a world-class research university in the context of Kazakhstan in doubt due to the limited research background and potential of the national HE system. Though the intention seems reasonable, skepticism prevails as to whether one university can have any effect on the system overall, especially due to the fact that at the current HE development state the rest of the system remains underfunded. Therefore, at this stage of HE development, it is suggested that Kazakhstan should focus on a comprehensive systemic approach rather than on a single institution.
Furthermore, in discussing the interplay between the global, national and local, my argument is that the Soviet legacy in Kazakhstan and the insufficiently internationalised level of its higher education system might explain existing tensions and limited dynamics between global and local forces. In any case, for global practices typical of globally-oriented institutions like NU to be translated to the rest of the sector, state-coordinated actions would potentially bring more efficiency, especially in centrally-governed education systems where institutional autonomy has yet to come to fruition.

References
Government of the Republic of Kazakhstan (2016). State Program of Education and Science Development of the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2016-2019, https://tengrinews.kz/zakon/prezident_respubliki_kazahstan/konstitutsionnyiy_stroy_i_osnovyi_gosudarstvennogo_upravleniya/id-U1600000205/.
Marginson, S. and Rhoades, G. (2002). Beyond national states, markets, and systems of higher education: A glonacal agency heuristic. Higher Education, 43(3), 281-309.
NU (n.d). Official website of Nazarbayev University,  www.nu.edu.kz/en
NU, (2013). Nazarbayev University Strategy 2013 – 2020. https://nu.edu.kz/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/NU_strategy_-final-1.pdf  
Wang, Q. Cheng Y. and Liu, N.C. (Eds.). (2012). Building world-class universities: different approaches to a shared goal. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Challenges including students with Autism Spectrum Disorder at university: The faculty staff voices.

Mercé Barrera Ciurana, Odet Moliner Gargia

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Barrera Ciurana, Mercé

The number of students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) at universities has increased in the last few years. These students face many barriers that make participation and learning difficult (Bakker et al., 2019; Fabri et al., 2020). Specifically, some research states barriers related to interaction with others, adaptation to university environments and handling changes (Jansen et al., 2017). Other studies describe obstacles regarding the perception of information and executive functioning (Elias and White, 2019; Waisman et al., 2022). Also, there have been detected aspects related to the emotional well-being of students with ASD, who tend to feel anxiety and stress during higher education (Fabri et al., 2020).

Universities have to ensure the right of every person to access and participate in higher education. In the case of Spain, since the creation of the European higher education area (EEES), valuing diversity and promoting quality education are two objectives that universities have assumed. Autism Spectrum disorder symptoms are diverse depending on the person, so, in this way, laws, policies and regulations require students with ASD to be educated in an inclusive environment (Al Jaffal, 2022). In that sense, based on Universal Design for Learning, it is essential to promote the personalization of learning and provide multiple options so that students can choose the most appropriate to them.

It is clear that faculty staff become a key factor in the inclusion process of students in higher education, nevertheless, sometimes they are considered a barrier. Some research identifies many obstacles to inclusion related to teachers, such as the scarce awareness of autism (Cage and Howes, 2020; Fabri et al., 2020; Oliver Kerrigan, 2021) and developing more inclusive practices to attend these students (Moriña and Carballo, 2018; Sarret, 2018; Sullivan, 2021). Interventions often focus on traditional academic accommodations, such as extended time on exams or noiseless locations for taking them (Cox et al., 2020), which sometimes are not what students with ASD need (Jackson et al., 2018).

From the literature review that has been carried out, the need to place more emphasis on studying how faculty staff face the attention to students with autism in university classrooms has been detected. More specifically, an attempt will be made to identify the barriers that current university teaching staff face in relation to their inclusion. On the other hand, and in response to this, we will try to give some suggestions that can help faculty staff to teach inclusively.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study falls within a qualitative approach with the purpose of developing insight into how teachers feel about the complex topic of the inclusion of students with ASD at university. Three focus groups were conducted from one university in Spain. Specifically, 15 teachers from different fields of knowledge and profiles participate in this research. The contact with teachers was established through the Diversity and Disability Office. This service notified them of the purpose of this study and were the teachers who made contact with researchers. Once we had a response, for the creation of these groups we tried to ensure that the sample was equal and that they belonged to different areas and departments. This allowed a greater exchange of opinions and experiences. Depending on their availability, these groups were organized between 4 and 6 people. For ethical reasons, informed consent and permission to record were requested. Researchers ensured data processed would be pseudonymized and guaranteed its confidentiality. At the request of the participants, all sessions were conducted online and lasted no more than one and a half hours. A set of questions were organized by researchers (semi-directivity) following three main themes: knowledge and intervention for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and teacher training in diversity and inclusive practices based on UDL. Questions were asked of the participants to start the debate. These arguments developed freely (non-directivity) with the interaction of the teachers. For the analysis of the information provided, the interviews were transcribed, and a content analysis was conducted (Saldaña, 2009; Miles and Huberman, 1994). A deductive logic was followed, with pre-established themes, and inductive with emerging themes related to the research aim. The Atlas.ti program was used for the management and organization, which helped researchers to determine deductive and emergent categories and identify meaning units by participant and focus group.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We are currently in deep data analysis, but the preliminary results suggest the need to become more aware of what autism spectrum disorder means and train teachers on inclusive practices that can benefit not only these students but all students. Deeping preliminary data analysis, most participants recognized an insufficient knowledge of the disorder’s symptoms and the needs that students with the disorder could have. Related to Universal Design for Learning, only a teacher was trained through a university course and knew its meaning. Other participants affirmed never having heard about it or being trained in it. Finally, about the training on diversity and inclusive teaching practices, most of them confirmed not having enough time or possibility to enroll in it. They were overworked with teaching, research and publications, which was a significant barrier for them. Related to that, teachers affirmed that they prefer customized support for each case and not general training on ASD, which means a big challenge to universities. To conclude, this work could provide relevant information to continue advancing towards more inclusive and diversity-sensitive institutions. All the insights will be used to further work in overcoming these barriers and develop teacher training actions that could help teachers in the complex topic of inclusion and benefit students with ASD and others, following the UDL approach.
References
Al Jaffal, M. (2022). Barriers general education teachers face regarding the inclusion of students with autism. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 873248. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.873248

Cage, E. & Howes, J. (2020). Dropping out and moving on: A qualitative study of autistic people’s experiences of university. Autism, 24(7), 1664-1675 https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361320918750

Cox, B. E, Edelstein, J., Brogdon, B. & Roy, A. (2020). Navigating Challenges to Facilitate Success for College Students with Autism. The Journal of Higher Education, 92(2), 252- 278. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2020.1798203.
Elias, R. & White, S. W. (2018). Autism Goes to College: Understanding the Needs of a Student Population on the Rise. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 48(3), 732- 746. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3075-7

Fabri, M., Fenton, G., Andrews, P. & Mhairi Beaton. (2020). Experiences of Higher Education Students on the Autism Spectrum: Stories of Low Mood and High Resilience. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(4), 1411-1429. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2020.1767764

Jackson, S. L. J., Hart, L., Brown, J. T. & Volkmar, F. R. (2018). Brief Report: Self-Reported Academic, Social, and Mental Health Experiences of Post-Secondary Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 48, 643– 650. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3315-x

Jansen, D., Petry, K., Ceulemans, E., Noens, I.,& Baeyens, D. (2017). Functioning and participation problems of students with ASD in higher education: Which reasonable accommodations are effective? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32(1), 71–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2016.1254962.

Miles, M. y Huberman, A. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. Sage Publications.

Moriña, A. & Carballo, R. (2018). Profesorado universitario y educación inclusiva: respondiendo a sus necesidades de formación. Psicologia escolar e educacional, 22, 87-95. https://doi.org/10.1590/2175-35392018053

Oliver Kerrigan, K., Christy, D. & Stahmer, A. (2021). Practices and experiences of general education teachers educating students with autism. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities, 56(2), 158-172.
https://www.captain.ca.gov/documents/oliver-kerrigan-2021.pdf

Saldaña, J. (2009). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Arizona State.

Sarrett, J. C. (2018). Autism and Accommodations in Higher Education: Insights from the Autism Community. Journal of Autism Developmental Disorders, 48, 679–693. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3353-4

Sullivan, J. (2021). ‘Pioneers of professional frontiers’: the experiences of autistic students and professional work based learning. Disability & Society. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2021.1983414

Waisman, T., Williams, Z. J., Cage, E., Santhanam, S. P., Magiati, I., Dwyer, P., Stockwell, K.M., Kofner, B., Brown, H., Davidson, D., Herrell, J., Shore, S. M., Caudel, D., Gurbuz, E. & Gillespie Lynch, K. (2022). Learning from the experts: Evaluating a participatory autism and universal design training for university educators. Autism, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/13623613221097207


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

University Students' Perceptions of Studying Abroad Based on the Push-Pull Theory

Busra Kulakoglu, Betul Bulut-Sahin

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Kulakoglu, Busra

Internationalization has become one of the important agendas for countries, higher education institutions, and university students due to global systems which transformed higher education into a more cooperative as well as competitive context. This research investigates the perceptions, expectations, and push-pull factors of higher education students about studying abroad.

Internationalization in universities is performed in various forms, such as branch campuses and joint degree programs, yet student mobility is the most well-known form (Van Damme, 2001). Despite the discussions on the inclusiveness of physical mobility (De Wit & Jones, 2018; Van Mol & Perez-Encinas, 2022); according to OECD (2021) data, international student mobility has been expanding quite steadily in the last 20 years. In 2019, 6.1 million higher education students worldwide went to study in another country, more than double the number of mobility that took place in 2007. In other words, the number of international students in higher education increased by an average of 5.5% per year between 1998 and 2019. Parallel to these developments, there is an increasing demand by higher education students in Türkiye to study abroad.

The push-pull theory was chosen as the conceptual framework for this study which was adapted from migration theories (Li & Bray, 2007; Lee 2014, McMahon 1992) and became important and frequently used to analyze international student mobility (Almeida, 2020). In the relevant literature, push factors are associated with negative conditions in the student's home country, while pull factors are related to positive aspects in the country of destination (Altbach 1998).

There are various studies in the literature that analyze student mobility using the push-pull theory. Most studies in the literature (Chen, 2017; Eder, Smith & Pitts, 2010; Gbollie & Gong, 2019; Kondakcı, 2011; Kondakci et al., 2016; Lee & Stewart, 2022; Maringe & Carter, 2007; Özoğlu et.al., 2015; Wen & Hu, 2019) were carried out with incoming international students. Yet, relatively fewer studies (e.g. Nghia, 2019) used the framework of the push-pull theory to analyze the perceptions of outgoing students. In addition, as stated by Lee and Stewart (2022), studies using push-pull theories were conducted mostly with degree-seeking students performing long-term mobility rather than exchange students’ experience in short-term mobility.

In other words, more studies are needed to be conducted with outgoing and also short-term mobility students. Moreover, there is especially a lack of studies investigating the opinions and perceptions of possible future outgoing students. Therefore, this study aims to investigate the perceptions of first-year bachelor’s degree students about studying abroad and their opinions on participating in international student mobility. The study uses the push-pull theory as a conceptual framework to understand possible push factors related to Türkiye and possible pull factors of other countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative exploratory study is conducted with 12 university first-year students. Phenomenology is the research method used in this study to explore the socially constructed perceptions and experiences of a homogeneous group of participants about a phenomenon (Creswell, 2013; Patton, 2002). Before starting the study, ethical approval was obtained from the relevant commission of the university where the study was conducted. The study's data were collected in October 2022 at a state university in Ankara with a purposive sampling method from first-year bachelor’s degree students. The main research question of the study is “What are the perceptions and expectations of Turkish students about studying abroad as well as the possible push and pull factors?”. To answer this research question, the authors formed interview questions using the existing literature. Also, an expert on internationalization in higher education was consulted while forming the questions.
Semi-structured interviews were conducted with the participants. Interviews lasted 20-30 minutes and were recorded with the permission of the participants. Then, the data were kept anonymous by giving a number to each student during the analysis. Open coding and constant comparison methods were used to analyze the data. In addition to demographic questions, there were interview questions such as the meaning of studying abroad at the university for them, how much they are aware of the possibilities of studying abroad, their plans to study and/or live abroad, the countries they will prefer to study abroad, and their views on virtual mobility. In addition, students were asked about the academic, economic, political, and socio-cultural benefits and difficulties of a possible study abroad.
The sample consists of eight female and four male students (n = 12). While five of the participants graduated from private high schools, seven of them graduated from public schools. The participants defined themselves as middle-upper (n=1), middle (n=8), lower-middle (n=1), and lower (n=1) socio-economically. When the participants were asked about their foreign language skills, the majority of the students (n=10) stated that they were working on learning a language besides English. Five students had the experience of studying abroad, while the rest had never been abroad before. In addition, two of those who went abroad were abroad for education and travel, while three people visited different countries for travel purposes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results were categorized under four themes as the participants’ general knowledge and perceptions about having experience abroad, the push and pull factors of studying abroad, and lastly, possible reservations and challenges they would encounter while studying abroad.
Regarding the first theme, most participants have an interest in short-term and/or long-term mobility for academic and educational purposes. All students asserted that physical mobility is their first choice for education abroad compared to a virtual one.
The second theme revealed the push factors associated with negative views of studying in Türkiye. The students have the impression that studying abroad would bring many opportunities and benefits for the students’ economic, social, and cultural capital that they could not have reached if they had studied in Türkiye, such as better employment opportunities, being exposed to a foreign language, personal development etc.
The third theme is related to the pull factors that are shaped by the country that students want to visit. These factors are experiencing new social and cultural contexts, job and scholarship opportunities in the host countries, and the positive contributions of studying abroad to students’ careers.
The last theme is about possible challenges and was analyzed using academic (e.g. differences in educational systems, language barriers), economic (e.g., lack of savings or fluctuating exchange rates), political (e.g., visa), and socio-cultural (e.g., facing racism, discrimination or bullying, and struggles in cultural adaptation) typology developed by Knight (1999).
Overall results showed that Turkish first-year students have plans to study abroad during their university education; however, they have some hesitations due to the stereotypical problems of international students. Moreover, the host countries' pull factors are more prevalent than push factors related to the home country, i.e., Türkiye.

References
Almeida, J. (2020). Understanding student mobility in Europe: An interdisciplinary approach (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315098265
Altbach, P. G. (1998). The university as center and periphery. Comparative higher education: Knowledge, the university and development. Ed. Philip G. Altbach. Hong Kong: Comparative Education Research Center, The University of Hong Kong. 49-65.
Chen, J. M. (2016). Three levels of push-pull dynamics among Chinese international students’ decision to study abroad in the Canadian context. Journal of International Students, 7(1), 113-135.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage.
de Wit, H., & Jones, E. (2018). Inclusive internationalization: Improving access and equity. International Higher Education, 94, 16-18. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2018.0.10561
Kondakci, Y. (2011). Student mobility reviewed: Attraction and satisfaction of international students in Turkey. High Education 62, 573–592 . https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-011-9406-2
Kondakci, Y., Caliskan, O., Bulut-Sahin, B., Yilik, M. A., & Demir, C. E. (2016). Regional internationalization in higher education between Turkey and the Balkans. Bilig, 78, 287–303
Lee, K., & Stewart, W. H. (2022). Destination, experience, social network, and institution: Exploring four academic exchange pull factor dimensions at a university in the Republic of Korea. Journal of International Students, 12(4).
Li, M. & Bray, M. (2007). Cross-border flow of students for higher education: push-pull factors and motivations of mainland Chinese students in Hong Kong and Macau. Higher Education, 53: 791-818.
Mazzarol, T., & Soutar, G. N. (2002). “Push‐pull” factors influencing international student destination choice. International Journal of Educational Management, 16(2), 82–90. https://doi.org/10.1108/09513540210418403
McMahon, M. E. (1992). Higher education in a world market: An historical look at the global context of international study. Higher Education 24: 465-482.
Nghia, T. L. H. (2019). Motivations for studying abroad and immigration intentions: The case of Vietnamese students. Journal of International Students, 9, 758–776. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v0i0.731
OECD/UIS/Eurostat (2021). See Source section for more information and Annex 3 for notes, https://www.oecd.org/education/education-at-a-glance/EAG2021_Annex3_ChapterB.pdf.
Özoğlu, M., Gür, B. S., & Coşkun, İ. (2012). Küresel eğilimler ışığında Türkiye’de uluslararası öğrenciler. Ankara: SETA.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Sage.
Van Mol, C. & Perez-Encinas, A. (2022) Inclusive internationalization: do different (social) groups of students need different internationalization activities?, Studies in Higher Education, 47:12, 2523-2538, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2022.2083102
Van Damme, D. (2001). Quality issues in the internationalization of higher education. Higher Education, 41, 415–441. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017598422297
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 H: ICT in Education and Training
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Investigating the Form and Purpose of Augmented Reality and Game-Based Learning when Designing and Implementing Curriculum to Support Student Learning.

Janelle Dixon

University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Dixon, Janelle

In our rapidly changing world, technology has become an inescapable part of people’s lives. Unprecedented availability of cost-effective technology offers opportunities to innovate teaching practices to match widespread demand for young people to understand and use emerging technologies (Education Services Australia, 2019).

Augmented reality (AR) is an emerging technology that affords students access to tools and environments not available previously. Game-based learning (GBL) is the use of games to facilitate learning. Augmented reality game-based learning (ARGBL) experiences result from AR being implemented in learning environments in combination with GBL.

Despite the importance of AR as an emerging technology, and the opportunities that ARGBL offers for innovative practice in education, there has been limited research conducted into the emerging area of ARGBL. The research that has been conducted into ARGBL indicates that ARGBL offers opportunities to enrich learning experiences through increasing enjoyment, collaboration, knowledge and engagement (Pellas et al., 2019). Yu et al. (2022) conducted a systemic review of ARGBL research and highlighted the need for future studies to investigate the opportunity for learning in areas such as 21st-century skill development using ARGBL. The majority of research that has been conducted into ARGBL focuses on the students and their experiences but neglects the perspective and experience of the teacher.

The COVID-19 pandemic has forced more rapid change upon the educational landscape than what might have occurred otherwise (OECD, 2020). There is demand for reimagining the way in which educational materials are delivered to students. The immersive and portable nature of ARGBL makes it an increasingly important area in education to be researched (Sepasgozar, 2020).

This study, through an online survey and semi-structured interviews with teachers, aims to investigate how ARGBL is currently being used in classrooms and for what purpose, and to identify what affordances and challenges exist when integrating ARGBL into classrooms to support learning. Emerging findings are providing insight into the current usage of ARGBL in classrooms. The results of this research aim to inform how curriculum design that incorporates ARGBL can enrich and optimise the learning experiences of students, whilst providing insight into the risks, limitations and considerations that need to be taken into account.

Research questions and sub-questions

The purpose of these research questions and sub-questions is to establish the nature of the current usage of ARGBL in classrooms and to investigate the affordances and challenges that exist for teachers when implementing ARGBL.

1. How is ARGBL being used in classrooms and for what purpose?

a. How do teachers conceptualise ARGBL?

b. Which learning areas and topics are utilising ARGBL?

c. In which demographics are the teachers that are using ARGBL?

2. What affordances and challenges exist for teachers when implementing ARGBL?

a. Why do teacher choose to use/not use ARGBL?

b. How is ARGBL planned for and implemented within and across classes?

c. What is essential for the integration of ARGBL into classrooms?

Theoretical framework

The Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework attempts to model the complex nature of the knowledge required by teachers, specifically regarding the integration of technology into teaching (Mishra, 2019). The four key knowledge areas are: (1) Pedagogical knowledge, (2) Content knowledge, (3) Technological knowledge and (4) Contextual knowledge.

This research considers whether the knowledge required by a teacher, when incorporating ARGBL into their teaching, can be categorised into the main knowledge areas that the TPACK framework identifies and, if so, whether this provides a model for assisting with the development of knowledge that teachers require in order to integrate ARGBL effectively into their curriculum planning and implementation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is being conducted within a constructivist paradigm, using an interpretive approach and inductive analysis. This approach has been chosen for this research as it allows the data to be analysed and interpreted to form new data, contributing an original understanding and new knowledge about the current incorporation of augmented reality game-based learning (ARGBL) into classrooms.
This qualitative study consisted of two data collection phases. The first phase (online survey) was used to inform the second phase (semi-structured interviews).
The first phase of this research consisted of a survey that was distributed to teachers through professional networks. The purpose of the survey was to elicit some base level information regarding the current scope of practice of ARGBL in schools (e.g., who is using it, how is it being used, do teachers feel adequate support to implement it?). As well as providing insight into the current landscape of ARGBL, the survey asked participants to nominate if they wish to take further part in the study.
Transitioning from phase 1 to phase 2 involved the purposeful selection of participants from phase 1 to participate in phase 2. This research used homogenous sampling; the selection of participants who belong to a specific group based on distinctive characteristics (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018).
The second phase of this research involved a deeper analysis of the incorporation of ARGBL in classrooms. This phase consisted of four semi-structured interviews with the teachers who have used (or expressed interest in using) ARGBL in their classroom. The purpose of phase 2 was to document the experience of the teachers delivering the experience and to gain insight into their conceptions around ARGBL and its implementation in classrooms during the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study aims to provide insight in regards to the following outcomes:

1. Contribute to the development of definitions based on teachers’ conceptions for the terms: augmented reality (AR), game-based learning (GBL), and augmented reality game-based learning (ARGBL);
2. Insight into the current degree of usage of ARGBL and the skills required by teachers;
3. Situational examples of how ARGBL is being implemented in classrooms;
4. Recommendations for teachers on ARGBL implementation in the classroom; and
5. Recommendations for developers of ARGBL software regarding the features that make ARGBL software a more effective tool in the classroom.

Initial findings indicate that there is a strong desire to use ARGBL in the classroom and that teachers perceive multiple benefits to its implementation but that there are also many barriers preventing its widespread use. These barriers include a lack of professional learning networks in which teachers can collaborate, a lack of examples of practice from which teachers can learn, and a lack of ARGBL educational tools designed specifically for classroom use. Further analysis is being conducted in order to provide specific insight and recommendations regarding the areas listed above.

References
Azuma, R., Baillot, Y., Behringer, R., Feiner, S., Julier, S., & MacIntyre, B. (2001). Recent advances in augmented reality. IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, 21(6), 34–47.http://doi.org/10.1109/38.963459
Chen, Y.-H., & Wang, C.-H. (2018). Learner presence, perception, and learning achievements in augmented-reality-mediated learning environments. Interactive Learning Environments, 26(5), 695-708.http://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2017.1399148
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE.
Education Services Australia. (2019). Alice Springs (Mparntwe) Education Declaration.https://www.dese.gov.au/alice-springs-mparntwe-education-declaration/resources/alice-springs-mparntwe-education-declaration
Hamari, J., Shernoff, D. J., Rowe, E., Coller, B., Asbell-Clarke, J., & Edwards, T. (2016). Challenging games help students learn: An empirical study on engagement, flow and immersion in game-based learning. Computers in Human Behavior, 54, 170-179.http://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2015.07.045
Hsiao, H.-S., Chang, C.-S., Lin, C.-Y., & Wang, Y.-Z. (2016). Weather observers: a manipulative augmented reality system for weather simulations at home, in the classroom, and at a museum. Interactive Learning Environments, 24(1), 205-223.http://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2013.834829
Mishra, P. (2019). Considering contextual knowledge: The TPACK diagram gets an upgrade. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 35(2), 76-78.http://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2019.1588611
OECD. (2020). Lessons for Education from COVID-19: A Policy Maker’s Handbook for More Resilient Systems. OECD Publishing.https://doi.org/10.1787/0a530888-en
Pellas, N., Fotaris, P., Kazanidis, I., & Wells, D. (2019). Augmenting the learning experience in primary and secondary school education: A systematic review of recent trends in augmented reality game-based learning. Virtual Reality, 23(4), 329-346.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10055-018-0347-2
Sepasgozar, S. M. E. (2020). Digital twin and web-based virtual gaming technologies for online education: A case of construction management and engineering. Applied Sciences, 10(13), 4678.https://doi.org/10.3390/app10134678
Sin, A. K., & Zaman, H. B. (2010). Live solar system (LSS): Evaluation of an augmented reality book-based educational tool. 2010 International Symposium on Information Technology [Symposium], Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.https://doi.org/10.1109/ITSIM.2010.5561320
Qian, M., & Clark, K. R. (2016). Game-based learning and 21st century skills: A review of recent research. Computers in Human Behavior, 63, 50 -58.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.05.023
Tobar-Muñoz, H., Baldiris, S., & Fabregat, R. (2017). Augmented reality game-based learning: Enriching students’ experience during reading comprehension activities. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 55(7), 901-936.https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633116689789
Wojciechowski, R., & Cellary, W. (2013). Evaluation of learners’ attitude toward learning in ARIES augmented reality environments. Computers & Education, 68, 570-585.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2013.02.014
Yu, J., Denham, A. R., & Searight, E. (2022). A systematic review of augmented reality game-based learning in STEM education.Educational Technology Research and Development, 70(4), 1169-1194. https://10.1007/s11423-022-10122-y


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Integration of Computational Thinking into Mathematics and Science Preservice Teacher Education Courses

Nisanka Uthpalani Somaratne Rajapakse Mohottige, Annette Hessen Bjerke, Renate Andersen

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Rajapakse Mohottige, Nisanka Uthpalani Somaratne

During the past two decades, computational thinking (CT) has gained renewed international interest with many countries taking policy initiatives to integrate it in their general education curricula (Bocconi et al., 2022). CT is broadly conceptualised as a problem-solving approach which draws on the concepts fundamental to computer science (Wing, 2006). In order to ensure successful integration of CT, teachers with necessary CT competence are a vital factor. However, there is empirical evidence pointing out that teachers struggle to understand what CT is and how to integrate it into teaching (Kravik et al., 2022; Nordby et al., 2022). Thus, teacher education becomes a crucial point for producing a sustainable pipeline of teachers equipped with the required CT skills (Yadav et al., 2017). Research suggests that preservice teachers should not only gain CT content knowledge but also pedagogical content knowledge to successfully teach CT (Ottenbreit-Leftwich et al., 2022). In line with this argument scholars suggest that CT needs to be integrated not only into educational psychology courses but also into methods courses for preservice teachers to gain both content knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge (Yadav et al., 2017). CT integration into subject /methods courses at preservice teacher education is an underexplored area where there is a need for more knowledge and would thus be the focus of this study.

Previous research in CT integration into teacher education comprises research reporting interventions aiming to integrate CT in both education technology courses (Yadav et al., 2017), educational technology methods courses (e.g. Umutlu, 2021), and science methods courses (Jaipal-Jamani & Angeli, 2017; Adler & Kim, 2018) and mathematics methods courses (Gadanidis et al., 2017). Programming, particularly block-based programming appears to be the most popular vehicle for developing CT skills among preservice teachers (Umutlu, 2021). Instructional strategies employing robotics (Jaipal-Jamani & Angeli, 2017) and modelling (Adler & Kim, 2018) are also utilized to promote CT skills in preservice teachers. Although there exist some studies that report the efficacy of interventions on CT integration into subject courses, there is a lack of studies demonstrating how CT is actually implemented in subject courses in teacher education. Our study aims to investigate how CT is implemented in mathematics and science courses at preservice education by drawing on data from interviews conducted with teacher educators. The findings will be important particularly to teacher educators and researchers in and beyond the European context.

The context of the study is Norway where a new primary and secondary school curriculum has been implemented, through which CT is integrated into several existing subjects including mathematics and science primarily through the integration of programming into these subjects (Ministry of Education and Research, 2019). Since CT is integrated into existing subjects in the school curriculum, teacher education should also prepare prospective teachers to teach accordingly. Our focus of the study is mathematics and science. By integrating CT into mathematics and science, content learning can be facilitated simultaneously providing meaningful contexts to apply CT (Weintrop et al., 2016). The following research question will guide our research:

How is computational thinking integrated into existing mathematics and science preservice teacher education courses?

Theoretical framework:

There are multiple definitions and frameworks for CT (Wing, 2006; Weintrop et al., 2016; Brennan & Rensnick, 2012) and there is no consensus on a basic definition. Since this study focuses on mathematics and science, we chose the CT in mathematics and science taxonomy developed by Weintrop et al. (2016). In this taxonomy, there are four major categories – data practices, modelling and simulation practices, computational problem-solving practices, systems thinking practices – each of which is composed of five to seven practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is designed as a qualitative study. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 17 teacher educators (nine in mathematics and eight in science) who are currently working at a 1-7 teacher education programme which prepares preservice teachers to teach in grades 1-7 (ages 6-13) in Norway. After conducting 17 interviews we realised that we have reached the data saturation point in relation to our research question. The sample consisted of teacher educators affiliated to eight teacher education institutions out of the ten public teacher education institutions that offer 1-7 teacher education in Norway. Since not all teacher educators use CT in their teaching, the sample was selected purposively to recruit teacher educators who have incorporated CT in their teaching. The interviews were conducted on Zoom by the first author, and each interview lasted for approximately 45 minutes. Written consent was obtained from the participants prior to holding the interviews. The audio recordings were transcribed verbatim by the first author using F4transkript.
Thematic analysis was employed as the analysis method using a theory driven, deductive approach. We follow the six phases of conducting a thematic analysis described by Braun and Clarke (2006) which are 1) familiarising with the data, 2) generating initial codes, 3) searching for themes, 4) reviewing potential themes, 5) defining and naming themes and 6) producing the report. All three authors read the transcripts to familiarise themselves with the data. Then, an operationalisation of Weintrop et al.’s CT taxonomy was agreed upon. Next, the three authors independently conducted coding of three randomly selected interviews, followed by some necessary justifications of the operationalisation of the CT taxonomy before coding all 17 interviews. Sub-themes and candidate themes emerged during the coding process. The candidate themes are being revisited to review and refine the themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the preliminary analysis of interview data, three candidate themes emerged- analog programming, block-based programming, modelling and robotics.
Analog programming
Mathematics teacher educators stated that they start their CT and programming teaching with analog programming using some unplugged activities. Most of the activities they described focused on algorithmic thinking- performing a task in a logical sequence of steps and especially convincing the preservice teachers the importance of precision of instructions to obtain the desired end result. Moreover, mathematics teacher educators underscored the place of algorithms in mathematics.
Block-based programming
Mathematics teacher educators’ accounts revealed that from analog programming they make a quick transition to programming activities which were mostly block based programming. Programming is the solid context preservice teachers get to apply their CT skills. The examples they provided were mostly associated with geometry, however, they stated that probability, numbers are also areas that are suited for CT integration.  
Modelling and robotics
Robotics is employed by both mathematics and science teacher educators in their teaching. In science, the typical examples of CT integration given by science teacher educators included creating artefacts either making robots or making models with Scratch. Comparing the examples of teaching learning situations given by teacher educators, it is evident that in mathematics, programming was employed as a tool to learn deeply about mathematical concepts via problem-solving, for example, creating a polygon in Scratch, while in science, programming was often used to solve a larger problem, for example, by making a model that illustrate a larger concept/ phenomenon such as the solar system. The science programming activities described by the science teacher educators were predominantly in the form of group projects which continued for several sessions. This kind of projects involved different practices that came under the four categories in the Weintrop taxonomy.

References
Adler, R. F., & Kim, H. (2018). Enhancing future K-8 teachers’ computational thinking skills through modeling and simulations. Education and Information Technologies, 23, 1501–1514. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-017-9675-1
Bocconi, S., Chioccariello, A., Kampylis, P., Dagienė, V., Wastiau, P., Engelhardt, K., Earp, J., Horvath, M., Jasutė, E., Malagoli, C., Masiulionytė-Dagienė, V., & Stupurienė, G. (2022). Reviewing computational thinking in compulsory education: State of play and practices from computing education. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/126955
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012, April 13-17). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking [Paper presentation]. Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association meeting, Vancouver, Canada.
Gadanidis, G., Cendros, R., Floyd, L., & Namukasa, I. (2017). Computational thinking in mathematics teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 17(4), 458-477.
Jaipal-Jamani, K., & Angeli, C. (2017). Effect of robotics on elementary preservice teachers' self-efficacy, science learning, and computational thinking. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 26(2), 175–192.
Kravik, R., Berg, T. K., Siddiq, F. (2022). Teachers’ understanding of programming and computational thinking in primary education – A critical need for professional development, Acta Didactica Norden, 16(4). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9194
Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Læreplanverket [The Curriculum]. Established as regulations. The National curriculum for the Knowledge Promotion 2020. https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/
Nordby, S. K., Bjerke, A. H., & Mifsud, L. (2022). Primary Mathematics Teachers’ Understanding of Computational Thinking, KI - Künstliche Intelligenz, 36, 35–46, https://doi.org/10.1007/s13218-021-00750-6
Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A., Yadav, A., Mouza, C. (2022). Preparing the Next Generation of Teachers: Revamping Teacher Education for the 21st century. In A. Yadav & U. D. Berthelsen (Eds.), Computational thinking in education: A pedagogical perspective (pp. 151–171) Routledge.
Umutlu, D. (2021). An exploratory study of pre-service teachers’ computational thinking and programming skills. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2021.1922105
Weintrop, D., Beheshti, E., Horn, M., Orton, K., Jona, K., Trouille, L., & Wilensky, U. (2016). Defining Computational Thinking for Mathematics and Science Classrooms. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25(1), 127-147.
Wing, J. M. (2006). Computational thinking. Communications of the ACM, 49(3), 33-35.
Yadav, A., Gretter, S., Good, J., & McLean, T. (2017). Computational thinking in teacher education. In Emerging research, practice, and policy on computational thinking (pp. 205–220). Cham, Switzerland: Springer.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Commercial off-the-Shelf Game Play and L2 Identity Development

Nur Çakır, Neslihan Gök Ayyıldız

Middle East Technical University, Türkiye

Presenting Author: Gök Ayyıldız, Neslihan

As developments in the digital gaming industry increased (Takahashi, 2015), the use of digital games in education has also increased. Studies on digital gaming in language learning have explored both game-enhanced learning (commercial, off-the-shelf games) and game-based learning (digital games created for the teaching and learning of languages) to support language learning in different areas (Sykes, 2018). Commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) games are “designed purely for fun and entertainment rather than for learning” (Whitton, 2010, p. 199). Foreign language learners play digital games in the target foreign language out of class. Sykes and Reinhardt (2013) highlight the contributions of digital gaming in L2 learning as five features such as learner directed goal, interaction with the game, individualized feedback, relevant context, and motivation. Moreover, research has shown that digital games can be beneficial in terms of autonomy (Chick, 2014), intercultural learning (Thorne, 2008), providing authentic texts (Reinhardt, 2013), rich learning environment (Reinders, 2012), listening and reading language skills (Chen & Yang, 2013), and having fun while learning a language (Ballou, 2009; Chin-Sheng & Chiou, 2007). Additionally, exposure to the target language provides language skills such as grammar and vocabulary in a real context (Purushotma, 2005).

L2 identity can be considered as the learners’ relationship with the culture of the target language, and the engagement with the culture and the natives of the culture. Thus, the close connection with the target language and the culture are associated with the L2 identity which is dynamic and multifaceted, language both constructs it and is constructed by it (Norton, 2006). Dörnyei and Ushioda (2009) proposed that L2 Motivational Self System which is an L2 motivational self-system takes the ideal L2 self, the ought-to L2 self, and the L2 learning experiences in foreign language learning and teaching. The concept ideal self is the representation of characteristics that one would most like to have like one’s personal wishes. The ought-to self, a complimentary self-guide, is the representation of characteristics that one feels one ought to have like one’s sense of responsibilities and obligations. So, the rationale behind the hypothesis is that the learners will be more motivated to learn the target language if they get the idea that their ideal self and ought-to self to be L2 proficient in order to reduce the gap between current and future selves.

The relationship between identity formation and COTS games has received increasing attention (Barab et al., 2012; DeVane, 2014; Godwin-Jones, 2019; Jeon, 2014; Punyalert, 2017; Shaffer, 2006; Musaoğlu Aydın & Akkuş Çakır, 2022). Online experiences such as gameplay including language socialization produce complex and context-based language practices (Thorne, 2008). COTS games can afford opportunities to develop L2 identities for foreign language learners, as they provide language learners with opportunities to interact with others and to immerse themselves in a real-life context, the target language, and the culture (Godwin- Jones, 2019; Jeon, 2014; Musaoğlu Aydın & Akkuş Çakır, 2022).

While game-enhanced language learning is becoming popular in foreign language teaching, more research is still needed on investigating the role of COTS gaming in L2 identity formation to understand the learning potential of L2 gaming better. It is essential to explore the ways COTS games could be used to promote L2 identity. Thus, this study aims to investigate the role of game-enhanced language learning in the development of L2 identity. More specifically the research question is;

-How do gamer language learners’ construct their L2 identities during COTS gameplay?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative case study aims to investigate how gamer language learners’ construct their L2 identity during COTS game play. A case study is the in-depth description and examination of a particular case that is an exploration of a bounded system or a case (or multiple cases) over time through detailed, in-depth data collection involving multiple sources of information-rich contexts (Cresswell, 1998, p.61). Bassey (1999) proposes that case studies can be used in education to inform policymakers, practitioners, and theorists. Data are collected through semi-structured interviews developed by the researchers using L2 Motivational Self-System as a framework (Dörnyei & Ushioda, 2009).
After developing interview forms, two expert opinions from the educational sciences department are taken and the form is piloted with an undergraduate EFL student. The final interview schedule consists of two parts, demographical information and descriptive questions part which mostly focus on L2 Motivational Self-System Framework (ideal self, ought-to self, and language learning experiences) and COTS game play. Semi-structured interviews are conducted with 15 volunteered EFL students in a research university through criterion sampling (Cohen et al., 2018). Participants included in the study are undergraduate EFL students who identifies themselves as gamers. Data are collected through face-to-face and online interviews (via Zoom) that took 45-60 minutes.
In qualitative research design, data collection and data analysis go at the same time in order to lead to a coherent interpretation (Marshall & Rossman, 2006). Thus, after each interview which is recorded with the voice recorder is transcribed and raw data is prepared for analysis. Qualitative content analysis is used to present the data in a meaningful way and identify the similarities and differences (Miles & Huberman, 1994) by following four steps (a) encoding the data, (b) finding the themes, (c) arranging codes and themes, and (d) identifying and interpreting the findings (Yıldırım & Şimşek, 2013). The researchers started the data coding process within the framework of the L2 Motivational Self-System and the codes were varied in the form of words, word phrases, or paragraphs by varying the data that emerged during the data collection process. In order to increase external reliability, peer debriefing (Cresswell, 2014); to increase the external validity of the study analytical generalization (Yin, 2014) are used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings indicated that COTS games’ capacity to encourage language learning is one of the key ways in which they can facilitate language learners’ L2 identity development. Considering characteristics of game-enhanced language learning, participants reported that digital gaming provides a real context for experiencing the target language, exposure to the daily life experience, and having fun while learning the language outside the class. For instance, COTS games offer language learners a chance to interact with native speakers, practice their foreign language in a fun and interesting way, and gain a deeper understanding of the culture surrounding the language.
In addition to promoting authentic language learning opportunities, COTS games provide foreign language learners with opportunities to reflect on their own L2 identity. For example, foreign language learners encounter situations during the gameplay where they were required to respond to others, present themselves to others, and/or reflect on their language abilities, values, and beliefs about the target language and culture. Through these experiences, they are reported to gain a greater understanding of themselves and their own L2 identity.

References
Ballou, K. (2009). Language learner experiences in an online virtual world. The JALT CALL Journal, 5(2), 61-70.
Barab, S., Pettyjohn, P., Gresalfi, M., Volk, C., & Solomou, M. (2012). Game-based curriculum and transformational play: Designing to meaningfully positioning person, content, and context. Computers & Education, 58(1), 518–533. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2011.08.001
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Routledge.
Creswell, J. W. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five traditions. Sage Publications, Inc.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications.
DeVane, B. (2014). Beyond the screen: Game-based learning as nexus of identification. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 21(3), 221–237.
Dörnyei, Z., & Ushioda, E. (Eds.). (2009). Motivation, language identity and the L2 self (Vol. 36). Multilingual Matters.
Godwin-Jones, R. (2019). Riding the digital wilds: Learner autonomy and informal language learning. Language Learning & Technology, 23(1), 8–25.
Marshall, C. & Rossman, G. B. (2006). Designing qualitative research. Thousands Oaks: Sage Publication.
Musaoğlu, A. S. M., & Akkuş Çakır, N. (2022). The effects of a game-enhanced learning intervention on foreign language learning. Educational technology research and development, 70(5), 1809-1841.
Miles, M. B. & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. Newbury Park,, CA: Sage.
Norton, B. (2006). Identity as a sociocultural construct in second language research. In K. Cadman & K. O’Regan (Eds.), TESOL in Context [Special Issue], 22-33.
Purushotma, R. (2005). You’re not studying, you’re just....Language Learning & Technology, 9(1), 80–96.
Reinders, H. (Ed.). (2012). Digital games in language learning and teaching. Basingstoke, England: Palgrave Macmillan.
Reinhardt, J. (2013). Digital game-mediated foreign language teaching and learning: Myths, realities and opportunities. Apprendre les langues à l’université au 21ème siècle, 161-178.
Sykes, J. M. (2018). Digital games and language teaching and learning. Foreign Language Annals, 51(1), 219-224.
Sykes, J. M., & Reinhardt, J. (2013). Language at play: Digital games in second and foreign language teaching and learning. Boston, MA: Pearson.
Thorne, S. L. (2008). Transcultural communication in open Internet environments and massively multiplayer online games. In S. Magnan (Ed.), Mediating discourse online (pp. 305–327). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Whitton, N. (2010). Learning with digital games: A practical guide to engaging students in higher education. New York, NY: Routledge.
Yıldırım, A. & Şimşek, H. (2013). Sosyal bilimlerde nitel araştırma yöntemleri. Seçkin.
Yin, Robert K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 I: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How do private schools respond to regulatory reform? School Inclusion Law in Chile 2015-2020

Juan Antonio Carrasco

Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Carrasco, Juan Antonio

The participation of the private sector in the organisation of school provision has steadily expanded globally over the last decades (Verger et al., 2023), leading to mixed provision models characterised by the coexistence of a network of public and private subsidised schools in the organisation of school provision. This study is based on the analysis of a national educational reform that modifies the framework and guidelines that regulate mixed provision to raise the levels of equity and explores the variety of responses of the private subsidised network to changes in the conditions based on which its participation in school provision is arranged.

From a comparative perspective, reforms to mixed provision systems have focused mainly on three areas: the definition of the conditions for entrance and permanence in the subsidy regime, the mode in which school funding is organised, and the characteristics of school choice and admission processes (Zancajo et al. 2021b). These reform impulses aimed to standardise some of the regulatory dimensions of mixed models, defining a common structure for public and private schools. However, this does not necessarily include a principle of equivalence between them, nor does it imply convergence in all institutional aspects. In these institutional settings, regulators seek through educational policies to expand their capacity to influence the configuration of school provision, one of their main challenges being to align the network of private subsidised schools with the broader objectives of the education system.

Since 2015, School Inclusion Law (SIL) reform modifies at least three structural dimensions of the mixed provision in Chile: regulating practices of selectivity in the access to schools by a semi-centralised admission system, promoting to replace of obligatory charges to families including larger public funding and forbidding for profits incentive to educational administrators. The question that guides the research process consists of what are the factors that are linked to the variety of responses from the network of subsidized private centers regarding the changes in the regulatory context that the SIL promotes. The study’s main objective is to establish the patterns of interpretation and response of private subsidised schools’ networks to these regulatory changes introduced by the SIL in Chile between 2015 and 2020. Finally, the study examines how this variety of responses is associated with the problems of mixed school provision systems.

The concept of school responses pattern is operationalized, integrating elements of the literature about systemic change and logic of action (Bagley et al.,1996, 1998, Wood, 2000, Maroy & Ball, 2008, Van Zanten, 2008). In this sense, the notion of response generation is inherent to the quasi-market settings (Bagley et al., 1996) and is defined as the extent to which schools modify their practices and policies because of changes in the institutional context. For Bagley, et al. 1996, the generation of school responses is not straightforward but there are barriers that interact in complex forms that can negatively influence inhibiting the capacity of schools.

The generation of responses from schools does not constitute a simple adaptive process with respect to external conditions but rather a complex one, which is endowed with its own logic and includes, on the part of educational actors, a moment of active interpretation. It is in this intermediate zone where the actors negotiate a framework for understanding the problems, mobilizing a network of meanings, resources, and practical knowledge.On the other hand, this perspective should not lead to overestimating the response generation capacity of schools or neglecting the influence of structural factors that may either inhibit its generation or induce a unique type of response (Bagley et al. al. 1998, Zancajo, 2017, Moschetti, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To respond to the stated objectives, the empirical strategy was based on a mixed sequential explanatory design (Cresswell, 2014, Bazeley, 2018). This design is organised in two main phases: a first component is based on quantitative data analysis that seeks to characterise the response patterns of schools. Subsequently, a second qualitative component is structured based on educational actors’ interviews, both of which are organised sequentially.
This first phase allowed an initial exploration of the interaction of the variables, to operationalise more specific conjectures and to define the criteria for the selection of factors or covariates. Subsequently, a multiple correspondence analysis was carried out which allowed for the elaboration of an "attribute space" related to private subsidised provision. Based on the multiple correspondence analysis, the structural typology is used to observe the variety of school responses (López-Roldán & Fachelli, 2015).
The advantage of this type of approach lies in the interpretative capacity to connect the analysis of the results of the first phase to the design of the second phase and subsequently integrate the results of each stage in a broader interpretation, for which the qualitative data generation process is structured directly on the results of the quantitative analysis (Cresswell, 2014). As will be detailed, the integration of the analytical process between the two components is of an expansive type (Bazeley, 2018), i.e., through qualitative analysis, the aim is to deepen the understanding and explanatory structure obtained from the first phase, rather than generalising to a broader sample or testing new hypotheses.
The analysis plan follows the sequential structure of the study: quantitative data generation and analysis, qualitative data generation and analysis, and the integration stage of the analytical process based on expanding or deepening the understanding gained through the progression of the study (Bazeley, 2018). In this type of analytical integration, one component more directly informs another. In this sense, the qualitative component responds to the need to expand the interpretation of the data already generated during the first phase. However, this does not imply that the qualitative component has only a confirmatory or subsidiary purpose, as it offers interpretative elements and emerging aspects that can enrich the overall findings of the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the analysis of the data, it is observed that the process of expansion of subsidised private provision has been segmented and hierarchical, giving way to complex dynamics in the organisation of school supply. Its dynamism was driven by the implementation of a quasi-universal competitive demand-side financing scheme, which generated stable incentives for the participation of private actors. The configuration of private subsidised provision responds preferably to a continuous cycle supply, not complex and with the integration of pre-school levels. Therefore, selection and admission processes are concentrated in the first years of schooling and a relationship with families is promoted based on extensive schooling trajectories.

The case study examined highlights that the variety of responses of educational centres to new regulatory requirements can be very diverse, from a rather passive assimilation of the changes posed by educational policy to forms of action that seek to preserve autonomy for part of the subsidized private network. The variety of responses from schools is organized based on a matrix that includes four types of trajectories: conversion, transition, consolidation, and reception processes. Additionally, for these types, different modalities are proposed according to their orientation. Factors that are connected to this variety of responses include the status attributes of schools, engagement with education policies and the characteristics of school provision. Through these responses, schools negotiate decision-making spaces by modifying their legal framework, composition or type of funding. The reform analysed is aimed at moderating the competitive-oriented framework of schools, but this effect is ambivalent, as it corrects and makes the competitive scheme and school choice viable.

References
Ball, S., & Maroy, C. (2009) School’s Logic of Action as Mediation and Compromise between Internal
Dynamics and External Constraints and Pressures. Compare: A Journal of
Comparative and International Education, 39(1), 99-112.
Bernstein, B (1989) Clases, Códigos y Control I. Akal Universitaria.
•1988 Clases, Códigos y Control II. Akal Universitaria.
•1988b Poder, educación y conciencia. Sociología de la transmisión cultural. CIDE.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Durkheim, E (1982) La división del Trabajo Social. Akal Universitaria.
Verger, A., Moschetti, M., y Fontdevila, C. (2023). La industria educativa global: análisis de su expansión y de sus múltiples manifestaciones desde una perspectiva comparada. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, 42,10-27. https://doi.org/10.5944/reec.42.2023.36415
Woods, P. (2000). Varieties and themes in producer engagement: Structure and agency in the schools public-market. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(2), 219-242. https://doi.org/10.1080/713655342
Van Zanten, A. (2008) Competitive arenas and schools’ logics of action: a European comparison,
Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 39(1), 85-
98, https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920802447867
Zancajo, A. (2019). Drivers and Hurdles to the Regulation of Education Markets: The Political Economy of Chilean Reform. Working Paper 239 National Center for the Study of Privatization in Education. Teachers College, Columbia University. Recuperado de https://ncspe.tc.columbia.edu/working-papers/files/WP239.pdf
Zancajo, A., Verger, A., y Fontdevila, C. (2021a). The instrumentation of public subsidies for private schools: Different regulatory models with concurrent equity implications. European Educational Research Journal, 21(1), 44–70. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211023339
• (2021b). La concertada a debat. Reformes contra les desigualtats educatives des d’una mirada internacional i comparada. Fundación Bofill. Recuperado de https://fundaciobofill.cat/publicacions/concertada


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Transitions Within Swedish Compulsory School as a Policy ‘Problem’

Josefin Ånger

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ånger, Josefin

Different transitions are built into all school systems, either between or within school forms. These transitions entail different changes and challenges for both students and teachers. This ongoing doctoral project aims to contribute with knowledge on how the transition between stages within compulsory school is constructed in policy, and by teachers, in a school system where compulsory school is cohesive. Although the Swedish compulsory school consist of only one school form, it bears traces from the pre-1960’s divide between primary and secondary schools, as well as several following school reforms. For a long time, these reforms aimed to tighten the cultural gap between primary and secondary school, resulting in a compulsory school without stage divisions in 1994. This lasted until the 2010’s when stage divisions were reinstated as a way of making each stage more specialised. Those traces imply that the cohesive compulsory school in Sweden can be organised in a variety of ways, with the consequence that transitions between stages can encompass many different aspects and practices. In many cases those practices are similar to transitions between school forms. The object of study in this project is the transition between stages equivalent to the transition between primary and secondary school (from year 6 to 7).

In an international, and European, context there is a large variety of aspects on transitions between primary and secondary school that have been researched – academic (e.g. Prendergast et.al. 2019), social (e.g. van Rens et.al. 2018) and comparative/organisational (e.g. Nielsen et.al. 2017). Research on transitions within compulsory school in a Nordic context, similar to the Swedish, is scarce but there are some studies about the student perspective (e.g.Virtanen et.al., 2019). In the Swedish context research mainly concern transitions between school forms: from preschool to compulsory school (e.g. Ackesjö, 2014; Kallberg, 2018) and from compulsory school to upper secondary school (e.g Sundelin and Lundahl, 2022). Most of the research on transitions shares some relation to the concept of continuity, sometimes differentiated between various types e.g. social or pedagogical. Continuity is mostly assumed to be desirable but lacking, affecting students’ well-being as well as their learning results. Criticism against the focus on transition in research include that this focus may exaggerate the problems with transitions (Bru et.al., 2010) or that this focus places blame on the transitions when there might be other structural problems that cause difficulties associated with transitions (Downes, 2019).

Focus in this paper is on policy. By using Bacchi’s (2009) “What’s the Problem Represented to be?” (WPR) approach I am investigating how transitions within the Swedish compulsory school are understood in policy. The WPR approach is a poststructural tool for policy analysis that departs from the statement that governing takes place through problematisations and that these problematisations needs to be scrutinized. The “problem” refers to the thing that needs to change through the studied policy and these representations are thought to be constructed within the policy process, not problems existing “in the real”. Representations are part of discourses but do also impact discourses. The impact of the representations also may concern how those governed view themselves and others as well as possibly having material influence. Research questions for this part of the project are:

- What is included and excluded in the discourse on transitions in Swedish school policy?

- What may be possible effects from this way of problematising transitions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In Sweden there are school policies on different levels. The national level contains for example the Education Act (SFS 2010:800), the National Curriculum for the compulsory school (SNAE, 2022) and other texts from the Swedish National Agency for Education. Local level policies could be either municipal or school specific. National policy documents mostly regulate transitions between school forms and never mentions transitions between stages within compulsory school specifically. Therefore, the national policy documents included in this study are those that in some way describes transitions related to compulsory school. In addition, local policy documents have been collected. Given that school organisations in Sweden vary, and that the WPR approach sees policies as cultural products affected by context (Bacchi, 2009), policies are collected from different kinds of municipalities and schools. The municipalities have been randomly selected within three categories – big cities, smaller cities and rural – one from each category. Within these municipalities schools were selected to get a variation of different organisations (year 1-9, year 1-6 and year 7-9) and different socioeconomic areas (measured by percentage of the parents having academic education). The collected local policy documents consist of both more general descriptions as well as different forms used for working with transitions. In total the policy study includes 15 documents, 4 on national level and 9 on local levels.
For analysis of the policy documents Bacchi’s (2009) WPR approach will be used. The approach consists of six questions to apply to policies to examine the problematisations (how the problem is understood as a specific kind of problem). This includes investigating underlying assumptions and context that enable this problematisation, and the possible effects of the problematisation – both from what is represented to be the problem and what is left out in this representation. The last question concerns how the problematisation is defended or contested. All six questions will be applied to the policy documents included in the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Tentative results show different problem representations but the dominant one is transfer/submission of information between school forms, or in some cases between schools or within the same school. The problem of transferring information seems twofold – first a problem of organizing how to transfer information between school units and second a problem with transferring the “right” information. What is considered the right information seems to be related to individual student “short-comings” or deviations from the norm, in order for the new school to ease the transitions for these students. The continuity in focus is that of individual support and by that make sure that these students progress in their learning. This problematisation is in line with Swedish school discourse that since the introduction of the cohesive and undifferentiated compulsory school advocated for individualizing the teaching within the class. However, this representation does not include continuity in content or pedagogy in whole classes. The content of each subject, for each stage, is regulated by the national curriculum, but the teachers’ freedom to interpret and prioritize may make pedagogical or content continuity based on only what is said in the curriculum difficult. This aspect of transitions is included in policy aimed at transitions in lower years but not of later transitions, even though it could be argued that it is as important in all transitions. According to WPR (Bacchi, 2009), this large focus on individual students, deviating from the norm, in need of something more, or different, has subjectification effects – meaning it effects how the students are thought of, both by themselves and others, in this case not assumed in a positive way.
References
Ackesjö, H. (2014). Barns övergångar till och från förskoleklass : gränser, identiteter och (dis-)kontinuiteter. [Doktorsavhandling].  Linnaeus University Press.
Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing policy : what's the problem represented to be? Pearson.
Bru, E., Stornes, T., Munthe, E., & Thuen, E. (2010). Students' Perceptions of Teacher Support Across the Transition from Primary to Secondary School. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 54(6), 519-533. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2010.522842
Downes, P. (2019). Transition as a displacement from more fundamental system concerns: Distinguishing four different meanings of transition in education. Educational philosophy and theory, 51(14), 1465-1476. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1561366
Kallberg, P. (2018). Två lärarkategoriers arbete med sociala relationer i övergången från förskoleklass till årskurs 1. [Doktorsavhandling]. School of Education, Culture and Communication, Mälardalen University.
Nielsen, L., Shaw, T., Meilstrup, C., Koushede, V., Bendtsen, P., Rasmussen, M., Lester, L., Due, P., & Cross, D. (2017). School transition and mental health among adolescents: A comparative study of school systems in Denmark and Australia. International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 65-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.01.011
Prendergast, M., O’Meara, N., O’Hara, C., Harbison, L., & Cantley, I. (2019). Bridging the primary to secondary school mathematics divide: Teachers’ perspectives. Issues in Educational Research, 29(1), 243–260.
SFS 2010:800. Education Act.
SNAE. (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare.
Sundelin, Å., & Lundahl, L. (2022). Managing critical transitions: Career support to young people risking ineligibility for upper secondary education. European Educational Research Journal, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221094439
van Rens, M., Haelermans, C., Groot, W. et al. Facilitating a Successful Transition to Secondary School: (How) Does it Work? A Systematic Literature Review. Adolescent Res Rev 3, 43–56 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-017-0063-2
Virtanen, T. E., Vasalampi, K., Torppa, M., Lerkkanen, M. K., & Nurmi, J. E. (2019). Changes in students' psychological well-being during transition from primary school to lower secondary school: A person-centered approach. Learning and Individual Differences, 69, 138-149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2018.12.001
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 J: Gender and Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Value of Graduate Education: Investigation of Individual and Relational Factors

Eda Çürükvelioğlu Köksal1, S. Burcu Özgülük Üçok2

1Bartın University, Turkiye; 2Ted University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Çürükvelioğlu Köksal, Eda

Postgraduate education which promotes the idea that members of society should always be developing their abilities plays a significant role in encouraging lifelong learning (Anderson et al.,1998). Graduate programs are regarded by many as the ideal educational opportunity since it gives students the chance to learn in-depth about a subject via thoughtful experiences. These experiences inspire thinking, help people realize who they are and what they want out of life, and give them access to methods for achievement (Johnson & Copnell, 2002; Purcell et al., 2012). As is common knowledge, undergraduate education is a crucial time for individuals to decide about their careers.

The Expectancy-Value Model (Eccles et al., 983) proposes that the two primary parts of a person's achievements are based on their choices and perseverance in completing the tasks that have been assigned to them. The success expectations and personal values of the individuals are significant preconditions of the motivation behind accomplishment in various activities (Wigfield, 1994). The individual's unique ideas about their competency in a field and belief in their ability to execute a future assignment are designated as the expectation component (Eccles et al., 1983). One example of it is believing that one will get admitted to a graduate school and successfully complete it. In this study, the researchers will examine the associations of the individual (gender and academic achievement) and relational (intention to marriage and perceived partner support) variables in explaining the valuing of graduate study from the perspective of this model.

Considering the fact that in Turkey female students are less prevalent in Turkey's graduate education programs, particularly at the master's level (Ünlü et al., 2021), it is thought that gender might be a factor to explain the valuing of graduate education. Additionally, gender disparity is a gap not just in Turkey but also in all regions of the world especially in academia (Zheng et al. 2022). This conclusion seems logical when taking into account the effects of gender roles in the process of choosing a job, as female participants imply the caregiving role of females (Ünal et al., 2018). For academic achievement, the researchers were unable to locate a prior study that looked at the relationship between academic success and valuing of graduate education. Only, according to one study (Tekin, 2022), there is a low-level association between academic achievement and the intention to pursue postgraduate study.

Taking into account the relational variables’ roles in explaining the valuing of graduate education, the intention of marriage, and perceived partner support are expected to be associated with valuing of graduate education. Since university students are in the emerging adulthood period, they tend to marry after they find a job and this situation is expected since it is a characteristic of emerging adulthood. From this perspective, it is possible for university students not to attend a graduate education to spend time on their family life. There are some studies showing that perceived psychological costs are negatively associated with graduate education intention (İlter, 2021a). Taking together the perceived cost of graduate education, the researchers speculate that the intention of marriage might be associated with the valuing of graduate education and will predict the valuing of graduate study among undergraduate students. Another variable that might be associated with the valuing of education is perceived partner support. Studies indicate that partner support has a positive role in one’s career progress (Zheng et al., 2022).

In light of the literature, the aim of this study is to determine the role of gender, academic achievement, perceived partner support, and intention of marriage in predicting the valuing of graduate education among university students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will be a quantitative study adopting a correlational design. The target sample of the current study is 800 undergraduate students meeting the eligibility criteria of (a) being 18 years old and above, (b) being in a romantic relationship for at least three months, and (c) living in Turkey. The sample will be recruited via convenient sampling, criterion sampling, and snowball sampling. After obtaining ethical permission, a demographic form in which the information on the gender and academic achievement of the students will be obtained, The Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support Revised Form (MSPSS-R; Eker,  Arkar, & Yaldız, 2001), Intention of Marriage Scale (Güzel, 2020), and Value of Education Scale (İlter, 2021b) will be utilized for the data collection. The predictor variables of the current study are gender, academic achievement, perceived partner support, and the intention of marriage while the outcome variable will be the valuing of graduate education. The data will be analyzed with hierarchical regression analyses. In the first step of the analyses, gender and academic achievement will be entered and in the second step, the perceived partner support and the intention of marriage will be entered into the model. Hence, the roles of gender, academic achievement,  perceived partner support, and the intention of marriage in terms of predicting the value of graduate education will be examined. The hypotheses of the current study are as follows: (1) the students’ gender and academic achievement will predict their valuing of graduate education, and (2) perceived partner support and the intention of marriage will significantly predict students’ valuing of graduate education. The analyses will be conducted in the SPSS 2022 version.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The overall aim of the current study is to investigate the predictive roles of individual and relational variables in explaining undergraduate students’ value of graduate education. In this regard, individual variables were determined to be the gender and the academic achievement of the undergraduate students while relational variables were determined to be the perceived partner support and the intention of marriage. We expect that:
1) There will be significant gender differences in the valuing of graduate education.
2) There will be a significant and positive association between academic achievement and valuing of graduate education.
3) There will be a significant and positive association between perceived partner support and valuing of graduate education.
4) There will be a significant and negative association between the intention of marriage and valuing of graduate education.
5) Individual variables (gender and academic achievement) will significantly explain the variance in valuing of graduate education.
6) Relationship variables (perceived partner support and intention of marriage) will significantly explain the variance in valuing of graduate education above and beyond individual variables.


References
Battle, A., & Wigfield, A. (2003). College women’s value orientations toward family, career, and graduate school. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 62(1), 56-75.

Eccles (Parsons) J., Adler, T. F., Futterman, R., Goff, S. B., & Kaczala, C. M. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Eds.), Achievement and achievement motivation (pp. 75–146). Freeman.

Eccles, J. (2009). Who am I and what am I going to do with my life? Personal and collective identities as motivators of action. Educational Psychologist, 44(2), 78–89.

Eker, D., Arkar, H., & Yaldız, H. (2001). Çok Boyutlu Algılanan Sosyal Destek Ölçeği’nin Gözden Geçirilmiş Formunun Faktör Yapısı, Geçerlik ve Güvenirliği [Factorial structure, validity, and reliability of the mRevised Form of the Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support]. Turk Psikiyatri Dergisi, 12(1), 17-25.

Güzel, N. C. (2020). Evlilik ölçeği: evliliğe ilişkin niyet, evliliğe yönelik genel tutumlar ve
yönelik beklenti ölçeğinin geçerlik ve güvenirlik analizleri [Validity and Reliability Analysis of Marriage Intention, General Attitudes Towards Marriage and Expectation of Marriage Scale], Turkish Studies - Education, 15(1), 185-197. https://dx.doi.org/10.29228/TurkishStudies.40532

İlter, İ., (2021a). Lisansüstü eğitime yönelik farkındalığın lisans öğrencilerinin lisansüstü eğitim niyetlerine etkisi [The Effect of Postgraduate Study Awareness on Undergraduate Students’ Postgraduate Study Intentions]. MANAS Journal of Social Studies, 10(3), 1592-1601.

İlter, İ. (2021b). Lisans Öğrencilerin Lisansüstü Eğitim Niyetlerinin Yordayıcıları Olarak Öznel Görev Değerleri [Subjective Task Values as Predictors of Undergraduate Students’ Intentions for Postgraduate Education]. HAYEF: Journal of Education, 19 (2), 82-92. https://doi: 10.54614/hayef.2022.22003

Ünlü, S., Kirazcı, F. & Büyükgöze-Kavas, A. (2022). Kadınların lisansüstü eğitim niyetinde aile-kariyer yönelimi ve toplumsal cinsiyetin rolü [Family-Career Orientation and Gender Roles in Women’s Intention of Graduate Education]. The Journal of Turkish Educational Sciences, 20(1), 124-142. https://doi.org/10.37217/tebd.1026220


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Methodological Reflection on the Application of the Feminist Perspective.

Miriam Comet-Donoso, Maria del Pilar Folgueiras Bertomeu, Sonia Estradé Albiol

Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Comet-Donoso, Miriam

This communication is based on the research process of a PhD thesis and the question of study is to understand what a feminist perspective means. To make this proposal we must mention the ontological, epistemological, and methodological dimensions.

Ontological dimension

The ontological dimension challenges us as researchers with questions like: does reality exist? Is this reality an entity constructed by sociohistorical moments? Or is it something that can be objectified? (Folguerias-Bertomeu, 2018). The ontological dimension this feminist research is in framed is socio-critical or critical, since it considers that reality is interpretable. It is positioned in historical realism, understanding the potential for change that may exist and where subject and object are not two isolated entities, but rather interact with each other influenced by a social commitment (Guba and Lincoln, 1994).

Epistemological dimension

We position ourselves in a critical feminist epistemology. The sociocritical position within epistemology defends a praxeological epistemology, assuming that there is an interaction between the person investigating and the person being investigated; therefore, the values and beliefs of the person who is investigating are considered, as they can influence the knowledge (Folgueiras-Bertomeu, 2018). It is also an epistemology (Popkewitz, 1988) that unites theory and practice and understands knowledge as emancipating and liberating. Furthermore, it encourages researchers to carry out a constant self-reflection exercise in the research process.

About the nature of knowledge, we start from the "point of view theory" (Harding,1987; Haraway,1991), which arises from the analysis that certain groups have not been represented in the access to and production of knowledge; therefore, knowledge is only related to a minority. This theory not only argues that systemic inequalities are embedded in knowledge, but that this science is constructed within a social locus and historical context. Applying the point of view theory is necessary to enrich the endeavor of "knowledge" and to have a more complete vision of reality, because as Dorothy Smith (2004) exposes, when these social loci are highlighted, it is possible to see more, beyond or “below the ideology of the powerful”; consequently, it becomes a more reliable knowledge.

In conclusion, while avoiding a relativistic view on reality, it is also important to understand that reality can accommodate different points of view.

Methodological dimension

At this point, the contributions Harding makes in her text “Is There a Feminist Method?” are interesting and necessary. According to the author, feminist research has often highlighted novelties in method or methodology to underline the differences with non-feminist research. However, the point is not using a different method or methodology, but the way in which a change in the epistemological position makes us question them and apply them in a different manner.

Emphasizing the changes in method or methodology only can conceal the importance and depth of the epistemological shift in these investigations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This communication is part of the first phase of PhD thesis in a survey investigation. We can divide our methodological reflection on the application of the feminist perspective into three sections: the review of the literature for the construction of the dimensions, the elaboration and validation of the instrument and the methodological meta-reflection.

Construction of the survey dimensions
In the review of the literature and identification of the relevant dimensions, we have started from the theory of the point of view previously explained. Therefore, it has been taken into consideration from where the knowledge arose and what was the sociohistorical position of the study.
We have also been guided by the contributions of Biglia and Vergés-Bosch (2016) with questions such as "In the systematic delimitation of the topic, what criteria have been followed for the selection of the bibliography?" or “Are there research purposes that support the feminist political agenda?”, among others.

First preparation and validation of the instrument
The first elaboration of the questionnaire has been carried out in a deductive, inductive, and participatory way. As Agee (2009) points out, the questions inform about the meaning and direction in theoretical and methodological terms, so, in this part, the approaches provided by Jiménez (2021) have been considered, such as, for example, which are the questions that are being asked, what are the questions that are not being asked and why, how are the questions being asked and if there are any realities that are being excluded or marginalized.
The participatory elaboration was applied with the aim of making the informants into agents of the investigative process to break the dichotomy between object of study/researcher so criticized by some feminist researchers (Donoso-Vázquez and Velasco-Martínez, 2013).
Last, eight experts from the methodological and feminist field have taken part in the validation by judges with the aim of carrying out a review of this perspective at a specialist level.

Meta reflection through the epistemological diary
The epistemological diary is the tool used for the meta-reflection that occurs throughout the research process in a transversal way. This technique makes it possible to analyze the research process itself, to question the approaches and to capture values, beliefs, as well as self-reflections. It is also useful to externalize research processes that would remain hidden, as well as to work with the gender, race, and class as constitutive categories of the practice of analysis (Cortés, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In conclusion, we consider that the feminist perspective can be applied to the quantitative methodology. Although it may seem unnecessary due to the nature of this procedure, it has been reported (Biglia et al., 2022) that quantitative data have a high potential to reproduce gender inequalities. Also, the incorporation of this perspective can lead us to identify indicators that provide clarity and greater solutions to reverse inequalities.

Secondly, depending on the feminist perspective to be considered, we believe it is important to make a methodological reflection to assess from which ontological, epistemological, and methodological assumptions we are going to build our work. In this sense and following all that has been said thus far, we do not want to discuss whether there is a particular and different methodology that can be considered feminist, but we defend this epistemological rethinking in research. Furthermore, highlighting the importance of this positioning.

However, this reconsideration assumes an analysis of the methodology and methods. In relation to this, and entering the phase in which we find ourselves in the PhD thesis, our way of applying this feminist perspective has been through a review of the literature based on situated knowledge that has allowed to build the dimensions of the survey, analyzing the elaboration of the questions through instruments contributed by various feminist authors (Jiménez, 2021: Biglia and Vergés-Bosch, 2016) and making the informants into active agents of the construction of the questionnaire. The questionnaire has also undergone a validation from experts in the subject. Finally, we introduce the epistemological diary as a useful tool to examine all the processes that occur within a study and to carry out a constant exercise of self-reflection and review.

References
Agee, J. (2009). Developing qualitative research questions: A reflective process. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 22(4), 431-447.
Biglia et al. (2022) Introduint la perspectiva de gènere interseccional a les estadístiques. Guia teoricopràctica. Eines.
Biglia, B., i Vergés Bosch, N. (2016). Cuestionando la perspectiva de género en la investigación. REIRE: revista d'innovació i recerca en educació. https://10.1344/reire2016.9.2922    
Cortés, R. J. (2021). Diseño y desafíos metodológicos de la investigación feminista en ciencias sociales. Empiria: Revista de metodología de ciencias sociales, (50), 177-200. https://doi.org/10.5944/empiria.50.2021.30376  
Donoso-Vázquez, T., i Velasco-Martínez, A. (2013). ¿Por qué una propuesta de formación en perspectiva de género en el ámbito universitario? Profesorado. Revista de currículum y formación de profesorado, 17(1), 71-88. http://www.ugr.es/local/recfpro/rev171ART5.pdf
Folgueiras Bertomeu, P. (2018). Programa Docente e Investigador. Investigación Socioeducativa.
Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. Handbook of qualitative research, 2, 163-194.
Haraway, D. (1991). Simians, Cyborgs and Women. The Reinvention of Nature. Free Assn Books.
Harding, S. G. (Ed.). (1987). Feminism and methodology: Social science issues. Indiana University Press.
Jimenez, R. (2021). Diseño y desafíos metodológicos de la investigación feminsita en ciencias sociales. Empiria. Revista De metodología De Ciencias Sociales, (50), 177–200.  https://doi.org/10.5944/empiria.50.2021.30376  
Popkewitz, T. (1988). Paradigma e ideología en investigación educativa. Mondadori.
Smith, D. E. (2004). Women’s perspective as a radical critique of sociology. The feminist standpoint theory reader: Intellectual and political controversies, 1.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Gender-specific Subjectification Processes of Teenagers in the Informal Digital Learning and Educational Space YouTube

Verena Honkomp-Wilkens

Institute Technology and Education, University of Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Honkomp-Wilkens, Verena

The use of the Internet, search engines, social media and video platforms is part of everyday life for the majority of young people in Germany, as shown by the annual JIM study (Feierabend et al., 2022). Not only in Germany, but worldwide, YouTube is one of the most popular Internet offerings, not just for teenagers. In December 2022, YouTube ranked second among the world's most popular websites (Similarweb, 2022). Teenagers not only watch videos for their entertainment but also view content that provides information about leisure interests, school and education (Feierabend et al., 2022; Wolf, 2015).

The popular content on the video platform is strongly organized along stereotypical notions of gender (Döring, 2019; Wegener et al., 2020): Significantly fewer people who are perceived as female than as male can be seen on YouTube. Women discuss fewer topics, often talk about beauty, hobbies, family or relationships in an apparently private setting. In contrast, YouTubers seen as male talk about their profession and choose public spaces for their videos.

These findings are not only valid for the German but also for the international context. Döring and Mohseni (2018) describe in a comparative study of popular YouTube channels from nine countries that there are significantly more male than female YouTubers on the platform. Pattier (2021) looks at Spanish YouTube channels and discusses a gender gap among “EduYouTubers”. The analysis of Arias-Rodriquez and Sánchez-Bello (2022) shows that influencers, who are watched for the purpose of informal learning, convey sexist roles and gender stereotypes, do not use inclusive language, and do not address issues of gender equality.

The central question of my PhD project is therefore: To what extent do gender-specific subjectification processes take place in the reception of educationally relevant YouTube videos by young people?

In this study, the Internet content used by adolescents to learn about their school and leisure interests is considered educationally relevant. This approach places the reception behaviour of adolescents and their perspectives on educationally relevant content at the centre of the research. In this way, videos do not have to meet the defined didactic, formal, and design criteria of explanatory videos, tutorials, or instructional videos (Wolf, 2015).

Butler's concept of gender and the concept of the subject provide the theoretical basis for the work. The social gender, the biological sex as well as the idea of heterosexuality as a norm (desire) are discursively produced (Butler, 1991). The constructed character of gender is made invisible, gender seems to be given as natural. In the (self-) performance of YouTubers, young people receive performative processes of doing gender. Here, gender as an intersectional category (Degele, 2019), is staged and produced in constant social interaction (Butler, 1991). Thus, gender can be read and enacted based on external characteristics (e.g., clothing, language, interest); here, heteronormativity (Wagenknecht, 2007) acts as a powerful norm. The subject is formed in these repetitive processes of doing gender (West & Zimmermann, 1991). In the process of becoming a subject, the subject submits itself to these powerful norms and discourses. Subjectivation with Butler (2001) means subordination and becoming of the subject at the same time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question, semi-structured, guided interviews (Helfferich, 2019) will be conducted with adolescents and young adults aged 16 and older. The interviews will be conducted on two survey dates. A first data collection already took place in 2021, the second survey is planned for summer 2023.
The interview partners for the first survey in 2021 were initially acquired by snowball sampling. Due to the Corona pandemic, the interviews were all conducted online via videoconference and lasted between 30 and 120 minutes. The interviews were transcribed using F4 software and analyzed using the MaxQDA program. The data was analyzed using the method of structuring content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018). The development of a category system, whose categories are developed both theory-guided (deductive) and directly derived from the material (inductive), has been the central focus of the analysis. With an open view on the data and the constant expansion of the sample along theoretical saturation or the further development of research questions, elements of the grounded theory are also included (Glaser & Strauss, 2010).
The interviews focused on the use of YouTube videos as a learning resource in general. The questions were structured into different thematic blocks. One thematic block dealt with the criteria young people use to select videos. It could be shown that the video protagonist and the potential to identify with him*her is a reason for choosing specific videos. In the follow-up survey, the potential to identify with the person seen in a YouTube Video will be the focus of the investigation. The interview questions will be designed accordingly and will be analyzed based on Butler's concepts of the subject and gender.
The results will be presented for discussion at the ECER conference. In doing so, I would like to reflect on the interview procedure and discuss with the plenum how gender can be discussed without asking suggestive questions or obtaining falsified results according to social desirability.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Central findings from guided interviews with young people who use videos on YouTube as a learning resource for individual and school interests will be presented. The focus lies on gender-specific subjectification processes that are related to the reception of the videos on YouTube.
It is also important to emphasize the potential connected with YouTube to break gender stereotypes. Döring (2019) emphasizes that YouTube leaves room for different perspectives, for example for feminist content. Furthermore, Wolf (2015) describes a higher diversity in authorship (of explanatory content) on YouTube. As the video platform offers easy participation opportunities compared to professional media productions or the formal education system.
The dissertation aims to raise awareness for gender-specific subjectification processes in the informal digital learning and educational space YouTube and thus to contribute to the scientific and social discourse. The thesis follows the “Allgemeines Gleichbehandlungsgesetz”, the central regulatory framework for the implementation of European anti-discrimination directives in Germany. Its goal is to prevent and eliminate disadvantages, for example in the field of education, also on the basis of gender (AGG, 2006). This educational mandate is also anchored in the Bremen School Law. The aim is to counteract inequality of educational opportunities and reduce social disadvantages as well as to create conditions for promoting gender equality (Bremisches Schulgesetz und Bremisches Schulverwaltungsgesetz, 2005). -Students encounter images, stereotypes, but also ruptures and irritations of gender and related role concepts not only in school, but also in informal digital learning and educational spaces. For media pedagogy in and outside of school and for a discourse on education and educational science, it is therefore necessary to also consider and reflect on the digital space.

References
Allgemeines Gleichbehandlungsgesetz (AGG), (2006), https://www.antidiskriminierungsstelle.de/SharedDocs/downloads/DE/publikationen/AGG/agg_gleichbehandlungsgesetz.pdf?__blob=publicationFile
Arias-Rodriguez, A., & Sánchez-Bello, A. (2022). Informal Learning with a Gender Perspective Transmitted by Influencers through Content on YouTube and Instagram in Spain. Social Sciences, 11(8), 341. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci11080341
Butler, J. (1991). Das Unbehagen der Geschlechter (22. Auflage 2021). Suhrkamp.
Butler, J. (2001). Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung (11. Auflage 2021). Suhrkamp.
Bremisches Schulgesetz (2005). https://www.bildung.bremen.de/sixcms/media.php/13/SchulR%20Brosch%C3%BCre%202021-12.pdf
Degele, N. (2019). Intersektionalität: Perspektiven der Geschlechterforschung. In B. Kortendiek, B. Riegraf, & K. Sabisch (Hrsg.), Handbuch Interdisziplinäre Geschlechterforschung (S. 341–348). Springer Fachmedien. https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-12496-0_32
Döring, N. (2019). Videoproduktion auf YouTube: Die Bedeutung von Geschlechterbildern. In J. Dorer, B. Geiger, B. Hipfl, & V. Ratković (Hrsg.), Handbuch Medien und Geschlecht: Perspektiven und Befunde der feministischen Kommunikations- und Medienforschung (S. 1–11). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-20712-0_53-1
Döring, N., & Mohseni, M. R. (2018). Male dominance and sexism on YouTube: Results of three content analyses. Feminist Media Studies, 19(4), 512–524. https://doi.org/10.1080/14680777.2018.1467945
Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheredmand, H., & Glöckler, S. (2022). JIM-Studie 2022. Jugend, Information, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- 19-Jähriger. (Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest (mpfs), Hrsg.). https://www.mpfs.de/fileadmin/files/Studien/JIM/2022/JIM_2022_Web_final.pdf
Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (2010). Grounded Theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung (3. unv.). Verlag Hans Huber.
Helfferich, C. (2019). Leitfaden- und Experteninterviews. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 669–686). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_44
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa.
Pattier, D. (2021). The Gender Gap Among EduTubers and the Factors Significantly Influencing It. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 10(2), 313. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2021.7.732
Similarweb (2022): Top Website-Ranking: Die meistbesuchten Webseiten: Top Website-Ranking für alle Kategorien in der Welt. https://www.similarweb.com/de/top-websites
Wegener, C., Prommer, E., & Linke, C. (2020). Gender Representations on YouTube. M/C Journal, 23(6). https://doi.org/10.5204/mcj.2728
West, C., & Zimmermann, D. H. (1991). Doing Gender. In Gender Inequality.
Wagenknecht, P. (2007). Was ist Heteronormativität? Zu Geschichte und Gehalt des Begriffs. In J. Hartmann, C. Klesse, P. Wagenknecht, B. Fritzsche, & K. Hackmann (Hrsg.), Heteronormativität. Empirische Studien zu Geschlecht, Sexualität und Macht (S. 17–34). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90274-6_2
Wolf, K. D. (2015). Bildungspotenziale von Erklärvideos und Tutorials auf YouTube: AudioVisuelle Enzyklopädie, adressatengerechtes Bildungsfernsehen, Lehr-Lern-Strategie oder partizipative Peer Education? merz, 59(1), 30–36. https://www.fachportal-paedagogik.de/literatur/vollanzeige.html?FId=1060103
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 K: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sabine Weiss
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Researching the Best Choreographies for Young People’s Well-being and Citizenship in the here and now

Joana Mesquita1,2, Eunice Macedo1,2, Helena Costa Araújo1,2

1Center of Educational Research and Intervention; 2Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences of the University of Porto

Presenting Author: Mesquita, Joana

This doctoral project is funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (FCT). The main objective is to understand if and how young people experience with dance in upper-secondary education relate to their well-being and their view of themselves as citizens.

At the level of European policies, there seems to be a normative primacy attributed to a conception of education that prioritizes reason, technical and technological knowledge (EURYDICE, 2009), fostering principles of competition, individuality and increasing socio-educational inequalities. Within a Europe governed by numbers, vehemently market-oriented (Council of Europe, 2019), the relationship between education and the market gets tightened, developing an educational agenda with the main goal to equip young people with skills that allow them to successfully enter the world of work.

This may lead to dehumanization of young people: the devaluation of subjective, expressive, creative, and emotional dimensions, pointed out in academic research as extremely relevant in learning-teaching (Macedo, 2021). This line of concerns with more humane and holistic principles, opens up space for education with arts, notably dance.

This research is developed in a small country in southwestern Europe – Portugal. It departs from the global concern about schooling as generator of learning with real meaning and significance for students, to provide the experience of being citizens in the current time (Macedo, Nairz-Wirth, Araújo, Szalai, 2020) and prepare them for life in society (World Bank, 2018), recognizing the importance of more ethical, aesthetic and solidary dimensions.

The potential of the arts to stimulate expressive, cognitive, aesthetic, ethical, creative and socio-affective is highlighted (Eisner, 2004). The focus on dance is based on the intrinsic relationship between people’s emotional, identity and relational dimension (Alves, 2020), in the framework of citizenship construction in the here and now of young lives in education.

The research argues that dance can contribute to develop body awareness; the construction of a social, cultural and political reality; and expression and nonverbal communication (Duberg et al., 2016; Ramos & Medeiros, 2018); useful in education and society. Moreover, the European action strategy recognizes the transformative potential of cultural practices – like dance – to strengthen democracy (Council of the European Union, 2022). About this, Wise and colleagues (2019) consider that dance-promoting spaces in schools can lead young people to develop inclusive, participatory and empowering spaces.

Already in 2009, one of the main recommendations of the European Parliament was that arts education should be compulsory at all levels (EURYDICE, 2009). In Portugal, the Profile of Pupils Exiting Compulsory Schooling (Martins et al., 2017) seems to consider these concerns, establishing a set of principles that should feature the education of young people, recognizing the importance of artistic, critical, creative and body mastery skills. Also, the National Plan for the Arts (Vale et al., 2019) highlights the need to implement people’s closeness to the arts, continuously providing a diversity of aesthetic and artistic experiences in educational communities and civil society as a whole. However, the analysis of national decree-law on curricular matrices of secondary education, shows that these dimensions tend to fade throughout the educational system. In upper-secondary education, dance is limited to one/two classes of physical education and the other artistic areas are restricted to artistic education courses. We can admit the existence of a discourse that recognizes the artistic potential in the development/training of young people, and a contrasting practice that replaces it with competences for the labour market and country’s economic competitiveness. Young people’s well-being and enactment of citizenship claims for a different approach.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is inserted into the phenomenological-interpretative paradigm, assuming a naturalistic and interpretive approach to the world (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018). It involves a composite methodology, of mixed approach (Creswell & Creswell, 2022) where some quantitative data complements the qualitative view.
To address the main objective of the research - identified above – we set two major objectives expressed in a set of sub-objectives. The first major objective is to understand what dance experiences young people can enjoy in upper-secondary school . this implies: i) Identifying upper-secondary education institutions (public, private, artistic and professional), in Porto’s district, that have spaces that promote dance; ii) Understanding the formats of this offer (extracurricular activity, school sports, dance clubs, among others); iii) Understand who is responsible for the initiative of creating these spaces; iv) Understand the young people who participate in these spaces, as well as the realities that inform their lives, outlining socioeconomic and sociodemographic 'profiles', and articulating them with dimensions of well-being. The second main objective is to explore how dance experiences are seen by young people in terms of their well-being and their construction as citizens. This implies: i) Exploring social dynamics that occur in dance spaces; ii) Understanding how knowledge, experiences and aptitudes emerging from dance can be mobilized to improve individual well-being; iii) Understanding how these support the construction of young people as citizens, in their views.
To respond to the first major objective, I started by mapping schools that offer dance in the Porto district. Next, questionnaire surveys will be administered to young people who attend these spaces, to understand the realities that inform their lives.
A later and longer stage will address the second major objective. Participant observation will be carried out for 3 months in 6 schools identified, so to explore social dynamics that occur in these spaces. This will lead to identifying 2 schools where the last stage of the study will be developed by means of Focus Group Discussion and Photovoice, which will allow understanding how knowledge, experiences and skills emerging from dance can be mobilized to improve well-being and support citizenship construction by young people.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The mapping stage showed that the access of young people to dance in school contexts in the district of Porto is not sufficiently democratized. Only a few public educational institutions have this offer, and these are fewer if we move to the interior of the district. The mapping of educational institutions that offer dance at the level of the country's second largest metropolis shown the low expressiveness of dance at the upper-secondary school level. It is expected that this research can make a scientific and political contribution to support reflection and action on the place of dance (body, expression, emotion, creativity and spaces of equality) in the formulation of educational agendas. It recognizes the urgency of countering the market-oriented views that have conditioned national and European education. The aim is to join the European debate to think about 21st century education, towards the construction of a political agenda and an educational practice, based on emancipating and democratic principles, that recognize young people and their citizenship, ensuring their well-being.
References
Alves, Maria(2020). A Dança e a Integração Comunitária: O Centro de Artes Performativas em Moscavide [Dance and Community Integration: The Performing Arts Center in Moscavide]. Faculdade de Arquitetura da Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal.
Council of Europe(2019). A new strategic agenda 2019-2024.
Council of the European Union(2022).  EU Work Plan for Culture 2023-2026.
Creswell, John & Creswell, J. David(2022). Research Design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. SAGE Publications.
Decree-law nº55/2018, 6 of july. Curricula for primary and secondary education and the presentations used in the Regional Meetings on Autonomy and Curricular Flexibility. Lisboa, Portugal.
Denzin, Norman, & Lincoln, Yvonna(2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. SAGE Publications,Inc.
Duberg, Anna, Möller, Margareta, & Sunvisson, Helena(2016). “I feel free”: Experiences of a dance intervention for adolescent girls with internalizing problems. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 11(1).
Eisner, Elliot(2004). The Arts and the Creation of Mind. Yale University Press.
EURYDICE(2009). Arts and Cultural Education at School in Europe.
Macedo, Eunice(2021). A Educação como Experiência Ética, Estética e Solidária: Buscando inspiração em Freire [Education as an Ethical, Aesthetic, and Solidary Experience: Seeking Inspiration from Freire]. Mais Leituras editora.
Macedo Eunice, Nairz-Wirth Erna, Araújo Helena C, Szalai Julia(2020). Drawing lessons from early school leavers in a social justice context: Introductory comments. European Educational Research Journal, 19(5):387-397.
Martins, Guilherme d'Oliveira, Gomes, Carlos, Brocardo, Joana, Pedroso, José, Carrillo, José, Silva, Luísa, Encarnação, Maria Manuela, Horta, Maria João, Calçada, Maria Teresa, Nery, Rui, & Rodrigues, Sónia(2017). Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória [Profile of Pupils Leaving Compulsory School]. Ministério da Educação, Direção-Geral da Educação.
OECD(2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. Secretary-General of the OECD.
Ramos, Thays & Medeiros, Rosie(2018). Educação como expressão do corpo que dança: um olhar sobre a vivência da dança em projetos sociais [Education as the expression of the dancing body: a look at the experience of dance in social projects]. Educar em Revista, 34(69), 311-324.
Resolution of the European Parliament(2009). Estudos artísticos na União Europeia [Artistic Studies in the European Union].
Vale, Paulo Pires, Brighenti, Sara Barriga, Pólvora, Nuno, Fernandes, Maria Amélia, Albergaria, Maria Emanuel(2019). Estratégia do Plano Nacional das Artes 2019-2024 [National Arts Plan Strategy 2019-2024]. Lisboa, Portugal.
Wise, Serenity, Buck, Ralph, Martin, Rose, & Yu, Longqi(2019). Community dance as a democratic dialogue. Policy Futures in Education, 18(3), 375-390.
World Bank(2018). World Development Report 2018: Learning to Realize Education’s Promise. Washington, DC:World Bank.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Reinforcing and Resisting Racialisation in Finnish Schools via Humour

Saara Loukola

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Loukola, Saara

This study presents how humour is used as a strategy to deal with, reinforce or resist racialisation in 8th-grade classes (14-15 y/o) in Finnish schools. As part of the project RILSE (Racism and antiracism in lower secondary education), it offers an ethnography-based qualitative analysis of the everyday practices, discourses and experiences of racialisation and antiracism in Nordic education. The theoretical framework for this study is critical race and whiteness studies and antiracism approached through an intersectional understanding of power in the context of critical education in Nordic.

School serves as a place of informal racialised segregation; thus, schools are both racialised and racialising places (Phoenix 2008, 27). Several studies of racism in Finland conclude that racism is apparent in education and in schools (e.g., Helakorpi 2019; Non-Discrimination Ombudsman 2020). However, racism in schools is often only acknowledged as physical, ill-meaning violence (Souto, 2011). It might prevent recognising the subtle processes of racialisation, for example how whiteness intertwines in constructing an exclusive category of Finnishness (Hummelstedt et al. 2021). This article approaches racialisation from two different perspectives: first, from the processes of racializing as white, and second, processes of racializing as non-white, other or e.g., as BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of colour), as the importance of recognizing both is highlighted by several scholars on the field. Since the processes of racialisation simultaneously occur and are challenged in schools, everyday antiracist strategies contesting racism are developed, especially by pupils racialised as non-white (Vertelyté & Li 2021, 108). One of the possible strategies is humour. The research about humour in schools often approaches it in relation to masculinities. In Finnish schools, humour is studied as the boys’ strategy to gain status and resources in their peer groups (Huuki, Manninen, & Sunnari 2010), a requirement for pupils to tolerate verbal violence and take them as jokes, or at least pretend to do so to avoid risking their position in the classroom hierarchy (Paju, 2011), and as one of the strategies used to construct whiteness, Finnishness, and masculinity (Peltola & Phoenix, 2022). This study aims towards an intersectional reading since different subject positions, e.g., the school hierarchy, gender, and race, affect the available strategies to deal with racialisation. To expand the scope, this study connects to European, particularly Nordic, studies about racialising humour in schools, e.g., in Norway (Johannessen, 2021) Sweden (Odenbring & Johansson 2021) and England (Doharty, 2020).

Humour in relation to racialisation functions in different ways. First, it is used for racist purposes and to minimise racism. For those racialised as others, their role is to “get” the joke and not show any offence (Urciuoli 2020, 118-119). Different youth groups create different rules for what kind of jokes are allowed, and thus it is challenging to recognize jokes from bullying and harassment (Paju, 2011.) Therefore, it is crucial to analyse what kind of racialising discourses are upheld in schools as “jokes”. Second, humour can be used as one of the antiracist strategies for dealing with or resisting racialisation (Weaver, 2010). Verbal identity play with stereotypes may appear to the outside as heavy racialisation but it could be an insider discourse when among peers (Urciuoli 2020, 121). However, the joke is only funny when interpreted and recognized as such by the audience (Johannessen, 2021). The research question emerges from the above-presented as:

How is humour used in schools as a strategy to deal with, reinforce or resist racialisation?

The results of identifying different ways how racialisation is dealt with via humour have significance in recognizing different challenges and possibilities for antiracism and thus reinforcing structures supporting antiracism in education theoretically and practically.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data is from two lower secondary schools in southern Finland, consisting of participant observations (50 days), interviews with 8th-grade pupils with different backgrounds (N=40) and interviews with school staff with varying roles, such as subject teachers, administrative staff, and health care professionals (N=32). Observations and interviews were conducted in two different classes per school during 2022: school A during the spring, and school B during the autumn. Schools are approximately the same sized, and the pupil population is heterogeneous, including pupils from varying racial, language and socioeconomic backgrounds.

Observations (N=50) from the schools are saved as written field notes and photographs. As traditions of ethnographic research and feminist research conclude (Bilge, 2013; Linabary & Hamel, 2017), it is crucial to reflect on and acknowledge different social locations of power and their impacts on knowledge production. These remarks are acknowledged, especially since the topic has a risk of essentialising the same categories that it aims to dismantle. Observations were conducted during the formal lessons and the informal events and interactions in schools, following how humour is utilized for different purposes. Since humour is often marked as such by physical framings, such as body movements and laughter, it is inevitable to observe the body language and interactions between different actors.
Thus, observations aim to provide descriptions enriching and elaborating with other data, e.g., the interviews. Interviews provide valuable insight into the events and interactions observed. It is crucial to combine observations with interviews since understanding lived experiences demands an understanding of moods and motivations framing and enabling those (Trondman et al., 2018). Conducting interviews with 8th-grade pupils (N=40) and school staff (N=32) with various roles allows elaboration on events and connections from different viewpoints. Pupils participated in interviews individually or in small groups. An interview guide covered topics such as interviewees’ experiences in observing racism in school and practical examples of tools for antiracism. A voluntary, informed consent was given by all participants, from minors a guardian consent as well. The data is pseudonymised. The data is analysed via thematic analysis, where it was coded to search for themes together with research questions and theoretical bases, then grouped and defined together (Koski, 2011; Mann, 2016). Thus, codes are both theory and data-driven, and the combination of different data sources, classroom practices and literature are analysed and discussed in line with literature with our commentary and participants’ voices (Xu & Zammit, 2020).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected result is that pupils intentionally use racist jokes to provoke their peers and minimize its’ violence by framing it as a “joke”. This is in line with the previous research, as humour is used to normalize violence but is often not recognized as such (Huuki et al. 2010). Humour targets racial origin, ethnicity, nationality, and/or language skills, combining other factors, e.g., sexuality and gender.

Humour, even as discriminatory language, may be crucial in adolescents’ socialization (Johannessen 2021) and can be used as an antiracist strategy. Pupils use humour as a counterstrategy to racialisation by making fun of stereotypes and constructing shared identities among peers. However, playing with identities might produce racist and anti-racist meanings simultaneously (Jonsson 2018, 333). Thus, similar-seeming vocabulary can be interpreted as antiracist or racist and hurtful. The reception is affected by the position of the person telling the joke. Due to the shifting locations of “insiders” and “outsiders” in the hierarchies of classroom situations, dealing with racialisation with humour is a subtle strategy with a risk of “going too far” and this article intends to analyse if it might contain a risk to pupil’s position in the classroom.
Many events of racializing humour occur during the formal lesson time. Thus, the appearance of differently racializing humour in the classroom spaces is possible by the school staff’s reactions to it. Teachers might feel insecure and uncomfortable when faced with stereotypes and prejudiced expressions by their pupils (Myrebøe, 2021). Some teachers attempted to utilize humour as their response to racialisation or racism among their pupils. For some teachers this strategy was successful – for some, it was not. Some teachers reacted to racism by framing it as humour. These themes will be elaborated on in the full-formed article.

References
Doharty, N. (2020). “If she runs away, I’ll get to whip her”: anti-black humour and stereotyping in school. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(8), 1133-1148.

Helakorpi, J. (2019) Knowledge about Roma and Travellers in Nordic Schools: Paradoxes, Constraints and Possibilities. In S. Keskinen, U.D. Skaptadóttir & M. Toivanen, ed., Undoing Homogeneity:Migration, Difference and the Politics of Solidarity. Studies in Migration and Diaspora, Routledge, London, pp. 69–87.

Hummelstedt, I., Holm, G., Sahlström, F., & Zilliacus, H. (2021). ‘Refugees here and Finns there’–categorisations of race, nationality, and gender in a Finnish classroom. Intercultural Education, 32(2), 145-159.

Huuki, T., Manninen, S., & Sunnari, V. (2010). Humour as a resource and strategy for boys to gain status in the field of informal school. Gender and Education, 22(4), 369–383.

Johannessen, E. M. V. (2021). Blurred Lines: The Ambiguity of Disparaging Humour and Slurs in Norwegian High School Boys’ Friendship Groups. YOUNg, 29(5), 475-489.

Jonsson, R. (2018). Swedes can’t swear: Making fun at a multiethnic secondary school. Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 17(5), 320–335.

Non-Discrimination Ombudsman. (2020). Report of the Non-Discrimination Ombudsman: Racism and Discrimination - Everyday Experiences for People of African Descent in Finland. English summary available at: https://urly.fi/1Ovc

Odenbring, Y., & Johansson, T. (2021). Just a joke? The thin line between teasing, harassment and violence among teenage boys in lower secondary school. Journal of Men’s Studies,1–17.

Paju, P. (2011). Koulua on käytävä. Etnografinen tutkimus koululuokasta sosiaalisena tilana. Helsinki: Nuorisotutkimusverkosto.

Phoenix, A. (2008). “Racialised Young Masculinities: Doing Intersectionality at School.” In Ethnische Diversitäten, Gender und Schule: Geschlechterverhältnisse in Theorie und Schulischer Praxis, ed., M. Seemann, 19–39. Oldenburg, Germany: BIS-Verlag

Peltola, M. & Phoenix, A. 2022. “Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity.” In Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality, edited by J. Hoegaerts, T. Liimatainen, L. Hekanaho and E. Peterson, 101–27. Helsinki: Helsinki University Press.

Urciuoli, B. (2020). Racializing, Ethnicizing, and Diversity Discourses: The Forms May Change But the Pragmatics Stay Remarkably the Same. In Alim, H. S., et al. The Oxford Handbook of Language and Race. Oxford University Press. Pp. 108-130.

Vertelyté, M & Li, JH 2021, 'Nordic state education in between racialization and the possibilities of anti-racist strategy: introduction', Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy.

Xu, W., & Zammit, K. (2020). Applying Thematic Analysis to Education: A Hybrid Approach to Interpreting Data in Practitioner Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Effect of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) in Luxembourg on Language Performance: Closing the Gap between different Language Backgrounds?

Lena Maria Kaufmann1, Constanze Weth2, Martha Ottenbacher1, Antoine Fischbach1, Caroline Hornung1

1LUCET, University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 2MLing, University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Presenting Author: Kaufmann, Lena Maria

Achievement gaps between students of different family backgrounds have been found in many countries (e.g. Stanat & Christensen, 2006). They are not only based on socioeconomic status or immigration background, but also on home language: If children do not speak the language of instruction at home, they are often disadvantaged in school and perform worse in school performance tests than students speaking the instruction language at home (e.g. Van Staden et al., 2016). Low SES increases the risk that children with an L2 instruction language are disadvantaged (Cummins, 2018). With rising numbers of global migration (Edmond, 2020), these disparities in educational systems can be expected to become more distinct in the future. Luxembourg is a trilingual country with an already highly diverse student population in terms of nationality and language background, with 67 % of elementary school students not speaking the first instruction language Luxembourgish at home (MENJE & SCRIPT, 2022). It is therefore a prime example to study these educational challenges ahead of time. In addition to the “super-diversity” of Luxembourg, students of different language backgrounds have to deal with a highly demanding language curriculum at school, in which the instruction language switches first from Luxembourgish to German and then to French in secondary education. In consequence, many students face challenges in acquiring language and literacy skills (e.g. Hornung et al., 2021) – leading to distinct gaps between students of different language backgrounds.
One possible way to decrease such disparities might be an early and extensive participation in early childhood education and care (ECEC). Participation in ECEC, that is “any regulated arrangement that provides education and care to children from birth to compulsory primary school age” (European Commission, n.d.), has been shown to have positive effects on language development and other cognitive abilities. These effects differ between age groups. For young children from age 0 to 3, a Norwegian study found that scaling up early ECEC improved early language skills at the age of seven (Drange & Havnes, 2015). However, a review also indicated research on this age group was scarcer and produced more varied findings (Melhuish et al., 2015). For children between the ages 3 and 6, effects on language and other cognitive skills were more consistently positive (Melhuish et al., 2015). In children with differing home language backgrounds, this association was stronger than in those who spoke the majority language at home (Ansari et al., 2021). This study aims to investigate if these findings hold in the multilingual and diverse school context of Luxembourg and to analyze the effects of ECEC attendance on language performance, differentiated by the student’s home language background and the particular type of ECEC (non-formal daycare vs formal early education). Based on the presented literature, we hypothesize that (1) participation in ECEC, formal and nonformal, is associated with higher listening comprehension in Luxembourgish (i.e. the first instruction language) in grade 1, that (2) the associations are moderated by the children home language background where greater associations are expected for children who do not speak the instruction language at home and that (3) participation in formal ECEC explains more variance than participation in nonformal ECEC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, we draw on a large-scale dataset of n = 5.952  first graders from the Luxemburg school monitoring programme ÉpStan (Épreuves Standardisées) in 2021. The ÉpStan includes questionnaires and written competence tests in key school areas that are implemented every year for all Luxembourgish students in grades 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9. Its aim is a.o. to  objectively assess the long-term performance of the Luxembourgish school system. For our study, we focus on Luxembourg listening comprehension in grade 1, which is assessed with different text formats, such as dialogues, short stories or radio broadcasts presented on CDs. The test is measuring different sub-skills, defined by the national curriculum, such as understanding one’s interlocutor, locating, understanding and interpreting information, and applying listening strategies (recognition of noises and voices). Information on ECEC participation is assessed retrospectively in parent questionnaires for crèches (non-formal ECEC targeted at 0-4 year olds) and for précoce (formal ECEC, targeted at 3 year olds).  Home language background is assessed by self-report in the student questionnaire and categorised into five groups: a) Luxembourgish, b) French, c) Portuguese, d) bilingual Luxembourgish / French and e) bilingual Luxembourgish / Portuguese.

After checking whether the prerequisites for the analyses are met, we calculate a multivariate regression model with the two ECEC types as binary predictors and other family background variables as control for hypothesis (1). For hypothesis (2), we test whether home language background moderates the association between ECEC and language performance by adding interaction terms of home language group with each ECEC type to our regression model. For hypothesis (3), we compare the incremental variance explained by each ECEC type.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect our outcomes to show that attendance in both ECEC types have positive associations with Luxembourgish listening comprehension in first grade, in line with many findings on the topic. Additionally, attendance in formal ECEC is expected to explain more variance in Luxembourgish listening comprehension than attendance in nonformal ECEC as Luxembourgish is the main instruction language in formal ECEC. In nonformal ECEC institutions, language policies are usually less rigid and more plurilingual. We also expect significant moderations of this effect by home language background: We do not expect a strong effect of both formal and nonformal ECEC on listening comprehension for children who speak only Luxembourgish at home, as they are expected to have developed these skills at home. Children who do not speak Luxembourgish at home are, on the other hand, expected to benefit more from ECEC attendance. This would then indicate that more time spent in ECEC institutions fostered their basic skills in the instruction language and helped gain better listening performance. Being competent in the instruction language is essential for further learning. Without the language skills, children are unable to connect to the school’s input (Schleppegrell, 2001). All in all, the findings might help to understand the effects of two different ECEC types in Luxembourg for children of different language backgrounds – indicating for whom ECEC attendance should be explicitly encouraged. It might also give us valuable hints towards characteristics of ECEC that are especially helpful to further language skills and thus, later school performance. Implications on possible policy decisions with the goal of closing achievement gaps and furthering educational equality will be discussed.
References
Ansari, A., Pianta, R. C., Whittaker, J. E., Vitiello, V., & Ruzek, E. (2021). Enrollment in public-prekindergarten and school readiness skills at kindergarten entry: Differential associations by home language, income, and program characteristics. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 54, 60–71. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2020.07.011
Cummins, J. (2018). Urban Multilingualism and Educational Achievement: Identifying and Implementing Evidence-Based Strategies for School Improvement. In P. Van Avermaet, S. Slembrouck, K. Van Gorp, S. Sierens, & K. Maryns (Eds.), The Multilingual Edge of Education (p. 67–90). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-54856-6_4
Drange, N., & Havnes, T. (2015). Child Care Before Age Two and the Development of Language and Numeracy: Evidence from a Lottery. Discussion Papers. Statistics Norway. Research Department., 808. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2582539
Edmond, C. (2020, January 10). Global migration, by the numbers. World Economic Forum. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/01/iom-global-migration-report-international-migrants-2020/
European Commission. (n.d.). Early childhood education and care initiatives. Retrieved 23rd May 2022, from https://education.ec.europa.eu/node/1702
Hornung, C., Wollschläger, R., Keller, U., Esch, P., Muller, C., & Fischbach, A. (2021). Neue längsschnittliche Befunde aus dem nationalen Bildungsmonitoring ÉpStan in der 1. und 3. Klasse. Negativer Trend in der Kompetenzentwicklung und kein Erfolg bei Klassenwiederholungen. In LUCET & SCRIPT (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Luxemburg 2021 (p. 44–55). LUCET & SCRIPT.
Melhuish, E., Ereky-Stevens, K., Petrogiannis, K., Ariescu, A., Penderi, E., Rentzou, K., Tawell, A., Leseman, P., & Broekhuisen, M. (2015). A review of research on the effects of early childhood education and care (ECEC) on child development [Technical Report.].
MENJE & SCRIPT. (2022). Education system in Luxembourg. Key Figures. edustat.lu
Schleppegrell, M. J. (2001). Linguistic Features of the Language of Schooling. Linguistics and Education, 12(4), 431–459. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0898-5898(01)00073-0
Stanat, P., & Christensen, G. (2006). Where Immigrant Students Succeed—A Comparative Review of Performance and Engagement in PISA 2003. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/programmeforinternationalstudentassessmentpisa/whereimmigrantstudentssucceed-acomparativereviewofperformanceandengagementinpisa2003.htm
Van Staden, S., Bosker, R., & Bergbauer, A. (2016). Differences in achievement between home language and language of learning in South Africa: Evidence from prePIRLS 2011. South African Journal of Childhood Education, 6(1), 10. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajce.v6i1.441
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 L: Participatory Experiences in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Visual Discourse of the Picturebook in the Spatial and Material context-encouraging mutual communication in Early and Preschool Child Education

Ines Strapajević

PhD Student at University of Zagreb, Croatia

Presenting Author: Strapajević, Ines

This paper is about ways of encouraging the development of visual literacy and mutual communication through research children's reading of Picturebooks. In this research, the Picturebook is served as a stimulating medium for influencing the development of the initial impulses of visual literacy so that even if preschool chlidren can not read, throughout visual literacy they can understand the same story of the Picturebook and connect with each other.

Visual discourse, as one of the main components of a Picturebook, should first provide children with an inviting feeling to turn the pages, because "the aim of the Picturebook is not to offer the child a work of art that the child has yet to learn to perceive, but to enable a kind of fun observation process that can have a didactic dimension in the sense of forming a cultivated artistic view, but in this process the activation of the child's ludic ability of visual perception is more important" (Hameršak and Zima, 2015: 169).

Visual perception is not the same for every reader, through visual literacy one gets the possibility to discover the meaning of visual discourse.

The aim of this work is to investigate how a Picturebook can stimulate the development of visual literacy in preschool children, and which pictorial content of a Picturebook children can read and understand regardless of the language they speak. The second goal is to see how to shape the didactics and spatial material environment in the multicultural kindergarten in order to stimulate children's interest in the Picturebook and it's s visual content as much as possible.

Since the questions related to the research goal are asked with the interrogative words "what" and "how", it is clear that we are talking about qualitative research that describes before putting variables into relationships and testing hypotheses (Halmi, 2005: 56).

In order to achieve the objectives of the research, the following research questions are asked:

a) How can we offer preschool children picture books in order to encourage them to self-initiate the development of visual literacy and then talk about it?

b) What kind of spatial and material environment can encourage children to observe the visual contents of a picture book?

c) What meanings do children of preschool age (5-7 years old) recognize in the pictorial contents of picture books regardless of the language they speak?

Because of the visual content, the picture book must be attractive to children with illustrations so that they will start exploring it through internal motivation and interest, because this is the only way we can encourage the child's full participation and, in the process, understand his perception and thoughts. Then we can also support the child's interest in the Picturebook and use that didactics for mutual communication between children.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Used Method: qualitative (action) research. Two female educators of the group and preschool children of one educational group participated in the research (a total of 18 children, of which 11 boys and 7 girls aged 5.0 - 6.8). The research period covered two months (December 2019 and January 2020), in which the researcher spends a certain amount of time in the group documenting the situation, implementing changes and observing their contribution to the educational group in accordance with the research questions.
In this way, answers to questions related to the environment of the research, specifically to the environment and space, and to the questions of what and how led to the changes, are arrived at. The environment, the culture of the institution affect the type of activity, the way of working. (Halmi, 2005, 232).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Understanding and reading is only one component of visual literacy. The second one precisely refers to visual thinking, that is, projecting one's own ideas through visual content. Thus, through visual expression through art media, we also provide children with an incentive to develop visual literacy (Batič, 2019:11).
The impact of the spatial and material environment on the retention and organization of activities in the didactical center of Picturebooks was also observed. In such conditions, the emergence of deeper and more detailed research into the meaning of pictorial discourse during visual reading was noticed in children, which additionally had an effect on the development of their visual literacy and mutual communication about it.

References
1.Alonso, P., Jose, E. (2018). Visualising visual literacy. UBC Theses and Dissertations. Vol 7, 1 – 214. University of British Columbia.

2.Arizpe, E., Styles, M. (2003). Children reading pictures: Interpreting Visual Texts. London, New York: Routledge.

3.Batič, J. (2019). Reading Picture Books in Preschool and Lower grades of Primary  School. CEPS Journal, Vol 554, 1–18. Published online. https://www.dropbox.com/sh/pov717iv9joc0tf/AAAHUkgpa3aX4v8gqDAksiX7a?dl=0&preview=Bati%C4%8D_2019_Reading+PBS+in+Preschool---.pdf

4.Nikolajeva, M. (2014). Picturebooks and emotional literacy. U: The Reading Teacher, Vol. 67, 249 – 254. International Literacy Association. Published online.
https://www.dropbox.com/sh/pov717iv9joc0tf/AAAHUkgpa3aX4v8gqDAksiX7a?dl=0&preview=Nikolajeva_2013-2014_Picturebooks-and-emotional-literacy.pdf

5. Sipe, L. R., (1998). How Picture Books Work: A Semiotically Framed Theory of Text-Picture Relationships. Children’ s Literature in Education 29 (2): 97–108.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Competences for Participation: a Narrative Literature Review

Maria Ratotti

Università degli Studi Milano - Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Ratotti, Maria

This contribution presents the first findings of a narrative review (Baumeister & Leary 1997; Bourhis, 2017) about the development of competences and soft skills for youth participation, in outside school contexts. Competences and soft skills have come into wide use in various fields of knowledge in recent decades and have been used with different and peculiar nuances depending on the context of reference. The aim of the review is to trace the origins and the development of the term “competence”, dwelling on its temporal and spatial origin along with its areas of application, and to unearth the relationship between the discourse of competences and their implications for youth participation in outside school contexts.

Exploring the meanings of the term within the outside school contexts becomes crucial and challenging in our modern world, due to the fact that a lot has been written about competences to be developed within school contexts as well as in the labour market, and a gap in outside school contexts is clearly present.

In recent decades, the interest in the concept of “competence” has intensely grown in various and heterogeneous fields, from economics to business management, from psychology to training, from education to politics, producing an ongoing debate on the topic. Simultaneously, it underwent an interesting development over time, so that we can now recognize a number of definitions that scholars have come up with in the last years (McClelland, 1993; Spencer & Spencer, 1993; Le Boter, 1994, 2000; OCDE, 1996; Levati & Saraò, 1998).

Bearing in mind that different schools of thought have defined the term with meanings not always aligned, the focus will be on how they have been defined specifically in the fields of youth education. Since the mid-1990s of the twentieth century, the EU has also been increasingly interested in competences, considering them as central to education, lifelong learning and work, in the perspective of enhancing "human capital" as a primary factor of development (Conclusions of the Lisbon European Council 23-24 March 2000; Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council, 2006; European Qualifications Framework 2008; 2017; Council Recommendation, 2018).

In this framework, my contribution occurs in a special year for soft skills and competences, since 2023 has been named the European year of Skills, right after the 2022 European Year of Youth which sought to empower, support and engage with young people, including those with fewer opportunities. There is a clear relevance given to the topic as the EU is promoting concrete initiatives to support skills development, such as a European skills Agenda planned to promote lifelong learning, to foster economic growth and employment by enhancing training, accompanying society and businesses towards ecological and digital transitions (Employment and Social Policy Council proposal, 12 October 2022).

One of the most relevant EU objectives is directly related to youth political participation by focusing on the engagment of more young people who are not working and not in education or training. To this end, initiatives such as the Skills Agenda for Europe, the new European Innovation Agenda, and the European Universities Strategy are already in place to achieve these goals, founded by the European Social Fund Plus, the Digital Europe program, the Horizon Europe program, and Erasmus+.

Once more, to foster the importance given to “competence”, we clearly understand that the EU is championing skills policies and investments globally (Global Gateway strategy and the Youth Action Plan, 2002) to prioritise investments in quality education systems in partner countries.

At last, shifting to the international level, the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (2015) needs to be mentioned in relation to this topic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The narrative literature review (Bourhis, 2017) is organized according to thematic criteria emerging from the research questions concerning first of all the development of competences through youth participation processes in outside school contexts.
The review is being carried out using the most well-known electronic databases in the human sciences, such as EBSCO, Scopus, Eric and Web of Science. Some of the key-words used for the research are: soft skills and competences; youth participation; outside school contexts; political engagement and youth.
Official and milestone publications on this topic and peer-reviewed articles from European and international journals are being analysed, with a specific focus on the last ten years.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the review of the existing literature, it emerges that school learning based on mere and procedural knowledge achieved through repetitive application and exercises does not guarantee the formation of attitudes and skills functional to the demands of life and work, particularly with regard to the skills of problem solving, of taking flexible autonomous initiatives, and of mobilizing knowledge to handle complex situations as well as deal with everyday issues (Perrenoud, 1997; Rey, 1996; Pellerey, 2004).
This contribution aims at presenting the first findings from the literature review, at the end of which it is envisaged to have a better and more systematic understanding of the concept of competence in youth participation, in extra-school contexts.
This review is intended to be the first stepping stone on which to build the theoretical and methodological framework of my doctoral research. Major debates on the issue will then be identified, as well as research conducted in the field, paying attention to how policies can be interrelated with examples of experienced practices.
To conclude, the overall aim of my research is to explore connections around the theme of youth political participation, understood in terms of building a personal life project, thus fostering the potential that outside school contexts may offer.

References
- Baumeister RF, Leary MR. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. Rev. Gen. Psychol. 3:311–20
- Bourhis, J. (2017). Narrative literature review. In M. Allen (Ed.), The sage encyclopedia of communication research methods (pp. 10761077). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
- Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on the key competences for lifelong learning https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=IT
- European Commission, (2002). Joint communication to the European Parliament and the Council. Youth Action Plan (YAP) in EU external action 2022 2027. Promoting meaningful youth participation and empowerment in EU external action for sustainable development, equality and peace.
- European Commission, (2023). Proposal for a Decision of the European Parliament and of the Council on a European Year of Skills 2023.
- Le Boterf, G. (1994). De la compétence. Essai sur un attracteur étrange. Paris: Les éditions de l’Organisation
- Le Boterf, G. (2000). Construire les compétences individuelles et collectives, Paris: Les éditions de l’Organisation.
- Levati W., Saraò M. (1998). Il modello delle competenze, Milano: Franco Angeli.
- Lisbon European Council 23 and 24 March 2000, PRESIDENCY CONCLUSIONS  https://www.europarl.europa.eu/summits/lis1_en.htm
- McClelland, D. C. (1993). Intelligence is not the best predictor of job performance. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2(1), 5–6
- OCDE (1996). Qualifications et compétences professionnelles dans l’enseignement technique et la formation professionnelle. Évaluation et certification. Paris.
- Pellerey, P. (2004). Le competenze individuali e il Portfolio. Milano: ETAS.
- Perrenoud, Ph. (1997). Construire des compétences dès l'école. Paris: ESF.
- Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 on Key Competences for lifelong learning (2006/962/EC), https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32006H0962&from=EN
- Rey, B. (1996). Les compétences transversales en question. Paris : ESF.
- Spencer, L., Spencer, L. (1993). Competence at Work: Models for Superior Performance. John Wiley & Sons Inc.
- UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What is the Relevance of a Concept of “Participation” in the Study of Teacher Expectations?

Rune Hejli Lomholt

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Hejli Lomholt, Rune

In this paper, I discuss the conceptual definition of student “participation” in teaching activities in my phd-project. I consider why it is relevant to conceptualise student school “effort” differently, when studying the formation of teacher expectations. In this paper I ask the question; what is the relevance of a concept of “participation” in the study of teacher expectations?

I start with a critical perspective on the way that teachers evaluate and attribute meaning to student effort, if swayed by “meritocratic beliefs” (Mijs, 2016, 2021). In a recent study, Geven et al. (2021) suggests that teachers might consent to educational inequality, because they believe differences in educational attainment is due to fair meritocratic principles of educational attainment. In this paper, I argue that meritocratic beliefs can be problematic for justice in education, because a belief in fair meritocratic selection obscures the structural component of inequality in general (Batruch et al., 2022; Mijs & Hoy, 2022). Meritocracy implies that achievement or success is awarded on the account of merit; for students, innate ability and the effort put into school work is believed to determine opportunities for learning and educational attainment (Batruch et al., 2022). Mijs (2021) argus that education in fact distorts meritocratic ideals, by legitimising a lack of achievement as personal failure. But are all students given the same opportunities to learn and achieve?

Teacher expectancy research consistently presents evidence that non-meritocratic student traits have a significant impact on teacher expectations, indicating that opportunities for learning are not distributed solely on account of effort. This provides support for a critique of meritocratic selection. Recent reviews show consistent evidence that teacher expectations are biased against student gender, ethnicity, or socioeconomic status (Murdock-Perriera & Sedlacek, 2018; Wang et al., 2018). Also, high- and low-expectation teachers tend to create very different instructional and socioemotional classroom environments (Rubie-Davies, 2014; Rubie-Davies, 2007) and present more group work opportunities, assign cognitively harder tasks, give more positive feedback, and provide more instruction to high-expectancy students (Aydin & Ok, 2022; Babad, 2010). This suggests that the stratification of opportunities for learning in classroom teaching can be reproduced by bias in teacher expectations and mediated by teacher differential behaviour. This indicates that, while school effort is a prime indicator of merit for teachers, “merit” is itself determined by non-meritocratic factors and meritocracy violates its own merit principle (Mijs, 2016).

I present findings from an observational study of student participation in teaching activities, suggesting that student effort should not be operationalised disconnected from classroom teaching. My findings indicate that the interpretation of student effort changes according to different expectation structures enacted by teachers throughout the course of a lesson. Further, observations suggests that expectation structures determine the interpretation of student effort as either good or bad, while simultaneously being dependent upon form of teaching. Also, students participate very differently under the same expectation structure.

Conclusively, my findings point to the relevance of a different conceptualisation of effort that aligns better with the volatility of classroom teaching, and attribute agency to students according to what is expected of them at different times during a teaching activity. Geven et al. (2021) investigate teachers’ expectations of student’s chance to attain a bachelor’s degree and examine the impact of student traits, but a disadvantage is that they utilize a narrow conception of effort (p. 7). I propose that a concept of “participation” is relevant in this regard. I argue that it accounts for the complexity and changeable nature of teachers’ evaluation and attribution of meaning to student effort and can have important implications for future vignette experiments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I utilize a methodology where the relevance of a conceptualisation of student effort as “participation” in teaching activities is investigated as part of a literature review of teacher expectancy research. The proposed operationalisation of student school effort as “participation” in further studies are based on a qualitative observational study of classroom teaching. In observational study I examine forms of participation among primary school students during  different teaching activities, focusing on the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. The observational study is conducted in four Danish primary schools selected through a stratified random sampling procedure based on available Danish national school records. Schools are sampled from this procedure, to ensure variation in the student population according to gender (Robinson-Cimpian et al., 2014), ethnicity (Bonefeld & Dickhauser, 2018; Tenenbaum & Ruck, 2007) and socioeconomic status (Geven et al., 2021), which have consistently been found to impact teacher expectations.
In the next phase of the study, I statistically examine variations in primary school teachers’ expectations, by conducting a vignette experiment. The analysis of the qualitative data will inform the operationalisation of different forms of participation and descriptions of the classroom context in an experimental vignette study, conducted at a later stage in my project, to ensure high ecological validity of my design (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following on from the analysis of the qualitative data in my project, the paper concludes by presenting forms of participation observed in my study, with a focus on the classroom context and variations between the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. Findings from my observational study indicate that the interpretation of student’s effort change according to different expectation structures enacted by teachers throughout the course of a lesson. The course of a lesson is often characterised by many shifts in the expectation structures, constantly redefining student effort as either good or bad. This shows that expectation structures are volatile. Also, the data indicate that expectation structures are dependent upon form of teaching. This calls for a broader conceptualisation of student effort that align better with the volatility of expectation structures throughout the course of a lesson and during teaching activities, taking this complexity into account. Also, it is important with a concept that attributes agency to students according to what is expected of them at different times during a teaching activity, to account for the complexity and changeable nature of teachers’ evaluation and attribution of meaning to student effort.
The qualitative findings could have several implications for the design of future experimental vignette studies investigating the formation of teacher expectations; 1) Vignettes should be operationalised so that they incorporate different forms of participation and 2) either a) several forms of teaching as a varying vignette dimension or b) a precise definition of a certain form of teaching, to ensure proper interpretation of student effort. These additions to the operationalisation of student school effort could increase the ecological validity of experimental vignette studies investigating influential factors on and latent bias in the formation of teacher expectations.

References
Aydin, Ö., & Ok, A. (2022). A Systematic Review on Teacher's Expectations and Classroom Behaviors. International Journal of Curriculum and Instructional Studies, 12(1), 247-274.
Babad, E. (2010). Teachers' Differential Behaviour in the Classroom. In E. Babad (Ed.), The social psychology of the classroom (Vol. 28, pp. 88-105). Routledge.
Batruch, A., Jetten, J., Van de Werfhorst, H., Darnon, C., & Butera, F. (2022). Belief in School Meritocracy and the Legitimization of Social and Income Inequality. Social Psychological and Personality Science, 0(0), 19485506221111017.
Bonefeld, M., & Dickhauser, O. (2018). (Biased) Grading of Students' Performance: Students' Names, Performance Level, and Implicit Attitudes. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, Article 481.
Geven, S., Wiborg, Ø. N., Fish, R. E., & Van De Werfhorst, H. G. (2021). How teachers form educational expectations for students: A comparative factorial survey experiment in three institutional contexts. Social Science Research, 100, 102599.
Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Hörstermann, T., Glock, S., & Böhmer, I. (2018). Teachers' Assessments of Students' Achievements: The Ecological Validity of Studies Using Case Vignettes. The Journal of experimental education, 86(4), 515-529.
Mijs, J. J. B. (2016). The Unfulfillable Promise of Meritocracy: Three Lessons and Their Implications for Justice in Education. Social Justice Research, 29(1), 14-34.
Mijs, J. J. B. (2021). The paradox of inequality: income inequality and belief in meritocracy go hand in hand. Socio-Economic Review, 19(1), 7-35. https://doi.org/10.1093/ser/mwy051
Mijs, J. J. B., & Hoy, C. (2022). How Information about Inequality Impacts Belief in Meritocracy: Evidence from a Randomized Survey Experiment in Australia, Indonesia and Mexico. Social Problems, 69(1), 91-122.
Murdock-Perriera, L. A., & Sedlacek, Q. C. (2018). Questioning Pygmalion in the Twenty-First Century: The Formation, Transmission, and Attributional Influence of Teacher Expectancies. Social Psychology of Education: An International Journal, 21(3), 691-707.
Robinson-Cimpian, J. P., Lubienski, S. T., Ganley, C. M., & Copur-Gencturk, Y. (2014). Teachers' perceptions of students' mathematics proficiency may exacerbate early gender gaps in achievement. Dev Psychol, 50(4), 1262-1281.
Rubie-Davies, C. (2014). Becoming a High Expectation Teacher.
Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2007). Classroom interactions: exploring the practices of high- and low-expectation teachers. Br J Educ Psychol, 77(Pt 2), 289-306.
Tenenbaum, H. R., & Ruck, M. D. (2007). Are teachers' expectations different for racial minority than for European American students? A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(2), 253-273.
Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A Systematic Review of the Teacher Expectation Literature over the Past 30 Years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 124-179.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 M: Science and Environment Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Complexity of Education for Sustainability Through Multiple Case Studies

Diego Posada

Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Posada, Diego

Ecological crises are the defining issue of our time and we are at a defining moment (UNESCO, 2019). They encompass issues that we must tackle from a wide range of angles as a global society. Aligning education policies and practices with sustainability objectives is paramount. Educating our youth to lead more sustainable lifestyles and in harmony with nature must be a pillar for the social and economic changes we must undergo in the next 30 years. The 1977 Tbilisi UN conference focused on environmental issues and education and it was stated that human activities may have ‘detrimental and possibly irreversible consequences’ on the environment (UNESCO, 1997). It was also determined that education would have to play a crucial role in the face of environmental issues (UNESCO, 1997).

Climate change is not a scientific problem, but rather a social and economic one. Teaching students about such a complex and politicized topic, how to be critical thinkers or life-long learners is not neutral nor it is context neutral (Perkins et al., 2018). The fact that Education for Sustainability (EfS) is fundamental to redirecting teaching and learning upon our climate emergency has been widely accepted in academy and in the international organisations’ arena. However, there seems to be little consensus about what EfS should look like, who and how it should be provided and how to adapt pedagogical practices to ensure its effectiveness (Reid, 2019).

The relationship between human development and environmental impact is complex. People with high educational achievements living in the Global North are more likely to have a larger carbon footprint, which is harmful to local and global ecosystems. This is often due to an overall higher consumption of goods, food and water waste, as well as high CO2 emissions as a result of regular use of cars and aeroplanes(Wals and Benavot, 2017) Conversely, access to environmental education and knowledge about climate change and ecology has promoted behavioural change towards recycling, reducing waste and energy use and selecting less carbon-intensive methods of transport if possible. This implies that some types of education prove to be effective in increasing care for the environment at the local and global levels (Wals and Benavot, 2017).

Education for Sustainability (EfS) -or Transformative Education for Sustainability- (Laininen, 2019) can be both instrumental and emancipatory. It can help to create citizens who are aware of environmental issues and provide them with tools to act. It investigates ways of living in a more sustainable manner with the environment and with the rest of society. This type of education tends to promote learning by doing, collaboration, participation and transformation in nature. In some cases, it involves questioning not only how we live but also production and consumption systems, local eco-social problems and how they relate to global issues, as well as carrying out action and awareness campaigns. One of the main objectives of this type of education is to promote more just and environmentally sustainable societies.

This research has the following central questions:

  • How can we educate our youth (11-15) towards more sustainable lifestyles?

  • What are the main characteristics of projects that focus on transformative education towards sustainability in three school projects that claim to focus on EfS? How can we evaluate and monitor them?

  • What policies and practices have been adopted by the educational community? How have the different actors across the educational community interpreted the schools’ policies and practices?

  • What is the relationship between the context in which the project is immersed and its EfS proposal?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
These research questions will be answered through a comparative study of renowned EfS projects in three public schools in Italy, Argentina and Uruguay. One educational project is selected in each country. The selection criteria is based on the consolidation of the project, local (or international) recognition of the project, duration (minimum 5 years) and relevance of the educational proposal. Diversity is sought in terms of types of projects and the socio-economic context in which they are immersed. The activities carried out in each centre are observations, questionnaires, interviews and workshops.

Observations of a minimum of 20 hours of classes and/or daily routine in each educational centre will be conducted. These observations will be the first step in approaching the projects once they confirm their interest in participating in this study. The aim is to analyse the context and create the social connections and relationships necessary to enhance the quality of in-depth interviews. Moreover, they will serve to identify potential candidates for interviews.

Questionnaires will be sent to all participating students in each school. These questionnaires aim at obtaining a ‘general gist’ of their perspective on key research topics such as: their relation to nature, to their environment and their everyday decisions which might have an impact on their ecological footprint.

Between five and seven semi-structured interviews will be conducted in each school, with representation from different adult stakeholders: management, teachers, general staff and parents. In addition, a limited number of education authorities and national public education experts will be interviewed. The purpose of interviewing experts is to frame each project within the education system in which it is located. All interviews will be conducted in the mother tongue of the interviewee Spanish or Italian, and will last approximately 40 minutes.

Five workshops are conducted with students in each educational community. The aim of these workshops is to provide a safe space for students, who might otherwise feel pressured in a one-to-one interview to discuss nature, climate change, and the environment. The topics of the workshops are:

Are we all connected in sustainability? How?
How does (un)sustainability impact different social groups?
Is sustainability an individual or collective issue? why?
What is sustainability for us?

The aim of these workshops is to provide students with safe space to reflect on what they understand by sustainability, diverse forms of injustices (economic, climate, social), cultural diversity, and the relevance of collective and political action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study presents four expected outcomes:

1) Creating a theoretical framework to evaluate and monitor EfS projects.

2) Establishing a theoretical framework to compare the inputs, processes and outputs of each project with regards to EfS. It can also serve as a reference for other schools that want to reflect on and evaluate their own practices and policies.

3) Generating exchange opportunities between schools. The aim is to create a space to discuss the opportunities, tensions and difficulties in developing each project within their contexts.

4) Generating a network between projects, promoting webinars and exchange of information and experiences at the managerial, teaching and student level.

References
Laininen, E. (2019) ‘Transforming our worldview towards a sustainable future’, in Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-78580-6_5.

Perkins, K. M. et al. (2018) ‘International perspectives on the pedagogy of climate change’, Journal of Cleaner Production. Elsevier Ltd, 200, pp. 1043–1052. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.296.

Reid, A. (2019) ‘Climate change education and research: possibilities and potentials versus problems and perils?’, Environmental Education Research. Routledge, 25(6), pp. 767–790. doi: 10.1080/13504622.2019.1664075.

UNESCO (1997) ‘International Conference on Environment and Society: Education and Public Awareness for Sustainability; Declaration of Thessaloniki; 1997’, in International Conference Environment and Society: Education and Public Awareness for Sustainability.

UNESCO (2019) ‘Country progress on Climate Change Education, Training and Public Awareness’. Available at: http://www.unesco.org/open-access/terms-use-ccbysa-en

Wals, A. E. J. and Benavot, A. (2017) ‘Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning’, European Journal of Education, 52(4). doi: 10.1111/ejed.12250.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Primate Welfare and Conservation Education Program: Evaluating the Impact in Knowledge and Attitudes on Visitors

Martí Masip1,2, Olga Feliu1, David Riba1,2, Raquel Heras2

1Fundacio MONA, Spain; 2Universitat de Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Masip, Martí

Education and raising awareness should be one of the primary roles of the institutions that work in biodiversity conservation. Fundació MONA (MONA) is a primate sanctuary that provides housing for chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) and Barbary macaques (Macaca sylvanus), two primate species that are in at risk of extinction. Primates rescued by MONA sanctuary were victims of illegal wildlife trade and they were used as TV and circus stars, advertising models or pets. The main objective of Fundació MONA is to give a second chance to this primates, in a place where they can live in the best possible natural conditions, surrounded by others of their kind and looked after by professional care-givers who provide them with food and other basic needs.

Linked to this work with primates, MONA counts with a conservation education program, as one of its statutory objectives. The main goal of this program is to provide participants with knowledge, which is the first step to promote attitudes and behaviours towards the conservation of primates’ wildlife and their welfare. The program includes different educational activities addressed and adapted to general public and students. These are based in a visit to the sanctuary facilities, during which the educator develops different topics using the life stories of the animals.

General public visits are carried out during weekends and holidays and comprises participants with a wide range of ages, from adults to children and teenagers who come with their families. This group called “general public” was the subject of this study, themain goal wasto evaluate the impact generated by the educational activities in which they participated during their time at the MONA sanctuary. The final purpose was to understand if the activities fulfil their function. In order to achieve this goal, an evaluation and a measure of the impact on their knowledge and attitudes toward primate conservation and welfare, was carried out.

Conservation education programs have been implemented by different organizations as a tool to increase the knowledge and attitudes toward biodiversity conservation (Ardoin et al., 2020; Borchers et al., 2013; Burnett et al., 2016; Chalmin-Pui & Perkins, 2017; Clayton, 2017; Hacker & Miller, 2016). However, since the conceptualization of Environmental Education (Stapp, 1969), there has been an intense debate among the experts about which is the best method to evaluated this kind of programs (Fien et al., 2001). One of the most used method to evaluate and measure the impact of conservation education programs is focused on the knowledge, the attitudes , the pro-conservation behaviours, and the relationship between them (Marcinkowski & Reid, 2019).

Many authors have theorized about the definitions of these words. One of the most accepted definition for Attitudes is the one proposed by Allport (1935), who defined them as: “a mental and neural state of readiness, organized through experience, exerting a directive or dynamic influence upon the individual's response to all objects and situations with which it is related.”(p. 810). Regarding to pro-conservation behaviours, we can consider the theory proposed by Stern (2000), defined as: from the actor’s standpoint as behaviour that is undertaken with the intention to change (normally, to benefit) the environment” (p.408). The relationship between this two concepts is based in the Theory of Planned Behaviour proposed by Ajzen and Fishbein (1991; 1975). This theory defends that people act in accordance with their intentions and perceptions of control over behaviour, while intentions are in turn influenced by attitudes toward the behaviour, subjective norms, and perceptions of behavioural control.

Considering those definitions, the model Knowledge – Attitudes – Behaviour has been used to evaluate and measure the impact of conservation education programs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were obtained from 1221 participants (698 females, 491 males and 8 people who did not define their gender). Ages ranged from 4 to 83 years old. All of them have participated in the conservation education program of MONA between January of 2019 and December of 2020.

We developed two questionnaires. The first one was focused on participant’s attitudes towards primate welfare and conservation and the other one, was focused on participant’s knowledge about primate species. These questionnaires were aimed to evaluate changes in participant’s knowledge and attitudes once they finished the education activities. We stablished two groups, the control group and the experimental group. The control group, answered the questionnaire without having been exposed to the educational program, and the experimental group, answered the questionnaire after participating. This study had a between subjects’ design, so each participant just answered one of the two questionnaires. The groups were selected randomly. With this, we wanted to avoid that participants were affected by being exposed to the same questions two times (Bowie et al., 2020; Clayton, 2017).

All responses were treated anonymously. All participants answered in paper version of the questionnaire, and then the data was digitalized.

We analysed the questionnaires using the same methodology but we analysed them separately. The first step was computing a questionnaire score, based on the proportion of pro-conservation responses, we divided the number of pro-conservation responses by the total number of responses (pro-conservation and non-conservation responses). The second step consisted in analysing the effects of the predictors (moment of the answer, gender, age, educational level and previous visits) in the questionnaire score. For these we used a linear model (Baayen, 2008). Linear Models were run in R by lmer function. We generated various models and selected the model in which predictors offered most parsimonious combination through the corrected Akaike information criterion (AICc) (‘aictab’ function). We also checked whether our models fit the criteria of normal distribution and homogeneous residuals by visual explorations of histograms and ggplot of the residuals as well as residuals plotted against fitted values. The checking of the significance of the predictors at global level by contrasting the full model and the null model, excluding all fixed effects. Finally, we run a comparison using the function “emmeans” and adjusted by Bonferroni test, to see the differences inside each predictor which had significance influence on the questionnaire score.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results showed that in both cases, the experimental group had significance better results in the questionnaires that the control group. That confirms that the educational activities carried out at the MONA sanctuary had a positive impact on the knowledge and attitudes towards primate conservation and welfare for the people that took part in the activities. With this, we can assure that MONA is accomplishing the goal of its conservation program.

Regarding attitudes, our results show that people significantly increased their pro-conservation attitudes after participating in MONA’s education activities. Also, we found that people who had participated before, in the same year, in MONA’s education activities, had a better scoring that people that never had participated or that people that visited MONA more than a year ago.  Finally, we also saw a slight significance increase in people who had university studies, and those who were in the range of 32 and 43 years old.

Regarding knowledge, our results show that people significantly increased their pro-conservation knowledge about primates after participating in MONA’s education activities. The results, also showed that females increased significantly more their knowledge that males. Finally, we also saw a slight significance increase in the knowledge of people who had university studies.

References
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179-211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T
Allport, G. W. (1935). Attitudes. In C. Murchison (Ed.), Handbook of Social Psycholohy (pp. 789-844). Clark University Press.
Ardoin, N. M., Bowers, A. W., & Gaillard, E. (2020). Environmental education outcomes for conservation: A systematic review. Biological Conservation, 241, 108224. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.108224
Baayen, R. H. (2008). Analyzing Linguistic Data: A Practical Introduction to Statistics using R. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1017/CBO9780511801686
Borchers, C., Boesch, C., Riedel, J., Guilahoux, H., Ouattara, D., & Randler, C. (2013). Environmental Education in Côte d'Ivoire/West Africa: Extra-Curricular Primary School Teaching Shows Positive Impact on Environmental Knowledge and Attitudes. International Journal of Science Education, Part B, 4(3), 240-259. https://doi.org/10.1080/21548455.2013.803632
Bowie, A., Krupenye, C., Mbonzo, P., Minesi, F., & Hare, B. (2020). Implicit Measures Help Demonstrate the Value of Conservation Education in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Frontiers in Psychology, 11. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00386
Burnett, E., Sills, E., Peterson, M. N., & DePerno, C. (2016). Impacts of the conservation education program in Serra Malagueta Natural Park, Cape Verde. Environmental Education Research, 22(4), 538-550. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1015497
Chalmin-Pui, L. S., & Perkins, R. (2017). How do visitors relate to biodiversity conservation? An analysis of London Zoo’s ‘BUGS’ exhibit. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), 1462-1475. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2016.1259395
Clayton, S. P. A. C. (2017). Public support for Biodiversity after a zoo visit: Environmental concern, conservation knowledge and self-efficacy. Curator: The Museum Journal, 60. https://doi.org/10.1111/cura.12188
Fien, J., Scott, W., & Tilbury, D. (2001). Education and Conservation: Lessons from an evaluation. Environmental Education Research, 7(4), 379-395. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620120081269
Fishbein, M. A., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, Attitude, Intention and Behaviour: An Introduction to Theory and Research. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
Hacker, C. E., & Miller, L. J. (2016). Zoo visitor perceptions, attitudes, and conservation intent after viewing African elephants at the San Diego Zoo Safari Park. Zoo Biology, 35(4). https://doi.org/10.1002/zoo.21303
Marcinkowski, T., & Reid, A. (2019). Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 459-471. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1634237
Stapp, W. B. (1969). The Concept of Environmental Education. Environmental Education, 1(1), 30-31. https://doi.org/10.1080/00139254.1969.10801479
Stern, P. C. (2000). Toward a Coherent Theory of Environmentally Significant Behaviour. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 407-424.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Focusing on a Christian ESE: A New Materialst Approach

Amanda Anderson

Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Anderson, Amanda

It is not novel to say we need a new paradigm or new approaches in Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE). Writing in 2010, halfway through the UN Decade for Sustainable Development, Pace looks back at what had been achieved in terms of Environment Education tracing it back to its roots in the Tbilisi IGC; He dares suggest we have been ‘preoccupied with what version is currently in fashion’ rather than action. Pace positively concludes this is ‘part of an educational process that is contextually relevant, participatory, emancipatory and leading towards sustainable development’ (2010, p.322). Since then, there was what Gough (2016) describes as ‘a materialist turn’ (p.55), with contributions like McPhie and Clarke’s (2015, 2020) amongst others.

I am looking at ESE outside of formal schooling. Ardoin and Heimlich (2021) suggest that learning ‘happens across a variety of biophysical and sociocultural settings, experiences, and contexts and is recognised as being life wide; … … [is] ‘life-deep, or influenced by one’s culture, values, beliefs and ideologies’ (p.1682). The survival of humanity and all creatures on Earth is an issue that according to Deane-Drummond (2008) touches deeply on our sense of meaning and purpose: ‘it is hard to talk meaningfully about ecology … … without also speaking about religion and theology’ (p.11).

In ESE (and EE) literature there has been little focus on Christian ESE. Cholil and Parker (2021) suggest that it is important for the broader EE research community to consider religious EE because just as like some New Materialist approaches, it is interested in ‘exploring the more-than-human world [and] how we can get away from anthropocentrism’ (2021, p.1778). Integral ecology is one of the elements of Christian EE, also identified as one of the intellectual responses to climate change, and the Anthropocene (Ivakhiv, 2014; Clarke, 2017). Integral ecology is described by Pope Francis in his letter to all humanity: Laudato Si, On care of our common home as call ‘to openness to categories which transcend the language of Mathematics and Biology and takes us to the heart of what it is to be human’ (LS11).

There is considerable action on the Christian ESE front (Howles, et al 2018; Kureethadam, 2019), spurred by Laudato Si, where a whole chapter (6) deals with ‘Ecological Education and Spirituality’ highlighting the importance placed on education (LS15). It is interesting that there has been little articulation or focus on links between Christian EE and ESE. This can prove to be an avenue for possibility, and an alternative way of looking past dualisms, as suggested by New Materialists.

There is no better time for ESE to ‘explore and apply various forms of post-humanist and new materialist theory in rigorous but creative ways’ (Mannion 2020, p.1353). Similarly, I suggest focusing on emerging New Materialist themes in the Christian EE/ESE context, building on them, and exploring new connections: adding to work by Clarke and Mcphie (2020) in their introduction to the special issue of Environment Education Research: New Materialisms and Environmental Education.

In a climate emergency, in any emergency, we need all hands on deck. ‘If we are truly concerned to develop an ecology capable of remedying the damage we have done, no branch of sciences and no form of wisdom can be left out’ (LS63). Hungerford and Volk in their 1990 paper differentiate between information giving, and the more challenging task of behaviour change. Building on Latour’s lectures, amongst others, in their paper on an Ecological citizenship, Howles et al suggest a ‘potential overlap’ between New Materialist concepts and Laudato Si: it is that which I explore in my research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My method is ethnography with some autoethnographic elements as I participate and experience the same spaces, and educational activities/courses of two different Christian ESE providers in the UK.  The groups are connected through a Christian conservation organisation.  I draw my qualitative data from fieldwork using interviews, participant observation and focus groups.  I have carried out scoping interviews at the start of the process to identify and choose my case studies.  I have also attended public (online) meetings with my groups’ ethical permission (and appropriate Ethical permissions from my institution).  
My positionality, as a researcher from Malta growing up with an education based on the values of the Catholic church, contributes to the ‘how’ and ‘why’ I chose to dealing with this topic.  Thinking back at my own education and my motivation for any environmental action (with respect to what kind of planet I want to leave for my children) I do not see it apart from the rest of the assembly that makes my own life: social, economic, cultural, spiritual, political or educational.  Linking ESE with my Christian values seemed natural.  Reflecting on my research journey I embrace a New Materialist approach, as described by Fox and Alldred (2015) of ‘research-assemblage’ which includes myself as researcher, data, methods and contexts’ as a participant observer and this is how I think looking at Christian ESE with that approach will contribute to knowledge in ESE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By focusing on Christian ESE providers in the UK, I want to see what themes emerge.  We can learn whether such a connection or such assemblage of ESE embedded in Christian values is purposeful, and therefore could do more towards supporting the creation of environmentally responsible communities that we desperately need in this Climate Emergency.  The beneficiaries of my case studies will be environment and sustainability education providers themselves, and to contribute to knowledge in this field so that we have better chances of living in a more sustainable world.  Clarke and Mcphie, assert that “conversations about the significance of new materialisms within environmental education research are well underway” and with my contribution, using that approach I hope that I bring in another theme: how eco-theology as part of integral ecology could be included in our discussion in ESE, as part of thinking with new concepts (Clarke and Mcphie, 2020).  Just like Gough’s concluding remarks, (2016, p.60) it is difficult to point to exact outcomes at this stage in my research, therefore I propose looking at Christian ESE for new connections, to find out how it is becoming: there is no other way to do that than by being present and experiment blurring boundaries of research and experience.  
References
Ardoin, N.M, and Heimlich, J.E., 2021. Environmental learning in everyday life: foundations of meaning and a context for change, Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1681-1699, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2021.1992354
Cholil, S., and Parker, L., 2021. Environmental Education and Eco-Theology: Insights from Franciscan Schools in Indonesia. Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1759-1782 DOI:10.1080/13504622.2021.1968349.
Clarke, D.A.G., 2017. Educating Beyond the Cultural and the Natural: (Re)Framing the Limits of the Possible in Environmental Education. In: Malone, K., Truong, S., Gray, T. (eds) Reimagining Sustainability in Precarious Times. Springer, Singapore.
Clarke, D.A.G., and McPhie, J., 2020. Tensions, knots, and lines of flight: themes and directions of travel for new materialisms and environmental education, Environmental Education Research, 26:9-10, 1231-1254, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2020.1825631
Deane-Drummond, C., 2008. (Reprint 2016) Eco-Theology. Darton, Longman and Todd Ltd. London: UK.
Fox, N. J, and Alldred, P., 2015. New materialist social inquiry:  Designs, methods and the research-assemblage.  International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 18(4), 399-414
Francis, 2015. Laudato Si’: On Care for Our Common Home. Pope Francis Encyclical Letter: Vatican City.
Gough, N., 2016, Postpardigmatic materialisms:  A ‘new movement of thought’ for outdoor environmental education research?, in Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education 19(2), 51-56
Gould, R.K., N.M., Ardoin, Thomsen, J., and Wyman Roth.N.,  2019. “Exploring Connections between Environmental Learning and Behavior through Four Everyday-Life Case Studies.” Environmental Education Research 25(3) 314–340. [Taylor & Francis Online],
Howles, T., Reader, J., and Hodson, M.J., 2018. ‘Creating an Ecological Citizenship’: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives on the Role of Contemporary Environmental Education, Hey J, 59:997-1008. https://doi.org/10.1111/heyj.13015
Hungerford H.R., and Volk, T. 1990. Changing Learner Behaviour Through Environmental Education, The Journal of Environmental Education, 21(3), 8-21 DOI: 10.1080/00958964.1990.10753743
Ivakhiv, A., 2014. On matters of concern: Ontological politics, ecology, and the Anthropo(s)cene. Retrieved from <http://environmentsandsocieties.ucdavis.edu/files/2014/04/On-Matters-ofConcern.pdf>
Kureethadam, J.I., 2019. The Ten Green Commandments of Laudato Si’, LITURGICAL PRESS Collegeville:Minnesota, <https://lsri.campion.ox.ac.uk/projects/test-book-content>
Latour, B., 2017. Facing Gaia, Eight Lectures on The New climatic Regime, Translated by Catherine Porter, Polity Press, Cambridge:UK.
Mannion, G. 2020. Re-assembling environmental and sustainability education: orientations from New Materialism, Environmental Education Research, 26:9-10, 1353-1372, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2018.1536926
McPhie, J. and Clarke, D.A.G., 2015. A walk in the park; Considering practice for outdoor environmental education through an immanent take on the material turn.  The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), 230-250.
Pace, P. 2010, Education for sustainable development: Current fad or renewed commitment to action? Journal of Baltic Science Education, 9(4) 315-323; <www.researchgate.net/publication/299018946>
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 N: Mathematics Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Supporting Primary Teachers’ Use of Higher-Level Thinking Questions in Mathematics Lessons

Sarah Porcenaluk

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Porcenaluk, Sarah

The 21st century will bring challenges that call for individuals who can problem-solve, persevere, and innovate (Geisinger, 2016). As educators prepare students for addressing society’s trials, they must focus on helping students develop critical thinking skills. To accomplish this, mathematics education is crucial in expanding students’ abilities to analyse, synthesise, and predict information (Shakirova, 2007). Countries worldwide recognise the need for students to learn these skills and consequently revamped curriculums, teacher education programs, and policies (ACARA, 2022; NCCA, 2016). Although progress in students’ academic achievements in mathematics is evident worldwide, deficits remain (Mullis et al., 2011; Gilleece et al., 2020), signalling a need to investigate how mathematics education can ensure the development of students’ higher-level thinking skills.

This research project investigates how to support teachers in asking higher-level thinking questions in mathematics lessons. Asking students questions requiring higher-level thinking skills can increase their success in mathematics (Davoudi & Sadeghi, 2015) and aid them in developing critical thinking skills that are essential beyond mathematics classrooms (Nappi, 2017). Research indicates that teachers mainly ask lower-level thinking questions which require students to recall or restate information (Boaler & Brodie, 2004; Desli & Galanopoulou, 2015). As a result, this project aims to develop an electronic toolset that guides primary teachers through effectively including dialogue and higher-level questioning in mathematics lessons, named the e-DAQ. In addition to this teacher resource, the e-DAQ aims to be a form of continued professional development (CPD) for teachers, educating them on the importance of these questions and encouraging teachers to reflect on how to increase the use of higher-level questions. Theories on teaching and learning, which guide this research, will be expanded upon by completing this project. The following questions guide the research:

  1. Can we collaboratively develop an electronic toolkit for primary teachers on effectively incorporating questioning in mathematics lessons?
  2. Will the e-DAQ positively impact teachers’ instruction, and to what degree? Furthermore, will it act as a form of CPD for teachers, expanding their knowledge of mathematics? If so, what makes it an effective form of CPD?
  3. How can this research contribute to educational design research theories?

An emerging theoretical framework is being used to guide this research, influenced by pedagogical considerations, constructivism, and cognitively guided instruction. In addition, theories relating to mathematics education, particularly questioning in mathematics education, are essential to the project. As this research also aims to investigate the role the e-DAQ plays in assisting teachers in developing professionally, theories relating to CPD helped to form the evolving conceptual framework. Several themes emerged as critical to developing the proposed framework, including Autonomy, Community, Efficacy, Motivation, and Identity, and therefore was appropriately named the ACMIE Theoretical Framework. The ACMIE Theoretical Framework guided the development of the e-DAQ, its implementation, and future analysis.

Although this research is being conducted in Ireland, the expected outcomes apply to countries worldwide. Countries are reexamining their mathematics curriculums and teacher education programs to meet the demands of the 21st century that students will face. In addition, the themes generated to develop the ACMIE Theoretical Framework were synthesised from worldwide data on mathematics instruction, student achievement results, and professional development programs. As a result, the e-DAQ has the potential to aid teachers and students outside Ireland. In addition, the valuable perspectives gained on how teachers experience CPD and their values relating to professional learning will benefit international education systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project derives from the position that real-world change should occur in educational research while contributing to educational theory (Barab & Squire, 2004). Educational research often receives critiques of being removed from the complexities of real classrooms (Plomp, 2010). This project aims to address this educational research dilemma. Therefore, bringing teachers into the research as collaborators is necessary. Teachers provide unique perspectives on teaching mathematics that is valuable and, arguably, required in educational research. The project aims to collect teachers' opinions on the electronic toolkit during and after each design cycle so that adjustments are made early and often.  

After considering various methodologies, educational design research was chosen as an appropriate methodology, specifically a design-based research (DBR) approach. DBR allows teachers to connect deeply to the research through close collaboration with the researcher during the project. In addition, it focuses on ensuring that the research aims to produce real-world change in classrooms while commenting on educational teaching and learning theories. DBR focuses on an iterative process for design. It, therefore, allows the e-DAQ to be evaluated numerous times throughout the project to make necessary adjustments frequently as teachers utilise the tool in their classrooms.

This DBR project employs methods that promote collaboration between the researcher and teachers. Combining relevant teaching and learning theories with teachers’ experiences is crucial to producing results tied to real-world classrooms. Focus groups are being used to understand the obstacles teachers face when teaching mathematics, specifically concerning experiences in asking higher-level thinking questions of students. In addition, focus groups allow teachers to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the e-DAQ allowing for adjustments to be made prior to the next cycle. In addition, surveys allow teachers to provide anonymous feedback. As collaboration is at the heart of this project, the researcher and teachers meet weekly to implement lessons and reflect on the e-DAQ, helping to obtain insight frequently throughout the project and triangulate data.

Another aim of this project is to understand whether the e-DAQ provides a form of continued professional development (CPD) for teachers. The overarching goal is to understand better the environment needed to support CPD for teachers. Therefore, the Stages of Concern Questionnaire (George et al., 2008) is being used, which aims to understand teachers’ concerns relating to using the e-DAQ in their lessons and how their behaviours, attitudes, and pedagogical knowledge may change as a result of using the e-DAQ.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of this design-based research project, there are numerous expected outcomes. Firstly, there are immediate positive impacts anticipated. Due to teachers’ collaborating on developing the e-DAQ, their teaching practices and knowledge of questioning in mathematics will likely be influenced. After multiple iterations, the final e-DAQ version can be shared with other educators, professional development coordinators, and educational leaders to use in other schools with teachers. Therefore, the tool will likely affect additional teachers' pedagogical knowledge and teaching practices. As the project is founded on the literature on mathematics education and student achievement throughout the world, it is expected that the e-DAQ is a tool that can be used outside of Ireland, where the study takes place.

It is believed that a contribution to learning and teaching theory and mathematics education literature will occur. Firstly, this research aims to understand what components of CPD hinder or help teachers’ professional learning and offer potential recommendations for reforming CPD. This project will also identify potential steps needed to help teachers ask more higher-level thinking questions in mathematics. As a result of these outcomes, it is contended that childrens’ mathematical abilities will be positively affected.

Preliminary results from completing the first design cycle provide insight into what teachers value when using educational resources and participating in CPD. For example, analysis from the first focus group indicates that teachers value their time and believe resources should be easily comprehended and quickly implemented in lessons. In addition, teachers indicated that CPD should be connected directly to the students they teach. As a result, receiving individualised support in CPD and using new resources, such as the e-DAQ, significantly increases teachers’ success.

References
ACARA, A. C. A. a. R. A. (2022). Australian Curriculum: Foundation-Year 10 (Version 9.0). https://v9.australiancurriculum.edu.au/

Boaler, J., & Brodie, K. (2004). THE IMPORTANCE, NATURE AND IMPACT OF TEACHER QUESTIONS. North American Chapter of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education October 2004 Toronto, Ontario, Canada, 774.


Davoudi, M., & Sadeghi, N. A. (2015). A Systematic Review of Research on Questioning as a High-Level Cognitive Strategy. English Language Teaching, 8(10), 76-90. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n10p76

Desli, D., & Galanopoulou, E. (2015). 3.3. Questioning in primary school mathematics: an analysis of questions teachers ask in mathematics lessons. Proceedings from the 3rd International Symposium on New Issues on Teacher Education

Geisinger, K. F. (2016). 21st Century Skills: What Are They and How Do We Assess Them? Applied Measurement in Education, 29(4), 245-249. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2016.1209207

George, A. A., Hall, G. E., Stiegelbauer, S. M., & Litke, B. (2008). Stages of concern questionnaire. Austin, TX: Southwest Educational Development Laboratory.

Gilleece, L., Nelis, S., Fitzgerald, C., & Cosgrove, J. (2020). Reading, Mathematics and Science Achievement in DEIS Schools: Evidence from PISA, 2018. https://www.erc.ie/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/ERC-DEIS-PISA-2018-Report1_Sept-2020_A4_Website.pdf

Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. L., & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/international-results/

Nappi, J. S. (2017). The importance of questioning in developing critical thinking skills. Delta Kappa Gamma Bulletin, 84(1), 30.

NCCA. (2016). Background Paper and Brief for the development of a new Primary Mathematics Curriculum. https://ncca.ie/media/1341/maths_background_paper_131016_tc.pdf

Plomp, T. (2010). An Introduction to Educational Design Research.

Shakirova, D. (2007). Technology for the shaping of college students' and upper-grade students' critical thinking. Russian Education & Society, 49(9), 42-52. https://doi.org/10.2753/RES1060-9393490905


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Strategy for Overcoming Difficulties in Mathematical Problem-solving of Elementary School Students

Asta Paskovske

Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Paskovske, Asta

Based on the updated Lithuanian Programs of Primary Education, one of the emphasized areas of achievement is problem-solving skills. Problem-solving abilities are an essential part of cognitive domain assessments in international educational research. In such surveys as TIMSS or PISA, part of the tasks requires students to apply mathematical concepts and thinking to make decisions, and thus justify and argue their answers. Therefore, problem-solving and mathematical thinking are important aspects when evaluating educational success (National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 2000). The transfer of knowledge and the development of skills are part of the learning process, the combination of which is the ability to apply the acquired knowledge and skills in unfamiliar new situations, i.e. problem-solving tasks.

Reading and problem-solving in mathematics are two of the main skills taught in the early years of early formal education (Durand et al., 2005). Achievement in mathematics depends on the ability to understand and solve complex problems based on inherent logic (Lipnevich et al., 2016). A major source of difficulty in problem-solving is students' inability to actively monitor, control, and regulate their cognitive processes (Artzt et al., 1992).

To understand the problem-solving strategies, used by students and to determine which difficulties are caused by the insufficient level of knowledge and abilities relevant to the subject of mathematics and which are caused by the improper management of the learning process, complementary methods are used in the study. Mathematics learning difficulties are studied by focusing on the process of solving mathematical problems (Rosiyanti et al., 2021; Nurkaeti, 2018), for a deeper analysis the eye tracking method is applied (Stohmair et al., 2020; Schindler et al., 2019). To reveal a more detailed process of problem-solving, the think aloud method is applied (Rosenzweig et al., 2011; Ericsson, 2006).

The problem is expressed in the following questions: what difficulties do the students have in solving the problem; what are the diagnostic possibilities of eye-tracking technology in the process of problem-solving; what problem-solving strategies are used by students without mathematics learning difficulties; can these strategies be developed as a coping mechanism for students with mathematics learning difficulties?

The object of the research is students' problem-solving strategies as a mechanism for overcoming mathematics difficulties.

Hypotheses

1. When solving problematic tasks, students with a high level of achievement use self-created decision strategies, that are not acquired during the educational process.

2. The eye tracking system determines the cognitive and metacognitive strategies chosen by elementary school students and applied in problem-solving.

The aim is to determine the coping strategies of elementary school students with educational difficulties in learning mathematics.

Piaget's theory of cognitive development will be used in this research. Piaget suggested that children's cognitive development occurs in stages (Papalia & Feldman, 2011). Children themselves are active and motivated to learn, they learn through their own experience, structure, and organized schemes and patterns.

According to Polya, the steps in problem-solving are: understanding the problem, making a plan, executing the plan, and checking the answer (Polya, 1988). Several studies have shown that difficulties in solving mathematics problems can occur at any stage of the action (i.e., planning, doing, and evaluating (Zimmerman, 2000), but most problems occur during the planning and evaluation stages. In this regard, students often show difficulties when planning how to respond to a task, and they are inadequate or lack sufficient strategy concentration to perform all-effort calculations (Garcia et al., 2019).

Metacognitive theory. Metacognitive theories are broadly defined as systematic frameworks used to explain and guide cognition, metacognitive knowledge, and regulatory skills. (Schraw, 1995). Specifically, it refers to the processes used to plan, monitor, and evaluate one's understanding and performance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed methods research strategy combining quantitative and qualitative methods is used (Creswell, 2014). Research data collection methods: a written survey of students (mathematical diagnostic progress test) and oral survey (partially structured interviews - think-aloud protocols), when students are asked to name their thoughts out loud and perform the task, thus the participant verbally cognitive descriptions and metacognitive research processes, which are recorded by the researcher (by listening, recording and later transcribing) in think-aloud protocols (Ericsson, 2006). The eye-tracking data of the research participants (gaze fixation duration, fixation frequency, fixation time, regions of interest, number of gazes) will be collected while they are performing mathematical problem tasks. (Duchowski, 2017; Mishra, 2018).
Data analysis methods: statistical analysis methods will be used for quantitative data, and qualitative content analysis for qualitative data (Ericsson, Simon, 1993).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research hopes to find out the problem-solving strategies used by students with higher thinking abilities that have not been taught by teachers. An eye-tracking system and think-aloud protocols will be used to collect data. Using the results of these research data, it is hoped to develop a problem-solving mechanism to help students with learning difficulties in mathematics. Using an experimental approach, it is hoped to determine the impact of using this mechanism in teaching mathematics to students with learning difficulties.
References
Chadli, A., Tranvouez, E. ir Bendella, F. (2019). Learning word problem solving process in primary school students: An attempt to combine serious game and Polya’s problem solving model. In Data Analytics Approaches in Educational Games and Gamification Systems (pp. 139-163). Springer, Singapore.
Cohen, L., Manion, L. ir Morrison, K. (2017). Research Methods in Education. Routledge.
Duchowski, A. T. ir Duchowski, A. T. (2017). Eye tracking methodology: Theory and practice. Springer.
Eichmann, B., Greiff, S., Naumann, J., Brandhuber, L. ir Goldhammer, F. (2020). Exploring behavioural patterns during complex problem‐solving. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 36(6), 933-956.
Ericsson, K. A. (2006). Protocol analysis and expert thought: Concurrent verbalizations of thinking during experts’ performance on representative tasks. The Cambridge handbook of expertise and expert performance, 223-241.
Haataja, E., Moreno-Esteva, E. G., Salonen, V., Laine, A., Toivanen, M. ir Hannula, M. S. (2019). Teacher's visual attention when scaffolding collaborative mathematical problem solving. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 102877.
Kelley, T. R., Capobianco, B. M. ir Kaluf, K. J. (2015). Concurrent think-aloud protocols to assess elementary design students. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25(4), 521-540.
Lipnevich, A. A., Preckel, F.ir Krumm, S. (2016). Mathematics attitudes and their unique contribution to achievement: Going over and above cognitive ability and personality. Learning and Individual Differences, 47, 70-79.
Mariamah, M., Ratnah, R., Katimah, H., Rahman, A. ir Haris, A. (2020). Analysis of students' perceptions of mathematics subjects: Case studies in elementary schools. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, Volume 1933.
Nurkaeti, N. (2018). Polya’s strategy: an analysis of mathematical problem solving difficulty in 5th grade elementary school. Edu Humanities| Journal of Basic Education Cibiru Campus, 10(2), 140.
Özcan, Z. Ç., İmamoğlu, Y. ir Bayraklı, V. K. (2017). Analysis of sixth grade students’ think-aloud processes while solving a non-routine mathematical problem. Educational Sciences: Theory & Practice, 17(1).
Rosiyanti, H., Ratnaningsih, D. A. ir Bahar, H. (2021). Application of mathematical problem solving sheets in Polya's learning strategy in social arithmetic material. International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, 13(2).
Schindler, M. ir Lilienthal, A. J. (2019). Domain-specific interpretation of eye tracking data: towards a refined use of the eye-mind hypothesis for the field of geometry. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 101(1), 123-139.
Strohmaier, A. R., MacKay, K. J., Obersteiner, A. ir Reiss, K. M. (2020). Eye-tracking methodology in mathematics education research: A systematic literature review. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 104(2), 147-200.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Factors that Predict the Mathematics and Science Results of Secondary School Students - TIMSS perspective

Daniela Avarvare, Lucian Ciolan

University of Bucharest, Romania

Presenting Author: Avarvare, Daniela

The rapid changes in the times we live have led to an increase in the importance of scientific skills in our lives. To overcome the challenges of the twenty-first century in the science and technology sector, students need to be equipped with 21st-century skills to ensure their competitiveness in the globalization era (Turiman et al., 2013).

Among the 21st-century skills, the most important ones are numeracy and scientific literacy (Word Economic Forum, 2015; OECD, 2013). Scientific literacy is the ability to engage with science-related issues, and with the ideas of science, as a reflective citizen (OECD, 2017). It emphasizes the importance of being able to apply scientific knowledge in the context of real-life situations. Numeracy represents the ability to use numbers and other symbols to understand and express quantitative relationships (World Economic Forum, 2015).

TIMSS is the most advanced study that can provide an overview of the results of Romanian eighth-grade students in mathematics and sciences (physics, chemistry, biology, and geography). In 2019, Romanian students obtained a score of 479 points in mathematics (intermediate international benchmark) and 470 points in science (intermediate international benchmark). Analyzing Romania's participation (2007 - 2019) in the TIMSS study, it can be seen that the mathematics scores situate within the range of 458-479, and the science scores situate within the range of 462 - 470.

Unfortunately, the results obtained by the Romanian students within TIMSS 2019 remain below the average of the European countries and far below the regional average, being observed a significant variation in the quality of the national education system: the percentage of students who obtained "advanced" results is only 6% in mathematics and 4% in physics, while the percentage of students with "low" results or below the average-functional level is 70%. Romania recorded a much higher rate than other countries in terms of numerical or scientific illiteracy: 22% of students were not able to use mathematics or physics even in the simplest contexts.

The proposed research investigates the factors that affect the learning process in mathematics and sciences for 8th-grade students. Among the learning factors we will take into consideration, we mention: (1) carrying out experiments during science classes, (2) the way of working in the classroom (teamwork, individual work), (3) frequency of homework, (4) allocated time for homework, (5) self-efficacy towards math and science, (6) positive affect towards math and sciences, (7) teaching methods, (8) private lessons and also demographic characteristics as (9) gender and (10) residence.

The data analysis procedure will be conducted in two steps: (1) Analysis of each predictor’s (1-10) contribution to the total variance of TIMSS results of participants; (2) Comparison between high and advanced benchmark students (highest 25% of scores) and low and intermediated benchmark students (lowest 25% of scores) taking into consideration all the predictors, to see which of them contributes most to the results of high and advanced benchmark students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study sample was established following a random probability sampling process. All the schools in Romania that had the eighth grade in their composition were taken into consideration, each school having an equal chance of being chosen. There had been used also the following exclusion criteria: (1) schools operating according to a different curriculum (15 schools), (2) schools with special needs children (243 schools), (3) very small schools (449 schools). To increase the representativity of the sample, two layers were used in the selection of schools: (1) the environment of origin with two categories: rural and urban, and (2) the geographical region with five regions.
Following this sampling process, a sample consisting of 199 public schools resulted. From these schools, 4,485 students (14-15 years) participated in the study. Most of the schools participating in the study are located in small towns or villages (40.7%), followed by those in the urban area (26.3%), the suburban area (9.8%), respectively the rural area, with difficult access (7.2%).
Data collection was carried out through two methods: administering tests to students in mathematics and sciences and the administration of context questionnaires to students. All test booklets and context questionnaires were applied on the same day. Firstly, the test booklets were applied and then the context questionnaires. During the test period, the students were supervised by a teacher who didn’t have classes with the tested students.
The tests administered to students included multiple-choice items and constructed responses. The test items were distributed in 14 test workbooks and each test workbook included 28 math items and 28 science items.
Context questions provide information that helps interpret the results of math and science tests. The students answered questions related to the teaching methods used by teachers in the classroom, the way mathematics and science lessons are conducted, as well as factors related to the preferences for mathematics and science or the positive affect.
The data analysis is based on a statistical approach and between the methods proposed to be used we mention multiple regression (to analyze the contribution of the predictor variables to the total variance of TIMSS results), hierarchical multiple regression (to see in which measure the learning factors predict the TIMSS results under controlling for the influence of other factors) and relative predictor weight (to calculate the relative importance of predictor variables in contributing to TIMSS results).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following some preliminary analyses, we noticed that self-confidence in classes is a variable with a strong effect that predicts results in mathematics. We also observed that the duration and number of private lessons, positive affect towards mathematics, and duration of homework are medium-effect predictors for mathematics achievements. Individual work in mathematics classes is a variable with a negative effect, the higher the value, the more negatively it affects school performance in mathematics.
In sciences, we observed that carrying out experiments during science classes has a strong effect that predicts results in sciences and individual work in science classes is a variable with a negative effect, the higher the value, the more it negatively influences school performance in science.
TIMSS 2019 results offer a strong basis for decision-making based on scientific evidence to improve educational policies and practices related to teaching and learning mathematics and sciences. Based on the national results, they can be identified the leading teaching and learning styles addressed in mathematics and sciences can be captured with objectivity the less effective learning methods and cognitive strategies used by students. Situational factors can be identified that have an impact on learning performance. This information can and should be of great importance for educational policies that promote equity and equal opportunities in education.
Through this research, we hope to come to the aid of teachers with results that will help them to make their teaching methods more efficient in the classroom in order to improve the results of students in mathematics and science, thus making it possible to increase the advanced benchmark of students in Romania.

References
Ciolan, L., Iliescu, D., Iucu, R., Nedelcu, A. Gunnesch-Luca, G. (coord.) (2021). Romania in TIMSS: Country report. https://unibuc.ro/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/TIMSS-Raport-de-tara-2021-05-07.pdf

Griffin, P., & Care, E. (2015). Assessment and teaching of 21st century skills: Methods and approach. Springer.

Maass, K., Geiger, V., Ariza, M.R. & Goos, M. (2019). The Role of Mathematics in interdisciplinary STEM education. ZDM Mathematics Education 51, 869–884. https://doi-org.am.e-nformation.ro/10.1007/s11858-019-01100-5

Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2013). OECD skills outlook 2013: first results from the survey of adult skills. Paris: OECD Publishing.

Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2019). Future of Education and Skills 2030. Concept Notes.
https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-
project/contact/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf

Partnership for 21st Century Learning. (2015). P21 framework definitions. Retrieved from http://www.p21.org/documents/P21_Framework_Definitions.pdf.

TIMSS. (2019). Encyclopedia: Education Policy and Curriculum in Mathematics and Science, Romania. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/encyclopedia/romania.html

TIMSS. (2019). Assessment Frameworks. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/frameworks/

Turiman, P., Omar, J., Daud, A. & Osman, K. (2012). Fostering the 21st Century Skills through Scientific Literacy and Science Process Skills. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences. 59. 110–116. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877042812036944

World Economic Forum. (2015). New vision for education: unlocking the potential of technology. Geneva: World Economic Forum.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Comprehensive School Students' Metacognition – Mathematics As an Activating Factor

Susanna Toikka

University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Toikka, Susanna

Metacognition demonstrates great potential to equip children to become successful learners. Metacognition’s significance for mathematical competence is especially proven (Siagian et al., 2019). Therefore, attention should be paid to metacognition throughout students’ school path.

The most prominent definition of metacognition comes from the psychologist Flavell (1979); it refers to individuals’ knowledge of their own cognitive processes and their ability to regulate these processes. Most theoretical definitions distinguish between metacognition into metacognitive knowledge (later in this paper McKnow) and metacognitive skills (later McSkil) (Desoete & De Craene, 2019). McKnow refers to individuals’ knowledge of how people learn and process information, and it is categorised into strategy, task, and person knowledge (Flavell, 1979). Instead, Conrady (2015) distinguishes knowledge to declarative, procedural, and conditional knowledge. McSkil indicates the ability to consider one's actions and, when necessary, correct them (Schraw et al., 2006). Scholars (Schraw et al., 2006) define McSkil into evaluation, debriefing, planning, information management, and monitoring.

Several studies about metacognition in mathematics learning are conducted. Studies have highlighted the significant role of metacognition in performance and supporting the selection of learning strategies and fostering the development of self-regulatory (Desoete & De Craene, 2019). In this study, metacognition is explored more detailed subcomponents of metacognition. The research questions are as follows: what subcomponents of metacognition are recognisable from students’ answers about a problem-solving task, math, and its learning? How do subcomponents differ among different age students?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In total, our sample was comprised of 225 students from one school: 71 of them are sixth-graders (about age 12), 81 are in grade seven (around age 13) and 73 are in ninth-grade (near age 15).

During data collection, students solved a mathematical problem-solving task and participated in an interview. In the interview, students used a tool called Reflection Landscape, which supports to describe own cognitive processes by visual representation. The interview questions covered the problem-solving task, mathematics, and its learning.

The data were examined by qualitative theory-guided content analysis (Kohlbacher, 2006). As a theoretical framework, we used metacognition taxonomies by Conrady (2015), Flavell (1979) and Schraw et al (2006). A frequency table was generated and tested based on observed metacognition using K-means cluster analysis. The Chi-square test determined whether statistically significant differences existed between groups based on cluster analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found references to all McKnow subcomponents, a total of 1646. Compared to McKnow, much fewer subcomponents of McSkil (N=288) were found and only three of five were identified in the data.

Our analysis resulted in four final groups that encompassed metacognition subcomponents in the data. Group 1 (n=55) was characterised by declarative and strategy knowledge. Instead, students in group 2 (n=38) share a high degree of variation in McKnow, mentioning several times all McKnow subcomponents.

One of the largest groups, group 3 (n=66) had by far the lowest number of observed metacognition subcomponents. Members of the group have two commonalities: indications only of declarative and strategy knowledge.

In group 4 (n=66), the second one of the largest groups, responses were evenly spread across person, strategy, and task knowledge. Moreover, declarative, procedural, and conditional knowledge was also highly observed, although declarative information was the most plentiful.

Statistically significant differences between groups and grades were found (ꭕ²(6)=33.313, p<.001, V=.27). In group 3, we found an over-representation of 6th-graders between the observed and expected number of students and an under-representation of 9th-graders. In addition, an over-representation of ninth graders in group 4 was evident.

We found that students had a high number of McKnow, but McSkil often remained unlikely. However, studies (Desoete & De Craene, 2019) suggest that metacognition should be fully developed by age 12. This may refer that students’ metacognition lacks mathematics-specific concepts and needs more activating (Siagian et al., 2019).

Students' metacognitive processes have a variety of components, mostly staying in the declarative level of McKnow. However, high-level components of McSkil were also recognized. Previous studies (Desoete & De Craene, 2019; Siagian et al., 2019) support that metacognition is an ongoing process, which needs to be included in mathematics learning to make learning process more aware.

References
Conrady, K. (2015). Modeling Metacognition: Making Thinking Visible in a Content Course for Teachers. Journal of Research in Mathematics Education, 4(2), 132–160. https://doi.org/10.17583/redimat.2015.1422
Desoete, A., & De Craene, B. (2019). Metacognition and mathematics education: An overview. ZDM, 51(4), 565–575.
Flavell, J. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906–911. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.906
Kohlbacher, F. (2006). The Use of Qualitative Content Analysis in Case Study Research. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 7(1), 1–30. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-7.1.75
Schraw, G., Crippen, K. J., & Hartley, K. (2006). Promoting Self-Regulation in Science Education: Metacognition as Part of a Broader Perspective on Learning. Research in Science Education, 36(1), 111–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-005-3917-8
Siagian, M. V., Saragih, S., & Sinaga, B. (2019). Development of Learning Materials Oriented on Problem-Based Learning Model to Improve Students’ Mathematical Problem Solving Ability and Metacognition Ability. International Electronic Journal of Mathematics Education, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.29333/iejme/5717
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 O: Educational Leadership
Location: James McCune Smith, 529 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Burcu Toptas
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Leading with Hope in Times of Crisis: A Systems Thinking Approach

Patricia Virella

Montclair State University - Montclair,, United States of America

Presenting Author: Virella, Patricia

Hope is often talked about during a crisis. To believe in hope is to understand that there are parts of human emotions that can radically alter and improve the outcomes for ourselves and many. These parts coalesce and allow us to hope and imagine a better future. During crisis times, such as the last 36 months, leaders need hope to move forward to continue to lead. Although scholars and public rhetoric have pointed to the COVID-19 pandemic as the beginning of a global crisis, several crises have plagued the U.S. and international community such as the persistent war in Ukraine, the debacle of the Afghani war, racism, colonization, drought across the Horn of Africa and many others. Amid all of these crises, school leaders are tasked with recovery, providing a schoolhouse that advances educational outcomes. Studies closely exploring the lived experience of the school principals and their practices amid a virulent crisis, however, are rarely represented in the current body of research. Hope plays an integral role in educational and crisis leadership. Smith and Riley (2012) whose groundbreaking framework for crisis leadership in schools posits that one critical element of educational leaders’ response to a crisis is to engender hope. Through hope, they argue, leaders can effectively rally toward recovery, collaboration and restoration. Myrtle (2018) found leader effectiveness is determined by how well the leader responds to the leadership challenge. However, in times of crisis, leaders need a different set of behaviors and dispositions to lead through a crisis (Smith & Riley, 2012; Mutch, 2015; 2020; Author Under Review, 2021). Hope can lead to positive outcomes for leaders. Scholars (Bennis, 1999; Rath & Conchie, 2008) define hope as one of four provisions exemplary leaders exhibit that contributes to achieving positive outcomes. Yet, recent studies have not been conducted which apply hope theory to educational and crisis leadership (Urick et al., 2021; Byrne & Yoon; 2019). Thus, it seems necessary to discuss what I see hope as an affective infrastructure permitting leadership to be expressed beyond a technical or adaptive orientation. Therefore, I center this inquiry on the two following research questions: How do principals manifest hope in their leadership during times of crisis? What is the role of hope in leading through a crisis? This study aims to examine how principals lead through various crises with hope to highlight how hope is a central tenet in school leadership. Specifically, I examined how principals’ deployed hope through a systems thinking approach to respond to a crisis. While existing studies have analyzed principals and how they respond to a crisis, I draw on Snyder’s (2002) conceptualization of hope to understand the manifestations and parts that make up hope. I then apply my findings through a systems thinking lens to construct a model of how principals deployed hope. To describe principals’ leadership through hope, I use a constant comparative approach (Boejie, 2002) to present qualitative data generated with 50 school principals from 2019 – 2022. My intent was not to gather generalizable data, but to provide insights into how principals hope and how that hope influences their leadership. Thus, this paper provides a unique contribution to research on school and crisis leadership by shifting the focus from the technical and operational responses of crisis leadership in schools to a holistic picture of the ways principal navigate crisis, demonstrating a systematic approach to their responses. Finally, I describe how crisis leadership is conceptualized in the international and national settings, providing a whole picture of how scholarship has framed crisis leadership in schools, while omitting hope as part of the conceptualized frames.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data collection consisted of interviewing 50 public school principals from across the United States who were identified via purposeful sampling. I selected principals who experienced a crisis during their tenure as principal—natural disaster, medical trauma, criminal violence, racial harm, the COVID-19 pandemic. Principals interviewed ranged in years of experience, age, and ethnicity. Data were collected from 2019-2022 using semi-structured interviews consisting of 18 questions that addressed how they lead through a crisis. Each interview was 50-65 minutes long. Also included in the interview were questions about hope, which were partly derived from Snyder’s (2002) Hope Scale, such as “How, if at all, did you feel hope during the crisis?”
Data analysis for this project was conducted in a six-step process to illuminate themes presented in the data. I used as a Braun and Clarke’s (2006) framework to analyze the data.  My interpretive understanding of participants’ experiences was derived exclusively from existing data—not on a priori codes, preexisting frameworks (e.g., Gerzon, 2015), or current theories of hope theory (Thorne, 2016). Data analysis also included dialogic engagement with educational leadership scholars. Dialogic engagement also involved comparisons of my emerging findings from step 2 to our interpretations of step 1 data. This process served as a form of analytic triangulation which allowed consideration as to how my interpretations in step 1 data challenged or supported ideas emerging from step 2 analysis (Ravitch & Carl, 2016). At the conclusion of step 1, I wrote analytic and reflective memos (Thorne, 2016).
The second step of data analysis began with multiple cycles of coding. Initial coding represented the first cycle of coding and facilitated a deep, open exploration of data that allowed codes to emerge (Saldaña, 2014). I reduced the data using structural coding (Namey, 2008).  This was an important process due to the large number of interviews. Further the structural coding allowed for the reworking of initial codes into more incisive categorical codes derived from the literature (Namey et al., 2008). I used these codes to identify themes within the data. Finally, I compared data, codes, and emerging themes between school leaders (e.g., years of experience, race, gender) and between crises (e.g., COVID-19, student health, school safety). I ensured rigor in conducting this study by using Stahl and King's (2020) criteria for trustworthiness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I determined how principals manifested hope through a systems-thinking approach. This systems-thinking approach, when manifested, no matter the crisis being experienced, yielded positive outcomes for leaders by building their confidence and potentially reducing burnout, creating a  positive climate for teachers, students, and families. I found that leaders exhibited beliefs, identified systemic problems during the crisis that needed to be changed – setting goals around this issue, and enacted behaviors to achieve the goal. I categorized the beliefs and identification as agency thinking because of how participants discussed leading with hope through a crisis. Additionally, I found that the leaders' beliefs were tethered to the systemic action they identified. I found several examples where principals could trace their agency and pathway thinking and achieve their goals. Leaders who exhibited a core set of self-concepts enabled self-efficacy through their descriptions of confidence, perseverance, or resilience. Leaders explained how these dispositions enabled them to strategize efforts that would lead toward recovery during a crisis. Additionally, they had a positive attribution or optimism, which allowed them to preserve and through goals even during cataclysmic events. To operationalize hope, I found that principals identified systemic problems that required immediate attention. No matter the crisis experienced, principals who demonstrated hope in their leadership could assess what issues surfaced and identify high-leverage problems to develop solutions. In some cases, such as principals who discussed the COVID-19 pandemic's disruption to access to academic engagement, they identified how their particular school could increase achievement while acknowledging how the crisis impacted multiple stakeholders.
In this study, I describe how the principals in this sample deployed hope through pathways thinking. These behaviors were modeling, collaboration, and mimicking mentors. These principals demonstrate how hope can be a visible and tangible part of a leader's response to a crisis through several targeted means.  

References
Author Under Review (2020; 2021; 2022).
Bennis, W. (1999). Five competencies of new leaders: Emerging leaders are purveyors of hope. Executive Excellence, 16, 4-5.
Boeije, H. (2002). A purposeful approach to the constant comparative method in the analysis of qualitative interviews. Quality and Quantity, 36(4), 391-409. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1020909529486
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101
Byrne-Jiménez, M. C., & Yoon, I. H. (2019, January). Leadership as an act of love: Leading in dangerous times. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 3, p. 117). Frontiers Media SA.
Gerzon, N. (2015). Structuring professional learning to develop a culture of data use: Aligning knowledge from the field and research findings. Teachers College Record, 117(4), 1-28.
Mutch, C. (2015). Leadership in times of crisis: Dispositional, relational and contextual factors influencing school principals’ actions. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, 14, 186-194.Myrtle, R. C. (2018). The challenges of leadership. The health care manager, 37(2), 158-163.Namey, E., Guest, G., Thairu, L., & Mutch, C. (2020). How might research on schools’ responses to earlier crises help us in the COVID-19 recovery process. Set: Research Information for Teachers, 2, 3-10.Johnson, L. (2008). Data reduction techniques for large qualitative data sets. Handbook for team-based qualitative research, 2(1), 137-161.
Rath, T., & Conchie, B. (2008). Strengths based leadership. Great Leaders, Teams, and Why People Follow, 2008.
Ravitch, S. M., & Carl, N. M. (2016). Validity: Process, strategies, and considerations. Qualitative research: Bridging the conceptual, theoretical, and methodological, 185-214.
Saldaña, J. (2014). Coding and analysis strategies.
Snyder, C. R. (2002). Hope theory: Rainbows in the mind. Psychological inquiry, 13(4), 249-275. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1448867
Smith, L., & Riley, D. (2012). School leadership in times of crisis. School Leadership and Management, 32(1), 57-71. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2011.614941Stahl, N. A., & King, J. R. (2020). Expanding approaches for research: Understanding and using trustworthiness in qualitative research. Journal of Developmental Education, 44(1), 26-28.
Thorne, S. (2016). Interpretive description: Qualitative research for applied practice. Routledge.
Urick, A., Carpenter, B. W., & Eckert, J. (2021). Confronting COVID: Crisis leadership, turbulence, and self-care. Frontiers in Education, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.642861


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Systematic Literature Review on the Practice of Dialogic Leadership: Its Role Within Education and Outcomes

Shiza Khaqan, Gisela Redondo-Sama

Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain

Presenting Author: Khaqan, Shiza

Leadership research has looked at what aspects of leadership lead to successful outcomes in the educational, health or corporate contexts (Campos, Aubert, Guo & Joanpere, 2020; Lemmetty & Collin, 2020; Robinson, Lloyd, & Rowe, 2008). In this vein, educational leadership research has aimed to identify the ways in which leadership is linked with achieving successful outcomes at the school level (Karadağ, Bektaş, Çoğaltay & Yalçın, 2015) and how school leaders can contribute to student achievement through the practices and changes that they implement, which can in turn transform the school culture (Karadağ et al., 2015). So, school leadership that can have transformative outcomes, is of great interest to those seeking to bring about reform in educational practice. However, in recent years, societies worldwide have become more diverse due to increased globalization, and this has called for a leadership approach that embraces greater diversity (Santamaría, 2014).

Within this context, an emerging form of leadership is dialogic leadership which identifies how different members of the community come together and through shared dialogue develop a sustainable leadership practice (Padrós & Flecha, 2014). Dialogic leadership was conceptualized as a result of the success of the INCLUDE-ED project from the 6th Framework Programme of the European Commission. While aiming to analyze the best educational practices in schools, the project identified the strength of dialogue as its use among community members led to very positive outcomes (Padrós & Flecha, 2014). The role of dialogue in educational leadership was highlighted earlier when it was demonstrated that using a strategy to encourage meaningful dialogue between the board members and staff at a school, led to overall organizational success and achieved positive outcomes for individuals (Deakins, 2007). However, the more recent conceptualization of dialogic practice calls for participation by the whole community in schools, which is achieved by the inclusion of the voices of all members in important processes like decision making (Redondo-Sama, 2015). In the schools taking up this form of leadership, families, teachers, students and volunteers from the community all get involved in supporting the school through active engagement in school activities, which helps the school and also strengthens the neighbourhood (Padrós & Flecha, 2014). Importantly, the dialogic practices in these schools are helping to achieve improvement in academic outcomes (Redondo-Sama, 2015), which has been a foremost objective of educational leadership (Witziers, Bosker & Krüger, 2003).

The dialogic practices support further learning and cognitive development, and Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory can be used to understand these as the underlying theoretical framework as proposed by Mercer and Howe (2012). The sociocultural theory emphasizes the importance of interactional dialogue on learning (Mercer & Howe, 2012). Knowledge is constructed through interactions among individuals, so, the schools implementing these strategies are achieving effective results with increased dialogue (Redondo-Sama, 2015). Less is known yet about the role of dialogic leadership in student success, so, the purpose of the current systematic literature review is to review the literature on dialogic leadership. The main aim of the current research is to analyse the development of dialogic leadership practice and contextualize it within the educational leadership research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) model was followed for the current systematic literature review (Page et al., 2021). During the first phase, the authors narrowed down the journals from the JCR and Scimago databases. The journal list was maintained and updated in an excel file. Firstly, on JCR the categories ‘Education and educational sciences’ and the category ‘Social sciences – interdisciplinary’ were searched to find relevant journals. Similarly, a search was carried out on Scimago and consequentially 111 journals were selected from both databases, after removing duplicates. During the next phase of journal selection, the number of articles in each journal related to educational leadership and dialogic leadership was examined. So, the final selection was made based on the topic relevance and the number of relevant articles which resulted in 30 journals.
Another source identified for the literature was the CORDIS website where other EU-funded projects related to the current project were identified, in order to incorporate the European context. The literature search was carried out from November to December 2022 from the selected journals and the EU- funded projects. Only articles from 2000 onwards were to be included in the literature search. To conduct a thorough literature search, literature was also searched on the following databases: Web of Science, SCOPUS and Google Scholar. Boolean operators were used to make search terms more specific. While ‘educational leadership’ and ‘dialogic leadership’ were used as keywords, the search term “(dialogue) OR ("dialogic leadership") AND (leadership)” was also used.
Finally, 22 articles were selected for the literature review after deleting the ones that were recurring or not relevant. Since there is limited research on dialogic leadership, an exploratory approach was taken for the analysis. An inductive thematic analysis was conducted, and themes were extracted from the literature after a thorough reading of the selected articles. During the first round, the abstracts of the articles were read and then categorized together based on similar topics in a matrix. Afterwards the articles were read through, and several descriptive themes were identified. After scrutinizing the descriptive themes, the articles were re-read to gain an understanding of how these descriptive themes are connected. These descriptive themes were then categorized based on similarities to reveal four main analytical themes for the current review.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main aim of this systematic review was to analyze how dialogic leadership fits in the educational leadership research and to understand the role of dialogic leadership in education. The thematic analysis revealed four themes which address the objectives stated earlier.
1) Social justice orientation: While a transformation of the ethnic makeup of societies has resulted in greater diversity, it has also brought with it a challenge for educational leadership (Furman, 2012). There was a need within educational leadership to adopt a multicultural perspective with an emphasis on social justice (Santamaria, 2014). The practice of dialogic leadership within education as evidenced so far has seen the inclusion of diverse members of community and it has ensured equality by giving equal importance to the voice of each member (Padrós & Flecha, 2014).
2) Social Cohesion: One of the effects that the implementation of the dialogic model has had is the reduction of miscommunication because of increased dialogue (Deakins, 2009) and consequentially it has led to the development of a sense of community and togetherness (Temple & Ylitalo, 2009).
3) Improved well-being: Another outcome that was observed in institutions observing dialogic practices, is an improvement in the general well-being of the individuals involved which was believed to improve performance (Yliruka & Karvinen-Niinikoski, 2013). This improvement in well-being has been noted as an indirect effect that the exchange of dialogue can produce.  
4) Improved academic outcomes: The main effect of the dialogic leadership model being implemented in schools was an improvement in the students’ academic outcomes (Redondo-Sama, 2015). This model enabled teachers, parents and children to interact, share knowledge and to become empowered, which led to success (Padrós & Flecha, 2014).
Overall, it can be concluded that dialogic leadership practices are paving the way for embracing diversity, building community, and enhancing educational achievements.

References
Campos, J. A., Aubert, A., Guo, M., & Joanpere, M. (2020). Improved leadership skills and aptitudes in an excellence EMBA program: creating synergies with dialogic leadership to achieve social impact. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 17. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00017
Deakins, E. (2007). The role of meaningful dialogue in early childhood education leadership. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 32(1), 38-46. https://doi.org/10.1177/183693910703200107
Furman, G. (2012). Social justice leadership as praxis: Developing capacities through preparation programs. Educational Administration Quarterly, 48(2), 191-229. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X11427394
Karadağ, E., Bektaş, F., Çoğaltay, N., & Yalçın, M. (2015). The effect of educational leadership on students’ achievement: A meta-analysis study. Asia Pacific Education Review, 16(1), 79-93. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-015-9357-x
Lemmetty, S., & Collin, K. (2020). Moment of dialogic leadership in Finnish IT organisation. Industrial and Commercial Training, 52(4), 195-207. https://doi.org/10.1108/ICT-01-2020-0007
Mercer, N., & Howe, C. (2012). Explaining the dialogic processes of teaching and learning: The value and potential of sociocultural theory. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 1(1), 12-21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2012.03.001
Padrós, M. & Flecha, R. (2014). Towards a Conceptualization of Dialogic Leadership. International Journal of Educational Leadership and Management, 2(2), 207-226. https://doi.org/10.4471/ijelm.2014.17
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
Redondo-Sama, G. (2015). Dialogic leadership in learning communities. Intangible Capital, 11(3), 437-457. https://doi.org/10.3926/ic.651
Robinson, V. M., Lloyd, C. A., & Rowe, K. J. (2008). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: An analysis of the differential effects of leadership types. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(5), 635-674. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X08321509
Santamaría, L. J. (2014). Critical change for the greater good: Multicultural perceptions in educational leadership toward social justice and equity. Educational Administration Quarterly, 50(3), 347-391. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X13506594
Temple, J. B., & Ylitalo, J. (2009). Promoting inclusive (and dialogic) leadership in higher education institutions. Tertiary education and management, 15(3), 277-289. https://doi.org/10.1080/13583880903073024
Witziers, B., Bosker, R. J., & Krüger, M. L. (2003). Educational leadership and student achievement: The elusive search for an association. Educational Administration Quarterly, 39(3), 398-425. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X03253411
Yliruka, L., & Karvinen-Niinikoski, S. (2013). How can we enhance productivity in social work? Dynamically reflective structures, dialogic leadership and the development of transformative expertise. Journal of Social Work Practice, 27(2), 191-206. https://doi.org/10.1080/02650533.2013.798157


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Algerian Middle School EFL Teachers’ Perceptions and Reported Practices of Teacher Leadership

Imene Messalem

University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Messalem, Imene

Educational institutions are constantly scrutinized concerning their successes or failures in meeting their educational goals. School principals alone are generally unable to cope with the increasing demands within their schools because a single leader does not have all the time, expertise and energy to lead reform (Spillane, 2006). Such challenging circumstances have intensified the need for a collaboration between all members of educational institutions and a distribution of leadership powers within schools. For Harris (2013a, p 12), distributed leadership is a term used to refer to “leadership that is shared within, between and across organizations”. One strand of distributed leadership prevalent in the literature is teacher leadership. Educational institutions are, accordingly, required to extend their sources of change, decision making and influence and incorporate teachers as agents of change in school improvement (Muijs & Harris, 2006). The concept of teacher leadership has, thus, evolved as a paradigm shift in school leadership, from the centralized top-down perspective to a more decentralized and distributed approach to school leadership, giving empowerment to teachers to take on leadership roles (Mangin, 2007). Teacher leadership has been a recurrent theme in educational reforms landscape since the mid-1980s (Murphy, 2005; York-Barr and Duke, 2004) and strong arguments have been provided by scholars advocating its value for students, teachers and schools as a whole. Despite increasing interest in teacher leadership research, consensus on a definition of the concept is still missing in the existing literature. According to Neumerski (2012), lack of consensus in defining teacher leadership is mainly because it “tends to be an umbrella term referring to a myriad of work” (p.320). In a similar way, Cooper, Stanulis, Brondyk, Hamilton, Macaluso and Meier (2016) explained that teacher leaders’ roles vary depending on the research and the school context. Defining teacher leadership is, thus, not an easy task as a number of authors have put forward various competing and overlapping definitions of the concept (Muijs & Harris, 2003). Although many studies have investigated teacher leadership in various contexts, it could be clearly noted that research in this area remains pre-dominantly Western (Nguyen et al, 2019; Wenner & Campbell, 2017), with very few studies conducted in non-western contexts. More specifically, no study of this kind has been conducted in the Algerian context to the best of my knowledge. Given that contexts matter, this study aims to contribute to the existing body of research on teacher leadership by providing a knowledge base of Algerian middle school EFL teachers’ perceptions and reported practices of teacher leadership. This paper, which is part of a more extended doctoral research, is thus, guided by the following research questions:

  1. What perceptions do middle school EFL teachers hold regarding teacher leadership?
  2. What are middle school EFL teachers’ reported practices of and experiences with teacher leadership?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current research adheres to the interpretive paradigm’s relativist ontology, perceiving teacher leadership as ‘reality’ as socially and experientially constructed, and is not independent from Algerian EFL teachers’ consciousness. Participants’ perceptions of teacher leadership, thus, constitute its multi-realities as understood and experienced by them. Consistent with the interpretive paradigm, a qualitative case study design was employed to meet the aims of this research, the case being Algerian middle school EFL teachers. Purposive and convenience sampling strategies were employed to recruit the sample, which involved both positional teacher leaders and teachers who do not hold a positional teacher leadership role. To collect relevant and sufficient data, this research employed 13 individual semi-structured interviews, 10 reflective essays and 4 online focus group discussions. Each focus group involved four teachers; one of them is a positional teacher leader. Overall, 19 participants took part in this research. However, it is important to note that not all of them contributed to the three data collection methods (i.e. some teachers, for example, participated in individual interviews and wrote reflective essays but did not take part in the FGDs). Issues related to ethical considerations were addressed prior to beginning the fieldwork or approaching potential participants. These involved providing an information sheet and a consent form, ensuring participants confidentiality, anonymity and freedom of withdrawal at any stage of the research. Individual interviews and online focus group discussions were recorded, transcribed and translated when needed. The collected data was analysed thematically following the 6 phases of thematic analysis outlined by Braun and Clark (2006). A report, as the final stage of thematic analysis, was produced with data organised in relation to each of the two research questions outlined earlier.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research provided a detailed overview of teacher leadership within the Algerian middle school context. Although the term ‘teacher leadership’ itself seemed not to be commonly used in the participants’ work context, their perceptions and definitions of the concept indicate their awareness of what constitutes teacher leadership. Findings in this regard support multi-dimensional nature of teacher leadership and revealed teachers’ clear orientation to relate it with non-positional roles. In other words, participants’ definitions of the concept covered a wide array of practices that teacher leaders could engage in and traits that characterise those teachers, and were clearly focused on perceptions of teacher leadership as influence through collaboration, professional support and role modelling rather than a designated position or authority. Teacher leadership was defined in relation with: practices within the classroom, practices beyond the classroom, teacher leaders’ traits and participation in decision-making. The latter, despite being perceived by the interviewees as an essential aspect of teacher leadership, was reported as being limited in their work context. Although none of the participants defined teacher leadership in relation with positional roles, data revealed that they were aware of positional teacher leadership roles within their context, relating these roles to the selection and promotion process that teachers have to undergo. However, it was noted that they had limited awareness of the additional responsibilities that come with these roles, which poses questions related to role clarity and teachers’ preparation for these positional teacher leadership roles within the study context. Participants’ reported practices of teacher leadership were largely consistent with their perceptions in that they were mainly non-positional in nature and were not restricted to the classroom context. Their reported practices, overall, reflected their innovative teaching practices, continuous professional learning, care for their learners and the direct or indirect influence that they have on their peers.
References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative
        research in psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101. Available at:
        https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Cooper, K.S., Stanulis, R.N., Brondyk, S.K., Hamilton, E.R., Macaluso, M. and Meier,
       J.A. (2016) ‘The teacher leadership process: attempting change within
       embedded systems’, Journal of Educational Change, 17(1), pp. 85-113. doi:
       10.1007/s10833-015-9262-4
Harris, A. (2013a) ‘Distributed leadership: Friend or foe?’, Educational Management
Administration & Leadership, 41(5), pp. 545-554. Available at:
https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1741143213497635
Mangin, M. M. & Stoelinga, S, R. (2008) Effective Teacher Leadership. New York:
       Teachers College Press.
Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003) ‘Teacher leadership: Improvement or empowerment?
       An overview of the literature’, Educational Leadership and Management, 31(4),
       pp.437-448. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0263211X030314007
Muijs, D. and Harris, A. (2006) ‘Teacher led school improvement: Teacher leadership
       in the UK’, Teaching and Teacher Education. 22, pp. 961-972. Available at:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.010
Murphy, J. (2005) Connecting Teacher Leadership and School Improvement.
       Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.
Neumerski, C. M. (2012) ‘Rethinking Instructional Leadership, a Review. What Do
       we Know about Principal, Teacher and Coach Instructional Leadership, and
       Where Should we Go from Here?’, Educational Administration Quarterly, 49(2),
       pp. 310-347. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0013161X12456700
Nguyen, D., Harris, A., and Ng, D. (2019) ‘A Review of the Empirical Research on
       Teacher Leadership: (2003-2017) Evidence, Patterns and Implications’, Journal
       of Educational Administration, 58(1), pp. 60-80. doi:
       http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2018-0023
Spillane, J.P. & Diamond, J.B. (2007). Distributed Leadership in Practice. New York:
       Teachers College Press, Columbia University.
Wenner, J.A. and Campbell, T. (2017) ‘The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher
       leadership: a review of the literature’, Review of Educational Research, 87(1),
       pp. 134-171. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102%2F0034654316653478
York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004) ‘What Do we Know about Teacher Leadership?
       Findings fromTwo Decades of Scholarship’, Review of Educational Research.
       74(3), pp. 255-316.Available at:
       https://doi.org/10.3102%2F00346543074003255
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 P: Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Location: James McCune Smith, 508 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers’ Interactions with Linguistically Diverse Learners in Primary School Mathematics

Alexandra Louisa Dannenberg, Friederike Heinzel, Elisabeth Rathgeb-Schnierer

University of Kassel, Germany

Presenting Author: Dannenberg, Alexandra Louisa

Studies show that students with the language of instruction as their first language often perform better in mathematics than students with a different first language (Kasper et al., 2020; OECD, 2016). Compared to other countries, Germany shows the highest difference between these two groups’ mathematics achievement (Meyer, Prediger, César, & Norén, 2021). However, everyday language skills in the language of instruction do not suffice for academic success (Cummins, 2001).

Language has different functions in mathematics classrooms. On the one hand, classroom interaction as well as learning assessment take place through language (Durkin & Shire, 1991). On the other hand, language is a vehicle for developing mathematical knowledge (Prediger, 2017). Therefore, language can become an obstacle for students regarding understanding and solving tasks, as well as developing procedural and conceptual knowledge. The mentioned obstacles are relevant for students’ mathematics achievement, which makes it necessary to investigate linguistic difficulties during mathematical learning processes (Prediger, Wilhelm, Büchter, Gürsoy, & Benholz, 2015).

Pöhler and Prediger (2015) distinguish lexical means, which are important for establishing a conceptual understanding: Technical terms and phrases can be located on the word level, while “meaning-related vocabulary” (Pöhler & Prediger, 2015, p. 1701) contains all lexical means necessary to explain the meaning of technical terms and therefore also includes grammatical elements. Thus, the meaning-related vocabulary goes beyond the word level and can be considered on the sentence level.

On the discourse level, students must be able to follow and participate in discursive practices. Explaining and arguing are the most common and the most important discursive genres for the construction of conceptual understanding of mathematics (Erath, 2021). Despite these high requirements on different language levels, language support in mathematics classrooms predominantly addresses the word level. This indicates that linguistic competences on the sentence and discourse level in the language of instruction are implicitly expected. At the same time, linguistic skills on all levels are distributed unequally among students, so these expectations often disadvantage students from low socioeconomic backgrounds and those with other first languages (Prediger, 2017). However, it is important to mention that the cited studies refer to secondary mathematics education and so far, the question of whether these findings also apply to elementary mathematics education remains unanswered.

In addition, learners' first languages play an important role in promoting their conceptual understanding (Ellerton & Clarkson, 1996). Even though it is particularly difficult in classrooms comprised of speakers of several different languages, as it is the case in Germany, Meyer et al. (2021) suggest various measures to foster first languages in mathematics teaching. Other studies criticize the lack of acceptance of multilingualism in the classroom (Baur & Küchler-Hendricks, 2021). Overall, an insufficient support in the language of instruction and a lacking integration of other languages could create a difference between speakers of the language of instruction and speakers of other languages. This difference would reproduce the social power relationship between speakers of the majority language and speakers of minority languages (Cummins, 2001).

The presented project therefore investigates the main research question:

How do teachers interact with linguistically diverse learners in elementary school mathematics and how is difference produced in the process?

This research question can be broken down into smaller research questions as follows:

  1. How do teachers in elementary school mathematics use technical terms and how do students adapt it?
  2. At which levels do language obstacles occur in elementary school mathematics classrooms and what practices of dealing with these barriers are evident?
  3. How are learners’ first languages included in elementary school mathematics instruction?
  4. How are language hierarchies visible in elementary school mathematics classrooms?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employs participant observation as a method of ethnography, which is often used to analyze social power relations. Ethnography allows for repeated observations of similar situations, making implicit things more apparent, which often plays an important role in creating differences and commonality (Fritzsche & Tervooren, 2012).
Data is collected in three different schools and in one classroom at each school. First, a private school was selected, where students mostly come from socioeconomically privileged families and where two different languages of instruction, namely German and English, are used. Since it is an international school, students come from a variety of countries and show varying language abilities in both English, and German. In contrast, the second school is located in a socioeconomically disadvantaged neighborhood, where the percentage of population with immigrant background is high and there are many different first languages. The student profile of the third school is socioeconomically average in comparison to the other two schools and it is attended by fewer students with a first language other than the language of instruction.
Participant observation will be conducted in two phases in each of the three schools. In total approximately eight weeks of observation of mathematics instruction will take place at each school: The first phase lasts approximately five weeks, and the second phase approximately three weeks. Between the two phases, an initial evaluation will be conducted in order to take the results into account in the second phase of observation. The observational protocols will be analyzed with open coding and further analysis steps of Grounded Theory. The objective of this analysis is to develop a category system that can be used to answer the research questions. Furthermore, it is planned to use data from the INTERFACH video study, for which 60-minute mathematics lessons from 25 different teachers are videotaped. The video study also includes a class from at least one of the schools, where I conducted preliminary classroom observations. This final step is to examine whether the results can be replicated in other classes and schools, using the developed category system.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Since the study is still in the phase of data collection, the following descriptions are preliminary results of a first analysis.
In the lessons observed so far, situations repeatedly arose in which linguistic obstacles caused mathematical difficulties for certain students. How the teachers dealt with these barriers varied: Teachers often made explanations in the language of instruction, which were supported by gestures, illustrations, and representations. In some cases, other students were asked, or devices were used to translate tasks into other languages. It remains to be determined, which of these responses can be described as practices of dealing with linguistic obstacles.
Furthermore, teachers repeatedly discussed technical language usage on the word level. However, no statement can be made, yet, about language support on the sentence or on the discourse level.
First language usage and its integration into mathematics lessons differed between the classrooms. In the private school, the students themselves used other languages in extracurricular conversations. However, in the school attended by learners with intermediate socioeconomic status, a first language was actively included by the teacher in mathematical conversations. This language is shared by several students who started learning the language of instruction only very recently. In both schools, however, it can be assumed that many other first languages are not used at all.
In the third school, only very few observations have taken place so far. Therefore, no conclusions can be made about the practices yet. The first phase of observation will be completed in all schools by the end of March and the first evaluation of the collected data is planned for April. Depending on the clarity of its results, I plan to focus on one or two of the research questions presented above, in the presentation at the Emerging Researchers’ Conference.

References
Baur, C., & Küchler-Hendricks, A. (2021). "Außer Deutsch darf keine Sprache in diesem Unterricht gesprochen werden" - Sprache und Heterogenität im deutschen Schulsystem. Kölner Online Journal Für Lehrer*innenbildung, 3(1), 70–82.
Cummins, J. (2001). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire (Reprinted.). Bilingual Education & Bilingualism: Vol. 23. Clevedon, Buffalo: Multilingual Matters LTD. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781853596773
Durkin, K., & Shire, B. (1991). Language in mathematical education: Research and practice. Open University Press.
Ellerton, N. F., & Clarkson, P. C. (1996). Language Factors in Mathematics Teaching and Learning. In International Handbook of Mathematics Education (pp. 987–1033). Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-1465-0_27
Erath, K. (2021). Enhancing students' language in collective processes of knowldege construction in group work: the case of enlarging figures. ZDM - Mathematics Education, 53, 317–335.
Fritzsche, B., & Tervooren, A. (2012). Doing difference while doing ethnography? Zur Methodologie ethnographischer Untersuchungen von Differenzkategorien. In B. Friebertshäuser, H. Kelle, H. Boller, S. Bollig, C. Huf, A. Langer, . . . S. Richter (Eds.), Feld und Theorie: Herausforderungen erziehungswissenschaftlicher Ethnographie (pp. 25–40). Berlin/Toronto: Budrich Verlag.
Kasper, D., Köller, O., Selter, C., Wendt, H., Schwippert, K., McElvany, N., & Steffensky, M. (2020). TIMSS 2019. Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann Verlag. Retrieved from https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/60948 https://doi.org/60948
Meyer, M., Prediger, S., César, M., & Norén, E. (2021). Making use of multiple (non-shared) first languages: state of and need for research and development in the European language context. In R. Barwell, P. Clarkson, A. Halai, M. Kazima, J. Moschkovich, N. Planas, . . . M. V. Ubillús (Eds.), Mathematics Education and Language Diversity: The 21st ICMI Study (pp. 47–66). Springer.
OECD (2016). Pisa 2015 Results (Volume I): Excellence and Equity in Education. PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en
Pöhler, B., & Prediger, S. (2015). Intertwining Lexical and Conceptual Learning Trajectories - A Design Research Study on Dual Macro-Scaffolding towards Percentages. EURASIA Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 11(6), 1697–1722. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2015.1497a
Prediger, S. (2017). "Kapital multipliziert durch Faktor halt, kann ich nicht besser erklären" - Sprachschatzarbeit für einen verstehensorientierten Mathematikunterricht. In B. Lütke, I. Petersen, & T. Tajmel (Eds.), DaZ-Forschung. Deutsch als Zweitsprache, Mehrsprachigkeit und Migration: Vol. 8. Fachintegrierte Sprachbildung: Forschung, Theoriebildung und Konzepte für die Unterrichtspraxis (pp. 229–252). Berlin/Boston: De Gruyter.
Prediger, S., Wilhelm, N., Büchter, A., Gürsoy, E., & Benholz, C. (2015). Sprachkompetenz und Mathematikleistung - Empirische Untersuchung sprachlich bedingter Hürden in den Zentralen Prüfungen 10. Journal Für Mathematik-Didaktik, 36(1), 77–104.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Plurilingual Literary Writings as Tools to Develop Students´ Creativity and Critical Thinking Skills

Klaudia Kruszynska

Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Kruszynska, Klaudia

In a constantly changing world we are frequently reminded that as educators we need to provide students with opportunities that will encourage them to think creatively and critically in order to find solutions outside the box. There seems to be a consensus among students, parents, teachers, researchers, school administrators and politicians that these skills are essential to do well in the 21st century, however the question how to develop them causes many disagreements among interested parties.

This paper discusses the use of students´ plurilingual repertoires in art-based activities in L2 classroom as a tool to further develop their creative and critical thinking skills. Students´ collaboratively prepared plurilingual literary writings (using students´ linguistic biographies to define the languages) are analysed. The objective of this analysis is to determine if Choi´s (2016) argument that ¨allowing students to use their entire range of linguistic resources, and to mix codes and modes, is a way to encourage creativity¨ can be further supported. By encouraging students to use their plurilingual repertoires in one text, they are asked to find ways to make different languages work together in order to create a coherent message. This promotes creativity which Jones (2010, p. 477) defines as: ¨a matter of finding our way around constrains or limitations placed on us by the discourses within which we operate.¨ For the purpose of this study, I draw on Beyer’s (1985) definition of critical thinking (CT): “critical thinking is the assessing of the authenticity, accuracy and/or worth of knowledge claims and arguments" (p. 271).

Using students´ artistic products created in L2 classroom as data source may allow a deeper understanding of students´ L2 and other languages´ use. According to Barone, Eisner and Barone, arts-based research ¨broadens our conception of the ways in which we come to know¨ (2011, p. 4).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is formulated as a practitioner´s research: it is conducted by an individual with dual roles of both practitioner and researcher in order to enhance and improve the practice under question (Campbell and Groundwater-Smith 2009; Ergas and Ritter 2020). The data analysis is based on Silbey’s (2021b) adaptation of Grounded Theory, “where the theory is built ostensibly from ground up (relying entirely on the data)”. This approach stems from the compilation of empirical data (observations, the respondents’ words, or documentary evidence) together with the “use of some concepts from the existing literature and theoretical resources as possible codes” (Silbey 2021a, n.p.). According to Tavory and Timmermans (2014), some categories may emerge directly from the data while other categories or concepts may be imported from elsewhere, if they are relevant to what is observed in the data.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper has two goals: to support the use of students´ plurilingualism as a tool to promote their creative and critical thinking skills, and to upkeep the notion that art-based research ¨addresses complex and often subtle interactions and that it provides an image of those interactions in ways that make them noticeable¨ (Barone, Eisner & Baron, 2011, p. 3).
References
Barone, TJ., Eisner, EW., and Barone, TJ. (2011). What Is and What Is Not Arts
Based Rearch?. SAGE Publications, Incorporated, Thousand Oaks.

Beyer, B. K. (1985). Critical thinking: What is it? Social Education, 49(4), 270-76.

Campbell, A. & Groundwater-Smith, S. (2009). Connecting inquiry and professional learning in education: International perspectives and practical solutions. Routledge.

Choi, J.  (2016). Creative Criticality in Multilingual Texts. In R.H. Jones & J.C. Richards (eds.). Creativity in Language Teaching.  New York & London: Routledge.

Ergas, O, & Ritter, J.K. (2020). Introduction: Why explore self in teaching, teacher education, and practitioner research. In O. Ergas & J. K. Ritter (Eds.), Exploring self. Toward expanding teaching, teacher education and practitioner research (pp. 1-16). Emerald Publishing Limited.

Jones, R. (2010). Creativity and discourse. World Englishes, 29(4): 467-480.

Jones, R.H. & J.C. Richards. (2016). Creativity and Language Teaching. In R.H. Jones & J.C. Richards (eds.). Creativity in Language Teaching.  New York & London: Routledge.

Silbey, S. (2021a). Qualitative research methods: conversational interviewing. edX MITx 21A.819.1x online course: www.edx.org

Silbey, S. (2021b). Qualitative research methods: data coding and analysis. edX MITx 21A.819.2x online course: www.edx.org

Tavory I., & S. Timmermans (2014). Abductive analysis: Theorizing qualitative research. University of Chicago Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Historical Panorama of Literature Teaching - Results from a Systematic Literature Review

Andressa Jove Godoy1,2, Amélia Lopes1,2

1University of Porto (FPCEUP); 2Centre for Research and Intervention in Education (CIIE)

Presenting Author: Jove Godoy, Andressa

Studies on Literature teaching (Candido, 1995; Cosson, 2018; Freire, 1921; Leahy-Dios, 2004; Paulino, 2010; Paulino & Cosson, 2009; Segabinazi, 2011; Zilberman, 2009) argue that the development of literary literacy enables to constituting critical readers, capable of reflecting on the dichotomies between the real world and those that are fabled to them, building, in this process, their identity. Despite this, other studies (Cosson, 2020; Duarte, 2013; Witte & Sâmihaian, 2013) demonstrate that the school approach to Literature has its statutes, autonomy, and appreciation frequently revised, motivated by didactic-methodological tensions related to the place of Literature in the school and socio-political interests, which cause changes in the conceptions and practices of teaching Literature.

The different approaches, tensions, and interests that have motivated the development of Literature teaching over time have also modified the value and the definition of Literature; the purpose of its teaching; the contents taught; the adopted methodologies; the roles played by teachers and students; the criteria for selecting texts; the teaching materials, the activities, and the assessment (Cosson, 2020). By identifying and studying these aspects, Cosson (2020) defined the paradigms that have influenced Literature teaching in the Brazilian context. Considering similar topics, Witte and Sâmihaian (2013) identified points of agreement and disagreement between the Literature curricula of six European countries, and Duarte (2013) investigated the similarities and contradictions between the paradigmatic conceptions of teachers, regulatory discourses, and academics on the Literature teaching in Portugal.

Considering the mentioned studies, the relevance of literary literacy development in the citizens' formation, and the role of the school as the central agent of its promotion and democratization (Lajolo, 1983, 1988), we believe that it is crucial to understand how the Literature teaching has evolved over the years. Because of it, in this study, we intend to characterize an overview of Literature teaching as a curricular subject based on identified teaching trends developed and implemented in the context of first-language teaching in Basic Education. To achieve the objective of this study, we intend to answer the following questions:

  • What place has the teaching of Literature occupied in curricula and school practices for Basic Education?
  • What objectives have guided the school's teaching of Literature in Basic Education?
  • What Literature teaching strategies and practices have been developed and implemented in Basic Education?
  • What kind of Literature learning assessment has been developed and implemented in Basic Education?
  • What roles have teachers, students, and learning objects played in Literature teaching and learning processes in Basic Education?
  • What tensions and interests have likely motivated identified changes in the statutes, autonomy, and appreciation of Literature teaching?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Considering the objective of this study, we have been developing a systematic literature review (Boland et al., 2017) that would allow addressing the research questions and, in the end, understanding how Literature teaching has evolved over the years, characterizing its panorama.
We conducted, at first, exploratory searches whose results provided us with bases to define the search terms and limitations. Thus, we identified four expressions that we chose to be the study's search terms: 'literature teaching'; 'teaching of literature'; 'literary education'; 'literature education'. We also set search-limiting parameters to perform more precise searches, considering adding to the corpus articles published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish in indexed journals in Education, Social Sciences, and Language and Literature fields. Considering the aim of identifying Literature teaching trends over the years, we did not circumscribe the searches by time. In addition to the research limitations, we defined the corpus selection by inclusion and exclusion criteria elaborated based on the objective of this study and aided by the results of the exploratory searches. In this way, we included articles that address a time overview analysis of Literature teaching as a curriculum subject taught in first-language classes at Basic Education levels of regular schools.
Then, in January 2023, we searched for records published until December 2022 that mentioned the defined search terms in the Scopus and Web of Science databases' title, abstract, and keywords fields. After excluding duplicates, the search yielded 958 records, from which we had to discard 28 because they did not have a digital version available. After that, with 930 records, we fully read the titles, abstracts, and keywords. We removed 139 texts flagged in searches for textually mentioning the search terms because they did not address them as the research object of the studies they portrayed. In a second moment, we scanned 971 articles, applying the inclusion and exclusion criteria and obtaining a corpus of 43 records. At the time of submission of this proposal, we are reading and categorizing them using the thematic content analysis method (Cohen et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the study conducted so far, we could characterize the corpus metadata. Its analysis demonstrated the growing relevance of research topics related to Literature teaching overviews since the corpus, formed from texts published since the late 1970s, consists of approximately 70% of articles from the last ten years (2012-2022), in which the year 2019 stands out, in which six were published. Through these preliminary analyses, it was also possible to verify that researchers from seventeen countries of different continents worldwide have been addressing the topics of interest to this study, from which we can highlight Brazil and Spain, with 8 and 10 productions, respectively. We believe the diversity of the article's origin that constitutes the corpus will enable a more plural understanding of Literature teaching.
Lastly, we expect that the outcomes of the reading and analysis of the corpus (phase currently in progress) will make it possible to identify Literature teaching trends over the years and, hence, characterize its panorama. In addition to a greater understanding of the Literature teaching history, we hope that this study will also aid the construction of the theoretical framework for the data collection and analysis processes of the doctoral project of which it is part, whose main objective is to identify and to characterize the paradigms that have guided the teaching of Literature in Basic Education by analyzing the life histories of teachers who have worked in this area.

References
Boland, A.; Cherry, G. & Dickson, R. (2017). Doing a Systematic Review - A Student′s Guide. SAGE.
Candido, A. (1995) Vários escritos. Duas Cidades.
Cohen, L.; Manion, L.; Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods education, 7ª ed. Routledge Falmer.
Cosson, R. (2018). Letramento literário: teoria e prática. 2a ed. Contexto.
Cosson, R. (2020). Paradigmas do ensino da literatura. Contexto.
Duarte, R. dos S. (2013). Ensino da Literatura: Nós e Laços [Tese de doutoramento] Universidade do Minho.
Freire, P. (1921). A Importância do Ato de Ler: em três artigos que se completam. Autores Associados.
Lajolo, M. (1983). O que é literatura. (3a ed.) Brasiliense.
Lajolo, M. (1988). A leitura e o ensino da literatura. Contexto.
Leahy-Dios, C. (2004). Educação literária como metáfora social: desvios e rumos. 2a ed. Martim Fontes.
Paulino, G. & Cosson, R. (2009). Letramento literário: para viver a literatura dentro e fora da escola. In: Zilberman, R. & Rösing T. M. K. (org.). Escola e leitura: velha crise, novas alternativas (pp. 61-79) Global.
Paulino, G. (2010). Das leituras ao letramento literário: 1979-1999. BFaE/UFMG e EDUFPEL.
Segabinazi, D. M. (2011). Educação literária e a formação docente: encontros e desencontros do ensino de literatura na escola e na Universidade do Século XXI. [Tese de Doutorado]. Universidade Federal da Paraíba.
Witte, T. & Sâmihaian, F. (2013). Is Europe open to a student-oriented framework for Literature? A comparative analysis of the formal literature curriculum in six European countries. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, vol.13, pp. 1-22. doi:10.17239/L1ESLL-2013.01.02
Zilberman, R. A. (2009) escola e a leitura de literatura. In: Zilberman, R. & Rösing T. M. K. (org.). Escola e leitura: velha crise, novas alternativas (pp. 17-39) Global.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 Q: Research in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 408 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Edwin Keiner
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Strengthening of the University of the Third Age through Intergenerational learning of older displaced people

Ievgeniia Dragomirova

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dragomirova, Ievgeniia

The aggravation of political conflicts in the context of the disproportion in the socio-economic development of the countries of the world led to a record forced migration of the population. The diversity of cultures and religions, the level of education and other personal characteristics of forced migrants, including their age characteristics - are all factors influencing the process of adaptation and socialization of migrants in host countries (UNESCO, 2022). Highly developed countries, and this is only 1/5 of the countries receiving forced migrants (UNHCR, 2022), are actively developing the concept of Lifelong Learning. According to the Lifelong learning opportunities for all: medium-term strategy 2022–2029 by UNESCO (UNESCO, 2022), mutual learning in a community should be a strategic objective for every local government.

During last 10 years the migrant’s integration policy in England has been aimed at "community cohesion”. At the same moment there were some arguments that multiculturalism has failed, and migrants who do not speak English or do not want to integrate have created "a kind of discomfort and disunity" in British communities. In contrast, the Scottish Government work on migrant integration and welcome them to become an equal part of society. Meanwhile, 2022 became a year of the highest net migration figure ever recorded - 10 million people came to Great Britain (Immigration Statistics, 2022). This increase has resulted in pressures being put on various services including Education (Hepburn, 2020).

The universities take an active position in attracting and training migrants in the age group 18-35 (Hillman N., 2022) and develop a number of initiatives which promote accessibility for displaced people, supporting inclusivity and providing a safe environment for refugees and asylum seekers (UofG, 2022). The local authorities provide language courses for migrants – English for Speakers of Other Languages (Draft Refugee Integration Strategy, 2022) and cooperate with volunteering organizations in local communities to increase the level of socialization of new commers.

At the same moment, 40+ age group has to go through the long lasting process of qualification recognition and goes to the labor market after ESOL courses with a potential decrease in social status doing sometimes unskilled work. The 65+ age group is forced to integrate to the new society through family learning (Future of an Ageing Population) and develop intergenerational learning which let them to overcome the situational and dispositional barriers in education (K. Patricia Cross's,2014)

The solution to the growing problem of declining general literacy levels of the population because of the migrants could be the excysting University of the Third Age (U3A). Supporting by the local authorities they could provide an equal footing with existing courses the acquisition of new qualifications by forced migrant and help them to become an equal part of the society.

Intergenerational learning (IGL) should offer a solution for societal problems in order to support lifelong and life-wide learning as well as maintain and build human and social capital simultaneously (FIM-New Learning, 2008). A change that involves sharing one’s skills and knowledge carries the opportunity for personal development, as teaching is always a form of learning (Vygotsky, 1997).

Some studies have emphasized the importance of learning activities between non-adjacent generations (Tambaum, 2021).

The talents and resources help to build community identity and decreases IGL estrangement as each party can recognize the other’s contributions to the community (Buffel.T., al., 2014).

The concept of IGL has not yet been developed enough to be included as an output of the community development strategies. However, the implementation of the IGL concept at the U3A level can bring them to help in the professional organization of intergenerational learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The investigation aims to explore the process of older forced migrant's social integration and the effect of intergenerational learning on those motivation to develop lifelong learning strategies in the hosting country. The analyze of the role and capabilities of U3A will let to prognose the further dynamics of institutionalization of U3A as a migrant’s friendly institution. Using a scientific approach to discovering issues in the current migrant policy (on the example of Learning cities – Glasgow, Scotland and Kirklees, England) will map institutional barriers in lifelong learning of forced older migrants. These regions were chosen as prime examples of Learning cities and actively interact with the migrant community, as well as being guided by English and Scottish strategies for the development of migrants.

The conclusions presented in the paper regarding motivation for social integration, strategies for building the future and Lifelong Learning plans are primarily will be based on in-depth interviews with 80 of forced migrants from different countries, aged 40+, various levels of education and gender identification, family status who came to Great Britain.
The UNESCO guidelines for the development of learning cities establish the objective to create access to learning for older persons (65+) through family learning and community learning (UIL, 2015). According to the intergenerational learning and focusing on institutionalization of the U3A the respondents from target group will be divided on 2 group of people: who build their learning strategy through the prism of family goals and opportunities and who focused on external community learning and recognition of qualifications.
During the investigation to the target group will be added the influencing stakeholders (13 person):  4 volunteers (https://www.volunteerglasgow.org), 4 lecturers from the University of Glasgow (https://www.gla.ac.uk ) and Strathclyde University (https://www. strath.ac.uk/studywithus/centreforlifelonglearning/), 3 representatives of Job Centre and social support, 2 representatives of the City Council of Glasgow and Kirklees, as well as other stakeholders from Glasgow refugee, asylum and migration network .
During the interview will be used social worker-approved questionnaire. thanks to the response on the open questions in the interview, will be analyzed the interrelation between intergenerational interaction and their hypothetical effect on the socio-economic activity of forced migrants 40+. According to the results will be formulated the role of the U3A through IGL. After all these conclusions will be put on substantiation of the need to strengthen the role of U3A in the development strategies of migrants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a conclusion will be presented the substantiation of the need to strengthen the U3A through Intergenerational learning especially for older displaced people. Existing IGL programs in U3A have to be improved and adapted for representatives of other nationalities, religions and cultures. Will be proved that educators in U3A can be a mentors for other people who can provide nonformal education, especially the representatives from younger generation.
Thus, the quality of the provision of educational services will be observed and, hypothetically, will have a positive impact on the motivation for learning and increase its results.
At the same moment, it supports young person’s personal development, helps to visualize their own aging process, and strengthens their will to contribute to their communities. Interaction with young people has helped in preventing loneliness and isolation in older people and creates a feeling of worthiness. IGL as a form of community learning provides the unique platform for learning new skills.
Such activities should encourage the policy makers to give to U3A the proper status and delegate them to cope with older migrants. Such cooperation between replaced people in community, U3A, policy makers has to help to build lifelong learning strategies for replaced people.

References
1.UNESCO. Institute for Lifelong Learning (2022). Migrants and refugees. Retrieved from https://www.uil.unesco.org/en/adult-education/migrants-refugees
2.UNHSR: The UN refugee Agency: Global trends (2022). Retrieved from https://www.unhcr.org/globaltrends
3. Lifelong learning opportunities for all: medium-term strategy 2022–2029. (2022). Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000380778
4.Hepburn E., Rosie M. (2014) Immigration, nationalism and political parties in Scotland. In Hepburn E and Zapata-Barrero R (eds) The politics of immigration in multilevel states: governance and political parties. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Retrieved from https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1057/9781137358530_12
5. Hepburn E. (2020). Migrant integration in Scotland: challenges and opportunities. Retrieved from https://www.iriss.org.uk/authors/eve-hepburn
6. Immigration statistics, year ending September 2022 (2022). Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/immigration-statistics-year-ending-september-2022
7. DRAFT REFUGEE INTEGRATION STRATEGY 2022 – 2027. Retrieved from https://consultations.nidirect.gov.uk/teo/refugee-integration-strategy-for-northern-ireland/supporting_documents/Refugee%20Integration%20Strategy%20%20full%20Document.pdf
8. UofG AWARDED UNIVERSITY OF SANCTUARY STATU. Retrieved from https://www.gla.ac.uk/myglasgow/news/newsarchive/2022/22november2022/headline_897473_en.html
9. Future of an Ageing Population. Retrieved from https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/816458/future-of-an-ageing-population.pdf
10. K. Patricia Cross's (2014) Chain-of-Response (COR) Model for Widening Participation at Higher Levels of Lifelong Learning in a World of Massification: Past, Present, and Future Florida Atlantic University, USA.
11. FIM-NewLearning. (2008). EAGLE final report, intergenerational learning in Europe: Policies, programmes & practical guidance. Retrieved from http://www.menon.org/wpcontent/uploads/ 2012/11/final-report.pdf
12. Vygotsky, L. (1997). Education psychology. Boca Raton, FL: St Lucie Press.
13. Tambaum, T. (2021). Teenaged tutors facilitating the acquisition of e-skills by older learners (p. 145) (Doctoral Thesis). Tallinn University. Retrieved from www.etera.ee/zoom/145154/view
14. Buffel, T., De Backer, F., Peeters, J., Phillipson, C., Reina, V. R., Kindekens, A., Lombaerts, K. (2014). Promoting sustainable communities through intergenerational practice. Social and Behavioral Science, 116, 1785–1791.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Italian Universal Civil Service Abroad as a Non-formal Learning Context for Global Citizenship Education

Stefania Moser

Free University of Bozen/Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Moser, Stefania

The very recent Dublin Declaration defines Global Education as "education that enables people to reflect critically on the world and their place in it" (GENE, 2022, p. 2). This is a fundamental education in an increasingly interconnected world, where the repercussions of the Covid-19 pandemic, climate change, and war in Europe are just some of the glaring examples of the challenges humanity is called upon to interface with. Awareness of the responsibility for active participation on the part of everyone is therefore more crucial than ever (UNESCO, 2014).

The research project aims at analysing the Italian context of Universal Civil Service Abroad (Servizio Civile Universale all’estero) as a non-formal learning context from the perspective of Global Citizenship Education (GCE). The Universal Civil Service Abroad (SCU) consists of an experience aimed at young people aged between 18 and 28 years to spend a year of their life abroad collaborating in an international cooperation project managed by NGOs. The SCU programme originated as an alternative to compulsory military service for those who exercised conscientious objection and has now assumed a voluntary nature (Fabbri et al., 2017).

The choice of this context for the research is motivated by the fact that the need to better understand the potential of non-formal educational contexts as places of GCE has been noted in the literature (Le Bourdon, 2018). Furthermore, the aforementioned Dublin Declaration (GENE, 2022, p. 2) contains an explicit reference to non-formal learning contexts as potentially rich educational settings for GCE.

The research aims to investigate possible elements of “global awareness” emerging from young adults during their SCU experience abroad.

The key concept of the research is that of "global awareness" and is intentionally not rigidly defined in advance. However, this does not mean that the choice of this term does not derive from a clear positioning with respect to the research perspective. In fact, the use of the term “global awareness” instead of “global competencies” brings with it a critical perspective of GCE that looks at the object by attempting to disrupt a view exclusively linked to a dominant thought (Andreotti et al., 2019; de Sousa Santos, 2008). Moreover, the research has its theoretical basis in the pedagogy of the oppressed of Freire, which highlights the need for a humanisation process linked to the conquest of freedom that is closely interconnected with responsibility and conscientization oriented towards a process of transformation of reality (Freire, 2000). From this perspective, GCE is therefore closely linked to the individual's reflexive-critical capacity to interpret reality aimed at an action of change.

In particular, the study is oriented towards capturing the emergence of GCE elements during the SCU experience abroad in the presence of significant situations. This viewpoint is anchored in the idea of the encounter between the subject "in" and "with" the world described by Biesta (2021). The scholar describes this encounter as a "call" that the world makes to the subject by means of the situations that the subject finds himself experiencing: the perspective is that of a world seen not only as a functional instrument to fulfil the subject's desires but rather as a world that "calls" and "asks" something of the subject through life situations. The subject is clearly free to respond or not to this 'call' of the world, but according to Biesta, it is precisely in this encounter that the subject makes with the world that he or she meets and understands what it means to exist.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research question guiding the study is: What happens to the "global awareness" of the participating young adults during the SCU experience abroad? Specifically, an attempt will be made to understand which elements of "global awareness" emerge from the participants during the experience and how these are possibly used and transformed by the participants during the experience.
Considering these questions, the qualitative approach is considered the most suitable for analysis. Indeed, the aim is to attempt to capture the point of view of the young adult participants in the SCU in order to analyse how they "construct the world around them, what they are doing or what is happening to them in terms that are meaningful and that offer rich insight" (Flick, 2007, p. 10).
Specifically, the Grounded Theory (GT) methodology proves to be particularly appropriate considering the focus of the investigation and the inductive conceptualisation attempt originating from data (Strauss & Corbin, 1998; Tarozzi, 2020). “Global awareness” represents the sensitising concept, i.e. the element that drives the research.
Interwoven with the GT methodology, an ethnographic approach will be used in a complementary manner, particularly with regard to data collection, research strategy, approach to contexts, tools used, and the relationship with participants (Atkinson, 2015).
The preferred instrument for the field approach is participant observation. The choice of other tools will be made based on the needs emerging from the fieldwork, as well as the context-related feasibility. The use of phenomenological vignettes and possible interviews with privileged interlocutors is envisaged. In addition, it is envisaged to use creative methods such as photovoice and picture books as tools to trigger reflections and group discussions.
Given the choice to use the methodologies of ethnography and GT in a combined manner, the sample of participants cannot be defined in advance. However, it is assumed that around 20 young people will participate, taking into consideration at least 4 different contexts in which the SCU experience takes place. Each fieldwork period will last approximately one month, and each mission will be interspersed with a progressive data analysis consistent with the methodology adopted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, the research aims to analyse how young adults, in their encounter with the world through the SCU experience, decide or not to respond to the 'call' of the world (Biesta, 2021), i.e. the challenging and contradictory situations they experience. The attempt is to grasp how such an immersive experience allows elements of “global awareness” to emerge. A prerequisite for this research hypothesis is to look at "global awareness" as a concept that is not measurable and therefore not characterised by extremes of a continuum between a null and a complete level.
The research objectives were formulated based on the analysis of existing literature (Baillie Smith et al., 2013; Krogull & Scheunpflug, 2013; Le Bourdon, 2018; Tiessen & Huish, 2014). The results of the study could contribute to enriching knowledge with respect to the GCE learning process so that more effective and informed educational proposals can be structured as well as to deepen the understanding of the activation mechanisms to the active participation of individuals. Indeed, in an increasingly interconnected world, where the repercussions of the Covid-19 pandemic, climate change, and the war in Europe are striking examples of the existence of a deep link between the global and the local context, GCE plays a crucial role. It has the task of preparing citizens to face the challenges of interdependent humanity by supporting active participation on the part of each individual (UNESCO, 2014), not only with the aim of educating citizens for an economically productive society but above all individuals who can think critically and become knowledgeable and empathetic citizens (Nussbaum, 2010).

References
Andreotti, V., Stein, S., Suša, R., Čajkova, T., D’Emilia, D., Jimmy, E., Calhoun, B., Amsler, S., Cardoso, C., Siwek, D., & Fay, K. (2019). Gesturing Towards Decolonial Futures: Global Citizenship Otherwise Study Program. Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International.
Atkinson, P. (2015). For ethnography. SAGE.
Baillie Smith, M., Laurie, N., Hopkins, P., & Olson, E. (2013). International volunteering, faith and subjectivity: Negotiating cosmopolitanism, citizenship and development. Geoforum, 45, 126–135.
Biesta, G. (2021). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present (1st ed.). Routledge.
Conolly, Joffy, Lehtomäki,Elina, & Scheunpflug, Annette. (2019). Measuring Global Competencies: A critical assessment. ANGEL, the Academic Network on Global Education and Learning.
de Sousa Santos, B. (2008). Another Knowledge Is Possible: Beyond Northern Epistemologies. Verso Books.
Dewey, J. (2014). Esperienza e educazione. Cortina Raffaello.
Fabbri, M., Guerra, L., Pacetti, E., & Zanetti, F. (2017). Il servizio civile tra valori civici e competenze di cittadinanza: Riflessioni da una ricerca. Edizioni Centro Studi Erickson.
Flick, U. (2007). Designing Qualitative Research. SAGE.
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed (30th anniversary ed). Continuum.
GENE. (2022). The European Declaration on Global Education to 2050. The Dublin Declaration.
Krogull, S., & Scheunpflug, A. (2013). Citizenship-Education durch internationale Begegnungen im Nord-Süd-Kontext? Empirische Befunde aus einem DFG-Projekt zu Begegnungsreisen in Deutschland, Ruanda und Bolivien. Zeitschrift für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation (ZSE), 33(3), 231–248.
Le Bourdon, M. (2018). Informal Spaces in Global Citizenship Education. 26, 105–121.
Le Bourdon, M. (2019). Global citizenship education: Acknowledging the importance of informal spaces for learning.
Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Not for Profit: Why Democracy Needs the Humanities. Princeton University Press.
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE.
Tarozzi, M. (2020). What Is Grounded Theory? Bloomsbury USA Academic.
Tiessen, R., & Huish, R. (2014). Globetrotting or global citizenship? Perils and potential of international experiential learning. University of Toronto Press.
UNESCO. (2014). Global Citizenship Education: Preparing learners for the challenges of the 21st century. Unesco Open Access Repository.
 
5:10pm - 5:45pm99 ERC SES 06 A: ERG - Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Saneeya Qureshi
ERG Network Meeting
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Emerging Researchers' Group Network Meeting

Saneeya Qureshi

The University of Liverpool, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya

Each EERA network holds a network meeting during ECER to review the conference, to prepare for the next year and to establish the convenors’ and reviewers’ group. The network meeting is also a chance to meet with researchers within your field of expertise and interest and to get more involved in the EERA networks.
All interested conference participants are welcome to join this meeting.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany